Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 17, 2013

Registration Statement No. 333-            

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Republic of the Marshall Islands

  4412   Not Applicable

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

21 Palmer Street

London, SW1H 0AD, United Kingdom

+44 (0)20 7340 4850

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

CT Corporation System

111 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor

New York, New York 10011

(212) 894-8940

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

Copies to:

 

Mike Rosenwasser

E. Ramey Layne

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

666 Fifth Avenue, 26th Floor

New York, New York 10103

Telephone: (212) 237-0000

Facsimile: (212) 237-0100

 

Marc D. Jaffe

Ian D. Schuman

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue Suite 1000

New York, New York 10022

Telephone: (212) 906-1200

Facsimile: (212) 751-4864

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), check the following box.  ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

 

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF

SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

 

PROPOSED
MAXIMUM
AGGREGATE

OFFERING PRICE(1)(2)

 

AMOUNT OF

REGISTRATION FEE

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

  $200,000,000   $25,760

 

 

(1) Includes shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling shareholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 17, 2013

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

             Shares

 

LOGO

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

Common Stock

We are offering              shares of common stock and the selling shareholders identified in this prospectus are offering              shares of common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our common stock. We expect the public offering price to be between $         and $         per share. We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “NVGS.”

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Please read “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 16 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

We are an “emerging growth company” under the U.S. federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

 

 

     PER SHARE      TOTAL  

Public Offering Price

   $                    $                

Underwriters’ Discounts and Commissions

   $         $     

Proceeds to Navigator Holdings Ltd. (Before Expenses)

   $         $     

Proceeds to the Selling Shareholders

   $         $     

 

 

Delivery of the common stock is expected to be on or about                     , 2013. We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase an additional             shares of common stock. If the underwriters exercise the option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commission payable by us will be $         and the total proceeds to us, before expenses, will be $        . We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholders.

 

Jefferies   Morgan Stanley

 

Evercore   Fearnley Securities   Global Hunter Securities     Stifel   

Prospectus dated                     , 2013


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO    LOGO
Navigator Neptune during cargo operations, U.S. Gulf    Navigator Aries under construction, South Korea
LOGO    LOGO
Navigator Pluto at the Centennial Bridge, Panama    Navigator Leo trading in ice, Baltic Sea

 

 


Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where an offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus only. Our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects may have changed since that date.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     16   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     35   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     36   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     37   

CAPITALIZATION

     38   

DILUTION

     39   

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

     40   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     43   

THE INTERNATIONAL LIQUEFIED GAS SHIPPING INDUSTRY

     63   

BUSINESS

     89   

MANAGEMENT

     112   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     118   

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

     119   

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

     121   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     124   

CERTAIN MARSHALL ISLANDS COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS

     125   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     128   

NON-U.S. TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     134   

OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

     135   

UNDERWRITING

     136   

LEGAL MATTERS

     142   

EXPERTS

     143   

CHANGES IN ACCOUNTANTS

     144   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     145   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

APPENDIX A GLOSSARY OF TERMS

     A-1   

 

 

 

i


Table of Contents

Until                     , 2013 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our shares of common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are a Marshall Islands corporation. Substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. A majority of our directors and officers and some of the experts identified in this prospectus reside outside the United States. In addition, a substantial portion of the assets of our directors, officers and experts are located outside of the United States. As a result, you may have difficulty serving legal process within the United States upon us or any of these persons. You may also have difficulty enforcing, both in and outside of the United States, judgments you may obtain in U.S. courts against us or these persons in any action, including actions based upon the civil liability provisions of U.S. federal or state securities laws. However, we have expressly submitted to the jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and New York state courts sitting in the City of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or proceeding arising under the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States, and we have appointed CT Corporation System to accept service of process on our behalf in any such action.

Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, our counsel as to Republic of the Marshall Islands law, has advised us that there is substantial doubt that the courts of the Republic of the Marshall Islands would (1) enter judgments in original actions brought in those courts predicated on U.S. federal or state securities laws, or (2) recognize or enforce against us or any of our officers, directors or experts, judgments of courts of the United States predicated on U.S. federal or state securities laws.

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

All references in this prospectus to “Navigator Holdings,” “our,” “we,” “us” and the “Company” refer to Navigator Holdings PLC, an Isle of Man corporation, with regard to all periods prior to its redomiciliation in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and to Navigator Holdings Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation, with regard to all periods after its redomiciliation in the Republic of the Marshall Islands. All references in this prospectus to our wholly-owned subsidiary “Navigator Gas L.L.C.” refer to Navigator Gas Transport PLC, an Isle of Man corporation, with regard to all periods prior to its redomiciliation in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and to Navigator Gas L.L.C., a Marshall Islands limited liability company, with regard to all periods after its redomiciliation in the Republic of the Marshall Islands. As used in this prospectus, unless the context indicates or otherwise requires, references to “our fleet” or “our vessels” (A) include (i) 22 vessels we own as of the date of this prospectus, or “our owned vessels,” (ii) one secondhand vessel we have agreed to acquire for delivery in 2013 from affiliates of A.P. Møller Mærsk Group, or “A.P. Møller,” (iii) four newbuildings for delivery from Jiangnan Shipyard (Group) Co. Ltd. in China, or “Jiangnan,” between April and October of 2014, or the “2014 newbuildings,” and (iv) three newbuildings for delivery from Jiangnan between March and August of 2015, or the “2015 newbuildings”; and (B) exclude (i) the chartered-in vessel that we have chartered-in through December 2014 and (ii) two newbuildings subject to options with Jiangnan which, if exercised, would be delivered by early 2016, or the “option newbuldings.” As used in the prospectus, (i) “WLR” refers to WL Ross & Co. LLC and (ii) the “WLR Group” refers to WLR and certain of its affiliated investment funds owning shares of our common stock, collectively. We include a glossary of certain shipping and other terms used in this prospectus in Appendix A.

 

ii


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd., or “Drewry,” has provided us statistical and graphical information contained in this prospectus and relating to the liquefied gas carrier industry. We do not have any knowledge that the information provided by Drewry is inaccurate in any material respect. Drewry has advised us that the statistical and graphical information contained herein is drawn from its database and other sources. In connection therewith, Drewry has advised that: (a) certain information in Drewry’s database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments; (b) the information in the databases of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from the information in Drewry’s database; and (c) while Drewry has taken care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believes it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures. We believe that, notwithstanding any such qualification by Drewry, the industry data provided by Drewry is accurate in all material respects.

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

We own or have rights to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks and trade names of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties’ trademarks, service marks, trade names or products in this prospectus is not intended to, and does not imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship by us. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® , TM or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

 

iii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the historical financial statements and the notes to those financial statements. You should read “Risk Factors” for information about important factors that you should consider before buying our common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “dollars” and “$” in this prospectus are to, and amounts are presented in, U.S. Dollars.

Navigator Holdings

We are the owner and operator of the world’s largest fleet of handysize liquefied gas carriers. We provide international and regional seaborne transportation services of liquefied petroleum gas, or “LPG,” petrochemical gases and ammonia for energy companies, industrial users and commodity traders. These gases are transported in liquefied form, by applying cooling and/or pressure to reduce volume by up to 900 times depending on the cargo, making their transportation more efficient and economical. The demand for seaborne transportation of these liquefied gases will continue to grow due to evolving energy and petrochemical market dynamics, particularly as a result of increasing U.S. shale oil and gas development, as seaborne transportation is often the only, or the most cost effective, manner of transporting gases between major exporting and importing markets, according to Drewry.

Our fleet consists of 30 semi- or fully-refrigerated handysize liquefied gas carriers, which we define as liquefied gas carriers between 15,000 and 24,999 cbm, including one secondhand vessel that we have contracted to acquire for delivery in 2013 and seven newbuilding vessels scheduled for delivery by August 2015. In addition, we have options to build two further handysize newbuilding vessels for delivery by early 2016 and currently operate an additional semi-refrigerated handysize liquefied gas carrier under a time charter-in through December 2014. Vessels in our fleet are capable of loading, discharging and carrying cargoes across a range of temperatures from ambient to minus 104° Celsius and pressures from 1 bar to 6.4 bars. Our handysize liquefied gas carriers can accommodate medium- and long-haul routes that may be uneconomical for smaller vessels and can call at ports that are unable to support larger vessels due to limited onshore capacity, absence of fully-refrigerated loading infrastructure and/or vessel size restrictions. In addition, five of our vessels are the largest ethylene-capable vessels in the world, meaning vessels capable of transporting and distributing ethylene and ethane cargoes, and five of our seven newbuildings will be among the largest ethylene-capable vessels in the world. Finally, each of our newbuildings will be an Eco-design vessel incorporating advanced fuel efficiency and emission-reducing technologies, including the capability of conversion to the use of liquefied natural gas, or “LNG,” as fuel. We believe that owning fuel-efficient vessels enhances our returns as it allows us to meet charterers’ increasingly stringent environmental requirements and to fully capitalize on the fuel savings under our voyage charters and contracts of affreightment, or “COAs.”

We believe that the size and versatility of our fleet, which enable us to carry the broadest set of liquefied gases subject to seaborne transportation across a diverse range of conditions and geographies, together with our track record of operational excellence, position us as the partner of choice for many companies requiring handysize liquefied gas transportation and distribution solutions. In addition, we believe that the versatility of our fleet affords us with backhaul and triangulation opportunities not available to many of our competitors, thereby providing us with opportunities to increase utilization and profitability. We seek to enhance our returns through a flexible, customer-driven chartering strategy that combines a base of time charters and COAs, with more opportunistic, higher-rate voyage charters.

We carry LPG for major international energy companies, state-owned utilities and reputable commodities traders. LPG, which consists of propane and butane, is a relatively clean alternative energy source with more than 1,000 applications, including as a heating, cooking and transportation fuel and as a petrochemical and refinery feedstock. LPG is a by-product of oil refining and gas extraction, the availability of which has historically been limited by the flaring of natural gas at the wellhead. However, increasing restrictions across

 

 

1


Table of Contents

the globe against flaring natural gas have resulted in, and are anticipated to continue to result in, the increased transportation or storage of by-products such as LPG. The expanding development of U.S. shale oil and gas resources has resulted in an abundance of LPG that exceeds current U.S. domestic needs and, given the scarcity and cost of storage infrastructure, Drewry believes U.S. LPG will be increasingly exported. This LPG available for export from the United States, together with LPG associated with large LNG export projects in international oil and gas producing regions, is expected to create supply-driven growth of seaborne LPG transportation and to promote arbitrage opportunities due to regional price differentials, according to Drewry.

We also carry petrochemical gases for numerous industrial users. Petrochemical gases, including ethylene, propylene, butadiene and vinyl chloride monomer, are derived from the cracking of petroleum feedstocks such as ethane, LPG and naptha and are primarily used as raw materials in various industrial processes, like the manufacture of plastics and rubber, with a wide application of end uses. The demand for seaborne transportation of petrochemical gases will increase due to industrial users seeking alternative feedstocks given the rise in crude oil prices, expanding global manufacturing and cracking capacity, particularly in the Middle East and Asia, and shifting regional supply imbalances in certain petrochemicals, according to Drewry. Our vessels are also capable of carrying ammonia, which is mainly used in the agricultural industry as a fertilizer. The ability of our fleet to carry the broadest range of petrochemical cargoes among liquefied gas carrier fleets, as well as serve ports with vessel size restrictions and/or limited infrastructure, has allowed us to enhance our fleet utilization and profitability, including through greater backhaul and triangulation opportunities.

Our management team has significant experience growing leading energy, logistics and maritime companies. Since our management team joined our company in 2006, we have successfully grown our fleet from five to 22 vessels on-the-water as of the date of this prospectus, and we expect to grow to 30 vessels on-the-water by August 2015. The growth of our fleet and successful management of our operations have enabled us to establish a track record of growing revenues and improving profitability over recent years despite the volatility in the shipping industry and world economy. We intend to leverage the expertise of our management to further grow our company as we look to capitalize on existing and future opportunities in the liquefied gas transportation and complementary sectors. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, and the year ended December 31, 2012, we reported net income of $19.1 million and $30.5 million, respectively, EBITDA of $47.7 million and $63.9 million, respectively, and operating revenue of $102.8 million and $146.7 million, respectively, an increase over the comparable period in the previous year of 43.0%, 63.7%, 66.5%, 60.3%, 53.6% and 65.1%, respectively. Please see “—Summary Historical Financial and Operating Data” for a reconciliation of EBITDA to net income.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Our Fleet

Our owned vessels had an average age of 6.4 years, as compared to an average age for the world handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet of 11.7 years as of June 30, 2013. We believe that owning a modern fleet reduces off-hire time and maintenance, operating and drydocking costs and helps ensure safety and environmental protection.

The following table sets forth our owned vessels:

 

 

 

OPERATING VESSEL (1)

   YEAR
BUILT
     VESSEL
SIZE
(CBM)
     ETHYLENE-CAPABLE      EMPLOYMENT
STATUS
   CHARTER
EXPIRATION

DATE

Semi-refrigerated

              

Navigator Mars

     2000         22,085       ü         Spot market   

Navigator Neptune

     2000         22,085       ü         Time charter    January 2014

Navigator Pluto

     2000         22,085       ü         Time charter    September 2015

Navigator Saturn

     2000         22,085       ü         Spot market   

Navigator Venus

     2000         22,085       ü         Time charter    March 2014

Navigator Magellan (2 )

     1998         20,700          Time charter    March 2014

Navigator Aries

     2008         20,750          Time charter    September 2014

Navigator Capricorn (2 )

     2008         20,750          Spot market   

Navigator Gemini

     2009         20,750          Time charter    December 2013

Navigator Pegasus

     2009         22,200          Time charter    March 2014

Navigator Phoenix

     2009         22,200          Time charter    May 2014

Navigator Scorpio (2 )

     2009         20,750          Spot market   

Navigator Taurus

     2009         20,750          Spot market   

Navigator Leo ( 3 )

     2011         20,600          Spot market   

Navigator Libra ( 3 )

     2012         20,600          Spot market   

Navigator Virgo (2)

     2009         20,750          Spot market   

Navigator Mariner (2)

     2000         20,700          Time charter    February 2014

Fully-refrigerated

              

Navigator Grace (2 )

     2010         22,500          Time charter    February 2014

Navigator Galaxy ( 2 )

     2011         22,500          Time charter    September 2014

Navigator Genesis ( 2 )

     2011         22,500          Spot market   

Navigator Global ( 2 )

     2011         22,500          Time charter    October 2013

Navigator Gusto ( 2 )

     2011         22,500          Time charter    October 2013

 

 

(1)  

Excludes the Maple 3 , a semi-refrigerated vessel operated by us pursuant to a time charter-in from Maple 3 Inc. through December 2014.

(2)  

Vessel acquired in connection with the A.P. Møller acquisition described below.

(3)  

The Navigator Leo and Navigator Libra are under time charters through 2023 commencing in December 2013.

We are growing our fleet to capitalize on existing and anticipated opportunities in the liquefied gas transportation and distribution market. In November 2012, we entered into sales and purchase agreements with affiliates of A.P. Møller pursuant to which A.P. Møller agreed to sell to us its entire fleet of 11 handysize liquefied gas carriers, or the “A.P. Møller vessels.” We have acquired ten of the A.P. Møller vessels to date and anticipate acquiring the remaining vessel later this year. We have also entered into agreements with Jiangnan to build five 21,000 cbm semi-refrigerated ethylene-capable liquefied gas carriers and two 22,000 cbm semi-refrigerated liquefied gas carriers and have options to build two additional 22,000 cbm semi-refrigerated liquefied gas carriers. Our 2014 newbuildings are scheduled for delivery between April and October of 2014, our 2015 newbuildings are scheduled for delivery between March and August of 2015, and the two option newbuildings would be delivered between late 2015 and early 2016 if the options were exercised. We have fully financed the acquisition of the remaining A.P. Møller vessel and the construction of the 2014 newbuildings through a combination of debt and equity financings. We plan to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering together with future credit facilities to fund the construction of the 2015 newbuildings and, if the options are exercised, the option newbuildings.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

The following table presents certain information concerning the remaining vessel to be delivered from A.P. Møller and our newbuildings, excluding the two option newbuildings.

 

 

 

ACQUIRED / NEWBUILDING VESSEL

   YEAR
BUILT
     VESSEL SIZE
(CBM)
     ETHYLENE-CAPABLE      ANTICIPATED DELIVERY

Semi-refrigerated

           

Navigator Atlas

     2014         21,000       ü         April 2014

Navigator Europa

     2014         21,000       ü         June 2014

Navigator Oberon

     2014         21,000       ü         August 2014

Navigator Triton

     2014         21,000       ü         October 2014

Navigator Umbrio

     2015         21,000       ü         March 2015

Hull 2555 (2)

     2015         22,000          June 2015

Hull 2556 (2)

     2015         22,000          August 2015

Fully-refrigerated

           

Maersk Glory (1)(3)

     2010         22,500          October 2013

 

 

(1)    

Vessel to be acquired in connection with the A.P. Møller acquisition described above.

(2)    

To be named upon delivery.

(3)    

The Maersk Glory is currently under time charter through October 2013.

Our team of experienced in-house personnel manages the commercial and operational functions of our fleet. We currently outsource the technical and crewing management of our vessels to Bernhard Schulte Shipmanagement, or “BSSM,” and Northern Marine Management Ltd., or “NMM,” an affiliate of Stena AB Gothenburg, both international maritime service companies that manage more than 650 and 70 ships, respectively. We refer to BSSM and NMM herein as our “technical managers.” We believe that outsourcing our technical and crewing management has historically been cost efficient and ensured a professional and safe environment for our seafarers and our vessels.

The Seaborne Liquefied Gas Transportation Market

The international seaborne liquefied gas transportation market is primarily driven by demand for, and supply of, liquefied gas carriers. Liquefied gas carriers transport three main types of cargo—LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia.

The Market for LPG

LPG has historically been a supply-driven industry, as LPG is a by-product of gas processing, LNG production and crude oil refining. The expansion of LNG projects around the world driven by, among other things, a greater emphasis on monetizing gas resources and more stringent restrictions across the globe on the flaring and venting of natural gas has, and will continue to boost LPG production and trade. The Middle East is the largest exporter of LPG, and Asia is the largest destination for Middle Eastern exports. Japan, South Korea and China are the main importers in Asia, with India and Europe being the other major destinations for LPG.

From 2009 through 2012, U.S. seaborne exports of LPG grew at a CAGR of approximately 22.9%, primarily driven by increased LPG production, a direct consequence of the development of domestic shale gas reserves. As a result, the United States has been transformed from being a net importer to a net exporter of LPG. The growth of U.S. gas supplies as a result of domestic shale gas development has also forced down ethane and propane prices in the United States to the point that they are now highly competitive compared to prices offered by other major LPG exporters. These decreased prices have created trading arbitrage opportunities that increase the demand for liquefied gas carriers. Drewry anticipates that U.S. exports of LPG will further grow as additional export terminal infrastructure is developed and that U.S. propane export capacity will more than triple from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2014 to 540,000 barrels per day.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

U.S. LPG Production

LOGO

Source: Drewry

  

LPG Prices

LOGO

Source: Drewry

The Market for Petrochemicals Gases

Petrochemical gases are derived from processing oil and gas products. The market for seaborne transportation of petrochemical gases is driven primarily by industrial and consumer demand for products derived from petrochemical gases, such as plastics, polymers, organic chemicals and rubber, as well as regional production imbalances and pricing differentials. Seaborne transportation of petrochemical gases has been increasing for much of the last decade in part due to refining and cracking capacity growth in the Middle East and Asia. Global feedstock price disparities, including for ethylene, have also increased, creating arbitrage opportunities. Generally, the growth of capacity ahead of downstream production has underpinned the growth in exports, creating additional demand for shipping capacity. The majority of this capacity has been in the handysize sector.

The Market for Ammonia

Ammonia is predominantly used in the agricultural industry as a fertilizer. In the last decade, international seaborne trade of ammonia has grown faster than production due to the growth in supply from regions with more competitively priced feedstock. As such, production of ammonia is gravitating to areas that have large supplies of low cost natural gas, such as the Middle East.

Versatility and Supply of Gas Carriers

Liquefied gas carriers range in size from 500 to 86,000 cbm and in technical capabilities from fully-pressurized to fully-refrigerated, depending on the mix of pressure and refrigeration applied to cargoes. In general, the operating flexibility of a liquefied gas carrier is restricted at the lower and upper ends of the vessel-size spectrum by a combination of technical and commercial features. The most flexible vessels are those in the handysize sector in which we operate due to their combination of pressure and refrigeration capabilities, which allows them to access each of the LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia markets.

As of June 30, 2013, the orderbook for liquefied gas carriers was equivalent to 14.4% of the existing fleet in capacity terms, far below the 32% peak seen in late 2007 and early 2008. In contrast to oil tankers and drybulk carriers, the number of shipyards with liquefied gas carrier building experience is quite limited and, as such, a sudden influx of supply beyond what is already on order before 2015 is unlikely. In the handysize sector, there are 87 vessels in the world fleet and 10 vessels on order as of June 30, 2013. Almost 25% of the fleet capacity in the handysize sector is more than 20 years old.

Business Opportunities

We believe the following global trends create significant opportunities for us:

 

  n  

Emergence of the United States as a major LPG exporter . The recent growth in shale oil and gas production has transformed the United States from being a net importer to a net exporter of LPG. During 2012, the United States became the second largest exporter of seaborne LPG, only surpassed by Qatar, and in early 2013, U.S. monthly exports were more than double the long-term average for the period of 2002 through 2012. Natural gas liquids constitute on average approximately 40% of the gas stream in liquid-rich oil and gas fields such as the Utica and Marcellus shales. Natural gas liquids

 

 

5


Table of Contents
 

primarily consist of propane, butane and ethane and have higher market value compared to natural gas. The excess supply of these liquids in markets such as the United States has created arbitrage opportunities and heightened demand in international consuming markets through attractive pricing. For example, average propane prices in the U.S. Gulf Coast for the six months ended June 30, 2013, were approximately 40% and 45% less than the average propane price for such period in Algeria and Saudi Arabia, respectively, which we believe will create increased investment opportunities in growing LPG seaborne transportation on which we intend to capitalize.

 

  n  

Increasing supply of international LPG requiring transport . Over the last 18 months, the expansion of existing LNG facilities and the construction of major new LNG production facilities around the world have added to LPG production and trade volumes, following a period of project delays and stalled start-ups due to the global economic downturn. We expect recent expansions in international crude oil refining capacity to lead to increased production of LPG as a by-product. We also expect LPG production from natural gas processing to continue to increase as new, more stringent regulations restricting the flaring and venting of natural gas continue to be implemented across the globe. We believe that handysize vessels such as those in our fleet and smaller vessels will benefit from increased LPG production, particularly in the United States, the former Soviet Republics, North and West Coast Africa, the Caribbean and Latin America, and from growth in intra-regional and coastal trade to ports that larger vessels cannot easily access or that lack the fully-refrigerated loading and/or storage infrastructure that larger vessels require.

 

  n  

Growing demand for seaborne transportation of petrochemicals. We believe that growth in production at petrochemical facilities, demand for alternative feedstocks due to the rise in crude oil prices and regional supply imbalances create arbitrage opportunities that have a positive impact on trade flows from a ton-mile perspective. These arbitrage opportunities generate demand for seaborne liquefied gas carriers to transport petrochemical gas cargoes under voyage charters. Voyage charter rates for petrochemical gas cargoes are often higher than time charter rates for liquefied gas cargoes, with voyage charter rates for ethylene historically commanding an additional premium over the rates for other petrochemical gas cargoes. We believe that the balanced employment of our vessels and the fact that they are among the largest vessels in the world capable of carrying certain petrochemical gases, including ethylene, provide us with available and well-suited tonnage to benefit from these trends.

 

  n  

Evolving U.S. petrochemical market dynamics. The development of U.S. shale oil and gas resources has also created an abundance of ethane resulting in a decrease in average U.S. ethane spot price from approximately $526 per metric ton for the year ended December 31, 2008 to approximately $166 per metric ton for the six months ended June 30, 2013, providing the U.S. petrochemical industry with attractively priced domestic feedstock for the production of petrochemicals and ethylene. As a result, U.S. petrochemicals and ethylene are increasingly competitively priced in the global marketplace, and a number of new projects have been announced to expand U.S. ethylene cracking capacity. We expect these trends to lead to continued growth in U.S. exports of petrochemical and ethylene cargoes. We believe that we are well positioned to benefit from this export growth as our fleet currently consists of the five largest, and by March 2015 we expect that it will consist of ten of the largest, ethylene-capable liquefied gas carriers in the world.

 

  n  

Rising global demand for alternative fuels. The increase in global demand for LPG has also been supported by the substitution of alternative fuels as they become more attractive in light of concerns over the environmental impact of crude oil and the safety of nuclear power following the accident at the Fukushima, Japan nuclear power plants. We believe demand for LPG will also increase due to the introduction of various initiatives to encourage the use of cleaner fuels around the world. We believe the ability of our fleet to transport LPG to smaller ports around the world provides us with a competitive advantage as global demand for alternative fuels increases.

 

  n  

Increased ton-mile demand through backhaul and triangulation opportunities. The shale oil and gas development in the United States, the establishment of LNG and LPG production facilities in the Middle East and other oil and gas producing regions and the growth of petrochemical facilities in

 

 

6


Table of Contents
 

various countries around the globe have not only increased the supply of liquefied gases available for export but also changed the trade flows between regions. As one region develops as a major export hub for one type of liquefied gas, it is likely to also grow into a major importer of another. Drewry believes the increased distances between the projected major exporting and importing regions of liquefied gases and the evolution of trade patterns will result in additional backhaul and triangulation opportunities as well as growing ton-mile demand. We have in the past and will continue to benefit from these emerging longer-haul liquefied gas trading patterns, as the versatility of our fleet enables us to carry a wide range of liquefied gases across multiple markets while providing our partners and customers with economies of scale.

Our Competitive Strengths

Our competitive strengths include the following:

 

  n  

We own and operate the world’s largest handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet. With 22 owned vessels and an additional eight vessels to be delivered to us in the next 24 months, we are and expect to continue to be the owner and operator of the world’s largest handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet. Of these eight vessels to be delivered to us, five are fully financed and three are expected to be financed through the proceeds of this offering and borrowings under future credit facilities. See “Use of Proceeds.” Furthermore, we are also the owner and operator of the world’s largest fleets of both semi-refrigerated and ethylene-capable semi-refrigerated handysize vessels. We believe that our fleet’s cargo carriage flexibility and long-haul capabilities provide us with competitive advantages in pursuing emerging growth opportunities, particularly in petrochemical and ethylene transportation.

 

  n  

Our highly versatile fleet allows us to enhance utilization and profitability. Our fleet is capable of cost effectively transporting a wide range of liquefied gases including, in the case of five of our current vessels and five of our newbuildings, ethylene and ethane. We believe that the diversity of our fleet, consisting of semi-refrigerated, fully-refrigerated and ethylene-capable vessels, allows us to match appropriate tonnage to a customer’s particular need. In addition, our ability to transport the broadest set of liquefied gases subject to seaborne transportation affords us greater opportunities for backhaul and triangulation, thereby enhancing our utilization and profitability. Furthermore, we believe our vessels are highly versatile in terms of cargo breadth, ease and speed of loading and discharging cargoes and adaptability for route scheduling and available port infrastructure. During the economic downturn in 2008, when demand for seaborne LPG transportation was appreciably reduced, our vessels took advantage of their ability to carry a broad range of petrochemicals, and thereby maintained an average annual utilization rate across the total fleet of more than 96%.

 

  n  

We have a modern, fuel efficient fleet. Our owned vessels had an average age of 6.4 years, as compared to an average age for the world handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet of 11.7 years as of June 30, 2013. The average age, fuel efficiency and technical capabilities of our fleet will be further enhanced by the delivery of our seven newbuildings. We believe that owning a modern fleet reduces off-hire time and maintenance, operating and drydocking costs and helps to ensure safety and environmental protection. In addition, our seven newbuilding vessels have been designed to maximize their fuel efficiency by incorporating advanced Eco-design technological improvements to reduce fuel consumption, such as electronically controlled engines, more efficient hull forms, energy efficient propellers, decreased water resistance and the capability of converting the vessels to use LNG as fuel. We believe that owning fuel-efficient vessels assists us in capturing additional business opportunities and enhances our operating performance by reducing voyage costs and allowing us to adhere to increasingly stringent environmental standards required by certain customers and ports.

 

  n  

We have an experienced operating team. Our vessels are some of the more complex vessel types on the water today, carrying the full range of LPG, petrochemical and ammonia cargoes. These cargoes can be loaded at significantly differing temperatures and require experience to understand the technical complexities of the vessel’s cooling capacity and pressure limitations to ensure efficient and safe handling and transportation. We believe the experience of our operating team and the network of

 

 

7


Table of Contents
 

industry relationships we have established with charterers, traders, brokers, shipyards and other constituents of the liquefied gas industry are not easily replicable by potential new entries and provide us with a sustainable competitive advantage.

 

  n  

We have a track record of and visible built-in growth. Since joining our company, our management team has successfully grown our fleet from five operating vessels to the world’s largest handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet with 22 owned vessels as of the date of this prospectus. In addition, our fleet will continue to expand, as we have contracted to take delivery of eight additional vessels, including our seven newbuildings, over the next 24 months and have options to build two additional handysize newbuilding vessels for delivery by early 2016. The growth of our fleet was the primary contributor to our increasing revenues, net income and EBITDA by 65.1%, 63.7% and 60.3%, respectively, from 2011 to 2012. We expect our revenues and EBITDA to continue to grow as we take delivery of the additional vessels, and we believe that the expertise of our management team will allow us to capitalize on further growth opportunities in the future.

 

  n  

We have the financial flexibility to selectively pursue expansion opportunities. We believe that our liquidity and moderate leverage following this offering will give us the financial flexibility to pursue further newbuildings, including the 2015 newbuildings and, if the options are exercised, the option newbuildings, potential future acquisitions and complementary investment opportunities as we deem prudent based on prevailing market conditions. We have already fully financed through a combination of debt and equity the acquisition of the A.P. Møller vessel we have contracted to acquire by the end of 2013 and the construction of the 2014 newbuildings. As of June 30, 2013, after giving effect to this offering and the anticipated use of proceeds, we would have $         million of cash and $         million principal amount of outstanding indebtedness. See “Capitalization.”

Our Business Strategies

Our objective is to enhance shareholder value by executing the following business strategies:

 

  n  

Capitalize on the increasing demand for seaborne transportation of LPG and petrochemicals. We own and operate the world’s largest handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet, in both the number as well as capacity of semi-refrigerated vessels within the handysize segment. We intend to use our vessels to further pursue the anticipated increases in liquefied gas transportation opportunities globally, and in particular, those that we expect to result directly and indirectly from the growth in U.S. shale oil and gas and associated liquids. We believe we were the first liquefied gas carrier operator to export propane from the U.S. East Coast and presently have six vessels dedicated to transporting products derived from U.S. shale oil and gas, including the vessels operating under a COA with Sunoco Logistics through the first quarter of 2014. We believe that we are strongly positioned to increase our presence in this emerging market.

 

  n  

Maintain a flexible, customer-driven chartering strategy. We will seek to enhance our returns through a flexible vessel employment strategy that combines a base of time charters and COAs with more opportunistic, high-rate voyage charters. In addition, we will seek to further strengthen our relationships with existing customers and expand our client base by providing companies with liquefied gas transportation solutions in the form and duration they require. We believe that our customer-driven employment strategy and high-quality operations position us to be the transportation partner of choice for our customers. In addition, by employing a portion of our fleet in the spot market, we maintain a regular dialogue with charterers and brokers that help us identify higher rate opportunities as well as longer-term trends that may benefit us. We believe that this flexible chartering strategy will enable us to maintain a base of relatively stable and predictable revenues, position us to capitalize on favorable market opportunities and allow us to proactively respond to our customers’ needs.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
  n  

Capitalize on backhaul and triangulation opportunities in the petrochemical market. We believe that the versatility of our fleet, in particular our ethylene-capable and semi-refrigerated vessels, enhances our ability to pursue current and emerging backhaul and triangulation opportunities as new trade routes develop, thereby maximizing utilization and enhancing profitability. To further capitalize on such opportunities, we are seeking to expand our leading ethylene-capable liquefied gas carrier position through the acquisition of our seven semi-refrigerated newbuildings, five of which will be ethylene-capable. We intend to seek opportunities to improve our financial results and maximize the utilization of our vessels by transporting both LPG and petrochemicals during vessel repositioning voyages and between time charters.

 

  n  

Maintain reputation for operational excellence. We believe that we have established a track record in the industry of operational excellence based on our significant experience in the operation and ownership of high-specification liquefied gas carriers. We will endeavor to adhere to the highest standards with regard to reliability, safety and operational excellence as we execute our growth plans. We intend to continue outsourcing the technical and crewing management of our fleet in the near term to our technical managers. We believe outsourcing our technical and crewing management to our technical managers has historically allowed us to consistently maintain high-quality and skilled, professional crews while at the same time growing our substantive in-house expertise in these areas. As our fleet grows, we will regularly evaluate opportunities to enhance the quality and cost efficiency of managing our vessels.

 

  n  

Selectively grow and expand our operations. We intend to maintain our market position by growing our fleet through newbuildings and selective acquisitions of modern, high-quality vessels, as well as opportunistically to expand our business through the investment in complementary assets should such opportunities arise. In addition, we will seek to leverage the experience of our operating team to selectively tailor the capabilities of our existing and/or future vessels and related investments to provide our partners and customers with integrated liquefied gas transportation solutions in new and evolving markets. Furthermore, although we currently operate vessels in the handysize segment, we will opportunistically evaluate acquisitions of vessels in other capacity ranges.

 

  n  

Maintain a strong balance sheet with moderate leverage. We have a strong balance sheet and, after this offering, expect to have a debt to capitalization ratio of     % and ample liquidity with cash on hand of $         million. We will seek to maintain modest leverage in the future by prudently financing our growth with a balanced mix of cash from operations, debt financings and proceeds from future equity offerings. We believe that maintaining a strong balance sheet will continue to provide us with the flexibility to capitalize on vessel purchases and related investment opportunities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, based on prevailing conditions and our outlook for the liquefied gas carrier market, we might consider incurring further indebtedness in the future to enhance returns to our shareholders.

Risk Factors

We face a number of risks associated with our business and industry and must overcome a variety of challenges to utilize our strengths and implement our business strategy. These risks include, among others, the capital-intensive nature of our business; the cyclical nature of charter rates for liquefied gas carriers; partial dependence on spot charters; political, governmental and economic instability; expanding customer relationships; and the availability of financing on favorable terms, if at all.

This is not a comprehensive list of risks to which we are subject, and you should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus prior to investing in shares of our common stock. In particular, we urge you to carefully consider the risk factors set forth in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We had less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, which means that we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the “JOBS Act.” An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

  n  

the ability to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in the registration statement of its initial public offering;

 

  n  

exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of the company’s internal control over financial reporting;

 

  n  

exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards applicable to public companies until such standards are also applicable to private companies; and

 

  n  

exemption from compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the “PCAOB,” requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and financial statements.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenues, have more than $700 million in market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of these reduced burdens. For as long as we take advantage of the reduced reporting obligations, the information that we provide shareholders may be different than information provided by other public companies. We have elected to “opt out” of the extended transition period relating to the exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised financial accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards is irrevocable.

Our Relationship with WL Ross & Co. LLC

Following the closing of this offering, over     % of our common stock will be owned by investment funds affiliated with WLR. WLR has restructured more than $300 billion of liabilities in North America and other parts of the world. The firm maintains offices in New York City and has become the sponsor of more than $9.0 billion of alternative investment partnerships on behalf of major U.S., European and Japanese institutional investors.

Corporate Information

We were formed in 1997 as an Isle of Man public limited company and subsequently redomiciled in 2008 in the Republic of the Marshall Islands. Our representative offices are located at 21 Palmer Street, London SW1H 0AD, United Kingdom, Tel +44 (0)20 7340 4850 and 399 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022, United States, Tel +1 (212) 355-5893. Our website is located at http://www.navigatorgas.com.

We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus. Please read “Where You Can Find Additional Information” for an explanation of our reporting requirements as a foreign private issuer.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Shares of common stock offered by us

             shares, or              shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full.

 

Shares of common stock offered by the selling shareholders

             shares.

 

Option to purchase additional shares

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock.

 

Shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares, or              shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full.

 

Ownership after offering

Upon completion of this offering, the WLR Group, our executive officers, directors and affiliated entities will own approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, or     % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, and will as a result have significant control over our affairs.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of our common stock in this offering of $         million, or $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund the equity portion, or approximately $55 million, due under our purchase obligations for the 2015 newbuildings and the remainder for general corporate purposes, including if the newbuilding options are exercised, to fund $35 million of the approximately $88 million required to purchase the option newbuildings. We currently expect the remaining $82 million and $53 million of the purchase prices for the 2015 newbuildings and option newbuildings, respectively, to be financed under future credit facilities. The actual amount of the equity portion and debt portion under our purchase obligations could be impacted by the availability of debt financing on favorable terms.

 

  We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the selling shareholders. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Principal and Selling Shareholders.”

 

Dividends

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the near term. In addition, the agreements governing our indebtedness place certain restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Exchange listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, or “NYSE,” under the symbol “NVGS.”

 

Risk factors

Investment in our common stock involves substantial risks. You should read this prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus before investing in our common stock.

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after our initial public offering gives effect to a 3-for-1 stock split that will be effected immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement related to its initial public offering and includes: (i) 46,296,762 shares of our common stock outstanding as of July 2, 2013, and (ii) the              shares of common stock offered by us in connection with this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares), and excludes (on a post-stock split basis):

 

  n  

69,198 shares of restricted stock outstanding as of July 2, 2013 under our 2008 Restricted Stock Plan;

 

  n  

             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of              shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

Unless expressly indicated or the context requires otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

  n  

the consummation of the 3-for-1 stock split to be effected immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement related to its initial public offering in the form of a share dividend;

 

  n  

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase an additional              shares of common stock from us; and

 

  n  

the effectiveness of our second restated articles of incorporation in connection with the closing of our initial public offering.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following table presents historical information as follows:

 

  n  

The summary historical financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and should be read together with and qualified in its entirety by reference to such audited consolidated financial statements.

 

  n  

The summary historical financial data as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2012, and 2013, have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto and, in our opinion, except as described below, have been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited financial statements and include all adjustments consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this information.

The following table should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The summary historical financial data reflects the earnings per share and dividends per share impact of our 3-for-1 stock split that we will effect immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement related to its initial public offering.

 

 

 

                                                           
     NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS  
     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30,
 
           2011                  2012                  2012                  2013        
                   (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands, except per share data, fleet data and average daily results)  

Income Statement Data:

           

Operating revenue

   $   88,875       $ 146,716       $   66,917       $ 102,816   

Operating expenses:

           

Address and brokerage commissions

     2,664         4,234         2,023         2,575   

Voyage expenses

     17,661         27,791         14,162         22,260   

Charter-in costs

     344         11,288         3,600         3,175   

Vessel operating expenses

     22,939         32,826         15,104         22,933   

Depreciation and amortization

     18,678         24,180         11,506         15,683   

General and administrative costs

     4,232         5,273         2,536         3,195   

Other corporate expenses

     1,166         1,402         850         999   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     67,684         106,994         49,782         70,819   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

   $ 21,191       $ 39,722       $ 17,135       $ 31,997   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest expense

     2,433         8,671         3,552         12,693   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   $ 18,758       $ 31,051       $ 13,583       $ 19,304   

Income taxes

     108         515         246         224   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 18,650       $ 30,536       $ 13,338       $ 19,080   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

           

Basic and diluted

   $ 0.60       $ 0.82       $ 0.37       $ 0.43   

Dividends per share:

           

Basic and diluted

   $ 0.31       $ 0.06       $ 0.07       $   

EBITDA (1)

   $ 39,869       $ 63,902       $ 28,642       $ 47,680   

 

 

13


Table of Contents
     NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS  
     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,     SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30,
 
           2011                 2012               2012             2013      
                 (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands, except per share data, fleet data and average daily results)  

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 26,734      $ 140,870      $ 41,783      $ 86,913   

Total assets

     524,793        832,254        669,084        1,062,793   

Total liabilities

     152,765        384,431        238,928        520,616   

Total shareholders’ equity

     372,028        447,823        430,156        542,177   

Fleet Data:

        

Weighted average number of vessels (2)

     8.3        12.7        11.6        16.6   

Ownership days (3)

     3,033        4,663        2,114        3,016   

Available days (4)

     3,033        4,663        2,114        2,921   

Operating days (5)

     2,955        4,641        2,103        2,802   

Fleet utilization (6)

     97.4     99.5     99.5     95.9

Average Daily Results:

        

Time charter equivalent rate (7)

   $ 23,983      $ 26,305      $ 25,085      $ 28,750   

Daily vessel operating expenses (8)

   $ 7,632      $ 7,916      $ 7,819      $ 7,877   

 

 

(1)  

EBITDA represents net income before net interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA does not represent and should not be considered as an alternative to consolidated net income or cash generated from operations, as determined by U.S. GAAP, and our calculation of EBITDA may not be comparable to that reported by other companies. EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under U.S. GAAP.

EBITDA is included herein because it is a basis upon which we assess our financial performance and because we believe that it presents useful information to investors regarding a company’s ability to service and/or incur indebtedness and it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry.

EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

  n  

EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

  n  

EBITDA does not recognize the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

  n  

EBITDA ignores changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; and

 

  n  

other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, EBITDA should not be considered a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business.

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA (unaudited) for the periods presented:

 

 

 

     NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS  
     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,  
         2011              2012              2012              2013      
     (In thousands)  

Net income

   $ 18,650       $ 30,536       $ 13,338       $ 19,080   

Net interest expense

     2,433         8,671         3,552         12,693   

Income taxes

     108         515         246         224   

Depreciation and amortization

     18,678         24,180         11,506         15,683   

EBITDA

   $ 39,869       $ 63,902       $ 28,642       $ 47,680   

 

 

 

 

14


Table of Contents
(2)  

We calculate the weighted average number of vessels during a period by dividing the number of total ownership days during that period by the number of calendar days during that period.

(3)  

We define ownership days as the aggregate number of days in a period that each vessel in our fleet has been owned by us. Ownership days are an indicator of the size of our fleet over a period and affect both the amount of revenue and the amount of expenses that we record during a period.

(4)  

We define available days as ownership days less aggregate off-hire days associated with scheduled maintenance, which includes major repairs, drydockings, vessel upgrades or special or intermediate surveys. We use available days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period that our vessels should be capable of generating revenues.

(5)  

We define operating days as available days less the aggregate number of days that our vessels are off-hire for any reason other than scheduled maintenance. We use operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period that our vessels actually generate revenues.

(6)    

We calculate fleet utilization by dividing the number of operating days during a period by the number of available days during that period. An increase in non-scheduled off-hire days would reduce our operating days, and therefore, our fleet utilization. We use fleet utilization to measure our ability to efficiently find suitable employment for our vessels.

(7)  

Time charter equivalent rate, or “TCE rate,” is a measure of the average daily revenue performance of a vessel. TCE rate is a shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare period-to-period changes in a shipping company’s performance despite changes in the mix of charter types (i.e., time charters, voyage charters and COAs) under which the vessels may be employed between the periods. Our method of calculating TCE rate is to divide operating revenue (net of voyage expenses) by operating days for the relevant time period.

(8)  

Daily vessel operating expenses are calculated by dividing vessel operating expenses by ownership days (excluding ownership days for chartered-in vessels) for the relevant time period.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following risk factors together with all of the other information included in this prospectus in evaluating an investment in our common stock. If any of the following risks were actually to occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

Charter rates for liquefied gas carriers are cyclical in nature.

The international liquefied gas carrier market is cyclical with attendant volatility in terms of profitability, charter rates and vessel values. The degree of charter rate volatility among different types of liquefied gas carriers has varied widely. Because many factors influencing the supply of, and demand for, vessel capacity are unpredictable, the timing, direction and degree of changes in the international liquefied gas carrier market are also unpredictable.

Future growth in the demand for our services will depend on changes in supply and demand, economic growth in the world economy and demand for liquefied gas product transportation relative to changes in worldwide fleet capacity. Adverse economic, political, social or other developments, including the return of the turmoil in the global financial system and economic crisis, could have a material adverse effect on world economic growth and thus on our business and results of operations.

The charter rates we receive will be dependent upon, among other things:

 

  n  

changes in the supply of vessel capacity for the seaborne transportation of liquefied gases, which is influenced by the following factors:

 

  n  

the number of newbuilding deliveries and the ability of shipyards to deliver newbuildings by contracted delivery dates and capacity levels of shipyards;

 

  n  

the scrapping rate of older vessels;

 

  n  

port and canal congestion; and

 

  n  

the number of vessels that are out of service, including due to vessel casualties.

 

  n  

changes in the level of demand for seaborne transportation of liquefied gases, which is influenced by the following factors:

 

  n  

the level of production of liquefied gases in net export regions such as Russia, North America, the Middle East and Africa;

 

  n  

the level of demand for liquefied gases in net import regions such as Asia, Europe, Latin America and India;

 

  n  

the level of internal demand for petrochemicals to supply integrated petrochemical facilities in net export regions;

 

  n  

a reduction in global or general industrial activity specifically in the plastics and chemical industry;

 

  n  

the prices of alternative fuels;

 

  n  

increases in the cost of petroleum and natural gas from which liquefied gases are derived;

 

  n  

prevailing global and regional economic conditions;

 

  n  

political changes and armed conflicts in the regions traveled by our vessels and the regions where the cargoes we carry are produced or consumed that interrupt production, trade routes or consumption of liquefied gases and the products made therefrom;

 

  n  

developments in international trade;

 

  n  

the distances between exporting and importing regions over which liquefied gases are to be moved by sea;

 

  n  

infrastructure to support seaborne liquefied gases, including pipelines, railways and terminals;

 

  n  

the availability of alternative transportation means;

 

  n  

changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns;

 

16


Table of Contents
  n  

changes in liquefied gas carrier prices; and

 

  n  

changes in environmental and other regulations that may limit the production or consumption of liquefied gases or the useful lives of vessels.

Adverse changes in any of the foregoing factors could have an adverse effect on our revenues, profitability, liquidity, cash flow and financial position.

We are partially dependent on voyage charters in the spot market, and any decrease in spot charter rates in the future may adversely affect our earnings.

We currently operate a fleet of 23 vessels, including one chartered-in vessel. Of those, eight vessels are employed in the spot market, exposing us to fluctuations in spot market charter rates.

We may employ additional vessels that we may acquire or charter-in the future in the spot market, including the remaining secondhand vessel that we have contracted to acquire for delivery in 2013 and the seven newbuildings to be acquired for delivery by August 2015. Although spot chartering is common in our industry, the spot market may fluctuate significantly. The successful operation of our vessels in the competitive spot market depends upon, among other things, obtaining profitable spot charters and minimizing, to the extent possible, time spent waiting for charters and time spent traveling in ballast and to pick up cargo. The spot market is very volatile, and there have been periods when spot rates have declined below the operating cost of vessels. If future spot charter rates decline, we may be unable to operate our vessels trading in the spot market profitably or meet our obligations, including payments on indebtedness. Furthermore, as charter rates for spot charters are fixed for a single voyage which may last up to several weeks, during periods in which spot charter rates are rising, we will generally experience delays in realizing the benefits from such increases.

We may be unable to charter our vessels at attractive rates, which would have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Payments under our charters represent substantially all of our operating cash flow. Our time charters expire on a regular basis. Furthermore, we anticipate receiving at least eight new vessels by August 2015 as a result of our acquisition of the remaining A.P. Møller vessel and our newbuildings, none of which are currently subject to charters. If demand for liquefied gas carriers has declined at the time that our charters expire or vessels are received, we may not be able to charter our vessels at favorable rates or at all. In addition, while longer-term charters would become more attractive to us at a time when charter rates are declining, our customers may not want to enter into longer-term charters in such an environment. As a result, if our charters expire or vessels are received at a time when charter rates are declining, we may have to accept charters with lower rates or shorter terms than would be desirable. Furthermore, we may be unable to charter our vessels immediately after the expiration of their charters or after their receipt, resulting in periods of non-utilization for our vessels. Our inability to charter our vessels at favorable rates or terms or at all would adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results. Please read “Business—Our Fleet.”

If the demand for liquefied gases and the seaborne transportation of liquefied gases does not continue to grow, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

Our growth depends on continued growth in world and regional demand for liquefied gases and the seaborne transportation of liquefied gases, each of which could be adversely affected by a number of factors, such as:

 

  n  

increases in the demand for industrial and residential natural gas in areas linked by pipelines to producing areas, or the conversion of existing non-gas pipelines to natural gas pipelines in those markets;

 

  n  

increases in demand for chemical feedstocks in net exporting regions;

 

  n  

decreases in the consumption of petrochemical gases;

 

  n  

decreases in the consumption of LPG due to increases in its price relative to other energy sources or other factors making consumption of liquefied gas less attractive;

 

  n  

the availability of competing, alternative energy sources, transportation fuels or propulsion systems;

 

  n  

decreases in demand for liquefied gases resulting from changes in feedstock capabilities of petrochemical plants in net importing regions;

 

  n  

changes in the relative values of hydrocarbon and liquefied gases;

 

17


Table of Contents
  n  

a reduction in global industrial activity, especially in the plastics and petrochemical industries, particularly in regions with high demand growth for liquefied gas, such as Asia;

 

  n  

adverse global or regional economic or political conditions, particularly in liquefied gas exporting or importing regions, which could reduce liquefied gas shipping or energy consumption;

 

  n  

changes in governmental regulations, such as the elimination of economic incentives or initiatives designed to encourage the use of liquefied gases over other fuel sources; or

 

  n  

decreases in the capacity of petrochemical plants and crude oil refineries worldwide or the failure of anticipated new capacity to come online.

Reduced demand for liquefied gases and the seaborne transportation of liquefied gases would have a material adverse effect on our future growth and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The expected growth in the supply of petrochemical gases, including ethylene, available for seaborne transport may not materialize, which would deprive us of the opportunity to obtain premium charters for petrochemical cargoes.

Charter rates for petrochemical gas cargoes are often higher than those for LPG, with charter rates for ethylene historically commanding an additional premium. While we believe that growth in production at petrochemical production facilities and regional supply and pricing imbalances will create opportunities for us to transport petrochemical gas cargoes, including ethylene, factors that are beyond our control may cause the supply of petrochemical gases available for seaborne transport to remain constant or even decline. For example, a significant portion of any increased production of petrochemicals in export regions may be used to supply local facilities that use petrochemicals as a feedstock rather than exported via seaborne trade. If the supply of petrochemical gases available for seaborne transport does not increase, we will not have the opportunity to obtain the premium charter rates associated with petrochemical gas cargoes, including ethylene, and our expectations regarding the growth of our business may not be met.

The market values of our vessels may fluctuate significantly. This could cause us to incur a loss, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The market value of liquefied gas carriers fluctuates. While the market values of our vessels have increased since the recent economic slowdown, they still remain below the historic high levels prior to the economic slowdown. In addition, they are subject to the potential significant fluctuations depending on a number of factors including: general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry, prevailing charter rates, competition from other shipping companies, other modes of transportation, other types, sizes and age of vessels, applicable governmental regulations and the cost of newbuildings.

In addition, when vessel prices are considered to be low, companies not usually involved in shipping may make speculative vessel orders, thereby increasing the supply of vessel capacity, satisfying demand sooner and potentially suppressing charter rates.

Also, if the book value of a vessel is impaired due to unfavorable market conditions or a vessel is sold at a price below its book value, we would incur a loss that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. Please read “The International Liquefied Gas Shipping Industry” for information concerning historical prices of liquefied gas carriers.

Over the long term, we will be required to make substantial capital expenditures to preserve the operating capacity of, and to grow, our fleet.

We must make substantial capital expenditures over the long term to maintain the operating capacity and expansion of our fleet in order to preserve our capital base.

We estimate that drydocking expenditures can cost up to $2.0 million per vessel per drydocking, although these expenditures could vary significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year and could increase as a result of changes in:

 

  n  

the location and required repositioning of the vessel;

 

  n  

the cost of labor and materials;

 

  n  

customer requirements;

 

18


Table of Contents
  n  

the size of our fleet;

 

  n  

the cost of replacement vessels;

 

  n  

length of charters;

 

  n  

governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards relating to safety, security or the environment; and

 

  n  

competitive standards.

Furthermore, we intend to make substantial capital expenditures to increase the size of our fleet. Pursuant to our purchase and sale agreements with A.P. Møller, we are required to remit payment of $38.7 million to A.P. Møller at the time of delivery of the remaining secondhand vessel we are to acquire during the fourth quarter of 2013. As of June 30, 2013, such remaining payment, together with payments to be remitted for three A.P. Møller vessels received prior to the date hereof but subsequent to June 30, 2013, totaled approximately $151.7 million. In addition, we have agreed to purchase the four 2014 newbuildings from Jiangnan for $50.0 million per vessel and the three 2015 newbuildings from Jiangnan for an average of $46.0 million per vessel, for an aggregate of $337.9 million. As of June 30, 2013, we have made aggregate payments to Jiangnan of $29.9 million. We also have options to build the two additional newbuildings for delivery from Jiangnan in late 2015 and early 2016 at $44.0 million per vessel.

We have fully financed the acquisition of the remaining A.P. Møller vessel and the construction of the 2014 newbuildings through a combination of debt and equity financings. We plan to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering together with future credit facilities to fund the construction of the 2015 newbuildings and, if the options are exercised, the option newbuildings.

Our ability to obtain bank financing or to access the capital markets for future debt or equity offerings in order to finance the expansion of our fleet may be limited by our financial condition at the time of any such financing or offering as well as by adverse market conditions resulting from, among other things, general economic conditions and contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control. Our failure to obtain the funds for future capital expenditures could limit our ability to expand our fleet. Even if we are successful in obtaining necessary funds, the terms of such financings may significantly increase our interest expense and financial leverage and issuing additional equity securities may result in significant shareholder dilution. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditional Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity and Cash Needs.”

We may be unable to make, or realize the expected benefits from, acquisitions and the failure to successfully implement our growth strategy through acquisitions could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our growth strategy includes selectively acquiring existing liquefied gas carriers or newbuildings and investing in complimentary assets. Factors such as competition from other companies, many of which have significantly greater financial resources than we do, could reduce our acquisition and investment opportunities or cause us to pay higher prices.

Any existing vessel or newbuilding we acquire (including the A.P. Møller vessels, the 2014 newbuildings, the 2015 newbuildings and, if exercised, the option newbuildings) may not be profitable at or after the time of acquisition and may not generate cash flow sufficient to cover the cost of acquisition. Market conditions at the time of delivery of any newbuildings or vessels acquired free of charter may be such that charter rates are not favorable and the revenue generated by such vessels is not sufficient to cover their purchase prices.

In addition, our acquisition and investment growth strategy exposes us to risks that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results, including risks that we may:

 

  n  

fail to realize anticipated benefits of acquisitions, such as new customer relationships, cost savings or increased cash flow;

 

  n  

not be able to obtain charters at favorable rates or at all;

 

  n  

be unable to hire, train or retain qualified shore and seafaring personnel to manage and operate our growing business and fleet or engage a third-party technical manager to do the same;

 

  n  

fail to integrate investments of complementary assets or vessels in capacity ranges outside our current operations in a profitable manner;

 

19


Table of Contents
  n  

not have adequate operating and financial systems in place as we implement our expansion plan;

 

  n  

decrease our liquidity through the use of a significant portion of available cash or borrowing capacity to finance acquisitions;

 

  n  

significantly increase our interest expense or financial leverage if we incur additional debt to finance acquisitions;

 

  n  

incur or assume unanticipated liabilities, losses or costs associated with the business or vessels acquired; or

 

  n  

incur other significant charges, such as impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets, asset devaluation or restructuring charges.

Unlike newbuildings, existing vessels typically do not carry warranties as to their condition. While we inspect existing vessels prior to purchase, such an inspection would normally not provide us with as much knowledge of a vessel’s condition as we would possess if it had been built for us and operated by us during its life. Repairs and maintenance costs for existing vessels are difficult to predict and may be substantially higher than for vessels we have operated since they were built. These costs could decrease our cash flow and reduce our liquidity.

Operations outside the United States expose us to political, governmental and economic instability, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Because our operations are primarily conducted outside of the United States, we may be affected by economic, political and governmental conditions in the countries where we engage in business or where our vessels are registered. Any disruption caused by these conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. We derive some of our revenues from transporting gas cargoes from, to and within politically unstable regions. Conflicts in these regions have included attacks on ships and other efforts to disrupt shipping. In addition, vessels operating in some of these regions have been subject to piracy. Hostilities or other political instability in regions where we operate or may operate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, tariffs, trade embargoes and other economic sanctions by the United States or other countries against countries where we engage in business as a result of terrorist attacks, hostilities or other events may limit trading activities with those countries, which could also harm our business. Finally, a government could requisition one or more of our vessels, which is most likely during a war or national emergency. Any such requisition would cause a loss of the vessel and would harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

The geopolitical risks associated with chartering vessels to Indonesian and Venezuelan state-owned corporations are significant and could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

PT Pertamina (Persero), or “Pertamina,” is a state-owned corporation of the Republic of Indonesia. Pertamina currently employs three of our vessels. Petróleos de Venezuela S.A., or “PDVSA,” is a state-owned corporation of the Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela. PDVSA currently employs two of our vessels. Collectively, our charters with Pertamina and PDVSA generated approximately 10.9% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our vessels that are chartered to Pertamina and PDVSA are subject to various risks, including (i) loss of revenue, property or equipment as a result of expropriation, nationalization, changes in laws, exchange controls, war, insurrection, civil unrest, strikes or other political risks, (ii) being subject to foreign laws and legal systems and the exclusive jurisdiction of Indonesian or Venezuelan courts or tribunals and (iii) the unilateral renegotiation of contracts and changes in laws and policies governing the operations of foreign companies in Indonesia or Venezuela. In addition, if a contract dispute arises it may be difficult for us to enforce our contractual rights against either Pertamina or PDVSA, as it may claim sovereign immunity against judgments from foreign courts. As a result, we are subject to significant economic uncertainty associated with doing business with state-owned corporations. We cannot predict how government policies may change under the current or any future Indonesian or Venezuelan administration, and future government policies could have a substantial adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We depend to a significant degree upon third-party managers to provide technical management services for our fleet.

We subcontract the majority of the technical management of our fleet, including crewing, maintenance and repair, to third-party technical managers, BSSM and NMM. Our technical managers, in turn, contract with one or more manning agents for the provision of crews for our vessels. Although we have subcontracted the technical management of portions of our fleet to BSSM since 2001 and NMM since 2009, our agreements with them are subject to annual renewal and may be terminated by us or our technical managers with three months’ notice. The

 

20


Table of Contents

loss of services of one or both of our technical managers or a failure to perform their obligations could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. Although we may have rights against our technical managers if they were to default on their obligations, shareholders will have no recourse against our technical managers. In addition, if we were to lose the services of one or both of our technical managers, we may not be able to find replacement technical managers on terms as favorable as those currently in place.

The ability of our technical managers to continue providing services for our benefit will depend in part on their financial strength. Circumstances beyond our control could impair our technical managers’ financial strength. Because our technical managers are privately held, it is unlikely that information about their financial strength will be available. As a result, we might have little advance warning of problems that affect our technical managers, even though those problems could have a material adverse effect on us. Our inability to replace our technical managers or to successfully take over and perform the technical management of the vessels being managed by our technical managers would materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

An increase in fuel prices may adversely affect our charter rates for time charters and our cost structure for voyage charters and COAs.

The price and supply of bunker fuel are unpredictable and fluctuate based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil, actions by members of the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns and regulations. The price of bunker fuel has increased substantially, primarily as a result of increases in the price of crude oil and changing refinery industry dynamics. A significant portion of our revenues are generated by time charters, the terms of which require our customers to incur the cost of bunker fuel. However, our customers may be less willing to enter into charters under which they bear the full risk of bunker fuel price increases or may shorten the periods for which they are willing to make such commitments. Under voyage charters and COAs, we bear the cost of bunker fuel used to power our vessels. A substantial increase in bunker fuel prices would correspondingly increase our voyage expenses under any of our voyages charters or COAs, which may adversely affect our profitability. A substantial increase in the cost of bunker fuel may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The required drydocking of our vessels could have a more significant adverse impact on our revenues than we anticipate, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The drydocking of our vessels requires significant capital expenditures and results in loss of revenue while our vessels are off-hire. Any significant increase in the number of days of off-hire due to such drydocking or in the costs of any repairs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. Although we do not anticipate that more than one vessel will be out of service at any given time, we may underestimate the time required to drydock our vessels, or unanticipated problems may arise.

Our operating costs are likely to increase in the future as our vessels age, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

In general, the cost of maintaining a vessel in good operating condition increases with the age of the vessel. As our vessels age, we will incur increased costs. Older vessels are typically less fuel-efficient and more costly to maintain than newer vessels due to improvements in engine technology. Cargo insurance rates increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers. Governmental regulations, including environmental, safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may also require expenditures for alterations, or the addition of new equipment, to our vessels to comply. These laws or regulations may also restrict the type of activities in which our vessels may engage or limit their operation in certain geographic regions. We cannot assure you that, as our vessels age, market conditions will justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their expected useful lives.

The loss or inability to operate any of our vessels would result in a significant loss of revenues and cash flow which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We do not carry loss of hire insurance. If, at any time, we cannot operate any of our vessels due to loss of the vessel, mechanical problems, lack of seafarers to crew a vessel, prolonged drydocking periods, loss of certification, the loss of any charter or otherwise, our business, financial condition and operating results will be materially adversely affected. In the worst case, we may not receive any revenues from any loss vessel, but we may be required to pay expenses necessary to maintain the vessel in proper operating condition.

 

21


Table of Contents

An economic downturn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Future adverse economic conditions may lead to a decline in our customers’ operations or ability to pay for our services, which could result in decreased demand for our vessels. There has historically been a strong link between the development of the world economy and demand for energy, including liquefied gases. The world economy is currently facing a number of challenges. As a result of the credit crisis in Europe, in particular in Greece, Italy, Ireland, Portugal and Spain, the European Commission created the European Financial Stability Facility, or the “EFSF,” and the European Financial Stability Mechanism, or the “EFSM,” to provide funding to Eurozone countries in financial difficulties that seek such support. In March 2011, the European Council agreed on the need for Eurozone countries to establish a permanent stability mechanism, the European Stability Mechanism, or the “ESM,” which will be activated by mutual agreement, to assume the role of the EFSF and the EFSM in providing external financial assistance to Eurozone countries after June 2013. Despite these measures, concerns persist regarding the debt burden of certain Eurozone countries and their ability to meet future financial obligations and the overall stability of the euro. An extended period of adverse development in the outlook for European countries could reduce the overall demand for liquefied gases and have a negative impact on our customers. These potential developments, or market perceptions concerning these and related issues, could affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Furthermore, a future economic slowdown could have an impact on our customers and/or suppliers including, among other things, causing them to fail to meet their obligations to us. Similarly, a future economic slowdown could affect lenders participating in our secured term loan facilities, making them unable to fulfill their commitments and obligations to us. Any reductions in activity owing to such conditions or failure by our customers, suppliers or lenders to meet their contractual obligations to us could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Due to our lack of diversification, adverse developments in the seaborne liquefied gas transportation business could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We rely exclusively on the cash flow generated from vessels that operate in the seaborne liquefied gas transportation business. Unlike many other shipping companies, which have vessels that can carry drybulk, crude oil and oil products, we depend exclusively on the transport of LPG, petrochemicals and ammonia. Due to our lack of diversification, an adverse development in the international liquefied gas shipping industry would have a significantly greater impact on our business, financial condition and operating results than it would if we maintained more diverse assets or lines of business.

Maritime claimants could arrest our vessels, which could interrupt our cash flow.

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against that vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lienholder may enforce its lien by arresting a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt our cash flow and require us to pay large sums to have the arrest lifted.

In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel that is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could try to assert “sister ship” liability against all of the vessels in our fleet for claims relating to only one of our ships. The arrest of any of our vessels would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may experience operational problems with vessels that reduce revenue and increase costs.

Liquefied gas carriers are complex vessels and their operation is technically challenging. Marine transportation operations are subject to mechanical risks and problems. Operational problems may lead to loss of revenue or higher than anticipated operating expenses or require additional capital expenditures. Any of these results could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

22


Table of Contents

A shortage of qualified officers makes it more difficult to crew our vessels and increases our operating costs. If a shortage were to develop, it could impair our ability to operate and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our liquefied gas carriers require a technically skilled officer staff with specialized training. As the world liquefied gas carrier fleet and the LNG carrier fleet continue to grow, the demand for such technically skilled officers has increased and could lead to a shortage of such personnel. If our technical managers were to be unable to employ such technically skilled officers, they would not be able to adequately staff our vessels and effectively train crews. The development of a deficit in the supply of technically skilled officers or an inability of our technical managers to attract and retain such qualified officers could impair our ability to operate and increase the cost of crewing our vessels and, thus, materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Please read “Business—Crewing and Staff.”

Compliance with safety and other vessel requirements imposed by classification societies may be very costly and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and the Safety of Life at Sea Convention. Our vessels are currently enrolled with Germanischer Lloyd, Lloyd’s Register or Det Norske Veritas. All of our vessels have been awarded International Safety Management, or the “ISM Code,” certification.

As part of the certification process, a vessel must undergo annual surveys, intermediate surveys and special surveys. In lieu of a special survey, a vessel’s machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle, under which the machinery would be surveyed periodically over a five-year period. Twelve of the vessels in our existing fleet are on a planned maintenance system, or “PMS,” approval, and as such the classification society attends on-board once every year to verify that the maintenance of the on-board equipment is done correctly. The remaining ships are operating continuous management surveys. All of the vessels in our fleet have been qualified within its respective classification society for drydocking once every five years, subject to an intermediate underwater survey done using an approved diving company in the presence of a surveyor from the classification society. When gas carriers reach an age of 15 years, they must undergo hull / bottom surveys twice in each five-year cycle, with a maximum of 30 months between each underwater survey.

If any vessel does not maintain its class and/or fails any annual survey, intermediate survey or special survey, the vessel will be unable to trade between ports and will be unemployable. This would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our fleet includes sets of sister ships, which have identical specifications. As a result, any latent design or equipment defect discovered in one of our sister ships will likely affect all of the other vessels.

Our owned vessels consist of five sets of sister ships, ranging from two vessels to six vessels, and our newbuildings will be sister ships. The vessels in each set of sister ships were or will be built based on standard designs and are uniform in all material respects. Any latent design defects in one of the sister ships would likely affect all of its respective sister ships. We cannot assure you that latent defects will not be discovered in any of these vessels. In addition, all vessels that are sister ships have the same or similar equipment as all other such vessels. As a result, any equipment defect discovered in one vessel may affect one or all of the vessels that are sister ships with that vessel. Any disruptions in the operation of the vessels in our fleet, resulting from any such defects could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Delays in deliveries of newbuildings or acquired vessels, or deliveries of vessels with significant defects, could harm our operating results and lead to the termination of any related charters that may be entered into prior to their delivery.

The delivery of any of the newbuildings we have ordered or may order or of any vessels we agree to acquire in the future could be delayed, which would delay our receipt of revenues under any future charters we enter into for the vessels. In addition, under some of the charters we may enter into for these newbuildings, if our delivery of a vessel to the customer is delayed, we may be required to pay liquidated damages in amounts equal to or, under some charters, almost double the hire rate during the delay. For prolonged delays, the customer may terminate the time charter, resulting in loss of revenues. The delivery of any newbuilding with substantial defects could have similar consequences.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our receipt of newbuildings could be delayed because of many factors, including:

 

  n  

quality or engineering problems;

 

  n  

changes in governmental regulations or maritime self-regulatory organization standards;

 

  n  

work stoppages or other labor disturbances at the shipyard;

 

  n  

bankruptcy or other financial crisis of the shipbuilder;

 

  n  

a backlog of orders at the shipyard;

 

  n  

political or economic disturbances in the locations where the vessels are being built;

 

  n  

weather interference or catastrophic event, such as a major earthquake or fire;

 

  n  

our requests for changes to the original vessel specifications;

 

  n  

shortages of, or delays in the receipt of necessary construction materials, such as steel;

 

  n  

our inability to finance the purchase of the vessels; or

 

  n  

our inability to obtain requisite permits or approvals.

We do not carry delay of delivery insurance to cover any losses that are not covered by delay penalties in our construction contracts. As a result, if delivery of a vessel is materially delayed, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our growth depends on our ability to expand relationships with existing customers and obtain new customers, for which we will face substantial competition.

The process of obtaining new charters is highly competitive, generally involves an intensive screening process and competitive bids, and often extends for several months. Contracts are awarded based upon a variety of factors, including:

 

  n  

the operator’s industry relationships, experience and reputation for customer service, quality operations and safety;

 

  n  

the quality, experience and technical capability of the crew;

 

  n  

the operator’s relationships with shipyards and the ability to get suitable berths;

 

  n  

the operator’s construction management experience, including the ability to obtain on-time delivery of new vessels according to customer specifications;

 

  n  

the operator’s willingness to accept operational risks pursuant to the charter, such as allowing termination of the charter for force majeure events; and

 

  n  

the competitiveness of the bid in terms of overall price.

Our ability to obtain new customers will depend upon a number of factors, including our ability to:

 

  n  

successfully manage our liquidity and obtain the necessary financing to fund our growth;

 

  n  

attract, hire, train and retain qualified personnel and ship management companies to manage and operate our fleet;

 

  n  

identify and consummate desirable acquisitions, joint ventures or strategic alliances; and

 

  n  

identify and capitalize on opportunities in new markets.

We expect substantial competition for providing transportation services from a number of experienced companies. As a result, we may be unable to expand our relationships with existing customers or to obtain new customers on a profitable basis, if at all, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

The marine transportation industry is subject to substantial environmental and other regulations, which may limit our operations and increase our expenses.

Our operations are affected by extensive and changing environmental protection laws and other regulations and international treaties and conventions, including those relating to equipping and operating vessels and vessel safety. These regulations include the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or “OPA 90,” the U.S. Clean Water Act, the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002 and regulations of the IMO, including the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969, as from time to time amended and generally referred to as the CLC,

 

24


Table of Contents

the IMO International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1975, as from time to time amended and generally referred to as MARPOL, the International Convention for the Prevention of Marine Pollution of 1973, the IMO International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974, as from time to time amended and generally referred to as SOLAS, the IMO International Convention on Load Lines of 1966, as from time to time amended, and the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or the “ISM Code.” We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, substantial expenses in complying with these laws and regulations, including expenses for vessel modifications and changes in operating procedures. Additional laws and regulations may be adopted that could limit our ability to do business or further increase costs, which could harm our business. In addition, failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of operations. We may become subject to additional laws and regulations if we enter into new markets or trades.

In addition, we believe that the heightened environmental, quality and security concerns of the public, regulators, insurance underwriters and charterers will generally lead to additional regulatory requirements, including enhanced risk assessment and security requirements, greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels in the marine transportation markets and possibly restrictions on the emissions of greenhouse gases from the operation of vessels. These requirements are likely to add incremental costs to our operations and the failure to comply with these requirements may affect the ability of our vessels to obtain and, possibly, collect on insurance or to obtain the required certificates for entry into the different ports where we operate.

Please read “Business—Environmental and Other Regulations” for a more detailed discussion on these topics.

Climate change and greenhouse gas restrictions may adversely impact our operations and markets.

Due to concern over the risk of climate change, a number of countries and the IMO have adopted, or are considering the adoption of, regulatory frameworks to reduce greenhouse gas emission from vessel emissions. These regulatory measures may include, among others, adoption of cap and trade regimes, carbon taxes, increased efficiency standards and incentives or mandates for renewable energy. Additionally, a treaty may be adopted in the future that includes restrictions on shipping emissions. Compliance with changes in laws and regulations relating to climate change could increase our costs of operating and maintaining our vessels and could require us to make significant financial expenditures that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

Adverse effects upon the oil and gas industry relating to climate change, including growing public concern about the environmental impact of climate change, may also have an effect on demand for our services. For example, increased regulation of greenhouse gases or other concerns relating to climate change may reduce the demand for oil and gas in the future or create greater incentives for use of alternative energy sources. Any long-term material adverse effect on the oil and gas industry could have a significant financial and operational adverse impact on our business that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

Marine transportation is inherently risky. An incident involving significant loss of product or environmental contamination by any of our vessels could adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.

Our vessels and their cargoes and the LPG and petrochemical production and terminal facilities that we service are at risk of being damaged or lost because of events such as:

 

  n  

marine disasters;

 

  n  

bad weather;

 

  n  

mechanical failures;

 

  n  

grounding, capsizing, fire, explosions and collisions;

 

  n  

piracy;

 

  n  

human error; and

 

  n  

war and terrorism.

 

25


Table of Contents

An accident involving any of our vessels could result in any of the following:

 

  n  

death or injury to persons, loss of property or damage to the environment and natural resources;

 

  n  

delays in the delivery of cargo;

 

  n  

loss of revenues from time charters;

 

  n  

liabilities or costs to recover any spilled cargo and to restore the ecosystem where the spill occurred;

 

  n  

governmental fines, penalties or restrictions on conducting business;

 

  n  

higher insurance rates; and

 

  n  

damage to our reputation and customer relationships generally.

Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our operating results are subject to seasonal fluctuations.

We operate our vessels in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter rates. The liquefied gas carrier market is typically stronger in the fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of propane and butane for heating during the winter months in the Northern Hemisphere. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns in these months tend to disrupt vessel scheduling and supplies of certain commodities. While our time charters typically provide a uniform monthly fee over the term of the charter, to the extent any of our time charters expires during the relatively weaker fiscal quarters ending June 30 and September 30, we may have difficultly re-chartering those vessels at similar rates or at all.

Competition from more technologically advanced liquefied gas carriers could reduce our charter hire income and the value of our vessels.

The charter rates and the value and operational life of a vessel are determined by a number of factors including the vessel’s efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency includes fuel economy, speed and the ability to be loaded and unloaded quickly. Flexibility includes the ability to enter ports, utilize related docking facilities and pass through canals and straits. Physical life is related to the original design and construction, maintenance and the impact of the stress of operations. If new liquefied gas carriers are built that are more efficient or flexible or have longer physical lives than our vessels, competition from these more technologically advanced liquefied gas carriers could adversely affect the charter rates we receive for our vessels once their current charters are terminated and the resale value of our vessels. As a result, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

Acts of piracy on any of our vessels or on ocean going vessels could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea and the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. If such piracy attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being named on the Joint War Committee Listed Areas, war-risk insurance premiums payable for such coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage might become more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including costs that may be incurred to the extent we employ on-board security guards, could increase in such circumstances. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost or unavailability of insurance for our vessels, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Terrorist attacks, increased hostilities, piracy or war could lead to further economic instability, increased costs and disruption of business.

Terrorist attacks may adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, ability to raise capital and future growth. Continuing hostilities in the Middle East may lead to additional armed conflicts or to further acts of terrorism and civil disturbance in the United States or elsewhere, which may contribute further to economic instability and disruption of production and distribution of LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia, which could result in reduced demand for our services.

Terrorist attacks on vessels, such as the October 2002 attack on the m.v. Limburg and the July 2010 attack allegedly by Al-Qaeda on the m. Star , both very large crude carriers not related to us, may in the future adversely

 

26


Table of Contents

affect our business, financial condition and results of operation. In addition, petrochemical production and terminal facilities and vessels that transport petrochemical products could be targets of future terrorist attacks. Any such attacks could lead to, among other things, bodily injury or loss of life, vessel or other property damage, increased vessel operational costs, including insurance costs, and the inability to transport gases to or from certain locations. Terrorist attacks, piracy, war or other events beyond our control that adversely affect the distribution, production or transportation of gases to be shipped by us could entitle customers to terminate our charters, which would harm our cash flow and business. In addition, the loss of a vessel as a result of terrorism or piracy would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our insurance may be insufficient to cover losses that may occur to our vessels or result from our operations.

The operation of liquefied gas carriers is inherently risky. We may not be able to adequately insure against all risks, and any particular claim may not be paid by insurance. None of our vessels are insured against loss of revenues resulting from vessel off-hire time. Any claims covered by insurance would be subject to deductibles, and since it is possible that a large number of claims may be brought, the aggregate amount of these deductibles could be material. Certain insurance coverage is maintained through mutual protection and indemnity associations, and as a member of such associations we may be required to make additional payments over and above budgeted premiums if the member claims exceed association reserves.

We may be unable to procure adequate insurance coverage at commercially reasonable rates in the future. For example, more stringent environmental regulations have led in the past to increased costs for, and in the future may result in the lack of availability of, insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution. The costs arising from a catastrophic spill or marine disaster could exceed the insurance coverage. Changes in the insurance markets attributable to terrorist attacks or piracy may also make certain types of insurance more expensive or more difficult to obtain. In addition, the insurance may be voidable by the insurers as a result of certain actions, such as vessels failing to maintain certification with applicable maritime self-regulatory organizations. Any uninsured or underinsured loss could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Restrictive covenants in our secured term loan facilities, and any future debt facilities will impose, financial and other restrictions on us.

The secured term loan facilities impose, and any future debt facility will impose, operating and financial restrictions on us. The restrictions in the existing secured term loan facilities may limit our ability to, among other things:

 

  n  

pay dividends out of operating revenues generated by the vessels securing indebtedness under the facility, redeem any shares or make any other payment to our equity holders, if there is a default any secured term loan facility;

 

  n  

incur additional indebtedness, including through the issuance of guarantees;

 

  n  

create liens on our assets;

 

  n  

sell our vessels;

 

  n  

merge or consolidate with, or transfer all or substantially all our assets to, another person;

 

  n  

change the flag, class or management of our vessels; and

 

  n  

enter into a new line of business.

The secured term loan facilities require us to maintain various financial ratios. These include requirements that we maintain specified maximum ratios of net debt to total capitalization, that we maintain specified minimum levels of cash and cash equivalents (including undrawn lines of credit with maturities greater than 12 months), that we maintain specified minimum ratios of consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (consolidated EBITDA), to consolidated interest expense and that we maintain specified minimum levels of collateral coverage. If at any time the aggregate fair market value of (i) the vessels subject to a mortgage in favor of our lenders and (ii) the value of any additional collateral we grant to the lenders is less than 135% of the outstanding principal amount under the secured term loan facilities and any commitments to borrow additional funds, our lenders may require us to provide additional collateral. Upon notice from our lenders that additional collateral is required, we will have 30 days to either provide collateral that is acceptable to the lenders, cancel remaining commitments to lend and/or prepay outstanding debt in an amount to maintain the minimum collateral coverage ratio. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Secured Term Loan Facilities—Financial

 

27


Table of Contents

Covenants.” The failure to comply with such covenants would cause an event of default that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. We expect to be in compliance with these covenants after giving effect to the offering and the application of the proceeds thereof, although we cannot assure you that we will be.

Because of these covenants, we may need to seek permission from our lenders in order to engage in some corporate actions. Our lenders’ interests may be different from ours, and we may not be able to obtain our lenders’ permission when needed. This may limit our ability to finance our future operations and make acquisitions or pursue business opportunities. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Secured Term Loan Facilities.”

The secured term loan facilities are reducing facilities. The required repayments under the secured term loan facilities may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Loans under the secured term loan facilities are subject to quarterly repayments beginning three months after the initial borrowing date or delivery dates of the newbuildings, as applicable. If at such time we have not made alternative financing arrangements or generate substantial cash flows, any such repayments and our declining borrowing availability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may not be able to borrow further amounts under the secured term loan facilities, which we may need to fund the acquisition of the remaining newbuildings that we have agreed to purchase.

Our ability to borrow further amounts under the secured term loan facilities will be subject to satisfaction of certain customary conditions precedent and compliance with terms and conditions included in the loan documents. To the extent that we are not able to satisfy these requirements, including as a result of a decline in the value of our vessels, we may be required to repay a portion of our existing debt or provide additional collateral and we may not be able to borrow further amounts under the secured term loan facilities. If we are unable to borrow further amounts under the secured term loan facilities, we may be unable to fund the acquisition of the newbuildings or vessel acquisitions that we have agreed to purchase, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The derivative contracts we may enter into to hedge our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates could result in higher than market interest rates and reductions in our shareholders’ equity, as well as charges against our income.

We may enter into interest rate swaps for purposes of managing our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates applicable to indebtedness under our secured term loan facilities which were advanced at floating rates based on LIBOR. Our hedging strategies, however, may not be effective and we may incur substantial losses if interest rates move materially differently from our expectations.

To the extent our future derivative contracts may not qualify for treatment as hedges for accounting purposes, we will recognize fluctuations in the fair value of such contracts in our statement of income. In addition, changes in the fair value of future derivative contracts, even those that qualify for treatment as hedges, will be recognized in “Other Comprehensive Income” on our balance sheet, and can affect compliance with the net worth covenant requirements in our secured term loan facilities. Our financial condition could also be materially adversely affected to the extent we do not hedge our exposure to interest rate fluctuations under our financing arrangements under which loans have been advanced at a floating rate based on LIBOR.

Any hedging activities we engage in may not effectively manage our interest rate exposure or have the desired impact on our financial conditions or results of operations.

Our business depends upon certain key employees.

Our future success depends to a significant extent upon our chairman, president and chief executive officer, David J. Butters, and certain members of our senior management. Mr. Butters has substantial experience in the shipping industry and he and others are crucial to the development of our business strategy and to the growth and development of our business. The loss of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

28


Table of Contents

Our major shareholder may exert considerable influence on the outcome of matters on which our shareholders will be entitled to vote, and its interests may be different from yours.

After giving effect to this offering, the WLR Group, our principal shareholder, will own approximately     % of our common stock. The WLR Group may exert considerable influence on the outcome of matters on which our shareholders are entitled to vote, including the election of our directors to our board of directors and other significant corporate actions. The interests of the WLR Group may be different from your interests.

We are a holding company, and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations.

We are a holding company and our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. We have no significant assets other than the equity interests in our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to satisfy our financial obligations depends on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. The ability of a subsidiary to make these distributions could be affected by a claim or other action by a third party, including a creditor, or by the Republic of the Marshall Islands law, which regulates the payment of dividends by companies. In addition, under the secured term loan facilities, Navigator Gas L.L.C., our wholly-owned subsidiary, and our vessel-owning subsidiaries that are parties to the secured term loan facilities may not make distributions to us out of operating revenues from vessels securing indebtedness thereunder, redeem any shares or make any other payment to our shareholders if an event of default has occurred and is continuing. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Secured Term Loan Facilities.” The inability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $         per share.

The assumed initial public offering price of $           per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus) exceeds our pro forma net tangible book value of $           per share. Based on the assumed initial public offering price, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $           per share. Shareholders may experience additional dilution if we issue common stock in the future. As a result of this dilution, shareholders may receive significantly less than the full purchase price they paid for the shares in the event of a liquidation. Please read “Dilution.”

We may issue additional equity securities without your approval, which would dilute your ownership interests.

We may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or equity-linked securities without the approval of our shareholders, subject to certain limited approval requirements of the NYSE. In particular, we may finance all or a portion of the acquisition price of future vessels, including newbuildings, that we agree to purchase through the issuance of additional shares of common stock. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation authorize us to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock, of which             shares will be outstanding immediately after giving effect to this offering and the 3-for-1 stock split that we will effect immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement related to its initial public offering. The issuance by us of additional shares of common stock or other equity or equity-linked securities of equal or senior rank will have the following effects:

 

  n  

our shareholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;

 

  n  

the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding share may be diminished; and

 

  n  

the market price of the common stock may decline.

Future sales of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of our shares of common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, may depress the market price for our common stock. These sales could also impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of our equity securities in the future. At the closing of this offering, the WLR Group, our principal shareholder, will own approximately     % of our common stock. In the future, the WLR Group may elect to sell large numbers of shares from time to time. The number of shares available for sale in the public market will be limited by restrictions applicable under securities laws and agreements that the WLR Group, we and our executive officers and directors have entered or will enter into with the underwriters of this offering. Subject to certain exceptions, these agreements generally restrict the WLR Group, us and our executive

 

29


Table of Contents

officers and directors from directly or indirectly offering, selling, pledging, hedging or otherwise disposing of our equity securities or any security that is convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our equity securities and from engaging in certain other transactions relating to such securities for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension, without the prior written consent of Jefferies LLC. However, Jefferies LLC may, in its sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the expiration of the lock-up period, release all or any portion of the securities subject to these agreements.

There is no existing market for our common stock, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. While we understand that transactions in our securities have been reported in the pink sheets, we do not know the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development of a trading market in our common stock or how liquid that market might be. You may not be able to resell your shares of common stock at or above the initial public offering price. Additionally, the lack of liquidity may result in wide bid-ask spreads, contribute to significant fluctuations in the market price of our common stock and limit the number of investors who are able to buy our common stock.

We have no current plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates.

We have no current plans to declare dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in us will be if you sell your shares of common stock at a price greater than you paid for it. There is no guarantee that the market price of our common stock will ever exceed the price that you pay in this offering.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” as described under “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.” We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

The obligations associated with being a public company will require significant resources and management attention.

As a public company in the United States, we will incur legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not previously incur. We will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act,” and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the listing requirements of the NYSE and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Exchange Act requires that we file annual and current reports with respect to our business, financial condition and results of operations. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert management’s attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. In addition, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These additional obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some

 

30


Table of Contents

activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative costs and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could be adversely affected.

For as long as we are an “emerging growth company” under the recently enacted JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.” Furthermore, after the date we are no longer an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will only be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting depending on our market capitalization. Even if our management concludes that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may still decline to attest to our management’s assessment or may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, in connection with the implementation of the necessary procedures and practices related to internal control over financial reporting, we may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. Failure to comply with Section 404 could subject us to regulatory scrutiny and sanctions, impair our ability to raise revenue, cause investors to lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and negatively affect our share price.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

We are a “foreign private issuer,” as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, or the “Securities Act,” and therefore, we are not required to comply with all the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and related rules and regulations. Under Rule 405, the determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter and, accordingly, the next determination will be made with respect to us on December 31, 2013.

In the future, we would lose our foreign private issuer status if a majority of our shareholders, directors or management are U.S. citizens or residents and we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we will be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the “SEC,” which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. For example, the annual report on Form 10-K requires domestic issuers to disclose executive compensation information on an individual basis with specific disclosure regarding the domestic compensation philosophy, objectives, annual total compensation (base salary, bonus, equity compensation) and potential payments in connection with change in control, retirement, death or disability, while the annual report on Form 20-F permits foreign private issuers to disclose compensation information on an aggregate basis. We will also have to mandatorily comply with U.S. federal proxy requirements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will become subject to the short-swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. We may also be required to modify certain of our policies to comply with good governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers. Such conversion and modifications will involve additional costs. In addition, we may lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on U.S. stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers.

 

31


Table of Contents

We are incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-developed body of corporate law.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, or the “BCA.” The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. However, there have been few judicial cases in the Republic of the Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA. The rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under the Republic of the Marshall Islands law are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in certain U.S. jurisdictions. Shareholder rights may differ as well. While the BCA does specifically incorporate the non-statutory law, or judicial case law, of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction.

Because we are a Marshall Islands corporation, it may be difficult to serve us with legal process or enforce judgments against us, our directors or our management.

We are a Marshall Islands corporation, and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. A majority of our directors and officers are non-residents of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of these non-residents are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States if you believe that your rights have been infringed under securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and of other jurisdictions may prevent or restrict you from enforcing a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers.

Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, our counsel as to the Republic of the Marshall Islands law, has advised us that there is substantial doubt that the courts of the Republic of the Marshall Islands would (1) enter judgments in original actions brought in those courts predicated on U.S. federal or state securities laws; or (2) recognize or enforce against us or any of our officers, directors or experts, judgments of courts of the United States predicated on U.S. federal or state securities laws. For more information regarding the relevant laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, please read “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” immediately following the table of contents.

We are a Marshall Islands corporation, have limited operations in the United States and maintain limited assets in the United States. Consequently, in the event of any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding involving us, bankruptcy laws other than those of the United States could apply. The Republic of the Marshall Islands does not have a bankruptcy statute or general statutory mechanism for insolvency proceedings. If we become a debtor under U.S. bankruptcy law, bankruptcy courts in the United States may seek to assert jurisdiction over all of our assets, wherever located, including property situated in other countries. There can be no assurance, however, that we would become a debtor in the United States, or that a U.S. bankruptcy court would be entitled to, or accept, jurisdiction over such a bankruptcy case, or that courts in other countries that have jurisdiction over us and our operations would recognize a U.S. bankruptcy court’s jurisdiction if any other bankruptcy court would determine it had jurisdiction. These factors may delay or prevent us from entering bankruptcy in the United States and may affect the ability of our shareholders to receive any recovery following our bankruptcy.

Provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws may have anti-takeover effects.

Several provisions of our articles of incorporation, which are summarized below, may have anti-takeover effects. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, lessen our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire our company. However, these anti-takeover provisions could also discourage, delay or prevent the merger or acquisition of our company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise that a shareholder may consider in its best interest and the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

Blank Check Preferred Stock . Under the terms of our articles of incorporation, our board of directors will have authority, without any further vote or action by our shareholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock. Our board could authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could dilute the voting power or rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing

 

32


Table of Contents

flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us or the removal of our management and may harm the market price of our common stock.

Election of Directors . Our articles of incorporation provide that directors will be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his or her death, resignation, removal or the earlier termination of his or her term of office. Our articles of incorporation do not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Our bylaws require shareholders to provide advance written notice of nominations for the election of directors. These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals and Director Nominations . Our bylaws provide that, with a few exceptions, shareholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual meeting of shareholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary. Generally, to be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days or more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders. Our bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a shareholder’s notice. These provisions may impede a shareholder’s ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of shareholders or make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of shareholders.

Limited Actions by Shareholders. Our bylaws provide that only the board of directors may call special meetings of our shareholders and the business transacted at the special meeting is limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Tax Risks

In addition to the following risk factors, please read “Business—Taxation of the Company,” “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” and “Non-United States Tax Considerations” for a more complete discussion of the expected material U.S. federal and non-U.S. income tax considerations relating to us and the ownership and disposition of our common stock.

We will be subject to taxes.

We and our subsidiaries may be subject to tax in the jurisdictions in which we are organized or operate. In computing our tax obligation in these jurisdictions, we are required to take various tax accounting and reporting positions on matters that are not entirely free from doubt and for which we have not received rulings from the governing authorities. Upon review of these positions the applicable authorities may disagree with our positions. A successful challenge by a tax authority could result in additional tax imposed on us or our subsidiaries. In addition, changes in our operations or ownership could result in additional tax being imposed on us or our subsidiaries in jurisdictions in which operations are conducted.

U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company,” which could have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders.

A non-U.S. entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes if at least 75.0% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of “passive income” or at least 50.0% of the average value of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, “passive income.” For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, gains from the sale or exchange of investment property, and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties that are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income.” U.S. shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC, and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their interests in the PFIC.

Based on our current and projected method of operation, and an opinion of our U.S. counsel, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., we believe that we will not be a PFIC for our current taxable year, and we expect that we will not be treated as a PFIC for any future taxable year. We have received an opinion of our U.S. counsel in support of this position that concludes that the income our subsidiaries earn from our present time-chartering and voyage-chartering activities

 

33


Table of Contents

and COAs should not constitute passive income for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. In addition, we have represented to our U.S. counsel that we expect that more than 25.0% of our gross income for our current taxable year and each future year will arise from such activities or other income that our U.S. counsel has opined does not constitute passive income, and more than 50.0% of the average value of our assets for each such year will be held for the production of such non-passive income. Assuming the composition of our income and assets is consistent with these expectations, and assuming the accuracy of other representations we have made to our U.S. counsel for purposes of their opinion, our U.S. counsel is of the opinion that we should not be a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future year. This opinion is based and its accuracy is conditioned on representations, valuations and projections provided by us regarding our assets, income and charters to our U.S. counsel. While we believe these representations, valuations and projections to be accurate, the shipping market is volatile and no assurance can be given that they will continue to be accurate at any time in the future.

Moreover, there are legal uncertainties involved in determining whether the income derived from time-chartering activities constitutes rental income or income derived from the performance of services. In Tidewater Inc. v. United States, 565 F.3d 299 (5th Cir. 2009), the Fifth Circuit held that income derived from certain time-chartering activities should be treated as rental income rather than services income for purposes of a provision of the Code relating to foreign sales corporations. In that case, the Fifth Circuit did not address the definition of passive income or the PFIC rules; however, the reasoning of the case could have implications as to how the income from a time charter would be classified under such rules. If the reasoning of this case were extended to the PFIC context, the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time-chartering activities may be treated as rental income, and we would likely be treated as a PFIC. In published guidance, the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, stated that it disagreed with the holding in Tidewater, and specified that time charters similar to those at issue in the case should be treated as service contracts. We have not sought, and we do not expect to seek, an IRS ruling on the treatment of income generated from our time-chartering activities, and the opinion of our counsel is not binding on the IRS or any court. As a result, the IRS or a court could disagree with our position. No assurance can be given that this result will not occur. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid, to the extent possible, being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure you that the nature of our operations will not change in the future, or that we will not be a PFIC in the future. If the IRS were to find that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year (and regardless of whether we remain a PFIC for any subsequent taxable year), our U.S. shareholders would face adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences” for a more detailed discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders if we are treated as a PFIC.

 

34


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statements included in this prospectus concerning plans and objectives of management for future operations or economic performance, or assumptions related thereto, including our financial forecast, contain forward-looking statements. In addition, we and our representatives may from time to time make other oral or written statements that are also forward-looking statements. Such statements include, in particular, statements about our plans, strategies, business prospects, changes and trends in our business and the markets in which we operate as described in this prospectus. In some cases, you can identify the forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “forecast,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “propose,” “potential,” “continue,” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this prospectus. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to:

 

  n  

future operating or financial results;

 

  n  

pending acquisitions, business strategy and expected capital spending;

 

  n  

operating expenses, availability of crew, number of off-hire days, drydocking requirements and insurance costs;

 

  n  

general market conditions and shipping market trends, including charter rates and factors affecting supply and demand;

 

  n  

our financial condition and liquidity, including our ability to obtain additional financing in the future to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions and other corporate activities;

 

  n  

estimated future capital expenditures needed to preserve our capital base;

 

  n  

our expectations about the receipt of the remaining A.P. Møller vessel, our seven newbuildings and, if exercised, our two option newbuildings, and the timing of the receipt thereof;

 

  n  

our expectations about the availability of vessels to purchase, the time that it may take to construct new vessels, or the useful lives of our vessels;

 

  n  

our continued ability to enter into long-term, fixed-rate time charters with our customers;

 

  n  

changes in governmental rules and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities;

 

  n  

potential liability from future litigation;

 

  n  

our expectations relating to the payment of dividends; and

 

  n  

other factors discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

We expressly disclaim any obligation to update or revise any of these forward-looking statements, whether because of future events, new information, a change in our views or expectations, or otherwise. We make no prediction or statement about the performance of our common stock.

 

35


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the near term. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the growth of our business. We may, however, adopt in the future a policy to make cash dividends. Our future dividend policy is within the discretion of our board of directors. Any determination to pay or not pay cash dividends will depend upon then-existing conditions, including our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, investment opportunities, statutory and contractual restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

36


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of our common stock in this offering of $         million, or $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund the equity portion, or approximately $55 million, due under our purchase obligations for the 2015 newbuildings and the remainder for general corporate purposes, including if the newbuilding options are exercised, to fund $35 million of the approximately $88 million required to purchase the option newbuildings. We currently expect the remaining $82 million and $53 million of the purchase prices for the 2015 newbuildings and option newbuildings, respectively, to be financed under future credit facilities. The actual amount of the equity portion and debt portion under our purchase obligations could be impacted by the availability of debt financing on favorable terms.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling shareholders. We have agreed to pay certain expenses incurred by the selling shareholders related to this offering, which we estimate to be approximately $        .

 

37


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table shows our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of June 30, 2013, on an:

 

  n  

actual basis; and

 

  n  

as adjusted basis giving effect to this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                     per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus,

each giving effect to the 3-for-1 stock split that we will effect as a stock dividend immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement related to its initial public offering.

This table is derived from, and should be read together with, the historical consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also read this table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

 

 

     AS OF JUNE 30, 2013  
     ACTUAL     AS ADJUSTED  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 86,913      $              (1)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

    

Secured term loan facilities, current portion

     47,798     

Secured term loan facilities, net of current portion

     329,166     

9% Senior unsecured bond issue

     125,000     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 501,964      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

    

Common stock at $0.01 par value per share, actual—100,000,000 shares authorized, 46,296,762 shares issued and outstanding; as adjusted—100,000,000 shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding

     463     

Additional paid-in capital

     427,673                     (1)  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     (211  

Retained earnings

     114,252     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 542,177      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 1,044,141      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Cash and cash equivalents and additional paid-in capital on an as adjusted basis reflect $             million of estimated expenses associated with this offering.

 

38


Table of Contents

DILUTION

After giving effect to the 3-for-1 stock split that we will effect as a stock dividend immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement related to its initial public offering and the sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed offering price of $           per share, our pro forma net tangible book value at June 30, 2013, would have been $           million, or $           per share. This represents an immediate dilution of net tangible book value of $           per share to investors in this offering. The following table illustrates the pro forma as adjusted per share dilution to new investors who purchase common stock in this offering:

 

 

 

Initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share at June 30, 2013

   $                    $                

Increase per share attributable to new investors

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

      $     
     

 

 

 

 

 

Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our tangible net worth, which consists of tangible assets less liabilities, by the number of shares outstanding. Dilution is determined by subtracting the net tangible book value per share after this offering from the assumed initial public offering price per share.

The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2013, on the basis described above, the differences between the number of shares issued as a result of this offering, the total amount paid by existing shareholders and the average price per share to be paid by investors in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share.

 

 

 

     SHARES     TOTAL CONSIDERATION     AVERAGE
PRICE PER
SHARE
 
     NUMBER    PERCENT     AMOUNT      PERCENT    

Existing shareholders

                           $                

New investors

                           $                
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100   $                    $ 100   $                
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would not affect our net tangible book value, would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value per share as adjusted by $         per share and would decrease (increase) the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $         per share, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase              additional shares of our common stock and no other change to the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

39


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following table presents historical information as follows:

 

  n  

The selected historical financial data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and should be read together with and qualified in its entirety by reference to such audited consolidated financial statements.

 

  n  

The selected historical financial data as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto and, in our opinion, except as described below, have been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited financial statements and include all adjustments consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this information.

The following table should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The selected historical financial data reflects the earnings per share and dividends per share impact of our 3-for-1 stock split that we will effect in the form of a stock dividend immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement related to its initial public offering.

 

 

 

     NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS  
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
     SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30,
 
           2011                  2012                  2012                  2013        
                   (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands, except per share data, fleet data and
average daily results)
 

Income Statement Data:

           

Operating revenue

   $   88,875       $ 146,716       $   66,917       $ 102,816   

Operating expenses:

           

Address and brokerage commissions

     2,664         4,234         2,023         2,575   

Voyage expenses

     17,661         27,791         14,162         22,260   

Charter-in costs

     344         11,288         3,600         3,175   

Vessel operating expenses

     22,939         32,826         15,104         22,933   

Depreciation and amortization

     18,678         24,180         11,506         15,683   

General and administrative costs

     4,232         5,273         2,536         3,195   

Other corporate expenses

     1,166         1,402         850         999   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     67,684         106,994         49,782         70,819   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

   $ 21,191       $ 39,722       $ 17,135       $ 31,997   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest expense

     2,433         8,671         3,552         12,693   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   $ 18,758       $ 31,051       $ 13,583       $ 19,304   

Income taxes

     108         515         246         224   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 18,650       $ 30,536       $ 13,338       $ 19,080   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

           

Basic and diluted

   $ 0.60       $ 0.82       $ 0.37         0.43   

Dividends per share:

           

Basic and diluted

   $ 0.31       $ 0.06       $ 0.07       $   

EBITDA  (1)

   $ 39,869       $ 63,902       $ 28,642       $ 47,680   

 

 

 

 

40


Table of Contents

 

 

     NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS  
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30,
 
     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                 (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands, except per share data, fleet data and average
daily results)
 

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 26,734      $ 140,870      $ 41,783      $ 86,913   

Total assets

     524,793        832,254        669,084        1,062,793   

Total liabilities

     152,765        384,431        238,928        520,616   

Total shareholders’ equity

     372,028        447,823        430,156        542,177   

Fleet Data:

        

Weighted average number of vessels (2)

     8.3        12.7        11.6        16.6   

Ownership days (3)

     3,033        4,663        2,114        3,016   

Available days (4)

     3,033        4,663        2,114        2,921   

Operating days (5)

     2,955        4,641        2,103        2,802   

Fleet utilization (6)

     97.4     99.5     99.5     95.9

Average Daily Results:

        

Time charter equivalent rate (7)

   $ 23,983      $ 26,305      $ 25,085      $ 28,750   

Daily vessel operating expenses (8)

   $ 7,632      $ 7,916      $ 7,819      $ 7,877   

 

 

(1)    

EBITDA represents net income before net interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA does not represent and should not be considered as an alternative to consolidated net income or cash generated from operations, as determined by U.S. GAAP, and our calculation of EBITDA may not be comparable to that reported by other companies. EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under U.S. GAAP.

EBITDA is included herein because it is a basis upon which we assess our financial performance and because we believe that it presents useful information to investors regarding a company’s ability to service and/or incur indebtedness and it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry.

EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

  n  

EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

  n  

EBITDA does not recognize the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

  n  

EBITDA ignores changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; and

 

  n  

other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, EBITDA should not be considered a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business.

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA (unaudited) for the periods presented:

 

 

 

     NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS  
     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
     SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30,
 
     2011      2012      2012      2013  
     (In thousands)  

Net income

   $ 18,650       $ 30,536       $ 13,338       $ 19,080   

Net interest expense

     2,433         8,671         3,552         12,693   

Income taxes

     108         515         246         224   

Depreciation and amortization

     18,678         24,180         11,506         15,683   

EBITDA

   $ 39,869       $ 63,902       $ 28,642       $ 47,680   

 

 

 

41


Table of Contents
(2)    

We calculate the weighted average number of vessels during a period by dividing the number of total ownership days during that period by the number of calendar days during that period.

(3)    

We define ownership days as the aggregate number of days in a period that each vessel in our fleet has been owned by us. Ownership days are an indicator of the size of our fleet over a period and affect both the amount of revenue and the amount of expenses that we record during a period.

(4)    

We define available days as ownership days less aggregate off-hire days associated with scheduled maintenance, which includes major repairs, drydockings, vessel upgrades or special or intermediate surveys. We use available days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period that our vessels should be capable of generating revenues.

(5)    

We define operating days as available days less the aggregate number of days that our vessels are off-hire for any reason other than scheduled maintenance. We use operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period that our vessels actually generate revenues.

(6)    

We calculate fleet utilization by dividing the number of operating days during a period by the number of available days during that period. An increase in non-scheduled off-hire days would reduce our operating days, and therefore, our fleet utilization. We use fleet utilization to measure our ability to efficiently find suitable employment for our vessels.

(7)    

TCE rate is a measure of the average daily revenue performance of a vessel. TCE rate is a shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare period-to-period changes in a shipping company’s performance despite changes in the mix of charter types (i.e., time charters, voyage charters and COAs) under which the vessels may be employed between the periods. Our method of calculating TCE rate is to divide operating revenue (net of voyage expenses) by operating days for the relevant time period.

(8)    

Daily vessel operating expenses are calculated by dividing vessel operating expenses by ownership days (excluding ownership days for chartered-in vessels) for the relevant time period.

 

42


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, those financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the following information. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or “U.S. GAAP,” and are presented in U.S. Dollars unless otherwise indicated. Any amounts converted from another non-U.S. currency to U.S. Dollars in this prospectus were converted at the rate applicable at the relevant date, or the average rate during the applicable period.

Overview

We are the owner and operator of the world’s largest fleet of handysize liquefied gas carriers. We provide international and regional seaborne transportation services of liquefied petroleum gas, or “LPG,” petrochemical gases and ammonia for energy companies, industrial users and commodity traders. These gases are transported in liquefied form, by applying cooling and/or pressure, to reduce volume by up to 900 times depending on the cargo, making their transportation more efficient and economical.

We employ our vessels through a combination of time charters, voyage charters and contracts of affreightment, or “COAs.” Our fleet consists of 30 semi- or fully-refrigerated handysize liquefied gas carriers, which we define as liquefied gas carriers between 15,000 and 24,999 cbm, including one secondhand vessel that we have contracted to acquire for delivery in 2013 and seven newbuilding vessels scheduled for delivery by August 2015. In addition, we have options to build two further handysize newbuilding vessels for delivery by early 2016 and currently operate an additional semi-refrigerated handysize liquefied gas carrier under a time charter-in through December 2014. As of June 30, 2013, we operated 20 vessels, including our chartered-in vessel, of which 11 were employed under time charters and nine were employed in the spot market. We have since taken delivery of an additional three vessels, two of which we have employed in the spot market and one of which is under time charter, and entered into time charters for two vessels previously operating in the spot market. Our operated vessels earned an average time charter equivalent rate of approximately $874,500 per vessel per calendar month ($28,750 per day) during the six months ended June 30, 2013, compared to approximately $800,000 per vessel per calendar month ($26,305 per day) for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Our largest customers by revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012, include three companies that currently time charter a total of six of our 23 operated vessels: PT Pertamina (Persero), the Indonesian state-owned producer of hydrocarbons; Tomza Group, a Mexican LPG distribution company that distributes LPG to the Mexican and Central American markets; and Petróleos de Venezuela S.A., the Venezuelan state-owned integrated oil and petrochemical company. For the year ended December 31, 2012, these customers accounted for approximately 36.6% of our revenue in the aggregate. In the past, we have chartered vessels to a range of trading, shipping and other customers on both time charter and voyage charter bases, including Kolmar Group AG, a petroleum and petrochemicals trading company; Trafigura Limited, an international commodities trading and logistics company; the Vitol Group, an independent energy trading company; Marubeni Corporation, an international general trading company; Mitsubishi Corporation, a leading global chemical company; and Petredec Ltd., a leading LPG trading company.

The trends and changing dynamics in global supply and trade of LPG and certain petrochemicals described in “The International Liquified Gas Shipping Industry” have resulted in an increase in demand for our transportation services. This increase in demand is among the primary motivating factors for the significant increase in our fleet size and resulting increase in total revenue. We expect additional changes in global supply and trade of LPG and certain petrochemicals will continue to increase the demand for our transportation services. For example, the increase in LPG produced in the United States, particularly from shale gas, has resulted in increased seaborne LPG transportation from the United States. We currently have nine vessels transporting U.S. LPG, compared to none two years ago. We expect continued worldwide LPG production growth and market developments, including continuing changes in seaborne trade routes, to support increased growth of our fleet and increased revenue. Similarly, regional imbalances in petrochemical supply and consumption have resulted in our increased petrochemical voyages. We

 

43


Table of Contents

expect these regional imbalances will increase and change as producers react to changing supply of feedstock. For example, we expect increased ethylene production in the U.S. Gulf Coast in response to relatively inexpensive ethane prices driven by U.S. shale gas to result in increased demand for ethylene export to other regions.

We expect our largest shareholder, the WLR Group, will own         % of our outstanding shares of common stock after the completion of this offering. Based on the WLR Group’s significant ownership interest in us it may be able to exert considerable influence on the outcome of matters on which our shareholders are entitled to vote, including the election of directors to our board of directors and other significant corporate actions.

Vessel Contracts

We generate revenue by providing seaborne transportation services to customers pursuant to the following three types of contractual relationships:

Time Charters. A time charter is a contract under which a vessel is chartered for a defined period of time at a fixed daily or monthly rate. Under time charters, we are responsible for providing crewing and other vessel operating services, the cost of which is intended to be covered by the fixed rate, while the customer is responsible for substantially all of the voyage expenses, including any bunker fuel consumption, port expenses and canal tolls. LPG is typically transported under a time charter arrangement, generally with a term of twelve months. However, four of our 13 current time charters were for terms exceeding twelve months, with two having initial terms of five years and two having initial terms of ten years. For the year ended December 31, 2012, approximately 61.4% of our revenue was generated pursuant to time charters.

Voyage Charters. A voyage charter is a contract, typically for shorter intervals, for transportation of a specified cargo between two or more designated ports. This type of charter is priced on a current or “spot” market rate, typically on a price per ton of product carried rather than a daily or monthly rate. Under voyage charters, we are responsible for all of the voyage expenses in addition to providing the crewing and other vessel operating services. Petrochemical gases have typically been transported pursuant to voyage charters, as the seaborne transportation requirements of petrochemical product traders have historically resulted from a particular product arbitrage at a point in time. For the year ended December 31, 2012, approximately 16.1% of our revenue was generated pursuant to voyage charters.

Contracts of Affreightment. A contract of affreightment, or “COA,” is a contract to carry specified quantities of cargo, usually over prescribed shipping routes, at a fixed price per ton basis (often subject to fuel price or other adjustments) over a defined period of time. As such, a COA essentially consists of a number of voyage charters to carry a specified amount of cargo over a specified time period ( i.e. , the term of the COA), which can span for months to potentially years. Similar to a voyage charter, we are typically responsible for all voyage expenses in addition to providing all crewing and other vessel operating services when trading under a COA. For the year ended December 31, 2012, approximately 22.5% of our revenue was generated pursuant to COAs.

Vessels operating on time charters and longer-term COAs provide more predictable cash flows, but can potentially yield lower profit margins than vessels operating in the spot charter market during periods of favorable market conditions. Accordingly, as a result of a portion of our fleet being committed on time charters and COAs, we will be unable to take full advantage of improving charter rates to the same extent as we would if our liquefied gas carriers were employed only on spot charters. Conversely, vessels operating in the spot charter market generate revenue that is less predictable, but they may enable us to capture increased profit margins during periods of improving charter rates. However, operating in the spot charter market exposes us to the risks of declining liquefied gas carrier charter rates and relatively lower utilization rates as compared to time charters and certain COAs, which may have a materially adverse impact on our financial performance. Notwithstanding these risks, we believe that providing liquefied gas transportation services in the spot charter market is important to us, as it provides us with greater insight into market trends and opportunities.

We believe that the size and versatility of our fleet, which enables us to carry the broadest set of liquefied gases subject to seaborne transportation across a diverse range of conditions and geographies, together with our track record of operational excellence, positions us as the partner of choice for many companies requiring handysize

 

44


Table of Contents

liquefied gas transportation and distribution solutions. In addition, we believe that the versatility of our fleet affords us with backhaul and triangulation opportunities not available to many of our competitors, thereby providing us with opportunities to increase utilization and profitability. We seek to enhance our returns through a flexible, customer-driven chartering strategy that combines a base of time charters and COAs with more opportunistic, higher-rate voyage charters.

Important Financial and Operational Terms and Concepts

We use a variety of financial and operational terms and concepts in the evaluation of our business and operations. These include the following:

Operating Revenue. Our operating revenue includes revenue from time charters, voyage charters and COAs. Operating revenue is affected by charter rates and the number of days a vessel operates. Rates for voyage charters are more volatile as they are typically tied to prevailing market rates at the time of the voyage. Historically, voyage charters have usually represented a minority of our annual operating revenue, which is consistent with our vessel employment strategy for the near future.

Address and Brokerage Commissions. Address and brokerage commissions are costs remitted to either the shipping brokers or charterers for placing business with our vessels and are calculated as a percentage of chartering income.

Voyage Expenses. Voyage expenses are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including any bunker fuel consumption, port expenses and canal tolls. Voyage expenses are typically paid by the shipowner under voyage charters and COAs and by the charterer under time charters. Accordingly, we generally only incur voyage expenses when performing voyage charters and COAs or during repositioning voyages between time charters for which no cargo is available. The gross revenue received by the shipowner under voyage charters and COAs are generally higher than those received under comparable time charters so as to compensate the shipowner for bearing all voyage expenses. As a result, our operating revenue and voyage expenses may vary significantly depending on our mix of time charters, voyage charters and COAs.

Charter-in Costs. Charter-in costs represent charter hire costs incurred by us for non-owned vessels that we charter into our fleet. While it is not a focus of our operational strategy, we may opportunistically charter-in vessels if we either have a need for a vessel to perform a specific undertaking or consider the charter rate requested by a vessel owner to be sufficiently attractive.

Vessel Operating Expenses. Vessel operating expenses are expenses that are not unique to a specific voyage. Vessel operating expenses are typically paid by the shipowner under each of our charter types. Vessel operating expenses include crew wages and related costs, the cost of insurance, expenses relating to repairs and maintenance, the cost of spares and consumable stores, tonnage taxes and other miscellaneous expenses. Our vessel operating expenses will increase with the expansion of our fleet. Other factors that are beyond our control may also cause these expenses to increase, including developments relating to market prices for insurance and crewing costs.

In connection with providing us with technical management for our fleet, NMM and BSSM currently receive crewing and technical management fees of approximately $200,000 per vessel per year in the aggregate, which fees are considered to be vessel operating expenses. Our technical and crew management agreements have terms through December 31, 2013, and thereafter continue until terminated on at least three months’ notice by either party, subject to certain exceptions. See “Business—Technical Management of Fleet.”

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense consists of:

 

  n  

charges related to the depreciation of the historical cost of our fleet (or the revalued amount), less the estimated residual value of our vessels, calculated on a straight-line basis over their useful life, which is estimated to be 30 years; and

 

  n  

charges related to the amortization of capitalized drydocking expenditures relating to our fleet over the period between drydockings.

 

45


Table of Contents

General Administration Costs. General administration costs principally consist of the costs incurred in operating our London representative office, which manages our chartering, operations, accounting and administrative functions and oversees the technical management of our vessels; our New York representative office; and certain costs and expenses attributable to our board of directors. Please read “Business—Commercial Management of the Fleet.” Following this offering, we will incur additional expenses as a result of being a publicly-traded corporation, including costs associated with annual reports to shareholders and SEC filings, investor relations and NYSE annual listing fees. We may also grant equity compensation that would result in an expense to us, which may result in an increase in expenses. Please read “Management—2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan.”

Other Corporation Expenses. Other corporation expenses consist of our advisors’ services, including ongoing audit, taxation, legal and corporate services.

Drydocking. We must periodically drydock each of our vessels for any major repairs and maintenance, for inspection of the underwater parts of the vessel, that cannot be performed while the vessels are operating and for any modifications to comply with industry certification or governmental requirements. We are required to drydock a vessel once every five years until it reaches 15 years of age, after which we are required to drydock the applicable vessel every two and one-half to three years.

We capitalize costs associated with the drydockings as “built in overhauls” in accordance with U.S. GAAP and amortize these costs on a straight-line basis over the period between drydockings. Costs incurred during the drydocking period which relate to routine repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. The number of drydockings undertaken in a given period and the nature of the work performed determine the level of drydocking expenditures.

Ownership Days. We define ownership days as the aggregate number of days in a period that each vessel in our fleet has been owned by us. Ownership days include the number of days in a period in which we have possession of a chartered-in vessel. Ownership days are an indicator of the size of our fleet over a period and affect both the amount of revenue and the amount of expenses that we record during a period.

Available Days. We define available days as ownership days less aggregate off-hire days associated with major scheduled maintenance, which principally include drydockings, special or intermediate surveys, vessel upgrades or major repairs. We use available days to measure the number of days in a period that our operated vessels should be capable of generating revenues.

Operating Days. We define operating days as available days less the aggregate number of days that our operated vessels are not generating revenue, which include idle days and off-hire days for any reason other than major scheduled maintenance. We use operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period that our operated vessels actually generate revenues.

Fleet Utilization. We define fleet utilization as the total number of operating days in a period divided by the total number of available days during that period.

Time Charter Equivalent Rate. Time charter equivalent rate, or “TCE rate,” is a measure which converts voyage charter and COA revenues to a time charter comparable, by deducting voyage expenses (which are incurred by the charterer in the case of time charters) from voyage revenue. TCE rate is a standard shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare the performance of different charter types ( i.e. , time charters, voyage charters and COAs) and to enable a period-to-period comparison in performance despite changes in the mix of charter types under which the vessels may be employed between the periods. Our method of calculating TCE rate is to divide operating revenue for a voyage charter or COA (net of voyage expenses) by the relevant time period of that charter.

Daily Vessel Operating Expenses. Daily vessel operating expenses are calculated by dividing vessel operating expenses by ownership days (excluding ownership days attributable to chartered-in vessels) for the relevant time period.

 

46


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Factors Affecting Comparability

You should consider the following factors when evaluating our historical financial performance and assessing our future prospects:

 

  n  

We have been and are significantly increasing our fleet size. Our historical financial performance and future prospects have been and will be significantly impacted by the increasing size of our fleet.

 

  n  

Historical Fleet Size . Our historical financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, reflect the results of operations of a weighted average fleet size of 8.3 vessels, with nine vessels owned at year end. During 2012, we took delivery of Navigator Libra , Navigator Pegasus and Navigator Phoenix and chartered-in two additional vessels, the Maple 3 and the Artic Gas (a chartered-in vessel from July 2012 through January 2013), bringing our total fleet size to 14 by year end and resulting in a weighted average fleet size of 12.7 vessels for the year. In addition, in November 2012, we entered into sales and purchase agreements with affiliates of A.P. Møller pursuant to which it agreed to sell to us its entire fleet of 11 handysize liquefied gas carriers. We took delivery of seven of the A.P. Møller vessels in the first six months of 2013.

 

  n  

Future Fleet Size. We have taken delivery of 10 of the A.P. Møller vessels as of the date hereof and anticipate taking delivery of the remaining vessel later this year. In addition, we have entered into agreements to acquire seven newbuilding handysize liquefied gas carriers, with four to be delivered in 2014 and three in 2015, and have options for two handysize newbuilding vessels. Furthermore, the time charter relating to our chartered-in vessel currently terminates in December 2014, after which such vessel will no longer contribute to our results of operations unless we extend the charter-in relationship.

Given the variability in operating vessels in our fleet, our historical financial statements reflect, and in the future will reflect, significantly different levels of ownership and operating days as well as different levels of voyage expenses, vessel operating expenses, interest expense and other related costs.

 

  n  

We will incur additional general administration costs and other corporation expenses. We will incur additional costs as a result of being a publicly-traded corporation, including costs associated with annual reports to shareholders and SEC filings, investor relations and NYSE annual listing fees. We may also grant equity compensation that would result in an expense to us, which may result in an increase in expenses. Please read “Management—2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan.”

 

  n  

We will have different financing arrangements . We have entered into secured term loan facilities and issued senior unsecured notes to finance the acquisitions of vessels and the construction of newbuildings. Please read “—Secured Term Loan Facilities” and “—Senior Unsecured Bond Offering.”

 

47


Table of Contents

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2012

The following table compares our operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013:

 

 

 

     SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30,
2012
    SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30,
2013
    PERCENTAGE
CHANGE
 
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Operating revenue

   $ 66,917      $ 102,816        53.6

Operating expenses:

      

Address and brokerage commissions

     2,023        2,575        27.3

Voyage expenses

     14,162        22,260        57.2

Charter-in costs

     3,600        3,175        (11.8 )% 

Vessel operating expenses

     15,104        22,933        51.8

Depreciation and amortization

     11,506        15,683        36.3

General administration costs

     2,536        3,195        26.0

Other corporate expenses

     850        999        17.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

   $ 49,782      $ 70,819        42.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating income

   $ 17,135      $ 33,997        98.4

Interest expense

     (3,561     (12,739     257.7

Interest income

     9        46        411.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income before income taxes

   $ 13,583      $ 19,304        42.1

Income taxes

     (246     (224     (8.9 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income

   $ 13,338      $ 19,080        43.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

Operating Revenue. Operating revenue increased by 53.6% to $102.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, from $66.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. This increase was primarily due to:

 

  n  

an increase in operating revenue of approximately $20.1 million attributable to an increase in the weighted average number of vessels by 5.0, or 43.1%, and a corresponding increase in vessel ownership days by 902 days, or 42.7%, for the six months ended June 30, 2013, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012;

 

  n  

an increase in operating revenue of approximately $10.3 million attributable to an improved monthly charter rate, which rose to an average of approximately $874,500 per vessel per calendar month ($28,750 per day) for the six months ended June 30, 2013, as compared to an average of approximately $763,000 per vessel per calendar month ($25,085 per day) for the six months ended June 30, 2012;

 

  n  

a decrease in operating revenue of approximately $2.6 million attributable to a reduction in fleet utilization from 99.5% during the first six months of 2012 to 95.9% during the first six months of 2013 primarily as a result of repositioning the additional vessels entering our fleet in the six months ended June 30, 2013; and

 

  n  

an increase in operating revenue of approximately $8.1 million relating to a relative increase in the proportion of voyage charters to time charters during an increasing spot market rate environment.

 

48


Table of Contents

The following table presents selected operating data for the six months ended June 30, 2013, and 2012, which we believe are useful in understanding our operating revenue:

 

 

 

     SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30, 2012
    SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30, 2013
 

Fleet Data:

    

Weighted average number of vessels

     11.6        16.6   

Ownership days

     2,114        3,016   

Available days

     2,114        2,921   

Operating days

     2,103        2,802   

Fleet utilization

     99.5     95.9

Average daily time charter equivalent rate

   $ 25,085      $ 28,750   

 

 

As a result of acquisitions between June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2013, we increased our weighted average number of vessels from 11.6 to 16.6 during the six months ended June 30, 2013, as compared to the comparable period in 2012. As a result, during the six months ended June 30, 2013, we had 2,802 operating days, an increase of 699 days when compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012. Our fleet utilization for the six months ended June 30, 2013, decreased by 3.6% to 95.9% from our fleet utilization of 99.5% for the six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily as a result of repositioning the additional vessels entering our fleet in the six months ended June 30, 2013.

The average TCE rate for the six months ended June 30, 2013, was approximately $874,500 per vessel per calendar month or $28,750 per vessel per day, $3,665 per vessel per day higher than the average TCE rate of $25,085 per vessel per day ($763,000 per vessel per calendar month) in the six months ended June 30, 2012. This was primarily due to higher demand for the handysize vessels during the six months ended June 30, 2013, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012.

Address and Brokerage Commissions. Address and brokerage commissions were $2.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, compared to $2.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012.

Voyage Expenses. Voyage expenses increased by 57.2% to $22.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, from $14.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. This increase was primarily due to the increase in our fleet size and a relative increase in the proportion of voyage charters to time charters.

Charter-in Costs. Charter-in costs decreased by 11.8% to $3.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, from $3.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. This decrease is primarily related to the drydocking of the chartered-in vessel in 2013 by its owner, during which time we do not incur charter-in costs.

Vessel Operating Expenses. Vessel operating expenses increased by 51.8% to $22.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, from $15.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. Vessel operating expenses increased by $55 per day, or 0.7%, to $7,877 per vessel per day for the six months ended June 30, 2013, compared to $7,819 per vessel per day for the six months ended June 30, 2012. These increases were primarily due to our increased fleet size and minor inflationary increases.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense increased by 36.3% to $15.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, from $11.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. This increase was primarily due to an increase in our fleet size. Depreciation and amortization expense included amortization of capitalized drydocking costs of $1.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, and $1.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012.

Other Operating Results

General and Administration Costs . General and administration costs increased by 26.0% to $3.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, from $2.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily due to additional costs attributable to enlarged operations associated with fleet expansion.

 

49


Table of Contents

Interest Expense . Interest expense increased to $12.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, from $3.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. This increase was primarily due to:

 

  n  

$8.5 million of increased interest expense attributable to our issuance of $125.0 million of 9.0% senior unsecured bonds in December 2012 and our entry into additional secured term loan facilities in April 2012 and February 2013; and

 

  n  

$0.6 million of increased interest expense attributable to refinancing a previous revolving credit facility at an increased interest rate.

Interest Income . Interest income increased to $46,179 for the six months ended June 30, 2013, from $9,192 for the six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase in interest income for the six months ended June 30, 2013, was primarily due to interest generated on unapplied proceeds of our senior unsecured bond issuance, maintaining an increased working capital cash balance associated with a larger fleet size and as required to comply with minimum liquidity covenants under our debt instruments.

Income Taxes . Income tax relates to taxes on our subsidiaries incorporated in the United Kingdom and Singapore. Our United Kingdom subsidiary earns management and other fees from fellow subsidiary companies, and our Singaporean subsidiary earned interest payments from Indonesia, where the main corporate tax rates are 24% and 17%, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, we incurred taxes of $223,918 as compared to taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2012 of $245,611.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

The following table compares our operating results for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2011
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2012
    PERCENTAGE
CHANGE
 
     (In thousands, except percents)  

Operating revenue

   $ 88,875      $ 146,716        65.1

Operating expenses:

      

Address and brokerage commissions

     2,664        4,234        58.9

Voyage expenses

     17,661        27,791        57.4

Charter-in costs

     344        11,288        3181.4

Vessel operating expenses

     22,939        32,826        43.1

Depreciation and amortization

     18,678        24,180        29.5

General and administrative costs

     4,232        5,273        24.6

Other corporate expenses

     1,166        1,402        20.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

   $ 67,684      $ 106,994        58.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating income

   $ 21,191      $ 39,722        87.4

Interest expense

     (2,442     (8,736     257.7

Interest income

     9        65        622.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income before income taxes

   $ 18,758      $ 31,051        65.5

Income taxes

     108        515        376.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net income

   $ 18,650      $ 30,536        63.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

Operating Revenue. Operating revenue increased by 65.1% to $146.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $88.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to:

 

  n  

an increase in operating revenue of approximately $38.1 million attributable to an increase in the weighted average number of vessels by 4.4, or 53.0%, and a corresponding increase in ownership days by 1,630 days, or 53.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011;

 

50


Table of Contents
  n  

an increase in operating revenue of approximately $6.9 million attributable to an improved monthly charter rate, which rose to a weighted average of approximately $800,000 per vessel per calendar month ($26,305 per day) for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to an average of approximately $730,000 per vessel per calendar month ($23,983 per day) for the year ended December 31, 2011;

 

  n  

an increase in operating revenue of approximately $2.7 million attributable to an increase in the fleet utilization from 97.4% during 2011, to 99.5% during 2012; and

 

  n  

an increase in operating revenue of approximately $10.1 million relating to a relative increase in the proportion of voyage charters to time charters during an increasing spot market rate environment.

The following table presents selected operating data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, which we believe are useful in understanding our operating revenue:

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2011
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Fleet Data:

    

Weighted average number of vessels

     8.3        12.7   

Ownership days

     3,033        4,663   

Available days

     3,033        4,663   

Operating days

     2,955        4,641   

Fleet utilization

     97.4     99.5

Average daily time charter equivalent rate

   $ 23,983      $ 26,305   

 

 

As a result of vessel acquisitions, newbuilding deliveries and chartered-in vessels, we increased our weighted average number of vessels from 8.3 to 12.7 during the years ended December 31, 2012, as compared to 2011. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we had 4,663 available days, an increase of 1 , 630 days when compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. This was due to the additional vessels joining the fleet, both throughout 2012 and the second half of 2011. Our fleet utilization for the year ended December 31, 2012, increased by 2.1% to 99.5% from our fleet utilization of 97.4% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

The average TCE rate for the year ended December 31, 2012, was approximately $800,000 per vessel per calendar month ($26,305 per vessel per day), $2,322 per vessel per day higher than the average TCE rate of approximately $680,000 per vessel per calendar month ($23,983 per vessel per day) achieved in the year ended December 31, 2011. This was primarily due to an increased demand for the transportation of LPG, particularly due to the continued development of U.S. shale gas.

Address and Brokerage Commissions. Address and brokerage commissions were $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Commission costs increased as a result of increased charter revenue due to the increased size of our fleet.

Voyage Expenses. Voyage expenses increased by 57.4% to $27.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $17.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily due to the increase in our fleet size and a relative increase in the proportion of voyage charters to time charters.

Charter-in Costs. Charter-in costs increased to $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to approximately $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as a result of our entry into our charter-in arrangements in December 2011 and July 2012.

Vessel Operating Expenses. Vessel operating expenses increased by 43.1% to $32.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Vessel operating expenses increased by $284 per day, or 3.7%, to $7,916 per day for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $7,632 per day for the year ended December 31, 2011. These increases were primarily due to our increased fleet size and rising costs for crew, as well as greater costs for repair and maintenance due to the increased age of certain of our vessels.

 

51


Table of Contents

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense increased 29.5% to $24.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $18.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily due to an increase in our fleet size. Depreciation and amortization expense included amortization of capitalized drydocking costs of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, and $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Other Operating Results

General and Administration Costs . General and administration costs increased by 24.6% to $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to increasing the operational capacity of our representative office in London necessitated by fleet expansion.

Interest Expense . Interest expense increased to $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was primarily due to:

 

  n  

$7.5 million of increased interest expense attributable to additional debt incurred to finance our newbuildings and secondhand vessel purchases; and

 

  n  

$1.2 million of increased interest expense attributable to the refinancing of $90 million of a previous revolving credit facility that had an interest cost of U.S. LIBOR plus 3.25%.

Interest Income. Interest income increased to $64,590 for the year ended December 31, 2012, from $8,978 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in interest income for the year ended December 31, 2012, was primarily due to maintaining an increased working capital cash balance associated with a larger fleet size and to comply with minimum liquidity covenants under our debt instruments.

Income Taxes. Income tax relates to taxes on our subsidiaries incorporated in the United Kingdom and Singapore and withholding tax from charter hire in Indonesia. Our United Kingdom subsidiary earns management and other fees from fellow subsidiary companies, and our Singapore subsidiary receives interest payments from Indonesia, where the main corporate tax rates are 24% and 17%, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we incurred taxes of $515,123 as compared to taxes for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $107,501.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity and Cash Needs

Our primary uses of funds have been capital expenditures for the acquisition and construction of vessels, voyage expenses, vessel operating expenses, general and administrative costs, expenditures incurred in connection with ensuring that our vessels comply with international and regulatory standards, financing expenses and repayments of bank loans. Our primary sources of funds have been cash from operations, equity investments from existing shareholders, bank borrowings and a bond placement. We are required to maintain certain minimum liquidity amounts in order to comply with our various debt instruments. Please see “—Secured Term Loan Facilities.”

In addition to operating expenses, our medium-term and long-term liquidity needs primarily relate to potential future acquisitions. Pursuant to our purchase and sale agreements with A.P. Møller, in addition to the 10% deposit that we put into escrow at the signing of the purchase and sale agreements, we are required to remit payment to A.P. Møller at the time of delivery of each of the 11 vessels we are to acquire by the fourth quarter of 2013, resulting in an aggregate payment of $470 million. As of June 30, 2013, we had made payments to A.P. Møller in an aggregate amount of $359.3 million. In addition, we have agreed to purchase the four 2014 newbuildings from Jiangnan for $50.0 million per vessel and the three 2015 newbuildings from Jiangnan for an average of $46.0 million per vessel, for an aggregate of $337.3 million. As of June 30, 2013, we had made additional payments to Jiangnan of $29.9 million. We also have options to build the option newbuildings from Jiangnan in late 2015 and early 2016 for $44.0 million per vessel.

We expect to finance the remaining purchase prices of the A.P. Møller vessels and 2014 newbuildings through previously issued equity and borrowings under our current senior term loan facilities. We expect to finance the purchase price of the 2015 newbuildings, option newbuildings and any additional future acquisitions either through the net proceeds from this offering, internally generated funds, debt financings, the issuance of additional equity securities or a combination of these forms of financing. We anticipate that our primary sources of funds for our long-

 

52


Table of Contents

term liquidity needs will be from cash from operations and/or debt or equity financings. We believe that these sources of funds will be sufficient to meet our liquidity needs for the foreseeable future.

Ongoing Capital Expenditures. Liquefied gas transportation is a capital-intensive business, requiring significant investment to maintain an efficient fleet and to stay in regulatory compliance.

We are required to drydock a vessel once every five years until it reaches 15 years of age, after which we are required to drydock the applicable vessel every two and one-half to three years. Drydocking each vessel takes approximately 20-30 days. Drydocking days generally include approximately 5-10 days of travel time to and from the drydocking shipyard and approximately 15-20 days of actual drydocking time.

We spend significant amounts for scheduled drydocking (including the cost of classification society surveys) of each of our vessels. As our vessels age and our fleet expands, our drydocking expenses will increase. We estimate the current cost of the five-year drydocking of one of our vessels is approximately $650,000, the ten-year drydocking cost is approximately $1.2 million and the 15-year drydocking cost is approximately $1.5 million. Ongoing costs for compliance with environmental regulations are primarily included as part of our drydocking and classification society survey costs, with a balance included as a component of our operating expenses. We are not aware of any regulatory changes or environmental liabilities that we expect to have a material impact on our current or future results of operations. Please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Over the long term, we will be required to make substantial capital expenditures to preserve the operating capacity and expansion of our fleet.”

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents provided by (used in) operating, financing and investing activities for the periods presented:

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
    SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30,
 
     2011     2012     2012     2013  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 44,989      $ 54,962      $ 26,437      $ 29,098   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (85,584     (202,789     (135,422     (285,069

Net cash provided by financing activities

     51,086        261,963        124,033        202,014   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     10,491        114,136        15,048        53,957   

 

 

Operating Cash Flows. Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012, increased to $55.0 million from $45.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of 22.2%. This $10.0 million increase in net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012, was primarily due to increased net revenue as a result of fleet growth, offset by adverse movements in working capital.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2013, increased to $29.1 million, from $26.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012, an increase of 10.1%. This $2.7 million increase in net cash provided by operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2013, was primarily due to increases in net revenue referred to above, partially offset by movements in working capital.

Net cash flow from operating activities depends upon the timing and amount of drydocking expenditures, repairs and maintenance activity, acquisitions and dispositions, foreign currency rates, changes in interest rates, fluctuations in working capital balances and spot market charter rates.

Investing Cash Flows. Net cash used in investing activities of $(202.8) million for the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily consists of $100.5 million for the acquisition of Navigator Pegasus and Navigator Phoenix , $24.9 million for the final installment payments on Navigator Libra , $47.0 million as a deposit to A.P. Møller for the acquisition of their 11 handysize vessels, $20 million installment payment for the four 2014 newbuildings and the placement of $10.0 million on a six-month deposit with a large financial institution in order to generate interest on cash withheld from operations to comply with the minimum liquidity requirements under our debt instruments. Net cash used in investing activities of $(85.6) million for the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily consists of payments to the shipyard relating to the construction of Navigator Leo , which was delivered in September 2011, and Navigator Libra , which was delivered in February 2012.

 

53


Table of Contents

Net cash used in investing activities of $(285.1) million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily represents $273.1 million for the acquisition of seven of the 11 A.P. Møller vessels, a further $10.6 million installment payment on two of the four 2014 newbuildings and $1.4 million for the cost of drydocking Navigator Aries and Navigator Pluto . Net cash used in investing activities of $(135.4) million for the six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily consists of $100.5 million for the acquisition of Navigator Pegasus and Navigator Phoenix , $24.7 million for the final installment payments on Navigator Libra and $10.0 million initial installment payments for two of the four 2014 newbuildings.

Financing Cash Flows. Net cash provided by financing activities was $262.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, consisting of $206.5 million in proceeds from secured term loan facilities, $125.0 million from proceeds of a bond placement and $46.9 million from the issuance of common stock to the WLR Group, offset by $107.6 million in loan repayments, financing costs of $6.4 million and a dividend payment of $2.4 million. Net cash provided by financing activities was $51.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, consisting of $52.6 million of borrowings under a secured term loan facility and $15.3 million from the issuance of common stock, partially offset by $7.1 million in loan repayments and a dividend payment of $9.6 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $202.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, consisting of $147.2 million from the acquisition secured loan facility, $75.0 million from the issuance of common stock to the WLR Group, partially offset by $13.4 million in loan repayments and $6.7 million in costs associated with the acquisition and newbuilding secured loan facilities. Net cash provided by financing activities was $124.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012, consisting of $46.9 million from the issuance of common stock and $176.5 million in proceeds from secured term loan facilities, partially offset by $94.2 million in loan refinancing and repayments and a dividend payment of $2.4 million.

Secured Term Loan Facilities

General. Navigator Gas L.L.C., our wholly-owned subsidiary, and certain of our vessel-owning subsidiaries have entered into a series of secured term loan facilities beginning in April 2011, or the “April 2011 secured term loan facility,” in April 2012, or the “April 2012 secured term loan facility,” in February 2013, or the “February 2013 secured term loan facility,” and in April 2013, or the “April 2013 secured term loan facility.” Collectively, we refer to the debt thereunder as our “secured term loan facilities.” Proceeds of the loans under our secured term loan facilities may be used to finance newbuildings, acquisitions and for general corporate purposes. The full commitment amounts have been drawn under both the April 2011 secured term loan facility and the April 2012 secured term loan facility. As of June 30, 2013, we had available a total of $122.9 million to be drawn under the February 2013 secured term loan facility. The full $120 million remained available under the April 2013 secured term loan facility is available to be drawn and fund the 2014 newbuilding vessels. We are the guarantor under each of the secured term loan facilities.

Fees and Interest. We paid arrangement and agency fees at the time of the closing of our secured term loan facilities. Agency fees are due annually. Interest on amounts drawn is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus a bank margin, for interest periods of one, three or six months or longer if agreed by all lenders.

Term and Facility Limits

April 2011 Secured Term Loan Facility. The April 2011 secured term loan facility has a term of six years with a maximum principal amount of $80.0 million. The April 2011 secured term loan facility is a delayed draw facility with an availability period that ended December 27, 2012. The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels must be no less than 130% of the aggregate outstanding borrowings under the facility. Interest on amounts drawn is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus 300 basis points per annum.

April 2012 Secured Term Loan Facility. The April 2012 secured term loan facility has a term of five years with a maximum principal amount of up to $180.0 million. The April 2012 secured term loan facility is a delayed draw facility with an availability period that ended December 31, 2012. The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels must be no less than 135% of the aggregate outstanding borrowings under the facility. Interest on amounts drawn is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus 337.5 basis points per annum.

February 2013 Secured Term Loan Facility. The February 2013 secured term loan facility has a term of five years with a maximum principal amount of up to the lesser of (i) $270.0 million and (ii) 60% of the fair market value of

 

54


Table of Contents

the collateral vessels. The February 2013 secured term loan facility is a delayed draw facility with an availability period ending December 31, 2013. Advances under the February 2013 secured term loan facility are upon the delivery of the A.P. Møller vessels, provided that no advance may occur after the end of the availability period. The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels must be no less than 135% of the aggregate outstanding borrowings under the facility. Interest on amounts drawn is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus 350 basis points per annum.

April 2013 Secured Term Loan Facility. The April 2013 secured term loan facility has a term of six years from the loan drawdown date with a maximum principal amount of up to $120.0 million. The April 2013 secured term loan facility is a delayed draw facility with the last availability period ending June 8, 2015. Proceeds of the loans under the April 2013 secured term loan facility will be used to finance our four newbuilding vessels, scheduled for delivery in 2014. The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels must be no less than 135% of the aggregate outstanding borrowings under the facility. Interest on amounts drawn is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus 350 basis points per annum.

Prepayments/Repayments. The borrowers may voluntarily prepay indebtedness under our secured term loan facilities at any time, without premium or penalty, in whole or in part upon prior written notice to the facility agent, subject to customary compensation for LIBOR breakage costs. The borrowers may not reborrow any amount that has been so prepaid.

The loans will be subject to quarterly amortization repayments beginning three months after the initial borrowing date or delivery dates of the newbuildings, as applicable. Any remaining outstanding principal amount must be repaid on the expiration date of the facilities.

The borrowers are also required to deliver semi-annual compliance certificates, which include valuations of the vessels securing the applicable facility from an independent ship broker. Upon delivery of the valuation, if the market value of the collateral vessels is less than 130% of the outstanding indebtedness under the April 2011 facility or 135% of the outstanding indebtedness under the other facilities, the borrowers must either provide additional collateral or repay any amount in excess of 130% or 135% of the market value of the collateral vessels.

Financial Covenants. The secured term loan facilities contain financial covenants requiring the borrowers, among other things, to ensure that:

 

  n  

the ratio of Net Debt to Total Capitalization (each as defined in the applicable secured term loan facility) is no greater than 0.60 to 1.00;

 

  n  

the borrowers have liquidity (including undrawn available lines of credit with a maturity exceeding 12 months) of no less than (i) between $10.0 million and $25 million, as applicable, or (ii) 5% of Net Debt or total debt, as applicable, whichever is greater;

 

  n  

the ratio of EBITDA to Interest Expense (each as defined in the applicable secured term loan facility), on a trailing four quarter basis, is no less than 3.00 to 1.00;

 

  n  

the borrower must maintain a minimum ratio of shareholder equity to total assets of 30%; and

 

  n  

the current assets of the borrower must exceed the current liabilities (excluding current liabilities attributable to the senior unsecured bonds or the senior term loans) at all times.

Restrictive Covenants. The secured term loan facilities provide that the borrowers may not pay dividends to us out of operating revenues generated by the vessels securing the indebtedness if an event of default has occurred or is continuing. The secured term loan facilities also limit the borrowers from, among other things, incurring indebtedness or entering into mergers and divestitures. The secured term loan facilities also contain general covenants that will require the borrowers to maintain adequate insurance coverage and to maintain their vessels. In addition, the secured term loan facilities include customary events of default, including those relating to a failure to pay principal or interest, a breach of covenant, representation and warranty, a cross-default to other indebtedness and non-compliance with security documents.

As of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, we were in compliance with all covenants under the secured term loan facilities, including with respect to the aggregate fair market value of our collateral vessels.

 

55


Table of Contents

Senior Unsecured Bonds

General . On December 18, 2012, we issued senior unsecured bonds in an aggregate principal amount of $125.0 million with Norsk Tillitsmann ASA as the bond trustee. The proceeds of the senior unsecured bonds were used (i) in part to finance the acquisition of the A.P. Møller vessels and (ii) for general corporate purposes. The senior unsecured bonds are governed by Norwegian law and listed on the Nordic ABM which is operated and organized by Oslo Børs ASA.

Interest . Interest on the senior unsecured bonds is payable at a fixed rate of 9.0% per annum, calculated on a 360-day year basis. Interest is payable semi-annually on June 18 and December 18 of each year.

Maturity . The senior unsecured bonds mature in full on December 18, 2017.

Optional Redemption . We may redeem the senior unsecured bonds, in whole or in part, beginning December 18, 2015. Senior unsecured bonds redeemed from December 18, 2015 to December 17, 2016, shall be redeemed at 104% of par, senior unsecured bonds redeemed from December 18, 2016 to June 17, 2017, shall be redeemed at 102% of par and senior unsecured bonds redeemed from June 18, 2017, to the day prior to the maturity date, shall be redeemed at 101% of par.

Additionally, upon the occurrence of a “Change of Control Event” (as defined in the senior unsecured bond agreement), the holders of senior unsecured bonds have an option to force the issuer to repay such holder’s outstanding bonds at 101% of par.

Financial Covenants . The senior unsecured bond agreement contains financial covenants requiring us, among other things, to ensure that:

 

  n  

we and our subsidiaries maintain a minimum liquidity of no less than the greater of (i) $12.5 million and (ii) 5% of Total Interest-Bearing Debt (as defined in the senior unsecured bond agreement);

 

  n  

we and our subsidiaries maintain a positive working capital amount;

 

  n  

we and our subsidiaries maintain an Interest Coverage Ratio (as defined in the senior unsecured bond agreement) of not less than 3.0;

 

  n  

we and our subsidiaries maintain an Equity Ratio (as defined in the senior unsecured bond agreement) of at least 30%; and

 

  n  

on and after June 30, 2013, we and our subsidiaries ensure that the sum of the market value of (i) our vessels plus (ii) any amounts in any escrow account in favor of the bond trustee are at least 120% of the Total Interest-Bearing Debt.

Our compliance with the covenants listed above is measured as of the end of each fiscal quarter, except for the final ratio, which is measured semi-annually beginning on June 30, 2013.

Restrictive Covenants . The senior unsecured bond agreement provides that we may not declare any dividends or other distributions to our equity holders until after December 31, 2013, except for payments in respect of services rendered or transactions in the ordinary course in an amount not to exceed $2.0 million. Following December 31, 2013, we may declare dividends so long as such dividends do not exceed 50% of our consolidated net profits after taxes and we have an Equity Ratio of 35% after giving pro forma effect to such distribution. The senior unsecured bond agreement also limits us and our subsidiaries from, among other things, incurring additional indebtedness, entering into mergers and divestitures, engaging in transactions with affiliates or incurring any additional liens. In addition, the senior unsecured bond agreement includes customary events of default, including those relating to a failure to pay principal or interest, a breach of covenant, false representation and warranty, a cross-default to other indebtedness, the occurrence of a material adverse effect, or our insolvency or dissolution.

As of June 30, 2013, we were in compliance with all covenants under our senior unsecured bond agreement.

 

56


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Contingencies

The contractual obligations schedule set forth below summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012.

 

 

 

    2013     2014     2015     2016     THEREAFTER     TOTAL  
    (In thousands)  

Vessels to be acquired from A.P. Møller

  $ 423,000   (1)     $      $      $      $      $ 423,000   (1)  

Vessels under construction

    33,726        173,306        110,288                      317,320   

Charter-in vessels

    7,200        8,400                             15,600   

Secured term loan facilities and 9% senior unsecured bond issue

    26,843        26,843        26,843        26,843        260,864        368,236   

Office leases

    747        747        747        747        2,820        5,808   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

  $ 491,516      $ 209,296      $ 137,878      $ 27,590      $ 263,684      $ 1,129,964   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)    

As of June 30, 2013, remaining payments owed to A.P. Møller were $110.7 million.

As part of our growth strategy, we will continue to consider strategic opportunities, including the acquisition of additional vessels. We may choose to pursue such opportunities through internal growth or joint ventures or business acquisitions. We intend to finance any future acquisitions through various sources of capital, including credit facilities, debt borrowings and the issuance of additional shares of common stock.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We currently do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Critical Accounting Estimates

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make estimates in the application of our accounting policies based on our best assumptions, judgments and opinions. On a regular basis, management reviews the accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our consolidated financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with U.S. GAAP. However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such differences could be material. Accounting estimates and assumptions discussed in this section are those that we consider to be the most critical to an understanding of our financial statements because they inherently involve significant judgments and uncertainties. For a further description of our material accounting policies, please read Note 2 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to the audited historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Revenue Recognition. We employ our vessels under time charters, voyage charters or COAs. With time charters, we receive a fixed charter rate per on-hire day and revenue is recognized on an accrual basis and is recorded over the term of the charter as service is provided. In the case of voyage charters, the vessel is contracted for a voyage between two or several ports, and we are paid for the cargo transported. Revenue from COAs is recognized on the same basis as revenue from voyage charters, as they are essentially a series of consecutive voyage charters.

On April 1, 2013, we changed our method of accounting for revenue recognition on voyage charters. Previously, we determined that a voyage commenced with loading and completed at the point of discharge. We now recognize revenue on a discharge-to-discharge basis in determining percentage of completion for all voyage charters, but do not begin recognizing revenue until a charter has been agreed to by the customer and us, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port for its next voyage.

We adopted this new policy as we consider the decision to undertake a specific voyage is highly dependent on the vessel’s prior discharge port and the part of the voyage to the load port is a necessary part of the overall profitability of that voyage. We believe that given the significant increase in the number of vessels in operation and consequently the number of voyage charters undertaken, our results could be materially distorted by excluding the proportion of the revenue in sailing to the next load port.

 

57


Table of Contents

Vessels in Operation. The cost of our vessels (excluding the estimated initial built-in overhaul cost) less their estimated residual value is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the vessels’ estimated useful lives. We estimate the useful life of each of our vessels to be 30 years from the date the vessel was originally delivered from the shipyard. The actual life of a vessel, however, may be different, with a life less than 30 years resulting in an increase in the quarterly depreciation and potentially resulting in an impairment loss. The estimated residual value is based on the steel value of the tonnage for each vessel.

Impairment of Vessels. We review our vessels for impairment when events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the vessel may not be recoverable. We may recognize an impairment loss when the sum of the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest) of a vessel over its estimated remaining useful life is less than its carrying amount. If we determine that a vessel’s undiscounted cash flows are less than its carrying value, we record an impairment loss equal to the amount by which its carrying amount exceeds its fair value. The new lower cost basis would result in a lower annual depreciation than before the impairment.

Considerations in making such an impairment evaluation include comparison of current carrying value to anticipated future operating cash flows, expectations with respect to future operations and other relevant factors. The estimates and assumptions regarding expected cash flows require considerable judgment and are based upon historical experience, financial forecasts and industry trends and conditions. We are not aware of any indicators of impairment nor any regulatory changes or environmental liabilities that we anticipate will have a material impact on our current or future operations.

As of December 31, 2012, the aggregate carrying value of our 12 vessels in operation at that date was $587 million. We determined the aggregate undiscounted cash flows of our 12 vessels in operation as of December 31, 2012, to be $1,611 million. The undiscounted future cash flows used to establish value were determined by applying various assumptions regarding future revenues, operating expenses and scrap values. These assumptions are based on historical trends as well as future expectations. Specifically, in estimating future charter rates, management took into consideration estimated daily TCE rates for each vessel class over the estimated remaining lives of each of the vessels. The estimated daily TCE rates used were based on the trailing 10-year historical average one-year time charter rates. Recognizing that rates tend to be cyclical, and subject to significant volatility based on factors beyond our control, management believes the use of estimates based on the 10-year historical average rates calculated as of the reporting date to be reasonable. Estimated outflows for operating expenses are based on historical costs. Estimates of a residual value are consistent with scrap rates used in management’s evaluation of scrap value.

Although management believes that the assumptions used to evaluate potential impairment are reasonable and appropriate at the time they were made, such assumptions are highly subjective and likely to change, possibly materially, in the future. A 10% reduction in the estimated vessel TCE rate used in connection with our calculations would result in a $218 million decrease in the aggregate undiscounted cash flows of our 12 vessels in operation as of December 31, 2012. The realized rates applicable to our vessels for the period ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 exceeded the estimated vessel TCE rate by 8.9% and 19.0%, respectively. A 10% increase in estimated vessel operating expenses used in connection with our calculations would result in $60 million decrease in the aggregate undiscounted cash flows of our 12 vessels in operation as of December 31, 2012.

Vessel Market Values. In “—Impairment of Vessels,” we discuss our policy for assessing impairment of the carrying values of our vessels. The charter-free market value ( i.e. , disregarding the charter contracts attached to each of the vessels) of certain vessels in many segments of the worldwide oceangoing vessel fleet have experienced volatility over the past several years. Therefore, there is a risk that the sale value of certain of our vessels could decline below those vessels’ carrying value, even though we would not impair those vessels’ carrying value under our accounting impairment policy, due to our belief that future undiscounted cash flows expected to be earned by such vessels over their operating lives would exceed such vessels’ carrying amounts.

However, with respect to the class of vessels we own, we believe that relative to the worldwide oceangoing vessel fleet, the market for the sale of our vessels is particularly illiquid, difficult to observe and, therefore, speculative, given the extremely limited secondary sales data. We obtain shipbroker appraisals of our vessels principally for the purposes of covenant compliance ( e.g. , loan to value ratio). These appraisals are generally performed without examination of the vessel and without an attempt to market a vessel, and no consideration is given to whether a

 

58


Table of Contents

group of vessels could be sold for higher valuation than on an individual basis. Given the lack of secondary sales data available for our vessels, these appraisals have been used by us as an approximation of our vessels’ market values. However, because these appraisals are primarily prepared for the purposes of valuing collateral and the lack of comparable market transactions, they are prepared on a charter-free basis predominantly based on depreciated replacement cost, which, we believe significantly discounts the value of our vessels. As a result, we believe that the ultimate value that could be obtained from the sale of any one of our vessels to a willing third party would likely, and in many cases meaningfully, exceed the vessel’s appraised value, especially if we were given adequate time to market the vessel.

In order to provide an illustration of the estimated charter-free market values of our vessels relative to their respective carrying values, the table set forth below indicates whether the estimated market value (based on the most recent broker appraisals we had received relating to such vessels) of each of our owned vessel, as of June 30, 2013, was above or below its carrying value.

 

 

 

OPERATING VESSEL

   YEAR
BUILT
     VESSEL
SIZE
(cbm)
     CARRYING
VALUE

(in millions)
     APPRAISED VALUE
RELATIVE TO
CARRYING VALUE
 

Navigator Mars

     2000         22,085       $ 42.6         Below   

Navigator Neptune

     2000         22,085             42.7         Below   

Navigator Pluto

     2000         22,085         43.2         Below   

Navigator Saturn

     2000         22,085         42.7         Below   

Navigator Venus

     2000         22,085         42.6         Below   

Navigator Magellan

     1998         20,700         29.1         Below   

Navigator Aries

     2008         20,750         53.7         Below   

Navigator Gemini

     2009         20,750         53.0         Below   

Navigator Pegasus

     2009         22,200         48.0         Below   

Navigator Phoenix

     2009         22,200         48.2         Below   

Navigator Scorpio

     2009         20,750         47.6         Below   

Navigator Taurus

     2009         20,750         54.1         Below   

Navigator Leo

     2011         20,600         52.1         Below   

Navigator Libra

     2012         20,600         52.5         Below   

Navigator Grace

     2010         22,500         42.9         Above   

Navigator Galaxy

     2011         22,500         45.1         Above   

Navigator Genesis

     2011         22,500         45.2         Above   

Navigator Global

     2011         22,500         45.4         Above   

Navigator Gusto

     2011         22,500         45.2         Above   

 

 

The appraised value of our 14 vessels for which appraised value was below carrying value as of June 30, 2013 was $572.0 million and the aggregate carrying value of those 14 vessels was $651.9 million, resulting in those vessels having an aggregate appraised value of $79.9 million below their aggregate carrying value. We did not impair any vessels as of June 30, 2013 due to U.S. GAAP impairment accounting standards as future undiscounted cash flows expected to be earned by such vessels over their operating lives would exceed these vessels’ carrying amounts.

Drydocking Costs and Vessel Damage. Each of our vessels is required to be drydocked every five years until it reaches 15 years of age, after which each vessel is required to be drydocked every two and one-half to three years for any major repairs and maintenance and for inspection of the underwater parts of the vessel, which cannot be performed while the vessel is operating. We capitalize costs associated with the drydockings as “built in overhauls” in accordance with U.S. GAAP and amortize these costs on a straight-line basis over the period between drydockings.

We expense estimated costs to repair vessel damage that exists at the balance sheet date.

Amortization of capitalized drydocking expenditures requires us to estimate the period until the next drydocking. While we typically drydock each vessel every two and one-half to five years, we may drydock the vessels on a more

 

59


Table of Contents

frequent basis. If we change our estimate of the next drydock date, we will adjust our annual amortization of drydocking expenditures. Amortization of drydockings is included in our depreciation and amortization expense.

Share-based Compensation . Certain employees receive grants of our restricted stock in accordance with the 2008 Restricted Stock Plan (see Note 11 for more details regarding the plan and amounts of grants awarded). The fair value of our restricted stock is calculated by multiplying the number of shares by the fair value per share at the grant date.

The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. An independent valuation firm was consulted to determine an appropriate methodology for valuing the Company’s restricted stock at the plan’s inception in 2008. Prior to the March 2013 and April 2013 grants described below, the Company exclusively used this established methodology and monitored its appropriateness at each grant date. This methodology calculated the fair value of the restricted stock, by utilizing a weighted average combination of an income approach, a market approach and a cost approach, by using assumptions which were based on our management’s significant judgment.

Significant assumptions made during the valuation processes of grants prior to March 2013 were the illiquidity discounts applied in our cost and income approaches and the EBITDA multiples used in our income approach. Our cost method also utilized the estimated value of our fleet, which was determined by external broker assessments at or close to the restricted stock valuation date. Although there is a very low volume of transactions of our shares on the over-the-counter market, our market approach took into account actual then-recent trades of our shares in the open market. The valuations were prepared by us on a contemporaneous basis.

In February 2013, we issued 7,500,000 shares on a post-split basis to affiliates of WL Ross & Co. LLC and others in a negotiated transaction for $10.00 per share on a post-split basis. Given the growth of our Company between 2008 and March 2013 and the contemporaneous nature of the transaction with WL Ross & Co. LLC and others, we believe it is appropriate that the price per share at which grants were made in March 2013 and April 2013 should equal the negotiated price per share with WL Ross & Co. LLC. Due to the existence of this transaction, we did not believe it to be necessary or cost effective to engage an independent valuation specialist to provide a valuation in connection with such grants.

We have granted restricted shares at the following grant date fair values since June 30, 2012:

 

 

 

GRANT DATE

   NUMBER OF
RESTRICTED
SHARES
GRANTED
     FAIR VALUE PER
SHARE AT
GRANT DATE
     AGGREGATE
FAIR VALUE
OF SHARES
GRANTED
 

March 2013

     60,000       $ 10.00       $ 600,000   

April 2013

     42,117       $ 10.00       $ 421,170   

 

 

Although we believe that the price used in the contemporaneous issuance to WL Ross & Co. LLC and others of $10.00 per share was the best evidence to support the $10.00 per share values of our March 2013 and April 2013 restricted share grants, in order to support this determination at the time of grant, we also applied our 2008 valuation methodology. In using such methodology, we applied an illiquidity discount of 20.0% and an EBITDA multiple of 8.5x, which resulted in a fair value per share of $10.01 on a post-split basis. If we had applied an illiquidity discount of 15% in using such methodology, the resulting fair value per share would have been approximately $10.63 on a post-split basis. Because the number of restricted shares granted in March and April 2013 was in the aggregate less than 0.25% of the shares outstanding prior to such grants, if we underestimated the fair market value per share by $0.63, the added compensation expense would be less than $65,000. The effect on compensation expense for each $1.00 of hypothetical estimation of fair market value would be approximately $100,000.

The difference between the fair values of the March 2013 and April 2013 grants (each of which vest in 2016) and the assumed initial public offering price per share (based on the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this

 

60


Table of Contents

prospectus) is primarily attributable to three factors: (i) the absence of any plan to proceed with an initial public offering at the time of the March 2013 and April 2013 grants, (ii) the changes in the financial condition, results of operation and prospects of our company resulting in large part from the financing and successful operational implementation of the A.P. Møller transaction and (iii) favorable changes in the condition of the equity capital markets.

In March and April of 2013, we were not planning to pursue in the near term an initial public offering. The lack of such a plan was in part based on the fact that we were in the midst of implementing what we perceived would be, and what has been, a transformative event in our history, namely the A.P. Møller transaction. By nearly doubling the number of vessels in our fleet, the A.P. Møller transaction has provided us with enhanced fleet diversity, economies of scale and greater optionality. As of March and April 2013, only three and four of the A.P. Møller vessels, respectively, had been received by us and deployed under charter. Since April 2013, an additional seven A.P. Møller vessels have been received and deployed under charter by us. Accordingly, in March and April 2013, our ability to integrate the A.P. Møller vessels into our operations and realize the benefits we expected from the transaction had not been established. We expect to continue to benefit from the A.P. Møller transaction as we receive the remaining vessel and have results of operations reflecting the full period of A.P. Møller vessel results.

Foreign Currency Transactions. Substantially all of our cash receipts are in U.S. Dollars. Our disbursements, however, are in the currency invoiced by the supplier. We remit funds in the various currencies invoiced. We convert the non-U.S. Dollar invoices received and their subsequent payments into U.S. Dollars when the transactions occur. The movement in exchange rates between these two dates is transferred to an exchange difference account and is expensed each month.

Our payments due to our technical managers pursuant to our crewing management agreements are denominated in U.S. Dollars, subject to adjustment based on the U.S. Dollar/Euro exchange rate. A significant portion of the payments we make to our technical managers are used by them to pay the officers on-board our vessels.

Compliance with New Accounting Standards

We have elected to “opt out” of the extended transition period relating to the exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards under the JOBS Act and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised financial accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards is irrevocable.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or “FASB,” issued Accounting Standards Update, or “ASU,” No. 2013-02 Comprehensive Income (Topic 220)—Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (February 2013). The amendments do not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements. These amendments require an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition the entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional details about those amounts.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates and foreign currency fluctuations, as well as inflation. We may in the future use interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risks, but will not use these financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

 

61


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk

Historically, we have been subject to limited market risks relating to changes in interest rates because we did not have significant amounts of floating rate debt outstanding. Navigator Gas L.L.C., our wholly-owned subsidiary, and certain of our vessel-owning subsidiaries are parties to secured term loan facilities that bear interest at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 300 to 350 basis points. A variation in LIBOR of 100 basis points would result in a variation of $10,000 in annual interest paid on each $1.0 million of indebtedness outstanding under the secured term loan facilities. See “—Secured Term Loan Facilities.”

We invest our cash and marketable securities in financial instruments with original maturities of no more than six months within the parameters of our investment policy and guidelines.

We do not currently use interest rate swaps to manage the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows, but we may elect to do so in the future.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

Our primary economic environment is the international shipping market. This market utilizes the U.S. Dollar as its functional currency. Consequently, virtually all of our revenues are in U.S. Dollars. Our expenses, however, are in the currency invoiced by each supplier, and we remit funds in the various currencies invoiced. We incur some vessel operating expenses and general and administrative costs in foreign currencies. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, approximately $2.9 million, or 12%, and $4.4 million, or 13%, respectively, of vessel operating costs and general and administrative costs were denominated in non-U.S. Dollar currency, principally the British Pound Sterling and the Euro. A hypothetical 10% decrease in the value of the U.S. Dollar relative to the values of the British Pound Sterling and the Euro realized during the year ended December 31, 2012, would have increased our vessel operating costs during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, by approximately $0.4 million, and our general and administrative costs by $0.3 million. We have not entered into any hedging transactions to mitigate our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk.

Inflation

Certain of our operating expenses, including crewing, insurance and drydocking costs, are subject to fluctuations as a result of market forces. Crewing costs in particular have risen over the past number of years as a result of a shortage of trained crews. Please read “Risk Factors—A shortage of qualified officers makes it more difficult to crew our vessels and is increasing our operating costs. If this shortage were to continue or worsen, it may impair out ability to operate and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results” and “Business—Crewing and Staff.” Inflationary pressures on bunker (fuel and oil) costs could have a material effect on our future operations if the number of vessel employment contracts for voyage charters or COAs increases. In the case of the 12 of our 21 vessels that are time-chartered to third parties, it is the charterers who pay for the fuel. If our vessels are employed under voyage charters or COAs, freight rates are generally sensitive to the price of fuel. However, a sharp rise in bunker prices may have a temporary negative effect on our results since freight rates generally adjust only after prices settle at a higher level. Please read “Risk Factors—Rising bunker fuel prices may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results to the extent that we enter into voyage charters and COAs.”

Seasonality

Liquefied gases are primarily used for industrial and domestic heating, as a chemical and refinery feedstock, as a transportation fuel and in agriculture. The liquefied gas carrier market is typically stronger in the fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of propane and butane for heating during the winter months. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns in these months tend to disrupt vessel scheduling and the supply of certain commodities. As a result, demand for our vessels may be stronger in our fiscal quarters ending December 31 and March 31 and relatively weaker during our fiscal quarters ending June 30 and September 30, although 12-month time charter rates tend to smooth these short-term fluctuations. To the extent any of our time charters expire during the relatively weaker fiscal quarters ending June 30 and September 30, it may not be possible to re-charter our vessels at similar rates. As a result, we may have to accept lesser rates or experience off-hire time for our vessels, which may adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results. Please read “Business—Our Fleet.”

 

62


Table of Contents

THE INTERNATIONAL LIQUEFIED GAS SHIPPING INDUSTRY

All the information and data presented in this section, including the analysis of the various sectors of the international liquefied gas shipping industry has been provided by Drewry. Drewry has advised that the statistical and graphical information contained herein is drawn from its database and other sources. In connection therewith, Drewry has advised that: (a) certain information in Drewry’s database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments; (b) the information in the databases of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from the information in Drewry’s database; (c) while Drewry has taken care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believes it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures. We believe that, notwithstanding any such qualification by Drewry, the industry data provided by Drewry is accurate in all material respects.

Summary

A liquefied gas carrier is a generic term used to describe a vessel that can carry:

 

  n  

LPG, such as propane and butane;

 

  n  

petrochemical gases, such as ethylene, propylene, butadiene and vinyl chloride monomer, or VCM; or

 

  n  

ammonia.

LPG is a clean and efficient source of energy and is a viable alternative to other less environmentally friendly carbon fuels. Petrochemical gases are a building block for a large range of plastic-based products, while ammonia is an important part of the fertilizer chain, which supports agricultural development and sustains world population growth.

In normal ambient temperatures, LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia are in a gaseous state. These gases are transported in liquefied form, under cooling temperatures and/or pressure, which can reduce volume by up to 900 times depending on the cargo, making transportation more efficient and economical.

In 2012, approximately 63 million tons of LPG, 18 million tons of petrochemical gases and 18 million tons of ammonia were transported by sea. Seaborne transportation of LPG and petrochemicals, the two product classes principally transported by Navigator Holdings, has increased at compound annual growth rates, or CAGRs, of 2.9% and 4.4%, respectively, from 2002 through 2012, and 7.3% and 3.3% from 2009 through 2012. The recent growth in seaborne LPG transportation has resulted primarily from the advent of shale gas in the United States. The demand for seaborne transportation of these liquefied gases is expected to continue to grow due to evolving energy and petrochemical market dynamics, particularly as a result of increasing U.S. shale oil and gas development, as seaborne transportation is often the only, or the most cost effective, way to transport liquefied gases between major exporting and importing markets. Over the last 18 months, the expansion of existing LNG facilities and the construction of new LNG production facilities around the world have added to LPG production and trade volumes, following a period of project delays and stalled start-ups due to the global economic downturn.

LPG has historically been a supply-driven industry, as LPG is a by-product of gas processing, LNG production and crude oil refining. From 2002 through 2012, worldwide production of LPG increased at a CAGR of 2.6%. Over this same period seaborne trade in LPG increased at a CAGR of 2.9%, with the slightly higher growth rate relative to total production growth being the result of geographical shifts in the location of production and strong demand among key importers.

Petrochemical gases are derived from the cracking of petroleum feedstocks, such as ethane, LPG or naphtha or their derivatives. The major petrochemical gases transported by sea are ethylene, butadiene, propylene and VCM. These products are key building blocks for a wide range of materials used in industrial and consumer applications. Ammonia is an inorganic chemical, and up to 90% of all production is currently used in the manufacture of fertilizers. The supply and consumption of ammonia are influenced by production costs and pricing levels of both feedstocks and finished products.

The dynamics of global supply and trade of LPG and certain petrochemicals such as ethylene are being altered by the advent of shale gas in the United States. Rapid exploitation of U.S. shale gas reserves has boosted LPG production, which, in conjunction with competitive gas prices, has paved the way for increased U.S. LPG and

 

63


Table of Contents

petrochemical exports and rising demand for shipping capacity. For example, in 2012, the United States became a net exporter of LPG, and in early 2013 total exports were nearly 10 million barrels a month, more than double the average from 2002 through 2012.

Charter rates and vessel values are influenced by the supply and demand for seaborne gas cargo carrying capacity and are consequently volatile. The supply of gas carrier capacity is primarily a function of the size of the existing world fleet, the number of newbuildings being delivered and the scrapping of older vessels. As of June 30, 2013, there were 1,259 liquefied gas carriers with an aggregate capacity of 20.6 million cbm. An additional 32 and 60 carriers of 0.8 million cbm and 2.2 million cbm, respectively, are on order for delivery by the end of 2013 and between 2014 and 2016, respectively. The orderbook for liquefied gas carriers as of June 2013 was equivalent to 14.4% of the existing fleet in capacity terms, which is well below its 32% peak seen in late 2007 and early 2008. In contrast to oil tankers and drybulk carriers, the number of shipyards with liquefied gas carrier experience is quite limited, and as such, a sudden influx of supply beyond what is already on order before 2015 is unlikely. In the 15,000–24,999 cbm size range in which Navigator Holdings currently operates, known as the handysize sector, as of June 2013, there were 87 vessels in the world fleet and 10 vessels on order for delivery by 2015. As of June 2013, almost 25% of the fleet capacity in the handysize sector was more than 20 years old.

There are three basic types of liquefied gas carriers, though only a subset of ships can carry each of LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia. In general, the operating flexibility of a liquefied gas carrier is restricted at the lower and upper ends of the vessel-size spectrum by a combination of technical and commercial features. The most flexible ships are those in the handysize sector. Ships of this type have access to all three markets—LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia—and hence possess the greatest trading versatility.

Liquefied gas carriers operate under time charters, contracts of affreightment and on the spot market. Time charter rates for most sizes of liquefied gas carriers peaked during the period from 2006 through 2008 and then declined from 2009 through 2011. Since 2011, there has been a gradual and sustained recovery in charter rates, as rising vessel demand has led to a much tighter market balance. In June 2013, one-year time charter rates for Very Large Liquefied Gas carriers averaged approximately $1,035,000 per month, while rates for handysize semi-refrigerated ships averaged approximately $905,000 per month.

Secondhand values for modern, semi-refrigerated ships have held up well, even when the market was at its weakest from 2009 through 2011, in part because newbuilding prices have been steady since 2010 and freight rates have improved. While there is limited liquidity in the secondhand market, modern semi-refrigerated ships have attracted a premium due to their trading flexibility.

Products and Uses

LPG . LPG cargoes are typically propane and butane (including n-Butane and i-Butane). The primary uses of LPG are in residential and commercial heating and cooking applications, as a feedstock for the production of petrochemicals, industrial use and as fuel for transportation. Global production of LPG in 2012 was 275 million tons, of which 63 million tons was transported by sea in liquefied gas carriers.

 

64


Table of Contents

Main Uses of LPG (1)

 

LOGO

 

(1)  

Based on 2011 consumption data

Petrochemical Gases . Ethylene, propylene and butadiene are significant members of the olefins family used in the manufacture of a large number of intermediate chemicals and finished products. Ethylene is polymerised into high density polyethylene, or HDPE, low density polyethylene, or LDPE, and linear density polyethylene, or LLDPE, which in turn are used to make plastic packaging, bottles, containers and household hardware. Ethylene can also be turned into ethylene glycol for use in anti-freeze. Ethylene is also used with benzene in the manufacturing of polystyrene. Propylene is polymerised into polypropylene used in the manufacturing of moulded components for cars and domestic appliances, carpet fibers, cable sheathing, piping, coatings and containers. Butadiene is combined with styrene to produce styrene butadiene rubber, or SBR, used in tire manufacturing. It is also used in making acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene, or ABS, resin, which has applications in car fittings, packaging and sports equipment. VCM is a chlorinated gas, which is used principally in the manufacturing of plastics. VCM is used to produce polyvinyl chloride, or PVC, which is formed into a wide variety of plastic products. Global production of petrochemical gases was approximately 300 million tons in 2012, of which 18 million tons were moved by sea.

Ammonia . Ammonia is produced by the synthesis of gas and a hydrocarbon. Production is heavily influenced by the availability of natural gas, and up to 90% of ammonia is currently used in fertilizer production, with the principal end products being ammonium sulphate, ammonium nitrate, urea (dry) and ammonium nitrate solution. It can also be used for nitric acid, explosives, nylon fibre, acrylic and urethane plastics. Demand for ammonia is driven by population growth and food consumption. Global production was approximately 170 million tons in 2012, of which approximately 18 million tons were moved by sea.

The Liquefied Gas Industry

LPG is found naturally in oil and gas fields and is extracted from wells and shale deposits along with other hydrocarbon products. It is extracted from crude oil at oil refineries and from natural gas at gas processing facilities. Approximately two-thirds of global LPG supply comes from crude oil and natural gas streams (including the production of LNG) with the balance coming from the refining of crude oil. Once produced, LPG must be consumed locally, exported, flared or vented, although flaring has been reduced globally by a number of government initiatives designed to reduce greenhouse gas emissions.

 

65


Table of Contents

The LPG and Petrochemical Gas Supply Chain

 

LOGO

Petrochemicals such as ethylene and propylene are by-products of the cracking of petroleum feedstocks such as ethane, LPG or naphtha and their derivatives. Typical yields for cracker feedstocks are shown below.

Indicative Yields of Cracker Feedstocks

 

 

 

     H2 & FUEL GAS     ETHYLENE     PROPYLENE     BUTADIENE     BENZENE     TOLUENE     OTHERS  

Ethane

     17     78     3     2                   1

Propane

     32     40     26     1                   1

Normal Butane

     22     40     34     2                   2

Natural Gasoline

     20     32     24     4     4     4     13

Heavy Naphtha

     18     24     20     4     2     2     31

 

 

The LPG Industry

LPG Production. Worldwide production of LPG grew at a CAGR of 2.6% from 2002 through 2012, increasing from 217 million tons in 2002 to 280 million tons in 2012. Historically, the Middle East has been the dominant global supplier of LPG. Production in the Middle East has increased over the last decade, primarily as result of the development of the Qatari North Gas Field. In 2012, total Middle Eastern LPG production amounted to just over 65 million tons, equivalent to 23% of global output.

 

66


Table of Contents

World LPG Production

(Million Tons)

 

 

 

    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012*     CAGR
02-12
    CAGR
09-12
 

North America

    64.6        62.8        64.5        61.4        61.8        62.9        63.0        58.1        59.7        61.5        64.6        0.0     3.6

South America

    22.8        23.2        24.0        24.7        24.3        23.9        23.9        23.2        23.2        24.6        24.8        0.8     2.2

Europe (Including FSU)

    36.7        40.0        40.3        41.0        40.5        40.5        42.9        42.5        46.1        44.2        45.1        2.1     2.0

Middle East

    36.0        37.0        38.3        39.7        45.0        44.1        49.5        45.9        55.4        63.8        65.4        6.2     12.5

Africa

    15.4        15.1        15.1        15.6        15.7        16.4        16.1        17.0        17.2        18.6        19.1        2.2     4.0

Asia Pacific

    41.8        43.5        45.2        48.2        50.7        53.7        52.9        53.3        58.3        58.9        60.7        3.8     4.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    217.3        221.6        227.4        230.6        238.0        241.5        248.3        240.0        260.0        271.5        279.8        2.6     5.2

 

 

*Provisional

However, the supremacy of the Middle East is now being challenged by the United States, where development of shale gas deposits has led to a steady increase in natural gas production and LPG supplies. U.S. production of LPG has recovered from a recent market low in 2009 of 41.9 million tons to a provisional 48.2 million tons in 2012, an increase of 15%.

Principal LPG Producers

(Million Tons)

 

 

 

    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012*     CAGR
02-12
    CAGR
09-12
 

China

    11.6        12.6        14.0        15.3        17.5        19.4        18.6        19.1        20.2        21.8        22.0        6.6     4.8

Qatar

    1.6        1.8        1.9        2.2        2.9        3.2        5.7        6.0        6.6        13.6        14.3        24.7     33.7

Russia

    7.0        8.6        8.8        9.4        10.4        10.9        10.9        11.7        12.0        12.8        13.3        6.7     4.5

Saudi Arabia

    17.6        17.9        18.6        19.0        21.9        21.0        23.3        24.6        26.4        27.2        27.9        4.7     4.2

USA

    46.8        44.5        45.9        43.7        43.9        45.6        46.8        41.9        43.4        44.9        48.2        0.3     4.8

Others

    132.7        136.2        138.2        141.1        141.6        141.5        143.1        136.7        151.4        151.2        154.0        1.5     4.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    217.3        221.6        227.4        230.6        238.0        241.5        248.3        240.0        260.0        271.5        279.8        2.6     5.2

 

 

*Provisional

LPG is a by-product of oil and gas extraction, the availability of which has historically been limited by the flaring of natural gas at the wellhead. However, increasing restrictions across the globe on flaring natural gas have resulted in, and are anticipated to continue to result in, the increased transportation or storage of by-products such as LPG. The expanding development of U.S. shale oil and gas resources has resulted in an abundance of LPG that exceeds current U.S. domestic needs and, given the scarcity and cost of storage infrastructure, is expected to be increasingly exported. This LPG available for export from the United States, together with LPG associated with large LNG export projects in international oil and gas producing regions, is expected to create supply-driven growth of LPG seaborne transportation and arbitrage opportunities due to regional price differentials.

LPG Consumption . Historically, consumption of LPG has been largely supply-driven. However, LPG, which produces virtually no sulphur emissions, is a relatively clean source of energy when compared with other carbon fuels. As such, demand side variables are beginning to have a positive impact on the market, leading to increased consumption of LPG in residential and commercial applications, especially in regions such as Asia.

 

67


Table of Contents

World LPG Consumption

(Million Tons)

 

 

 

    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012*     CAGR
02-12
    CAGR
09-12
 

North America

    57.4        56.1        58.2        56.9        58.4        59.6        61.8        61.2        54.1        57.6        58.7        0.2     -1.4

South America

    20.5        20.6        21.5        21.3        21.9        22.0        21.7        21.5        29.5        28.8        29.6        3.8     11.3

Europe (Including FSU)

    37.7        38.9        39.8        41.7        41.6        43.6        43.6        43.2        41.8        43.2        44.5        1.7     1.0

Middle East

    30.0        30.3        30.1        31.3        30.4        31.7        31.8        32.0        29.5        28.8        29.6        -0.1     -2.5

Africa

    14.3        13.6        14.0        14.5        15.0        15.6        16.3        16.4        14.8        14.4        14.9        0.4     -3.1

Asia Pacific

    59.5        58.2        60.3        59.0        60.5        61.6        63.9        64.2        83.7        86.3        89.8        4.2     11.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    208.9        210.0        216.8        220.4        228.0        234.3        240.4        238.4        253.4        259.0        267.1        2.5     3.9

 

 

*Provisional

Asian countries (especially emerging economies) represent the fastest growing market for LPG, in part because the penetration of LPG use in a large number of these countries remains relatively low. Indian consumption of LPG grew at a CAGR of 6.7% from 2002 through 2012, while Chinese consumption over the same period grew at a CAGR of 3.9%. An expanding domestic consumer base and rising commercial use are the main factors driving demand in these markets. In some Asian markets, such as Indonesia, government initiatives to encourage the use of LPG has increased consumption. In contrast to natural gas, LPG requires little or no permanent infrastructure for distribution and this is one of the reasons why it is attractive for many developing markets.

In contrast, LPG consumption in developed economies such as the United States and Japan has contracted over the last decade. Increased domestic use of natural gas in the United States and Japan and in particular shale gas in the United States has decreased local consumption of LPG. In the industrial and petrochemical markets, demand remains sensitive to price, although rising crude oil prices relative to other feedstocks helped to underpin increased demand for LPG from the petrochemical sector.

Principal LPG Consumers

(Million Tons)

 

 

 

    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012*     CAGR
02-12
    CAGR
09-12
 

China

    16.4        18.0        20.2        21.0        21.6        21.8        21.5        23.2        22.4        24.0        24.0        3.9     1.2

India

    8.2        9.0        9.9        10.0        10.5        11.3        11.8        12.7        14.0        15.1        15.6        6.7     7.0

Japan

    18.5        18.2        17.7        18.6        18.2        18.2        17.7        16.4        16.1        16.8        16.9        -0.9     1.0

Saudi Arabia

    15.8        14.9        6.2        5.9        8.5        9.2        11.1        12.1        17.5        19.6        20.0        2.4     18.4

USA

    52.3        50.8        52.7        51.3        52.2        53.5        55.6        54.1        50.2        49.5        50.0        -0.4     -2.6

Others

    97.7        99.1        110.1        113.7        117.0        120.3        122.7        119.9        133.1        134.0        140.7        3.7     5.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    208.9        210.0        216.8        220.4        228.0        234.3        240.4        238.4        253.4        259.0        267.1        2.5     3.9

 

 

*Provisional

Petrochemicals

Trends in the production and consumption of petrochemical gases are driven by changes in world GDP and industrial production and patterns of consumer spending. Petrochemical gas production is also affected by the cost of feedstocks and the location of new refinery and cracking capacity. In 2012, total worldwide consumption of petrochemical gases amounted to 240 million tons, of which 18 million tons, or 7.5%, was transported by sea. From 2002 through 2012, worldwide consumption of petrochemical gases increased at a CAGR of 2.5%.

 

68


Table of Contents

World Consumption of Petrochemical Gases

(Million Tons)

 

LOGO

*Provisional

Seaborne trade volumes in petrochemical gases have increased for much of the last decade in part because of the growth in refining and cracking capacity in the Middle East and Asia. Generally, the growth of capacity ahead of downstream production has underpinned the growth in exports, creating additional demand for shipping capacity. The majority of this capacity has been in the handysize sector.

In the United States, the growth in gas and liquids from shale has not only increased the availability of feedstocks, but also made U.S. domestic feedstocks more competitively priced. As a result, U.S. production of petrochemical gases has increased, idle capacity has been reactivated and development plans for new capacity have emerged. As with LPG, price differentials between the United States and other markets have opened up the possibility of arbitrage trades.

The demand for seaborne transportation of petrochemical gases is expected to increase due to industrial users seeking alternative feedstocks given the rise in crude oil prices, expanding global manufacturing and cracking capacity, particularly in the Middle East and Asia, and shifting regional supply imbalances in certain petrochemicals.

Ammonia

Worldwide production of ammonia in 2012 is provisionally estimated at close to 165 million tons, with seaborne trade at just over 18 million tons, equivalent to 11% of production. In the last decade, international seaborne trade in ammonia has grown faster than production due to the growth in supply from regions with more competitively priced feedstock. Production of ammonia is gravitating to areas that have large supplies of low cost natural gas such as the Middle East.

 

69


Table of Contents

Shale Gas and the LPG Market

Shale gas is natural gas extracted from shale formations which are found in various locations throughout the world. When extracted it consists of on average approximately 60% dry natural gas and 40% natural gas liquids.

U.S. Shale Gas Composition

 

LOGO

In the United States, shale plays have become an increasingly important source of natural gas and have led to significant increases in domestic gas production. In 2005, U.S. gas production was equivalent to 511 billion cbm, but by 2012 it had risen to 717 billion cbm, an increase of 40%.

U.S. Daily Oil and Annual Gas Production

 

LOGO

Rising domestic production of natural gas has also resulted in increased supplies of LPG and ethane. U.S. natural gas production is now approximately 2.5 million barrels per day as compared to approximately 1.5 million barrels per day in 2005.

 

70


Table of Contents

U.S. Natural Gas Plant Field Production

(Thousands of Barrels per Day)

 

LOGO

U.S. LPG production has been on an upward trend since 2008. In early 2013, the United States was producing approximately 2.7 million barrels of LPG per day as compared to approximately 2.0 million barrels per day in 2008.

U.S. LPG Production

(Thousands of Barrels per Day)

 

LOGO

This production growth has resulted in U.S. LPG import volumes decreasing and export volumes increasing. As a result, the United States has transitioned from being a net importer to a net exporter of LPG, something which has arisen directly as a consequence of the development of domestic shale gas reserves.

 

71


Table of Contents

U.S. LPG Exports and Imports

(Thousands of Barrels)

 

LOGO

Incremental U.S. production of LPG and other natural gas liquids from shale gas have the potential to push U.S. exports of LPG higher, in part because competitive pricing opens up the potential for arbitrage trades. Future export potential is also being supported by the growth of domestic terminal capacity and based on current development activities shown in the next two tables, U.S. LPG export terminal capacity will more than triple between 2012-2014.

U.S. LPG Export Terminal Projects

 

 

 

LOCATION

 

OWNER

  PROJECT DESCRIPTION   TIMING   EXPORT CAPACITY
        CURRENT
CAPACITY
(BPD)
    EXPECTED
CAPACITY
BY 2014

(BPD)

Marcus Hook, Pennsylvania

 

MarkWest/

Sunoco Logistics

  Capacity to export ethane
and propane
  Operational in
2014
    70,000

Houston Ship Channel, Texas

  Enterprise   Propane export terminal   4Q12     115,000      240,000

Houston Ship Channel, Texas

 

Targa

  Additional capacity to
ship in refrigerated
vessels and increase
propane export capacity
  3Q13, expanded
by 2014
    35,000      130,000

Beaumont, Texas

  Coastal Caverns (Vitol)   New export facility   Operational in
2013
    100,000

Corpus Christi, Texas

  OxyChem   Capability to load Very
Large Gas Carriers
  Operational in
2014
    Not announced

 

 

 

72


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

In addition, increasing LPG supplies in the United States have reduced domestic gas prices to the point that they are now highly competitive with the prices offered by other major LPG exporters.

LPG Prices

(U.S. $ per Ton, fob)

LOGO

 

73


Table of Contents

U.S. Feedstock Costs

LOGO

The increased production of natural gas liquids from U.S. shale plays has also resulted in the pricing of natural gas liquids such as ethane and propane being driven towards a pricing structure more heavily influenced by natural gas prices as opposed to a more crude oil-based pricing experienced in most other regions. For example, the average spot price for ethane in the U.S. Gulf coast has dropped from approximately $526 per metric ton for the year ended December 31, 2008 to approximately $166 per metric ton for the six months ended June 30, 2013, a decrease of approximately 68%. Accordingly, U.S. ethylene production costs have fallen to levels where the United States can now compete with Middle Eastern suppliers , resulting in new projects to expand U.S. ethylene cracking capacity. These developments have adversely impacted high cost naphtha-based ethylene producers in Europe and Asia and are expected to result in additional seaborne transportation of ethylene from the United States as U.S. cracking capacity increases. Furthermore, given the price disparity in feedstocks, European petrochemical producers are finding it increasingly attractive to source U.S. LPG and ethane, which in turn has created new arbitrage opportunities.

Additionally, the expansion of LNG projects around the world has and will continue to increase LPG production and trade. Large scale LNG projects are underway around the world, although these projects often require long lead times and are subject to delay. Increased production of LNG will lead to further growth in LPG supplies, as LPG is a produced in association with LNG.

Seaborne Trade in LPG, Petrochemical Gases & Ammonia

World seaborne trade in LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia, on a combined basis, grew at a CAGR of 3.2% from 2002 through 2012, from 72.6 to 99.5 million tons. Over this period, the growth in trade was slightly higher than the growth in production due to:

 

  n  

strong demand growth in key importing regions;

 

  n  

reduced flaring;

 

  n  

changes in production regions; and

 

  n  

limitations of alternative modes of transportation.

 

74


Table of Contents

World Seaborne Trade in LPG, Petrochemical Gases & Ammonia

(Million Tons)

 

 

 

    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012*     CAGR
02-12
    CAGR
09-12
 

LPG

    47.6        51.5        53.6        54.5        55.4        53.8        52.5        51.4        53.2        61.8        63.4        2.9     7.3

Ammonia

    13.5        14.6        14.9        16.4        16.8        17.6        16.6        15.4        17.0        17.6        18.4        3.1     6.2

Ethylene

    4.1        4.6        5.0        5.3        4.9        6.0        5.8        5.5        5.7        5.9        6.0        3.8     2.9

Butadiene

    1.0        1.1        1.3        1.4        1.4        1.5        1.5        1.7        1.8        2.0        2.1        7.4     7.5

Proplyene

    3.8        4.6        4.8        4.5        4.8        5.4        4.9        5.5        6.0        5.9        6.1        4.7     3.6

VCM

    2.5        2.9        3.3        3.2        3.2        3.0        3.2        3.4        3.6        3.4        3.5        3.5     1.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Petchem Gas

    11.5        13.2        14.5        14.3        14.3        16.0        15.4        16.0        17.1        17.2        17.7        4.4     3.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liquefied Gases

    72.6        79.3        83.0        85.2        86.5        87.4        84.5        82.8        87.3        96.6        99.5        3.2     6.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% Change (Year-over-Year)

      9.2     4.6     2.7     1.5     1.0     -3.3     -2.0     5.4     10.7     3.0    

 

 

*Provisional

Seaborne trade in LPG grew at a CAGR of 3.2% from 2002 through 2012, although as the above figures indicate a large portion of that growth has occurred since 2009.

The Middle East is the largest exporter of LPG, and Asia is the largest destination for Middle Eastern exports. Japan, South Korea and India are the main importers in Asia, with Europe being the other major importer.

Major Seaborne Importers of LPG

(Million Tons)

 

 

 

     2002      2003      2004      2005      2006      2007      2008      2009      2010      2011      2012*      CAGR
02-12
    CAGR
09-12
 

Japan

     14.0         14.1         13.9         13.7         14.5         13.8         13.6         12.2         12.1         12.5         13.2         -0.6     2.5

EU27

     6.2         5.9         7.2         8.0         9.6         9.6         8.6         8.4         9.6         11.2         10.1         5.0     6.5

South Korea

     4.7         4.3         4.0         4.2         4.6         5.0         5.5         5.7         6.0         6.9         6.1         2.5     2.0

India

     0.6         1.5         1.9         2.4         2.2         2.5         2.6         2.2         2.7         4.5         5.3         24.7     33.4

China

     6.3         6.4         6.4         6.1         5.4         4.1         2.7         3.6         3.6         3.7         2.6         -8.5     -10.6

Others

     15.9         19.3         20.1         20.0         19.1         18.8         19.5         19.2         19.1         23.1         24.1         4.3     7.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     47.6         51.5         53.6         54.5         55.4         53.8         52.5         51.4         53.2         61.8         61.3         2.6     6.1

 

 

*Provisional

 

75


Table of Contents

Major Seaborne Exporters of LPG

(Million Tons)

 

 

 

     2002      2003      2004      2005      2006      2007      2008      2009      2010      2011      2012      CAGR
02-12%
    CAGR
09-12%
 

Qatar

     0.8         1.3         1.6         1.6         2.3         3.3         4.4         5.3         7.2         9.0         9.1         26.9     19.7

USA

     2.7         2.3         1.6         1.9         2.3         2.7         2.8         4.8         5.9         6.5         8.9         12.7     22.9

UAE

     5.6         6.0         6.0         6.1         6.7         5.7         5.1         5.4         5.5         7.4         8.6         4.5     17.0

Algeria

     5.7         5.9         4.7         5.4         5.0         5.6         5.0         4.4         3.9         4.4         5.9         0.4     10.2

Saudi Arabia

     8.1         9.2         12.7         11.2         10.2         9.1         8.5         6.7         5.6         6.0         5.8         -3.2     -4.6

Kuwait

     2.7         2.6         3.1         2.9         3.5         3.2         3.4         3.2         3.0         4.0         4.4         4.9     11.3

Canada

     5.9         5.4         4.7         4.5         4.2         3.9         4.0         3.5         3.1         3.0         3.0         -6.5     -5.1

Norway

     2.3         2.9         2.4         3.6         3.7         3.7         2.9         2.4         2.4         3.2         3.0         2.9     7.3

Iran

     1.0         1.4         1.3         1.3         2.4         2.7         2.2         2.5         3.1         3.4         2.5         9.6     0.3

Australia

     1.7         1.6         1.9         2.3         2.4         2.4         2.0         2.3         2.2         2.0         1.2         -3.2     -19.2

Others

     11.3         12.8         13.4         13.7         12.6         11.4         12.1         10.9         11.2         12.8         11.0         -0.3     0.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     47.6         51.5         53.6         54.5         55.4         53.8         52.5         51.4         53.2         61.8         63.4         2.9     7.3

 

 

Currently, the main exporters of LPG are the producers in the Middle East - Qatar, the U.A.E., Saudi Arabia and Kuwait -, the United States and Algeria. The United States is now the second largest exporter of LPG in the world, and in 2013 is expected to be the largest exporter in the world. U.S. exports of LPG have largely been exported to Atlantic basin markets. However, the completion of the Panama Canal expansion could result in decreased shipping costs for exports to Asia. From 2009 through 2012, U.S. exports of LPG grew at a CAGR of approximately 22.9%,providing further evidence of the positive impact of shale gas on the U.S. LPG export market.

Exports of petrochemical gases from 2002 through 2012 have grown at a CAGR of 4.4% to 17.7 million tons. The volume of product moved by sea remains relatively small in relation to global petrochemical gas production. However, changes in the location of major petrochemical production in the last decade have generally had a beneficial impact on trade volumes. Equally, differences in feedstock costs have opened up arbitrage opportunities.

Increases in seaborne trade have led to rising demand for liquefied gas carrier capacity. When measured in ton-miles, liquefied gas carrier demand grew at a CAGR of 2.8% from 2002 through 2012, to 307.3 billion ton-miles. The growth in demand was slightly less than the growth in trade as changes in geographical pattern of trade reduced average voyage lengths by a small amount.

World Seaborne Trade in LPG, Petrochemical Gases & Ammonia

(Billion Ton-miles)

 

 

 

    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012*     CAGR
02-12
    CAGR
09-12
 

LPG

    183.3        196.2        211.3        203.1        212.6        200.7        198.2        201.0        205.8        225.6        229.2        2.3     4.5

Ammonia

    33.3        39.0        40.0        43.9        44.3        48.5        45.7        39.8        42.9        47.6        50.0        4.1     7.9

Ethylene

    5.5        5.1        5.7        5.8        4.6        7.0        8.6        7.6        7.6        9.2        9.3        5.3     7.0

Butadiene

    2.4        2.7        3.8        3.5        3.4        2.9        3.6        4.6        5.3        5.8        6.2        10.2     10.5

Proplyene

    4.9        6.5        6.1        6.4        5.4        6.9        5.3        6.3        7.0        7.4        7.6        4.5     6.6

VCM

    3.8        4.4        5.3        3.9        4.0        4.2        4.3        4.8        5.5        5.0        5.0        2.7     1.5

Total
Petchem Gas

    16.6        18.7        20.9        19.6        17.4        20.9        21.8        23.3        25.5        27.3        28.1        5.4     6.5

Total Liquefied Gases

    233.2        253.9        272.2        266.6        274.2        270.1        265.7        264.0        274.1        300.6        307.3        2.8     5.2

% Change (Year-over-Year)

      8.9     7.2     -2.1     2.9     -1.5     -1.6     -0.7     3.8     9.7     2.2    

 

 

*Provisional

 

76


Table of Contents

By sector, from 2002 through 2012, ton-mile demand in LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia grew by CAGRs of 2.3%, 5.4% and 4.1%, respectively. Ammonia demand grew strongly because ammonia production has shifted to locations with low cost natural gas, while petrochemicals have benefited from the development of new export capacity.

Liquefied Gas Carrier Supply

Ship Types

There are three basic types of liquefied gas carriers:

 

  n  

Fully-pressurised (pr) vessels , which rely solely on pressure (up to 18 bar to liquefy cargoes at ambient temperatures. These are the smallest liquefied gas carriers and range in size up to 11,500 cbm.

 

  n  

Semi-refrigerated (s/r) vessels , which liquefy their cargoes under a combination of pressure and refrigeration to temperatures down to minus 48° Celsius and pressure up to 9 bar. Certain semi-refrigerated carriers are able to cool cargoes further to minus 104° Celsius and are designated as ethylene carriers. Ships of this type range in size from 5,000 to 25,000 cbm.

 

  n  

Fully-refrigerated (f/r) vessels carry liquefied cargoes at their boiling temperatures, which is minus 48° Celsius for propane. Ships in this category range in size from 15,000 to 80,000+ cbm.

Types of Liquefied Gas Carriers

 

LOGO

 

77


Table of Contents

Not all liquefied gas carriers can carry all types of liquefied gases for a combination of technical and commercial reasons. For example, some charters will not allow shipment of LPG on vessels that have shipped ammonia on their prior journey. Additionally, carriage of VCM and ethylene requires specific design and containment features. The table below illustrates vessel types and cargo carrying requirements.

Liquefied Gas Carriers—Cargo Carrying Requirements

 

LOGO

 

(1)    

Not propylene

Amid the technicalities, the general observations are:

 

  n  

LPG and ammonia are transported in large volumes in fully-refrigerated ships operating on long haul routes;

 

  n  

Petrochemical gases are carried mainly in semi-refrigerated or fully-pressurised vessels, with a subset of specialized semi-refrigerated vessels carrying ethylene, which requires a cooling temperature of minus 104° Celsius, and ethane, which requires minus 82° Celsius; and

 

  n  

Smaller vessels transport LPG, petrochemical gases and, to a lesser extent, ammonia over short-haul routes.

Generally, operating flexibility is reduced at the lower and upper ends of the vessel size spectrum, and semi-refrigerated ships with the ability to both cool and sustain pressure have access to all cargo types (including, in certain instances, ethylene and ethane) and therefore the greatest operating versatility.

Fleet Categories

Within the liquefied gas carrier fleet there are six main vessel size categories.

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet Categories

 

 

 

CLASS

  

SIZE

  

TYPE

   CARGO CARRYING CAPABILITY
         LPG    PETROCHEMICAL    AMMONIA
         GASES          

Very Large

   60,000+ cbm    Fully-Refrigerated    Yes      

Large

   40,000-59,999 cbm    Fully-Refrigerated    Yes       Yes

Medium

   25,000-39,999 cbm    Fully-Refrigerated    Yes       Yes

Handysize

   15,000-24,999 cbm    Semi-Refrigerated    Yes    Yes    Yes
      Fully-Refrigerated    Yes       Yes

Small

   5,000-14,999 cbm    Semi-Refigerated    Yes    Yes   
      Pressurised    Yes      

Very Small

   <4,999 cbm    Pressurised    Yes      

 

 

 

78


Table of Contents

60,000+ cbm

Ships in this category are all fully-refrigerated and are employed on long-haul LPG trade routes from the Middle East and the United States to Asia and, to a lesser extent Europe, and from West and North Africa to Atlantic destinations.

40,000-59,999 cbm

Ships in this category are all fully-refrigerated and carry both LPG and ammonia. Key LPG routes are from West Africa to Europe and the United States and from North Africa to Europe. The main ammonia long-haul routes are from the Black Sea to the United States and Asia.

25,000-39,999 cbm

Most ships in this size range are fully-refrigerated and operate on LPG routes from the Middle East to India and the Mediterranean, some intra-North European trades and from North Africa. These ships also carry ammonia from the Middle East and within Asia and the U.S./Caribbean region.

15,000-24,999 cbm

The ships within this sector (the handysize sector) are predominantly semi-refrigerated, and carry either LPG, petrochemical gases or ammonia. Of all the size classes, ships within this sector have the widest trading profile by cargo type. The main routes for LPG include intra-Europe, intra Caribbean, intra Mediterranean, United States to Latin America and from the Middle East to India. The main routes for petrochemicals include Mediterranean to US Gulf and Asia, Europe to US Gulf and Asia, as well as Middle East to Europe and Asia. U.S. exports of ethylene are expected to increase as a result of the availability of cheaper ethane (and, accordingly, ethylene) and as ethane cracking capacity increases.

5,000-14,999 cbm

The majority of ships in this category operate in the LPG and petrochemical gas trades. The key LPG routes are within Europe and from Europe to Africa, while the key petrochemical gas routes are from the Middle East to Asia, within Asia and intra-European routes.

< 4,999 cbm

The ships in this sector are predominantly pressurised and are primarily employed on short-haul and intra-regional trades. Key areas of employment include Europe, the Caribbean, the Mediterranean and Asia.

The Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet

As of June 30, 2013, the total liquefied gas carrier fleet consisted of 1,259 ships with a combined capacity of 20.6 million cbm.

The Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet—June 2013

 

 

 

SIZE RANGE CBM

   NO.    000 CBM

<4,999

   666    1,558

5,000-14,999

   277    2,024

15,000-24,999

   87    1,763

25,000-39,999

   59    2,068

40,000-59,999

   19    1,107

60,000+

   151    12,095
  

 

  

 

Total

   1,259    20,614

 

 

 

79


Table of Contents

The steady increases in seaborne trade and ship demand in the last decade have led to growth in the overall fleet size. From 2002 through June 2013, fleet capacity increased by approximately 66%, while the average size of vessel in the fleet has grown from 13,100 cbm in 2002 to 16,370 cbm in June 2013.

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet Development

 

LOGO

Included within the total liquefied gas carrier fleet are a limited number of ships that can carry ethylene. In total, in June 2013, the ethylene-capable fleet consisted of 146 ships with a combined capacity of 1.16 million cbm. The average vessel size in this fleet is 7,900 cbm. The current orderbook consists of 24 ships with a combined capacity of 290,000 cbm, equivalent to 25.1% of the existing ethylene capable fleet.

The Ethylene Capable Fleet and Orderbook—June 2013

 

 

 

     EXISTING FLEET    ORDERBOOK    ORDERBOOK-% OF FLEET

SIZE RANGE CBM

   NO.    000 CBM    NO    000 CBM        NO            CBM    

<4,999

   37    117    2    9    5.4    7.7

5,000-14,999

   94    760    18    197    19.1    25.9

15,000-24,999

   15    279    4    84    26.7    30.1
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Total

   146    1,155    24    290    16.4    25.1

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet Age Profile

As of June 30, 2013, the average age of the liquefied gas carrier fleet was 16.1 years. However, this is skewed by the fact that the average age of the fleet in the under 4,999 cbm class is 20.9 years. In other sectors the fleet is younger—in the handysize sector for example, it is 11.7 years.

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet—Average Age by Sector—June 2013

 

 

 

SIZE RANGE CBM

   AVERAGE AGE (YRS)

<4,999

   20.5

5,000-14,999

   11.3

15,000-24,999

   11.7

25,000-39,999

   10.3

40,000-59,999

   11.5

60,000+

   10.4

Average Age—Total Fleet

   16.1

 

 

The age profile of the liquefied gas fleet is mixed, with fleet categories having a combination of both old and new tonnage. Vessels in excess of 25 years of age are approaching the end of their useful trading lives.

Age Profile of the Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet—June 2013

(% of Capacity)

 

 

 

SIZE RANGE CBM

  <5 YRS   5-9 YRS   10-14 YRS     15-19 YRS     20-24 YRS     25-29 YRS     30 YRS +     TOTAL   % OF FLEET
20 YRS +

<4,999

  16.8   12.0     9.5        17.0        21.3        6.1        17.1      100.0   44.6

5,000-14,999

  26.7   20.2     18.9        13.9        6.9        6.7        6.7      100.0   20.3

15,000-24,999

  35.1   17.0     13.4        9.8        14.3        1.4        9.0      100.0   24.6

25,000-39,999

  27.1   33.3     8.8        15.3        14.3        1.2             100.0   15.5

40,000-59,999

  16.3   37.7     21.4               20.7               3.9      100.0   24.6

60,000+

  22.2   34.7     17.3        5.2        16.7        2.0        1.9      100.0   20.6

 

 

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet—New Orders and the Orderbook

Changes in fleet supply are a function of deliveries of new ships from the orderbook and the removal of existing vessels through scrapping and, in limited cases, by total losses.

The volume of liquefied gas carrier new orders in the last decade have, to some extent, mirrored the trend in freight rates and vessel earnings. Hence, high levels of new ordering were seen between 2005-2008, but thereafter new orders dropped significantly in 2009-2010 due to weak market conditions. New ordering picked up in 2011 and 2012, but has been relatively slow in the first half of 2013.

 

81


Table of Contents

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet—New Orders Placed

(Thousands of cbm)

 

LOGO

 

(1)  

January to June 2013

Given that new orders are placed and ships are delivered on a regular basis, the size of the total orderbook is subject to continuous change. The chart below shows how the total orderbook has changed from 2002 through 2012. In June 2013, the total LPG fleet orderbook was 92 vessels with a combined capacity of just under 2.97 million cbm.

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet Total Orderbook

(As of Period End)

 

LOGO

 

82


Table of Contents

All vessels on order have a scheduled delivery date, and a further 32 liquefied gas carriers with a combined capacity of 0.8 million cbm are scheduled to be delivered in the remainder of 2013. In 2014, total deliveries are scheduled to be 47 ships with a combined capacity of 1.46 million cbm. However, thereafter the volume of new deliveries will drop quite significantly, assuming that new ordering remains at the low level experienced in early 2013. The liquefied gas carrier fleet orderbook by scheduled date of delivery, as of June 2013, is shown in the table below.

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet Orderbook by Delivery Schedule—June 2013

 

 

 

       2013      2014      2015      2016      TOTAL  

SIZE RANGE CBM

   NO.      000 CBM      NO.      000 CBM      NO.      000 CBM      NO.      000 CBM      NO.      000 CBM  

<4,999

     8         25         4         15                                         12         40   

5,000-14,999

     13         126         19         177         2         13                         34         316   

15,000-24,999

     2         41         8         172                                         10         213   

25,000-39,999

     3         111         5         184         4         154         1         39         13         487   

40,000-59,999

                                                                               

60,000+

     6         498         11         914         6         500                         23         1,912   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     32         801         47         1,463         12         667         1         39         92         2,969   

 

 

A useful measure of future supply is the relationship between the size of the orderbook and the size of the fleet at any given point in time. The chart below shows how this relationship has changed from 2002 through 2012 for the liquefied gas carrier fleet as a whole and for the handysize sector specifically. As can be seen, at their peak in 2007 and 2008, the orderbook for both the total fleet and the handysize sector was in excess of 30% of existing supply, indicating pending over-supply. However, due to a combination of lower levels of new orders and deliveries, the orderbook to existing fleet ratio has since declined to just under 15% for the total fleet and 12% for the handysize sector in June 2013, indicating that liquefied gas carrier fleet growth will moderate in the short term.

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet—Orderbook to Existing Fleet

(Orderbook as % of Existing Fleet, Based on Capacity)

 

LOGO

 

83


Table of Contents

Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet Demolition

Demolition or scrapping is largely a function of vessel age and the state of the freight market, as all ships have finite lives. Strong freight rates tend to encourage further trading and decrease scrapping activity. The converse applies as freight markets weaken. Accordingly, there was a marked increase in scrapping activity from 2007 through 2011, which largely coincided with the downturn in the freight market. However, demolition levels declined significantly in 2012 and have remained at low levels in 2013.

Liquefied Gas Carrier Vessel Demolition

(Thousand cbm)

 

LOGO

 

(1)    

January to June

There are no specific restrictions or regulations which govern the age at which vessels cease to operate, although some charterers and port authorities may have their own requirements with regard to maximum age.

 

84


Table of Contents

Liquefied Gas Carrier Owners

There are approximately 400 owners of liquefied gas carriers, with a significant number of owners of just one or two ships. However, there is some concentration of ownership within certain sectors, as illustrated in the table below.

The Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet (1) —June 2013

 

 

 

      <4,999 CBM    

5,000-14,999 CBM

    15,000-24,999 CBM     25,000-39,999 CBM     40,000-59,999 CBM     60,000+ CBM     TOTAL  

OWNER

  NO     000 CBM     NO     000 CBM     NO     000 CBM     NO     000 CBM     NO     000 CBM     NO     000 CBM     NO     000 CBM  

BW Gas

                                1        25                      5        290        13        1,064        19        1,380   

Petredec S.A.M.

    1        4        7        55        3        62                                    7        564        18        685   

Skibs. Solvang

                  2        25        5        83                      6        358        3        232        16        699   

Naftomar Shpg & Trad

                  11        99        8        164                                    3        238        22        501   

Navigator Holdings  (2)

                                23        496                                                  23        496   

Iino Kaiun Kaisha

    15        28        1        5                      1        35                      4        322        21        389   

Benelux Overseas

    1        3        7        69        2        37                                    3        232        13        341   

Hartmann Schiff.

    9        37        13        87                      3        106                                    25        230   

Ultragas ApS

    7        28        6        45        3        62        1        37                                    17        172   

StealthGas Inc.

    13        47        19        111                                                                32        159   

Lauritzen Kosan

    12        45        11        78                                                                23        123   

Schulte Group

    3        11        5        41        4        74                                                  12        126   

Sloman Neptun Schiff

    6        22        10        69        1        21                                                  17        112   

Anthony Veder

    6        22        11        69                                                                17        91   

Nippon Gas Line

    13        26                                                                              13        26   

Others

    580        1,285        174        1,269        37        739        54        1,890        8        459        118        9,443        971        15,085   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    666        1,558        277        2,024        87        1,763        59        2,068        19        1,107        151        12,095        1,259        20,614   

 

 

(1)  

Includes ethylene ships, but excludes ships on order

(2)  

Includes vessels Navigator Holdings is contracted to acquire from A.P.Møller

The Handysize Liquefied Gas Carrier Fleet (1) —June 2013

 

 

 

       EXISTING FLEET      ON ORDER      TOTAL  

OWNER

   NO      000 CBM      NO      000 CBM      NO      000 CBM  

Navigator Holdings (2)

     23         496         4         84         27         580   

Naftomar Shpg & Trad

     8         164                         8         164   

Ultragas ApS

     3         62         4         88         7         150   

Skibs. Solvang

     5         83                         5         83   

Schulte Group

     4         74                         4         74   

Petredec S.A.M.

     3         62                         3         62   

Benelux Overseas

     2         37                         2         37   

BW Gas

     1         25                         1         25   

Sloman Neptun Schiff

     1         21                         1         21   

Others

     37         739         2         41         39         780   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     87         1,763         10         213         97         1,976   

 

 

 

(1)    

Includes ethylene ships

(2)    

Includes vessels Navigator Holdings is contracted to acquire from A.P.Møller

 

85


Table of Contents

The ethylene capable fleet is also spread among a number of different owners, with only one company, Navigator Holdings, owning more than 100,000 cbm of capacity.

The Ethylene Capable Fleet—June 2013

 

 

 

    EXISTING FLEET              

OWNERS

  <4,999     5,000-14,999     15,000-24,999     TOTAL     ORDERBOOK     FLEET & ORDERBOOK  
    NO     CBM     NO     CBM     NO     CBM     NO     CBM     NO     CBM         NO         CBM  

Navigator Holdings

                                5        110,425        5        110,425        4        84,000        9        194,425   

Skibs. Solvang

                  2        25,320        4        68,000        6        93,320                      6        93,320   

Harpain Shipping

                  2        20,936        4        68,536        6        89,472                      6        89,472   

Norgas Carriers

                  9        77,646                      9        77,646                      9        77,646   

Hartmann Schiffahrts

    4        16,909        8        59,020                      12        75,929                      12        75,929   

Anthony Veder

    1        4,202        10        63,385                      11        67,587        2        9,000        13        76,587   

Lauritzen Kosan

                  6        48,276                      6        48,276                      6        48,276   

Synergas

    4        16,080        4        31,285                      8        47,365                      8        47,365   

Sloman Neptun Schiff

                  6        42,384                      6        42,384        2        24,000        8        66,384   

Daiichi Tanker

    3        9,208        2        12,978                      5        22,186                      5        22,186   

Others

    25        70,249        45        378,505        2        32,000        72        480,754        16        172,702        88        653,456   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    37        116,648        94        759,735        15        278,961        146        1,155,344        24        289,702        170        1,445,046   

 

 

The Liquefied Gas Carrier Charter Market and Freight Rates

Liquefied gas carriers are employed in the market through a number of different chartering options. The general terms typically found in these types of contracts are described below.

 

  n  

Time Charter . A charter under which the vessel owner is paid charter hire on a per-day basis for a specified period of time. Typically, the shipowner receives semi-monthly charter hire payments on a U.S. dollar-per-day basis and is responsible for providing the crew and paying vessel operating expenses while the charterer is responsible for paying the voyage expenses, such as port, canal and fuel costs and additional voyage insurance.

 

  n  

Spot Charter . A spot charter generally refers to a voyage charter or a trip charter, which generally last from 10 days to three months. Under both types of spot charters, the shipowner would pay for vessel operating expenses, which include crew wages and related costs, the cost of insurance, expenses relating to repairs and maintenance, the cost of spares and consumable stores, tonnage taxes and other miscellaneous expenses. The shipowner would also be responsible for each vessel’s intermediate and special survey costs.

 

  n  

Contract of Affreightment . A contract of affreightment, or COA, relates to the carriage of multiple cargoes over the same route and enables the COA holder to nominate different vessels to perform the individual voyages. Essentially, it constitutes a series of voyage charters to carry a specified amount of cargo during the term of the COA, which usually spans a number of years. The entire vessel’s operating expenses, voyage expenses and capital costs are borne by the shipowner. Freight normally is agreed on a U.S. dollar-per-ton basis.

 

  n  

Bareboat Charter . A bareboat charter involves the use of a vessel usually over longer periods of time ranging over several years. In this case, all voyage related costs, mainly vessel fuel and port dues, as well as all vessel operating expenses, such as day-to-day operations, maintenance, crewing and insurance, are for the charterer’s account. The owner of the vessel receives monthly charter hire payments on a U.S. dollar per day basis and is responsible only for the payment of capital costs related to the vessel. A bareboat charter is also known as a “demise charter” or a “time charter by demise.”

 

86


Table of Contents

Charter (or hire) rates paid for liquefied gas carriers are generally a function of the underlying balance between vessel supply and demand. In practice, charter rates have passed through cyclical phases and changes in vessel supply and demand have created a pattern of rate “peaks” and “troughs,” which can be seen from the chart below. Generally, spot charter rates will be more volatile than time charter rates, as they reflect short-term movements in demand and market sentiment.

In the time charter market, rates vary depending on the length of the charter period as well as vessel specific factors, such as age, speed and fuel consumption. Generally, short-term time charter rates are higher than long-term charter rates. The market benchmark tends to be a 12-month time charter rate, based on a modern vessel.

Liquefied Gas Carriers—One Year Time Charter Rates

(U.S.$ per Calendar Month)

 

LOGO

Liquefied Gas Carriers—One Year Time Charter Rates

(U.S.$ per Calendar Month)

 

 

 

     AVERAGE      CURRENT      LOW      HIGH  
     JAN 02-JUN 13      JUN-13      JAN 02-JUN 13      JAN 02-JUN 13  

12,000-15,000 cbm s/r

     586,000         615,000         390,000         750,000   

20,000-25,000 cbm s/r

     770,000         905,000         507,000         975,000   

22,000-25,000 cbm f/r

     641,000         700,000         440,000         950,000   

52,000 cbm f/r

     729,000         800,000         380,000         1,150,000   

82,000 cbm f/r

     805,000         1,035,000         460,000         1,325,000   

 

 

Vessel Prices

Newbuilding prices are determined by a number of factors, including the underlying balance between shipyard output and newbuilding demand, raw material costs, freight markets and exchange rates.

From 2003 through 2007, high levels of new ordering were recorded across all sectors of shipping, and as a result, newbuilding prices increased significantly. However, as freight markets declined in the second half of 2008, and new ordering declined rapidly, newbuilding prices started to weaken and prices remained low at the beginning of 2013. However, since then there is some evidence to suggest that newbuilding prices have bottomed out.

 

87


Table of Contents

Newbuilding Prices

(U.S.$ in Millions)

 

LOGO

Secondhand values for modern semi-refrigerated vessels have remained quite firm even during the market downturn in 2009-2011. Ships of this type attract a premium when compared with fully-refrigerated vessels of the same size due to their ability to carry all three types of cargo.

Secondhand Prices (1)

(U.S.$ in Millions)

 

LOGO

 

(1)    

Based on ten year old vessel

 

88


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are the owner and operator of the world’s largest fleet of handysize liquefied gas carriers. We provide international and regional seaborne transportation services of liquefied petroleum gas, or “LPG,” petrochemical gases and ammonia for energy companies, industrial users and commodity traders. These gases are transported in liquefied form, by applying cooling and/or pressure, reduce volume by up to 900 times depending on the cargo, making their transportation more efficient and economical. The demand for seaborne transportation of these liquefied gases will continue to grow due to evolving energy and petrochemical market dynamics, particularly as a result of increasing U.S. shale oil and gas development, as seaborne transportation is often the only, or the most cost effective, manner of transporting gases between major exporting and importing markets, according to Drewry.

Our fleet consists of 30 semi- or fully-refrigerated handysize liquefied gas carriers, which we define as liquefied gas carriers between 15,000 and 24,999 cbm, including one secondhand vessel that we have contracted to acquire for delivery in 2013 and seven newbuilding vessels scheduled for delivery by August 2015. In addition, we have options to build two further handysize newbuilding vessels for delivery by early 2016 and currently operate an additional semi-refrigerated handysize liquefied gas carrier under a time charter-in through December 2014. Vessels in our fleet are capable of loading, discharging and carrying cargoes across a range of temperatures from ambient to minus 104° Celsius and pressures from 1 bar to 6.4 bars. Our handysize liquefied gas carriers can accommodate medium- and long-haul routes that may be uneconomical for smaller vessels and can call at ports that are unable to support larger vessels due to limited onshore capacity, absence of fully-refrigerated loading infrastructure and/or vessel size restrictions. In addition, five of our vessels are the largest ethylene-capable vessels in the world, meaning vessels capable of transporting and distributing ethylene and ethane cargoes, and five of our seven newbuildings will be among the largest ethylene-capable vessels in the world. Finally, each of our newbuildings will be an Eco-design vessels incorporating advanced fuel efficiency and emission-reducing technologies, including the capability of conversion to the use of liquefied natural gas, or “LNG,” as fuel. We believe that owning fuel-efficient vessels enhances our returns as it allows us to meet charterers’ increasingly stringent environmental requirements and to fully capitalize on the fuel savings under our voyage charters and contracts of affreightment, or “COAs.”

We believe that the size and versatility of our fleet, which enable us to carry the broadest set of liquefied gases subject to seaborne transportation across a diverse range of conditions and geographies, together with our track record of operational excellence, position us as the partner of choice for many companies requiring handysize liquefied gas transportation and distribution solutions. In addition, we believe that the versatility of our fleet affords us with backhaul and triangulation opportunities not available to many of our competitors, thereby providing us with opportunities to increase utilization and profitability. We seek to enhance our returns through a flexible, customer-driven chartering strategy that combines a base of time charters and COAs with more opportunistic, higher-rate voyage charters.

We carry LPG for major international energy companies, state-owned utilities and reputable commodities traders. LPG, which consists of propane and butane, is a relatively clean alternative energy source with more than 1,000 applications, including as a heating, cooking and transportation fuel and as a petrochemical and refinery feedstock. LPG is a by-product of oil refining and gas extraction, the availability of which has historically been limited by the flaring of natural gas at the wellhead. However, increasing restrictions across the globe against flaring natural gas have resulted in, and are anticipated to continue to result in, the increased transportation or storage of by-products such as LPG. The expanding development of U.S. shale oil and gas resources has resulted in an abundance of LPG that exceeds current U.S. domestic needs and, given the scarcity and cost of storage infrastructure, Drewry believes U.S. LPG will be increasingly exported. This LPG available for export from the United States, together with LPG associated with large LNG export projects in international oil and gas producing regions, is expected to create supply-driven growth of seaborne LPG transportation and to promote arbitrage opportunities due to regional price differentials, according to Drewry.

We also carry petrochemical gases for numerous industrial users. Petrochemical gases, including ethylene, propylene, butadiene and vinyl chloride monomer, are derived from the cracking of petroleum feedstocks such as ethane, LPG and naptha and are primarily used as raw materials in various industrial processes, like the manufacture

 

89


Table of Contents

of plastics and rubber, with a wide application of end uses. The demand for seaborne transportation of petrochemical gases will increase due to industrial users seeking alternative feedstocks given the rise in crude oil prices, expanding global manufacturing and cracking capacity, particularly in the Middle East and Asia, and shifting regional supply imbalances in certain petrochemicals, according to Drewry. Our vessels are also capable of carrying ammonia, which is mainly used in the agricultural industry as a fertilizer. The ability of our fleet to carry the broadest range of petrochemical cargoes among liquefied gas carrier fleets, as well as serve ports with vessel size restrictions and/or limited infrastructure, has allowed us to enhance our fleet utilization and profitability, including through greater backhaul and triangulation opportunities.

Our management team has significant experience growing leading energy, logistics and maritime companies. Since our management team joined our company in 2006, we have successfully grown our fleet from five to 22 vessels on-the-water as of the date of this prospectus, and we expect to grow to 30 vessels on-the-water by August 2015. The growth of our fleet and successful management of our operations have enabled us to establish a track record of growing revenues and improving profitability over recent years despite the volatility in the shipping industry and world economy. We intend to leverage the expertise of our management to further grow our company as we look to capitalize on existing and future opportunities in the liquefied gas transportation and complementary sectors. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, and the year ended December 31, 2012, we reported net income of $19.1 million and $30.5 million, respectively, EBITDA of $47.7 million and $63.9 million, respectively and operating revenue of $102.8 million and $146.7 million, respectively, an increase over the comparable period in the previous year of 43.0%, 63.7%, 66.5%, 60.3%, 53.6% and 65.1%, respectively. Please see “—Summary Historical Financial and Operating Data” for a reconciliation of EBITDA to net income.

We are growing our fleet to capitalize on existing and anticipated opportunities in the liquefied gas transportation and distribution market. In November 2012, we entered into sales and purchase agreements with affiliates of A.P. Møller pursuant to which A.P. Møller agreed to sell to us its entire fleet of 11 handysize liquefied gas carriers, or the “A.P. Møller vessels.” We have acquired 10 of the A.P. Møller vessels to date and anticipate acquiring the remaining vessel later this year. We have also entered into agreements with Jiangnan Shipyard (Group) Co. Ltd., or “Jiangnan,” in China to build five 21,000 cbm semi-refrigerated ethylene-capable liquefied gas carriers and two 22,000 cbm semi-refrigerated liquefied gas carriers and have options to build two additional 22,000 cbm semi-refrigerated liquefied gas carriers. Our 2014 newbuildings are scheduled for delivery between April and October of 2014, our 2015 newbuildings are scheduled for delivery between March and August of 2015, and the two option newbuildings would be delivered between late 2015 and early 2016 if the options were exercised. We have fully financed the acquisition of the remaining A.P. Møller vessel and the construction of the 2014 newbuildings through a combination of debt and equity financings. We plan to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering together with future credit facilities to fund the construction of the 2015 newbuildings and, if the options are exercised, the option newbuildings.

Our Competitive Strengths

Our competitive strengths include the following:

 

  n  

We own and operate the world’s largest handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet . With 22 owned vessels and an additional eight vessels to be delivered to us in the next 24 months, we are and expect to continue to be the owner and operator of the world’s largest handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet. Of these eight vessels to be delivered to us, five are fully financed and three are expected to be financed through the proceeds of this offering and borrowings under future credit facilities. See “Use of Proceeds.” Furthermore, we are also the owner and operator of the world’s largest fleets of both semi-refrigerated and ethylene-capable semi-refrigerated handysize vessels. We believe that our fleet’s cargo carriage flexibility and long-haul capabilities provide us with competitive advantages in pursuing emerging growth opportunities, particularly in petrochemical and ethylene transportation.

 

  n  

Our highly versatile fleet allows us to enhance utilization and profitability . Our fleet is capable of cost effectively transporting a wide range of liquefied gases including, in the case of five of our current vessels and five of our newbuildings, ethylene and ethane. We believe that the diversity of our fleet, consisting of semi-refrigerated, fully-refrigerated and ethylene-capable vessels, allows us to match appropriate tonnage to

 

90


Table of Contents
 

a customer’s particular need. In addition, our ability to transport the broadest set of liquefied gases subject to seaborne transportation affords us greater opportunities for backhaul and triangulation, thereby enhancing our utilization and profitability. Furthermore, we believe our vessels are highly versatile in terms of cargo breadth, ease and speed of loading and discharging cargoes and adaptability for route scheduling and available port infrastructure. During the economic downturn in 2008, when demand for seaborne LPG transportation was appreciably reduced, our vessels took advantage of their ability to carry a broad range of petrochemicals, and thereby maintained an average annual utilization rate across the total fleet of more than 96%.

 

  n  

We have a modern, fuel efficient fleet. Our owned vessels had an average age of 6.4 years, as compared to an average age for the world handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet of 11.7 years as of June 30, 2013. The average age, fuel efficiency and technical capabilities of our fleet will be further enhanced by the delivery of our seven newbuildings. We believe that owning a modern fleet reduces off-hire time and maintenance, operating and drydocking costs and helps to ensure safety and environmental protection. In addition, our seven newbuilding vessels have been designed to maximize their fuel efficiency by incorporating advanced Eco-design technological improvements to reduce fuel consumption, such as electronically controlled engines, more efficient hull forms, energy efficient propellers, decreased water resistance and the capability of converting the vessels to use LNG as fuel. We believe that owning fuel-efficient vessels assists us in capturing additional business opportunities and enhances our operating performance by reducing voyage costs and allowing us to adhere to increasingly stringent environmental standards required by certain customers and ports.

 

  n  

We have an experienced operating team . Our vessels are some of the more complex vessel types on the water today, carrying the full range of LPG, petrochemical and ammonia cargoes. These cargoes can be loaded at significantly differing temperatures and require experience to understand the technical complexities of the vessel’s cooling capacity and pressure limitations to ensure efficient and safe handling and transportation. We believe the experience of our operating team and the network of industry relationships we have established with charterers, traders, brokers, shipyards and other constituents of the liquefied gas industry are not easily replicable by potential new entries and provide us with a sustainable competitive advantage.

 

  n  

We have a track record of and visible built-in growth . Since joining our company, our management team has successfully grown our fleet from five operating vessels to the world’s largest handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet with 22 owned vessels as of the date of this prospectus. In addition, our fleet will continue to expand, as we have contracted to take delivery of eight additional vessels, including our seven newbuildings, over the next 24 months and have options to build two additional handysize newbuilding vessels for delivery by early 2016. The growth of our fleet was the primary contributor to our increasing revenues, net income and EBITDA by 65.1%, 63.7% and 60.3%, respectively, from 2011 to 2012. We expect our revenues and EBITDA to continue to grow as we take delivery of the additional vessels, and we believe that the expertise of our management team will allow us to capitalize on further growth opportunities in the future.

 

  n  

We have the financial flexibility to selectively pursue expansion opportunities . We believe that our liquidity and moderate leverage following this offering will give us the financial flexibility to pursue further newbuildings, including the 2015 newbuildings and, if the options are exercised, the option newbuildings, potential future acquisitions and complementary investment opportunities as we deem prudent based on prevailing market conditions. We have already fully financed through a combination of debt and equity the acquisition of the A.P. Møller vessel we have contracted to acquire by the end of 2013 and the construction of the 2014 newbuildings. As of June 30, 2013, after giving effect to this offering and the anticipated use of proceeds, we would have $         million of cash and $         million principal amount of outstanding indebtedness. See “Capitalization.”

 

91


Table of Contents

Our Business Strategies

Our objective is to enhance shareholder value by executing the following business strategies:

 

  n  

Capitalize on the increasing demand for seaborne transportation of LPG and petrochemicals . We own and operate the world’s largest handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet, in both the number as well as capacity of semi-refrigerated vessels within the handysize segment. We intend to use our vessels to further pursue the anticipated increases in liquefied gas transportation opportunities globally, and in particular, those that we expect will result directly and indirectly from the growth in U.S. shale oil and gas and associated liquids. We believe we were the first liquefied gas carrier operator to export propane from the U.S. East Coast and presently have six vessels dedicated to transporting products derived from U.S. shale oil and gas, including the vessels operating under a COA with Sunoco Logistics through the first quarter of 2014. We believe that we are strongly positioned to increase our presence in this emerging market.

 

  n  

Maintain a flexible, customer-driven chartering strategy . We will seek to enhance our returns through a flexible vessel employment strategy that combines a base of time charters and COAs with more opportunistic, high-rate voyage charters. In addition, we will seek to further strengthen our relationships with existing customers and expand our client base by providing companies with liquefied gas transportation solutions in the form and duration they require. We believe that our customer-driven employment strategy and high-quality operations position us to be the transportation partner of choice for our customers. In addition, by employing a portion of our fleet in the spot market, we maintain a regular dialogue with charterers and brokers that help us identify higher rate opportunities as well as longer-term trends that may benefit us. We believe that this flexible chartering strategy will enable us to maintain a base of relatively stable and predictable revenues, position us to capitalize on favorable market opportunities and allow us to proactively respond to our customers’ needs.

 

  n  

Capitalize on backhaul and triangulation opportunities in the petrochemical market . We believe that the versatility of our fleet, in particular our ethylene-capable and semi-refrigerated vessels, enhances our ability to pursue current and emerging backhaul and triangulation opportunities as new trade routes develop, thereby maximizing utilization and enhancing profitability. To further capitalize on such opportunities, we are seeking to expand our leading ethylene-capable liquefied gas carrier position through the acquisition of our seven semi-refrigerated newbuildings, five of which will be ethylene-capable. We intend to seek opportunities to improve our financial results and maximize the utilization of our vessels by transporting both LPG and petrochemicals during vessel repositioning voyages and between time charters.

 

  n  

Maintain reputation for operational excellence . We believe we have established a track record in the industry of operational excellence based on our significant experience in the operation and ownership of high-specification liquefied gas carriers. We will endeavor to adhere to the highest standards with regard to reliability, safety and operational excellence as we execute our growth plans. We intend to continue outsourcing the technical and crewing management of our fleet in the near term to our technical managers. We believe outsourcing our technical and crewing management to our technical managers has historically allowed us to consistently maintain high-quality and skilled, professional crews while at the same time growing our substantive in-house expertise in these areas. As our fleet grows, we will regularly evaluate opportunities to enhance the quality and cost efficiency of managing our vessels.

 

  n  

Selectively grow and expand our operations . We intend to maintain our market position by growing our fleet through newbuildings and selective acquisitions of modern, high-quality vessels, as well as opportunistically to expand our business through the investment in complementary assets should such opportunities arise. In addition, we will seek to leverage the experience of our operating team to selectively tailor the capabilities of our existing and/or future vessels and related investments to provide our partners and customers with integrated liquefied gas transportation solutions in new and evolving markets. Furthermore, although we currently operate vessels in the handysize segment, we will opportunistically evaluate acquisitions of vessels in other capacity ranges.

 

  n  

Maintain a strong balance sheet with moderate leverage . We have a strong balance sheet and, after this offering, expect to have a debt to capitalization ratio of     % and ample liquidity with cash on hand of $         million. We will seek to maintain modest leverage in the future by prudently financing our growth with a balanced mix of cash from operations, debt financings and proceeds from future equity offerings. We believe that maintaining a strong balance sheet will continue to provide us with the flexibility to capitalize

 

92


Table of Contents
 

on vessel purchases and related investment opportunities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, based on prevailing conditions and our outlook for the liquefied gas carrier market, we might consider incurring further indebtedness in the future to enhance returns to our shareholders.

Our History

Navigator Holdings Ltd. was formed in 1997 as an Isle of Man public limited company for the purpose of building and operating a fleet of five semi-refrigerated, ethylene-capable liquefied gas carriers. In January 2003, the previous owners and management filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York. On August 9, 2006, the Company emerged from bankruptcy. As part of the plan of reorganization, the bondholders received all of the equity interests in the Company. Lehman Brothers Inc. became our principal shareholder, holding an approximate 44.1% ownership interest (subsequently reduced to 33%). In October 2012, the ownership interests held by Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. were acquired by our principal shareholder, the WLR Group, which subsequently increased its ownership to 60.6% of our common stock. Please see “Principal and Selling Shareholders” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

In March 2008, we redomiciled in the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

Our Fleet

Our owned vessels had an average age of 6.4 years, as compared to an average age for the world handysize liquefied gas carrier fleet of 11.7 years as of June 30, 2013. We believe that owning a modern fleet reduces off-hire time and maintenance, operating and drydocking costs and helps ensure safety and environmental protection.

The following table sets forth our owned vessels:

 

 

 

OPERATING VESSEL (1)

   YEAR BUILT      VESSEL SIZE
(CBM)
     ETHYLENE-
CAPABLE
     EMPLOYMENT STATUS    CHARTER
EXPIRATION DATE

Semi-refrigerated

              

Navigator Mars

     2000         22,085       ü         Spot market   

Navigator Neptune

     2000         22,085       ü         Time charter    January 2014

Navigator Pluto

     2000         22,085       ü         Time charter    September 2015

Navigator Saturn

     2000         22,085       ü         Spot market   

Navigator Venus

     2000         22,085       ü         Time charter    March 2014

Navigator Magellan (2)

     1998         20,700          Time charter    March 2014

Navigator Aries

     2008         20,750          Time charter    September 2014

Navigator Capricorn (2)

     2008         20,750          Spot market   

Navigator Gemini

     2009         20,750          Time charter    December 2013

Navigator Pegasus

     2009         22,200          Time charter    March 2014

Navigator Phoenix

     2009         22,200          Time charter    May 2014

Navigator Scorpio (2)

     2009         20,750          Spot market   

Navigator Taurus

     2009         20,750          Spot market   

Navigator Leo (3)

     2011         20,600          Spot market   

Navigator Libra (3)

     2012         20,600          Spot market   

Navigator Virgo (2)

     2009         20,750          Spot market   

Navigator Mariner (2)

     2000         20,700          Time charter    February 2014

Fully-refrigerated

              

Navigator Grace (2)

     2010         22,500          Time charter    February 2014

Navigator Galaxy (2)

     2011         22,500          Time charter    September 2014

Navigator Genesis (2)

     2011         22,500          Spot market   

Navigator Global (2)

     2011         22,500          Time charter    October 2013

Navigator Gusto (2)

     2011         22,500          Time charter    October 2013

 

 

(1)  

Excludes the Maple 3 , a semi-refrigerated vessel operated by us pursuant to a time charter-in from Maple 3 Inc. through December 2014.

(2)  

Vessel acquired in connection with the A.P. Møller acquisition described below.

(3)  

The Navigator Leo and Navigator Libra are under time charters through 2023 commencing in December 2013.

 

93


Table of Contents

The following table presents certain information concerning the remaining vessel to be delivered from A.P. Møller as well as our newbuildings, excluding the two option newbuildings.

 

 

 

ACQUIRED / NEWBUILDING VESSEL

   YEAR
BUILT
     VESSEL SIZE
(CBM)
     ETHYLENE-CAPABLE      ANTICIPATED DELIVERY

Semi-refrigerated

           

Navigator Atlas

     2014         21,000       ü         April 2014

Navigator Europa

     2014         21,000       ü         June 2014

Navigator Oberon

     2014         21,000       ü         August 2014

Navigator Triton

     2014         21,000       ü         October 2014

Navigator Umbrio

     2015         21,000       ü         March 2015

Hull 2555 (2)

     2015         22,000          June 2015

Hull 2556 (2)

     2015         22,000          August 2015

Fully-refrigerated

           

Maersk Glory (1) (3)

     2010         22,500          October 2013

 

 

(1)    

Vessel to be acquired in connection with the A.P. Møller acquisition described above.

(2)    

To be named upon delivery.

(3)    

The Maersk Glory is currently under time charter through October 2013.

Our operations in Indonesia are subject, among other things, to the Indonesian Shipping Act. That law generally provides that in order for certain vessels involved in Indonesian cabotage to obtain the requested licenses, the owners must either be wholly Indonesian owned or have a majority Indonesian shareholding. Navigator Pluto and Navigator Aries , which are chartered to Pertamina, the Indonesian state-owned producer of hydrocarbons, are owned by PT Navigator Khalulistiwa, an Indonesian limited liability company, or “PTNK.” PTNK is a joint venture of which 49% of the voting and dividend rights are owned by a subsidiary though ultimately controlled at the shareholder level by a subsidiary of Navigator Holdings, and 51% of such rights are owned by Indonesian limited liability companies. The joint venture agreement for PTNK provides that certain actions relating to the joint venture or the vessels require the prior written approval of Navigator Holdings’ subsidiary, which may be withheld only on reasonable grounds and in good faith. PTNK is accounted for as a consolidated subsidiary in our financial statements.

The average monthly time charter rate for our 10 vessels operating under time charters as of June 30, 2013 was approximately $895,000 per calendar month. Our current monthly charter rates range from approximately $735,000 to approximately $1,003,750. These time charter rates are the gross monthly charter rates before payment of address and brokerage commissions to shipbrokers. Address and brokerage commissions typically range between 1.0% and 5.0% of the gross monthly charter rate. On average, we pay a 3.25% address and brokerage commission with respect to our current time charters.

Our Customers

We provide seaborne transportation and distribution services for LPG, petrochemical gases and ammonia to:

 

  n  

Oil Companies, such as PT Pertamina (Persero), or “Pertamina,” the Indonesian state-owned producer of hydrocarbons and petrochemicals; Petróleos de Venezuela S.A., or “PDVSA,” the Venezuelan state-owned integrated oil and petrochemical company; Sonatrach, the national oil and gas company of Algeria; and Total SA, a leading oil and gas company.

 

  n  

Chemical Companies, such as Mitsubishi and Ineos Group, Ltd., leading global chemical companies.

 

  n  

Energy Trading Companies, such as Kolmar Group AG, a petroleum and petrochemicals trading company; Tomza Group, a Mexican LPG distribution company that distributes LPG to the Mexican and Central American markets; Trafigura Limited, an international commodities trading and logistics company; the Vitol Group, an independent energy trading company; Marubeni Corporation, an international general trading company; and Petredec Ltd., a leading LPG trading company.

 

94


Table of Contents

In 2012, an aggregate of 59.1% of our revenues were derived from voyage charters with Kolmar and time charters with Pertamina, PDVSA and Tomza Group. The following table sets forth the percentage of our total revenues derived from our customers for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

 

 

     PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL REVENUES  
     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  

CUSTOMER

   2011     2012  

Kolmar

     17.3     22.5

Pertamina

     25.3     14.3

Tomza Group

     17.8     11.4

PDVSA

     8.6     10.9

Other customers

     31.0     40.9

 

 

Vessel Employment

Our chartering strategy is to combine a base of time charters and COAs with more opportunistic, higher-rate voyage charters. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we generated a significant portion of our revenues through time charters. As we grow our fleet, we expect a growing proportion of revenue will be derived under voyage charters and COAs. As of June 30, 2013, we operated 20 vessels, including our chartered-in vessel, of which 10 were employed under time charters and eight were employed in the spot market. We have since taken delivery of an additional vessel which we have employed in the spot market.

Our voyage charters during 2012 included significant seaborne transportation of petrochemicals. Our semi-refrigerated vessels are highly versatile in that they, unlike fully-refrigerated vessels, can accommodate LPG, petrochemicals and ammonia at ambient as well as fully-refrigerated temperatures. LPG transported on spot voyage contracts during the 12 months of 2012 amounted to 50,595 metric tons, and petrochemicals carried, including ethylene, propylene and butadiene, totaled 186,780 metric tons. Typical routes for petrochemical voyages were from the Mediterranean Sea and Northwest Europe to South Korea, China and Southeast Asia.

Time Charter

A time charter is a contract under which a vessel is chartered for a defined period of time at a fixed daily or monthly rate. Under time charters, we are responsible for providing crewing and other vessel operating services, the cost of which is intended to be covered by the fixed rate, while the customer is responsible for substantially all of the voyage expenses, including any bunker fuel consumption, port expenses and canal tolls.

Initial Term. The initial term for a time charter commences upon the vessel’s delivery to the customer. Under the terms of our charters, the customer may redeliver the vessel to us up to 15 to 30 days earlier or up to 15 to 30 days later than the respective charter expiration dates, upon advance notice to us.

Hire Rate.  The hire rate refers to the basic payment by the customer for the use of the vessel. Under our time charters, the hire rate is payable monthly in advance, in U.S. Dollars, as specified in the charter.

Hire payments may be reduced if the vessel does not perform to certain of its specifications, such as if the average vessel speed falls below a guaranteed speed or the amount of fuel consumed to power the vessel under normal circumstances exceeds a guaranteed amount.

Off-hire.  Under our time charters, when the vessel is “off-hire” (or not available for service), the customer generally is not required to pay the hire rate, and the shipowner is responsible for all costs. Prolonged off-hire may lead to vessel substitution or termination of the time charter. A vessel generally will be deemed off-hire if there is a loss of time due to, among other things:

 

  n  

operational deficiencies; drydocking for repairs, maintenance or inspection; equipment breakdowns; or delays due to accidents, strikes, certain vessel detentions or similar problems; or

 

  n  

our failure to maintain the vessel in compliance with its specifications and contractual standards or to provide the required crew.

 

95


Table of Contents

Management and Maintenance. Under our time charters, we are responsible for providing for the technical management of the vessel and for maintaining the vessel, periodic drydocking, cleaning and painting and performing work required by regulations. Currently, we work together with our technical managers, BSSM and NMM, to arrange for these services to be provided for all of our vessels. Please read “—Technical Management of the Fleet” for a description of the material terms of the technical management agreements with BSSM and NMM.

Termination. Each of our time charters terminates automatically upon loss of the applicable vessel. In addition, we are generally entitled to suspend performance (but with the continuing accrual to our benefit of hire payments and default interest) under most of the time charters if the customer defaults in its payment obligations. Under most of the time charters, either party may also terminate the charter in the event of war in specified countries or in locations that would significantly disrupt the free trade of the vessel.

Voyage Charter/COA

A voyage charter is a contract, typically for shorter intervals, for transportation of a specified cargo between two or more designated ports. A COA essentially constitutes a number of voyage charters to carry a specified amount of cargo during a specified time period. A voyage charter is priced on a current or “spot” market rate, typically on a price per ton of product carried rather than a daily or monthly rate. Under voyage charters, we are responsible for all of the voyage expenses in addition to providing the crewing and other vessel operating services.

Term: Our voyage charters are typically for periods ranging from 10 days to three months.

Freight Rate. The freight rate refers to the basic payment by the customer for the use of the vessel or movement of cargo. Under our voyage charters, the freight rate is payable upon discharge, in U.S. Dollars, as specified in the charter.

Management, Maintenance and Voyage Expenses. Under our voyage charters, we are responsible for providing for the technical management of the vessel and for maintaining the vessel, periodic drydocking, cleaning and painting and performing work required by regulations. Currently, we work together with our technical managers, BSSM and NMM, to arrange for these services to be provided for all of our vessels. Please read “—Technical Management of the Fleet” for a description of the material terms of the technical management agreements with BSSM and NMM.

We are also responsible for all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including any bunker fuel consumption, port expenses and canal tolls.

Termination. Each of our voyage charters terminates automatically upon the completion of the voyage.

Classification and Inspections

Every seagoing vessel must be “classed” by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is “in class,” signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel’s country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned.

The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and inspections that are required by the regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned.

For maintenance of the class, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull and machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed as follows:

Annual Surveys. For seagoing ships, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and machinery, including the electrical plant, and where applicable, on special equipment classed at intervals of 12 months from the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.

Intermediate Surveys. Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys may be carried out on the occasion of the second or third annual survey.

 

96


Table of Contents

Class Renewal Surveys. Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out on the ship’s hull and machinery, including the electrical plant, and on any special equipment classed at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. During the special survey, the vessel is thoroughly examined, including audio-gauging to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would prescribe steel renewals. On vessels which are over 15 years old, substantial amounts of funds may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey, a shipowner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel’s hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five-year cycle. At an owner’s application, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal.

Commercial Management of the Fleet

We perform commercial management of our vessels in-house through our manager and wholly-owned subsidiary, Navigator Gas L.L.C., under the terms of 22 individual management contracts between Navigator Gas L.L.C. and each of our vessel-owning subsidiaries. Commercial management includes the chartering of vessels and accounting services. Navigator Gas L.L.C. in turn has appointed its wholly-owned subsidiary, NGT Services (UK) Limited, as its agent. NGT Services (UK) Limited had an in-house staff of 15 personnel as of June 30, 2013, which we believe is sufficient to manage the commercial and administrative operations of our current fleet.

Technical Management of the Fleet

General

We currently outsource the technical management of our vessels to BSSM and NMM, third-party technical management companies, under the terms of standard ship management agreements, or the “technical management agreements.” We refer to BSSM and NMM herein as our “technical managers.”

BSSM was formed in 2008 through the combination of four ship management companies owned by the Schulte Group into one integrated maritime services company. NMM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Stena AB Gothenburg, formed in 1983 and located in Clydebank, Scotland. Each of our technical managers involved in the management of a wide range of vessels, with BSSM having over 650 vessels under management and NMM having over 70 vessels under management. Our technical managers have fully-owned crew recruitment agencies in major crew recruitment countries, are active in all aspects of technical, marine and crewing activities, and are each accredited to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 standards. We believe our technical managers manage all of their vessels in a safe and proper manner in accordance with owners’ requirements, design parameters, flag state and class requirements, charter party requirements and the international safety management code.

We believe our vessels are operated in a manner intended to protect the safety and health of employees, the general public and the environment. We actively manage the risks inherent in our business and are committed to eliminating incidents that threaten safety and the integrity of the vessels, such as groundings, fires, collisions and petroleum spills. We are also committed to reducing emissions and waste generation.

Technical Management Services

Under the terms of our ship management agreements with our technical managers, and under our supervision, our technical managers are responsible for the day-to-day activities of our fleet and are required to, among other things:

 

  n  

provide competent personnel to supervise the maintenance and general efficiency of our vessels;

 

  n  

arrange and supervise the maintenance, drydockings, repairs, alterations and upkeep of our vessels to the standards required by us and in accordance with all requirements and recommendations of our vessels’ classification society and applicable national and international regulations;

 

  n  

ensure that our vessels comply with the law of their flag state;

 

  n  

arrange the supply of necessary stores, spares and lubricating oil for our vessels;

 

  n  

appoint such surveyors and technical consultants as they may consider from time to time necessary;

 

  n  

operate the vessels in accordance with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code;

 

97


Table of Contents
  n  

develop, implement and maintain a safety management system in accordance with the ISM Code;

 

  n  

arrange the sampling and testing of bunkers; and

 

  n  

install plan maintenance system software on-board our vessels.

In the event that our technical managers pay certain expenses attributable to us, we have agreed to indemnify our technical managers against such expenses. In the event that our technical managers (or any of their related companies) is sued as a result of a breach or alleged breach of an obligation of ours to a third party, we have agreed to defend our technical managers (or their related companies) and indemnify our technical managers (and their related companies) against certain expenses incurred in their defense.

Fees and Expenses

As consideration for providing us with management for our fleet, our managers currently receive a management fee of approximately $200,000 per vessel per year, payable in equal monthly installments in advance. We pay for any expenses incurred in connection with purchasing spare parts for our vessels.

We carry insurance coverage consistent with industry standards for certain matters, but we cannot assure you that our insurance will be adequate to cover all extraordinary costs and expenses. Please read “—Insurance and Risk Management.”

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any costs and expenses are caused solely by our technical manager’s negligence or willful default, our technical managers will be responsible for them subject to certain limitations. Our technical managers are insured against claims of errors and omissions by third parties.

Term and Termination Rights

The ship management agreements automatically renew on their termination dates unless terminated by either party with three months’ prior written notice. Our technical managers may also terminate any of the ship management agreements immediately upon written termination notice to us if:

 

  n  

they do not receive amounts payable by us under the agreement within the time period specified for payment thereof, or if the vessels are repossessed by any vessel mortgagees; or

 

  n  

after notice to us of the default and a reasonable amount of time to remedy, we fail to:

 

  n  

comply with our obligation to indemnify them for any expenses attributable to us or defend them (and their related companies) against any third party claims based on a breach or alleged breach of an obligation of ours to a third party; or

 

  n  

cease the employment of our vessels in the transportation of contraband, blockage running, or in an unlawful trade, or on a voyage that in their reasonable opinion is unduly hazardous or improper.

If, for any reason under our technical managers’ control, our technical managers fail to provide the services agreed upon under the terms of the management agreements or they fail to provide for the satisfaction of all requirements of the law of the vessels’ flag state or the ISM Code, we may terminate the agreements immediately upon written notice of termination to our technical managers, as applicable, if, after notice to our technical managers of the default and a reasonable amount of time to remedy, they fail to remedy the default to our satisfaction.

The technical management agreements will automatically terminate (i) if the vessels are sold, are requisitioned, become a total loss or are declared as a constructive, compromised or arranged total loss, (ii) in the event of our winding up, dissolution, bankruptcy or the appointment of a receiver, or (iii) if we suspend payments, cease to carry on business or make any special arrangement with our creditors.

Under the terms of the BSSM ship management agreement, either we or BSSM may terminate the BSSM ship management agreement by giving three months’ notice. Under the terms of the NMM ship management agreement, in the event that the technical management agreement is terminated for any reason other than by reason of default by NMM or the loss, sale or other disposition of the vessels, we are obligated to continue to pay the management fee for three calendar months from the termination date.

 

98


Table of Contents

Crewing and Staff

We have entered into crew management agreements with our technical managers for each of our vessels. Under the terms of the crew management agreements, our technical managers are responsible for arranging crews for our fleet and are required to, among other things:

 

  n  

select and supply a suitably qualified crew for each vessel in our fleet;

 

  n  

pay all crew wages and salaries;

 

  n  

ensure that the applicable requirements of the laws of our vessels’ flag states are satisfied in respect of the rank, qualification and certification of the crew;

 

  n  

pay the costs of obtaining all documentation necessary for the crew’s employment, such as vaccination certificates, passports, visas and licenses; and

 

  n  

pay all costs and expenses of transportation of the crews to and from the vessels while traveling.

Unless two months’ prior written notice of termination is given, the agreements are automatically extended. Crewing costs could be higher due to increased demand for qualified officers as a result of the high number of newbuildings we expect to become operational over the next five years. Please read “Risk Factors—A shortage of qualified officers makes it more difficult to crew our vessels and is increasing our operating costs. If this shortage continues or worsens, it may further impair our ability to operate and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.”

We believe that the crewing arrangements ensure that our vessels are crewed with qualified seamen that have the licenses required by international regulations and conventions. As of June 30, 2013, we had approximately 600 seagoing staff.

Insurance and Risk Management

The operation of any ocean going vessel carries an inherent risk of catastrophic marine disasters, death or injury of persons and property losses caused by adverse weather conditions, mechanical failures, human error, war, terrorism, piracy and other circumstances or events. The occurrence of any of these events may result in loss of revenues or increased costs. While we believe that our present insurance coverage is adequate, not all risks can be insured, and there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid, or that we will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates.

Hull and Machinery

We carry “hull and machinery” insurance for each of our vessels, which insures against the risk of actual or constructive total loss of our vessels. Hull and machinery insurance covers loss of, or damage to a vessel due to marine perils such as collisions, grounding and weather. Each vessel in our existing fleet is covered for up to $80 million, with deductibles of $100,000.

War Risks Insurance

We also carry insurance policies covering war risks (including piracy and terrorism). Each vessel in our existing fleet is covered for up to $80 million, with no deductible. When our vessels travel into certain hostile regions, we are required to notify our war risk insurance carrier and pay an additional premium of approximately $2,000 per breach, generally up to seven days. These additional premiums are generally paid by the charterers pursuant to the terms of our time charter agreements and are paid by us under the terms of our voyage charter and COA agreements.

Protection and Indemnity Insurance Associations

We also carry “protection and indemnity” insurance for each of the vessels in our existing fleet to protect against most of the accident-related risks involved in the conduct of our business. Protection and indemnity insurance is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or “P&I Associations,” and covers our third-party liabilities in connection with our shipping activities. This includes third-party liability and other related expenses of injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, loss of or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances, and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal. Each of the vessels in our existing fleet is entered in the Standard Steamship Owners’ Protection & Indemnity Association (Bermuda) Limited, or “The Standard Club,” or the Britannia Steam Ship Insurance Association Limited, or “Britannia,” both P&I Associations which are members of The International Group of P&I Clubs, or “The International Group.”

 

99


Table of Contents

The Standard Club and Britannia each insure approximately 70 million gross tons and of shipping from all parts of the world and from all sectors of the shipping industry. The Standard Club and Britannia each have entered into pooling agreements to reinsure the respective association’s liabilities. Each P&I Association currently bears the first $7 million of each claim. The excess of each claim over $7 million up to $50 million is shared by the P&I Associations under the pooling agreement. The excess of each claim over $50 million is shared by the members of The International Group under a reinsurance contract, which provides coverage of up to $3 billion per claim. Claims which exceed $3.05 billion are pooled between The International Group by way of “overspill” up to approximately $5.5 billion, which represents the current coverage limit per vessel per incident. Our current protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution is limited to $1 billion per vessel per incident, with the following per vessel per incident deductibles: $22,000 for fixed and floating objects claims, $22,000 for collisions, $6,000 for cargo damage and $3,000 for all other incidents. As a member of both The Standard Club and Britannia, each of which is a member of The International Group, we are subject to calls payable to the associations based on our claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual associations, and members of the pool of P&I Associations comprising The International Group.

Risk Management

Together with our technical managers, we use in our operations a risk management program that includes, among other things, computer-aided risk analysis tools, root cause analysis programs, maintenance and condition-based assessment programs, a seafarers competence training program, seafarers workshops and seminars, as well as membership in emergency response organizations.

Environmental and Other Regulation

General

Governmental and international agencies extensively regulate the ownership and operation of our vessels. These regulations include international conventions and national, state and local laws and regulations in the countries where our vessels now or, in the future, will operate or where our vessels are registered. We cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these regulations, or the impact that these regulations will have on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. Various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies require us to obtain permits, licenses and certificates for the operation of our vessels.

Although we believe that we are substantially in compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and have all permits, licenses and certificates required for our vessels, future non-compliance or failure to maintain necessary permits or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or temporarily suspend operation of one or more of our vessels. A variety of governmental and private entities inspect our vessels on both a scheduled and unscheduled basis. These entities, each of which may have unique requirements and each of which conducts frequent inspections, include local port authorities, such as the U.S. Coast Guard, harbor master or equivalent, classification societies, flag state, or the administration of the country of registry and charterers. We expect that our vessels will also be subject to inspection by these governmental and private entities on both a scheduled and unscheduled basis.

We believe that the heightened levels of environmental and quality concerns among insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers have led to greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels and may accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the industry. Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for tankers that conform to the stricter environmental standards. We will be required to maintain operating standards for all of our vessels that emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with applicable local, national and international environmental laws and regulations. We intend to assure that the operation of our vessels will be in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that our vessels will have all material permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations necessary for the conduct of our operations. However, because such laws and regulations are frequently changed and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. In addition, a future serious marine incident that results in significant oil pollution or otherwise causes significant adverse environmental impact could result in additional legislation or regulation that could negatively affect our results of operations or financial condition.

 

100


Table of Contents

NMM is operating in compliance with the International Standards Organization, or “ISO,” Environmental Standard for the management of the significant environmental aspects associated with the ownership and operation of a fleet of drybulk carriers and vessels. NMM and BSSM have received their ISO 9001 certification (quality management systems), the ISO 14001 Environmental Standard, and the ISO 50001 (energy efficiency). The ISO 14001 certification requires that we commit managerial resources to act on our environmental policy through an effective management system.

International Maritime Regulations

The International Maritime Organization, or the “IMO,” is the United Nations’ agency that provides international regulations governing shipping and international maritime trade. The requirements contained in the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or the “ISM Code,” promulgated by the IMO, govern our operations. Among other requirements, the ISM Code requires the party with operational control of a vessel to develop an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a policy for safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and also describing procedures for responding to emergencies. Our Ship Managers each hold a Document of Compliance under the ISM Code for operation of Gas Carriers.

Vessels that transport gas, including vessels, are also subject to regulation under the International Gas Carrier Code, or the “IGC Code,” published by the IMO. The IGC Code provides a standard for the safe carriage of LNG and certain other liquid gases by prescribing the design and construction standards of vessels involved in such carriage. Compliance with the IGC Code must be evidenced by a Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Liquefied Gases of Bulk. Each of our vessels is in compliance with the IGC Code and each of our newbuilding/conversion contracts requires that the vessel receive certification that it is in compliance with applicable regulations before it is delivered. Non-compliance with the IGC Code or other applicable IMO regulations may subject a shipowner or a bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports.

The IMO also promulgates ongoing amendments to the international convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974 and its protocol of 1988, otherwise known as SOLAS. SOLAS provides rules for the construction of and equipment required for commercial vessels and includes regulations for safe operation. It requires the provision of lifeboats and other life-saving appliances, requires the use of the Global Maritime Distress and Safety System which is an international radio equipment and watchkeeping standard, afloat and at shore stations, and relates to the Treaty on the Standards of Training and Certification of Watchkeeping Officers, or “STCW,” also promulgated by the IMO. Flag states that have ratified SOLAS and STCW generally employ the classification societies, which have incorporated SOLAS and STCW requirements into their class rules, to undertake surveys to confirm compliance.

SOLAS and other IMO regulations concerning safety, including those relating to treaties on training of shipboard personnel, lifesaving appliances, radio equipment and the global maritime distress and safety system, are applicable to our operations. Non-compliance with these types of IMO regulations may subject us to increased liability or penalties, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to or detention in some ports. For example, the U.S. Coast Guard and European Union authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports.

In the wake of increased worldwide security concerns, the IMO amended SOLAS and added “The International Security Code for Ports and Ships,” or the “ISPS Code,” as a new chapter to that convention. The objective of the ISPS Code, which came into effect on July 1, 2004, is to detect security threats and take preventive measures against security incidents affecting ships or port facilities. NMM has developed Security Plans, appointed and trained Ship and Office Security Officers and all of our vessels have been certified to meet the ISPS Code. See “—Vessel Security Regulations” for a more detailed discussion about these requirements.

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulation may have on our operations.

 

101


Table of Contents

Air Emissions

The International Convention for the Prevention of Marine Pollution from Ships, or “MARPOL,” is the principal international convention negotiated by the IMO governing marine pollution prevention and response. MARPOL imposes environmental standards on the shipping industry relating to oil spills, management of garbage, the handling and disposal of noxious liquids, sewage and air emissions. MARPOL 73/78 Annex VI “Regulations for the prevention of Air Pollution,” or “Annex VI,” entered into force on May 19, 2005, and applies to all ships, fixed and floating drilling rigs and other floating platforms. Annex VI sets limits on sulfur oxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from ship exhausts, emissions of volatile compounds from cargo tanks, incineration of specific substances, and prohibits deliberate emissions of ozone depleting substances. Annex VI also includes a global cap on sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions. The certification requirements for Annex VI depend on size of the vessel and time of periodical classification survey. Ships weighing more than 400 gross tons and engaged in international voyages involving countries that have ratified the conventions, or ships flying the flag of those countries, are required to have an International Air Pollution Certificate, or an “IAPP Certificate.” Annex VI came into force in the United States on January 8, 2009. As of the current date, all our ships delivered or drydocked since May 19, 2005, have all been issued with IAPP Certificates.

In March 2006, the IMO amended Annex I to MARPOL, including a new regulation relating to oil fuel tank protection, which became effective August 1, 2007. The new regulation applies to various ships delivered on or after August 1, 2010. It includes requirements for the protected location of the fuel tanks, performance standards for accidental oil fuel outflow, a tank capacity limit and certain other maintenance, inspection and engineering standards. IMO regulations also require owners and operators of vessels to adopt Ship Oil Pollution Emergency Plans. Periodic training and drills for response personnel and for vessels and their crews are required.

On July 1, 2010, amendments proposed by the United States, Norway and other IMO member states to Annex VI to the MARPOL Convention took effect that require progressively stricter limitations on sulfur emissions from ships. In Emission Control Areas, or “ECAs,” limitations on sulfur emissions require that fuels contain no more than 1% sulfur. Beginning on January 1, 2012, fuel used to power ships may contain no more than 3.5% sulfur. This cap will then decrease progressively until it reaches 0.5% by January 1, 2020. The amendments all establish new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for new marine engines, depending on their date of installation. The European directive 2005/33/EU, which is effective from January 1, 2010, bans the use of fuel oils containing more than 0.1% sulfur by mass by any merchant vessel while at berth in any EU country. Our vessels have achieved compliance, where necessary, by purchasing and utilizing fuel that meets the low sulfur requirements.

Additionally, more stringent emission standards could apply in coastal areas designated as ECAs, such as the United States and Canadian coastal areas designated by the IMO’s Marine Environment Protection Committee, as discussed in “—Clean Air Act” below. U.S. air emissions standards are now equivalent to these amended Annex VI requirements, and once these amendments become effective, we may incur costs to comply with these revised standards. Additional or new conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could require the installation of expensive emission control systems.

Ballast Water Management Convention

The IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for oil pollution in international waters and the territorial waters of the signatory to such conventions. For example, the IMO adopted an International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments, or the “BWM Convention,” in February 2004. The BWM Convention’s implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements (beginning in 2009), to be replaced in time with a requirement for mandatory ballast water treatment. The BWM Convention will not become effective until 12 months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world’s merchant shipping. Though this has not occurred to date, the IMO has passed a resolution encouraging the ratification of the Convention and calling upon those countries that have already ratified to encourage the installation of ballast water management systems on new ships. As referenced below, the U.S. Coast Guard issued new ballast water management rules on March 23, 2012, and the EPA issued a new Vessel General Permit in March 2013 that contains numeric technology-based ballast water effluent limitations. Under the requirements of the convention for units with ballast water capacity more than 5,000 cubic meters that were constructed in 2011 or before, ballast

 

102


Table of Contents

water management exchange or treatment will be accepted until 2016. From 2016 (or not later than the first intermediate or renewal survey after 2016), only ballast water treatment will be accepted by the Convention. Installation of ballast water treatments systems will be needed on all our vessels to comply with the Convention and United States regulations discussed below. Given that ballast water treatment technologies are still at the developmental stage, at this time the additional costs of complying with these rules are unclear, but current estimates suggest that additional costs will be in the range of $500,000 per vessel.

Bunkers Convention/CLC State Certificate

The International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution 2001, or the “Bunker Convention,” entered into force in State Parties to the Convention on November 21, 2008. The Convention provides a liability, compensation and compulsory insurance system for the victims of oil pollution damage caused by spills of bunker oil. The Convention requires the ship owner liable to pay compensation for pollution damage (including the cost of preventive measures) caused in the territory, including the territorial sea of a State Party, as well as its economic zone or equivalent area. Registered owners of any sea going vessel and seaborne craft over 1,000 gross tonnage, of any type whatsoever, and registered in a State Party, or entering or leaving a port in the territory of a State Party, will be required to maintain insurance which meets the requirements of the Convention and to obtain a certificate issued by a State Party attesting that such insurance is in force. The State issued certificate must be carried on-board at all times.

Although the United States is not a party to these conventions, many countries have ratified and follow the liability plan adopted by the IMO and set out in the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969, as amended in 2000, or the “CLC.” Under this convention and depending on whether the country in which the damage results is a party to the 1992 Protocol to the CLC, a vessel’s registered owner is strictly liable for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil, subject to certain complete defenses. The limited liability protections are forfeited under the CLC where the spill is caused by the owner’s actual fault and under the 1992 Protocol where the spill is caused by the owner’s intentional or reckless conduct. Vessels trading to states that are parties to these conventions must provide evidence of insurance covering the liability of the owner. In jurisdictions where the CLC has not been adopted, various legislative schemes or common law govern, and liability is imposed either on the basis of fault or on a strict—liability basis

P&I Clubs in the International Group issue the required Bunkers Convention “Blue Cards” to provide evidence that there is in place insurance meeting the liability requirements. All of our vessels have received “Blue Cards” from their P&I Club and are in possession of a CLC State-issued certificate attesting that the required insurance coverage is in force.

Anti-Fouling Requirements

In 2001, the IMO adopted the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships, or the “Anti-fouling Convention.” The Anti-fouling Convention, which entered into force on September 17, 2008, prohibits the use of organotin compound coatings to prevent the attachment of mollusks and other sea life to the hulls of vessels after September 1, 2003. Vessels of over 400 gross tons engaged in international voyages must obtain an International Anti-fouling System Certificate and undergo a survey before the vessel is put into service or when the anti-fouling systems are altered or replaced. Our managers have obtained Anti-fouling System Certificates for all of our vessels and we do not believe that maintaining such certificates will have an adverse financial impact on the operation of our vessels.

Compliance Enforcement

The flag state, as defined by the United Nations Convention on Law of the Sea, has overall responsibility for the implementation and enforcement of international maritime regulations for all ships granted the right to fly its flag. The “Shipping Industry Guidelines on Flag State Performance” evaluates flag states based on factors such as sufficiency of infrastructure, ratification of international maritime treaties, implementation and enforcement of international maritime regulations, supervision of surveys, casualty investigations, and participation at IMO meetings.

Non-compliance with the ISM Code and other IMO regulations may subject the vessel owner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports. The U.S. Coast Guard and European Union authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code by the applicable deadlines will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports, respectively.

 

103


Table of Contents

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations might have on our operations.

U.S. Environmental Regulation of Our Vessels

Our vessels operating in U.S. waters now or, in the future, will be subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to protection of the environment. In some cases, these laws and regulations require us to obtain governmental permits and authorizations before we may conduct certain activities. These environmental laws and regulations may impose substantial penalties for noncompliance and substantial liabilities for pollution. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties. As with the industry generally, our operations will entail risks in these areas, and compliance with these laws and regulations, which may be subject to frequent revisions and reinterpretation, increases our overall cost of business.

Oil Pollution Act of 1990

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or “OPA 90,” established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for environmental protection and cleanup of oil spills. OPA 90 affects all owners and operators whose vessels trade with the United States or its territories or possessions, or whose vessels operate in the waters of the United States, which include the U.S. territorial waters and the two hundred nautical mile exclusive economic zone of the United States. OPA 90 may affect us because we carry oil as fuel and lubricants for our engines, and the discharge of these could cause an environmental hazard. Under OPA 90, vessel operators, including vessel owners, managers and bareboat or “demise” charterers, are “responsible parties” who are all liable regardless of fault, individually and as a group, for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from oil spills from their vessels. These “responsible parties” would not be liable if the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war. The other damages aside from clean-up and containment costs are defined broadly to include:

 

  n  

natural resource damages and related assessment costs;

 

  n  

real and personal property damages;

 

  n  

net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, profits or earnings capacity;

 

  n  

net cost of public services necessitated by a spill response, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards; and

 

  n  

loss of subsistence use of natural resources.

Effective July 31, 2009, the U.S. Coast Guard adjusted the limits of OPA liability to the greater of $2,000 per gross ton or $17.088 million for any double-hull tanker that is over 3,000 gross tons (subject to possible adjustment for inflation) (relevant to the Alma Maritime carriers). These limits of liability do not apply, however, where the incident is caused by violation of applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulations, or by the responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. These limits likewise do not apply if the responsible party fails or refuses to report the incident or to cooperate and assist in connection with the substance removal activities. This limit is subject to possible adjustment for inflation. OPA 90 specifically permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, and some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for discharge of pollutants within their waters. In some cases, states, which have enacted their own legislation, have not yet issued implementing regulations defining shipowners’ responsibilities under these laws. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with OPA 90 and all applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels call.

OPA 90 requires owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the U.S. Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the limit of their potential strict liability under OPA 90. Under the regulations, evidence of financial responsibility may be demonstrated by insurance, surety bond, self-insurance or guaranty. Under OPA 90 regulations, an owner or operator of more than one vessel is required to demonstrate evidence of financial responsibility for the entire fleet in an amount equal only to the financial responsibility requirement of the vessel having the greatest maximum liability under OPA 90. Each of our shipowning subsidiaries that has vessels trading in U.S. waters has applied for, and obtained from the U.S. Coast Guard National Pollution Funds Center, three-year certificates of financial responsibility, or “COFRs,” supported by guarantees which we purchased from an insurance based provider. We believe that we will be able to continue to obtain the requisite guarantees and that we will continue to be granted COFRs from the U.S. Coast Guard for each of our vessels that is required to have one.

 

104


Table of Contents

In response to the BP Deepwater Horizon oil spill, the U.S. Congress has considered a number of bills that could potentially increase or even eliminate the limits of liability under OPA 90. Compliance with any new requirements of OPA 90 may substantially impact our cost of operations or require us to incur additional expenses to comply with any new regulatory initiatives or statutes. Additional legislation or regulation applicable to the operation of our vessels that may be implemented in the future as a result of the 2010 BP Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico could adversely affect our business and ability to make distributions to our shareholders.

Clean Water Act

The United States Clean Water Act, “or CWA,” prohibits the discharge of oil or hazardous substances in United States navigable waters unless authorized by a permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA. The EPA has enacted rules governing the regulation of ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the normal operation of vessels within U.S. waters. The rules require commercial vessels 79 feet in length or longer (other than commercial fishing vessels), or “Regulated Vessels,” are required to obtain a CWA permit regulating and authorizing such normal discharges. This permit, which the EPA has designated as the Vessel General Permit for Discharges Incidental to the Normal Operation of Vessels, “or VGP,” incorporates the current U.S. Coast Guard requirements for ballast water management as well as supplemental ballast water requirements, and includes limits applicable to 26 specific discharge streams, such as deck runoff, bilge water and gray water. For each discharge type, among other things, the VGP establishes effluent limits pertaining to the constituents found in the effluent, including best management practices, or “BMPs,” designed to decrease the amount of constituents entering the waste stream. Unlike land-based discharges, which are deemed acceptable by meeting certain EPA-imposed numerical effluent limits, each of the 26 VGP discharge limits is deemed to be met when a Regulated Vessel carries out the BMPs pertinent to that specific discharge stream. The VGP imposes additional requirements on certain Regulated Vessel types that emit discharges unique to those vessels. Administrative provisions, such as inspection, monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting requirements, are also included for all Regulated Vessels.

U.S. Ballast Water Regulation

In the United States, two federal agencies regulate ballast water discharges, the EPA, through the VGP and the U.S. Coast Guard, through approved ballast water management systems, or “BWMS.” On March 28, 2013, the EPA published a new VGP to replace the existing VGP when it expires in December 2013. The new VGP includes numeric effluent limits for ballast water expressed as the maximum concentration of living organisms in ballast water, as opposed to the current “Best Management Practices” requirements. The new VGP also imposes a variety of changes for non-ballast water discharges including more stringent BMPs for discharges of oil-to-sea interfaces in an effort to reduce the toxicity of oil leaked into U.S. waters. For certain existing vessels, the EPA has adopted a staggered implementation schedule to require vessels to meet the ballast water effluent limitations by the first drydocking after January 1, 2014 or January 1, 2016, depending on the vessel size. Vessels that are constructed after December 1, 2013, are subject to the ballast water numeric effluent limitations immediately upon the effective date of the new VGP.

On March 23, 2012, the U.S. Coast Guard issued a final rule establishing standards for the allowable concentration of living organisms in ballast water discharged in U.S. waters and requiring the phase-in of Coast Guard approved BWMS. The rule went into effect on June 20, 2012, and adopts ballast water discharge standards for vessels calling on U.S. ports and intending to discharge ballast water equivalent to those set in IMO’s BWM Convention. The final rule requires that ballast water discharge have no more than 10 living organisms per milliliter for organisms between 10 and 50 micrometers in size. For organisms larger than 50 micrometers, the discharge can have 10 living organisms per cubic meter of discharge. The U.S. Coast Guard will review the practicability of implementing a more stringent ballast water discharge standard and publish the results no later than January 1, 2016. The rule requires installation of Coast Guard approved BWMS by new vessels constructed on or after December 1, 2013, and existing vessels as of their first drydocking after January 1, 2016. If Coast Guard type approved technologies are not available by a vessel’s compliance date, the vessel may request an extension to the deadline from the U.S. Coast Guard.

 

105


Table of Contents

Clean Air Act

The U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970, as amended, or the “CAA,” requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants. Our vessels are subject to vapor control and recovery requirements for certain cargoes when loading, unloading, ballasting, cleaning and conducting other operations in regulated port areas and emission standards for so—called “Category 3” marine diesel engines operating in U.S. waters. The marine diesel engine emission standards are currently limited to new engines beginning with the 2004 model year. On April 30, 2010, the EPA promulgated final emission standards for Category 3 marine diesel engines equivalent to those adopted in the amendments to Annex VI to MARPOL. The emission standards apply in two stages: near-term standards for newly-built engines will apply from 2011, and long-term standards requiring an 80% reduction in nitrogen dioxides, or “NOx,” will apply from 2016. In May 2013, the EPA issued a proposed amendment to its marine diesel engine requirements that would temporarily allow marine equipment manufacturers to use allowances if a compliant marine engine is not available. Compliance with these standards may cause us to incur costs to install control equipment on our vessels in the future.

European Union Regulations

The European Union has also adopted legislation that would: (1) ban manifestly sub-standard vessels (defined as those over 15 years old that have been detained by port authorities at least twice in a six month period) from European waters and create an obligation of port states to inspect vessels posing a high risk to maritime safety or the marine environment; and (2) provide the European Union with greater authority and control over classification societies, including the ability to seek to suspend or revoke the authority of negligent societies.

The European Union has implemented regulations requiring vessels to use reduced sulfur content fuel for their main and auxiliary engines. The EU Directive 2005/EC/33 (amending Directive 1999/32/EC) introduced parallel requirements in the European Union to those in MARPOL Annex VI in respect of the sulfur content of marine fuels. In addition, it has introduced a 0.1% maximum sulfur requirement for fuel used by ships at berth in EU ports, effective January 1, 2010.

In 2005, the European Union adopted a directive on ship-source pollution, imposing criminal sanctions for intentional, reckless or negligent pollution discharges by ships. The directive could result in criminal liability for pollution from vessels in waters of European countries that adopt implementing legislation. Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or fines and increased civil liability claims. We cannot predict what regulations, if any, may be adopted by the European Union or any other country or authority.

Regulation of Greenhouse Gas Emissions

In February 2005, the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, or the “Kyoto Protocol,” entered into force. Pursuant to the Kyoto Protocol, adopting countries are required to implement national programs to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases. In December 2009, more than 27 nations, including the United States and China, signed the Copenhagen Accord, which includes a non-binding commitment to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The IMO is evaluating various mandatory measures to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from international shipping, which may include market-based instruments or a carbon tax. The European Commission is currently considering possible European action to introduce monitoring, reporting and verification of greenhouse gas emissions from maritime transport as a first step towards measures to reduce these emissions. In the United States, the EPA issued a final finding that greenhouse gases threaten public health and safety, and has promulgated regulations that regulate the emission of greenhouse gases, but not from ships. The EPA may decide in the future to regulate greenhouse gas emissions from ships. Other federal and state regulations relating to the control of greenhouse gas emissions may follow, including climate change initiatives that have recently been considered in the U.S. Congress. Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, the European Union, the United States, or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level , that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

 

106


Table of Contents

Safety Requirements

The IMO has adopted the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, or “SOLAS Convention,” and the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966, or “LL Convention,” which impose a variety of standards to regulate design and operational features of ships. SOLAS Convention and LL Convention standards are revised periodically. All of our vessels are in compliance with SOLAS Convention and LL Convention standards.

Chapter IX of SOLAS, the requirements contained in the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or the “ISM Code,” promulgated by the IMO, also affects our operations. The ISM Code requires the party with operational control of a vessel to develop and maintain an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and describing procedures for responding to emergencies.

The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel’s management with code requirements for a safety management system. No vessel can obtain a certificate unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by each flag state, under the ISM Code. NMM has obtained documents of compliance and safety management certificates for all of our vessels for which certificates are required by the IMO.

The International Labour Organization, or “ILO,” is a specialized agency of the United Nations with headquarters in Geneva, Switzerland. The ILO has adopted the Maritime Labor Convention 2006 (MLC 2006) to improve safety on-board merchant vessels. A Maritime Labor Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labor Compliance will be required to ensure compliance with the MLC 2006 for all ships above 500 gross tons in international trade. On August 20, 2012, the required number of countries ratified the MCL 2006 and it is expected to come into force on August 20, 2013. MLC 2006 will require us to develop new procedures to ensure full compliance with its requirements.

Vessel Security Regulations

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security. On November 25, 2002, the Maritime Transportation Act of 2002, or “MTSA,” came into effect. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the U.S. Coast Guard issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. The new chapter became effective in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, most of which are contained in the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code, or the “ISPS Code.” The ISPS Code is designed to protect ports and international shipping against terrorism. After July 1, 2004, to trade internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel’s flag state.

Among the various requirements are:

 

  n  

on-board installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped ships and shore stations, including information on a ship’s identity, position, course, speed and navigational status;

 

  n  

on-board installation of ship security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore;

 

  n  

the development of vessel security plans;

 

  n  

ship identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel’s hull;

 

  n  

a continuous synopsis record kept on-board showing a vessel’s history including, the name of the ship and of the state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, the date on which the ship was registered with that state, the ship’s identification number, the port at which the ship is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and

 

  n  

compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

 

107


Table of Contents

The U.S. Coast Guard regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. vessels from obtaining U.S. Coast Guard-approved MTSA vessel security plans provided such vessels have on-board an International Ship Security Certificate, or “ISSC,” that attests to the vessel’s compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS Code.

Our vessel managers have developed Security Plans, appointed and trained Ship and Office Security Officers and each of our vessels in our fleet complies with the requirements of the ISPS Code, SOLAS and the MTSA.

Other Regulation

Our vessels may also become subject to the International Convention on Liability and Compensation for Damage in Connection with the Carriage of Hazardous and Noxious Substances by Sea, 1996 as amended by the Protocol to the HNS Convention, adopted in April 2010, or the “2010 HNS Protocol,” and collectively, the “2010 HNS Convention,” if it is entered into force. The Convention creates a regime of liability and compensation for damage from hazardous and noxious substances, or “HNS.” The 2010 HNS Convention sets up a two-tier system of compensation composed of compulsory insurance taken out by shipowners and an HNS Fund which comes into play when the insurance is insufficient to satisfy a claim or does not cover the incident. Under the 2010 HNS Convention, if damage is caused by bulk HNS, claims for compensation will first be sought from the shipowner up to a maximum of 100 million Special Drawing Rights, or “SDR,” which was equivalent to $152.2 million U.S. dollars as of August 16, 2013. SDRs are supplementary, foreign exchange reserve assets created and maintained by the International Monetary Fund, or “IMF,” based upon a basket of currencies (consisting of the euro, Japanese yen, pound sterling and U.S. dollar). SDRs are not a currency, but instead represent a claim to currency held by IMF member countries for which SDRs may be exchanged. Monetary values and limits in many international maritime treaties are expressed in terms of SDRs. As of August 16, 2013, the exchange rate was 1 SDR equal to 1.522 U.S. dollars. If the damage is caused by packaged HNS or by both bulk and packaged HNS, the maximum liability is 115 million SDR (equivalent to $175.03 million U.S. dollars as of August 16, 2013). Once the limit is reached, compensation will be paid from the HNS Fund up to a maximum of 250 million SDR (equivalent to $380.5 million U.S. dollars as of August 16, 2013). The 2010 HNS Convention has not been ratified by a sufficient number of countries to enter into force, and we cannot estimate the costs that may be needed to comply with any such requirements that may be adopted with any certainty at this time.

In-House Inspections

NMM and BSSM carry out inspections of the ships on a regular basis; both at sea and while the vessels are in port, while we carry out inspection and ship audits to verify conformity with manager’s reports. The results of these inspections, which are conducted both in port and underway, result in a report containing recommendations for improvements to the overall condition of the vessel, maintenance, safety and crew welfare. Based in part on these evaluations, we create and implement a program of continual maintenance for our vessels and their systems.

Competition

The supply of liquefied gas carrier capacity is primarily a function of the size of the existing world fleet, the number of newbuildings being delivered and the scrapping of older vessels. As of June 30, 2013, there were 1,259 liquefied gas carriers with an aggregate capacity of 20.6 million cbm. A further 32 and 60 carriers of 0.8 million cbm and 2.2 million cbm were on order for delivery by the end of 2013 and between 2014 and 2016, respectively. The orderbook for liquefied gas carriers is currently equivalent to 14.4% of the existing fleet in capacity terms. This is close to its long-term average and below the 32% peak seen in late 2007 and early 2008. In contrast to oil tankers and drybulk carriers, the number of shipyards with liquefied gas carrier experience is quite limited, and as such, a sudden influx of supply beyond what is already on order before 2015 is unlikely. In the handysize sector in which we operate, there are 87 vessels in the world fleet with 10 vessels on order for delivery by 2014. Almost 25% of the fleet capacity in the handysize sector is more than 20 years old.

Our existing fleet had an average age of 6.2 years as of June 30, 2013, and we believe that our relatively young fleet positions us well to compete in terms of our vessels meeting the operational needs of charterers. We own and operate the largest fleet in our size segment, which, in our view, enhances our position relative to that of our competitors.

There are approximately 400 owners of liquefied gas carriers, with a significant number of owners of just one or two vessels. The top ten owners control approximately 24% of the fleet in capacity terms.

 

108


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2013, there were 15 major owners with liquefied gas carriers in the handysize size segment in service and on order. We are the largest owner by combined capacity of fleet and orderbook in the handysize segment with 432,975 cbm in our fleet and 84,000 cbm on order. In second place, Naftomar Shipping and Trading Inc. has eight vessels in service (164,000 cbm). Ultragas ApS is the third largest in the size range, with three trading vessels in the fleet (62,000 cbm) and four vessels on order (88,000 cbm). See “The International Liquefied Gas Shipping Industry.”

Properties

Other than our vessels, we do not own any material property. We lease office space for our representative offices in London and New York. The lease term for our representative office in London is for a period 10 years with a mutual break option in March 2017, which is the fifth anniversary from the lease commencement date. The total rent per year is approximately $515,000. The initial lease term for our representative office in New York is five years ending June 30, 2017. The total rent per year is approximately $231,990.

Employees

We have 22 employees. We consider our employee relations to be good. Our crewing and technical managers provide crews for our vessels under separate crew management agreements.

Legal Proceedings

We expect that in the future we will be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. These claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. We are not aware of any legal proceedings or claims that we believe will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on us.

Exchange Controls

Under the Republic of the Marshall Islands law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of distributions, interest or other payments to non-resident shareholders.

Taxation of the Company

Certain of our subsidiaries are subject to taxation in the jurisdictions in which they are organized, conduct business or own assets. We intend that our business and the business of our subsidiaries will be conducted and operated in a manner designed to minimize the tax imposed on us and our subsidiaries. However, we cannot assure this result as tax laws in these or other jurisdictions may change or we may enter into new business transactions relating to such jurisdictions, which could affect our tax liability.

U.S. Taxation

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and is the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., our U.S. counsel, insofar as it contains legal conclusions with respect to matters of U.S. federal income tax law. The opinion of our counsel is dependent on the accuracy of factual representations made by us to them, including descriptions of our operations contained herein. This discussion is based upon provisions of the Code, existing final and temporary regulations thereunder, or “Treasury Regulations,” and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences described below. In addition, the opinion of our U.S. counsel is not binding on the IRS or any court. The following discussion does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us.

Status as a Corporation. We are treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As such, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on our income to the extent it is from U.S. sources or is otherwise effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States as discussed below, unless such income is exempt from tax under Section 883 of the Code.

 

109


Table of Contents

Taxation of Operating Income. We expect that substantially all of our gross income will be attributable to the transportation of LPGs and petrochemicals and related products. Gross income that is attributable to transportation that either begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States, or “U.S. Source International Transportation Income,” is considered to be 50.0% derived from sources within the United States and may be subject to U.S. federal income tax as described below. Gross income attributable to transportation that both begins and ends in the United States, or “U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income,” is considered to be 100.0% derived from sources within the United States and generally is subject to U.S. federal income tax. Gross income attributable to transportation exclusively between non-U.S. destinations is considered to be 100.0% derived from sources outside the United States and generally is not subject to U.S. federal income tax. We are not permitted by law to engage in transportation that gives rise to U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income. However, certain of our activities give rise to U.S. Source International Transportation Income, and we expect to increase our operations in the United States, which would result in an increase in the amount of U.S. Source International Transportation Income, all of which could be subject to U.S. federal income taxation unless the exemption from U.S. taxation under Section 883 of the Code, or the “Section 883 Exemption,” applies.

The Section 883 Exemption. In general, the Section 883 Exemption provides that if a non-U.S. corporation satisfies the requirements of Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, or the “Section 883 Regulations,” it will not be subject to the net basis and branch profits taxes or the 4.0% gross basis tax described below on its U.S. Source International Transportation Income. The Section 883 Exemption applies only to U.S. Source International Transportation Income and does not apply to U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income.

To qualify for the Section 883 Exemption, a non-U.S. corporation must, among other things, be organized in a jurisdiction outside the United States that grants an equivalent exemption from tax to corporations organized in the United States with respect to the types of U.S. Source International Transportation Income that the corporation earns, or an “Equivalent Exemption”; meet one of three ownership tests described in the Section 883 Regulations, or the “Ownership Test”; and meet certain substantiation, reporting and other requirements, or the “Substantiation Requirements.”

We are a Marshall Islands corporation. The U.S. Treasury Department has recognized the Republic of the Marshall Islands as a jurisdiction that grants an Equivalent Exemption. We also believe that we will be able to satisfy the Substantiation Requirements. However, we do not believe we will meet the Ownership Test and therefore we believe that we will not qualify for the Section 883 Exemption and our U.S. Source International Transportation Income will not be exempt from U.S. federal income taxation.

The Net Basis Tax and Branch Profits Tax. If we earn U.S. Source International Transportation Income, as we expect, and the Section 883 Exemption does not apply, the U.S. source portion of such income may be treated as effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, or “Effectively Connected Income,” if we have a fixed place of business in the United States involved in the earning of U.S. Source International Transportation Income and substantially all of our U.S. Source International Transportation Income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation or, in the case of vessel leasing income, is attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States. In addition, if we earn other types of income within the territorial seas of the United States, such income may be treated as Effectively Connected Income.

Based on our current and projected methods of operation, and an opinion of counsel, we do not believe that any of our U.S. Source International Transportation Income will be treated as Effectively Connected Income. We have represented to our U.S. counsel that we expect that substantially all of our U.S. Source International Transportation Income in the current year and in future years will not arise from regularly scheduled transportation or vessel leasing. Assuming our activities are consistent with our expectations, and assuming the accuracy of other representations we have made to our U.S. counsel, our U.S. counsel is of the opinion that none of our U.S. Source International Transportation Income should be treated as Effectively Connected Income. However, there is no assurance that we will not earn income pursuant to regularly scheduled transportation or bareboat charters attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States (or earn income from other activities within the territorial seas of the United States) in the future, which would result in such income being treated as Effectively Connected Income.

 

110


Table of Contents

Any income we earn that is treated as Effectively Connected Income, net of applicable deductions, would be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax (generally at a rate of 35.0%). In addition, a 30.0% branch profits tax could be imposed on any income we earn that is treated as Effectively Connected Income, as determined after allowance for certain adjustments, and on certain interest paid or deemed paid by us in connection with the conduct of our U.S. trade or business.

On the sale of a vessel that has produced Effectively Connected Income, we could be subject to the net basis U.S. federal corporate income tax as well as branch profits tax with respect to the gain recognized up to the amount of certain prior deductions for depreciation that reduced Effectively Connected Income. Otherwise, we would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on the sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under U.S. federal income tax principles. In general, a sale of vessel will be considered to occur outside of the United States for this purpose if title to the vessel, and risk of loss with respect to the vessel, pass to the buyer outside the United States. It is expected that any sale of a vessel by us will be considered to occur outside the United States.

The 4.0% Gross Basis Tax. If, as we expect, the Section 883 Exemption does not apply and the net basis tax does not apply, we will be subject to a 4.0% U.S. federal income tax on the U.S. source portion of our gross U.S. Source International Transportation Income, without benefit of deductions. Under the sourcing rules described above under “—U.S. Taxation—Taxation of Operating Income,” 50.0% of our U.S. Source International Transportation Income would be treated as being derived from U.S. sources.

Republic of the Marshall Islands Taxation

Based on the opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, our counsel as to matters of the law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, because we and our controlled affiliates do not, and do not expect to, conduct business or operations in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, neither we nor our controlled affiliates will be subject to income, capital gains, profits or other taxation under current Republic of the Marshall Islands law. As a result, distributions by our controlled affiliates to us will not be subject to Republic of the Marshall Islands taxation.

U.K. Taxation

NGT Services (UK) Limited, as a U.K. incorporated company, is subject to U.K. corporation tax on its worldwide income, subject to relief under any applicable double taxation agreement. If we and any of our controlled affiliates not incorporated in the U.K. ensure that our central management and control is exercised outside of the U.K., and we do not otherwise create a U.K. permanent establishment by carrying on business in the U.K., we should not become subject to U.K. corporation tax. Where a company’s central management and control is exercised is a question of fact to be decided in accordance with the particular circumstances of each company. Any distributions paid to us by NGT Services (UK) Limited will not be subject to U.K. taxation.

 

111


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors

Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our directors.

 

 

 

NAME

   AGE     

POSITION

David J. Butters

     73       Chairman of the Board of Directors

Dr. Heiko Fischer

     45       Director

David Kenwright

     65       Director

Spiros Milonas

     84       Director

Alexander Oetker

     38       Director

Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.

     75       Director

Florian Weidinger

     32       Director

 

 

Our board of directors are elected annually. Each director holds office until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his death, resignation, removal or the earlier termination of his term of office.

Officers are elected from time to time by vote of our board of directors and hold office until a successor is elected.

Biographical information with respect to each of our directors and our executive officers is set forth below. The business address for our directors and executive officers is 399 Park Avenue, 38 th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

David J. Butters . David J. Butters has served as president, chief executive officer and chairman of the Board since September 2008. Prior to September 2008, Mr. Butters served as a managing director of Lehman Brothers Inc., a subsidiary of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., where he had been employed for more than 37 years. Mr. Butters is currently chairman of the board of directors and chairman of the compensation committee of GulfMark Offshore, Inc., a provider of marine support and transportation services to the oil and gas industry, a director of Weatherford International Ltd., an oilfield services company, and a director of Angelicoussis Shipping Group, Ltd.

Dr. Heiko Fischer . Dr. Heiko Fischer has been a member of the Board since December 2011. Dr. Fischer has been Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Management Board of Vtg Aktiengesellschaft, a German railroad logistics company traded on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, since May 1, 2004. He was a member of the Supervisory Board of Hapag-Lloyd AG, a German container shipping company. He is the Chairman of the Supervising Board of TRANSWAGGON-Gruppe and a member of the Supervising Board of Brueckenhaus Grundstueckgesellschaft m.b.h., Kommanditgesellschaft Brueckenhaus Grundstuecksgesellschaft m.b.h. & Co., TRANSWAGGON AG and Waggon Holding AG. Dr. Fischer graduated from the University of Albany with an MBA in 1992, and from Julius-Maximilian University in Wuerzburg, Germany with a PhD in Economic Sciences in 1995.

David Kenwright . David Kenwright has been a member of the Board since March 2007. Mr. Kenwright is a managing director of Achater Offshore Ltd. and chairman of the U.K. Emergency Response and Rescue Vessel Association Ltd., and previously a managing director of Gulf Offshore N.S. Ltd. for seven years. Mr. Kenwright is a Chartered Engineer and a Fellow of the Institute of Marine Engineering, Science and Technology.

Spiros Milonas . Spiros Milonas has been a member of the Board since August 2006. He is chairman and president of Ionian Management Inc., which oversees the Ionian Group, with interests in shipping, oil and gas and real estate. Mr. Milonas is a director of the New York Shipping Cooperation Committee, a member of Leadership 100, a member of the Board of Advisors of Atlantic Bank, and a recipient of the Ellis Island Medal of Honor Award. Mr. Milonas graduated from Athens University, School of Economics.

Alexander Oetker . Alexander Oetker has been a member of the Board since September 2006. Mr. Oetker is the founder and chief executive officer of AO Schiffahrt GmbH & Co., a bulk and container shipping company based in Hamburg, Germany. Before founding AO Schiffahrt, Mr. Oetker was employed as chartering manager of Hamburg Sued and was employed by Hutchinson Port Holdings in Hong Kong.

 

112


Table of Contents

Wilbur L. Ross, Jr . Wilbur L. Ross, Jr. has been a member of the Board since April 2012. Mr. Ross is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of WLR. Mr. Ross is currently a member of the board of directors of ArcelorMittal, a steel and mining company; Exco Resources Inc., a natural oil and gas company; International Textile Group, Inc., a global, diversified textile provider; Air Lease Corporation, an aircraft leasing company; Assured Guaranty Ltd., a holding company that provides credit protection products to the United States and international public finance, infrastructure and structured finance markets; The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland, a commercial bank operation in Ireland; BankUnited, Inc., a savings and loan holding company; Sun Bancorp, a bank holding company; Talmer Bancorp, a bank holding company and Plascar Participacoes SA, a manufacturer of automotive interiors. Mr. Ross formerly served as a member of the board of directors of International Coal Group from April 2005 to June 2011; Montpelier Re Holdings Ltd., a reinsurance company, from 2006 to March 2010; The Greenbrier Companies, a supplier of transportation equipment and services to the railroad industry, from June 2009 until January 2013 and Syms Corp., a retail store operator, from 2000 through 2007. Mr. Ross was Executive Managing Director of Rothschild Inc. for 24 years before acquiring that firm’s private equity partnerships in 2000. Mr. Ross holds an A.B. from Yale University and an M.B.A., with distinction, from Harvard Business School. Through the course of Mr. Ross’ career, he has served as a principal financial adviser to, investor in and director of various companies across the globe operating in diverse industries, and he has assisted in restructuring more than $300 billion of corporate liabilities.

Florian Weidinger . Florian Weidinger has been a member of the Board since March 2007. Mr. Weidinger previously worked as a vice president at Lehman Brothers’ principal investment division, Global Trading Strategies in London prior to becoming chief executive officer of Hansabay, a Singapore based fund management business. Mr. Weidinger holds a BSc from Cass Business School, City University, London, an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business and an MS in Environment and Resources from Stanford University.

Executive Officers

The following table provides information about our executive officers. NGT Services (UK) Limited, our wholly-owned subsidiary and commercial manager, will provide us with certain of our officers, including our chief financial officer and our chief operating officer. All references in this prospectus to “our officers” refer to our president and chief executive officer and those officers of NGT Services (UK) Limited who perform executive officer functions for our benefit.

 

 

 

NAME

   AGE     

POSITION

David J. Butters

     73       President and Chief Executive Officer

Niall Nolan

     50       Chief Financial Officer

Tommy Hjalmas

     46       Chief Operating Officer

Oeyvind Lindeman

     34       Chartering Manager

 

 

David J. Butters. David J. Butters was appointed president and chief executive officer of Navigator Holdings Ltd. in September 2008.

Niall Nolan. Niall Nolan was appointed chief financial officer of NGT Services (UK) Limited in August 2006. Prior to his appointment as chief financial officer, Mr. Nolan worked for Navigator Holdings as representative of the creditors committee during Navigator Holdings’ bankruptcy proceedings. Prior to that, Mr. Nolan was group finance director of Simon Group PLC, a U.K. public company.

Tommy Hjalmas. Tommy Hjalmas was appointed chief operating officer of NGT Services (UK) Limited in November 2006. Prior to this, Mr. Hjalmas was employed for five years at Dorchester Maritime Limited, now known as BSSM, our technical manager. Mr. Hjalmas received his BSc in marine engineering from the University of Chalmers.

Oeyvind Lindeman. Oeyvind Lindeman was appointed Chartering Manager of NGT Services (UK) Limited in November 2007. Prior to this, Mr. Lindeman was employed for five years at A.P. Møller Mærsk, a gas transport company as charterer. Mr. Lindeman holds a BA with honours from the University of Strathclyde and an Executive MBA with distinction from Cass Business School.

 

113


Table of Contents

Compensation

Compensation of Management

Our officers receive compensation for the services they provide to us. Three of our four officers (Messrs. Nolan, Hjalmas and Lindeman) are remunerated in pounds sterling, while Mr. Butters is remunerated in U.S. dollars. For purposes of this Form F-1, all forms of compensation paid to our officers have been converted to U.S. dollars. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the aggregate cash compensation paid to all officers as a group was approximately $2,098,718. The cash compensation for each officer is comprised of base salary and bonus. Our officers are eligible to receive a discretionary annual cash bonus based on certain performance criteria determined by the compensation committee of our Board, or the “Compensation Committee,” and approved by our Board. Regardless of performance, the annual cash bonuses are paid at the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, subject to approval by our Board.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, we also granted a total of 26,766 shares (or 80,298 shares on a post-split basis) of restricted stock under the 2008 Restricted Stock Plan, or the “Plan,” (as described in further detail below under “—2008 Restricted Stock Plan”), all of which vest on the third anniversary of the grant date.

Messrs. Nolan, Hjalmas and Lindeman are eligible to participate in certain welfare benefit programs we offer, including life insurance, permanent health insurance, and private medical insurance. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the aggregate cost of the benefits described in the preceding sentence provided to Messrs. Nolan, Hjalmas and Lindeman was approximately $13,122. While Mr. Butters is not eligible to participate in the same welfare benefit programs as our other officers, he is entitled to reimbursement by us for the Medicare portion of the FICA tax withheld from his compensation. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we paid Mr. Butters an amount of $12,422 as Medicare reimbursement. Messrs. Nolan, Hjalmas and Lindeman are also eligible to participate in a personal pension plan, described below under “—Benefit Plans and Programs”.

Compensation of Directors

Officers who also serve as members of our Board do not receive additional compensation for their services as directors. Each non-employee director who serves as a member of our Board receives a fee of $50,000 per annum. In addition, the audit committee chairman and Compensation Committee chairman each receive an additional amount of $5,000 per annum while members of each committee receive a meeting fee of $1,500 for each committee meeting.

Non-employee directors may also be awarded equity incentive awards pursuant to our proposed equity incentive plan, which is described in further detail below under “—2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan.” The amount and terms of any equity incentive awards will be determined by our Compensation Committee, subject to approval by our Board. Each director will be fully indemnified by us for actions associated with being a director to the extent permitted under Marshall Islands law.

Equity Compensation Plans

2008 Restricted Stock Plan

During 2008, our Board adopted the Plan, which entitles our officers, employees, consultants and directors to receive grants of restricted stock of our common stock. The Plan is administered by the Board or a committee of the Board. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be delivered pursuant to awards granted under the Plan during the ten year term of the Plan is 3,000,000 shares (or 9,000,000 shares on a post-split basis).

Awards issued under the Plan are subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable award agreement. Awards may be subject to various restrictions on transferability, risk of forfeiture and other restrictions, if any, as the Board or applicable committee of the Board may impose, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), in such installments or otherwise. A holder of restricted stock awarded under the Plan shall have the same voting and dividend rights as our other shareholders in relation to the shares subject to the award.

As described above under “—Compensation of Management,” we granted a total of 16,266 shares (or 48,798 shares on a post-split basis) of restricted stock under the Plan to our officers during the year ended December 31, 2012. These awards of restricted stock will be settled in shares of our common stock and will all vest on the third anniversary of the applicable grant date.

 

114


Table of Contents

Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to freeze the Plan such that new awards will no longer be issued thereunder. However, any outstanding awards granted prior to the date the Plan is frozen shall continue to remain outstanding and extend beyond the date the Plan is frozen. Following the closing of this offering, future equity incentive awards shall be granted under our proposed equity incentive plan, which is described in further detail below under “—2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan.”

2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan

Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to adopt the Navigator Holdings Ltd. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan, or the “LTIP,” for our and our affiliates’ employees and directors as well as consultants who perform services for us. The following description of the LTIP is based on the form we anticipate adopting, but the LTIP remains subject to change and the following description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the final LTIP once adopted. The LTIP provides for the award of restricted stock, stock options, performance awards, annual incentive awards, restricted stock units, bonus stock awards, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalents, and other share-based awards.

Administration. We anticipate that the LTIP will be administered by the Compensation Committee, or the “Plan Administrator,” with certain decisions subject to approval of our Board. The Plan Administrator will have the authority to, among other things, designate participants under the LTIP, determine the type or types of awards to be granted to a participant, determine the number of shares of our common stock to be covered by awards, determine the terms and conditions applicable to awards and interpret and administer the LTIP. The Plan Administrator may terminate or amend the LTIP at any time with respect to any shares of our common stock for which a grant has not yet been made. The Plan Administrator also has the right to alter or amend the LTIP or any part of the plan from time to time, including increasing the number of shares of our common stock that may be granted, subject to shareholder approval as required by the exchange upon which our common stock is listed at that time. However, no change in any outstanding grant may be made that would materially reduce the benefits of the participant without the consent of the participant.

Number of Shares. Subject to adjustment in the event of any distribution, recapitalization, split, merger, consolidation or similar corporate event, the number of shares available for delivery pursuant to awards granted under the LTIP is              shares. There is no limit on the number of awards that may be granted and paid in cash. Shares subject to an award under the LTIP that are canceled, forfeited, exchanged, settled in cash or otherwise terminated, including withheld to satisfy exercise prices or tax withholding obligations, are available for delivery pursuant to other awards. The shares of our common stock to be delivered under the LTIP will be made available from authorized but unissued shares, shares held in treasury, or previously issued shares reacquired by us, including by purchase on the open market.

Restricted Shares. A restricted share grant is an award of common stock that vests over a period of time and that during such time is subject to forfeiture. The Plan Administrator may determine to make grants of restricted shares under the plan to participants containing such terms as the Plan Administrator shall determine. The Plan Administrator will determine the period over which restricted shares granted to participants will vest. The Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may base its determination upon the achievement of specified financial objectives. Dividends made on restricted shares may or may not be subjected to the same vesting provisions as the restricted shares.

Share Options. A share option is a right to purchase shares at a specified price during specified time periods. The LTIP will permit the grant of options covering our common stock. The Plan Administrator may make grants under the plan to participants containing such terms as the Plan Administrator shall determine. Share options will have an exercise price that may not be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Share options granted under the LTIP can be either incentive share options (within the meaning of section 422 of the Code), which have certain tax advantages for recipients, or non-qualified share options. Share options granted will become exercisable over a period determined by the Plan Administrator. No share option will have a term that exceeds ten years. The availability of share options is intended to furnish additional compensation to plan participants and to align their economic interests with those of common shareholders.

Performance Award. A performance award is a right to receive all or part of an award granted under the LTIP based upon performance criteria specified by the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator will determine the period over

 

115


Table of Contents

which certain specified company or individual goals or objectives must be met. The performance award may be paid in cash, shares of our common stock or other awards or property, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator.

Annual Incentive Award. An annual incentive award is a conditional right to receive a cash payment, shares or other award unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator, after the end of a specified year. The amount potentially payable will be based upon the achievement of performance goals established by the Plan Administrator.

Restricted Share Unit. A restricted share unit is a notional share that entitles the grantee to receive a share of common stock upon the vesting of the restricted share unit or, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, cash equivalent to the value of a share of common stock. The Plan Administrator may determine to make grants of restricted share units under the plan to participants containing such terms as the Plan Administrator shall determine. The Plan Administrator will determine the period over which restricted share units granted to participants will vest.

The Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may grant tandem dividend equivalent rights with respect to restricted share units that entitle the holder to receive cash equal to any cash dividends made on our common stock while the restricted share units are outstanding.

Bonus Shares. The Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may also grant to participants shares of common stock that are not subject to forfeiture. The Plan Administrator can grant bonus shares without requiring that the recipient pay any remuneration for the shares.

Share Appreciation Rights. The LTIP will permit the grant of share appreciation rights. A share appreciation right is an award that, upon exercise, entitles participants to receive the excess of the fair market value of our common stock on the exercise date over the grant price established for the share appreciation right on the date of grant. Such excess will be paid in cash or common stock. The Plan Administrator may determine to make grants of share appreciation rights under the plan to participants containing such terms as the Plan Administrator shall determine. Share appreciation rights will have a grant price that may not be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. In general, share appreciation rights granted will become exercisable over a period determined by the Plan Administrator.

Other Share-Based Awards. The Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may also grant to participants an award denominated or payable in, referenced to, or otherwise based on or related to the value of our common stock.

Tax Withholding . At our discretion, and subject to conditions that the Plan Administrator may impose, a participant’s minimum statutory tax withholding with respect to an award may be satisfied by withholding from any payment related to an award or by the withholding of shares issuable pursuant to the award based on the fair market value of the shares.

Anti-Dilution Adjustments . If any “equity restructuring” event occurs that could result in an additional compensation expense under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or “FASB ASC Topic 718,” if adjustments to awards with respect to such event were discretionary, the Plan Administrator will equitably adjust the number and type of shares covered by each outstanding award and the terms and conditions of such award to equitably reflect the restructuring event, and the Plan Administrator will adjust the number and type of shares with respect to which future awards may be granted. With respect to a similar event that would not result in a FASB ASC Topic 718 accounting charge if adjustment to awards were discretionary, the Plan Administrator shall have complete discretion to adjust awards in the manner it deems appropriate. In the event the Plan Administrator makes any adjustment in accordance with the foregoing provisions, a corresponding and proportionate adjustment shall be made with respect to the maximum number of shares available under the LTIP and the kind of shares or other securities available for grant under the LTIP. Furthermore, in the case of (i) a subdivision or consolidation of the common stock (by reclassification, split or reverse split or otherwise), (ii) a recapitalization, reclassification, or other change in our capital structure or (iii) any other reorganization, merger, combination, exchange or other relevant change in capitalization of our equity, then a corresponding and proportionate adjustment shall be made in accordance with the terms of the LTIP, as appropriate, with respect to the maximum number of shares available under the LTIP, the number of shares that may be acquired with respect to an award, and, if applicable, the exercise price of an award, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of awards as a result of such events.

 

116


Table of Contents

Change in Control . Upon a “change of control” (as defined in the LTIP), the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, (i) remove any forfeiture restrictions applicable to an award, (ii) accelerate the time of exercisability or vesting of an award, (iii) require awards to be surrendered in exchange for a cash payment, (iv) cancel unvested awards without payment or (v) make adjustments to awards as the Plan Administrator deems appropriate to reflect the change of control.

Termination of Employment or Service . The consequences of the termination of a grantee’s employment, consulting arrangement, or membership on the board of directors will be determined by the Plan Administrator in the terms of the relevant award agreement.

Benefit Plans and Programs

We sponsor a money purchase defined contribution plan, which we refer to as a personal pension plan, for all employees located in the U.K., including Messrs. Nolan, Hjalmas and Lindeman. Each employee is eligible to contribute up to 100% of his annual salary to their personal pension plan and we will match any such contribution up to 10% of the employee’s annual salary. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we paid approximately $64,383 in matching contributions to the personal pension plan for Messrs. Nolan, Hjalmas and Lindeman.

Board Practice

While we are not subject to a number of the NYSE’s corporate governance standards as a foreign private issuer, we intend to comply voluntarily with a number of those rules. For example, we will, and will undertake with the NYSE that we will, have a board of directors that will be comprised of a majority of independent directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

We will have an audit committee and a compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee comprised entirely of independent directors. In addition, our board of directors may, from time to time, designate one or more additional committees, which shall have the duties and powers granted to it by our board of directors.

Audit committee

Upon consummation of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Messrs.                     ,                      and                     , with Mr.                     as chairman. We believe that                     qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined in Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC. The audit committee will be responsible for, among other things, the hiring or termination of independent auditors; approving any non-audit work performed by such auditor; and assisting the board in monitoring the integrity of our financial statements, the independent accountant’s qualifications and independence, the performance of the independent accountants and our internal audit function and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements.

Compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee

Upon consummation of this offering, our compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Messrs.                     ,                      and                     , with Mr.                     as chairman. The compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things, developing and recommending criteria for selecting new directors; screening and recommending to the board of directors individuals qualified to become executive officers; developing and recommending to the board of directors compensation for board members; and overseeing compliance with any applicable compensation reporting requirements of the SEC and the NYSE.

 

117


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Investment Agreements

On November 10, 2011, we entered into that certain investment agreement with the WLR Group. Under the investment agreement, we agreed to issue and sell up to 1,875,000 shares of common stock in the aggregate at $25.00 per share (5,625,000 shares at $8.33 per share on a post-split basis). Pursuant to the investment agreement, on March 30, 2012, the WLR Group purchased 1,875,000 shares of common stock (5,625,000 shares on a post-split basis).

On February 15, 2013, we entered into that certain investment agreement with, among others, the WLR Group and David J. Butters. Under the investment agreement, we agreed to issue and sell up to 2,500,000 shares of common stock in the aggregate at $30.00 per share (7,500,000 shares at $10.00 per share post-split). Pursuant to the investment agreement, on February 25, 2013, the WLR Group, Mr. Butters and an unrelated third party purchased 2,166,666, 166,667 and 166,667 shares of our common stock, respectively (6,499,998, 500,001 and 500,001 shares, respectively, post-split).

Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement

In                         , we amended and restated our existing investor rights agreement with the WLR Group. Under the amended and restated investor rights agreement, subject to certain exceptions, WLR has the right to designate two individuals to be nominated to our Board. If the WLR Group collectively owns less than 3,750,000 shares of post-split common stock, WLR will be entitled to designate only one individual, and if the WLR Group collectively owns less than 937,500 shares of post-split common stock, the right to designate an individual to be nominated to our Board will terminate. Messrs. Ross and Fischer are the designees of the WLR Group.

In addition, pursuant to the amended and restated investor rights agreement, the WLR Group will have certain demand and “piggyback” registration rights. At any time for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, the WLR Group will be able to require us to effect a registration statement if certain conditions are met. If we propose to file a registration statement, the WLR Group generally may include all or some of its common stock in such registration statement.

Investor Restrictions Agreement

On August 9, 2012, we entered into an investor restrictions agreement with the WLR Group, pursuant to which the WLR Group agreed, until October 16, 2015, not to, among other things, acquire additional shares of common stock, subject to certain exceptions, or publicly propose to effect any tender offer or other transaction in which the common stock would be purchased or exchanged into cash or other property without the prior approval of our Board. The transactions contemplated by the investment agreement described above received the requisite approval of our Board under the investor restrictions agreement for all purposes.

Certain Relationships

We intend to establish an audit committee upon the closing of the offering in order to, among other things, conduct an appropriate review of all related party transactions for potential conflict of interest situations on an ongoing basis and to approve all such transactions. See “Management—Committees of the Board of Directors.”

 

118


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock that will be owned upon the consummation of the offering and the related transactions by:

 

  n  

each person known by us to be a beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of our common stock;

 

  n  

each of our directors;

 

  n  

each of our named executive officers;

 

  n  

all directors and executive officers as a group;

 

  n  

all U.S. record holders as a group; and

 

  n  

each selling shareholder.

The number of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership before the offering set forth below are based on our 46,296,762 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of July 2, 2013, after giving effect to the 3-for-1 stock split that we will effect immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement related to its initial public offering. The number of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership after the offering are based on              shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding immediately after this offering. The number of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership after the offering are shown assuming no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock.

Except as otherwise indicated, the person or entities listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all of our shares of common stock beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable.

 

 

 

                COMMON STOCK BENEFICIALLY OWNED  AFTER
THE OFFERING
 
  COMMON STOCK
  BENEFICIALLY OWNED PRIOR  
TO THE OFFERING
      ASSUMING
THE UNDERWRITERS’
OPTION IS NOT
EXERCISED
    ASSUMING
THE UNDERWRITERS’
OPTION IS EXERCISED
IN FULL
 

NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER

  SHARES (1)     PERCENT     SHARES
OFFERED
HEREBY
  SHARES  (1)     PERCENT     SHARES  (1)     PERCENT  

WLR Group  (2)

    28,040,508        60.6          

David J. Butters (3)

    1,350,000        2.9       1,350,000        %        1,350,000        %   

Spiros Milonas (4)

    1,663,257        3.6       1,663,257        %        1,663,257        %   

Alexander Oetker

                                           

David Kenwright

    15,000        *          15,000        *        15,000        *   

Florian Weidinger

    15,000        *          15,000        *        15,000        *   

Dr. Heiko Fischer  (5)

    30,000        *          30,000        *        30,000        *   

Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.  (6)

    15,000        *          15,000        *        15,000        *   

Niall Nolan

    104,700        *          104,700        *        104,700        *   

Tommy Hjalmas

    39,546        *          39,546        *        39,546        *   

Oeyvind Lindeman

    19,689        *          19,689        *        19,689        *   

All executive officers, directors and director nominees as a group (10 persons)

    3,252,192        7.0       3,252,192        %        3,252,192        %   

All U.S. record holders as a group (26 holders)

    45,929,448        99.2          

 

 

*    

Less than 1%.

(1)    

Unless otherwise indicated, all shares of common stock are owned directly by the named holder and such holder has sole power to vote and dispose of such shares. Unless otherwise noted, the address for each beneficial owner named above is: 399 Park Avenue, 38th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

 

119


Table of Contents
(2)  

Represents 16,747,599 shares of common stock held directly by WLR Recovery Fund IV DSS AIV, L.P., 5,671,911 shares of common stock held directly by WLR Recovery Fund V DSS AIV, L.P., 5,499,999 shares of common stock held directly by WLR Select Co-Investment, L.P., 67,623 shares of common stock held directly by WLR IV Parallel ESC, L.P. and 53,376 shares of common stock held directly by WLR V Parallel ESC, L.P. (collectively, the “WLR Investors”). Wilbur L. Ross, Jr. is the chairman and chief executive officer of WLR, the chairman and president of Invesco Private Capital, Inc. and a director and shareholder of WLR Recovery Associates IV DSS AIV GP, Ltd., WLR Recovery Associates V DSS AIV GP, Ltd. and WLR Select Associates DSS GP, Ltd. Invesco Private Capital, Inc. is the managing member of Invesco WLR IV Associates LLC, which in turn is the general partner of WLR IV Parallel ESC, L.P. Invesco Private Capital, Inc. is also the managing member of Invesco WLR V Associates LLC, which in turn is the general partner of WLR V Parallel ESC, L.P. WLR Select Associates DSS GP, Ltd. is the general partner of WLR Select Associates DSS, L.P., which in turn is the general partner of WLR Select Co-Investment, L.P. WLR Recovery Associates IV DSS AIV GP, Ltd. is the general partner of WLR Recovery Associates IV DSS AIV, L.P., which in turn is the general partner of WLR Recovery Fund IV DSS AIV, L.P. WLR Recovery Associates V DSS AIV GP, Ltd. is the general partner of WLR Recovery Associates V DSS AIV, L.P., which in turn is the general partner of WLR Recovery Fund V DSS AIV, L.P. Mr. Ross is a member of the investment committee of each WLR Investors’ general partner, which has investment and voting control over the shares held or controlled by each of the WLR Investors. Mr. Ross is also a member of our Board. Mr. Ross disclaims beneficial ownership of all of the shares of common stock held or controlled by each of the WLR Investors except for his pecuniary interest therein. With the exception of Mr. Ross, whose address is 328 El Vedado Road, Palm Beach, Florida 33401, the address of each of the entities and persons identified in this note is c/o WL Ross & Co. LLC, 1166 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10036.

(3)    

Includes 150,000 shares of common stock that are owned by the spouse of Mr. Butters, for which he disclaims beneficial ownership.

(4)    

Includes 120,000 shares of common stock held in joint tenancy with right of survivorship with Antonia K Milonas.

(5)  

Represents shares of common stock held directly by Dr. Fischer. Dr. Fischer is a Board designee of WLR. Dr. Fischer disclaims beneficial ownership over the shares held or controlled by the WLR Group.

(6)    

Represents shares of common stock owned directly by Mr. Ross; does not include shares owned by the WLR Investors (see Note 2).

 

120


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

The following is a description of the material terms of our articles of incorporation and bylaws that we expect will be in effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.

Purpose

Our purpose, as stated in our articles of incorporation, is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the BCA. Our articles of incorporation and bylaws do not impose any limitations on the ownership rights of our shareholders.

Authorized Capitalization

Under our articles of incorporation, our authorized share capital consists of 100 million shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which 46,296,762 shares were issued and outstanding as of July 2, 2013 (before giving effect to this offering and after giving effect to our 3-for-1 stock split that we will effect in the form of a stock dividend immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement related to its initial public offering) and ten million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which no shares were issued and outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. Upon consummation of this offering and after giving effect to our 3-for-1 stock split that we will effect in the form of a stock dividend immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement related to its initial public offering, we will have outstanding              shares of common stock and no shares of preferred stock. All of our shares are in registered form.

Common Stock

Each outstanding share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably all dividends, if any, declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for dividends. Please read “Dividend Policy.” Upon our dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders or our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution. Holders of common stock do not have conversion, redemption or preemptive rights to subscribe to any of our securities. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of any preferred stock which we may issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Our articles of incorporation authorize our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series, including:

 

  n  

the designation of the series;

 

  n  

the number of shares of the series, which our board may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase or decrease, but not below the number of shares then outstanding;

 

  n  

whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

 

  n  

the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;

 

  n  

the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

 

  n  

the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

 

  n  

the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of our company;

 

  n  

whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of our company or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates and any rate adjustments;

 

  n  

restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and

 

  n  

the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

 

121


Table of Contents

Authorized but Unissued Share Capital

The BCA does not require shareholders’ approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE, which will apply so long as our common stock is quoted on the NYSE, require shareholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding number of our shares of common stock.

Anti-takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a shareholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the common stock held by shareholders.

Election and Removal of Directors; Vacancies

Our articles of incorporation provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred shares, directors will be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his or her death, resignation, removal or the earlier termination of his or her term of office. Our articles of incorporation provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred shares, no director may be removed except both for cause and with the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares entitled to vote in the election of directors.

No Cumulative Voting

The BCA provides that shareholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our articles of incorporation provides otherwise. Our articles of incorporation do not provide for cumulative voting.

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals and Director Nominations

Our bylaws provide that, with a few exceptions, shareholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual meeting of shareholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary.

Generally, to be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders. Our bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a shareholder’s notice. These provisions may impede shareholders’ ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of shareholders or make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of shareholders.

Calling of Special Meetings of Shareholders

Our bylaws provide that special meetings of our shareholders may be called only by our board of directors.

Amendments to Our Bylaws

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws grant our board of directors the authority to amend and repeal our bylaws without a shareholder vote in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

“Blank Check” Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our articles of incorporation, our board of directors has authority, without any further vote or action by our shareholders, to issue preferred stock and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series. Our board of directors may issue preferred stock on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or the removal of our management.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the BCA, our shareholders have the right to dissent from various corporate actions, including certain mergers or consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of our assets not made in the usual course of our business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares, subject to exceptions. For example, the right of a dissenting shareholder to receive payment of the fair value of his shares is not available if for the shares of any class or series of stock, which shares at the record date fixed to determine the shareholders entitled to receive notice of and vote at the meeting of shareholders to act upon the agreement of merger or consolidation, were either (1) listed on a securities exchange or admitted for trading on an interdealer quotation system or (2) held of record by more

 

122


Table of Contents

than 2,000 holders. In the event of any further amendment of our articles of incorporation, a shareholder also has the right to dissent and receive payment for his or her shares if the amendment alters certain rights in respect of those shares. The dissenting shareholder must follow the procedures set forth in the BCA to receive payment. In the event that we and any dissenting shareholder fail to agree on a price for the shares, the BCA procedures involve, among other things, the institution of proceedings in the High Court of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or in any appropriate court in any jurisdiction in which the company’s shares are primarily traded on a local or national securities exchange. The value of the shares of the dissenting shareholder is fixed by the court after reference, if the court so elects, to the recommendations of a court-appointed appraiser.

Shareholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the BCA, any of our shareholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the shareholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares both at the time the derivative action is commenced and at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or that his shares devolved upon him by operation of law.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The BCA authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our articles of incorporation include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors and officers for monetary damages for actions taken as a director or officer to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Our articles of incorporation provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by law. We are also expressly authorized to advance certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees) to our directors and officers and carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our articles of incorporation may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors or officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Transfer Agent

The registrar and transfer agent for the common stock is the American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

Listing

We intend to have our common stock approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “NVGS.”

 

123


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

After the sale of the common stock offered by this prospectus and after giving effect to our 3-for-1 stock split that we will effect in the form of a stock dividend immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement related to its initial public offering, the WLR Group will hold an aggregate of              shares of common stock. The sale of these shares could have an adverse impact on the price of the common stock or on any trading market that may develop.

The common stock sold in this offering will generally be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. However, any shares of common stock held by an “affiliate” of ours may not be resold publicly except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or under an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 144 or otherwise. Rule 144 permits securities acquired by an affiliate of ours to be sold into the market in an amount that does not exceed, during any three-month period, the greater of:

 

  n  

1% of the total number of the class of securities outstanding; or

 

  n  

the average weekly reported trading volume of the common stock for the four calendar weeks prior to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to specific manner of sale provisions, holding period requirements, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of common stock for at least six months, would be entitled to sell those shares under Rule 144 without regard to the requirements of Rule 144 other than the current public information requirements. Once a non-affiliate has beneficially owned shares of common stock for at least a year, such non-affiliate may sell those shares without restriction.

Neither the BCA nor our articles of incorporation nor our bylaws restrict the number of shares of common stock that we may issue without a vote of the shareholders. Any issuance of additional shares of common stock or other equity securities would result in a corresponding decrease in the proportionate ownership interest in us represented by, and could adversely affect the cash distributions to and market price of, shares of common stock then outstanding. Please read “Description of Share Capital—Authorized but Unissued Share Capital.”

In certain circumstances, the WLR Group has the right to cause us to register under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws the offer and sale of any shares that they hold. These registration rights may allow such persons holding any shares to require registration of any of these shares and to include any of these shares in a registration by us of other shares, including shares offered by us or by any shareholder. In connection with any registration of this kind, we will indemnify each shareholder participating in the registration and its officers, directors and controlling persons from and against any liabilities under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws arising from the registration statement or prospectus. We will bear all costs and expenses incidental to any registration, excluding any applicable underwriting discounts, commissions, transfer taxes, expenses of counsel beyond a single law firm for the WLR Group paid for by the Company and any other expenses required by law to be paid for by the WLR Group. Except as described below, our affiliates may sell their shares in private transactions at any time, subject to compliance with applicable laws.

We, all of our directors and executive officers and the WLR Group have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell any shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to extension. Please read “Underwriting” for a description of these lock-up provisions.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and no prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, including shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of options that may be granted under any employee share option or employee share award plan of ours, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock. Please read “Risk Factors—Future sales of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.”

 

124


Table of Contents

CERTAIN MARSHALL ISLANDS COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS

Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. While the BCA also provides that it is to be interpreted according to the laws of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, there have been few, if any, court cases interpreting the BCA in the Republic of the Marshall Islands and we can not predict whether Republic of the Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as U.S. courts. Thus, you may have more difficulty in protecting your interests in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction which has developed a substantial body of case law. The following table provides a comparison between the statutory provisions of the BCA and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders’ rights.

 

MARSHALL ISLANDS

 

DELAWARE

SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS

n        Held at a time and place as designated or in the manner provided in the bylaws

 

n        May be held within or outside the Republic of the Marshall Islands

 

n        Notice:

 

n        Whenever shareholders are required or permitted to take action at a meeting, written notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, unless it is the annual meeting, indicate that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting

 

n        A copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given not less than 15 nor more than 60 days before the meeting

 

n        Held at such time or place as designated in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors

 

n        May be held within or outside Delaware

 

n        Notice:

 

n        Whenever shareholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, written notice shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which shareholders may be deemed to be present and vote at the meeting

 

n        Written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting

SHAREHOLDERS’ VOTING RIGHTS

n        Any action required or permitted to be taken by meeting of shareholders may be taken without meeting if consent is in writing and is signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote

 

n        Each shareholder entitled to vote may authorize another person to act for him by proxy

 

n        Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, a majority of shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum but in no event shall a quorum consist of fewer than one-third of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting

 

n        Except as otherwise required by the BCA or our articles of incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by holders of shares entitled to vote, and, except as required or permitted by the BCA or our articles of incorporation, any other corporate action shall be authorized by a majority of votes cast by holders of shares entitled to vote thereon

 

n        Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if consent is in writing and signed by the holders of outstanding stock having the number of votes necessary to authorize or take action at a meeting

 

n        Each shareholder entitled to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for each shareholder by proxy

 

n        The certificate of incorporation or bylaws may specify the number necessary to constitute a quorum but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares entitled to vote at the meeting shall constitute a quorum

 

125


Table of Contents

MARSHALL ISLANDS

 

DELAWARE

SHAREHOLDERS’ VOTING RIGHTS

n        The articles of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting

 

n        Unless otherwise specified in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares entitled to vote on the election of directors, and, in all other matters, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the shareholders

 

n        The certificate of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting

DIRECTORS

n        Board must consist of at least one member

 

n        Number of board members may be fixed by the by-laws, by the shareholders, or by action of the board under the specific provisions of a by-law

 

n        Number of board members may be changed by amendment of the by-laws, by the shareholders or by action of the board under specific provision of a by-law; however if the board is authorized to change the number of directors, it can only do so by a majority of the entire board

 

n        Board must consist of at least one member

 

n        Number of board members shall be fixed by the by-laws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by amendment of the certificate

DISSENTERS’ RIGHTS OF APPRAISAL

n        Shareholders have a right to dissent from a merger or consolidation or sale or exchange of all or substantially all assets not made in the usual and regular course of business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares, subject to exceptions

 

n        A holder of any adversely affected shares who does not vote on or consent in writing to an amendment to the articles of incorporation has the right to dissent and to receive payment for such shares if the amendment:

 

n        Alters or abolishes any preferential right of any outstanding shares having preferences; or

 

n        Creates, alters, or abolishes any provision or right in respect to the redemption of any outstanding shares; or

 

n        Alters or abolishes any preemptive right of such holder to acquire shares or other securities; or

 

n        Excludes or limits the right of such holder to vote on any matter, except as such right may be limited by the voting rights given to new shares then being authorized of any existing or new class

 

n        Appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of a corporation in a merger or consolidation, subject to exceptions

 

n        The certificate of incorporation may provide that appraisal rights are available for shares as a result of an amendment to the certificate of incorporation, any merger or consolidation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets

 

126


Table of Contents

MARSHALL ISLANDS

 

DELAWARE

SHAREHOLDERS’ DERIVATIVE ACTIONS

n        An action may be brought in the right of a corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, by a holder of shares or of a beneficial interest in such shares. It shall be made to appear that the plaintiff is such a holder at the time of bringing the action and that he was such a holder at the time of the transaction of which he complains, or that his shares or his interest therein devolved upon him by operation of law

 

n        Complaint shall set forth with particularity the efforts of the plaintiff to secure the initiation of such action by the board or the reasons for not making such effort

 

n        Such action shall not be discontinued, compromised or settled, without the approval of the High Court of the Republic of the Marshall Islands

 

n        Attorney’s fees may be awarded if the action is successful

 

n        Corporation may require a plaintiff bringing a derivative suit to give security for reasonable expenses if the plaintiff owns less than 5% of any class of stock and the shares have a value of $50,000 or less

 

n        In any derivative suit instituted by a shareholder or a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a shareholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such shareholder’s stock thereafter devolved upon such shareholder by operation of law

 

n        Delaware Court of Chancery Rule 23.1 governs the procedures for derivative actions by shareholders

 

127


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to prospective shareholders and, unless otherwise noted in the following discussion, is the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., our U.S. counsel, insofar as it relates to matters of U.S. federal income tax law and legal conclusions with respect to those matters. The opinion of our counsel is dependent on the accuracy of representations made by us to them, including descriptions of our operations contained herein.

This discussion is based upon provisions of the Code, Treasury Regulations, and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all as in effect on the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences of holding our common stock to vary substantially from the consequences described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we,” “our” or “us” are references to Navigator Holdings Ltd.

The following discussion applies only to beneficial owners of our common stock that own shares of common stock as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (i.e., generally for investment purposes) and is not intended to be applicable to all categories of investors, such as shareholders subject to special tax rules (e.g., financial institutions, insurance companies, broker-dealers, tax-exempt organizations, retirement plans or individual retirement accounts, or former citizens or long-term residents of the United States), to persons that will hold the shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to partnerships or their partners, or to persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. Dollar, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized below. If a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of its partners generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common stock, each prospective shareholder is encouraged to consult their own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of the partnership’s ownership of our common stock.

No ruling has been or will be requested from the IRS regarding any matter affecting us or prospective shareholders. The opinions and statements made herein may be challenged by the IRS and, if so challenged, may not be sustained upon review in a court. This discussion does not contain information regarding any U.S. state or local, estate, gift or alternative minimum tax considerations concerning the ownership or disposition of our common stock. This discussion does not comment on all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to particular shareholders in light of their individual circumstances, and each prospective shareholder is urged to consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local, and other tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our common stock.

Election to be Treated as a Corporation

We are treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, U.S. Holders (as defined below) will not be directly subject to U.S. federal income tax on our income, but rather will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on distributions received from us and dispositions of shares as described below.

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders

As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that owns (actually or constructively) less than 10.0% of our equity and that is:

 

  n  

an individual U.S. citizen or resident (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

 

  n  

a corporation (or other entity that is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States or its political subdivisions;

 

  n  

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

  n  

a trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

128


Table of Contents

Distributions

Subject to the discussion below of the rules applicable to PFICs, any distributions to a U.S. Holder made by us with respect to our common stock generally will constitute dividends to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its common stock and thereafter as capital gain. U.S. Holders that are corporations generally will not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to distributions they receive from us because we are not a U.S. corporation. Dividends received with respect to our common stock generally will be treated as “passive category income” for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Dividends received with respect to our common stock by a U.S. Holder that is an individual, trust or estate, or a “U.S. Individual Holder,” generally will be treated as “qualified dividend income,” which is taxable to such U.S. Individual Holder at preferential tax rates provided that: (i) our common stock is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the New York Stock Exchange on which we have applied to list our common stock); (ii) we are not a PFIC for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which we do not believe we are, have been or will be, as discussed below under “—PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences”); (iii) the U.S. Individual Holder has owned the common stock for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common stock become ex-dividend (and has not entered into certain risk limiting transactions with respect to such common stock); and (iv) the U.S. Individual Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Because of the uncertainty of these matters, including whether we are or will be a PFIC, there is no assurance that any dividends paid on our common stock will be eligible for these preferential rates in the hands of a U.S. Individual Holder, and any dividends paid on our common stock that are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a U.S. Individual Holder.

Special rules may apply to any amounts received in respect of our common stock that are treated as “extraordinary dividends.” In general, an extraordinary dividend is a dividend with respect to a share of our common stock that is equal to or in excess of 10.0% of a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value upon the shareholder’s election) in such share. In addition, extraordinary dividends include dividends received within a one-year period that, in the aggregate, equal or exceed 20.0% of a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value). If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on shares of our common stock that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss recognized by a U.S. Individual Holder from the sale or exchange of such shares will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of such dividend.

Sale, Exchange or other Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion of PFICs below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such shares. The U.S. Holder’s initial tax basis in its common stock generally will be the U.S. Holder’s purchase price for the shares of common stock and that tax basis will be reduced (but not below zero) by the amount of any distributions on the shares that are treated as non-taxable returns of capital (as discussed above under “—Distributions”). Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. Certain U.S. Holders (including individuals) may be eligible for preferential rates of U.S. federal income tax in respect of long-term capital gains. A U.S. Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations. Such capital gain or loss generally will be treated as U.S.-source income or loss, as applicable, for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences

Adverse U.S. federal income tax rules apply to a U.S. Holder that owns an equity interest in a non-U.S. corporation that is classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, we will be treated as a PFIC if, for any taxable year in which the holder held our common stock, either:

 

  n  

at least 75.0% of our gross income (including the gross income of our vessel-owning subsidiaries) for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business), or

 

129


Table of Contents
  n  

at least 50.0% of the average value of the assets held by us (including the assets of our vessel-owning subsidiaries) during such taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.

Income earned, or treated as earned, by us in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income generally would constitute passive income unless we were treated as deriving our rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business under the applicable rules.

Based on our current and projected methods of operation, and an opinion of counsel, we do not believe that we are or will be a PFIC for our current or any future taxable year. We have received an opinion of our U.S. counsel, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., in support of this position that concludes that the income our subsidiaries earn from our present time-chartering and voyage-chartering activities and COAs should not constitute passive income for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. In addition, we have represented to our U.S. counsel that we expect that more than 25.0% of our gross income for our current taxable year and each future year will arise from such chartering activities, and more than 50.0% of the average value of our assets for each such year will be held for the production of such nonpassive income. Assuming the composition of our income and assets is consistent with these expectations, and assuming the accuracy of other representations we have made to our U.S. counsel for purposes of their opinion, our U.S. counsel is of the opinion that we should not be a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future year.

Our counsel has indicated to us that the conclusions described above are not free from doubt. While there is legal authority supporting our conclusions, including IRS pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters as services income, the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit, or the “Fifth Circuit,” held in Tidewater Inc. v. United States, 565 F.3d 299 (5th Cir. 2009) that income derived from certain marine time charter agreements should be treated as rental income rather than services income for purposes of a “foreign sales corporation” provision of the Code. In that case, the Fifth Circuit did not address the definition of passive income or the PFIC rules; however, the reasoning of the case could have implications as to how the income from a time charter would be classified under such rules. If the reasoning of this case were extended to the PFIC context, the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time-chartering activities may be treated as rental income, and we would likely be treated as a PFIC. The IRS has announced its nonacquiescence with the court’s holding in the Tidewater case and, at the same time, announced the position of the IRS that the marine time charter agreements at issue in that case should be treated as service contracts.

Distinguishing between arrangements treated as generating rental income and those treated as generating services income involves weighing and balancing competing factual considerations, and there is no legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing our specific method of operation. Conclusions in this area therefore remain matters of interpretation. We are not seeking a ruling from the IRS on the treatment of income generated from our time-chartering operations, and the opinion of our counsel is not binding on the IRS or any court. Thus, while we have received an opinion of counsel in support of our position, it is possible that the IRS or a court could disagree with this position and the opinion of our counsel. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure shareholders that the nature of our operations will not change in the future, notwithstanding our present expectations, and that we will not become a PFIC in any future taxable year.

As discussed more fully below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder would be subject to different taxation rules depending on whether the U.S. Holder makes an election to treat us as a “Qualified Electing Fund,” which we refer to as a “QEF election.” As an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder should be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common stock, as discussed below. In addition, if a U.S. Holder owns our common stock during any taxable year that we are a PFIC, such holder must file an annual report with the IRS.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a Timely QEF Election

A U.S. Holder that makes a timely QEF election, or an “Electing Holder”, must report for U.S. federal income tax purposes his pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain, if any, for our taxable years that end with or within his taxable year, regardless of whether or not the Electing Holder received distributions from us in that year. The Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of common stock will be increased to reflect taxed but undistributed earnings and profits. Distributions of earnings and profits that were previously taxed will result in a

 

130


Table of Contents

corresponding reduction in the Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of common stock and will not be taxed again once distributed. An Electing Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock. A U.S. Holder makes a QEF election with respect to any year that we are a PFIC by filing IRS Form 8621 with his U.S. federal income tax return. If, contrary to our expectations, we determine that we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, we will provide each U.S. Holder with the information necessary to make the QEF election described above. Although the QEF election is available with respect to subsidiaries, in the event we acquire or own a subsidiary in the future that is treated as a PFIC, no assurances can be made that we will be able to provide U.S. Holders with the necessary information to make the QEF election with respect to such subsidiary.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a “Mark-to-Market” Election

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as we anticipate, our common stock was treated as “marketable stock,” then, as an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder would be allowed to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common stock, provided the U.S. Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury Regulations. If that election is made, the U.S. Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the U.S. Holder’s shares of common stock at the end of the taxable year over the holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of common stock. The U.S. Holder also would be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares over the fair market value thereof at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its shares of common stock would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss recognized. Gain recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common stock would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included in income by the U.S. Holder. Because the mark-to-market election only applies to marketable stock, however, it would not apply to a U.S. Holder’s indirect interest in any of our subsidiaries that were determined to be PFICs.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely QEF or Mark-to-Market Election

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder who does not make either a QEF election or a “mark-to-market” election for that year, or a “Non-Electing Holder”, would be subject to special rules resulting in increased liability with respect to (i) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on our common stock in a taxable year in excess of 125.0% of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder’s holding period for the shares), and (ii) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the shares. Under these special rules:

 

  n  

the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder’s aggregate holding period for the common stock;

 

  n  

the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable year prior to the taxable year we were first treated as a PFIC with respect to the Non-Electing Holder would be taxed as ordinary income; and

 

  n  

the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayers for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

These penalties would not apply to a qualified pension, profit sharing or other retirement trust or other tax-exempt organization that did not borrow money or otherwise utilize leverage in connection with its acquisition of our common stock. If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and a Non-Electing Holder who is an individual dies while owning our common stock, such holder’s successor generally would not receive a step-up in tax basis with respect to the common stock.

 

131


Table of Contents

Medicare Tax on Net Investment Income

Certain U.S. Holders, including individuals, estates and trusts, will be subject to an additional 3.8% Medicare tax on, among other things, dividends and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of equity interests for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. For individuals, the additional Medicare tax applies to the lesser of (i) “net investment income” or (ii) the excess of “modified adjusted gross income” over $200,000 ($250,000 if married and filing jointly or $125,000 if married and filing separately). “Net investment income” generally equals the taxpayer’s gross investment income reduced by deductions that are allocable to such income. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the implications of the additional Medicare tax resulting from their ownership and disposition of our common stock.

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

A beneficial owner of our common stock (other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not a U.S. Holder is referred to as a Non-U.S. Holder. If you are a partner in a partnership (or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holding our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of the partnership’s ownership of our common stock.

Distributions

Distributions we pay to a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. If the Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business, our distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent they constitute income effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. trade or business. However, distributions paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that is engaged in a U.S. trade or business may be exempt from taxation under an income tax treaty if the income arising from the distribution is not attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder.

Disposition of Shares

In general, a Non-U.S. Holder is not subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain resulting from the disposition of our common stock provided the Non-U.S. Holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. A Non-U.S. Holder that is engaged in a U.S. trade or business will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the event the gain from the disposition of shares is effectively connected with the conduct of such U.S. trade or business (provided, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder entitled to the benefits of an income tax treaty with the United States, such gain also is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder). However, even if not engaged in a U.S. trade or business, individual Non-U.S. Holders may be subject to tax on gain resulting from the disposition of our common stock if they are present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year in which those shares are disposed and meet certain other requirements.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, payments to a non-corporate U.S. Holder of distributions or the proceeds of a disposition of common stock will be subject to information reporting. These payments to a non-corporate U.S. Holder also may be subject to backup withholding if the non-corporate U.S. Holder:

 

  n  

fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

 

  n  

is notified by the IRS that he has failed to report all interest or corporate distributions required to be reported on his U.S. federal income tax returns; or

 

  n  

in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

Non-U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying their status on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, a shareholder generally may obtain a credit for any amount withheld against its liability for U.S. federal income tax (and obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of such liability) by timely filing a U.S. federal income tax return with the IRS.

U.S. Holders purchasing more than $100,000 of our common stock in this offering generally will be required to file IRS Form 926 reporting such payment. For purposes of determining the total dollar value of common stock

 

132


Table of Contents

purchased by a U.S. Holder in this offering, shares purchased by certain related parties (including family members) are included. Substantial penalties may be imposed upon a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with this reporting obligation. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor as to the possible obligation to file IRS Form 926.

In addition, individual citizens or residents of the United States holding certain “foreign financial assets” (which generally includes stock and other securities issued by a foreign person unless held in an account maintained by certain financial institutions) that exceed certain thresholds (the lowest being holding foreign financial assets with an aggregate value in excess of: (1) $50,000 on the last day of the tax year or (2) $75,000 at any time during the tax year) are required to report information relating to such assets. Significant penalties may apply for failure to satisfy the reporting obligations described above. Prospective shareholders should consult their tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations, if any, that would result from their purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock.

 

133


Table of Contents

NON-U.S. TAX CONSIDERATIONS

Republic of the Marshall Islands Tax Consequences

The following is the opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, our counsel as to matters of the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and the current laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands applicable to persons who do not reside in, maintain offices in or engage in business in the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

Because we and our subsidiaries do not and do not expect to conduct business or operations in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and because all documentation related to this offering will be executed outside of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, under current Republic of the Marshall Islands law you will not be subject to Republic of the Marshall Islands taxation or withholding on distributions we make to you as a shareholder. In addition, you will not be subject to Republic of the Marshall Islands stamp, capital gains or other taxes on the purchase, ownership or disposition of common stock, and you will not be required by the Republic of the Marshall Islands to file a tax return relating to your ownership of common stock.

EACH PROSPECTIVE SHAREHOLDER IS URGED TO CONSULT HIS OWN TAX COUNSEL OR OTHER ADVISOR WITH REGARD TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF SHARE OWNERSHIP IN HIS PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES. FURTHER, IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF EACH SHAREHOLDER TO FILE ALL STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S., AS WELL AS U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX RETURNS, WHICH THE SHAREHOLDER IS REQUIRED TO FILE.

 

134


Table of Contents

OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

We estimate the expenses in connection with the issuance and distribution of our common stock in this offering, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, as follows:

 

 

 

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $ 25,760   

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority registration fee

     30,500   

NYSE listing fee

     150,000   

Legal fees and expenses

  

Printing and engraving costs

  

Transfer agent fees and miscellaneous expenses

  

Miscellaneous

  

Total

   $                

 

 

All amounts are estimated except the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee and the NYSE listing fee.

 

135


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, dated                     , 2013, among us, the selling shareholders and Jefferies LLC, as the representative of the underwriters named below, we and the selling shareholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us and the selling shareholders, the respective number of shares of common stock shown opposite its name below:

 

 

 

UNDERWRITER

   NUMBER OF
SHARES

Jefferies LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Evercore Group L.L.C.

  

Fearnley Securities AS

  

Global Hunter Securities, LLC

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions and approval of certain legal matters by their counsel. The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters will purchase all of the shares of common stock if any of them are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. We and the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and certain of their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters have advised us that, following the completion of this offering, they currently intend to make a market in the common stock as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. However, the underwriters are not obligated to do so, and the underwriters may discontinue any market-making activities at any time without notice in their sole discretion. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for the common stock, that you will be able to sell any of the shares of common stock held by you at a particular time or that the prices that you receive when you sell will be favorable.

The underwriters are offering the common stock subject to their acceptance of the common stock from us and the selling shareholders and subject to prior sale. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commission and Expenses

The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the common stock to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers, which may include the underwriters, at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. The underwriters may allow, and certain dealers may reallow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $         per share to certain brokers and dealers. After the offering, the initial public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the representative. No such reduction will change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

136


Table of Contents

The following table shows the public offering price, the underwriting discounts and commissions that we and the selling shareholders are to pay the underwriters and the proceeds, before expenses, to us and the selling shareholders in connection with this offering. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

 

 

     PER SHARE      TOTAL  
     WITHOUT
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
     WITH
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
     WITHOUT
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
     WITH
OPTION TO
PURCHASE
ADDITIONAL
SHARES
 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

   $         $         $         $     

Proceeds to us, before expenses

   $         $         $         $     

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by the selling shareholders

   $         $         $         $     

Proceeds to the selling shareholders, before expenses

   $         $         $         $     

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us and the Selling Shareholders

   $         $         $         $     

 

 

The underwriting discounts and commission to be paid by us and the selling shareholders collectively represent         % of the total amount of the offering. We estimate expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $        . We have agreed to pay certain expenses incurred by the selling shareholders related to this offering, which we estimate to be approximately $        .

The address of Jefferies LLC is 520 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022.

Fearnley Securities AS is not a U.S. registered broker-dealer. To the extent that Fearnley Securities AS intends to effect sales of shares in the United States, it will do so through one or more U.S. registered broker-dealers in accordance with the applicable U.S. securities laws and regulations.

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representative. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the underwriters believe to be comparable to us, estimates of our business potential, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant.

We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which our common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to the offering or that an active trading market for the common stock will develop and continue after the offering.

Listing

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the NYSE under the trading symbol “NVGS.”

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of              shares from us at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to specified conditions, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment as indicated in the table above.

 

137


Table of Contents

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our officers, directors, the selling shareholders and certain of our other shareholders have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

  n  

sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell (including any short sale), pledge, transfer, establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-l(h) under the Exchange Act, or

 

  n  

otherwise dispose of any common stock, options or warrants to acquire common stock, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into common stock currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially, or

 

  n  

publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Jefferies LLC.

This restriction terminates after the close of trading of the common stock on and including the 180 th day after the date of this prospectus.

Jefferies LLC may, in its sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the 180-day period release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. There are no existing agreements between the underwriters and any of our shareholders who will execute a lock-up agreement, providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.

Stabilization

The underwriters have advised us that they, pursuant to Regulation M under the Exchange Act, certain persons participating in the offering may engage in short sale transactions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions or the imposition of penalty bids in connection with this offering. These activities may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. Establishing short sales positions may involve either “covered” short sales or “naked” short sales.

“Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares of common stock or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares.

“Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the option to purchase additional shares of common stock. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

A stabilizing bid is a bid for the purchase of common stock on behalf of the underwriters for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock. A syndicate covering transaction is the bid for or the purchase of common stock on behalf of the underwriters to reduce a short position incurred by the underwriters in connection with the offering. Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriter’s purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. A penalty bid is an arrangement permitting the underwriters to reclaim the selling concession otherwise accruing to a syndicate member in connection with the offering if the common stock originally sold by such syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction and therefore have not been effectively placed by such syndicate member.

Neither we, the selling shareholders nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common

 

138


Table of Contents

stock. The underwriters are not obligated to engage in these activities and, if commenced, any of the activities may be discontinued at any time.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by e-mail or on the web sites or through online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters or their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares of common stock for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ web sites and any information contained in any other web site maintained by any of the underwriters is not part of this prospectus, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters and should not be relied upon by investors.

Other Activities and Relationships

The underwriter and certain of its affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriter and certain of its affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various commercial and investment banking and financial advisory services for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriter and certain of its affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments issued by us and our affiliates. If the underwriters or their respective affiliates have a lending relationship with us, they routinely hedge their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may hedge such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities or the securities of our affiliates, including potentially the common stock offered hereby. Any such short positions could adversely affect future trading prices of the common stock offered hereby. The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

The selling shareholders may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act with respect to our shares of common stock that they are offering for sale.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a “Relevant Member State,” an offer to the public of any shares of common stock which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

(a) to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters or the underwriters nominated by us for any such offer; or

 

139


Table of Contents
(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares of common stock shall require us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer shares of common stock to the public” in relation to the shares of common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe to the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Hong Kong

No securities have been offered or sold, and no securities may be offered or sold, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent; or to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong. No document, invitation or advertisement relating to the securities has been issued or may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance.

This prospectus has not been registered with the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong. Accordingly, this prospectus may not be issued, circulated or distributed in Hong Kong, and the securities may not be offered for subscription to members of the public in Hong Kong. Each person acquiring the securities will be required, and is deemed by the acquisition of the securities, to confirm that he is aware of the restriction on offers of the securities described in this prospectus and the relevant offering documents and that he is not acquiring, and has not been offered any securities in circumstances that contravene any such restrictions.

Japan

The offering has not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948 of Japan, as amended), or FIEL, and the Initial Purchaser will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means, unless otherwise provided herein, any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been and will not be lodged or registered with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or the invitation for subscription or purchase of the securities may not be issued, circulated or distributed, nor may the securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to the public or any member of the public in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the “SFA,” (ii) to a relevant person as defined under Section 275(2), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of any other applicable provision of the SFA.

 

140


Table of Contents

Where the securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined under Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor,

shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the Offer Shares under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

 

  (ii) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or

 

  (iii) where the transfer is by operation of law.

Switzerland

The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or “SIX,” or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, or “FINMA,” and the offer of securities has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or “CISA.” The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of securities.

United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the “Order,” and/or (ii) high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated (each such person being referred to as a “relevant person”).

This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

 

141


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of our common stock offered hereby and certain other legal matters with respect to the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands will be passed upon for us by our counsel as to Republic of the Marshall Islands law, Watson, Farley & Williams LLP. Certain other legal matters will be passed upon for us by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., New York, New York. Certain matters with respect to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.

 

142


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Navigator Holdings Ltd. as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report covering the December 31, 2011 and 2012 consolidated financial statements refers to a change in the method of accounting for revenue recognition of voyage charters effective April 1, 2013.

KPMG LLP is located at 15 Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5GL, United Kingdom.

The section in this prospectus entitled “The International Liquefied Gas Shipping Industry” has been reviewed by Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd., which has confirmed to us that it accurately describes the international liquefied gas carrier market, as indicated in the consent of Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd. filed as an exhibit to the registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act of which this prospectus is a part.

 

143


Table of Contents

CHANGES IN ACCOUNTANTS

Our financial statements were audited by MSPC Certified Public Accountants and Advisors, P.C., or “MSPC,” for the year ended December 31, 2011, and by Grassi & Co., CPAs, P.C., or “Grassi,” for the year ended December 31, 2012. MSPC and Grassi are each independent registered public accounting firms associated with Moore Stephens International Limited. On January 31, 2013, we released MSPC and engaged Grassi for the year ended December 31, 2012. The engagement of Grassi was approved by our board of directors.

At the time that MSPC and Grassi performed audit services for us, we were not a public company and were not subject to SEC regulations, including the requirement for our auditors to be a PCAOB registered accounting firm. In preparation for this offering, on June 12, 2013, we released Grassi and engaged KPMG LLP, an independent PCAOB registered public accounting firm, to re-audit our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012. These financial statements, including KPMG LLP’s audit report thereon, are included in this prospectus and in the registration statement. The engagement of KPMG LLP was approved by our board of directors.

Neither Grassi’s nor MSPC’s reports on the financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, contained an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, or was qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles. During such time period, there were no disagreements between us and either Grassi or MSPC on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure.

We have provided MSPC and Grassi each with a copy of the disclosure contained in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, which was received by each of MSPC and Grassi on October 17, 2013. MSPC and Grassi have each furnished a letter addressed to the SEC and each letter is filed as an exhibit to our registration statement stating agreement with the statements made in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

144


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 regarding the common stock. This prospectus does not contain all of the information found in the registration statement. For further information regarding us and the common stock offered in this prospectus, you may wish to review the full registration statement, including its exhibits. The registration statement, including the exhibits, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of this material can also be obtained upon written request from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or from the SEC’s web site on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov free of charge. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on public reference room.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance therewith, we will be required to file with the SEC annual reports on Form 20-F within six months of our fiscal year-end, and provide to the SEC other material information on Form 6-K. We intend to file our annual report on Form 20-F earlier than the SEC currently requires. These reports and other information may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC or obtained from the SEC’s website as provided above. We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website, which will be operational after this offering, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, certain rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, including the filing of quarterly reports or current reports on Form 8-K. However, we intend to furnish or make available to our shareholders annual reports containing our audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and make available to our shareholders quarterly reports containing our unaudited interim financial information for the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year.

 

145


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

  

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013

     F-2   

Consolidated Statements of Income for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2013

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2013

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2013

     F-6   

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-11   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012

     F-12   

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012

     F-13   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December  31 2012

     F-14   

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December  31, 2012

     F-15   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012

     F-16   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-17   

 

 

 

F-1


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31,
2012
    JUNE 30,
2013
 

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 140,870,317      $ 86,912,732   

Short-term investments

     10,000,000        10,000,000   

Accounts receivable, net

     3,873,849        6,073,375   

Accrued income

     6,729,551        9,707,098   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     5,079,652        5,645,475   

Inventories

     4,821,346        8,360,956   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     171,374,715        126,699,636   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vessels in operation, net

     586,660,699        875,663,592   

Deposit on vessel acquisitions

     47,000,000        16,850,000   

Vessels under construction

     20,110,888        30,667,352   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     497,362        448,812   

Deferred finance costs, net

     6,610,820        12,463,763   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 832,254,484      $ 1,062,793,155   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

    

Current liabilities

    

Current portion of secured term loan facilities

   $ 26,842,508      $ 47,798,076   

Accounts payable

     7,943,797        8,358,727   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     5,368,092        8,650,890   

Deferred income

     2,883,352        1,641,805   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     43,037,749        66,449,498   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

    

Secured term loan facilities, net of current portion

     216,393,245        329,166,423   

9% Senior unsecured bond issue

     125,000,000        125,000,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     341,393,245        454,166,423   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

    

Shareholders’ equity

    

Common stock—$.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 46,296,762 shares issued and outstanding, (2012:38,694,648)  (1)

     386,946        462,966   

Additional paid-in capital

     352,379,033        427,673,146   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (114,507     (210,830

Retained earnings

     95,172,018        114,251,952   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     447,823,490        542,177,234   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 832,254,484      $ 1,062,793,155   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  

All share amounts (except par value per share amounts) have been retroactively restated to reflect the Company’s 3-for-1 stock split that will be effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement related to its initial public offering.

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Income

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

     SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30,
 
     2012     2013  

Revenues

    

Operating revenue

   $ 66,916,740      $ 102,816,337   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

    

Address and brokerage commissions

     2,023,423        2,574,834   

Voyage expenses

     14,161,583        22,260,159   

Charter-in cost

     3,600,000        3,174,718   

Vessel operating expenses

     15,104,473        22,933,154   

Depreciation and amortization

     11,506,089        15,682,539   

General and administrative costs

     2,535,966        3,194,643   

Other corporate expenses

     849,978        999,183   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     49,781,512        70,819,230   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     17,135,228        31,997,107   

Other income/(expense)

    

Interest expense

     (3,561,173     (12,739,434

Interest income

     9,192        46,179   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     13,583,247        19,303,852   

Income taxes

     (245,611     (223,918
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 13,337,636      $ 19,079,934   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

    

Basic and diluted (1)

   $ 0.37      $ 0.43   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding:

    

Basic and diluted (1)

     35,879,892        43,965,585   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends per share:

    

Basic and diluted (1)

   $ 0.07      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  

All share amounts (except par value per share amounts) have been retroactively restated to reflect the Company’s 3-for-1 stock split that will be effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement related to its initial public offering.

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

     SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30,
 
     2012      2013  

Net income

   $ 13,337,636       $ 19,079,934   

Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss):

     

Foreign currency translation (loss)/gain

     23,295         (96,323
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive Income

   $ 13,360,931       $ 18,983,611   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

     COMMON
STOCK AT
0.01 PAR
VALUE
     ADDITIONAL
PAID-IN CAPITAL
     ACCUMULATED
OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME (LOSS)
    RETAINED
EARNINGS
    TOTAL  

January 1, 2012

   $ 329,893       $ 304,789,579       $ (146,673   $ 67,055,392      $ 372,028,191   

Issuance of common stock

     56,250         46,793,747                       46,849,747   

Restricted shares issued February 22, 2012

     503                               503   

Restricted shares issued April 24, 2012

     300                               300   

Net income

                            30,535,845        30,535,845   

Dividends paid

                            (2,419,219     (2,419,219

Foreign currency translation

                     32,166               32,166   

Share-based compensation plan

             795,957                       795,957   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

     386,946         352,379,033         (114,507     95,172,018        447,823,490   

Issuance of common stock

     75,000         74,905,022                       74,980,022   

Restricted shares issued March 31, 2013

     600                               600   

Restricted shares issued April 7, 2013

     270                               270   

Restricted shares issued April 11, 2013

     150                               150   

Net income

                            19,079,934        19,079,934   

Foreign currency translation

                     (96,323            (96,323

Share-based compensation plan

             389,091                       389,091   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

June 30, 2013

   $ 462,966       $ 427,673,146       $ (210,830   $ 114,251,952      $ 542,177,234   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  

All share amounts (except par value per share amounts) have been retroactively restated to reflect the Company’s 3-for-1 stock split that will be effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement related to its initial public offering.

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

     SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30,
2012
    SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30,
2013
 

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net income

   $ 13,337,636      $ 19,079,934   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

    

Depreciation and amortization

     11,506,089        15,682,539   

Share-based compensation

     333,841        390,111   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     593,646        842,108   

Unrealized foreign exchange

     20,922        (70,656

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable

     (3,118,816     (2,199,526

Inventories

     341,151        (3,539,610

Accrued income and prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (440,498     (3,543,370

Accounts payable and other liabilities

     3,863,374        2,456,179   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     26,437,345        29,097,709   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Payment to acquire vessels

     (100,522,771     (273,072,920

Payment for vessels under construction

     (34,797,711     (10,556,464

Payment of drydocking costs

            (1,392,598

Purchase of other property, plant and equipment

     (101,255     (47,030

Release of short-term investments

            10,000,000   

Placement of short-term investments

            (10,000,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (135,421,737     (285,069,012
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from secured term loan facilities

     176,528,261        147,150,000   

Direct financing costs of secured term loan facilities

     (2,700,000     (6,669,871

Repayment of secured term loan facilities

     (94,228,662     (13,421,254

Issuance costs of 9% bond issue

            (25,179

Proceeds from issuance of stock

     46,875,000        75,000,000   

Issuance costs of stock

     (22,627     (19,978

Dividends paid

     (2,419,219       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     124,032,753        202,013,718   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     15,048,361        (53,957,585
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     26,734,435        140,870,317   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 41,782,796      $ 86,912,732   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Information

    

Total interest paid during the year, net of amounts capitalized

   $ 2,271,162      $ 10,786,776   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax paid during the year

   $ 58,745      $ 32,496   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

1. Basis of Presentation

In the opinion of the management of Navigator Holdings Ltd. (the “Company”), the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of June 30, 2013; the results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012; statement of shareholders’ equity for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012; and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012.

These condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America for interim reporting. They do not include all of the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for complete financial statements. The results for the six months ended June 30, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of results for the full 2013 fiscal year or any other future periods. It is recommended that these financial statements be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2012.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(l) Revenue Recognition

The Company employs its vessels on time charters or voyage charters. With time charters, the Company receives a fixed charter hire per on-hire day, and revenue is recognized on an accrual basis and is recorded over the term of the charter as service is provided. In the case of voyage charters, the vessel is contracted for a voyage between two or more ports and the Company is paid for the cargo transported.

On April 1, 2013, the Company changed its method of accounting for revenue recognition on voyage charters. Previously, the Company determined that a voyage commenced with loading and completed at the point of discharge. The Company now recognizes revenue on a discharge-to-discharge basis in determining percentage of completion for all voyage charters, but does not begin recognizing revenue until a charter has been agreed to by the customer and the Company, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port for its next voyage. The Company has adopted this new policy as it considers the decision to undertake a specific voyage is highly dependent on the location of the vessel’s prior discharge port and the part of the voyage to the load port is a necessary part of the overall profitability of that voyage. Management believes that given the significant increase in the number of vessels in operation and consequently the number of voyage charters undertaken, the results of the Company could be materially distorted by excluding the proportion of the revenue in sailing to the next load port. The effect of this new accounting policy, since its adoption on April 1, 2013, has not been considered material. Its adoption has not resulted in a retrospective adjustment as of or for the years ended December 31, 2011 or 2012, or for the six months ended June 30, 2012 or 2013, as the impact is not considered material.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

3. Vessels in Operation

 

 

 

     VESSEL      DRYDOCKING     TOTAL  

Cost

       

December 31, 2012

   $ 677,418,054       $ 10,364,236      $ 687,782,290   

Additions

     301,131,254         3,484,264        304,615,518   

Disposals

             (801,794     (801,794
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

June 30, 2013

   $ 978,549,308       $ 13,046,706      $ 991,596,014   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated Depreciation

       

December 31, 2012

   $ 95,425,485       $ 5,696,106      $ 101,121,591   

Charge for the period

     14,171,710         1,440,915        15,612,625   

Disposals

             (801,794     (801,794
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

June 30, 2013

   $ 109,597,195       $ 6,335,227      $ 115,932,422   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Book Value

       

June 30, 2013

   $ 868,952,113       $ 6,711,479      $ 875,663,592   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

   $ 581,992,569       $ 4,668,130      $ 586,660,699   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The net book value of vessels that serve as collateral for the Company’s bank loans was $733,442,093 at June 30, 2013.

4. Vessels Under Construction

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31,
2012
    JUNE 30,
2013
 

Vessels under construction at January 1

   $ 30,183,159      $ 20,110,888   

Payments to shipyard

     43,850,300        9,970,000   

Other payments including initial stores, capitalized interest and site costs

     1,080,801        586,464   

Transfer to vessels in operation

     (55,003,372       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vessels under construction period end

   $ 20,110,888      $ 30,667,352   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

5. Common Stock

An investment agreement with affiliates of WL Ross & Co. LLC, Mr. David Butters and a third party was entered into on February 15, 2013, to subscribe for shares of common stock with a value of $75,000,000. These shares were issued, and funds received by the Company, on February 25, 2013.

6. Share-Based Compensation

During 2008, the Company’s Board adopted the 2008 Restricted Stock Plan (the “Plan”), which entitles officers, employees, consultants and directors of the Company to receive grants of restricted stock of the Company’s common stock.

In 2012, the Company granted 39,198 shares to the Chief Executive of the Company and 11,100 shares to the officers and management of the Company, all of which were issued on February 22, 2012, with a weighted average estimated value of $7.59 per share. All of these shares vest on the third anniversary of the grant date. A further 15,000 shares each were granted to two Board members of the Company with a weighted average estimated value of $7.20 per share on April 24, 2012. These shares vest on the first anniversary of the grant date.

In 2013, the Company granted 60,000 shares, with a weighted average estimated value of $10.00 per share, to the Chief Executive of the Company all of which were issued on March 31, 2013. On April 7, 2013 a further 27,117 shares were granted to the officers and management of the Company with a weighted average value of $10.00 per

 

F-8


Table of Contents

share and on April 11, 2013 a further 15,000 shares were granted to officers and management of the Company with a weighted average estimated value of $10.00. All these shares vest on the third anniversary of the grant date.

Using the straight-line method of expensing the restricted stock grants, the estimated fair value of the shares calculated at the date of grant is recognized as compensation costs in the Statement of Income over the vesting period. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company recognized $390,111 in share-based compensation costs (six months ended June 30, 2012: $333,841). At June 30, 2013, there was a total of $1,284,961 unrecognized compensation costs relating to the expected future vesting of share-based awards (December 31, 2012: $653,908) which are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.28 years (December 31, 2012: 0.93 years).

The total fair value of shares vested during the six months ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2013 was nil and $1,080,000, respectively.

Restricted share grant activity for the year ended December 31, 2012 and six months ended June 30, 2013 was as follows:

 

 

 

     NUMBER OF
NON-VESTED
RESTRICTED
SHARES
    WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
GRANT DATE
FAIR VALUE
     WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
REMAINING
CONTRACTUAL
TERM
     AGGREGATE
INTRINSIC
VALUE
 

Balance as of January 1, 2012

     439,350      $ 5.37         

Granted

     80,298        7.44         

Vested

     (150,000     5.50         
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

     369,648      $ 5.76         0.93 years       $ 3,696,480   

Granted

     102,117        10.00         

Vested

     (108,000     4.93         
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2013

     363,765      $ 7.20         1.28 years       $ 3,637,650   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

7. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company occupies office space in London with a lease commencing in March 2012, for a period of ten years, with a mutual break clause after five years, and is paying approximately $515,000 (£321,850) per calendar year.

The Company also occupies property in New York paying approximately $231,990 per year. The lease is for a period of five years ending June 30, 2017.

The Company has chartered-in a vessel for a period ending in December 2014 at a fixed monthly rate commensurate with the market rate at the time of fixing the charter.

The Company entered into agreements during April 2012 to purchase up to four 21,000 cbm, semi-refrigerated ethylene-capable liquefied gas carriers which will be built at Jiangnan Shipyard (Group) Co. Ltd in China for an aggregate price of approximately $200,000,000. The first vessel is scheduled to be delivered in April 2014 followed by a vessel delivery each two months thereafter.

On August 9, 2012, the Company entered into an investor restrictions agreement with WL Ross & Co. LLC and certain of its affiliated investment funds (the “WLR Group”), pursuant to which the WLR Group agreed for a three-year period not to, among other things, acquire additional shares of common stock, subject to certain exceptions, or publicly propose to effect any tender offer or other transaction in which the common stock would be purchased or exchanged into cash or other property without the prior approval of the Board.

The Company signed an agreement to purchase a fleet of eleven semi-refrigerated and fully-refrigerated handysize vessels from affiliates of A.P. Møller Maersk on November 14, 2012, for a total purchase price of $470,000,000, at

 

F-9


Table of Contents

which time the Company paid a 10% deposit. Three vessels were delivered in February 2013 with a further four during the second quarter. An additional vessel was delivered in July, and the remaining three vessels are contracted to be delivered prior to the end of 2013.

A loan facility agreement for $270,000,000 was entered into on February 12, 2013, between Navigator Gas L.L.C. and Nordea Bank Finland Plc London Branch, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB, DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch, ABN Amro bank N.V. and HSH Nordbank AG, to assist with the financing of the acquisition of the A.P. Møller Maersk vessels. The Company drew down $147,150,000 from this facility during the second quarter of 2013. The term loan facility is a delayed draw facility with an availability period ending December 31, 2013, and a term of five years. Advances under the term loan facility are contingent upon the delivery of the A.P. Møller vessels, provided that no advance may occur after the end of the availability period. The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels must be no less than 135% of the aggregate outstanding borrowings under the facility. Interest on amounts drawn is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus 350 basis points per annum. The principal will be repaid in installments based on a schedule determined by lenders on each date that amounts are drawn under the facility.

A loan facility agreement for $120,000,000 was entered into on April 11, 2013, between Navigator Gas L.L.C. and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, The Export-Import Bank of China, HSH Nordbank AG and NIBC Bank N.V. to assist with the financing of the four newbuilding vessels being built in China. The term loan facility is a delayed draw facility with the last availability period ending June 8, 2015 and a term of six years. The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels must be no less than 135% of the aggregate outstanding borrowings under the facility. Interest on amounts drawn under the facility is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus 350 basis points per annum. The principal will be repaid in installments based on a schedule determined by lenders on each date that amounts are drawn under the facility.

In February 2013, the Company amended and restated the existing investor rights agreement with the WLR Group. Under the amended and restated investor rights agreement, subject to certain exceptions, WLR has the right to designate two individuals to be nominated to our Board and has certain demand and “piggyback” registration rights.

On July 18, 2013, the Company entered into agreements to construct one 21,000 cubic meter semi-refrigerated ethylene capable gas carrier and two 22,000 cubic meter semi-refrigerated liquefied gas carriers for a combined price of approximately $138 million. In addition, the Company has options to construct a further two 22,000 cubic meter semi-refrigerated liquefied gas carriers, exercisable by October 2013. All vessels will be constructed by Jiangnan Shipyard (Group) Co Ltd. in China, and are scheduled for delivery during 2015.

The Company’s largest shareholder, the WLR Group, owned 60.6% of its outstanding shares of common stock prior to the offering and will continue to own a significant amount of the Company’s common stock following the offering. Based on the WLR Group’s significant ownership interest in the Company it may be able to exert considerable influence on the outcome of matters on which the Company’s shareholders are entitled to vote, including the election of directors to its board of directors and other significant corporate actions.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through August 30, 2013, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

When the stock split referred to in note 10(b) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements has been effected, we will be in a position to render the following report.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Navigator Holdings Ltd. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Navigator Holdings Ltd. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for revenue recognition of voyage charters effective April 1, 2013.

London, United Kingdom

July 18, 2013, except as to

note 10(b), which is as of                     , 2013

 

F-11


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31,
2011
    DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 26,734,435      $ 140,870,317   

Short-term investments

            10,000,000   

Accounts receivable, net

     1,303,445        3,873,849   

Deferred income

     2,855,725        6,729,551   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     2,571,918        5,079,652   

Inventories

     4,448,830        4,821,346   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     37,914,353        171,374,715   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vessels in operation, net

     455,268,366        586,660,699   

Deposit on vessel acquisitions

            47,000,000   

Vessels under construction

     30,183,159        20,110,888   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     202,881        497,362   

Deferred finance costs, net

     1,224,375        6,610,820   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 524,793,134      $ 832,254,484   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

    

Current liabilities

    

Current portion of secured term loan facilities

   $ 14,827,696      $ 26,842,508   

Accounts payable

     4,351,463        7,943,797   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     2,087,847        5,368,092   

Deferred income

     1,968,225        2,883,352   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     23,235,231        43,037,749   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

    

Secured term loan facilities, net of current portion

     129,529,712        216,393,245   

9% Senior unsecured bond issue

            125,000,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     129,529,712        341,393,245   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

    

Shareholders’ equity

    

Common stock—$.01 par value;

    

60,000,000 shares authorized; 38,694,648 shares issued and outstanding (2011: 32,989,350) (1)

     329,893        386,946   

Additional paid-in capital

     304,789,579        352,379,003   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (146,673     (114,507

Retained earnings

     67,055,392        95,172,018   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     372,028,191        447,823,490   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 524,793,134      $ 832,254,484   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  

All share amounts (except par value per share amounts) have been retroactively restated to reflect the Company’s 3-for-1 stock split that will be effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement related to its initial public offering, as described in Note 10(b) to these consolidated financial statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2011
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Revenues

    

Operating revenue

   $ 88,874,595      $ 146,716,403   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

    

Address and brokerage commissions

     2,664,461        4,233,794   

Voyage expenses

     17,660,991        27,790,816   

Charter-in costs

     343,710        11,287,831   

Vessel operating expenses

     22,938,934        32,826,651   

Depreciation and amortization

     18,677,574        24,179,633   

General and administrative costs

     4,232,103        5,273,540   

Other corporate expenses

     1,165,838        1,401,808   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     67,683,611        106,994,073   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     21,190,984        39,722,330   

Other income/(expense)

    

Interest expense

     (2,442,182     (8,735,952

Interest income

     8,978        64,590   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     18,757,780        31,050,968   

Income taxes

     (107,501     (515,123
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 18,650,279      $ 30,535,845   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

    

Basic and diluted (1)

   $ 0.60      $ 0.82   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding:

    

Basic and diluted (1)

     31,195,743        37,294,962   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends per share:

    

Basic and diluted (1)

   $ 0.31      $ 0.06   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  

All share amounts (except par value per share amounts) have been retroactively restated to reflect the Company’s 3-for-1 stock split that will be effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement related to its initial public offering, as described in Note 10(b) to these consolidated financial statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2011
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Net income

   $ 18,650,279      $ 30,535,845   

Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss):

    

Foreign currency translation (loss)/gain

     (8,152     32,166   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive Income

   $ 18,642,127      $ 30,568,011   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

    COMMON
STOCK AT 0.01
PAR VALUE
    ADDITIONAL
PAID-IN
CAPITAL
    ACCUMULATED
OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME (LOSS)
    RETAINED
EARNINGS
    TOTAL  

January 1, 2011

  $ 310,530      $ 288,698,458      $ (138,521   $ 58,045,449      $ 346,915,916   

Issuance of common stock

    18,750        15,249,700                      15,268,450   

Restricted shares issued March 31, 2011

    157                             157   

Restricted shares issued April 10, 2011

    456                             456   

Net income

                         18,650,279        18,650,279   

Dividends paid

                         (9,640,336     (9,640,336

Foreign currency translation

                  (8,152            (8,152

Share-based compensation plan

           841,421                      841,421   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

    329,893        304,789,579        (146,673     67,055,392        372,028,191   

Issuance of common stock

    56,250        46,793,747                      46,849,747   

Restricted shares issued February 22, 2012

    503                             503   

Restricted shares issued April 24, 2012

    300                             300   

Net income

                         30,535,845        30,535,845   

Dividends paid

                         (2,419,219     (2,419,219

Foreign currency translation

                  32,166               32,166   

Share-based compensation plan

           795,957                      795,957   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

  $ 386,946      $ 352,379,033      $ (114,507   $ 95,172,018      $ 447,823,490   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)  

All share amounts (except par value per share amounts) have been retroactively restated to reflect the Company’s 3-for-1 stock split that will be effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement related to its initial public offering, as described in Note 10(b) to these consolidated financial statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

     YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2011
    YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net income

   $ 18,650,279      $ 30,535,845   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

    

Depreciation and amortization

     18,677,574        24,179,633   

Share-based compensation

     842,034        796,760   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     275,625        959,210   

Unrealized foreign exchange

     (11,031     27,489   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable

     2,115,829        (2,570,404

Inventories

     (855,116     (372,516

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     2,761,269        (6,381,560

Accounts payable and other liabilities

     2,532,954        7,787,706   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     44,989,417        54,962,163   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Payment to acquire vessels

            (147,454,659

Payment for vessels under construction

     (85,526,666     (44,931,101

Payment of drydocking costs

     (6,780       

Purchase of other property, plant and equipment

     (50,170     (403,739

Placement of short-term investments

            (10,000,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (85,583,616     (202,789,499
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from secured term loan facilities

     53,471,739        206,528,261   

Direct financing costs of secured term loan facilities

     (900,000     (2,700,000

Repayment of secured term loan facilities

     (7,114,331     (107,649,916

Proceeds from 9% senior unsecured bond

            125,000,000   

Issuance costs of 9% senior unsecured bond

            (3,645,655

Proceeds from issuance of stock

     15,625,000        46,875,000   

Issuance costs of stock

     (356,550     (25,253

Dividends paid

     (9,640,336     (2,419,219
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     51,085,522        261,963,218   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     10,491,323        114,135,882   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     16,243,112        26,734,435   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 26,734,435      $ 140,870,317   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Information

    

Total interest paid during the year, net of amounts capitalized

   $ 2,099,318      $ 6,166,338   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax paid during the year

   $ 73,361      $ 165,105   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2011 and 2012

1. Description of Business

Navigator Holdings Ltd., or the “Company,” the ultimate parent company of the Navigator Group of companies, is registered in the Republic of the Marshall Islands. The Company has a business of owning and operating a fleet of gas carriers. At December 31, 2012, the Company owned and operated twelve gas carriers, or the “Vessels,” having a cargo capacity of between 20,600 cbm and 22,100 cbm, all of which were semi-refrigerated and of those, five were capable of transporting ethylene.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries (See Note 7) and its Variable Interest Entities, or “VIE.” All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company consolidated 100% of one VIE, PT Navigator Khatulistiwa (“PTNK”) for which the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, i.e. it has, through its subsidiaries, a controlling financial interest in this entity. The subsidiaries own 49% of the VIE’s common stock, all of its secured debt and have voting control over it. The Company derives voting control through the PTNK joint venture agreement which states that one of the Company’s subsidiaries controls PTNK at the shareholder level and controls PTNK’s Board of Commissioners. The secured debt is collateralized with PTNK’s vessels and is held exclusively by a subsidiary of the Company. Therefore, all economic interests in the residual net assets reside with the Company as the rights of all additional benefits and absorbing of any losses are borne by the Company.

A VIE is an entity that in general does not have equity investors with voting rights or that has equity investors that do not provide sufficient financial resources for the entity to support its activities. A controlling financial interest in a VIE is present when a company has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and absorbs a majority of an entity’s expected losses, receives a majority of an entity’s expected residual returns, or both.

(b) Vessels in Operation

The cost of the vessels (excluding the estimated initial drydocking cost) less their estimated residual value is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the vessel’s estimated economic life. Management estimates the useful life of each of the Company’s vessels to be 30 years from the date of its original construction.

(c) Vessels Under Construction

Vessels under construction are stated at cost, which includes the cost of construction and other direct costs attributable to the construction. No provision for depreciation is made on construction in progress until such time as the relevant assets are completed and put into use.

(d) Impairment of Vessels

The Company reviews the carrying value of its vessels for impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable from the estimated future cash flows expected to result from its use and eventual disposition. In cases where undiscounted expected future cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized equal to an amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of assets.

(e) Drydocking Costs

Each vessel is required to be drydocked every 30 to 60 months for classification society surveys and inspections of, among other things, the underwater parts of the vessel. These works include, but are not limited to hull coatings, seawater valves, steelworks and piping works, propeller servicing and anchor chain winch calibrations, all of which cannot be performed while the vessels are operating. The Company capitalizes costs associated with the drydockings

 

F-17


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

in accordance with ASC Topic 360 “Fixed Assets” and amortizes these costs on a straight-line basis over the period to the next expected drydocking. Amortization of drydocking costs is included in depreciation and amortization in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Costs incurred during the drydocking period which relate to routine repairs and maintenance are expensed.

(f) Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers highly liquid investments, such as time deposits and certificates of deposit, with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased, to be cash equivalents. The Company has cash in a U.S. financial institution which is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the “FDIC,” for up to $250,000. At December 31, 2012 and throughout 2011 and 2012, the Company had balances in this financial institution in excess of the insured amount. The Company also maintains cash balances in foreign financial institutions which are not covered by the FDIC.

(g) Short-Term Investments

Short-term investments represent funds deposited on the money markets with an original maturity of more than three months when purchased. The Company records its short-term investments at fair value. Fair value is a market-based measurement that is determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or a liability. The fair value accounting standard establishes a three tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value:

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2—Include other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs which are supported by little or no market activity.

The fair value hierarchy also requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The Company’s short-term investments are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

(h) Accounts Receivable

The Company carries its accounts receivable at cost less an allowance for doubtful accounts. At December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Company evaluated its accounts receivable and established an allowance for doubtful accounts, based on a history of past write-offs, collections and current credit conditions. The Company does not generally charge interest on past-due accounts (unless the accounts are subject to legal action), and accounts are written off as uncollectible when all reasonable collection efforts have failed. Accounts are deemed past-due based on contractual terms.

(i) Inventories

Inventories include bunkers (fuel), for those vessels under voyage charter, and lubricants. Under a time charter, the cost of bunkers is borne by and remains the property of the charterer. Inventories are accounted for on a first in, first out basis and are valued at the lower of cost and market value.

(j) Deferred Finance Costs

Costs incurred in connection with obtaining secured term loan facilities and bonds are recorded as deferred financing costs and are amortized to interest expense over the estimated duration of the related debt. Such costs include fees paid to the lenders or on the lenders’ behalf and associated legal and other professional fees.

(k) Deferred Income

Deferred income is the balance of cash received in excess of revenue earned under a time charter or voyage charter arrangement as of the balance sheet date.

(l) Revenue Recognition

The Company employs its vessels on time charters or voyage charters. With time charters, the Company receives a fixed charter hire per on-hire day and revenue is recognized on an accrual basis and is recorded over the term of the

 

F-18


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

charter as service is provided. In the case of voyage charters, the vessel is contracted for a voyage between two or more ports and the Company is paid for the cargo transported.

On April 1, 2013, the Company changed its method of accounting for revenue recognition on voyage charters. Previously, the Company determined that a voyage commenced with loading and completed at the point of discharge. The Company now recognizes revenue on a discharge-to-discharge basis in determining percentage of completion for all voyage charters, but does not begin recognizing revenue until a charter has been agreed to by the customer and the Company, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port for its next voyage.

The Company has adopted this new policy as it considers the decision to undertake a specific voyage is highly dependent on the location of the vessel’s prior discharge port and the part of the voyage to the load port is a necessary part of the overall profitability of that voyage. Management believes that given the significant increase in the number of vessels in operation and consequently the number of voyage charters undertaken, the results of the Company could be materially distorted by excluding the proportion of the revenue in sailing to the next load port.

The adoption of this new accounting policy has not resulted in a retrospective adjustment as of or for the years ended December 31, 2011 or 2012, as the impact is not considered material.

(m) Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

The Company follows the provisions of ASC Topic 220 “Comprehensive Income”, which requires separate presentation of certain transactions, which are recorded directly as components of shareholders’ equity. Comprehensive income is comprised of net income and foreign currency translation gains and losses.

(n) Voyage Expenses and Vessel Operating Expenses

When the Company employs its vessels on time charter, it is responsible for all the operating expenses of the vessels, such as crew costs, stores, insurance, repairs and maintenance. In the case of voyage charters, the vessel is contracted only for a voyage between two or several ports, and the Company pays for all voyage expenses in addition to the vessel operating expenses. Voyage expenses consist mainly of in port expenses and bunker (fuel) consumption and are recognized as incurred.

(o) Repairs and Maintenance

All expenditures relating to routine maintenance and repairs are expensed when incurred.

(p) Insurance

The Company maintains hull and machinery insurance, war risk insurance, protection and indemnity insurance coverage, increased value insurance, demurrage and defense insurance coverage in amounts considered prudent to cover normal risks in the ordinary course of its operations. Premiums paid in advance to insurance companies are recognized as prepaid expenses and recorded as a vessel operating expense over the period covered by the insurance contract.

(q) Share-Based Compensation

The Company records as an expense in its financial statements the fair value of all equity-settled stock-based compensation awards. The terms and vesting schedules for share-based awards vary by type of grant. Generally, the awards vest subject to time-based (immediate to five years) service conditions. Compensation expense is recognized ratably over the service period.

(r) Accounting Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or “U.S. GAAP,” requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

(s) Foreign Currency Transactions

Substantially all of the Company’s cash receipts are in U.S. Dollars. The Company’s disbursements, however, are in the currency invoiced by the supplier. The Company remits funds in the various currencies invoiced. The non-U.S. Dollar invoices received and their subsequent payments are converted into U.S. Dollars when the transactions occur. The movement in exchange rates between these two dates is transferred to an exchange difference account and is expensed each month. The exchange risk resulting from these transactions is not material.

(t) Income Taxes

Navigator Holdings Ltd. and its Marshall Islands subsidiaries are not subject to taxation in the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

The Company has two subsidiaries incorporated in the United Kingdom where the base tax rate is 24% for the year ended December 31, 2012 (26% for the year ended December 31, 2011). One subsidiary earns management and other fees from fellow subsidiary companies, and for the year ended December 31, 2012, the estimated tax charge is $193,554 (2011: $107,501). The second subsidiary earned no income during 2012.

The Company considered the income tax disclosure requirements of ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes”, in regards to disclosing material unrecognized tax benefits; none were identified. The Company’s policy is to recognize accrued interest and penalties for unrecognized tax benefits as a component of tax expense. At December 31, 2011 and 2012, there were no accrued interest and penalties for unrecognized tax benefits.

(u) Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share of common stock, or “Basic EPS,” is computed by dividing the net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share of common stock, or “Diluted EPS,” are computed by dividing the net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock and dilutive share of common stock equivalents then outstanding. ASC Topic 260 requires presentation of both Basic EPS and Diluted EPS on the face of the Company’s Statement of Income.

Shares granted pursuant to the 2008 Restricted Stock Plan have been considered as outstanding since their respective grant dates for purposes of computing basic and diluted earnings per share.

(v) Segment Reporting

Although separate vessel financial information is available, Management internally evaluates the performance of the enterprise as a whole and not on the basis of separate business units or different types of charters. As a result, the Company has determined that it operates as one reportable segment. Since the Company’s vessels regularly move between countries in international waters over many trade routes, it is impractical to assign revenues or earnings from the transportation of international LPG products by geographic area.

(w) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The following accounting standard issued as of December 31, 2012, may affect the future financial reporting by Navigator Holdings Ltd.:

ASU (“ Accounting Standards Update No.”) 2013-02 Comprehensive Income (Topic 220)—Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (February 2013 )

The amendments do not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements. These amendments require an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, the entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional details about those amounts.

For public entities, the amendments are effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2012, and interim and annual periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted.

3. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The principal financial assets of the Company at December 31, 2011 and 2012 consist of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, and accounts receivable. The principal financial liabilities of the Company consist of accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities, secured term loan facilities and the 9% senior unsecured bond issue.

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents and accrued expenses and other liabilities are reasonable estimates of their fair value due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments.

The fair value of the Company’s secured term loan facilities approximates its carrying value due to the variable interest rates associated with the secured term loan facilities (Note 8) and is classified as a level three investment under the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of the 9% unsecured bond issue is deemed to approximate its carrying value due to the fact that the issuance of the bond occurred on December 18, 2012, close to the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

4. Accounts Receivable, Net

It is a condition of time charter parties that payments of hire are received monthly in advance. Voyage charter contracts require payment upon completion of each discharge, with subsequent demurrage claims payable on submission of invoices. At December 31, 2012, management has provided a provision for doubtful accounts of $302,024 relating to outstanding demurrage claims (2011: $62,531).

5. Vessels in Operation

 

 

 

     VESSEL      DRYDOCKING      TOTAL  

Cost

        

December 31, 2011

   $ 522,918,357       $ 9,405,902       $ 532,324,259   

Transfer in from vessels under construction

     54,503,372         500,000         55,003,372   

Additions

     99,996,325         458,334         100,454,659   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

   $ 677,418,054       $ 10,364,236       $ 687,782,290   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated Depreciation

        

December 31, 2011

   $ 73,465,967       $ 3,589,926       $ 77,055,893   

Charge for the period

     21,959,518         2,106,180         24,065,698   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

   $ 95,425,485       $ 5,696,106       $ 101,121,591   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Book Value

        

December 31, 2012

   $ 581,992,569       $ 4,668,130       $ 586,660,699   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

   $ 449,452,390       $ 5,815,976       $ 455,268,366   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

The net book value of vessels that serve as collateral for the Company’s bank loans (Note 8) was $488,858,551 at December 31, 2012.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

6. Vessels Under Construction

 

 

 

     2011     2012  

Vessels under construction at January 1

   $      $ 30,183,159   

Payments to shipyard

     55,110,000        43,850,300   

Payments on novation of shipbuilding contracts

     26,775,900          

Other payments including initial stores, capitalized interest and site costs

     3,640,767        1,080,801   

Transfer to vessels in operation

     (55,343,508     (55,003,372
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vessels under construction at December 31

   $ 30,183,159      $ 20,110,888   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

In 2011, the Company entered into two agreements to novate ship building contracts from Latmar Holdings Corporation to the Company for the construction of two 20,600 cbm semi-refrigerated liquefied gas carriers at Hyundai Mipo Dockyard in South Korea. The first of the two vessels, Navigator Leo , was delivered to the Company on September 27, 2011. The second vessel, Navigator Libra , was delivered on February 9, 2012.

At December 31, 2012, the Company had committed to construct four 21,000 cbm ethylene-capable semi-refrigerated gas carriers at Jiangnan and has paid a deposit of $4,985,000 per vessel.

7. Group Subsidiaries

 

 

 

COMPANY NAME

   PERCENTAGE
OWNERSHIP
AS OF
DECEMBER 31,
2012
   

COUNTRY OF
INCORPORATION

  

COMPANY TYPE

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

     Marshall Islands    Holding company

- Navigator Gas US L.L.C.

     100   Delaware (USA)    Service company

- Navigator Gas L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Holding company

~ Navigator Gemini L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Leo L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Libra L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Mars L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Neptune L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Pegasus L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Phoenix L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Saturn L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Taurus L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ Navigator Venus L.L.C.

     100   Marshall Islands    Vessel-owning company

~ NGT Services (UK) Ltd

     100   England    Service company

~ Falcon Funding PTE Ltd

     100   Singapore    Service company

~ Navigator Gas Invest Ltd

     100   England    Investment company

- PT Navigator Khatulistiwa

     49   Indonesia    Vessel-owning company

 

 

The VIE, PT Navigator Khatulistiwa had total assets and liabilities, as of December 31, 2012, of $101,289,872 and $69,652,399, respectively.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

8. Secured Term Loan Facilities

 

 

 

     DECEMBER 31,
2011
     DECEMBER 31,
2012
 

Due within one year

   $ 14,827,694       $ 26,842,508   

Due in two years

     87,864,730         26,842,508   

Due in three years

     5,642,508         26,842,508   

Due in four years

     4,447,587         26,842,508   

Due in five years

     3,864,732         135,865,721   

Due in more than five years

     27,710,157           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total secured term loan facilities

   $ 144,357,408       $ 243,235,753   

Less current portion

     14,827,696         26,842,508   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Secured term loan facilities

   $ 129,529,712       $ 216,393,245   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

The Company has an $80,000,000 secured term loan facility with Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB and Nordea Bank Finland Plc dated April 1, 2011. Interest is payable under the loan facility at USD LIBOR (0.3% for three month USD LIBOR at December 31, 2012) plus 3%, payable periodically. The Company also paid a commitment fee of 1.05% per annum based on any undrawn portion of the facility. The facility is divided into three parts: Tranche A of $16,000,000; Tranche B and Tranche C at $32,000,000 each. The loan was fully drawn in February 2012 when the balance of Tranche C was drawn down to finance the delivery installment of Navigator Libra and partly for general corporate purposes. At December 31, 2012, the total outstanding amount of the loan was $73,835,753, of which Tranche A is repayable by 17 quarterly amounts of $521,739 followed by a final payment of $4,521,742; Tranche B is repayable by 16 quarterly amounts of $444,444 followed by a final payment of $22,666,676; and Tranche C is repayable by 17 quarterly amounts of $444,444 followed by a final payment of $23,111,120.

This term loan facility is secured by first priority mortgages on each of Navigator Saturn , Navigator Leo and Navigator Libra as well as assignments of earnings and insurances on these secured vessels. The financial covenants, each as defined within the credit facility, are (a) the maintenance at all times of cash and cash equivalents (including undrawn available lines of credit with maturity exceeding 12 months) in an amount equal to or greater than (i) $10,000,000 and (ii) 5 per cent of the total indebtedness; (b) net debt to total capitalization ratio not to exceed 60%; (c) EBITDA to interest expense, on a trailing four-quarter basis, to be no less than 3:1; and (d) a loan to value maintenance of no less than 130%. At December 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with all covenants contained in this term loan. Pursuant to the terms of the term loan facility, the Company may not declare any dividends, redeem its shares or make any other payment to its shareholders other than a dividend of up to fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s consolidated net income may be declared or paid on a quarterly basis so long as the Company is in compliance with the financial covenants on a pro forma basis after declaring or paying such dividend and no event of default has occurred or will occur after declaration or payment of the dividend.

During the year, the Company entered into a $180,000,000 loan facility with Nordea Bank Finland Plc, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB and DVB Bank SE dated April 18, 2012, for the purpose of refinancing a $150,000,000 secured revolving credit facility dated July 31, 2008, as well as providing finance for the acquisition of two vessels from within our operating segment, Navigator Pegasus and Navigator Phoenix and for general corporate purposes. The deferred finance costs associated with the extinguishment of the previous $150,000,000 facility were written off in full.

Interest is payable under the loan facility at three-month USD LIBOR plus 3.375%, payable on a quarterly basis. The Company also pays a commitment fee of 1.35% per annum based on any undrawn portion of the loan facility.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

The loan facility is comprised of two tranches: Tranche A for $120,000,000 and Tranche B for $60,000,000. Tranche A is repayable in quarterly installments of $4,150,000 commencing on July 18, 2012 and Tranche B is repayable in quarterly installments of $1,150,000 commencing on July 27, 2012. Quarterly installments are payable until the maturity date of the loan which is April 18, 2017 when the loan becomes fully repayable. At December 31, 2012, the total outstanding amount of the loan was $169,400,000 which is repayable by 17 quarterly installments each of Tranche A and Tranche B followed by a final combined repayment of $79,300,000 on April 18, 2017.

This loan facility is secured by first priority mortgages on each of Navigator Gemini , Navigator Mars , Navigator Neptune , Navigator Pegasus , Navigator Phoenix , Navigator Taurus and Navigator Venus as well as assignments of earnings and insurances on these secured vessels. The financial covenants, each as defined within the credit facility, are (a) the maintenance at all times of cash and cash equivalents in an amount equal to or greater than (i) $12,500,000 and (ii) 5 per cent of the total indebtedness; (b) a ratio of EBITDA to interest expense of not less than 3.00:1.00; (c) maintain consolidated working capital of not less than $0; and (d) maintain a ratio of total shareholders’ equity to total assets of not less than 30 per cent. Pursuant to the terms of the term loan facility, the Company may not declare any dividends, redeem its shares or make any other payment to its shareholders other than a dividend of up to fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s consolidated net income may be declared or paid on a quarterly basis so long as the Company is in compliance with the financial covenants on a pro forma basis after declaring or paying such dividend and no event of default has occurred or will occur after declaration or payment of the dividend. At December 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with all covenants contained in this credit facility.

9. Senior Unsecured Bond

On December 18, 2012, the Company issued a $125,000,000 9% senior unsecured bond on the Oslo Markets. The bond will mature five years after the settlement date on December 18, 2017. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 18 and December 18.

The financial covenants, each as defined within the bond agreement, are (a) the issuer shall ensure that the Company and its subsidiaries, or collectively, the “Group,” maintains a minimum liquidity of the greater of (i) $12,500,000 and (ii) 5 per cent of total interest bearing debt; (b) the Group to maintain a positive working capital; (c) to maintain an interest coverage ratio of not less than 3.00:1.00; (d) maintain a Group equity ratio of minimum 30%; and (e) the issuer shall ensure that the aggregate market value of the Group’s vessels is at least 120% of the total interest bearing debt of the Group. Pursuant to the terms of the senior unsecured bonds, the Company may not declare any dividends, redeem its shares or make any other payment to its shareholders (other than in respect of services done in the ordinary course of business on market terms for an amount of up to $2,000,000 a year) prior to December 31, 2013. Thereafter, the Company may declare or pay a dividend of up to fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s consolidated net profits after taxes may be declared or paid on a quarterly basis so long as the Company is in compliance with an equity ratio of 35% after giving effect to the dividend. At December 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with all covenants contained in this credit facility.

10. Common Stock

(a) On November 10, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement with affiliates of WL Ross & Co. LLC to issue $62,500,000 of the Company’s common stock to provide additional capital resources for the Company’s growth program. 1,875,000 shares of common stock were issued in December 2011 followed by a further 5,625,000 shares in March 2012.

(b) The number of shares of common stock outstanding reflects a 3-for-1 stock split that will be effected immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement related to its initial public offering. All references in these consolidated financial statements to the number of shares and per share amounts prior to the 3-for-1 stock split have been adjusted to reflect this stock split on a retroactive basis, unless otherwise noted.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

11. Share-Based Compensation

During 2008, the Company’s Board adopted the 2008 Restricted Stock Plan (the “Plan”), which entitles officers, employees, consultants and directors of the Company to receive grants of restricted stock of the Company’s common stock.

The Plan is administered by the Board or a committee of the Board. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be delivered pursuant to awards granted under the Plan during the ten-year term of the Plan is 9,000,000 shares of common stock.

A holder of restricted stock, awarded under the Plan, shall have the same voting and dividend rights as the Company’s other common shareholders in relation to those shares.

The fair value of the restricted stock grants and share-based compensation expense to be recognized over the vesting period is determined by multiplying the number of shares by the fair value per share at the grant date.

The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. In the absence of a public trading market with significant volume, our management exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of the date of each restricted stock issuance.

An independent valuation firm was consulted to determine an appropriate methodology for valuing the Company’s restricted stock at the plan’s inception in 2008. The Company continues to use this established methodology and monitors its appropriateness at each grant date. To calculate the fair value of the restricted stock, the Company utilizes a weighted average combination of an income approach, a market approach and a cost approach.

Significant assumptions made during the valuation process are illiquidity discounts used in our cost and income approaches and EBITDA multiples used in our income approach. Our cost method also utilizes the estimated value of the Company’s fleet, which is determined by the most recent broker assessments of the vessels in the fleet. Although there is a very low volume of transactions of the Company’s shares on the over-the-counter market, our market approach also takes account of actual recent trades of Company shares in the open market. The valuations were prepared by the Company on a contemporaneous basis.

Under the Plan, the Company granted 15,750 shares, with a weighted average value of $5.99 per share, to the Chief Executive of the Company on March 31, 2011, and on April 10, 2011, a further 45,600 shares were granted to the officers and management of the Company with a weighted average value of $6.53 per share. All these shares vest on the third anniversary of the grant date. During the year ended December 31, 2011, 199,998 shares of those awarded during 2008 vested.

In 2012, the Company granted 39,198 shares to the Chief Executive of the Company and 11,100 shares to the officers and management of the Company, all of which were issued on February 22, 2012, with a weighted average estimated value of $7.59 per share. All of these shares vest on the third anniversary of the grant date. A further 15,000 shares each were granted to two Board members of the Company with a weighted average estimated value of $7.20 per share on April 24, 2012. These shares vest on the first anniversary of the grant date.

Using the straight-line method of expensing the restricted stock grants, the estimated fair value of the shares calculated at the date of grant is recognized as compensation costs in the Statement of Income over the vesting period. During 2012, the Company recognized $796,760 in share-based compensation costs (2011: $842,034). At December 31, 2012, there was a total of $653,908 unrecognized compensation costs relating to the expected future vesting of share-based awards (2011: $853,082) which are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.93 years (2011: 1.42 years).

 

F-25


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 was $1,791,667 and $1,375,000, respectively.

Restricted share grant activity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 was as follows:

 

 

 

     NUMBER OF
NON-VESTED
RESTRICTED
SHARES
    WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
GRANT DATE
FAIR VALUE
     WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
REMAINING
CONTRACTUAL
TERM
     AGGREGATE
INTRINSIC VALUE
    

 

Balance as of January 1, 2011

     593,000      $ 5.11            

Granted

     61,350        6.39            

Vested

     (215,000     4.95            
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     439,350      $ 5.37         1.42 years       $ 3,661,250      

Granted

     80,298        7.44            

Vested

     (150,000     5.50            
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

     369,648      $ 5.76         0.93 years       $ 3,696,480      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

12. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company occupies office space in London, the lease for which was entered into on March 30, 2012, for a period of ten years, with a mutual break clause after five years, and paying approximately $515,000 (£321,850) per calendar year.

The Company also occupies property in New York with the lease being renewed during the year and paying approximately $231,990 per year. The new lease is for a period of five years ending June 30, 2017.

The Company has chartered-in a vessel for a period ending in December 2014 at a fixed monthly rate commensurate with the market rate at the time of fixing the charter.

The Company entered into an agreement on April 25, 2012, to purchase up to six 21,000 cbm, semi-refrigerated ethylene-capable liquefied gas carriers to be built at Jiangnan for an aggregate price of approximately $300,000,000. The Company committed to build four of these newbuildings and has allowed the two remaining options to lapse. The first vessel is scheduled to be delivered in April 2014 followed by a vessel delivery each two months thereafter.

On August 9, 2012, the Company entered into an investor restrictions agreement with WL Ross & Co. LLC and certain of its affiliated investment funds (the “WLR Group”), pursuant to which the WLR Group agreed for a three-year period not to, among other things, acquire additional shares of common stock, subject to certain exceptions, or publicly propose to effect any tender offer or other transaction in which the common stock would be purchased or exchanged into cash or other property without the prior approval of the Board.

On November 14, 2012, the Company signed an agreement to purchase the fleet of eleven semi-refrigerated and fully refrigerated handysized liquefied gas carriers from affiliates of A.P. Møller for a total purchase price of $470,000,000. The Company paid a 10% deposit upon signing of the agreement, and the vessels will be delivered charter free during 2013.

To assist with the financing of the A.P. Møller acquisition, the Company has secured lending commitments for a $270,000,000 acquisition loan, a $120,000,000 newbuilding loan, and committed equity finance of $75,000,000, together with a bond issue of $125,000,000. (See Note 9).

 

F-26


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

13. Concentration of Credit Risks

The Company’s vessels are chartered under either a time charter arrangement or voyage charter arrangement. Under a time charter arrangement, no security is provided for the payment of charter hire. However, payment is usually required monthly in advance. Under a voyage charter arrangement, a lien may sometimes be placed on the cargo to secure the payment of the accounts receivable, as permitted by the prevailing charter party agreement.

At December 31, 2012, ten of the Company’s 14 operated vessels (which include two chartered-in vessels) were subject to time charters, the majority of which will expire within 12 months. However, there are a number of time charters committed for periods ranging between three and ten years as of December 31, 2012. The committed charter income is as follows:

 

 

 

2013:

   $ 70,559,428   

2014:

   $ 33,624,923   

2015:

   $ 20,867,201   

2016:

   $ 19,079,159   

2017:

   $ 19,152,100   

 

 

During 2012, four charterers contributed 59% of the operating revenue, comprising 23%, 14%, 11% and 11% (2011: three charterers totalling 60% comprising 25%, 18% and 17%).

At December 31, 2011 and 2012, all of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments were held by large financial institutions.

14. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through July 18, 2013, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

Since the year end, the Company has taken delivery of eight of the eleven A.P. Møller handysize vessels. (See Note 12).

An investment agreement with affiliates of WL Ross & Co. LLC. Mr. Butters and a third party was entered into on February 15, 2013, to subscribe for shares of common stock to the value of $75,000,000. These shares were issued, and funds were received by the Company, on February 25, 2013.

In February 2013, the Company amended and restated the existing investor rights agreement with the WLR Group. Under the amended and restated investor rights agreement, subject to certain exceptions, WLR has the right to designate two individuals to be nominated to the Board of Directors of the Company and has certain demand and “piggyback” registration rights.

A loan facility agreement for $270,000,000 was entered into on February 12, 2013, between Navigator Gas L.L.C. and Nordea Bank Finland Plc London branch, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB, DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch, ABN Amro Bank N.V. and HSH Nordbank AG. The term loan facility is a delayed draw facility with an availability period ending December 31, 2013, and a term of five years. Advances under the term loan facility are contingent upon the delivery of the A.P. Møller vessels, provided that no advance may occur after the end of the availability period. The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels must be no less than 135% of the aggregate outstanding borrowings under the facility. Interest on amounts drawn is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus 350 basis points per annum. The principal will be repaid in installments based on a schedule determined by lenders on each date that amounts are drawn under the facility.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

Notes to The Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

A loan facility agreement for $120,000,000 was entered into on April 11, 2013, between Navigator and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, The Export-Import Bank of China, HSH Nordbank AG and NIBC Bank N.V. to assist with the financing of the four newbuilding vessels being built in China. The term loan facility is a delayed draw facility with the last availability period ending June 8, 2015 and a term of six years. The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels must be no less than 135% of the aggregate outstanding borrowings under the facility. Interest on amounts drawn under the facility is payable at a rate of U.S. LIBOR plus 350 basis points per annum. The principal will be repaid in installments based on a schedule determined by lenders on each date that amounts are drawn under the facility.

On July 18, 2013, the Company entered into agreements to construct one 21,000 cubic meter semi-refrigerated ethylene gas carrier and two 22,000 cubic meter semi-refrigerated gas carriers for a combined price of approximately $138 million. In addition, the Company has options to construct a further two 22,000 cubic meter semi-refrigerated gas carriers, exercisable by October 18, 2013. All vessels will be constructed by Jiangnan Shipyard (Group) Co Ltd. in China and are scheduled for delivery during 2015.

The Company’s largest shareholder, the WLR Group, owned 60.6% of its outstanding shares of common stock prior to the offering and will continue to own a significant amount of the Company’s common stock following the offering. Based on the WLR Group’s significant ownership interest in the Company it may be able to exert considerable influence on the outcome of matters on which the Company’s shareholders are entitled to vote, including the election of directors to its board of directors and other significant corporate actions.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

 

Address and brokerage commission

Commission payable by the shipowner to the broker or other third parties, expressed as a percentage of the freight or hire and is part of the charterparty.

 

Annual survey

The inspection of a vessel pursuant to international conventions, by a classification society surveyor, on behalf of the flag state, that takes place every year.

 

Available days

Ownership days less aggregate off-hire days associated with scheduled maintenance, which includes major repairs, drydockings, vessel upgrades or special or intermediate surveys. We use available days to measure the number of days in a period that our vessels should be capable of generating revenues.

 

bar

A unit of pressure equivalent to a hundred thousand newtons per square meter or approximately one atmosphere.

 

Bareboat charter

A charter in which the customer (the charterer) pays a fixed daily rate for a fixed period of time for the full use of the vessel and becomes responsible for all crewing, management and navigation of the vessel and the expenses therefor.

 

BSSM

Bernhard Schulte Shipmanagement, a third-party technical and crewing manager of vessels.

 

Bunker

Fuel, consisting of fuel oil and diesel, burned in a vessel’s engines.

 

Cabotage

The trade transit of a vessel along the coast, from one port to another within the territorial limits of a single country.

 

cbm

A cubic meter.

 

Charter

The hiring of a vessel, or use of its carrying capacity, for a specified period of time or transportation of cargo.

 

Charterer

A person, firm or company hiring a vessel for the carriage of goods or other purposes.

 

Charterhire

The gross revenue earned by a vessel pursuant to a bareboat, time or voyage charter.

 

Charterparty

A contract covering the transportation of cargo by sea, including the terms of the carriage, remuneration and other terms.

 

Classification society

An independent society which certifies that a vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of such society and complies with the applicable rules and regulations of the flag state of such vessel and the international conventions of which that country is a member.

 

CLC

International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, 1969, as amended.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

COFR

Certificates of financial responsibility sufficient to meet potential liabilities under OPA 90 and CERCLA, which owners and operators of vessels must establish and maintain with the U.S. Coast Guard.

 

Contract of affreightment, or “COA”

A contract of affreightment, or “COA,” is a contract to carry specified quantities of cargo, usually over prescribed shipping routes, at a fixed price per ton basis (often subject to fuel price or other adjustments) over a defined period of time. Essentially, a COA constitutes a number of voyage charters to carry a specified amount of cargo during a specified time period (i.e., the term of the COA), which can span for months or years. All of a vessel’s operating and voyage expenses when trading under a COA are typically borne by the shipowner.

 

Cracker

Also known as a catalytic cracker, a refinery unit for converting oils with high boiling points into fuels with lower boiling points in the presence of a catalyst. The cracker uses high temperatures, low pressure and a catalyst to create a chemical reaction that breaks heavy gas oil into smaller gasoline molecules.

 

Draft

Vertical distance between the waterline and the bottom of the vessel’s keel.

 

Drydocking

The removal of a vessel from the water for inspection, maintenance and/or repair of submerged parts.

 

Eco-design

An environmentally friendly design that incorporates new technologies to improve fuel efficiency and reduce emissions.

 

Flag state

The country where a vessel is registered.

 

Flaring

The controlled burning of natural gas in the course of routine oil and gas production operations.

 

Fleet utilization

The percentage of time that our vessels were available for revenue generating days, determined by dividing the number of operating days during a period by the number of available days during that period.

 

Fully-refrigerated vessel

A liquefied gas carrier designed to carry cargoes fully refrigerated at atmospheric pressure.

 

Gross ton

Unit of 100 cubic feet or 2.831 cubic meters used in arriving at the calculation of gross tonnage.

 

Hire rate

The agreed sum or rate to be paid by the charterer for the use of the vessel.

 

Hull

Shell or body of a ship.

 

IMO

International Maritime Organization, a United Nations agency that issues international trade standards for shipping.

 

Intermediate survey

The inspection of a vessel by a classification society surveyor that takes place every two and a half years after the special survey.

 

IGC Code

International Gas Carrier Code, which, among other things, provides a standard for the safe carriage of LNG and certain other liquid gases.

 

ISM Code

International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, which, among other things, requires vessel owners to obtain a safety management certification for each vessel they manage.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

ISPS Code

International Security Code for Ports and Ships, which enacts measures to detect and prevent security threats to ships and ports.

 

Liquid natural gas, or “LNG”

Methane that has been cooled to around -163ºC, at which temperature it liquefies and can be transported in insulated tanks aboard specialized vessels.

 

Liquid petroleum gas, or “LPG”

The generic name given to the commercial gases, propane and butane.

 

MARPOL

The International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships.

 

Metric ton

A metric ton of 1,000 kilograms.

 

Newbuilding

A new vessel under construction or on order.

 

NMM

Northern Marine Management Ltd, a third-party technical and crewing manager of vessels.

 

Off-hire

The time during which a vessel is not available for service.

 

OPA 90

The United States Oil Pollution Act of 1990, as amended.

 

Operating costs

The costs of the vessels including crewing costs, insurance, repairs and maintenance, stores, spares, lubricants and miscellaneous expenses (but excluding capital costs and voyage expenses).

 

Operating days

A vessel’s available days less the aggregate number of days that it is off-hire for any reason other than scheduled maintenance.

 

Orderbook

A reference to currently placed orders for the construction of vessels.

 

Ownership Days

The aggregate number of days in a period that each vessel in our fleet has been owned by us.

 

Petrochemical gases

Industrial gases produced in petrochemical processes, such as ethylene, propylene, butadiene and VCM.

 

P&I

Protection and indemnity. This denotes the insurance coverage taken by a ship owner or charterer against third party liabilities such as oil pollution, cargo damage, crew injury, loss of life or other liabilities.

 

P&I association

A mutual insurance association providing P&I insurance coverage.

 

Scrapping

The disposal of old or damaged vessel tonnage by way of sale as scrap metal.

 

Semi-refrigerated vessel

A liquefied gas carrier designed to carry cargoes both fully refrigerated and under higher pressure than atmospheric pressure, also known as semi-pressurized vessels.

 

Short-term time charter

A charter for a term less than two years.

 

Sister ships

One or more vessels of the same specifications typically built at the same shipyard.

 

SOLAS

International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, which provides, among other things, rules for the construction and equipment of commercial vessels.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

Special survey

The extensive inspection of a vessel by a classification society surveyor that takes place every five years.

 

Spot charter

See voyage charter.

 

Spot market

The market for chartering a vessel for single voyages.

 

Strict liability

Liability that is imposed without regard to fault.

 

Time charter

A charter in which the charterer pays for the use of a ship’s cargo capacity for a specified period of time. The owner provides the ship with crew, stores and provisions, ready in all aspects to load cargo and proceed on a voyage as directed by the charterer. The charterer usually pays for bunkering and all voyage-related expenses, including canal tolls and port charges.

 

Time charter equivalent, or “TCE,” rate

A measure of the average daily revenue performance of a vessel. TCE rate is a shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare period-to-period changes in a shipping company’s performance despite changes in the mix of charter types (i.e., time charters, voyage charters and COAs) under which the vessels may be employed between the periods. Our method of calculating TCE rate is to divide operating revenue (net of voyage expenses) by operating days for the relevant time period.

 

Ton

A metric ton of 1,000 kilograms.

 

U.S. GAAP

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

 

Utilization

A measure of a company’s efficiency in finding suitable employment for its vessels and minimizing the number of days that its vessels are off-hire for reasons other than scheduled repairs or repairs under guarantee, vessel upgrades, special surveys or vessel positioning. Utilization is calculated by dividing the number of operating days during a period by the number of available days during the period.

 

Venting

The controlled release of gases into the atmosphere in the course of oil and gas production operations.

 

Vessel operating expenses

Expenses that are not unique to a specific voyage for which we are responsible under all types of vessel employment contracts we undertake. Vessel operating expenses include crew wages and related costs, the cost of insurance, expenses relating to repairs and maintenance, the cost of spares and consumable stores, tonnage taxes and other miscellaneous expenses.

 

Voyage charters

Also known as a spot charter. A charter in which the charterer pays for the use of a vessel’s cargo capacity for one, or sometimes more than one, voyage between specified ports. Under this type of charter, the vessel owner pays all the operating and voyage costs of the vessel (including bunker fuel, canal and port charges, pilotage, towage and ship’s agency) while payment for cargo handling charges are subject to agreement between the parties. Freight is generally paid per unit of cargo, such as a ton, based on an agreed quantity, or as a lump sum irrespective of the quantity loaded.

 

Voyage expenses

All expenses unique to a particular voyage, including any bunker fuel consumption, port expenses and canal tolls.

 

A-4


Table of Contents

 

 

 

             Shares

 

LOGO

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

Joint Book-Running Managers

Jefferies

Morgan Stanley

Co-Managers

Evercore

Fearnley Securities

Global Hunter Securities

Stifel

 

                    , 2013

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The articles of incorporation of the Registrant provide that every director and officer of the Registrant shall be indemnified out of the funds of the Registrant against:

all civil liabilities, loss, damage or expense (including but not limited to liabilities under contract, tort and statute or any applicable foreign law or regulation and all reasonable legal and other costs and expenses properly payable) incurred or suffered by him as such director or officer acting in the reasonable belief that he has been so appointed or elected notwithstanding any defect in such appointment or election, provided always that such indemnity shall not extend to any matter which would render it void pursuant to any Republic of the Marshall Islands statute from time to time in force concerning companies insofar as the same applies to the Registrant, or the “Companies Acts”; and

all liabilities incurred by him as such director or officer in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in his favor, or in which he is acquitted, or in connection with any application under the Companies Acts in which relief from liability is granted to him by the court.

Section 60 of the Business Corporations Act of the Associations Law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands provides as follows with respect to the indemnification of directors and officers:

Actions not by or in right of the corporation. A corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of no contest, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

Actions by or in right of the corporation . A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

When director or officer successful . To the extent that a director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (1) or (2) of this

 

II-1


Table of Contents

section, or in the defense of a claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

Payment of expenses in advance . Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the board of directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section.

Indemnification pursuant to other rights . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

Continuation of indemnification . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Insurance . A corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in such capacity whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this section.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since June 30, 2010, we have made the following sales of unregistered securities (after giving effect to the 3-for-1 stock split effected immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement related to its initial public offering):

 

  n  

In March 2011, we granted an 15,750 shares of restricted stock with a weighted average estimated value of $5.99 per share to David J. Butters pursuant to the 2008 Restricted Stock Plan;

 

  n  

In April 2011, we granted 45,600 shares of restricted stock with a weighted average estimated value of $6.53 per share to certain of our officers and employees pursuant to the 2008 Restricted Stock Plan;

 

  n  

In December 2011, we issued 1,875,000 shares of common stock to the WLR Group at a purchase price of $8.33 per share;

 

  n  

In February 2012, we granted 50,298 shares of restricted stock with a weighted average estimated value of $7.59 per share to certain of our officers and employees pursuant to our 2008 Restricted Stock Plan;

 

  n  

In March 2012, we issued 5,625,000 shares of common stock to the WLR Group at a purchase price of $8.33 per share;

 

  n  

In April 2012, we granted 30,000 shares of restricted stock with a weighted average estimated value of $7.20 per share to two members of our board of directors pursuant to our 2008 Restricted Stock Plan; and

 

  n  

In February 2013, we issued 6,499,998, 500,001 and 500,001 shares of common stock to the WLR Group, Mr. Butters and an unrelated third party, respectively, at a purchase price of $10.00 per share.

Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder), or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits.

See the Index to Exhibits on the page immediately preceding the exhibits for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form F-1, which Index to Exhibits is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All supplemental schedules are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 9. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

To provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement shares certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

That insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on the 17 th day of October, 2013.

 

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

By:

 

/s/    David J. Butters

  Name:   David J. Butters
  Title:   Chairman of the Board of Directors,
    President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below appoints David J. Butters and Niall Nolan, and each of them, either of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any Registration Statement (including any amendments thereto) for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or would do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their or his or her substitute and substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

 

 

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/    David J. Butters        

David J. Butters

   Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
  October 17, 2013

/s/    Niall Nolan        

Niall Nolan

   Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  October 17, 2013

/s/    Dr. Heiko Fischer        

Dr. Heiko Fischer

   Director   October 17, 2013

 

David Kenwright

   Director   October 17, 2013

/s/    Spiros Milonas        

Spiros Milonas

   Director   October 17, 2013

 

Alexander Oetker

   Director   October 17, 2013

/s/    Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.        

Wilbur L. Ross, Jr.

   Director   October 17, 2013

 

Florian Weidinger

   Director   October 17, 2013

 

 

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Authorized Representative

Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States, has signed this registration statement in the City of Newark, State of Delaware, on October 17, 2013.

 

 

PUGLISI & ASSOCIATES

By:    

 

/s/ Donald J. Puglisi

  Name: Donald J. Puglisi
  Title:    Managing Director
              Authorized Representative in the United States

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

 

 

EXHIBIT
NO.

 

DESCRIPTION

  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1†   Framework Agreement in relation to the sale of handysize gas vessels, dated November 14, 2012 between Maersk Handy Gas Pte Ltd, A.P. Møller Singapore Pte Ltd and Live Oak Company Limited, as Sellers, and Navigator Holdings Ltd. and Navigator Gas L.L.C., as Buyers.
  2.2.1*†   Memorandum of Agreement in relation to the sale of the Maersk Glory, dated November 16, 2012 between Maersk Handy Gas Pte Ltd, as Seller, and Navigator Holdings Ltd. and Navigator Gas L.L.C. (In accordance with Instruction 2 to Item 601 of Regulation S-K, the Company has filed only one Memorandum of Agreement, as the other agreements are substantially identical in all material respects except as to the parties thereto.)
  2.2.2*   Schedule of Agreements omitted pursuant to Instruction 2 to Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
  3.1*   Second Restated Articles of Incorporation of Navigator Holdings Ltd.
  3.2*   Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Navigator Holdings Ltd.
  4.1*   Investment Agreement, dated November 10, 2011, among Navigator Holdings Ltd., WL Ross & Co. LLC and certain of its affiliates named therein.
  4.2*   Investment Agreement, dated February 15, 2013, among Navigator Holdings Ltd., WL Ross & Co. LLC and certain of its affiliates and unrelated third-party investors named therein.
  4.3*   Investor Rights Agreement, dated                     , 2013, among Navigator Holdings Ltd., WL Ross & Co. LLC and certain of its affiliates named therein.
  4.4*   Investor Restrictions Agreement, dated August 9, 2012, among Navigator Holdings Ltd., WL Ross & Co. LLC and certain of its affiliates named therein.
  5.1*   Opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, as to the legality of the securities being registered.
  8.1*   Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. relating to tax matters.
  8.2*   Opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP relating to tax matters.
10.1*   Form of Navigator Holdings Ltd. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan .
10.2   Navigator Holdings Ltd. 2008 Restricted Stock Plan.
10.3   $80,000,000 Secured term loan facility by and among Navigator Gas L.L.C., Navigator Leo L.L.C., Navigator Libra L.L.C., Nordea Bank Finland Plc, acting through its New York branch, and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (Publ), as the Lead Arrangers, Bookrunner, Facility Agent and Security Trustee, dated as of April 1, 2011.
10.4   $180,000,000 Secured term loan facility by and among Navigator Gas L.L.C., Navigator Pegasus, L.L.C., Navigator Phoenix L.L.C., Nordea Bank Finland Plc, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB and DVB Bank Se Nordic Branch, dated as of April 18, 2012.
10.5   $270,000,000 Secured term loan facility by and among Navigator Gas L.L.C., Navigator Holdings Ltd., Nordea Bank Finland Plc, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB, DVB Bank Se Nordic Branch, ABN Amro Bank N.V. and HSH Nordbank AG, as mandated lead arrangers, dated as of February 12, 2013.
10.6   $120,000,000 Secured term loan facility by and among Navigator Gas L.L.C., Navigator Atlas L.L.C., Navigator Europa L.L.C., Navigator Oberon L.L.C. and Navigator Triton L.L.C., Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, the Export-Import Bank of Kore, HSH Nordbank Ag and NIBC Bank N.V. as the arrangers and Credit Agricole as agent, and a group of financial institutions as lenders, dated as of April 11, 2013.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT
NO.

  

DESCRIPTION

10.7    Bond Agreement between Navigator Holdings Ltd. and Norsk Tillitsmann ASA on behalf of the Bondholders in the bond issue of 9% Navigator Holdings Ltd. Senior Unsecured Callable Bonds dated December 14, 2012.
10.8*    Joint Venture Agreement, dated August 4, 2010, among PT Persona Sentra Utama, PT Mahameru Kencana Abadi, Navigator Gas Invest Limited and PT Navigator Khatulistiwa.
10.9*    Form of Indemnification Agreement between Navigator Holdings Ltd. and each of the directors and officers thereof.
16.1*    Letter from Grassi & Co., CPAs, P.C., dated October 17, 2013.
16.2*    Letter from MSPC Certified Public Accountants and Advisors, P.C., dated October 17, 2013.
21.1    List of Subsidiaries of Navigator Holdings Ltd.
23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP.
23.2*    Consent of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1).
23.3*    Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 8.1).
23.4*    Consent of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP relating to tax matters (contained in Exhibit 8.2).
23.5    Consent of Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd.
24.1    Powers of Attorney (contained on page II-4).

 

 

*   To be filed by amendment.
  The schedules and similar attachments to this agreement have been omitted from this filing pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The Company will furnish copies of such schedules to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

 

II-7

Exhibit 2.1

 

LOGO

Framework Agreement

in relation to the sale of handysize gas vessels

dated 14 November 2012

between

Maersk Handy Gas Pte Ltd

and

A.P. Moller Singapore Pte Ltd

and

Live Oak Company Limited

as Sellers

and

Navigator Holdings LTD

and

Navigator Gas L.L.C.

as Buyers

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

Contents

 

1

   Definitions      3   

2

   Sale of the Vessels      4   

3

   Acceding Buyers      4   

4

   Purchase price and deposit      5   

5

   Delivery of the Vessels      5   

6

   Management of the Vessels      6   

7

   General default provision      7   

8

   Buyers’ default      8   

9

   Sellers’ default      8   

10

   Miscellaneous default provision      9   

11

   Signing      9   

12

   Antitrust      10   

13

   Interest      10   

14

   Assignment      10   

15

   Confidentiality      10   

16

   Entire agreement      10   

17

   Costs and expenses      11   

18

   Conflict between provisions      11   

19

   Notices      11   

20

   Governing law and jurisdiction      12   

21

   List of Appendices      13   

 

LOGO

 

2


LOGO

 

This framework agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into on 14 November 2012 between

 

(1) Maersk Handy Gas Pte Ltd , 200 Cantonment Road, 10-00 Southpoint, 089763, Singapore, as sellers;

 

(2) A.P. Moller Singapore Pte Ltd , 200 Cantonment Road, 10-00 Southpoint, 089763, Singapore, as sellers;

 

(3) Live Oak Company Limited with company registration no. EC 06888, Crisson Bldg 3rd Floor, Queen Street 16, Hamilton, Bermuda, as sellers (and together with Maersk Handy Gas Pte Ltd and A. P. Moller Singapore Pte Ltd, the “ Sellers ”);

 

(4) Navigator Holdings LTD with company registration no. 29140, Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960, as buyers; and

 

(5) Navigator Gas L.L.C. with company registration no. 961263, Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960, as buyers.

WHEREAS:

 

A. The Sellers have agreed to sell and the Buyers have agreed to buy 11 handysize gas vessels on en bloc basis for a total price of USD 470,000,000;

 

B. The Parties have agreed that each of the Vessels will be delivered separately to the Buyers and that the delivery date for each vessel will be nominated by the Sellers;

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1 Definitions

 

1.1 In this Agreement the following terms and expressions shall have the meaning set out below:

Acceding Buyer ” shall have the meaning set out in Clause 3.1.

Buyers ” means Navigator Holdings LTD., Navigator Gas L.L.C. and any entity having acceded to this Agreement in accordance with Clause 3.

 

LOGO

 

3


LOGO

 

Banking Days ” means days on which banks are open in New York, London and Copenhagen.

Charter Commitment ” means any contract for employment of any Vessel for a duration of time, including but not limited to time charterparty and bareboat charterparty. Charter Commitment shall, however, not include any voyage charterparty or any other employment of the Vessels with similar effect.

Delivery Port ” means any port worldwide where a Vessel is situated.

East of Suez ” means a Delivery Port in Arabian Gulf—Singapore range.

Escrow Agreement ” means the escrow agreement entered into on the same date as this Agreement between Sellers, Buyers and the Escrow Bank attached hereto as Appendix 6.

Escrow Bank means Nordea Bank Danmark A/S.

Escrow Funds ” means the deposit or part of the deposit paid by the Buyers in accordance with Clause 4.3 of the Agreement.

Escrow Payment Letter ” means the escrow payment letter to be given by the Sellers and the Buyers in accordance with Clause 4.3 of the Agreement and the Escrow Agreement.

MOA ” means the Norwegian Saleform 2012 Memorandum of Agreements with amendments and rider clauses for the sale of each Vessel and attached as Appendix 1 to this Agreement.

“Parties” means each party to this Agreement and any Acceding Buyer nominated by the Buyers’ in accordance with Clause 3 of this Agreement.

“Vessels” means the 11 handysize gas vessels listed in Appendix 1 to this Agreement.

“West of Suez” means a Delivery Port situated in the Mediterranean area (excluding the Black Sea), North West Europe, US Gulf, US East Coast and the Caribbean.

 

2 Sale of the Vessels

 

2.1 The Sellers hereby agree to sell by way of an en bloc sale, and the Buyers agree to buy, the Vessels on the terms set out in this Agreement, including but not limited to the terms and conditions of the MOAs.

 

3 Acceding Buyers

 

3.1 Any wholly owned subsidiary of the Buyers may accede to this Agreement (an “ Acceding Buyer ”) by way of executing and delivering to the Sellers an accession deed in the form set out in Appendix 3. By executing and delivering an accession deed the Acceding Buyer becomes a Buyer in relation to the purchase on an individual Vessel.

 

LOGO

 

4


LOGO

 

3.2 Notwithstanding any nomination of an Acceding Buyer for individual Vessels pursuant to Clause 3.1, Navigator Holdings Ltd. and Navigator Gas L.L.C. shall remain fully responsible for any obligations under this Agreement and Navigator Holdings LTD. and Navigator Gas L.L.C. shall fully guarantee the performance of any Acceding Buyer’s obligations under this Agreement and the purchase of the individual Vessel.

 

4 Purchase price and deposit

 

4.1 The total purchase price for all the Vessels is USD 470,000,000.

 

4.2 The allocated purchase price for each of the Vessels is set out in Appendix 2.

 

4.3 As security for the correct fulfilment of this Agreement the Buyers shall pay a deposit of 10% (ten per cent) of the total purchase price, equal to USD 47,000,000 at the date of this Agreement. This deposit shall be placed as Escrow Funds with the Escrow Bank and held by it in accordance with the Escrow Agreement attached hereto as Appendix 6 and the relevant part of the deposit is to be released upon the Buyers and Sellers signing a protocol of delivery and acceptance in respect of that relevant Vessel. Simultaneously with signing the protocol of delivery and acceptance the Sellers and the Buyers shall also be obliged to sign an Escrow Payment Letter under the Escrow Agreement and thereby releasing the relevant part of the deposit. Interest on the deposit, if any, shall be credited to the Buyers. Any fee charged for holding the said deposit shall be borne equally by the Sellers and the Buyers.

 

4.4 The remaining part of the purchase price (i.e. 90% (ninety per cent)) which is allocated to a Vessel in accordance with Appendix 2 shall be paid in full free of bank charges by way of conditional payments using SWIFT messages MT202 and MT199 substantially in the form set out in Appendix 4 to Nordea Bank Danmark A/S 1 (one) Banking Day prior to delivery of the relevant Vessel.

 

4.5 When the Vessel is in every respect ready for delivery, the Sellers shall give the Buyers a written notice of readiness for delivery. The Buyers shall then immediately take delivery of the Vessel but not later than 2 (two) Banking Day after the date that the notice of readiness has been given. 10 % (ten per cent) of the purchase price allocated to the relevant Vessel shall be paid and released from the deposit in accordance with Clause 4.3, and the Buyers and Sellers shall jointly instruct the Escrow Bank to release this amount by sending the Escrow Payment Letter simultaneously with the release of the payment of the remainder of the purchase price by the Buyers.

 

4.6 The purchase price and any other amounts due from the Buyers to the Sellers under this Agreement shall be paid by the Buyers to the Sellers in full without any set-off, counterclaim, deduction or withholding.

 

5 Delivery of the Vessels

 

5.1 Each Vessel shall be delivered and taken over safely afloat at the Vessel’s Delivery Port which is to be nominated by the Sellers in accordance with the terms of this Clause 5 and Appendix 2.

 

LOGO

 

5


LOGO

 

5.2 Notwithstanding Clause 5.1, if the intended location of a Delivery Port, entails a risk of an adverse tax effect for the Buyers or the Sellers as a result of the transfer of title to a Vessel, the Sellers and the Buyers shall be obliged to postpone the transfer of title of such Vessel until the Vessel is in such location where there is no risk of such adverse tax effects. The Sellers and the Buyers shall cooperate in this respect, including evaluating the possibility of a transfer of title of the Vessel in international waters.

 

5.3 Delivery of the Vessels shall take place from 31 st  January 2013, after the Sellers’ employment of the respective Vessels has expired and in accordance with Appendix 2. The Sellers shall nominate an estimated delivery date and time for each of the Vessels in the Sellers’ absolute discretion by giving the Buyers 30, 20, 10, 5 and 3 days notice of the estimated time of arrival at the nominated Delivery Port.

 

5.4 The Sellers shall be entitled to nominate a Delivery Port situated West of Suez for any Vessel, subject only to the restrictions set out in Appendix 2.

 

5.5 The Sellers shall be entitled to nominate a Delivery Port situated East of Suez for up to 4 (four) of the following 6 (six) Vessels: (i) m.v. “Maersk Humber”, (ii) m.v. “Maersk Global”, (iii) m.v. “Maersk Galaxy”, (iv) m.v. “Maersk Genesis”, (v) m.v. “Maersk Gusto” and (vi) m.v. “Maersk Harmony”, subject only to the restrictions set out in Appendix 2.

 

5.6 In relation to the 4 (four) Vessels employed on time charters, i.e. (i) m.v. “Maersk Harmony”, (ii) m.v. “Maersk Grace”, (iii) m.v. “Maersk Glory” and (iv) m.v. “Maersk Honour”, the Sellers shall be entitled to nominate a Delivery Port within the redelivery range set out in the time charter under which the relevant Vessel is employed or potentially employed.

 

5.7 In order to assist a smooth delivery of the Vessels as set out in Clauses 5.1-5.6 above, the Parties agree to cooperate in good faith (as may be reasonably required) in connection with the delivery of the Vessels.

 

5.8 Once the deposit has been paid by the Buyers (cf. Clause 4), the Sellers shall not employ any Vessel on any Charter Commitment if the Vessel under such Charter Commitment is expected to be redelivered to the Sellers later than 28 February 2013.

 

5.9 As of the date of this Agreement and until delivery of the Vessels, the Sellers undertake not to employ the Vessels in contradiction with any sanctions against any sovereign nation issued by the European Union, United States of America or United Nations.

 

6 Management of the Vessels

 

6.1 The Buyers’ shall upon receipt of the 30 days’ notice of readiness issued in accordance with Clause 5.3, within 2 (two) Banking Days declare to the Sellers, whether the Buyers intend that the relevant Vessel shall, remain under the technical management of Maersk Tankers A/S and notify the Sellers of the expected duration of such technical management arrangements. If the Buyers have not made any declaration within the 2 (two) Banking Days the Buyers shall be deemed to have opted not to continue with the technical management of Maersk Tankers A/S on delivery.

 

LOGO

 

6


LOGO

 

6.2 If a Vessel shall remain under technical management by Maersk Tankers A/S then, no later than at the delivery of the relevant Vessel, the Buyers shall enter into a ship management agreement with Maersk Tankers A/S for the Vessel in the form attached to this Agreement as Appendix 5.

 

6.3 If technical management for any of the Vessels shall remain with Maersk Tankers A/S for a period of 2 (two) months or more, then such ship management agreement shall be only be terminated for convenience by the giving of a minimum of 2 (two) months’ notice.

 

6.4 Maersk Tankers A/S shall have the option of assigning any of the their rights and obligations under the ship management agreement for a Vessel to a company within the A.P. Moller-Maersk Group as nominated by Maersk Tankers A/S in their absolute discretion.

 

7 General default provision

 

7.1 Without prejudice to any rights that have accrued under this Agreement or any of its rights or remedies, either Party may terminate this Agreement with immediate effect by giving notice to the other Party if:

 

7.1.1 the other Party suspends payment of its debts, or is unable to pay its debts as they fall due or admits inability to pay its debts, or is deemed unable to pay its debts within the meaning of section 123 of the English Insolvency Act 1986; or

 

7.1.2 the other Party commences negotiations with all or any class of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its debts, or makes a proposal for or enters into any compromise or arrangement with its creditors; or

 

7.1.3 a petition is filed, a notice is given, a resolution is passed, or an order is made, for or in connection with the winding up of that other Party, and that petition, notice, resolution or order is not discharged within 14 days; or

 

7.1.4 an application is made to court, or an order is made, for the appointment of an administrator, or if a notice of intention to appoint an administrator is given or if an administrator is appointed, over the other Party, and that application, order, notice or appointment is not discharged within 14 days; or

 

7.1.5 a person becomes entitled to appoint a receiver over the assets of the other Party or a receiver is appointed over the assets of the other Party; or

 

7.1.6 the other Party is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or order, and that petition or order is not discharged within 14 days; or

 

7.1.7 a creditor or encumbrancer of the other Party attaches or takes possession of, or a distress, execution, sequestration or other such process is levied or enforced on or sued against, the whole or any part of the other Party’s assets and such attachment or process is not discharged within 14 days; or

 

7.1.8 the other Party suspends or ceases carrying on all or a substantial part of its business.

 

LOGO

 

7


LOGO

 

7.2 The remedies available to the Sellers in the case of the Buyers’ default under this Clause are set out in Clause 8, and the remedies available to the Buyers in case of the Sellers default under this Clause are set out in Clause 9.

 

8 Buyers’ default

 

8.1 Should the purchase price for a Vessel not be paid in accordance with this Agreement and the terms and conditions of the MOA, the Sellers have the right to terminate the MOA for the Vessel, in which case the full amount of the deposit remaining in the joint account (cf. Clause 4.3) together with interest earned shall be forfeited and immediately released to the Sellers. If the Sellers’ loss exceeds the amount received in this way, the Sellers shall be entitled to claim further compensation for their direct losses in relation to that Vessel, however, up to a maximum amount no greater than the purchase price less deposit in relation to that Vessel. The Sellers shall as an alternative be entitled to terminate this Agreement in which case the full amount of the deposit remaining in the joint account (cf. Clause 4.3) together with interest earned shall be forfeited and immediately released to the Sellers. If the Sellers’ loss exceeds the amount received in this way, the Sellers shall be entitled to claim further compensation for their direct losses, however, up to a maximum amount no greater than the aggregate purchase price less the deposit of the Vessels not already delivered.

 

8.2 Should the Sellers become entitled to terminate this Agreement under the provisions of Clause 7, the full amount of the deposit remaining in the joint account (cf. Clause 4.3) together with interest earned shall be forfeited and immediately released to the Sellers. If the Sellers’ loss exceeds the amount received in this way, the Sellers shall be entitled to claim further compensation for their direct losses, however, up to a maximum amount no greater than to the aggregate purchase price less the deposit of the Vessels not already delivered.

 

9 Sellers’ default

 

9.1 Should any Vessel become an actual, constructive or compromised total loss before it has been delivered to the Buyers, such Vessel shall be excluded from the sale of the Vessels to the Buyers and the total purchase price shall be reduced by the purchase price allocated to the relevant Vessel as set out in Appendix 2. The deposit for the Vessel in the amount of 10 % (ten per cent) of the purchase price for the relevant Vessel shall remain in the joint account and be applied as part payment of the purchase price for the next Vessel being delivered, unless no further Vessels are to be delivered under this Agreement, in which case it shall be released to the Buyers immediately. Otherwise, this Agreement shall not be affected in any way. The Buyers shall not be entitled to terminate this Agreement or to bring any other claim whatsoever against the Sellers for this reason.

 

9.2 Subject to the provisions of Clause 9.1, should the Sellers fail to give notice of readiness in accordance with the terms and conditions of the MOA for a Vessel or fail to be ready to validly complete a legal transfer of the Vessel by the later of (i) 31 December 2013 or (ii) in respect of any Vessel employed under a time charterparty as of the date of this Agreement, 3 (three) months after re-delivery of such Vessel from its time charter party, the Buyers shall have the option of terminating the MOA for the Vessel. If after notice of readiness has been given but before the Buyers have taken delivery, the Vessel ceases to be physically ready for delivery and is not made physically ready again in every respect by the time set out above and a new notice of readiness given, the Buyers shall retain their option to terminate the MOA for the Vessel.

 

LOGO

 

8


LOGO

 

9.3 Should the Buyers become entitled to terminate the sale of a Vessel for any reason whatsoever (including but not limited to under Clause 9.2), the deposit related to the Vessel equal to 10 % (ten per cent) of the purchase price for the Vessel together with interest thereon, shall be released to them immediately from the joint account. Otherwise, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and the Parties’ rights and obligations under this Agreement in relation to the other Vessels shall not be affected in any way. The Buyers shall not be entitled to terminate this Agreement or to bring any other claim whatsoever against the Sellers for this reason.

 

9.4 Should the Buyers become entitled to terminate this Agreement under the provisions of Clause 7, the amount of the deposit remaining in the joint account (cf. Clause 4.3) shall be released to them immediately. If the Buyers’ loss exceeds the amount received from the joint account, the Buyers shall be entitled to claim further compensation for their direct losses, however, up to a maximum amount no greater than the aggregate purchase price less the deposit of the Vessels not already delivered.

 

10 Miscellaneous default provision

 

10.1 Apart from the rights to terminate this Agreement as set out in the provisions of Clauses 7, 8, and 9, neither Party shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

 

10.2 Once a Vessel has been delivered to the Buyers, the Parties’ rights and obligations under this Agreement in relation to that Vessel shall not be affected in any way by the termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

 

11 Signing

 

11.1 At the signing of this Agreement, the Sellers have delivered to the Buyers:

 

11.1.1 documentary evidence from relevant corporate bodies of the Sellers authorising the signing of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement.

 

11.2 At the signing of this Agreement, the Buyers have delivered to the Sellers:

 

11.2.1 documentary evidence from relevant corporate bodies of the Buyers authorising the signing of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement; and

 

11.2.2 latest audited financial annual accounts / statement of Navigator Holdings Ltd.

 

LOGO

 

9


LOGO

 

12 Antitrust

 

12.1 The Buyers are solely responsible for taking any and all steps necessary for obtaining any clearance(s) required by the Buyers and/or the Sellers under any antitrust or competition law to consummate the transactions under this Agreement and the MOA’s in accordance with the agreed delivery dates. If the Buyers are not able to consume the transactions set forth herein due to lack of required clearance Clause 8 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

 

12.2 If relevant, the Buyers shall prepare and submit relevant submissions, filings, etc. as soon as reasonably practicable provided the Sellers have adequately and timely provided the Buyers with information reasonably requested by the Buyers to fulfill their obligations. The Buyers and the Sellers shall cooperate in this respect and the Sellers shall be given time to comment on any submissions, filings, etc. and the Buyers shall take the comments of the Sellers into account.

 

13 Interest

 

13.1 If the Buyers fail to make any payment due to the Sellers under this Agreement by the due date for payment, then the Buyers shall pay interest on the overdue amount at the rate of 3% (three per cent) per annum above 3 months LIBOR as such is fixed on the date on which such failure to make payment occurs. Such interest shall accrue on a daily basis from the due date until actual payment of the overdue amount, whether before or after judgment. The Buyers shall pay the interest together with the overdue amount.

 

14 Assignment

 

14.1 Except for (i) the possibility of an Acceding Buyer under Clause 3 and (ii) the rights of Maersk Tankers A/S under Clause 6 to assign the rights and obligations under a ship management agreement for a Vessel, neither Party shall assign, transfer, mortgage, charge, subcontract or deal in any other manner with any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party.

 

14.2 At the time of delivery of a Vessel under this Agreement, any outstanding warranty claims against a shipyard relating to that Vessel are assigned to the Buyers, unless such work covered by the outstanding warranty claim have been carried out for the Sellers’ account, in which case the warranty claim related to such work are retained by the Sellers. In case, the assignment of outstanding warranty claims requires the shipyard’s consent, the Sellers and Buyers will jointly use reasonable endeavours to obtain such consent.

 

15 Confidentiality

 

15.1 Each Party undertakes that it shall not at any time during this Agreement, disclose any information which should reasonably be considered and is advised to be private or confidential concerning any costumer or suppliers of the other Party to any person which is not (i) an employee, (ii) professional advisor, (iii) representative or (iv) officer of such Party or except as may be required by law, court order or any governmental or regulatory authority.

 

16 Entire agreement

 

16.1 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes and extinguishes all previous drafts, agreements, arrangements and understandings between them, whether written or oral, relating to its subject matter.

 

LOGO

 

10


LOGO

 

16.2 Each Party acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement it does not rely on, and shall have no remedies in respect of, any representation or warranty (whether made innocently or negligently) that is not set out in this Agreement.

 

17 Costs and expenses

 

17.1 Each of the Parties shall bear their own costs and expenses including (i) fees with respect to their external advisors, including auditors and lawyers and (ii) public charges of any nature.

 

18 Conflict between provisions

 

18.1 The Appendices attached to the Agreement shall form an integrated part hereof. In case of any ambiguity or conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any Appendix, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

19 Notices

 

19.1 Any communication to be made under or in connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by letter (registered mail or hand delivery) or E-mail as follows:

If to Maersk Handy Gas Pte Ltd, A.P. Moller Singapore Pte Ltd or Live Oak Company Limited:

Maersk Tankers A/S

Esplanaden 50

1098 Copenhagen K

Denmark

For the attention of.: Head of legal

Email: jacob.ulrik@maersk.com

If to any of the Buyers:

Navigator Gas L.L.C.

c/o NGT Services (UK) Ltd

21 Palmer Street

SW1H 0AD

United Kingdom

For the attention of.: Chief Operating Officer

Email: mail@navigatorgas.com

or any substitute address or Email-address or department or officer as any Party may notify to the other Party.

 

LOGO

 

11


LOGO

 

19.2 The receipt of any notices or other communication from a Party made by E-mail shall also be forwarded by letter (registered mail or hand delivery) unless the E-mail is confirmed as received by the other Party.

 

20 Governing law and jurisdiction

 

20.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.

 

20.2 The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

 

20.3 The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A Party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other Party requiring the other Party to appoint its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other Party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified. If the other Party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the Party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other Party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other Party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both Parties as if he had been appointed by agreement.

 

20.4 In the event that there are multiple claimants and/or multiple respondents, the reference shall be to three arbitrators. Two of these shall be appointed by the Parties as defined in this Agreement: one by the Sellers for their party in the dispute (either the claimants or the respondents), and one by the Buyers for their party in the dispute. Otherwise, the appointment of arbitrators shall follow the procedure set out in Clause 20.3.

 

20.5 Nothing herein shall prevent the Parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator.

 

20.6 In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD 50,000 (or such other sum as the Parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

 

LOGO

 

12


LOGO

 

21 List of Appendices

 

21.1 The following Appendices are attached to this Agreement:

 

   Appendix 1:    MOAs for the sale of each Vessel
   Appendix 2:    List of the Vessels
   Appendix 3:    Form of Accession Deed
   Appendix 4:    Form of MT103 and MT199 SWIFT messages
   Appendix 5:    Form of ship management agreement
   Appendix 6:    Escrow Agreement

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of it.

 

LOGO

 

13


LOGO

 

For and on behalf of

Maersk Handy Gas Pte Ltd

as Sellers

By:   /s/ Christian M. Ingerslev
Name:   Christian M. Ingerslev
Title:   Attorney in Fact
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
For and on behalf of

A.P. Moller Singapore Pte Ltd

as Sellers

By:   /s/ Christian M. Ingerslev
Name:   Christian M. Ingerslev
Title:   Attorney in Fact
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

LOGO

 


LOGO

 

For and on behalf of

Live Oak Company Limited

as Sellers

By:   /s/ Christian M. Ingerslev
Name:   Christian M. Ingerslev
Title:   Attorney in Fact
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
For and on behalf of

Navigator Holdings LTD.

as Buyers

By:   /s/ Niall Nolan
Name:   Niall Nolan
Title:   Attorney in Fact
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

LOGO

 


LOGO

 

For and on behalf of

Navigator Gas L.L.C.

as Buyers

By:   /s/ Niall Nolan
Name:   Niall Nolan
Title:   Attorney in Fact
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
Acknowledged and agreed on behalf of

Maersk Tankers A/S

as technical manager in relation to Clause 6 and Clause 14 of this Agreement

By:   /s/ Christian M. Ingerslev
Name:   Christian M. Ingerslev
Title:   Attorney in Fact
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

LOGO

 


LOGO

 

Appendix 2 – List of the Vessels

List of the Vessels

 

Name of Vessel

  

Purchase price for Vessel

  

Time and/or place of delivery of the Vessel

(to be read in accordance with Clause 5)

m.v. “Maersk Humber”    USD 29,000,000    First open position after 31 January 2013.
m.v. “Caribe”    USD 32,500,000   

Shall be delivered West of Suez, upon (i) redelivery of the Vessel to Sellers from the current time charterparty with PDVSA, (ii) deletion from the Venezuelan ships register, and (iii) registration in Singapore Register, Isle of Man Register or Liberia Register*. The ship shall be delivered to Buyers’ outside Venezuelan territory.

 

*  If the Vessel is delivered in the Liberia Register the Buyers shall reimburse the Sellers for the costs hereof.

m.v. “Maersk Heritage”    USD 47,500,000    Shall be delivered West of Suez (however, always outside Venezuelan territory), immediately following redelivery from the current charterparty with PDVSA.
m.v. “Maersk Harmony”    USD 45,500,000    First open position after 31 January 2013, or in Sellers’ option immediately following redelivery to the Sellers under the current time charterparty with Petredec and within the redelivery range specified therein.
m.v. “Maersk Honour”    USD 47,500,000    Immediately following redelivery to the Sellers under the current time charterparty with BPCL and within the redelivery range specified therein.

 

LOGO

 


LOGO

 

m.v. “Maersk Glory”    USD 43,000,000    Immediately following redelivery to the Sellers under the current time charterparty with Sonatrach and within the redelivery range specified therein.
m.v. “Maersk Grace”    USD 43,000,000    First open position after 31 January 2013, or in Sellers’ option immediately following redelivery to the Sellers under the current time charterparty with Statoil.
m.v. “Maersk Gusto”    USD 45,500,000    First open position after 31 January 2013.
m.v. “Maersk Genesis”    USD 45,500,000    First open position after 31 January 2013.
m.v. “Maersk Galaxy”    USD 45,500,000    First open position after 31 January 2013.
m.v. “Maersk Global”    USD 45,500,000    First open position after 31 January 2013.

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

LOGO

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD

2008 RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.        Purpose      1   
2.    Definitions      1   
3.    Administration      2   
   (a)        Authority of the Committee      2   
   (b)    Manner of Exercise of Committee Authority      3   
   (c)    Limitation of Liability      3   
4.    Stock Subject to Plan      3   
   (a)    Overall Number of Shares Available for Delivery      3   
   (b)    Application of Limitation to Grants of Awards      3   
   (c)    Availability of Shares Not Issued under Awards      4   
   (d)    Stock Offered      4   
5.    Eligibility      4   
6.    Specific Terms of Awards      4   
   (a)    General      4   
   (b)    Restricted Stock      4   
7.    Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards      5   
   (a)    Termination of Employment      5   
   (b)    Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards      5   
   (c)    Form and Timing of Payment under Awards; Deferrals      5   
   (d)    Non-Competition Agreement      5   
8.    Subdivision or Consolidation; Recapitalization; Reorganization      5   
   (a)    Existence of Plan and Awards      5   
   (b)    Subdivision or Consolidation of Shares      6   
   (c)    Corporate Recapitalization      6   
   (d)    Additional Issuances      7   
9.    General Provisions      7   
   (a)    Restricted Securities      7   
   (b)    Transferability      7   
   (c)    Right of First Refusal      7   
   (d)    Purchase Option      9   
   (e)    Taxes      11   
   (f)    Changes to this Plan and Awards      11   
   (g)    Limitation on Rights Conferred under Plan      11   
   (h)    Unfunded Status of Awards      11   
   (i)    Nonexclusivity of this Plan      11   
   (j)    Fractional Shares      12   
   (k)    Severability      12   
   (l)    Governing Law      12   
   (m)    Conditions to Delivery of Stock      12   
   (n)    Plan Effective Date and Duration of Plan      12   


NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

2008 Restricted Stock Plan

1. Purpose . The purpose of the Navigator Holdings Ltd. 2008 Restricted Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) is to provide a means through which Navigator Holdings Ltd., a Marshall Islands company (the “ Company ”), and its Subsidiaries may attract and retain able persons as employees, directors and consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and to provide a means whereby those persons upon whom the responsibilities of the successful administration and management of the Company and its Subsidiaries rest, and whose present and potential contributions to the welfare of the Company and its Subsidiaries are of importance, can acquire and maintain stock ownership, or awards the value of which is tied to the performance of the Company, thereby strengthening their concern for the welfare of the Company, and its Subsidiaries, and their desire to remain employed. A further purpose of this Plan is to provide such employees, directors and consultants with additional incentive and reward opportunities designed to enhance the profitable growth of the Company. Accordingly, this Plan primarily provides for the granting of Restricted Stock.

2. Definitions . For purposes of this Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below, in addition to such terms defined in Section 1 hereof:

(a) “ Award ” means a Restricted Stock Award, together with any other right or interest granted to a Participant under this Plan.

(b) “ Beneficiary ” means one or more persons, trusts or other entities which have been designated by a Participant, in his or her most recent written beneficiary designation filed with the Committee, to receive the benefits specified under this Plan upon such Participant’s death or to which Awards or other rights are transferred if and to the extent permitted under Subsection 9(b) hereof. If, upon a Participant’s death, there is no designated Beneficiary or surviving designated Beneficiary, then the term Beneficiary means the persons, trusts or other entities entitled by will or the laws of descent and distribution to receive such benefits.

(c) “ Board ” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

(d) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, including regulations thereunder and successor provisions and regulations thereto.

(e) “ Committee ” means a committee of two or more directors designated by the Board to administer this Plan.

(f) “ Effective Date ” means September 16, 2008.

(g) “ Eligible Person ” means all officers and employees of the Company or of any Subsidiary, and other persons who provide services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including directors of the Company. An employee on leave of absence may be considered as still in the employ of the Company or a Subsidiary for purposes of eligibility for participation in this Plan.

 

1


(h) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, including rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto.

(i) “ Participant ” means a person who has been granted an Award under this Plan which remains outstanding, including a person who is no longer an Eligible Person.

(j) “ Person ” means any person or entity of any nature whatsoever, specifically including an individual, a firm, a company, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, a trust or other entity; a Person, together with that Person’s Affiliates and Associates (as those terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, provided that “registrant” as used in Rule 12b-2 shall mean the Company), and any Persons acting as a partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate or other group (whether or not formally organized), or otherwise acting jointly or in concert or in a coordinated or consciously parallel manner (whether or not pursuant to any express agreement), for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of securities of the Company with such Person, shall be deemed a single “ Person .”

(k) “ Qualifying Public Offering ” shall mean a firm commitment underwritten public offering of Stock for cash where the shares of Stock registered under the Securities Act are listed on a national securities exchange.

(l) “ Restricted Stock ” means Stock granted to a Participant under Subsection 6(b) hereof, that is subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.

(m) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or any successor law, as it may be amended from time to time.

(n) “ Stock ” means the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01, and such other securities as may be substituted (or resubstituted) for Stock pursuant to Section 8.

(o) “ Subsidiary ” means with respect to the Company, any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity securities or equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

3. Administration .

(a) Authority of the Committee . This Plan shall be administered by the Committee except to the extent the Board elects to administer this Plan, in which case references herein to the “ Committee ” shall be deemed to include references to the “ Board .” Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority, in its sole and absolute discretion, to (i) adopt, amend, and rescind administrative and interpretive rules and regulations relating to the Plan; (ii) determine the Eligible Persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted; (iii) determine the amount of cash and the number of shares Restricted Stock Awards that shall be the subject of each Award; (iv) determine the terms and provisions of each Award agreement (which need not be identical), including provisions defining or otherwise relating to (A) the extent to which the transferability of shares of Stock issued or transferred pursuant to any Award is restricted, (B) except as otherwise provided herein, the effect of termination of employment, or the service relationship with the Company, of a Participant on the Award, and (C) the effect of approved

 

2


leaves of absence (consistent with any applicable regulations of the Internal Revenue Service); (v) accelerate the time of exercisability of any Award that has been granted; (vi) construe the respective Award agreements and the Plan; (vii) delegate its duties under the Plan to such agents as it may appoint from time to time; and (viii) make all other determinations, perform all other acts, and exercise all other powers and authority necessary or advisable for administering the Plan, including the delegation of those ministerial acts and responsibilities as the Committee deems appropriate. In making such determinations, the Committee shall take into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective Eligible Persons, their present and potential contribution to the Company’s success, and such other factors as the Committee in its sole discretion shall deem relevant. The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, in any Award, or in any Award agreement in the manner and to the extent it deems necessary or desirable to carry the Plan into effect, and the Committee shall be the sole and final judge of that necessity or desirability. The determinations of the Committee on the matters referred to in this Subsection 3(a) shall be final and conclusive.

(b) Manner of Exercise of Committee Authority . Any action of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company, its Subsidiaries, stockholders, Participants, Beneficiaries, and transferees under Subsection 9(b) hereof or other persons claiming rights from or through a Participant. The express grant of any specific power to the Committee, and the taking of any action by the Committee, shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee. The Committee may delegate to officers or managers of the Company or any Subsidiary, or committees thereof, the authority, subject to such terms as the Committee shall determine, to perform such functions, including administrative functions, as the Committee may determine.

(c) Limitation of Liability . The Committee and each member thereof shall be entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to him or her by any officer or employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, the Company’s legal counsel, independent auditors, consultants or any other agents assisting in the administration of this Plan. Members of the Committee and any officer or employee of the Company or a Subsidiary acting at the direction or on behalf of the Committee shall not be personally liable for any action or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to this Plan, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be indemnified and held harmless by the Company with respect to any such action or determination.

4. Stock Subject to Plan .

(a) Overall Number of Shares Available for Delivery . Subject to adjustment in a manner consistent with any adjustment made pursuant to Section 8, the total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance in connection with Awards under this Plan shall not exceed 3,000,000 shares.

(b) Application of Limitation to Grants of Awards . No Award may be granted if the number of shares of Stock to be delivered in connection with such Award exceeds the number of shares of Stock remaining available under this Plan minus the number of shares of Stock issuable in settlement of or relating to then-outstanding Awards. The Committee may adopt reasonable counting procedures to ensure appropriate counting, avoid double counting (as, for example, in the case of tandem or substitute awards) and make adjustments if the number of shares of Stock actually delivered differs from the number of shares previously counted in connection with an Award.

 

3


(c) Availability of Shares Not Issued under Awards . Shares of Stock subject to an Award under this Plan that expire or are canceled, forfeited, settled in cash or otherwise terminated without an issuance of shares to the Participant, including (i) the number of shares withheld in payment of any exercise or purchase price of an Award or taxes relating to Awards, and (ii) the number of shares surrendered in payment of any exercise or purchase price of an Award or taxes relating to any Award, will again be available for Awards under this Plan.

(d) Stock Offered . The shares to be delivered under the Plan shall be made available from (i) authorized but unissued shares of Stock, (ii) Stock held in the treasury of the Company, or (iii) previously issued shares of Stock reacquired by the Company, including shares purchased on the open market.

5. Eligibility . Awards may be granted under this Plan only to Persons who are Eligible Persons at the time of grant thereof or in connection with the severance or retirement of Eligible Persons.

6. Specific Terms of Awards .

(a) General . The Committee may impose on any Award or the exercise thereof, at the date of grant or thereafter (subject to Subsection 9(f)), such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan, as the Committee shall determine, including terms requiring forfeiture of Awards in the event of termination of employment by the Participant, or termination of the Participant’s service relationship with the Company, and terms permitting a Participant to make elections relating to his or her Award. The Committee shall retain full power and discretion to accelerate, waive or modify, at any time, any term or condition of an Award that is not mandatory under this Plan. The Company and the Participant shall enter into an Award agreement evidencing the specific terms and conditions governing the Award at the time of grant.

(b) Restricted Stock . The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Participants on the following terms and conditions:

(i) Grant and Restrictions . Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability, risk of forfeiture and other restrictions, if any, as the Committee may impose, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), in such installments or otherwise, as the Committee may determine at the date of grant or thereafter. During the restricted period applicable to the Restricted Stock, the Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, margined or otherwise encumbered by the Participant.

(ii) Certificates for Stock . Restricted Stock granted under this Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, the Committee may require that such certificates bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, that the Company retain physical possession of the certificates, and that the Participant deliver a stock power to the Company, endorsed in blank, relating to the Restricted Stock.

 

4


(iii) Dividends and Splits . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, any dividends, whether in cash or in kind, which are paid on a share of Restricted Stock shall not be subject to any restrictions or risks of forfeiture which may be associated with the Restricted Stock with respect to which such dividend has been paid. As a condition to the grant of an Award of Restricted Stock, the Committee may require or permit a Participant to elect that any cash dividends paid on a share of Restricted Stock be automatically reinvested in additional shares of Restricted Stock or applied to the purchase of additional Awards under this Plan. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, Stock distributed in connection with a Stock split shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such Stock has been distributed.

7. Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards .

(a) Termination of Employment . Except as provided herein, the treatment of an Award upon a termination of employment or any other service relationship by and between a Participant and the Company or any Subsidiary shall be specified in the agreement controlling such Award.

(b) Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards . Awards granted under this Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution or exchange for, any other Award or any award granted under another plan of the Company, any Subsidiary, or any business entity to be acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary, or any other right of a Participant to receive payment from the Company or any Subsidiary. Such additional, tandem and substitute or exchange Awards may be granted at any time. If an Award is granted in substitution or exchange for another Award or award, the Committee shall require the surrender of such other Award or award in consideration for the grant of the new Award. In addition, Awards may be granted in lieu of cash compensation.

(c) Form and Timing of Payment under Awards; Deferrals . Subject to the terms of this Plan and any applicable Award agreement, payments to be made by the Company or a Subsidiary upon the settlement of an Award may be made in such forms as the Committee shall determine, including without limitation cash, Stock, other Awards or other property, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis.

(d) Non-Competition Agreement . Each Participant to whom an Award is granted under this Plan may be required to agree in writing as a condition to the granting of such Award not to engage in conduct in competition with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for a period after the termination of such Participant’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries as determined by the Committee.

8. Subdivision or Consolidation; Recapitalization; Reorganization .

(a) Existence of Plan and Awards . The existence of this Plan and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Board or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of debt or equity securities ahead of or affecting Stock or the rights thereof, the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or any part of its assets or business or any other corporate act or proceeding.

 

5


(b) Subdivision or Consolidation of Shares . The terms of an Award and the number of shares of Stock authorized pursuant to Section 4 for issuance under the Plan shall be subject to adjustment from time to time, in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) If at any time, or from time to time, the Company shall subdivide as a whole (by a Stock split, by the issuance of a distribution on Stock payable in Stock, or otherwise) the number of shares of Stock then outstanding into a greater number of shares of Stock, then (A) the maximum number of shares of Stock available in connection with the Plan or Awards as provided in Section 4 shall be increased proportionately, and the kind of shares or other securities available for the Plan shall be appropriately adjusted, (B) the number of shares of Stock (or other kind of shares or securities) that may be acquired under any Award shall be increased proportionately, and (C) the price (including the exercise price) for each share of Stock (or other kind of shares or securities) subject to then outstanding Awards shall be reduced proportionately, without changing the aggregate purchase price or value as to which outstanding Awards remain exercisable or subject to restrictions.

(ii) If at any time, or from time to time, the Company shall consolidate as a whole (by reverse Stock split, or otherwise) the number of shares of Stock then outstanding into a lesser number of shares of Stock, (A) the maximum number of shares of Stock available in connection with the Plan or Awards as provided in Section 4 shall be decreased proportionately, and the kind of shares or other securities available for the Plan shall be appropriately adjusted, (B) the number of shares of Stock (or other kind of shares or securities) that may be acquired under any Award shall be decreased proportionately, and (C) the price (including the exercise price) for each share of Stock (or other kind of shares or securities) subject to then outstanding Awards shall be increased proportionately, without changing the aggregate purchase price or value as to which outstanding Awards remain exercisable or subject to restrictions.

(iii) Whenever the number of shares of Stock subject to outstanding Awards and the price for each share of Stock subject to outstanding Awards are required to be adjusted as provided in this Subsection 8(b), the Committee shall promptly prepare, and deliver to each Participant, a notice setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the change in price and the number of shares of Stock, other securities, cash, or property purchasable subject to each Award after giving effect to the adjustments.

(iv) Adjustments under Subsections 8(b)(i) and (ii) shall be made by the Committee, and its determination as to what adjustments shall be made and the extent thereof shall be final, binding, and conclusive. No fractional interest shall be issued under the Plan on account of any such adjustments.

(c) Corporate Recapitalization . In the event of changes in the outstanding Stock by reason of recapitalization, reorganizations, mergers, consolidations, combinations, exchanges or other relevant changes in capitalization occurring after the date of the grant of any Award and not otherwise provided for by this Section 8, any outstanding Awards and any agreements evidencing such Awards shall be subject to adjustment by the Committee at its discretion as to the number and price of shares of Stock or other consideration subject to such Awards. In the event of any such change in the outstanding Stock, the share limitations provided in Section 4 may be appropriately adjusted by the Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive.

 

6


(d) Additional Issuances . Except as hereinbefore expressly provided, the issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, for cash, property, labor or services, upon direct sale, upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, and in any case whether or not for fair value, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Stock subject to Awards theretofore granted or the purchase price per share, if applicable.

9. General Provisions .

(a) Restricted Securities . Prior to a Qualifying Public Offering, the Stock to be issued under this Plan, which may be issued in reliance on the exemption from registration set forth in Rule 701, shall be deemed to be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144, as each such rule has been promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act as from time to time in effect and applicable to the Plan and Participants. Resales of such Stock by the holder thereof shall be in compliance with the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom. Such Stock may bear a legend if determined necessary by the Committee in substantially the following form:

“THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SHARES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, PLEDGED, TRANSFERRED, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNTIL THE HOLDER HEREOF PROVIDES EVIDENCE SATISFACTORY TO NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD. (WHICH, IN THE DISCRETION OF NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD., MAY INCLUDE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.) THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE, TRANSFER, OR OTHER DISPOSITION WILL NOT VIOLATE APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE LAWS.”

(b) Transferability . Awards shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

(c) Right of First Refusal . If any Participant (“ Transferor ”), regardless of whether such Participant is the original holder of the Award contemplated in this Subsection 9(c), proposes to sell, transfer, assign, hypothecate, make gifts of or in any manner dispose of, encumber, or alienate (each individually constituting a “ Transfer ”) to a transferee, any Stock, obtained in connection with any Award held by such Transferor, either pursuant to a bona fide offer (“ Offer ”) from a potential transferee (“ Offeror ”) or by effecting a gift of the Stock (“ Gift ”) to a donee (“ Donee ”) without consideration, then the Transferor must comply with the provisions of this Subsection 9(c), including, without limitation, acknowledging and allowing the applicable time periods to lapse with respect to the rights of the Company as provided herein, before accepting any such Offer or otherwise affecting the Transfer of any Stock pursuant to such Offer, or affecting any such Gift.

 

7


(i) Statement of Offer . Before accepting any Offer or affecting any Gift, the Transferor shall obtain from the Offeror or Donee, as the case may be, a statement (“ Statement ”) in writing addressed to the Transferor and signed by the Offeror or Donee, setting forth: (A) the date of the Statement (the “ Statement Date ”); (B) the number of shares of Stock covered by the Offer or Gift and, in the case of an Offer, the price per share to be paid by the Offeror and the terms of payment of such price; (C) the Offeror’s or Donee’s willingness to be bound by the terms of this Subsection 9(c) and execute and deliver to the Company such documentation as required under this Subsection 9(c); (D) the Offeror’s or Donee’s name, address and telephone number; and (E) the Offeror’s or Donee’s willingness to supply any additional information about himself or herself as may be reasonably requested by the Company. Promptly upon receipt of a Statement, and before accepting the Offer or affecting the Gift to which the Statement relates, the Transferor shall deliver to the Company (1) a copy of the Statement and (2) in the case of an Offer, evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company as to the Offeror’s financial ability to consummate the proposed purchase.

(ii) Company Rights . Subject to the provisions of Subsection 9(c)(i), upon receipt of a copy of the Statement, the Company shall have the exclusive right and option (the “ Right ”), but not the obligation, to purchase all of the shares of Stock that the Offeror proposes to purchase from the Transferor or, in the case of a Gift, that the Transferor proposes to give to the Donee (collectively, “ Subject Securities ”) (A) in the case of an Offer, for the per share price and on the terms as set forth in the Statement; provided , however , that if the purchase price is payable in whole or in part in property (which term shall include the securities of any issuer other than the Company) other than cash, the Company may pay, in lieu of such property, a sum of cash equal to the fair market value of such property as determined by the Transferor and the Company in good faith or, if the Transferor and the Company do not agree on the fair market value of such property within five days after the Company delivers written notice (as described below) of its intention to exercise the Right, then the Transferor and the Company shall select one independent appraiser (with each of the Transferor and the Company jointly bearing one-half of the expense of the appraiser) to determine the fair market value of that property and the appraised fair market value of that property as determined by such appraiser shall be deemed the fair market value of that property for purposes of this Subsection 9(c)(ii), or (B) in the case of a Gift, the fair market value of the Subject Securities, as determined in good faith by the Company; provided that the Transferor may elect to retain the Subject Securities rather than sell the Subject Securities at the fair market value as determined by the Company by giving written notice thereof to the Company within five days after such determination by the Company is received in writing by the Transferor. The Company shall exercise the Right by giving written notice thereof to the Transferor. Upon exercising the Right, the Company shall have the obligation, to the extent it lawfully may do so, to purchase the Subject Securities within 30 days after the date of the Company’s receipt of its copy of the Statement on and subject to the terms and conditions hereof. If the terms of the purchase include the Transferor’s release of any pledge or encumbrance on the Subject Securities and the Transferor shall have failed to obtain the release of the pledge or encumbrance by the purchase date, at the Company’s option the purchase shall occur on the scheduled date with the purchase price reduced to the extent of all unpaid indebtedness for which the Subject Securities are then pledged or encumbered. Failure by the Company to exercise the Right, or failure by the Company to otherwise perform its obligations under this Subsection 9(c)(ii), within the 30 day period herein prescribed shall be deemed an election by the Company not to exercise the Right. If the Company exercises the Right and is unable for any reason to perform its obligations thereunder in accordance with this Subsection 9(c), the Company may assign all or a portion of its rights under the Right to any one or more of the Company’s stockholders (other than the Transferor) (“ Assignee Stockholder ”), as the Board shall determine, in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

8


(iii) Purchase of Less Than All Shares . Anything in Subsection 9(c) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company and any Assignee Stockholder individually may, pursuant to the exercise of the Right, purchase fewer than all of the Subject Securities provided that such Persons in the aggregate purchase all, and not less than all, of the Subject Securities, and it shall be a condition precedent to the obligation of any of such Persons to purchase any Subject Securities, that all, and not less than all, of the Subject Securities have been elected to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Right.

(iv) Failure to Exercise Right or Consummate Transaction . If the Company elects not to exercise the Right, or if the Right is exercised and the obligations to be performed thereunder by the Company are not performed in accordance with this Subsection 9(c), or if the Company’s rights are assigned to an Assignee Stockholder and such Assignee Stockholder fails to perform his or her obligations under the assigned Right in accordance with this Subsection 9(c), then, subject to the application of any applicable state or federal securities laws, the Transferor may dispose of all of the Subject Securities within 90 days after the date of the Statement at the per share price and on the terms, if any, as set forth in the Statement free and clear of the terms of this Subsection 9(c); provided , however , that (A) any subsequent transfer by the Offeror or Donee, as applicable, shall once again be subject to this Subsection 9(c) and (B) if the sale or gift of the Subject Securities is not consummated within such 90-day period, then the Transfer of any such Stock shall once again be subject to the terms of this Subsection 9(c).

(v) Legend . To assure the enforceability of the Company’s rights under this Subsection 9(c), until the date of a Qualifying Public Offering, each certificate or instrument representing Stock or an Award held by him, her, or it may, in the Committee’s discretion, bear a conspicuous legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SHARES [REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE] [ISSUABLE PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT] ARE SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL IN THE CASE OF A TRANSFER AS PROVIDED UNDER THE NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD. 2008 RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN AND/OR AN AWARD AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO PURSUANT THERETO. COPIES OF SUCH PLAN AND AWARD AGREEMENT ARE AVAILABLE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE COMPANY AT ITS PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES.”

(vi) Expiration . The rights and obligations pursuant to this Subsection 9(c) hereof will terminate upon the date of a Qualifying Public Offering.

(d) Purchase Option .

(i) Except as otherwise expressly provided in any particular Award, if a Participant ceases to be employed by or perform services for the Company or its Subsidiaries for any reason at any time, the Company (and/or its designee(s)) shall have the option (the “ Purchase Option ”) to purchase, and the Participant (or the Participant’s executor

 

9


or the administrator of the Participant’s estate in the event of the Participant’s death, or the transferee of the Stock or Award in the case of any disposition, or the Participant’s legal representative in the event of the Participant’s incapacity) (hereinafter, collectively with such Participant, the “ Grantor ”) shall sell to the Company and/or its designee(s), all or any portion (at the Company’s option) of the shares of Stock issued pursuant to this Plan and held by the Grantor (such shares of Stock herein referred to as the “ Purchasable Shares ”).

(ii) The Company shall give notice in writing to the Grantor of the exercise of the Purchase Option within one year of the date of the termination of the Participant’s employment or service relationship. Such notice shall state the number of Purchasable Shares to be purchased and the determination of the Board of the fair market value per share of such Purchasable Shares. If no notice is given within the time limit specified above, the Purchase Option shall terminate.

(iii) The purchase price to be paid for the Purchasable Shares purchased pursuant to the Purchase Option shall be, the fair market value per share as of the date of the notice of exercise of the Purchase Option times the number of shares being purchased. The purchase price shall be paid in cash. The closing of such purchase shall take place at the Company’s principal executive offices within ten (10) days after the purchase price has been determined. At such closing, the Grantor shall deliver to the purchasers the certificates or instruments evidencing the Purchasable Shares being purchased free and clear of all liens and encumbrances (if any), duly endorsed (or accompanied by duly executed stock powers) and otherwise in good form for delivery, against payment of the purchase price by check of the purchasers. In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grantor shall have failed to obtain the release of any pledge or other encumbrance on any Purchasable Shares by the scheduled closing date, at the option of the purchasers, the closing shall nevertheless occur on such scheduled closing date, with the cash purchase price being reduced to the extent of all unpaid indebtedness for which such Purchasable Shares are then pledged or encumbered.

(iv) To assure the enforceability of the Company’s rights under this Subsection 9(d), until the date of a Qualifying Public Offering, each certificate or instrument representing Stock or an Award held by him, her, or it may, in the Committee’s discretion, bear a conspicuous legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SHARES [REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE] [ISSUABLE PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT] ARE SUBJECT TO AN OPTION TO REPURCHASE PROVIDED UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD. 2008 RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN AND/OR AN AWARD AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO PURSUANT THERETO. COPIES OF SUCH PLAN AND AWARD AGREEMENT ARE AVAILABLE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE COMPANY AT ITS PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES.”

(v) The Company’s rights under this Subsection 9(d) shall terminate upon the date of a Qualifying Public Offering.

 

10


(e) Taxes . The Company and any Subsidiary is authorized to withhold from any Award granted, or any payment relating to an Award under this Plan, including from a distribution of Stock, amounts of withholding and other taxes due or potentially payable in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the Committee may deem advisable to enable the Company and Participants to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award. This authority shall include authority to withhold or receive Stock or other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a Participant’s tax obligations, either on a mandatory or elective basis in the discretion of the Committee.

(f) Changes to this Plan and Awards . The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate this Plan or the Committee’s authority to grant Awards under this Plan without the consent of stockholders or Participants, except that any amendment or alteration to this Plan, including any increase in any share limitation, shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders not later than the annual meeting next following such Board action if such stockholder approval is required by any federal or state law or regulation or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock may then be listed or quoted, and the Board may otherwise, in its discretion, determine to submit other such changes to this Plan to stockholders for approval; provided , however , that, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such Board action may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under any previously granted and outstanding Award. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any Award theretofore granted and any Award agreement relating thereto, except as otherwise provided in this Plan; provided , however , that, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such Committee action may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under such Award.

(g) Limitation on Rights Conferred under Plan . Neither this Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as (i) giving any Eligible Person or Participant the right to continue as an Eligible Person or Participant or in the employ or service of the Company or a Subsidiary, (ii) interfering in any way with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary to terminate any Eligible Person’s or Participant’s employment or service relationship at any time, (iii) giving an Eligible Person or Participant any claim to be granted any Award under this Plan or to be treated uniformly with other Participants or employees or other service providers, or (iv) conferring on a Participant any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company unless and until the Participant is duly issued or transferred shares of Stock in accordance with the terms of an Award.

(h) Unfunded Status of Awards . This Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for certain incentive awards.

(i) Nonexclusivity of this Plan . Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board nor its submission to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board or a committee thereof to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be construed to prevent the Company or any Subsidiary from taking any corporate action which is deemed by the Company or such Subsidiary to be appropriate or in its best interest, whether or not such action would have an adverse effect on this Plan or any Award made under this Plan. No employee, beneficiary or other person shall have any claim against the Company or any Subsidiary as a result of any such action.

 

11


(j) Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to this Plan or any Award. The Committee shall determine whether cash, other Awards or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

(k) Severability . If any provision of this Plan is held to be illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions hereof, but such provision shall be fully severable and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.

(l) Governing Law . All questions arising with respect to the provisions of the Plan and Awards shall be determined by application of the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any conflict of law provisions thereof. The obligation of the Company to sell and deliver Stock hereunder is subject to applicable laws and to the approval of any governmental authority required in connection with the authorization, issuance, sale, or delivery of such Stock.

(m) Conditions to Delivery of Stock . Nothing herein or in any Award granted hereunder or any Award agreement shall require the Company to issue any shares with respect to any Award if that issuance would, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, constitute a violation of the Securities Act or any similar or superseding statute or statutes, any other applicable statute or regulation, or the rules of any applicable securities exchange or securities association, as then in effect. At the time of any grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Company may, as a condition precedent to the settlement of any Restricted Stock Award, require from the Participant (or in the event of his or her death, his or her legal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees) such written representations, if any, concerning the holder’s intentions with regard to the retention or disposition of the shares of Stock being acquired pursuant to the Award and such written covenants and agreements, if any, as to the manner of disposal of such shares as, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, may be necessary to ensure that any disposition by that holder (or in the event of the holder’s death, his or her legal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees) will not involve a violation of the Securities Act or any similar or superseding statute or statutes, any other applicable state or federal statute or regulation, or any rule of any applicable securities exchange or securities association, as then in effect.

(n) Plan Effective Date and Duration of Plan . This Plan has been adopted by the Board effective as of September 16, 2008. No further Awards may be granted under the Plan after ten (10) years from the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. The Plan shall remain in effect until all Awards have been settled or forfeited.

 

12

Exhibit 10.3

 

Private & Confidential    Execution Version

Dated 1 April 2011

Navigator Gas L.L.C., Navigator Saturn L.L.C., Navigator Leo L.L.C. and

Navigator Libra L.L.C.

as Borrowers

arranged by

Nordea Bank Finland plc and

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

with

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

as Agent

guaranteed by

Navigator Holdings Ltd

FACILITY AGREEMENT

for

$80,000,000

Loan Facility

 

LOGO


Contents

 

Clause    Page  

SECTION 1 - INTERPRETATION

     1   
1    Definitions and interpretation      1   

SECTION 2 - THE FACILITY

     21   
2    The Facility      21   
3    Purpose      24   
4    Conditions of Utilisation      25   

SECTION 3 - UTILISATION

     27   
5    Utilisation      27   

SECTION 4 - REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

     28   
6    Repayment      28   
7    Illegality, prepayment and cancellation      28   

SECTION 5 - COSTS OF UTILISATION

     33   
8    Interest      33   
9    Interest Periods      33   
10    Changes to the calculation of interest      34   
11    Fees      35   

SECTION 6 - ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

     36   
12    Tax gross-up and indemnities      36   
13    Increased Costs      38   
14    Other indemnities      39   
15    Mitigation by the Lenders      41   
16    Costs and expenses      42   

SECTION 7 - GUARANTEE

     43   
17   

Guarantee and indemnity

     43   

SECTION 8 - REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     46   
18    Representations      46   
19    Information undertakings      51   
20    Financial covenants      54   


21    General undertakings      56   
22    Construction period      58   
23    Dealings with Ship      60   
24    Condition and operation of Ship      61   
25    Insurance      64   
26    Minimum security value      68   
27    Chartering undertakings      70   
28    Bank accounts      72   
29    Business restrictions      73   
30    Hedging Contracts      76   
31    Events of Default      77   
32    Position of Hedging Provider      81   

SECTION 9 - CHANGES TO PARTIES

     83   
33    Changes to the Lenders      83   
34    Changes to the Obligors      85   

SECTION 10 - THE FINANCE PARTIES

     86   
35    Roles of Agent and Arranger      86   
36    Conduct of business by the Finance Parties      96   
37    Sharing among the Finance Parties      97   

SECTION 11 - ADMINISTRATION

     99   
38    Payment mechanics      99   
39    Set-off      101   
40    Notices      102   
41    Calculations and certificates      103   
42    Partial invalidity      104   
43    Remedies and waivers      104   
44    Amendments and grant of waivers      104   
45    Counterparts      106   
46    Confidentiality      106   


SECTION 12 - GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

     109   
47    Governing law      109   
48    Enforcement      109   

Schedule 1 The original parties

     110   

Schedule 2 Ship information

     114   

Schedule 3 Conditions precedent

     116   

Schedule 4 Utilisation Request

     121   

Schedule 5 Selection Notice

     122   

Schedule 6 Mandatory Cost formulae

     123   

Schedule 7 Form of Transfer Certificate

     126   

Schedule 8 Form of Compliance Certificate

     128   

Schedule 9 Form of Increase Confirmation

     129   

Schedule 10 Repayment Schedules

     131   


THIS AGREEMENT is dated 1 April 2011 and made between:

 

(1) THE ENTITIES listed in Schedule 1 as borrowers (the Borrowers );

 

(2) NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD (the Guarantor );

 

(3) NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) as mandated lead arrangers (whether acting individually or together the Arrangers );

 

(4) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1 as lenders (the Original Lenders );

 

(5) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1 as hedging providers (the Hedging Providers ); and

 

(6) SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL) as agent for the other Finance Parties (the Agent ).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

SECTION 1 - INTERPRETATION

 

1 Definitions and interpretation

 

1.1 Definitions

In this Agreement and (unless otherwise defined in the relevant Finance Document) the other Finance Documents:

Account Bank means, in relation to the Earnings Account, either Nordea Bank Finland Plc or another bank or financial institution approved by the Majority Lenders at the request of the Borrowers.

Account Holder(s) means the Borrower(s) in whose name(s) the Earnings Account is held.

Account Security means the deed or other instrument by the Account Holder(s) in favour of the Agent in the agreed form conferring a Security Interest over the Earnings Account.

Accounting Reference Date means 31 December or such other date as may be approved by the Lenders.

Additional Cost Rate has the meaning given to it in Schedule 6 (Mandatory Cost formulae).

Advance means each borrowing of a proportion of the Commitments by the Borrowers pursuant to a Utilisation Request or (as the context may require) the outstanding principal amount of such borrowing.

Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

Agent includes any person who may be appointed as such under clause 35.11 ( Resignation of the Agent ).

Approved Valuer means any of Lorentzen & Stemoco AS, Joachim Grieg & Co AS, Inge Steensland AS, Breamar Seascope Ltd, Simpsons Spence & Young, EA Gibsons Ltd, Clarksons Ltd and Potens and Partners or such other independent reputable ship broker nominated by the Borrowers and approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) from time to time.

 

1


Auditors means one of PricewaterhouseCoopers, Ernst & Young, KPMG, Deloitte & Touche, Moore Stephens or MSPC Certified Public Accountants and Advisors or another firm approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) from time to time.

Available Facility means, at any relevant time, such part of the Total Commitments (drawn and undrawn) which is available for borrowing under this Agreement at such time in accordance with clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ).

Availability Period means the period starting on the date of this Agreement and ending on:

 

  (a) in respect of the Tranche A Loan, 29 April 2011;

 

  (b) in respect of the Tranche B Loan, 27 August 2012; and

 

  (c) in respect of the Tranche C Loan, 27 December 2012.

Break Costs means the amount (if any) by which:

 

  (a) the interest (excluding the Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in the Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of the Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

exceeds:

 

  (b) the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

Builder means, in relation to the New Ships, the person specified as such in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ).

Building Contract means, in relation to a New Ship, the relevant shipbuilding contract specified in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) between the Builder and the Original Buyer relating to the construction of such New Ship as amended by the relevant amendment specified in Schedule 2 ( Ship Information ), as novated to Navigator Gas pursuant to the relevant Novation Agreement for such New Ship specified in Schedule 2 ( Ship Information ) and as may be further transferred or assigned to the relevant Owner on or about Delivery of such New Ship.

Building Contract Documents means, in relation to a New Ship, the Building Contract, the Novation Agreement, any Refund Guarantee, any document pursuant to which the Building Contract may be further transferred or assigned to the relevant Owner on or about Delivery of such New Ship, and any other guarantee or security given to any person for the Builder’s obligations under the relevant Building Contract in each case for that New Ship.

Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, Stockholm and New York.

Capital Adequacy Regulation means any applicable law, regulation or regulatory requirement which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity controls or which affects the manner in which any Finance Party allocates capital resources under this Agreement.

Change of Control occurs when:

 

  (a) any two or more persons acting in concert or any individual person (not including the Guarantor or any estate comprising the assets of the company formerly known as Lehman Brothers Inc.) obtains control of a Borrower;

 

2


  (b) the managing member of an Owner ceases to be Navigator Gas or the managing member of Navigator Gas ceases to be the Guarantor;

 

  (c) the board of directors of the Guarantor ceases to consist of either a majority of (i) the directors which were existing on the date of this Agreement or (ii) directors nominated by at least two thirds of the directors which were existing on the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (d) an Owner ceases to be a wholly, legally and beneficially owned direct subsidiary of Navigator Gas.

Charged Property means all of the assets of the Borrowers which from time to time are, or are expressed or intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents.

Charter means, in relation to a Ship, any time charter with a charter term (including any options to extend) exceeding 24 calendar months in respect of that Ship entered into between the relevant Owner and the relevant Charterer.

Charter Assignment means, in relation to a Ship and its Charter Documents, any assignment by the relevant Owner of its interest in such Charter Documents in favour of the Agent in the agreed form pursuant to clause 23.7 ( Chartering ).

Charter Documents means, in relation to a Ship, any Charter of that Ship, any documents supplementing it and any guarantee or security given by any person for the relevant Charterer’s obligations under it.

Charterer means, in relation to a Ship, a charterer of that Ship pursuant to a Charter.

Classification means, in relation to a Ship, the classification specified in respect of such Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) with the relevant Classification Society or another classification approved by the Majority Lenders as its classification, at the request of the relevant Owner.

Classification Society means, in relation to a Ship, the classification society specified in respect of such Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) or another classification society (being a member of the International Association of Classification Societies (IACS) or, if such association no longer exists, any similar association nominated by the Agent) approved by the Majority Lenders as its Classification Society, at the request of the relevant Owner.

Collateral Ship means the ship M.V. “Navigator Saturn” described in part A of Schedule 2 ( Ship Information ).

Commitment means a Tranche A Commitment, a Tranche B Commitment or a Tranche C Commitment and Commitments means all of them.

Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 8 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ) or otherwise approved.

Confidential Information means all information relating to an Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either:

 

  (a) any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

  (b) another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers,

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

 

3


  (i) is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of clause 46 ( Confidentiality ); or

 

  (ii) is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

  (iii) is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

Constitutional Documents means, in respect of an Obligor, such Obligor’s memorandum and articles of association, bye-laws or other constitutional documents including as referred to in any certificate relating to an Obligor delivered pursuant to Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent ).

Contract Price means, in relation to a New Ship, the price payable under the Building Contract for such New Ship.

Default means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of them) be an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender means any Lender:

 

  (a) which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available or has notified the Agent that it will not make its participation in a Loan available by the Utilisation Date of that Loan in accordance with clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation );

 

  (b) which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or

 

  (c) with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

  (i) its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (A) administrative or technical error; or

 

  (B) a Payment Disruption Event; and,

payment is made within five Business Days of its due date; or

 

  (ii) the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

Delivery means, in relation to a New Ship, the delivery and acceptance of the New Ship by the relevant Owner under the relevant Building Contract.

Delivery Date means, in relation to a New Ship, the date on which its Delivery occurs.

Delivery Instalment means, in relation to a New Ship, the instalment of the Contract Price for such New Ship falling due on its Delivery.

Disposal Repayment Date means in relation to:

 

  (a) a Total Loss of a Mortgaged Ship, the applicable Total Loss Repayment Date; or

 

4


  (b) a sale of a Mortgaged Ship by the relevant Owner, the date upon which such sale is completed by the transfer of title to the purchaser in exchange for payment of all or part of the relevant purchase price.

Earnings means, in relation to a Ship and a person, all money at any time payable to that person for or in relation to the use or operation of such Ship including freight, hire and passage moneys, money payable to that person for the provision of services by or from such Ship or under any charter or pool commitment, requisition for hire compensation, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys and damages for breach and payments for termination or variation of any charter commitment.

Earnings Account means any bank account, deposit or certificate of deposit opened, made or established in accordance with, and designated as an “ Earnings Account ”, under clause 28 ( Bank accounts ).

Enforcement Costs means any costs, expenses, liabilities or other amounts in respect of which any amount is payable under clauses 14.4 ( Indemnity concerning security ) or 16.3 ( Enforcement and preservation costs ) or under any other Finance Document to which those provisions apply and any remuneration payable to a Receiver in connection with any Security Documents.

Environmental Claims means:

 

  (a) enforcement, clean-up, removal or other governmental or regulatory action or orders or claims instituted or made pursuant to any Environmental Laws or resulting from a Spill; or

 

  (b) any claim made by any other person relating to a Spill.

Environmental Incident means any Spill from any vessel in circumstances where:

 

  (a) any Ship or its Owner may be liable for Environmental Claims arising from the Spill (other than Environmental Claims arising and fully satisfied before the date of this Agreement); and/or

 

  (b) any Ship may be arrested or attached in connection with any such Environmental Claim.

Environmental Laws means all laws, regulations and conventions concerning pollution or protection of human health or the environment.

Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in clause 31 ( Events of Default ).

Facility means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in clause 2 ( The Facility ).

Facility Office means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

Facility Period means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date on which the Total Commitments have reduced to zero and all indebtedness of the Obligors under the Finance Documents has been fully paid and discharged.

Fair Market Value means, as at any relevant date, the value of each Mortgaged Ship which has not become a Total Loss as at such date as most recently determined in accordance with Clause 26 ( Minimum Security Value ).

 

5


Fee Letter means any letter dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Arrangers and the Borrowers (or the Agent and the Borrowers) setting out any of the fees referred to in clause 11 ( Fees ).

Final Availability Date means, in respect of each Tranche and, where applicable, each Ship to be funded by that Tranche, the last day of the Availability Period for that Tranche.

Final Repayment Date for each Tranche means, subject to clause 38.7 ( Business Days ), the earlier of (a) 15 April 2017 and (b) the date which falls on the sixth (6th) anniversary of the First Utilisation Date.

Finance Documents means this Agreement, any Fee Letter, the Security Documents, any Hedging Contract, any Hedging Master Agreement, any Transfer Certificate and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Borrowers.

Finance Party means the Agent, any Arranger, any Hedging Provider or a Lender.

Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

  (a) monies borrowed;

 

  (b) any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

  (c) any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

  (d) the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP or, as the case may be, IFRS, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

 

  (e) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

  (f) any Treasury Transaction (and, when calculating the value of that Treasury Transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account);

 

  (g) any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution;

 

  (h) any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement if (a) one of the primary reasons behind entering into the agreement is to raise finance or (b) the agreement is in respect of the supply of assets or services and payment is due more than 180 days after the date of supply;

 

  (i) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing; and

 

  (j) the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (i) above.

First Repayment Date means, subject to clause 38.7 ( Business Days ):

 

  (a) in respect of the Tranche A Loan, the date falling six (6) months after the making of the first Advance;

 

  (b) in respect of the Tranche B Loan, the date falling three (3) months after the Delivery Date for New Ship 1; or

 

6


  (c) in respect of the Tranche C Loan, the date falling three (3) months after the Delivery Date for New Ship 2.

Flag State means:

 

  (a) in relation to the Collateral Ship, Liberia, or such other state or territory as may be approved by the Lenders, at the request of the relevant Owner, as being the “ Flag State ” of the Collateral Ship for the purposes of the Finance Documents; and

 

  (b) in relation to a New Ship, the Marshall Islands, Liberia or such other state or territory as may be approved by the Lenders, at the request of the relevant Owner, as being the “ Flag State ” of such New Ship for the purpose of the Finance Documents.

GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

General Assignment means, in relation to a Ship, a first assignment of its interest in the Ship’s Insurances and Earnings and Requisition Compensation by the relevant Owner in favour of the Agent in the agreed form.

Group means the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the time being and, for the purposes of clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ) and clause 20 ( Financial covenants ), any other entity required to be treated as a subsidiary in its consolidated accounts in accordance with GAAP or, as the case may be, IFRS, and/or any applicable law.

Group Member means any Obligor and any other entity which is part of the Group.

Guarantor means the company described as such in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ).

Guarantee means the obligations of the Guarantor under clause 17 ( Guarantee and indemnity ).

Hedging Contract means any Hedging Transaction between Navigator Gas and any Hedging Provider pursuant to any Hedging Master Agreement and includes any Hedging Master Agreement and any Confirmations from time to time exchanged under it and governed by its terms relating to that Hedging Transaction and any contract in relation to such a Hedging Transaction constituted and/or evidenced by them and Hedging Contracts means all of them.

Hedging Exposure means, as at any relevant date, the aggregate of the amount certified by each of the Hedging Providers to the Agent to be the net amount in dollars (i) in relation to all Hedging Contracts that have been closed out on or prior to the relevant date, that is due and owing by Navigator Gas to the Hedging Providers in respect of such Hedging Contracts on the relevant date and (ii) in relation to all Hedging Contracts that are continuing on the relevant date, that would be payable by Navigator Gas to the Hedging Providers under (and calculated in accordance with) the early termination provisions of the Hedging Contracts as if an Early Termination Date (as defined in the relevant Hedging Master Agreement) had occurred on the relevant date in relation to all such continuing Hedging Contracts.

Hedging Master Agreements means the agreements made or (as the context may require) to be made between Navigator Gas and the Hedging Providers in relation to the purposes set out in clause 30.1.2, each comprising an ISDA Master Agreement and Schedule thereto in the agreed form and Hedging Master Agreement means any of them.

Hedging Transaction has, in relation to any Hedging Master Agreement, the meaning given to the term “Transaction” in that Hedging Master Agreement.

Holding Company means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

IFRS means international accounting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation 1606/2002

 

7


Increase Confirmation means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 10 ( Form of Increase Confirmation ).

Increase Lender has the meaning given to that term in clause 2.2 ( Increase ).

Indemnified Person means:

 

  (a) each Finance Party and each Receiver and any attorney, agent or other person appointed by them under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (b) any officers, employees or agents of any of the above persons.

Insolvency Event in relation to a Finance Party means that the Finance Party:

 

  (a) is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (b) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

  (c) makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

  (d) institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

 

  (e) has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:

 

  (i) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding up or liquidation; or

 

  (ii) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;

 

  (f) has a resolution passed for its winding up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (g) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets;

 

  (h) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

  (i) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (i) above; or

 

8


  (j) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

Insurance Notice means, in relation to a Ship, a notice of assignment in the form scheduled to the Ship’s General Assignment or in another approved form.

Insurances means, in relation to a Ship:

 

  (a) all policies and contracts of insurance; and

 

  (b) all entries in a protection and indemnity or war risks or other mutual insurance association

in the name of such Ship’s owner or the joint names of its owner and any other person in respect of or in connection with such Ship and includes all benefits thereof (including the right to receive claims and to return of premiums).

Interbank Market means the London interbank market.

Interest Period means, in relation to each Tranche, each period determined in accordance with clause 9 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with clause 8.3 ( Default interest ).

Legal Reservations means:

 

  (a) the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

 

  (b) the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for, or indemnify a person against, non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or counterclaim; and

 

  (c) similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction.

Lender means:

 

  (a) any Original Lender; and

 

  (b) any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party in accordance with clause 2.2 ( Increase ) or clause 33 ( Changes to the Lenders ),

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

LIBOR means, in relation to the Loan or any part of it or any Unpaid Sum:

 

  (a) the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  (b) (if no Screen Rate is available for the relevant Interest Period)] the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the Interbank Market,

as of 11:00 a.m. on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in dollars for a period comparable to the Interest Period for the Loan or relevant part of it or Unpaid Sum.

Loan means the aggregate principal amount of the Tranche A Loan, the Tranche B Loan and the Tranche C Loan owing to the Lenders under this Agreement at any relevant time.

 

9


Losses means any costs, expenses, payments, charges, losses, demands, liabilities, claims, actions, proceedings, penalties, fines, damages, judgments, orders or other sanctions.

Loss Payable Clauses means, in relation to a Ship, the provisions concerning payment of claims under the Ship’s Insurances in the form scheduled to the Ship’s General Assignment in respect of that Ship or in another approved form.

Major Casualty means any casualty to a vessel for which the total insurance claim, inclusive of any deductible, exceeds or may exceed the Major Casualty Amount.

Major Casualty Amount means, in relation to a Ship, the amount specified as such against the name of that Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) or the equivalent in any other currency.

Majority Lenders means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66 2 / 3 % of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 66 2 / 3 % of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction).

Manager means, in relation to a Ship, a technical or commercial or crewing manager of that Ship acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) pursuant to the provisions of clause 23.3 ( Manager ) and/or clause 27.13 ( Charterer’s manager ).

Mandatory Cost means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance with Schedule 6 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ).

Margin means three point zero (3.0%) per annum.

Material Adverse Effect means, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, a material adverse effect on:

 

  (a) the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Group taken as a whole; or

 

  (b) the ability of an Obligor to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (c) the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security Interest granted or purporting to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents.

Minimum Value means, at any time, the amount in dollars which is at that time 130% of the Loan and, in relation to any Mortgaged Ship which has become a Total Loss but whose Disposal Repayment Date has not then occurred, minus such proportion of the Loan as the Fair Market Value of such Mortgaged Ship bore to the aggregate Fair Market Value of all the Mortgaged Ships (including the relevant Ship) immediately before its Total Loss.

Mortgage means, in relation to a Ship, a first mortgage of that Ship in the agreed form by the relevant Owner in favour of the Agent.

Mortgage Period means, in relation to a Mortgaged Ship, the period from the date the Mortgage over that Ship is executed and registered until the date such Mortgage is released and discharged or, if earlier, its Total Loss Date.

Mortgaged Ship means, at any relevant time, any Ship which is subject to a Mortgage and whose Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation are subject to a Security Interest under the Finance Documents.

Navigator Gas means Navigator Gas L.L.C., a company formed and existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands.

New Ships means New Ship 1 and New Ship 2 (to be built by the Builder under the Building Contracts) and New Ship means either of them.

 

10


New Ship 1 means the ship described in Part B of Schedule 2 ( Ship Information ).

New Ship 2 means the ship described in Part C of Schedule 2 ( Ship Information ).

Novation Agreement means, in relation to a New Ship, the novation agreement specified in Schedule 2 ( Ship Information ) between the Builder, the Original Buyer and Navigator Gas relating to the novation of the Building Contract for such New Ship.

Obligors means the parties to the Finance Documents (other than Finance Parties) and Obligor means any one of them.

Original Buyer means Latmar Holdings Corporation, a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of the Republic of Liberia with its registered address at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia.

Original Financial Statements means the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for its financial year ended 31 December 2010.

Owner means, in relation to a Ship, the Borrower specified against the name of that Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ).

Party means a party to this Agreement.

Payment Disruption Event means either or both of:

 

  (a) a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

  (b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

  (i) from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii) from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

(and which (in either such case)) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

Permitted Liens means, in relation to a Ship:

 

  (a) unless a Default is continuing, any ship repairer’s or outfitter’s possessory lien in respect of such Ship for an amount not exceeding the Major Casualty Amount for such Ship;

 

  (b) any lien on such Ship for master’s, officer’s or crew’s wages outstanding in the ordinary course of its trading;

 

  (c) any lien on such Ship for salvage;

 

  (d) any lien arising by operation of law for not more than two months’ prepaid hire under any charter in relation to a Ship not prohibited by this Agreement;

 

  (e) liens for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of a Ship, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested by the Borrowers in good faith by appropriate steps) and subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to clause 24.15 ( Repairer’s liens );

 

11


  (f) any Security Interest created in favour of a plaintiff or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses while the Borrowers are actively prosecuting or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith so long as any such proceedings or the continued existence of such Security Interest shall not and may reasonably be considered unlikely to lead to the arrest, sale, forfeiture or loss of, the Ship or any interest in the Ship; and

 

  (g) any Security Interest arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made so long as any such proceedings or the continued existence of such Security Interest shall not and may reasonably be considered unlikely to lead to the arrest, sale, forfeiture or loss of, the Ship or any interest in the Ship.

Permitted Security Interests means, in relation to any Mortgaged Ship, any Security Interest over it which is:

 

  (a) granted by the Finance Documents; or

 

  (b) a Permitted Lien; or

 

  (c) is approved by the Majority Lenders.

Pollutant means and includes crude oil and its products, any other polluting, toxic or hazardous substance and any other substance whose release into the environment is regulated or penalised by Environmental Laws.

Pre-Delivery Instalment means, in respect of each New Ship, the instalment of the relevant Contract Price payable following the launching of such New Ship pursuant to Article X of the relevant Building Contract.

Pre-Delivery Security Assignment means, in relation to a New Ship, an assignment of the relevant Building Contract and the relevant Refund Guarantee by Navigator Gas in favour of the Agent in the agreed form.

Quotation Day means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Day for that currency shall be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

Receiver means a receiver or a receiver and manager or an administrative receiver appointed in relation to the whole or any part of any Charged Property under any relevant Security Document.

Reference Banks means in relation to LIBOR and Mandatory Cost the principal London offices of Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) and Nordea Bank Finland Plc or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Borrowers.

Refund Guarantee means, in relation to any New Ship, the guarantee details of which are specified in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) issued by the Refund Guarantor in respect of the Builder’s obligations under the relevant Building Contract and any further guarantee to be issued by the Refund Guarantor in respect of such obligations.

Refund Guarantor means, in relation to any New Ship, the refund guarantor specified as such in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ).

 

12


Registry means , in relation to each Ship, such registrar, commissioner or representative of the relevant Flag State who is duly authorised and empowered to register the relevant Ship, the relevant Owner’s title to such Ship and the relevant Mortgage under the laws of its Flag State.

Relevant Jurisdiction means, in relation to an Obligor:

 

  (a) its jurisdiction of incorporation or, as the case may be, formation;

 

  (b) any jurisdiction where any Charged Property owned by it is situated;

 

  (c) any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and

 

  (d) any jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents entered into by it.

Relevant Period has the meaning given to that term in clause 20.1 ( Financial definitions ).

Repayment Date means, in respect of a Tranche:

 

  (a) the First Repayment Date for that Tranche;

 

  (b) each of the dates falling at three monthly intervals thereafter up to but not including the Final Repayment Date for that Tranche; and

 

  (c) the Final Repayment Date for that Tranche.

Repeating Representations means each of the representations and warranties set out in clauses 18.1 ( Status ) to 18.10 ( Ranking and effectiveness of Security Documents ) (except for clauses 18.7 ( Information ) and 18.8 ( Original Financial Statements )).

Representative means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

Requisition Compensation means, in relation to a Ship, any compensation paid or payable by a government entity for the requisition for title, confiscation or compulsory acquisition of such Ship.

Screen Rate means the British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for dollars and the relevant period displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrowers and the Lenders.

Security Documents means:

 

  (a) the Pre-Delivery Security Assignments;

 

  (b) the Mortgages over the Ships;

 

  (c) the General Assignments in relation to the Ships;

 

  (d) the Share Security in relation to each Owner;

 

  (e) any Charter Assignment;

 

  (f) the Account Security; and

 

  (g) any other document as may be executed to guarantee and/or secure any amounts owing to the Finance Parties under this Agreement or any other Finance Document.

 

13


Security Interest means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, assignment, trust, hypothecation or other security interest of any kind securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

Security Value means, at any time, the amount in dollars which, at that time, is the aggregate of (a) the aggregate Fair Market Value of all of the Mortgaged Ships which have not then become a Total Loss and (b) the value of any additional security then held by the Agent provided under clause 26 ( Minimum security value ), in each case as most recently determined in accordance with this Agreement.

Selection Notice means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Selection Notice ) given in accordance with clause 9 ( Interest Periods ).

Share Security means, in relation to each Owner, the document constituting a first Security Interest by Navigator Gas in favour of the Agent in the agreed form in respect of all of the shares or membership interests in such Owner.

Ship Commitment means:

 

  (a) in relation to New Ship 1, the Tranche B Commitments; and

 

  (b) in relation to New Ship 2, the Tranche C Commitments,

in each case as cancelled or reduced pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

Ship Representations means each of the representations and warranties set out in clauses 18.17 ( Environmental matters ), 18.27 ( Ship status ) and 18.28 ( Ship’s employment ).

Ships means the Collateral Ship and the New Ships and Ship means any of them.

Spill means any actual or threatened spill, release or discharge of a Pollutant into the environment.

Subsidiary of a person means any other person:

 

  (a) directly or indirectly controlled by such person; or

 

  (b) of whose dividends or distributions on ordinary voting share capital such person is entitled to receive more than 50 per cent.

Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

Total Commitments means the aggregate of the Commitments, being:

 

  (a) at the date of this Agreement, $80,000,000; and

 

  (b) at any other time, the lower of $80,000,000 or either sixty five per cent (65%) of the aggregate Fair Market Value of all the Mortgaged Ships up to the Delivery Date of New Ship 1 or sixty per cent (60%) of the aggregate Fair Market Value of all the Mortgaged Ships up to and including the Delivery Date of New Ship 2, in each case as at that time and, for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments pursuant to clause 5.3.2, the Mortgaged Ships shall be deemed to include (i) in respect of any proposed Advance of the Tranche A Commitments, the Collateral Ship or (ii) in respect of any proposed Advance to be made in respect of the Delivery Instalment for a New Ship, that New Ship, in each case if, at that time, such Ship is not then a Mortgaged Ship.

 

14


Total Loss means, in relation to a Ship, its:

 

  (a) actual, constructive, compromised or arranged total loss; or

 

  (b) requisition for title, confiscation or other compulsory acquisition by a government entity; or

 

  (c) hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest or detention for more than 30 days or, where there has been a hijacking, theft, capture, seizure or detention of the Ship as a result of an act of piracy, 365 days.

Total Loss Date means, in relation to the Total Loss of a Ship:

 

  (a) in the case of an actual total loss, the date it happened or, if such date is not known, the date on which that Ship was last reported;

 

  (b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss, the earliest of:

 

  (i) the date notice of abandonment of that Ship is given to its insurers; or

 

  (ii) if the insurers do not admit such a claim, the date later determined by a competent court of law to have been the date on which the total loss happened; or

 

  (iii) the date upon which a binding agreement as to such compromised or arranged total loss has been entered into by the vessel’s insurers;

 

  (c) in the case of a requisition for title, confiscation or compulsory acquisition, the date it happened; and

 

  (d) in the case of hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest or detention, the date 30 days or, in respect of any hijacking, theft, capture, seizure or detention of the Ship as a result of an act of piracy, 365 days after the date upon which it happened.

Total Loss Repayment Date means where a Mortgaged Ship has become a Total Loss after its Delivery the earlier of:

 

  (a) the date 180 days after its Total Loss Date; and

 

  (b) the date upon which insurance proceeds or Requisition Compensation for such Total Loss are paid by insurers or the relevant government entity.

Tranche means the Tranche A Loan and Tranche B Loan or the Tranche C Loan, as applicable.

Tranche A Commitment means in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Tranche A Commitment” in Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) and the amount of any other Tranche A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with clause 2.2 ( Increase ) and, in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Tranche A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with clause 2.2 ( Increase ), in each case to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement and Tranche A Commitments means the Tranche A Commitment of each of the Lenders.

Tranche A Loan means the loan made or to be made under the Facility in respect of the Collateral Ship or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

Tranche B Commitment means, in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Tranche B Commitment” in Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) and the amount of any other Tranche B Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with clause 2.2 ( Increase )and, in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Tranche B Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with clause 2.2 ( Increase ), in each case to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement and Tranche B Commitments means the Tranche B Commitment of each of the Lenders.

 

15


Tranche B Loan means the loan made or to be made under the Facility in respect of New Ship 1 or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

Tranche C Commitment means, in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Tranche C Commitment” in Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) and the amount of any other Tranche C Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with clause 2.2 ( Increase ) and, in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Tranche C Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with clause 2.2 ( Increase ), in each case to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement and Tranche C Commitments means the Tranche C Commitment of each of the Lenders.

Tranche C Loan means the loan made or to be made under the Facility in respect of the New Ship 2 or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

Transfer Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 ( Form of Transfer Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Borrowers.

Transfer Date means, in relation to a transfer, the later of:

 

  (a) the proposed Transfer Date specified in the Transfer Certificate; and

 

  (b) the date on which the Agent executes the Transfer Certificate.

Treasury Transaction means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price.

Trust Property means, collectively:

 

  (a) all moneys duly received by the Agent under or in respect of the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) any portion of the balance on the Earnings Account held by or charged to the Agent at any time;

 

  (c) the Security Interests, guarantees, security, powers and rights given to the Agent under and pursuant to the Finance Documents including, without limitation, the covenants given to the Agent in respect of all obligations of any Obligor;

 

  (d) all assets paid or transferred to or vested in the Agent or its agent or received or recovered by the Agent or its agent in connection with any of the Finance Documents whether from any Obligor or any other person; and

 

  (e) all or any part of any rights, benefits, interests and other assets at any time representing or deriving from any of the above, including all income and other sums at any time received or receivable by the Agent or its agent in respect of the same (or any part thereof).

Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

Utilisation means the making of an Advance.

Utilisation Date means the date on which a Utilisation is made.

Utilisation Request means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 ( Utilisation Request ).

 

16


VAT means value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and any other tax of a similar nature wherever imposed.

 

1.2 Construction

 

1.2.1 Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in any of the Finance Documents to:

 

  (a) Sections, clauses and Schedules are to be construed as references to the Sections and clauses of, and the Schedules to, the relevant Finance Document and references to a Finance Document include its Schedules;

 

  (b) a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as it may from time to time be amended, restated, novated or replaced, however fundamentally;

 

  (c) words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa;

 

  (d) a time of day are to London time;

 

  (e) any person includes its successors in title, permitted assignees or transferees;

 

  (f) the knowledge, awareness and/or beliefs (and similar expressions) of any Obligor shall be construed so as to mean the knowledge, awareness and beliefs of the director and officers of such Obligor, having made due and careful enquiry;

 

  (g) agreed form means:

 

  (i) where a Finance Document has already been executed by all of the relevant parties, such Finance Document in its executed form;

 

  (ii) prior to the execution of a Finance Document, the form of such Finance Document separately agreed in writing between the Agent and the Borrowers as the form in which that Finance Document is to be executed or another form approved at the request of the Borrowers;

 

  (h) approved by the Majority Lenders or approved by the Lenders means approved in writing by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders or, as the case may be, all of the Lenders (on such conditions as they may respectively impose) and otherwise approved means approved in writing by the Agent (on such conditions as the Agent may impose) and approval and approve shall be construed accordingly;

 

  (i) assets includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

  (j) an authorisation means any authorisation, consent, concession, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration;

 

  (k) charter commitment means, in relation to a vessel, any charter or contract for the use, employment or operation of that vessel or the carriage of people and/or cargo or the provision of services by or from it and includes any agreement for pooling or sharing income derived from any such charter or contract;

 

  (l) control of an entity means:

 

  (i) the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, membership interests, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

  (A) cast, or control the casting of, more than 30% of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of that entity; or

 

17


  (B) appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of that entity; or

 

  (C) give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of that entity with which the directors or other equivalent officers of that entity are obliged to comply; and/or

 

  (ii) the holding beneficially of more than 30% of the issued share capital of that entity (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital) (and, for this purpose, any Security Interest over share capital shall be disregarded in determining the beneficial ownership of such share capital);

and controlled shall be construed accordingly;

 

  (m) the term disposal or dispose means a sale, transfer or other disposal (including by way of lease or loan but not including by way of loan of money) by a person of all or part of its assets, whether by one transaction or a series of transactions and whether at the same time or over a period of time, but not the creation of a Security Interest;

 

  (n) dollar / $ means the lawful currency of the United States of America;

 

  (o) the equivalent of an amount specified in a particular currency (the specified currency amount ) shall be construed as a reference to the amount of the other relevant currency which can be purchased with the specified currency amount in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11 a.m. on the date the calculation falls to be made for spot delivery, as conclusively determined by the Agent (with the relevant exchange rate of any such purchase being the Agent’s spot rate of exchange );

 

  (p) a government entity means any government, state or agency of a state;

 

  (q) a guarantee means any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness;

 

  (r) indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

  (s) month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month or the calendar month in which it is to end, except that:

 

  (i) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that month (if there is one) or on the immediately preceding Business Day (if there is not); and

 

  (ii) if there is no numerically corresponding day in that month, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that month

and the above rules in paragraphs (i) to (ii) will only apply to the last month of any period;

 

  (t) an obligation means any duty, obligation or liability of any kind;

 

  (u) something being in the ordinary course of business of a person means something that is in the ordinary course of that person’s current day-to-day operational business (and not merely anything which that person is entitled to do under its Constitutional Documents);

 

18


  (v) in clause 29 ( Business restrictions ) includes by way of set-off, combination of accounts or otherwise;

 

  (w) a person includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government entity or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

  (x) a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation and includes (without limitation) any Capital Adequacy Regulation;

 

  (y) right means any right, privilege, power or remedy, any proprietary interest in any asset and any other interest or remedy of any kind, whether actual or contingent, present or future, arising under contract or law, or in equity;

 

  (z) trustee , fiduciary and fiduciary duty has in each case the meaning given to such term under applicable law;

 

  (aa) (i) the winding up , dissolution , or administration of person or (ii) a receiver or administrative receiver or administrator in the context of insolvency proceedings or security enforcement actions in respect of a person shall be construed so as to include any equivalent or analogous proceedings or any equivalent and analogous person or appointee (respectively) under the law of the jurisdiction in which such person is established or incorporated or any jurisdiction in which such person carries on business including (in respect of proceedings) the seeking or occurrences of liquidation, winding-up, reorganisation, dissolution, administration, arrangement, adjustment, protection or relief of debtors; and

 

  (bb) a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted.

 

1.2.2 Where in this Agreement a provision includes a monetary reference level in one currency, unless a contrary indication appears, such reference level is intended to apply equally to its equivalent in other currencies as of the relevant time for the purposes of applying such reference level to any other currencies.

 

1.2.3 Section, clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

1.2.4 Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

1.2.5 A Default (other than an Event of Default) is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is continuing if it has not been waived.

 

1.2.6 Unless a contrary indication appears, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any other Finance Document when dealing with the same or similar subject matter, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

1.3 Third party rights

 

1.3.1 Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document for the benefit of a Finance Party or another Indemnified Person, a person who is not a party to a Finance Document has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the Third Parties Act ) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of the relevant Finance Document.

 

19


1.3.2 Any Finance Document may be rescinded or varied by the parties to it without the consent of any person who is not a party to it (unless otherwise provided by this Agreement).

 

1.3.3 An Indemnified Person who is not a party to a Finance Document may only enforce its rights under that Finance Document through a Finance Party and if and to the extent and in such manner as the Finance Party may determine.

 

1.4 Finance Documents

Where any other Finance Document provides that this clause 1.4 shall apply to that Finance Document, any other provision of this Agreement which, by its terms, purports to apply to all or any of the Finance Documents and/or any Obligor shall apply to that Finance Document as if set out in it but with all necessary changes.

 

1.5 Conflict of documents

The terms of the Finance Documents other than as relates to the creation and/or perfection of security) are subject to the terms of this Agreement and, in the event of any conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any provision of any Finance Document (other than in relation to the creation and/or perfection of security) the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

20


SECTION 2 - THE FACILITY

 

2 The Facility

 

2.1 The Facility

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrowers a term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Commitments, to be advanced to the Borrowers in accordance with clause 5 ( Utilisation ).

 

2.2 Increase

 

2.2.1 The Borrower may by giving prior notice to the Agent by no later than the date falling five Business Days after the effective date of a cancellation of:

 

  (a) the undrawn Commitments of a Defaulting Lender in accordance with clause 7.4.6; or

 

  (b) the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with clause 7.1 ( Illegality ),

request that the Total Commitments be increased (and the Total Commitments under the Facility shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount of up to the amount of the Commitment so cancelled as follows:

 

  (i) the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Lenders or other banks, financial institutions, trusts, funds or other entities (each an Increase Lender ) selected by the Borrower (each of which shall not be a member of the Group and which is further acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably)) and each of which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender;

 

  (ii) each of the Obligors and any Increase Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and the Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

  (iii) each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

  (iv) the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and

 

  (v) any increase in the Total Commitments shall take effect on the date specified by the Borrower in the notice referred to above or any later date on which the conditions set out in clause 2.2.2 are satisfied.

 

2.2.2 An increase in the Total Commitments will only be effective on:

 

  (a) the execution by the Agent of an Increase Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender;

 

  (b) in relation to an Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase the performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Increase Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Borrower and the Increase Lender.

 

21


2.2.3 Each of the other Finance Parties hereby appoint the Agent as its agent to execute on its behalf any Increase Confirmation delivered to the Agent in accordance with this clause 2.2.

 

2.2.4 Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective.

 

2.2.5 Unless the Agent otherwise agrees or the increased Commitments are assumed by an existing Lender, the Borrower shall, on the date upon which the increase takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of $3,500 and the Borrower shall promptly on demand pay the Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by it in connection with any increase in Commitments under this clause 2.2.

 

2.2.6 The Borrower may pay to the Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Borrower and the Increase Lender in a letter between the Borrower and the Increase Lender setting out that fee. A reference in this Agreement to a Fee Letter shall include any letter referred to in this clause 2.2.6.

 

2.2.7 Clause 33.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this clause 2.2.7 in relation to an Increase Lender as if references in that clause to:

 

  (a) an Existing Lender were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase;

 

  (b) the New Lender were references to that Increase Lender ; and

 

  (c) a re-assignment were references to an assignment.

 

2.3 Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

2.3.1 The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

2.3.2 The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt.

 

2.3.3 A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents (including clauses 35.20 ( All enforcement action through the Agent )) and 36.2 ( Finance Parties acting together ), separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

2.4 Borrowers’ rights and obligations

 

2.4.1 The obligations of each Borrower under this Agreement are joint and several. Failure by a Borrower to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall constitute a failure by all of the Borrowers.

 

2.4.2 Each Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally with each other Borrower:

 

  (a) agrees that it is responsible for the performance of the obligations of each other Borrower under this Agreement;

 

  (b) acknowledges and agrees that it is a principal and original debtor in respect of all amounts due from the Borrowers under this Agreement; and

 

  (c)

agrees with each Finance Party that, if any obligation of another Borrower under this Agreement is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal for any reason it will, as an

 

22


  independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any and all Losses it incurs as a result of another Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by that other Borrower under this Agreement. The amount payable under this indemnity shall be equal to the amount which that Finance Party would otherwise have been entitled to recover.

 

2.4.3 The obligations of each Borrower under the Finance Documents shall continue until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged in full, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

2.4.4 If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of a Borrower or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Borrowers under this Agreement will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

2.4.5 The obligations of each Borrower under the Finance Documents shall not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this clause (whether or not known to it or any Finance Party), would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under the Finance Documents including:

 

  (a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

  (b) the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any other Obligor;

 

  (c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

  (d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

  (e) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security;

 

  (f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  (g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

2.4.6 Each Borrower waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Borrower under any Finance Document. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

2.4.7 Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

  (a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Borrower will be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

23


  (b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any money received from any Borrower or on account of any Borrower’s liability under any Finance Document.

 

2.4.8 Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs (on such terms as it may require), no Borrower shall exercise any rights (including rights of set-off) which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents:

 

  (a) to be indemnified by another Obligor;

 

  (b) to claim any contribution from any other Obligor or any guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents; and/or

 

  (c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party.

 

3 Purpose

 

3.1 Purpose

The Borrowers shall apply all amounts borrowed under the Facility in accordance with this clause 3.

 

3.2 Use of Tranche A Commitments

The Tranche A Commitments shall be made available solely for the purposes of (a) financing certain fees and expenses payable by the Borrower under this Agreement and/or (b) assisting with the Borrowers’ general corporate and working capital purposes (including the consideration payments payable under each Novation Agreement), and shall be subject to any reduction in accordance with the requirements of clause 5.3.2 and paragraph (b) of the definition of Total Commitments.

 

3.3 Use for Ship Commitments

The Ship Commitment for each New Ship shall be made available solely for the purposes of (a) assisting the Owner to finance the Pre-Delivery Instalment and the Delivery Instalment for that New Ship and/or (b) assisting with the Borrowers’ general corporate and working capital purposes and accordingly each such Ship Commitment shall, subject to the terms of this Agreement, be made available in two Advances in the following maximum amounts:

 

  (a) in respect of the Pre-Delivery Instalment for each Ship, $7,950,000; and

 

  (b) in respect of the Delivery Instalment for each Ship and the Borrowers’ general corporate and working capital purposes, $24,050,000,

in each case subject to any reduction in accordance with the requirements of clause 5.3.2 and paragraph (b) of the definition of Total Commitments.

 

3.4 Monitoring

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

24


4 Conditions of Utilisation

 

4.1 Initial conditions precedent

The Borrowers may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received, or is satisfied that it will receive on the date that the relevant Commitments are made available, all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 1 of Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent to any Utilisation ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

4.2 Collateral Ship and related security conditions precedent and conditions precedent on Delivery of a New Ship

 

  (a) The Tranche A Commitments shall only become available for borrowing under this Agreement if the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received all of the documents and evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 3 ( Collateral Ship and related security conditions precedent and conditions precedent on Delivery of a New Ship ) in relation to the Collateral Ship and the documents and evidence listed in paragraphs 1(a) and 9 of Part 2 of such Schedule in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent; and

 

  (b) The Advance to be made from the Ship Commitment in respect of a New Ship at the time of Delivery of that New Ship shall only be made under this Agreement if the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received all of the documents and evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 3 ( Collateral Ship and related security conditions precedent and conditions precedent on Delivery of a New Ship ) in relation to such New Ship and the documents and evidence listed in paragraphs 1(a) and 9 of Part 2 of such Schedule in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

4.3 Notice to Lenders

The Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders promptly upon receiving and being satisfied with all of the documents and evidence delivered to it under this clause 4.

 

4.4 Further conditions precedent

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation ) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

  (a) no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Utilisation;

 

  (b) the Repeating Representations and, in relation to the first Utilisation, all of the other representations set out in clause 18 ( Representations ) (except the Ship Representations), are true;

 

  (c) in relation to the Utilisation of the Ship Commitment for a New Ship to fund the payment of the Pre-Delivery Instalment for that New Ship, the Agent has received, in form and substance satisfactory to it, a copy of the relevant invoice or invoices together with a certificate or other confirmation from the Ship’s Classification Society confirming the relevant building stage of the Ship;

 

  (d) in relation to the Utilisation of the Ship Commitment for a New Ship at the time of its Delivery, the Ship Representations are true so far as they relate to that New Ship; and

 

  (e) in relation to the Utilisation of the Tranche A Commitments, the Ship Representations are true so far as they relate to the Collateral Ship.

 

25


4.5 Waiver of conditions precedent

The conditions in this clause 4 are inserted solely for the benefit of the Finance Parties and may be waived on their behalf in whole or in part and with or without conditions by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

 

26


SECTION 3 - UTILISATION

 

5 Utilisation

 

5.1 Delivery of a Utilisation Request

 

5.1.1 A Borrower may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than 11:00 a.m. three Business Days (or such shorter period as the Agent may agree) before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

5.1.2 A Borrower may only deliver a Utilisation Request once in respect of the Tranche A Loan and twice in respect of each of the Tranche B Loan and the Tranche C Loan.

 

5.2 Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

5.2.1 A Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

  (a) the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day and, in respect of the relevant Advance for each Tranche, falls within the Availability Period for that Tranche;

 

  (b) the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount );

 

  (c) the proposed Interest Period complies with clause 9 ( Interest Periods ); and

 

  (d) it identifies the purpose for the Utilisation and that purpose complies with clause 3 ( Purpose ).

 

5.2.2 Only one Advance may be requested in each Utilisation Request.

 

5.3 Currency and amount

 

5.3.1 The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be dollars.

 

5.3.2 The amount of the proposed Advance must not exceed, when aggregated (where applicable) with the Advances previously made, the Total Commitments and in addition:

 

  (a) the principal amount of the Advance of the Tranche A Commitment shall not exceed the Tranche A Commitments;

 

  (b) the principal amount of an Advance of the Tranche B Commitment must not exceed, when aggregated, where applicable, with the first Advance of the Tranche B Commitment, the Tranche B Commitments; and

 

  (c) the principal amount of an Advance of the Tranche C Commitment must not exceed when aggregated, where applicable, with the first Advance of the Tranche C Commitment, the Tranche C Commitments.

 

5.4 Lenders’ participation

 

5.4.1 If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Advance available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

5.4.2 The amount of each Lender’s participation in the Advance will be equal to the proportion borne by its Commitments to the Total Commitments immediately prior to making the Advance.

 

5.4.3 The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of the Advance and the amount of its participation in the Advance, in each case by 11:00 a.m. on the Quotation Day.

 

5.4.4 The Agent shall pay all amounts received by it in respect of each Advance (and its own participation in it, if any) to the Borrowers or the account of any of them in accordance with the instructions contained in the Utilisation Request.

 

27


SECTION 4 - REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

6 Repayment

 

6.1 Repayment

The Borrowers shall on each Repayment Date repay such part of the Loan as is required to be repaid by clause 6.2 ( Scheduled repayment of Facility ).

 

6.2 Scheduled repayment of Facility

 

6.2.1 To the extent not previously reduced, the Tranche A Loan shall be repaid by instalments on each Repayment Date for such Tranche by the amount specified in Part A of Schedule 10 ( Repayment Schedules ) (as revised by clause 6.3).

 

6.2.2 To the extent not previously reduced, the Tranche B Loan shall be repaid by instalments on each Repayment Date for such Tranche by the amount specified in Part B of Schedule 10 ( Repayment Schedules ) (as revised by clause 6.3).

 

6.2.3 To the extent not previously reduced, the Tranche C Loan shall be repaid by instalments on each Repayment Date for such Tranche by the amount specified in Part C of Schedule 10 ( Repayment Schedules ) (as revised by clause 6.3).

 

6.2.4 On the Final Repayment Date for each Tranche (without prejudice to any other provision of this Agreement), the relevant Tranche shall be repaid in full.

 

6.3 Adjustment of scheduled repayments

If a Ship Commitment or the Tranche A Commitments have been partially reduced under this Agreement and/or any Tranche is partially prepaid (other than under clause 6.2), the amount of the repayment instalments for the relevant Tranche (as reduced by any earlier operation of this clause 6.3) shall be reduced in inverse order of their maturity.

 

7 Illegality, prepayment and cancellation

 

7.1 Illegality

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in the Loan:

 

  (a) that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

  (b) upon the Agent notifying the Borrowers, the Commitments of that Lender will be immediately cancelled and the remaining Commitments shall each be reduced rateably; and

 

  (c) the Borrowers shall repay that Lender’s participation in each Tranche on the last day of the Interest Period for each Tranche occurring after the Agent has notified the Borrowers or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

 

7.2 Voluntary cancellation

 

7.2.1 The Borrowers may, if they give the Agent not less than 10 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and a multiple of $1,000,000) of any part of the Available Facility which is undrawn at the proposed date of cancellation. Upon any such cancellation the Total Commitments shall be reduced by the same amount.

 

28


7.2.2 The Borrowers may, if they give the Agent not less than 10 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and a multiple of $1,000,000) of any part of:

 

  (a) a Ship Commitment which is undrawn at the proposed date of cancellation and upon any such cancellation, such amount of the cancellation shall first reduce any part of the relevant Ship Commitment which is available for drawing in respect of the relevant Pre-Delivery Instalment and shall then reduce the remainder of the relevant Ship Commitment and the Total Commitments shall be reduced by the same amount; and

 

  (b) the Tranche A Commitments which is undrawn at the proposed date of cancellation and upon such cancellation, the Total Commitments shall be reduced by the same amount.

 

7.3 Voluntary prepayment

The Borrowers may, if they give the Agent not less than 5 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior written notice, prepay the whole or any part of the Loan or the whole of any Tranche (but a partial prepayment of the Loan must be in an amount that reduces the Loan by a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and which is a multiple of $1,000,000).

Where pursuant to this clause the Borrowers prepay a Tranche in full and Delivery of both the New Ships has taken place, the Borrowers shall have the right, at any time and from time to time as long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to request that the Lenders (a) release the Security Interests granted in respect of the Ship in respect of that Tranche and (b) release the Owner that owns that Ship from its obligations under this Agreement and the Finance Documents to which it is then a party.

 

7.4 Right of replacement or cancellation and prepayment in relation to a single Lender

 

7.4.1 If:

 

  (a) any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up );

 

  (b) any Lender claims indemnification from the Borrowers under clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) or clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ); or

 

  (c) any Lender refuses to consent to any amendments or waivers requested by the Borrowers pursuant to any provision of this Agreement where such provision is expressed to require the consent of such Lender,

the Borrowers may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitments of that Lender and their intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loan or give the Agent notice of their intention to replace that Lender in accordance with clause 7.4.4.

 

7.4.2 On receipt of a notice referred to in clause 7.4.1 above, the Commitments of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero and (unless the Commitments of the relevant Lender are replaced in accordance with clause 7.4.4) the remaining Ship Commitments shall each be reduced rateably.

 

7.4.3 On the last day of each Interest Period of each Tranche which ends after the Borrowers have given notice under clause 7.4.1 above (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrowers in that notice), the Borrowers shall repay that Lender’s participation in each Tranche.

 

7.4.4

The Borrowers may, in the circumstances set out in clause 7.4.1, on 10 Business Days’ prior notice to the Agent and that Lender, replace that Lender by requiring that Lender to transfer (and, to the extent permitted by law, that Lender shall transfer) pursuant to clause 33 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or

 

29


  other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity selected by the Borrowers which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with clause 33 ( Changes to the Lenders ) for a purchase price in cash or other cash payment payable at the time of the transfer equal to the aggregate of:

 

  (a) the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the Loan;

 

  (b) all accrued interest owing to such Lender;

 

  (c) the Break Costs which would have been payable to such Lender pursuant to clause 10.4 ( Break Costs ) had the Borrowers prepaid in full that Lender’s participation in the Loan (and each Tranche) on the date of the transfer; and

 

  (d) all other amounts payable to that Lender under the Finance Documents on the date of the transfer.

 

7.4.5 The replacement of a Lender pursuant to clause 7.4.4 shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (a) the Borrowers shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (b) neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to find a replacement Lender; and

 

  (c) in no event shall the Lender replaced under clause 7.4.4 be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

7.4.6 If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Borrowers may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Agent 5 Business Days’ notice of cancellation of the undrawn Commitments of that Lender.

 

7.4.7 On such notice becoming effective, the undrawn Commitments of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero and the Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of such notice, notify all the Lenders.

 

7.5 Sale or Total Loss

On a Disposal Repayment Date for any Mortgaged Ship, the Borrowers shall prepay the Loan in an amount equal to:

 

L ×

 

  x  
 

 

 
  y  

where:

L = the amount of the Loan

x = the Fair Market Value of the relevant Mortgaged Ship

y = the aggregate Fair Market Value of all the Mortgaged Ships,

in each case at that time, and the relevant amount of the prepayment shall first be applied to reduce the Tranche for the relevant Mortgaged Ship and then shall be applied to reduce each remaining Tranche rateably.

 

7.6 Mandatory pre-delivery cancellation

If, prior to a New Ship’s Delivery:

 

30


  (a) the New Ship’s Building Contract is for any reason and by any method cancelled, terminated or rescinded; or

 

  (b) a competent court or arbitration panel decides that the New Ship’s Building Contract has been validly cancelled, terminated or rescinded; or

 

  (c) the New Ship’s Building Contract is varied in a way prohibited by any Finance Document; or

 

  (d) the relevant Refund Guarantee is repudiated, cancelled, rescinded or otherwise terminated or is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Refund Guarantor or it is or becomes unlawful for the Refund Guarantor to perform its obligations under it and the Refund Guarantee is not immediately replaced or reinstated or reconfirmed in a form and manner and by a person in each case approved in advance by the Lenders;

 

  (e) Delivery of the New Ship has not occurred by the Final Availability Date for the Tranche funding that New Ship; or

 

  (f) the New Ship’s Building Contract is novated, assigned or transferred by Navigator Gas or, as the case may be, the relevant Owner to another person,

then the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers with effect from the date 20 Business Days after the giving of such notice (or such later date as may be approved in advance by the Majority Lenders) cancel the Ship Commitment for such New Ship (whereupon the Total Commitments and each Lender’s Commitments shall be reduced by such Ship Commitment (and the Available Facility shall be adjusted accordingly)). The Borrowers shall on the date such cancellation takes effect prepay the relevant Tranche (if any) for that Ship in full.

 

7.7 Automatic cancellation

Any part of a Commitment which has not become available or been utilised by the Final Availability Date for the relevant Tranche shall be automatically cancelled at close of business in London on that Final Availability Date.

 

7.8 Restrictions

 

7.8.1 Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this clause 7 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

7.8.2 Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

7.8.3 The Borrowers may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is prepaid.

 

7.8.4 The Borrowers shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or any Tranche or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

7.8.5 Subject to clause 2.2 ( Increase ) no amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

7.8.6 If the Agent receives a notice under this clause 7 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrowers or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

31


7.8.7 If the Total Commitments are partially reduced under this Agreement (other than under clause 7.1 ( Illegality ) and clause 7.4 ( Right of cancellation and prepayment in relation to a single Lender )):

 

  (a) the Commitments of the Lenders shall be reduced rateably; and

 

  (b) save where the partial cancellation arises as a result of a cancellation of the Ship Commitment for a Ship, the remaining Tranche A Commitments and the Ship Commitments shall be reduced rateably.

 

7.8.8 If the Loan and not an individual Tranche is partially prepaid in accordance with this Agreement, the relevant amount of the prepayment shall reduce each Tranche rateably, except in the circumstances contemplated in clause 7.5 ( Sale or Total Loss ) in which case the provisions of that clause shall apply.

 

32


SECTION 5 - COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

8 Interest

 

8.1 Calculation of interest

The rate of interest on each Tranche for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

  (a) Margin;

 

  (b) LIBOR; and

 

  (c) Mandatory Cost, if any.

 

8.2 Payment of interest

The Borrowers shall pay accrued interest on each Tranche on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than three months, on the dates falling at three monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).

 

8.3 Default interest

 

8.3.1 If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document (other than a Hedging Contract) on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to clause 8.3.2 below, is two point zero per cent (2.0%) higher than the rate of interest most recently calculated (prior to the due date of the overdue amount) pursuant to clause 8.1 ( Calculation of interest ), for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing in accordance with this clause 8.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

 

8.3.2 If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Tranche which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Tranche or the relevant part of it:

 

  (a) the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to the Tranche; and

 

  (b) the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be two point zero per cent (2.0%) higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

 

8.3.3 Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

8.4 Notification of rates of interest

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrowers of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

9 Interest Periods

 

9.1 Selection of Interest Periods

 

9.1.1 A Borrower may select an Interest Period for the first Advance of a Tranche and thereafter the balance of that Tranche in the Utilisation Request for that first Advance or (if the Tranche has already been borrowed) in a Selection Notice.

 

33


9.1.2 Each Selection Notice is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Agent by the Borrowers not later than 11:00 a.m. three Business Days before the last day of the then current Interest Period.

 

9.1.3 If the Borrowers fail to deliver a Selection Notice to the Agent in accordance with clause 9.1.2, the relevant Interest Period will, subject to clause 9.2 ( Interest Periods overrunning Repayment Dates ), be three months.

 

9.1.4 Subject to this clause 9, the Borrowers may select an Interest Period of one, three or six months or any other period agreed between the Borrowers and the Agent on the instructions of all the Lenders.

 

9.1.5 No Interest Period shall extend beyond the Final Repayment Date.

 

9.1.6 The first Interest Period for an Advance under a Tranche shall start on the first Utilisation Date and, where applicable, the first Interest Period for the second Advance of that Tranche shall start on the relevant Utilisation Date and end on the last day of the then current Interest Period for the balance of that Tranche and each subsequent Interest Period for that Tranche shall start on the last day of its preceding Interest Period.

 

9.2 Interest Periods overrunning Repayment Dates

If the Borrowers select an Interest Period for a Tranche which would overrun any later Repayment Date for that Tranche, the Tranche shall be divided into parts corresponding to the amounts by which the relevant Tranche is scheduled to be reduced under clause 6.2 ( Scheduled repayment of Facility ) on each of the Repayment Dates for that Tranche falling during such Interest Period (each of which shall have a separate Interest Period ending on the relevant Repayment Date) and to the balance of the Tranche (which shall have the Interest Period selected by the Borrowers).

 

9.3 Non-Business Days

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

10 Changes to the calculation of interest

 

10.1 Absence of quotations

Subject to clause 10.2 ( Market Disruption Event ), if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by 11:00 a.m. on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

10.2 Market Disruption Event

 

10.2.1 If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Tranche for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of that Tranche for the Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

  (a) the Margin;

 

  (b) the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the Tranche from whatever source it may reasonably select; and

 

  (c) the Mandatory Cost, if any, applicable to that Lender’s participation in the Tranche.

 

34


10.2.2 In this Agreement Market Disruption Event means that:

 

  (a) at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine LIBOR for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

  (b) before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan exceed 50% of the relevant Tranche) that the cost to it of obtaining matching deposits in the Interbank Market would be in excess of LIBOR.

 

10.3 Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

10.3.1 If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or Borrowers so require, the Agent and the Borrowers shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

10.3.2 Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to clause 10.3.1 above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders be binding on all Parties.

 

10.4 Break Costs

 

10.4.1 The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan, Tranche or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrowers on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan, Tranche or Unpaid Sum or relevant part of it.

 

10.4.2 Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

11 Fees

 

11.1 Commitment commission

 

11.1.1 The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in dollars computed at the rate of one point zero five per cent (1.05%) per annum on the undrawn portion of that Lender’s Commitment calculated from the date of this Agreement (the start date ).

 

11.1.2 The Borrowers shall pay the accrued commitment commission on the last day of the period of three months commencing on the start date, on the last day of each successive period of three months up to and including the Final Availability Date for the Tranche C Loan and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitments at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

11.1.3 No commitment fee is payable to the Agent (for the account of a Lender) on any undrawn Commitment of that Lender for any day on which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

 

11.2 Arrangement fee

The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for the account of the Arrangers an arrangement fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

11.3 Agency and documentation fee

The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent (for its own account) an agency and documentation fee in the amount of $25,000 on the first Utilisation Date under the Facility and $20,000 on each anniversary of such date thereafter until the expiry of the Facility Period.

 

35


SECTION 6 - ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

12 Tax gross-up and indemnities

 

12.1 Definitions

 

12.1.1 In this Agreement:

Protected Party means a Finance Party or, in relation to clause 14.4 ( Indemnity concerning security ) and clause 14.7 ( Interest ) insofar as it relates to interest on any amount demanded by that Indemnified Person under clause 14.4 ( Indemnity concerning security ), any Indemnified Person, which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

Tax Deduction means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document.

Tax Payment means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment under clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ).

 

12.1.2 Unless a contrary indication appears, in this clause 12 a reference to determines or determined means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

12.2 Tax gross-up

 

12.2.1 Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it under any Finance Document without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

12.2.2 The Borrowers shall, promptly upon any of them becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction), notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Borrowers and that Obligor.

 

12.2.3 If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor under the relevant Finance Document shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

12.2.4 If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

12.2.5 Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

12.2.6 This clause 12.2 shall not apply in respect of any payments under any Hedging Contract, where the gross-up provisions of the relevant Hedging Master Agreement itself shall apply.

 

12.3 Tax indemnity

 

12.3.1 The Borrowers shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

36


12.3.2 Clause 12.3.1 above shall not apply:

 

  (a) with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

  (i) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

  (ii) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

  (b) to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ).

 

12.3.3 A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under clause 12.3.1 above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Borrowers.

 

12.3.4 A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this clause 12.3, notify the Agent.

 

12.4 Tax Credit

 

12.4.1 If an Obligator makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

  (a) a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment; and

 

  (b) that Finance Party has obtained, utilized and retained that Tax Credit,

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

12.5 Indemnities on after Tax basis

 

12.5.1 If and to the extent that any sum payable to any Protected Party by the Borrowers under any Finance Document by way of indemnity or reimbursement proves to be insufficient, by reason of any Tax suffered thereon, for that Protected Party to discharge the corresponding liability to a third party, or to reimburse that Protected Party for the cost incurred by it in discharging the corresponding liability to a third party, the Borrowers shall pay that Protected Party such additional sum as (after taking into account any Tax suffered by that Protected Party on such additional sum) shall be required to make up the relevant deficit.

 

12.5.2 If and to the extent that any sum (the Indemnity Sum ) constituting (directly or indirectly) an indemnity to any Protected Party but paid by the Borrowers to any person other than that Protected Party, shall be treated as taxable in the hands of the Protected Party, the Borrowers shall pay to that Protected Party such sum (the Compensating Sum ) as (after taking into account any Tax suffered by that Protected Party on the compensating sum) shall reimburse that Protected Party for any Tax suffered by it in respect of the indemnity sum.

 

12.5.3 For the purposes of this clause 12.5 a sum shall be deemed to be taxable in the hands of a Protected Party if it falls to be taken into account in computing the profits or gains of that Protected Party for the purposes of Tax and, if so, that Protected Party shall be deemed to have suffered Tax on the relevant sum at the rate of Tax applicable to that Protected Party’s profits or gains for the period in which the payment of the relevant sum falls to be taken into account for the purposes of such Tax.

 

37


12.6 Stamp taxes

The Borrowers shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

12.7 Value added tax

 

12.7.1 All amounts set out, or expressed in a Finance Document to be payable by any party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly, subject to clause 12.7.3 below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any party under a Finance Document, that party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT (and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such party).

 

12.7.2 If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the Supplier ) to any other Finance Party (the Recipient ) under a Finance Document, and any party to a Finance Document other than the Recipient (the Subject Party ) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse the Recipient in respect of that consideration), the Subject Party shall also pay to the Supplier (in addition to and at the same time as paying such amount) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT. The Recipient will promptly pay to the Subject Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment obtained by the Recipient from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines is in respect of such VAT.

 

12.7.3 Where a Finance Document requires any party to it to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment of in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

12.7.4 Any reference in this clause 12.7 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term “representative member” to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).

 

13 Increased Costs

 

13.1 Increased Costs

 

13.1.1 Subject to clause 13.3 ( Exceptions ), the Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (a) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or (b) compliance with any law or regulation in either case made after the date of this Agreement.

 

13.1.2 In this Agreement Increased Costs means:

 

  (a) a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

  (b) an additional or increased cost; or

 

38


  (c) a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document, which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

13.2 Increased Cost claims

 

13.2.1 A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to clause 13.1 (Increased costs) shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers.

 

13.2.2 Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

13.3 Exceptions

 

13.3.1 Clause 13.1 ( Increased Costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

  (a) attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

  (b) compensated for by clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in clause 12.3.2 applied);

 

  (c) compensated for by the payment of the Mandatory Cost; or

 

  (d) attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.

 

13.3.2 In this clause 13.3, a reference to a Tax Deduction has the same meaning given to the term in clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

14 Other indemnities

 

14.1 Currency indemnity

 

14.1.1 If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a Sum ), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the First Currency ) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the Second Currency ) for the purpose of:

 

  (a) making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; and/or

 

  (b) obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

that Obligor shall, as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any Losses arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (i) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (ii) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

14.1.2 Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

39


14.2 Other indemnities

The Borrowers shall (or shall procure that another Obligor will), within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, indemnify each Finance Party against any and all Losses incurred by that Finance Party as a result of:

 

  (a) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

  (b) a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any and all Losses arising as a result of clause 37 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties );

 

  (c) funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in the Loan requested by the Borrowers in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or

 

  (d) the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrowers.

 

14.3 Indemnity to the Agent

The Borrowers shall promptly indemnify the Agent against any and all Losses incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

  (a) investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default;

 

  (b) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or

 

  (c) any action taken by the Agent or any of their representatives, agents or contractors in connection with any powers conferred by any Security Document to remedy any breach of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

14.4 Indemnity concerning security

 

14.4.1 The Borrowers shall (or shall procure that another Obligor will) promptly indemnify each Indemnified Person against any and all Losses incurred by it in connection with:

 

  (a) the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Security Documents;

 

  (b) the exercise or purported exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions and remedies vested in the Agent and each Receiver by the Finance Documents or by law unless and to the extent that it was caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

  (c) any claim (whether relating to the environment or otherwise) made or asserted against the Indemnified Person which would not have arisen but for the execution or enforcement of one or more Finance Documents (unless and to the extent it is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person); or

 

  (d) any breach by any Obligor of the Finance Documents.

 

14.4.2 The Agent may, in priority to any payment to the other Finance Parties, indemnify itself out of the Trust Property in respect of, and pay and retain, all sums necessary to give effect to the indemnity in this clause 14.4 and shall have a lien on the Security Documents and the proceeds of the enforcement of those Security Documents for all monies payable to it.

 

40


14.5 Continuation of indemnities

The indemnities by the Borrowers in favour of the Indemnified Persons contained in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any breach by any Finance Party or the Borrowers of the terms of this Agreement, the repayment or prepayment of the Loan, the cancellation of the Total Commitments or the repudiation by the Agent or the Borrowers of this Agreement.

 

14.6 Third Parties Act

Each Indemnified Person may rely on the terms of clause 14.4 ( Indemnity concerning security ) and clauses 12 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ) and 14.7 ( Interest ) insofar as it relates to interest on any amount demanded by that Indemnified Person under clause 14.4 (Indemnity concerning security ), subject to clause 1.3 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

14.7 Interest

Moneys becoming due by the Borrowers to any Indemnified Person under the indemnities contained in this clause 14 ( Other indemnities ) or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be paid on demand made by such Indemnified Person and shall be paid together with interest on the sum demanded from the date of demand therefor to the date of reimbursement by the Borrowers to such Indemnified Person (both before and after judgment) at the rate referred to in clause 8.3 ( Default interest ).

 

14.8 Exclusion of liability

No Indemnified Person will be in any way liable or responsible to any Obligor (whether as mortgagee in possession or otherwise) who is a Party or is a party to a Finance Document to which this clause applies for any loss or liability arising from any act, default, omission or misconduct of that Indemnified Person, except to the extent caused by its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct. Any Indemnified Person may rely on this clause 14.5 subject to clause 1.3 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

15 Mitigation by the Lenders

 

15.1 Mitigation

 

15.1.1 Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrowers, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of clause 7.1 ( Illegality ), clause 12 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ) or clause 13 ( Increased costs ) or paragraph 3 of Schedule 6 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

15.1.2 Clause 15.1.1 does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

15.2 Limitation of liability

 

15.2.1 The Borrowers shall indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ).

 

15.2.2 A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

41


16 Costs and expenses

 

16.1 Transaction expenses

The Borrowers shall promptly within five Business Days of demand pay the Agent and the Arrangers the amount of all costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of legal advisers and insurance and other consultants and advisers) reasonably incurred by any of them (and by any Receiver) in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication, registration and perfection and any release, discharge or reassignment of:

 

  (a) this Agreement, the Hedging Master Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement and the Security Documents;

 

  (b) any other Finance Documents executed or proposed to be executed after the date of this Agreement including any executed to provide additional security under clause 26 ( Minimum security value );or

 

  (c) any Security Interest expressed or intended to be granted by a Finance Document.

 

16.2 Amendment costs

If an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent, the Borrowers shall, within five Business Days of demand by the Agent, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of legal advisers and insurance and other consultants and advisers) reasonably incurred by the Agent (and by any Receiver) in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

16.3 Enforcement, preservation and other costs

The Borrowers shall on demand by a Finance Party, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of legal advisers and insurance and other consultants, brokers, surveyors and advisers) incurred by that Finance Party in connection with:

 

  (a) the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document and any proceedings initiated by or against any Indemnified Person and as a consequence of holding the Charged Property or enforcing those rights;

 

  (b) any valuation carried out under clause 26 ( Minimum security value ); or

 

  (c) any inspection carried out under clause 24.8 ( Inspection and notice of drydocking ) or any survey carried out under clause 24.16 ( Survey report ).

 

42


SECTION 7 - GUARANTEE

 

17 Guarantee and indemnity

 

17.1 Guarantee and indemnity

The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

  (a) guarantees to the Agent (as trustee for the Finance Parties) and the other Finance Parties punctual performance by each other Obligor of all such Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) undertakes with the Agent (as trustee for the Finance Parties) and the other Finance Parties that whenever another Obligor does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, it shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

 

  (c) agrees with the Agent (as trustee for the Finance Parties) and the other Finance Parties that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of the Borrowers not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by the Borrowers under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by the Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this clause 17.1 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

17.2 Continuing guarantee

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

17.3 Reinstatement

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of an Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Guarantor under this clause 17 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

17.4 Waiver of defences

The obligations of the Guarantor under this clause 17 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing (whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) which, but for this clause, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this clause 17 including (without limitation):

 

  (a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

  (b) the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any other Obligor;

 

  (c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

43


  (d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

  (e) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security;

 

  (f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  (g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

17.5 Immediate recourse

The Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from the Guarantor under this clause 17. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

17.6 Appropriations

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

  (a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Guarantor shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

  (b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Guarantor or on account of the Guarantors liability under this clause 17.

 

17.7 Deferral of Guarantors’ rights

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, the Guarantor will not exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this clause 17:

 

  (a) to be indemnified by another Obligor;

 

  (b) to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  (c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party;

 

  (d) to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which the Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity );

 

  (e) to exercise any right of set-off against any other Obligor; and/or

 

  (f) to claim or prove as a creditor of any other Obligor in competition with any Finance Party.

 

44


If the Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it will promptly pay an equal amount to the Agent for application in accordance with clause 38 ( Payment mechanics ). This only applies until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full.

 

17.8 Additional security

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

 

45


SECTION 8 - REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

18 Representations

Each Borrower makes and repeats the representations and warranties set out in this clause 18 to each Finance Party at the times specified in clause 18.30 ( Times when representations are made ).

 

18.1 Status

 

18.1.1 The Guarantor is domesticated and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation as a corporation, and each Borrower is duly formed or, as applicable, domesticated and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation as a limited liability company, and each Obligor has no registered place of business outside the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or, as the case may be, formed.

 

18.1.2 Each Obligor has power and authority to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to own its property and other assets.

 

18.2 Binding obligations

Subject to the Legal Reservations, the obligations expressed to be assumed by each Obligor in each Finance Document, any Charter Document and any Building Contract Document to which it is, or is to be, a party are or, when entered into by it, will be legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations and each Security Document to which an Obligor is, or will be, a party, creates or will create the Security Interests which that Security Document purports to create and those Security Interests are or will be valid and effective.

 

18.3 Power and authority

 

18.3.1 Each Obligor has power to enter into, perform and deliver and comply with its obligations under, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, each Finance Document, any Charter Document and any Building Contract Document to which it is or is to be a party.

 

18.3.2 No limitation on any Obligor’s powers to borrow, create security or give guarantees will be exceeded as a result of any transaction under, or the entry into of, any Finance Document, any Charter Document or any Building Contract Document to which such Obligor is, or is to be, a party.

 

18.4 Non-conflict

The entry into and performance by each Obligor of, and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, the Charter Documents and the Building Contract Documents to which it is a party and the granting of the Security Interests purported to be created by the Security Documents do not and will not conflict with:

 

  (a) any law or regulation applicable to that Obligor;

 

  (b) the Constitutional Documents of that Obligor; or

 

  (c) any agreement or other instrument binding upon that Obligor or its assets,

or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument or result in the creation of any Security Interest (save for a Permitted Lien or under a Security Document) on that Obligor’s assets, rights or revenues.

 

46


18.5 Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

18.5.1 All authorisations required or desirable:

 

  (a) to enable each Obligor lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations under each Finance Document and any Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which it is a party;

 

  (b) to make each Finance Document and any Charter Document or any Building Contract Document to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdiction; and

 

  (c) to ensure that each of the Security Interests created under the Security Documents has the priority and ranking contemplated by them,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect except any authorisation or filing referred to in clause 18.12 ( No filing or stamp taxes ), which authorisation or filing will be promptly obtained or effected within any applicable period.

 

18.5.2 All authorisations necessary for the conduct of the business, trade and ordinary activities of each Obligor have been obtained or effected (subject to the Legal Reservations) and are in full force and effect if failure to obtain or effect those authorisations might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.6 Governing law and enforcement

Save as otherwise identified in any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) and subject to any Legal Reservations:

 

18.6.1 the choice of English law or any other applicable law as the governing law of any Finance Document, any Charter Document and any Building Contract Document will be recognised and enforced in each Obligor’s Relevant Jurisdiction; and

 

18.6.2 any judgment obtained in England in relation to an Obligor will be recognised and enforced in each Obligor’s Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

18.7 Information

 

18.7.1 Any Information is true and accurate in all material respects at the time it was given or made.

 

18.7.2 There are no facts or circumstances or any other information which could make the Information incomplete, untrue, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect.

 

18.7.3 The Information does not omit anything which could make the Information incomplete, untrue, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect.

 

18.7.4 All opinions, projections, forecasts or expressions of intention contained in the Information and the assumptions on which they are based have been arrived at after due and careful enquiry and consideration and were believed to be reasonable by the person who provided that Information as at the date it was given or made.

 

18.7.5 For the purposes of this clause 18.7, Information means: any information provided by any Obligor to any of the Finance Parties in connection with the Finance Documents, the Charter Documents or the Building Contract Documents or the transactions referred to in them.

 

18.8 Original Financial Statements

 

18.8.1 The Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP or, as the case may be, IFRS consistently applied.

 

18.8.2 The audited Original Financial Statements give a true and fair view of the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Group during the relevant financial year.

 

47


18.8.3 There has been no material adverse change in its assets, business or financial conditions (or the assets, business or consolidated financial condition of the Group) since the date of the Original Financial Statements.

 

18.9 Pari passu ranking

Each Obligor’s payment obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is, or is to be, a party rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated payment obligations, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

18.10 Ranking and effectiveness of security

Subject to the Legal Reservations and any filing, registration or notice requirements which is referred to in any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ), the security created by the Security Documents has (or will have when the Security Documents have been executed) the priority which it is expressed to have in the Security Documents, the Charged Property is not subject to any Security Interest other than Permitted Security Interests and such security will constitute perfected security on the assets described in the Security Documents.

 

18.11 No insolvency

No corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in clause 31.10 ( Insolvency proceedings ) or creditors’ process described in clause 31.11 ( Creditors’ process ) has been taken or, to the knowledge of any Obligor, threatened in relation to a Group Member and none of the circumstances described in clause 31.9 ( Insolvency ) applies to any Group Member.

 

18.12 No filing or stamp taxes

Under the laws of each Obligor’s Relevant Jurisdictions it is not necessary that any Finance Document, any Charter Document or any Building Contract Document to which it is, or is to be, party be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to any such Finance Document, any Charter Document or any Building Contract Document or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents except any filing, recording or enrolling or any tax or fee payable in relation to any Finance Document which is referred to in any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) and which will be made or paid promptly after the date of the relevant Finance Document.

 

18.13 Tax

No Obligor is required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to which it is a party, to the best of the Obligor’s knowledge and belief, and no other party is required to make any such deduction from any payment it may make under any Charter Document or Building Contract Document.

 

18.14 No Default

 

18.14.1 No Default is continuing or is reasonably likely to result from the making of any Utilisation or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Finance Document or any Charter Document or Building Contract Document.

 

18.14.2 No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes (or, with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination or any combination of any of the foregoing, would constitute) a default or termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on any Obligor or to which any Obligor’s assets are subject which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

48


18.15 No proceedings pending or threatened

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of, or before, any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of any Obligor’s knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against any Obligor or any other Group Member.

 

18.16 No breach of laws

No Obligor has breached any law or regulation which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.17 Environmental matters

 

18.17.1 No Environmental Law applicable to any Ship and/or any Obligor has been violated in a manner or circumstances which might have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.17.2 All consents, licences and approvals required under such Environmental Laws have been obtained and are currently in force.

 

18.17.3 No Environmental Claim has been made or threatened or is pending against any Obligor or any Ship where that claim might have a Material Adverse Effect and there has been no Environmental Incident which has given, or might give, rise to such a claim.

 

18.18 Tax Compliance

 

18.18.1 No Obligor is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns or overdue in the payment of any material amount in respect of Tax.

 

18.18.2 No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against any Obligor with respect to Taxes such that a liability of, or claim against, any Obligor is reasonably likely to arise for an amount for which adequate reserves have not been provided in the Original Financial Statements and which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.18.3 Each Obligor is resident for Tax purposes only in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or, as the case may be, formation except for any Taxes which may arise in the usual course of its business of operating and trading the Ships.

 

18.19 Security and Financial Indebtedness

 

18.19.1 No Security Interest exists over all or any of the present or future assets of any Obligor in breach of this Agreement.

 

18.19.2 No Obligor has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding in breach of this Agreement.

 

18.20 Legal and beneficial ownership

Each Obligor is or, on the date the Security Documents to which it is a party are entered into, will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of the respective assets over which it purports to grant a Security Interest under the Security Documents to which it is a party.

 

18.21 Membership interests

The membership interests of each Owner are fully paid and not subject to any option to purchase or similar rights. The Constitutional Documents of each Owner do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of those membership interests on creation or enforcement of the Security Documents. There are no agreements in force which provide for the issue or allotment of, or grant any person the right to call for the issue or allotment of, any membership interest or loan capital of each Owner (including any option or right of pre-emption or conversion).

 

49


18.22 Accounting Reference Date

The financial year-end of each Obligor is the Accounting Reference Date.

 

18.23 No adverse consequences

Save as otherwise identified in any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ):

 

18.23.1 it is not necessary under the laws of the Relevant Jurisdictions of any Obligor:

 

  (a) in order to enable any Finance Party to enforce its rights under any Finance Document; or

 

  (b) by reason of the execution of any Finance Document or the performance by any Obligor of its obligations under any Finance Document to which it is, or is to be, a party,

that any Finance Party should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in any of such Relevant Jurisdictions; and

 

18.23.2 no Finance Party is or will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in any Relevant Jurisdiction by reason only of the execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Finance Document.

 

18.24 Copies of documents

The copies of any Charter Documents, the Building Contract Documents and the Constitutional Documents of the Obligors delivered to the Agent under clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ) will be true, complete and accurate copies of such documents and include all amendments and supplements to them as at the time of such delivery and no other agreements or arrangements exist between any of the parties to any Charter Document or Building Contract Document which would materially affect the transactions or arrangements contemplated by any Charter Document or Building Contract Document or modify or release the obligations of any party under that Charter Document or Building Contract Document.

 

18.25 No breach of any Building Contract Document or Charter Document

No Obligor nor (so far as the Obligors are aware) any other person is in breach of any Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which it is a party nor has anything occurred which entitles or may entitle any party to any Charter Document or Building Contract Document to rescind or terminate it or decline to perform their obligations under it.

 

18.26 No immunity

No Obligor or any of its assets is immune to any legal action or proceeding.

 

18.27 Ship status

Each Ship will on the first day of the relevant Mortgage Period be:

 

  (a) registered or, in the case of a New Ship, registered provisionally in the name of the relevant Owner through the relevant Registry as a ship under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;

 

  (b) operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service (save for completion of gas trials in the case of a New Ship);

 

  (c) classed with the relevant Classification free of all requirements and recommendations of the relevant Classification Society; and

 

  (d) insured in the manner required by the Finance Documents.

 

50


18.28 Ship’s employment

Each Ship shall on the first day of the relevant Mortgage Period be free of any charter commitment (other than any Charter if any Charter has been entered into by an Owner) which, if entered into after that date, would require approval under the Finance Documents.

 

18.29 Ownership of the Obligors

Each of the Owners is a wholly, legally and beneficially owned direct Subsidiary of Navigator Gas and Navigator Gas is a wholly, legally and beneficially owned direct Subsidiary of the Guarantor.

 

18.30 Times when representations are made

 

18.30.1 All of the representations and warranties set out in this clause 18 (other than Ship Representations) are deemed to be made on the dates of:

 

  (a) this Agreement;

 

  (b) the first Utilisation Request in respect of each Tranche; and

 

  (c) the first Utilisation of each Tranche.

 

18.30.2 The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made on the dates of each subsequent Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period.

 

18.30.3 All of the Ship Representations are deemed to be made on the first day of the Mortgage Period for the relevant Ship.

 

18.30.4 Each representation or warranty deemed to be made after the date of this Agreement shall be deemed to be made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing at the date the representation or warranty is deemed to be made.

 

19 Information undertakings

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 19 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.

In this clause 19:

Annual Financial Statements means the financial statements for a financial year of the Group delivered pursuant to clause 19.1.1.

Quarterly Financial Statements means the financial statements for a financial quarter of the Group delivered pursuant to clause 19.1.2.

 

19.1 Financial statements

 

19.1.1 The Borrowers shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each financial year, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for that financial year.

 

19.1.2 The Borrowers shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each financial quarter of each of its financial years the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Group for that financial quarter.

 

51


19.2 Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate

 

19.2.1 The Borrowers shall supply a Compliance Certificate to the Agent, with each set of Quarterly Financial Statements for the Group.

 

19.2.2 Each Compliance Certificate shall, amongst other things, including supporting schedules setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with clause 20 ( Financial covenants ).

 

19.2.3 Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by a director or the chief financial officer of the Guarantor.

 

19.3 Requirements as to financial statements

 

19.3.1 The Borrowers shall procure that each set of Annual Financial Statements includes a profit and loss account, a balance sheet and a cashflow statement and each set of Quarterly Financial Statements includes an income statement, a cashflow statement and a balance sheet and that, in addition, each set of Annual Financial Statements shall be audited by the Auditors.

 

19.3.2 Each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ) shall:

 

  (a) be prepared in accordance with GAAP, or as the case may be, IFRS;

 

  (b) give a true and fair view of (in the case of Annual Financial Statements for any financial year), or fairly represent (in other cases), the financial condition and operations of the Group as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up; and

 

  (c) in the case of annual audited financial statements, not be the subject of any qualification in the Auditors’ opinion.

 

19.3.3 The Borrowers shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ) shall be prepared using GAAP or IFRS, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements, unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, the Borrowers notify the Agent that there has been a change in GAAP or, as the case may be, IFRS or the accounting practices and the Auditors deliver to the Agent:

 

  (a) a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the GAAP or, as the case may be, IFRS or accounting practices and reference periods upon which corresponding Original Financial Statements were prepared; and

 

  (b) sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether clause 20 ( Financial covenants ) has been complied with and to make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and the Original Financial Statements.

Any reference in this Agreement to any financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.

 

19.4 Year-end

The Borrowers shall procure that each financial year-end of each Obligor falls on the Accounting Reference Date.

 

19.5 Information: miscellaneous

The Borrowers shall supply to the Agent:

 

  (a) at the same time as they are dispatched, copies of all financial statements, financial forecasts, reports, proxy statements and other material communications provided to the shareholders of Navigator Gas and copies of all material documents dispatched by the Guarantor or any Obligors to its creditors generally (or any class of them);

 

52


  (b) promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any Obligor, and which, if adversely determined, might have a Material Adverse Effect or which would involve a liability, or a potential or alleged liability, exceeding $5,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies);

 

  (c) promptly, such information as the Agent may reasonably require about the Charged Property and compliance of the Obligors with the terms of any Security Documents; and

 

  (d) promptly on request, such further information regarding the financial condition, assets and operations of the Group and/or any Group Member as any Finance Party through the Agent may reasonably request.

 

19.6 Notification of Default

The Borrowers shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon any Obligor becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

 

19.7 Sufficient copies

The Borrowers, if so requested by the Agent, shall deliver sufficient copies of each document to be supplied under the Finance Documents to the Agent to distribute to each of the Lenders and the Hedging Providers.

 

19.8 Use of websites

 

19.8.1 The Borrowers may satisfy their obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the Website Lenders ) who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Borrowers and the Agent (the Designated Website ) if:

 

  (a) the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

 

  (b) both the Borrowers and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

  (c) the information is in a format previously agreed between the Borrowers and the Agent.

If any Lender (a Paper Form Lender ) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall notify the Borrowers accordingly and the Borrowers shall supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event the Borrowers shall supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

 

19.8.2 The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Borrowers and the Agent.

 

19.8.3 The Borrowers shall promptly upon any of them becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if:

 

  (a) the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

  (b) the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

53


  (c) any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

  (d) any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

  (e) any Borrower becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

If the Borrowers notify the Agent under paragraphs (a) or (e) above, all information to be provided by the Borrowers under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

 

19.8.4 Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Borrowers shall comply with any such request within ten Business Days.

 

19.9 “Know your customer” checks

 

19.9.1 If:

 

  (a) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

  (b) any change in the status of an Obligor or the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (c) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender or any Hedging Provider of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement or any Hedging Contract to a party that is not a Lender or a Hedging Provider prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges the Agent, the relevant Hedging Provider or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender or any Hedging Provider supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender or any Hedging Provider) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or the relevant Hedging Provider or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

19.9.2 Each Finance Party shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for it to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

20 Financial covenants

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 20 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period as tested on a quarterly basis in accordance with clause 20.3 ( Financial testing ).

 

54


20.1 Financial definitions

In this clause 20:

Consolidated Net Worth means, at any time, shareholders’ equity of the Group Members on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP or, as the case may require, IFRS.

EBITDA means, with respect to the Group Members for any period, Operating Income, plus depreciation, amortisation and other non-cash charges, to the extent deducted in calculating Operating Income.

Indebtedness means, with respect to any Group Member, at any date of determination (without duplication) (a) all indebtedness of such Group Member for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Group Member evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Group Member in respect of letters of credit or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto), (d) all obligations of such Group Member to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services, which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery thereof or the completion of such services, except trade payables, (e) all obligations on account of principal of such Group Member as lessee under capitalised leases, (f) all indebtedness of other persons secured by a lien on any asset of such Group Member, whether or not such indebtedness is assumed by such Group Member; provided that the amount of such indebtedness shall be the lesser of (i) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (ii) the amount of such indebtedness, and (g) all indebtedness of other persons guaranteed by such Group Member to the extent guaranteed and the amount of Indebtedness of any Group Member at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, provided that the amount outstanding at any time of any indebtedness issued with an original issue discount is the face amount of such indebtedness less the remaining unamortised portion of the original issue discount of such indebtedness at such time as determined in accordance with GAAP or, as the case may require, IFRS; and provided further that Indebtedness shall not include any liability for current or deferred Taxes, or any trade payable.

Interest Expense means for any period, all interest charges, including the interest component of capitalised leases.

Net Debt means (a) all Indebtedness of the Group Members (on a consolidated basis), (b) all obligations of the Group Members to pay a specific purchase price for goods or services whether or not delivered or accepted, that is, take-or-pay and similar obligations which in accordance with GAAP or, as the case may require, IFRS would be shown on the liability side of the balance sheet, (c) all net obligations under Hedging Contracts, and (d) all guarantees by the Group Members of non-consolidated entity obligations.

Operating Income means the excess of the revenues of the Group Members (on a consolidated basis) over the expenses pertaining thereto, excluding income derived from sources other than its regular activities and any gains or losses on vessel sales, and before income deductions such as writedown amounts or any impairment reserves.

Total Capitalisation means the sum of (a) Net Debt plus (b) Consolidated Net Worth.

 

20.2 Financial condition

At all times during the Facility Period, the Borrowers shall procure that the Group:

 

  (a) maintains a ratio of Net Debt to Total Capitalisation of not more than 0.60:1.00, as measured on the last day of each financial quarter of the Group;

 

  (b) maintains a ratio of EBITDA to Interest Expense of not less than 3:00:1.00, as measured on the last day of each financial quarter of the Group; and

 

  (c) maintains a minimum liquidity (including undrawn available lines of credit with a maturity exceeding 12 months) equal to an amount which is the greater of (i) $10,000,000 and (ii) five per cent (5%) of Net Debt.

 

55


20.3 Financial testing

The financial covenants set out in clause 20.2 ( Financial condition ) shall be calculated in accordance with GAAP or, as the case may require, IFRS and tested by reference to each of the financial statements and/or each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to clause 19.2 ( Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate ).

 

21 General undertakings

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 21 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.

 

21.1 Use of proceeds

The proceeds of Utilisations will be used exclusively for the purposes specified in clause 3 ( Purpose ).

 

21.2 Authorisations

Each Obligor will promptly:

 

  (a) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

  (b) supply certified copies to the Agent of,

any authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to:

 

  (i) enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents, any Charter Documents and the Building Contract Documents in each case to which it is a party;

 

  (ii) ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document, Charter Document or Building Contract Document in each case to which it is a party; and

 

  (iii) carry on its business where failure to do so has, or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.3 Compliance with laws

Each Obligor will comply in all respects with all laws and regulations (including Environmental Laws) to which it may be subject if failure to comply has or reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.4 Tax Compliance

 

21.4.1 Each Obligor shall pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within such time period as may be allowed by law without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

 

  (a) such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

  (b) adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them which have been disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Agent under clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ); and

 

  (c) such payment can be lawfully withheld.

 

21.4.2 Except as approved by the Majority Lenders, each Obligor shall maintain its residence for Tax purposes in the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or, as the case may be, formed and ensure that it is not resident for Tax purposes in any other jurisdiction save for any Taxes which may arise in the usual course of its business of operating and trading the Ships.

 

56


21.5 Change of business

Except as approved by the Majority Lenders, no substantial change will be made to the general nature of the business of the Guarantor or the other Obligors from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

21.6 Merger

Except as approved by the Majority Lenders, no Obligor will enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction.

 

21.7 Further assurance

 

21.7.1 Each Obligor shall promptly do all such acts or execute all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices and instructions) as the Agent may reasonably specify (and in such form as the Agent may reasonably require):

 

  (a) to perfect the Security Interests created or intended to be created by that Obligor under or evidenced by the Security Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of the Agent provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

 

  (b) to confer on the Agent Security Interests over any property and assets of that Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security Interest intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Security Documents;

 

  (c) to facilitate the realisation of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents; and/or

 

  (d) to facilitate the accession by a New Lender to any Security Document following an assignment in accordance with clause 33.1 (A ssignments and Transfers by the Lenders ).

 

21.7.2 Each Obligor shall take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security Interest conferred or intended to be conferred on the Agent by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

21.8 Negative pledge in respect of Charged Property

Except as approved by the Majority Lenders and for Permitted Liens, no Obligor will grant or allow to exist any Security Interest over any Charged Property.

 

21.9 Environmental matters

 

21.9.1 The Agent will be notified as soon as reasonably practicable of any Environmental Claim being made against any Obligor or any Ship which, if successful to any extent, might have a Material Adverse Effect and of any Environmental Incident which may give rise to such an Environmental Claim and will be kept regularly and promptly informed in reasonable detail of the nature of, and response to, any such Environmental Incident and the defence to any such claim.

 

21.9.2 Environmental Laws (and any consents, licences or approvals obtained under them) applicable to any Ship will not be violated in a way which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

57


21.10 Inspection of records

Upon reasonable notice from the Agent, allow any representative of the Agent, subject to applicable laws and regulations, to visit and inspect any Borrower’s properties and, on request, to examine any Borrower’s books of account, records, reports, agreements and other papers and to discuss any Borrower’s affairs, finances and accounts with its offices, in each case at such times and as often as the Agent reasonably requests.

 

22 Construction period

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 22 will be complied with in relation to each New Ship and its Building Contract, Novation Agreement and Refund Guarantee throughout the period from the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Delivery of that New Ship, the cancellation of the Ship Commitment for that New Ship and payment of all amounts required by this Agreement to be paid to the Finance Parties upon such cancellation.

 

22.1 Document of title

Navigator Gas shall give irrevocable instructions to the Builder (in the form of the notice of assignment to be given to the Builder pursuant to the relevant Pre-Delivery Security Assignment) to hold the New Ship and any document of title to the New Ship to the order and at the disposal of the Agent.

 

22.2 Performance of Building Contract

Navigator Gas or, as the case may require, the relevant Owner shall duly and punctually observe and perform all the conditions and obligations imposed on it by the Building Contract.

 

22.3 Performance by Builder and Refund Guarantor

Navigator Gas or, as the case may require, the relevant Owner shall use its best endeavours to ensure that the Builder performs its obligations under the Building Contract and builds the New Ship diligently and that the Refund Guarantor performs its obligations under the Refund Guarantee.

 

22.4 Progress and information

Upon the Agent’s request, Navigator Gas or, as the case may require, the relevant Owner shall advise the Agent of the progress of construction of the New Ship and supply the Agent with such other information as the Agent may reasonably require about the construction of the New Ship or the Building Contract or the Refund Guarantee.

 

22.5 Arbitration under Building Contract

Navigator Gas or, as the case may require, the relevant Owner shall promptly notify the Agent:

 

  (a) if either party begins an arbitration under the Building Contract;

 

  (b) of the identity of the arbitrators; and

 

  (c) of the conclusion of the arbitration and the terms of any arbitration award.

 

22.6 Conveyance on default

Where the New Ship is (or is to be) sold in exercise of any power contained in the Pre-Delivery Security Assignment or otherwise conferred on the Agent, the relevant Owner shall execute, immediately upon the Agent’s request, such form of conveyance of the New Ship as the Agent may require.

 

58


22.7 Enforcement of rights

Navigator Gas or, as the case may require, the relevant Owner shall do everything which the Agent requires for the purpose of enforcing the rights of Navigator Gas or the relevant Owner under the Building Contract and/or the Refund Guarantee and allow its name to be used by the Agent for that purpose.

 

22.8 Notification of certain events

Navigator Gas or, as the case may require, the relevant Owner shall notify the Agent immediately if any party cancels, rescinds, repudiates or otherwise terminates the Building Contract (or purports to do so) or rejects the New Ship (or purports to do so) or if the New Ship becomes a Total Loss or partial loss or is materially damaged or if a dispute arises under the Building Contract.

 

22.9 Ship’s registration and mortgage

Navigator Gas or, as the case may require, the relevant Owner will, immediately upon its Delivery, duly execute (and deliver to the Agent) the Mortgage of that New Ship and register the New Ship and the Mortgage with the relevant Registry under the laws and flag of its Flag State.

 

22.10 Sale or other disposal

Except with approval of the Lenders, Navigator Gas or, as the case may require, the relevant Owner will not dispose of the New Ship or any share or interest in it or its rights under the Building Contract or the Refund Guarantee or agree to do so, save where the net sale proceeds in respect thereof will enable the relevant Owner to comply with its mandatory prepayment obligations under clause 7.5 ( Sale or Total Loss ) or, as the case may be, clause 7.6 ( Mandatory pre-delivery cancellation ).

 

22.11 Variations

Except with approval:

 

  (a) the Refund Guarantee will not be varied; and

 

  (b) the Building Contract shall not be varied and the specification of the New Ship will not be changed in a way which might reasonably be expected to delay the delivery of the New Ship beyond the relevant Final Availability Date or be likely in the opinion of the Agent to put at risk the delivery of the New Ship to the relevant Owner.

For this purpose, ordering any extras, additions or alterations will be a substantial change and a material variation if their cost (or if the aggregate cost of the proposed work together with the cost of any additional work already ordered or change of specification already agreed) will alter the Contract Price by a cumulative amount greater than five per cent (5%) of the original Contract Price. Navigator Gas or, as the case may require, the relevant Owner shall agree in writing with the Builder the terms and specification of any such work before the work is put in hand irrespective of whether approval of that work is required under the Finance Documents.

 

22.12 Releases and waivers

Except with approval, there shall be no release of the Builder or the Refund Guarantor from any of its material obligations under the Building Contract, Novation Agreement or the Refund Guarantee, no waiver of any breach of such obligations and no consent to anything which would otherwise be such a breach.

 

59


22.13 Rejection and cancellation

Except with approval, Navigator Gas or, as the case may require, the relevant Owner shall not exercise any right which it may have to reject the relevant New Ship or cancel or rescind or otherwise terminate the Building Contract or the Novation Agreement.

 

23 Dealings with Ship

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 23 will be complied with in relation to each Mortgaged Ship throughout the relevant Ship’s Mortgage Period.

 

23.1 Ship’s name and registration

 

  (a) The Ship’s name shall only be changed after prior notice to the Agent.

 

  (b) The Ship shall be, in the case of a New Ship, permanently registered with the relevant Registry within 90 days of the date of the Mortgage of the Ship and registered with the relevant Registry under the laws of its Flag State or, in the case of the Collateral Ship, registered with the relevant Registry under the laws of its Flag State. Except with approval, the Ship shall not be registered under any other flag or at any other port or fly any other flag (other than that of its Flag State). If that registration is for a limited period, it shall be renewed at least 45 days before the date it is due to expire and the Agent shall be notified of that renewal at least 30 days before that date.

 

  (c) Nothing will be done and no action will be omitted if that might result in such registration being forfeited or imperilled or the Ship being required to be registered under the laws of another state of registry.

 

23.2 Sale or other disposal of Ship

Save where the net sale proceeds will enable the relevant Owner to comply with its mandatory prepayment obligations under clause 7.5 ( Sale or Total Loss ) and, if no Default is then continuing, for a sale to a buyer who is not an Affiliate of the Borrowers for a cash price payable on completion of the sale which is no less than the amount by which the Loan must be reduced under clause 7.5 ( Sale or Total Loss ) on completion of the sale, the relevant Owner will not sell, or agree to, transfer, abandon or otherwise dispose of the relevant Ship or any share or interest in it.

 

23.3 Manager

Each Ship shall be technically managed by Northern Marine Management Limited or Bernhard Schulte Ship Management Limited or another first class technical manager approved by the Agent and commercially managed by NGT Services (UK) Limited or another first class commercial manager approved by the Agent.

 

23.4 Copy of Mortgage on board

A properly certified copy of the relevant Mortgage shall be kept on board the Ship with its papers and shown to anyone having business with the Ship which might create or imply any commitment or Security Interest over or in respect of the Ship (other than a lien for crew’s wages and salvage) and to any representative of the Agent.

 

23.5 Notice of Mortgage

A framed printed notice of the Ship’s Mortgage shall be prominently displayed in the navigation room and in the Master’s cabin of the Ship. The notice must be in plain type and read as follows:

 

60


“NOTICE OF MORTGAGE

This Ship is subject to a first mortgage in favour of [ here insert name of mortgagee ] of [ here insert address of mortgagee ]. Under the said mortgage and related documents, neither the Owner nor any charterer nor the Master of this Ship has any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed upon this Ship any commitments or encumbrances whatsoever other than for crew’s wages and salvage”.

No-one will have any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed upon the Ship any lien whatsoever other than for crew’s wages and salvage.

 

23.6 Conveyance on default

Where the Ship is (or is to be) sold in exercise of any power conferred by the Security Documents, the relevant Owner shall, upon the Agent’s request, immediately execute such form of transfer of title to the Ship as the Agent may require.

 

23.7 Chartering

Except with approval, the relevant Owner shall not enter into any charter commitment for the Ship, which is:

 

  (a) a bareboat or demise charter or passes possession and operational control of the Ship to another person; or

 

  (b) a Charter, unless the relevant Owner executes a Charter Assignment in respect of such Charter.

 

23.8 Lay up

Except with approval, the Ship shall not be laid up or deactivated.

 

23.9 Sharing of Earnings

Except with approval, the relevant Owner shall not enter into any arrangement under which its Earnings from the Ship may be shared with anyone else.

 

23.10 Payment of Earnings

The relevant Owner’s Earnings from the Ship shall be paid in accordance with clause 28.1.2 ( Earnings Account ) unless required to be paid to the Agent pursuant to the Ship’s General Assignment or Deed of Covenant. If any Earnings are held by brokers or other agents, they shall be paid to the Agent, if it requires this after the Earnings have become payable to it under the Ship’s General Assignment.

 

24 Condition and operation of Ship

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 24 will be complied with in relation to each Mortgaged Ship throughout the relevant Ship’s Mortgage Period.

 

24.1 Defined terms

In this clause 24 and in Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent ):

applicable code means any code or prescribed procedures required to be observed by the Ship or the persons responsible for its operation under any applicable law (including but not limited to those currently known as the ISM Code and the ISPS Code).

 

61


applicable law means all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered in the Ship’s Flag State or which for any other reason apply to the Ship or to its condition or operation at any relevant time.

applicable operating certificate means any certificates or other document relating to the Ship or its condition or operation required to be in force under any applicable law or any applicable code.

 

24.2 Repair

The Ship shall be kept in a good, safe and efficient state of repair. The quality of workmanship and materials used to repair the Ship or replace any materially damaged, worn or lost parts or equipment shall be sufficient to ensure that the Ship’s value is not materially reduced.

 

24.3 Modification

Except with approval, the structure, type or performance characteristics of the Ship shall not be modified in a way which could or might materially alter the Ship or materially reduce its value.

 

24.4 Removal of parts

Except with approval, no material part of the Ship or any equipment shall be removed from the Ship if to do so would materially reduce its value (unless at the same time it is replaced with equivalent parts or equipment owned by the relevant Owner free of any Security Interest except under the Security Documents).

 

24.5 Third party owned equipment

Except with approval, equipment owned by a third party shall not be installed on the Ship if it cannot be removed without risk of causing damage to the structure or fabric of the Ship or incurring significant expense.

 

24.6 Maintenance of class; compliance with laws and codes

The Ship’s class shall be the relevant Classification. The Ship and every person who owns, operates or manages the Ship shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and the requirements of all applicable codes. There shall be kept in force and on board the Ship or in such person’s custody any applicable operating certificates which are required by applicable laws or applicable codes to be carried on board the Ship or to be in such person’s custody.

 

24.7 Surveys

The Ship shall be submitted to continuous surveys and any other surveys which are required for it to maintain the Classification as its class. Copies of reports of those surveys shall be provided promptly to the Agent if it so requests which request shall not exceed more than one in each calendar year.

 

24.8 Inspection and notice of drydockings

The Agent and/or surveyors or other persons appointed by it for such purpose shall be allowed to board the Ship at all reasonable times to inspect it and given all proper facilities needed for that purpose. The Agent shall be given reasonable advance notice of any intended drydocking of the Ship (whatever the purpose of that drydocking).

 

24.9 Prevention of arrest

All debts, damages, liabilities and outgoings which have given, or may give, rise to maritime, statutory or possessory liens on, or claims enforceable against, the Ship, its Earnings or Insurances shall be promptly paid and discharged unless such payment is being contested in good faith and adequate reserves are being maintained for such payment.

 

62


24.10 Release from arrest

The Ship, its Earnings and Insurances shall promptly be released from any arrest, detention, attachment or levy, and any legal process against the Ship shall be promptly discharged, by whatever action is required to achieve that release or discharge.

 

24.11 Information about Ship

The Agent shall promptly be given any information which it may reasonably require about the Ship or its employment, position, use or operation, including details of towages and salvages, and copies of all its charter commitments entered into by or on behalf of any Obligor and copies of any applicable operating certificates.

 

24.12 Notification of certain events

The Agent shall promptly be notified of:

 

  (a) any damage to the Ship where the cost of the resulting repairs may exceed the Major Casualty Amount for such Ship;

 

  (b) any occurrence which may result in the Ship becoming a Total Loss;

 

  (c) any requisition of the Ship for hire;

 

  (d) any material Environmental Incident involving the Ship and Environmental Claim being made in relation to such an incident;

 

  (e) any withdrawal or threat to withdraw any applicable operating certificate required under any applicable code;

 

  (f) the receipt of notification that any application for such a certificate has been refused;

 

  (g) any requirement made in relation to the Ship by any insurer or the Ship’s Classification Society or by any competent authority which is not, or cannot be, complied with in the manner or time required; and

 

  (h) any arrest or detention of the Ship or any exercise or purported exercise of a lien or other claim on the Ship or its Earnings or Insurances.

 

24.13 Payment of outgoings

All tolls, dues and other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship and its Earnings and Insurances shall be paid promptly. Proper accounting records shall be kept of the Ship and its Earnings.

 

24.14 Evidence of payments

The Agent shall be allowed proper and reasonable access to those accounting records when it requests it and, when it requires it, shall be given satisfactory evidence that:

 

  (a) the wages and allotments and the insurance and pension contributions of the Ship’s crew are being promptly and regularly paid;

 

  (b) all deductions from its crew’s wages in respect of any applicable Tax liability are being properly accounted for; and

 

  (c) the Ship’s master has no claim for disbursements other than those incurred by him in the ordinary course of trading on the voyage then in progress.

 

63


24.15 Repairers’ liens

Except with approval, the Ship shall not be put into any other person’s possession for work to be done on the Ship if the cost of that work will exceed or is likely to exceed the Major Casualty Amount for such Ship unless that person gives the Agent a written undertaking in approved terms not to exercise any lien on the Ship or its Earnings for any of the cost of such work.

 

24.16 Survey report

As soon as reasonably practicable after the Agent requests it, (which request shall not exceed one request per year), the Agent shall be given a report on the seaworthiness and/or safe operation of the Ship, from approved surveyors or inspectors. If any recommendations are made in such a report they shall be complied with in the way and by the time recommended in the report.

 

24.17 Lawful use

The Ship shall not be employed:

 

  (a) in any way or in any activity which is unlawful under international law or the domestic laws of any relevant country;

 

  (b) in carrying illicit or prohibited goods;

 

  (c) in a way which may make it liable to be condemned by a prize court or destroyed, seized or confiscated; or

 

  (d) if there are hostilities in any part of the world (whether war has been declared or not), in carrying contraband goods

and the persons responsible for the operation of the Ship shall take all necessary and proper precautions to ensure that this does not happen, including participation in industry or other voluntary schemes available to the Ship and in which leading operators of ships operating under the same flag or engaged in similar trades generally participate at the relevant time.

 

24.18 War zones

The Ship shall not enter or remain in any zone which has been declared a war zone by any government entity or the Ship’s war risk insurers, unless additional insurances have been taken out by the relevant Owner. Any requirements of the Agent and/or the Ship’s insurers necessary to ensure that the Ship remains properly insured in accordance with the Finance Documents (including any requirement for the payment of extra insurance premiums) shall be complied with.

 

25 Insurance

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 25 shall be complied with in relation to each Mortgaged Ship and its Insurances throughout the relevant Ship’s Mortgage Period.

 

25.1 Insurance terms

In this clause 25:

excess risks means the proportion (if any) of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery insurances of a vessel in consequence of the value at which the vessel is assessed for the purpose of such claims exceeding its insured value.

 

64


excess war risk P&I cover means cover for claims only in excess of amounts recoverable under the usual war risk cover including (but not limited to) hull and machinery, crew and protection and indemnity risks.

hull cover means insurance cover against the risks identified in clause 25.2(a).

minimum hull cover means, in relation to a Mortgaged Ship, an amount equal to or greater than its market value and which, when taken together with the minimum hull values of the other Mortgaged Ships, is at the relevant time 120% of the Loan at such time.

P&I risks means the usual risks (including liability for oil pollution, excess war risk P&I cover) covered by a protection and indemnity association which is a member of the International Group of protection and indemnity associations (or, if the International Group ceases to exist, any other leading protection and indemnity association or other leading provider of protection and indemnity insurance) (including, without limitation, the proportion (if any) of any collision liability not covered under the terms of the hull cover).

 

25.2 Coverage required

The Ship shall at all times be insured:

 

  (a) against (i) fire and usual marine risks (including excess risks) and (ii) war risks (including war protection and indemnity risks and terrorism, piracy and confiscation risks) on an agreed value basis, in each case for at least its minimum hull cover and in the case of sub-section (i), provided that the hull and machinery insurances for the Ship shall at all times cover 80% of its market value and the remaining minimum hull cover may be insured by way of excess risks cover;

 

  (b) against P&I risks for the highest amount then available in the insurance market for vessels of similar age, size and type as the Ship (but, in relation to liability for oil pollution, for an amount of not less than $1,000,000,000) and a freight, demurrage and defence cover;

 

  (c) against such other risks and matters which the Agent notifies it that it considers reasonable for a prudent shipowner or operator to insure against at the time of that notice; and

 

  (d) on terms which comply with the other provisions of this clause 25.

 

25.3 Placing of cover

The insurance coverage required by clause 25.2 ( Coverage required ) shall be:

 

  (a) in the name of the Ship’s Owner and (in the case of the Ship’s hull cover) no other person (other than the Agent if required by it) (unless such other person is approved and, if so required by the Agent, has duly executed and delivered a first priority assignment of its interest in the Ship’s Insurances to the Agent in an approved form and provided such supporting documents and opinions in relation to that assignment as the Agent requires);

 

  (b) if the Agent so requests, in the joint names of the Ship’s Owner and the Agent (and, to the extent reasonably practicable in the insurance market, without liability on the part of the Agent for premiums or calls);

 

  (c) in dollars or another approved currency;

 

  (d) arranged through approved brokers or direct with approved insurers or protection and indemnity or war risks associations; and

 

  (e) on approved terms and with approved insurers or associations.

 

65


25.4 Deductibles

The aggregate amount of any excess or deductible under the Ship’s hull cover shall not exceed an approved amount.

 

25.5 Mortgagee’s insurance

The Borrowers shall promptly reimburse to the Agent the cost (as conclusively certified by the Agent) of taking out and keeping in force in respect of the Ship and the other Mortgaged Ships on approved terms, or in considering or making claims under:

 

  (a) a mortgagee’s interest insurance and a mortgagee’s additional perils (pollution risks cover) for the benefit of the Finance Parties for an aggregate amount up to 110% of the Loan at such time; and

 

  (b) any other insurance cover which the Agent reasonably requires in respect of any Finance Party’s interests and potential liabilities (whether as mortgagee of the Ship or beneficiary of the Security Documents).

 

25.6 Fleet liens, set off and cancellations

If the Ship’s hull cover also insures other vessels, the Agent shall either be given an undertaking in approved terms by the brokers or (if such cover is not placed through brokers or the brokers do not, under any applicable laws or insurance terms, have such rights of set off and cancellation) the relevant insurers that the brokers or (if relevant) the insurers will not:

 

  (a) set off against any claims in respect of the Ship any premiums due in respect of any of such other vessels insured (other than other Mortgaged Ships); or

 

  (b) cancel that cover because of non-payment of premiums in respect of such other vessels,

or the Borrowers shall ensure that hull cover for the Ship and any other Mortgaged Ships is provided under a separate policy from any other vessels.

 

25.7 Payment of premiums

All premiums, calls, contributions or other sums payable in respect of the Insurances shall be paid punctually and the Agent shall be provided with all relevant receipts or other evidence of payment upon request.

 

25.8 Details of proposed renewal of Insurances

At least 14 days before any of the Ship’s Insurances are due to expire, the Agent shall be notified of the names of the brokers, insurers and associations proposed to be used for the renewal of such Insurances and the amounts, risks and terms in, against and on which the Insurances are proposed to be renewed.

 

25.9 Instructions for renewal

At least seven days before any of the Ship’s Insurances are due to expire, instructions shall be given to brokers, insurers and associations for them to be renewed or replaced on or before their expiry.

 

25.10 Confirmation of renewal

The Ship’s Insurances shall be renewed upon their expiry in a manner and on terms which comply with this clause 25 and confirmation of such renewal given by approved brokers or insurers to the Agent at least seven days (or such shorter period as may be approved) before such expiry.

 

66


25.11 P&I guarantees

Any guarantee or undertaking required by any protection and indemnity or war risks association in relation to the Ship shall be provided when required by the association.

 

25.12 Insurance documents

The Agent shall be provided with pro forma copies of all insurance policies and other documentation issued by brokers, insurers and associations in connection with the Ship’s Insurances as soon as they are available after they have been placed or renewed and all insurance policies and other documents relating to the Ship’s Insurances shall be deposited with any approved brokers or (if not deposited with approved brokers) the Agent or some other approved person.

 

25.13 Letters of undertaking

Unless otherwise approved where the Agent is satisfied that equivalent protection is afforded by the terms of the relevant Insurances and/or any applicable law and/or a letter of undertaking provided by another person, on each placing or renewal of the Insurances, the Agent shall be provided promptly with letters of undertaking in an approved form (having regard to general insurance market practice and law at the time of issue of such letter of undertaking) from the relevant brokers, insurers and associations.

 

25.14 Insurance Notices and Loss Payable Clauses

The interest of the Agent as assignee of the Insurances shall be endorsed on all insurance policies and other documents by the incorporation of a Loss Payable Clause and an Insurance Notice in respect of the Ship and its Insurances signed by its Owner and, unless otherwise approved, each other person assured under the relevant cover (other than the Agent if it is itself an assured).

 

25.15 Insurance correspondence

If so required by the Agent, the Agent shall promptly be provided with copies of all written communications between the assureds and brokers, insurers and associations relating to any of the Ship’s Insurances as soon as they are available.

 

25.16 Qualifications and exclusions

All requirements applicable to the Ship’s Insurances shall be complied with and the Ship’s Insurances shall only be subject to approved exclusions or qualifications.

 

25.17 Independent report

If the Agent asks the Borrowers for a detailed report from an approved independent firm of marine insurance brokers giving their opinion on the adequacy of the Ship’s Insurances then the Agent shall be provided promptly with such a report at no cost to the Agent or (if the Agent obtains such a report itself) the Borrowers shall reimburse the Agent for the cost of obtaining that report.

 

25.18 Collection of claims

All documents and other information and all assistance required by the Agent to assist it and/or the Agent in trying to collect or recover any claims under the Ship’s Insurances shall be provided promptly.

 

67


25.19 Employment of Ship

The Ship shall only be employed or operated in conformity with the terms of the Ship’s Insurances (including any express or implied warranties) and not in any other way (unless the insurers have consented and any additional requirements of the insurers have been satisfied).

 

25.20 Declarations and returns

If any of the Ship’s Insurances are on terms that require a declaration, certificate or other document to be made or filed before the Ship sails to, or operates within, an area, those terms shall be complied with within the time and in the manner required by those Insurances.

 

25.21 Application of recoveries

All sums paid under the Ship’s Insurances to anyone other than the Agent shall be applied in repairing the damage and/or in discharging the liability in respect of which they have been paid except to the extent that the repairs have already been paid for and/or the liability already discharged.

 

25.22 Settlement of claims

Any claim under the Ship’s Insurances for a Total Loss or Major Casualty shall only be settled, compromised or abandoned with prior approval.

 

25.23 Change in insurance requirements

If the Agent gives notice to the Borrowers to change the terms and requirements of this clause 25 (which the Agent may only do, in such manner as it considers appropriate, as a result in changes of circumstances or practice after the date of this Agreement), this clause 25 shall be modified in the manner so notified by the Agent on the date 14 days after such notice from the Agent is received.

 

26 Minimum security value

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 26 will be complied with throughout any Mortgage Period.

 

26.1 Valuation of assets

For the purpose of the Finance Documents, the value at any time of any Mortgaged Ship or any other asset over which additional security is provided under this clause 26 will be its value as most recently determined in accordance with this clause 26.

 

26.2 Valuation frequency

Valuations of each Mortgaged Ship shall be carried out semi-annually, such valuations to be provided to the Agent at the same time that a Compliance Certificate is provided to the Agent at the end of the Group’s financial year and at the end of the second financial quarter of the Group’s financial year pursuant to clause 19.2.1 and each valuation shall be dated no earlier than 30 days prior to delivery of that valuation to the Agent. In addition valuations of each Mortgaged Ship (if more than 30 days old) and each such other asset in accordance with this clause 26 shall be required prior to the drawdown of each Advance in accordance with clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) and paragraph 7, Part 1 of Schedule 3, on a Disposal Repayment Date of any Mortgaged Ship and as may be further required by the Agent at any other time.

 

68


26.3 Expenses of valuation

The Borrowers shall bear, and reimburse to the Agent where incurred by the Agent, all costs and expenses of providing such a valuation.

 

26.4 Valuations procedure

The value of any Mortgaged Ship shall be determined in accordance with, and by Approved Valuers appointed in accordance with, this clause 26. Additional security provided under this clause 26 shall be valued in such a way, on such a basis and by such persons (including the Agent itself) as may be approved by the Majority Lenders or as may be agreed in writing by the Borrowers and the Agent (on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).

 

26.5 Currency of valuation

Valuations shall be provided by Approved Valuers in dollars or, if an Approved Valuer is of the view that the relevant type of vessel is generally bought and sold in another currency, in that other currency. If a valuation is provided in another currency, for the purposes of this Agreement it shall be converted into dollars at the Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of dollars with that other currency as at the date to which the valuation relates.

 

26.6 Basis of valuation

Each valuation will be addressed to the Agent in its capacity as such and made:

 

  (a) without physical inspection (unless required by the Agent);

 

  (b) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for a price payable in full in cash on delivery at arm’s length on normal commercial terms between a willing buyer and a willing seller; and

 

  (c) without taking into account the benefit (but taking into account the burden) of any charter commitment.

 

26.7 Information required for valuation

The Borrowers shall promptly provide to the Agent and any such valuer any information which they reasonably require for the purposes of providing such a valuation.

 

26.8 Approval of valuers

All valuers must be Approved Valuers. The Agent shall respond promptly to any request by the Borrowers, and the Borrowers shall respond promptly to any request by the Agent, for approval of a broker nominated by the Borrowers or, as the case may be, the Agent to become an Approved Valuer. The Agent may, acting reasonably, at any time by notice to the Borrowers withdraw any Approved Valuer or previous approval of a valuer for the purposes of future valuations. That valuer may not then be appointed to provide valuations unless it is once more approved.

 

26.9 Appointment of valuers

When a valuation is required for the purposes of this clause 26, the Agent and the Borrowers shall promptly each appoint an Approved Valuer to provide such a valuation. If the Borrowers fail to do so promptly, the Agent may appoint an Approved Valuer to provide that Borrowers’ valuation.

 

26.10 Number of valuers

Each valuation shall be carried out by the two Approved Valuers selected pursuant to clause 26.9 ( Appointment of valuers ).

 

69


26.11 Differences in valuations

If valuations provided by individual valuers differ, the value of the relevant Ship for the purposes of the Finance Documents will be the average of those valuations.

 

26.12 Security shortfall

If at any time the Security Value is less than the Minimum Value, the Agent may, and shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers require that such deficiency be remedied. The Borrowers shall then within 30 days of receipt of such notice ensure that the Security Value equals or exceeds the Minimum Value. For this purpose, the Borrowers may:

 

  (a) provide additional security over other assets approved by the Majority Lenders in accordance with this clause 26; and/or

 

  (b) prepay part of the Loan under clause 7.3 ( Voluntary prepayment ) but on five Business Days’ notice instead of the period required by such clause.

 

26.13 Creation of additional security

The value of any additional security which the Borrowers offer to provide to remedy all or part of a shortfall in the amount of the Security Value will only be taken into account for the purposes of determining the Security Value if and when:

 

  (a) that additional security, its value and the method of its valuation have been approved by the Majority Lenders;

 

  (b) a Security Interest over that security has been constituted in favour of the Agent or (if appropriate) the Finance Parties in an approved form and manner;

 

  (c) this Agreement has been unconditionally amended in such manner as the Agent requires in consequence of that additional security being provided; and

 

  (d) the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received such documents and evidence it may require in relation to that amendment and additional security including documents and evidence of the type referred to in Schedule 3 in relation to that amendment and additional security and its execution and (if applicable) registration.

 

26.14 Mortgaged Ships

For the purpose of this clause 26 and any other definitions or provisions relating to this clause, a Mortgaged Ship shall also include a New Ship in the circumstances contemplated in sub-paragraph (b) of the definition of Total Commitments.

 

27 Chartering undertakings

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 27 will be complied with in relation to each Mortgaged Ship and its Charter Documents and, if a Charterer is a Group Member, by the relevant Charterer at any time during the relevant Ship’s Mortgage Period that the Ship is subject to a Charter.

 

27.1 Variations

Except with approval, the Charter Documents shall not be varied.

 

27.2 Releases and waivers

Except with approval, there shall be no release by the relevant Owner of any obligation of any other person under the Charter Documents (including by way of novation), no waiver of any breach of any such obligation and no consent to anything which would otherwise be such a breach.

 

70


27.3 Termination by Owner

Except with approval, the relevant Owner shall not terminate or rescind any Charter Document or withdraw the Ship from service under the Charter or take any similar action.

 

27.4 Charter performance

The relevant Owner shall perform its obligations under the Charter Documents and use its best endeavours to ensure that each other party to them performs their obligations under the Charter Documents.

 

27.5 Notice of assignment

In respect of any Charter, the relevant Owner shall give notice of assignment of the Charter Documents to the other parties to them in the form specified by the Charter Assignment for that Ship promptly following the execution of the Charter Assignment and shall use its best efforts to ensure that the Agent receives a copy of that notice acknowledged by each addressee in the form specified therein.

 

27.6 Payment of Charter Earnings

All Earnings which the relevant Owner is entitled to receive under the Charter Documents shall be paid in the manner required by the Security Documents (and, if the Charterer is a Group Member, without any set-off or counter-claim and free and clear of any deductions or withholdings).

 

27.7 Enforcement of charter assignment

The Charterer shall allow the Agent to enforce the rights of the relevant Owner under the Charter as assignee of those rights under the relevant Charter Assignment.

 

27.8 Assignment by Charterer

Except with approval, the Charterer shall not assign or otherwise dispose of its rights under the Charter.

 

27.9 Termination by Charterer

Except with approval, the Charterer shall not terminate or rescind the Charter for any reason whatsoever.

 

27.10 Performance by Charterer

The Charterer shall perform its obligations under the Charter.

 

27.11 Sub-chartering

Except with approval, the Charterer shall not enter into any charter commitment for the Ship which, if entered into by the relevant Owner would require approval under clause 23.7 ( Chartering ) and if the Agent is at any time entitled to enforce its rights as mortgagee of the Ship under the terms of any Mortgage, the Charterer will exercise its rights under any sub-charter of the Ship in such manner as the Agent may direct.

 

71


27.12 Performance of other undertakings

The Charterer shall not do anything which would or might prevent the Borrowers complying with clauses 23 ( Dealings with Ship ), 24 ( Condition and operation of Ship ) or 25 ( Insurance )), or fail to do anything required by the Charter where failure to do so would or might have such an effect.

 

27.13 Charterer’s manager

A manager of the Ship shall not be appointed by the Charterer unless in accordance with clause 23.3 or that manager and the terms of its employment are approved.

 

27.14 Security Interests by Charterer

Except as approved by the Majority Lenders, the Charterer shall not grant or allow to exist any Security Interest over any asset of the Charterer over which a Security Interest is granted or expressed to be granted by its Charterer’s Assignment.

 

27.15 Charterer’s loss of earnings insurance

The Charterer shall insure its Earnings from the Ship against loss of those Earnings in an amount, on terms, in a manner and with insurers which are approved and comply with clauses 25.4 ( Deductibles ), 25.7 ( Payment of premiums ) and 25.23 ( Change in insurance requirements ) in relation to such insurance of such Earnings.

 

28 Bank accounts

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 28 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.

 

28.1 Earnings Account

 

28.1.1 A Borrower or some or all of the Borrowers jointly shall be the holder(s) of an account with an Account Bank which is designated as the “ Earnings Account ” for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

28.1.2 The Earnings of the Mortgaged Ships and all moneys payable to the relevant Owner under the Ship’s Insurances and any net amount payable to any Owner under any Hedging Contract shall be paid by the persons from whom they are due to the Earnings Account unless required to be paid to the Agent under the relevant Finance Documents.

 

28.1.3 The relevant Account Holder(s) shall not withdraw amounts standing to the credit of the Earnings Account except as permitted by clause 28.1.4.

 

28.1.4 If there is no continuing Event of Default, the relevant Account Holder(s) may withdraw the following amounts from the Earnings Account:

 

  (a) payments then due to Finance Parties under the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) payments then due under any Hedging Contracts;

 

  (c) payments of the proper costs and expenses of insuring, repairing, operating and maintaining any Mortgaged Ship;

 

  (d) payments to purchase other currencies in amounts and at times required to make payments referred to above in the currency in which they are due; and

 

  (e) payments for purposes not prohibited by this Agreement, including the payment of dividends.

 

72


28.2 Other provisions

 

28.2.1 The Earnings Account may only be designated for the purposes described in this clause 28 if:

 

  (a) such designation is made in writing by the Agent and acknowledged by the Borrowers and specifies the names and addresses of the Account Bank and the Account Holder(s) and the number and any designation or other reference attributed to the Earnings Account;

 

  (b) an Account Security has been duly executed and delivered by the relevant Account Holder(s) in favour of the Agent;

 

  (c) any notice required by the Account Security to be given to an Account Bank has been given to, and acknowledged by, the Account Bank in the form required by the relevant Account Security; and

 

  (d) the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received such documents and evidence it may require in relation to the Earnings Account and the Account Security including documents and evidence of the type referred to in Schedule 3 in relation to the Earnings Account and the Account Security.

 

28.2.2 The rates of payment of interest and other terms regulating the Earnings Account will be a matter of separate agreement between the relevant Account Holder(s) and Account Bank. If the Earnings Account is a fixed term deposit account, the relevant Account Holder(s) may select the terms of deposits until the Account Security has become enforceable and the Agent directs otherwise.

 

28.2.3 The relevant Account Holder(s) shall not close the Earnings Account or alter the terms of the Earnings Account from those in force at the time it is designated for the purposes of this clause 28 or waive any of its rights in relation to the Earnings Account except with approval.

 

28.2.4 The relevant Account Holder(s) shall deposit with the Agent all certificates of deposit, receipts or other instruments or securities relating to the Earnings Account, notify the Agent of any claim or notice relating to the Earnings Account from any other party and provide the Agent with any other information it may request concerning the Earnings Account.

 

28.2.5 The Agent agrees that if it is an Account Bank in respect of the Earnings Account then there will be no restrictions on creating a Security Interest over the Earnings Account as contemplated by this Agreement and it shall not (except with the approval of the Majority Lenders) exercise any right of combination, consolidation or set-off which it may have in respect of the Earnings Account in a manner adverse to the rights of the other Finance Parties.

 

29 Business restrictions

Except as otherwise approved by the Majority Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld in the case of clause 29.12 ( Distributions and other payments )) each Borrower undertakes that this clause 29 will be complied with by and in respect of each Borrower or, as the case may be, each Owner or the Guarantor, throughout the Facility Period.

 

29.1 General negative pledge

In this 29.1, Quasi-Security means an arrangement or transaction described in clause 29.1.3.

 

29.1.1 No Owner shall permit any Security Interest to exist, arise or be created or extended over all or any part of its assets.

 

29.1.2 (Without prejudice to clauses 29.2 ( Financial Indebtedness ) and 29.5 ( Disposals )), no Owner shall:

 

73


  (a) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby that asset is or may be leased to, or re-acquired by, any other Group Member other than pursuant to disposals permitted under clause 29.5 ( Disposals );

 

  (b) sell, transfer, factor or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms (except for the discounting of bills or notes in the ordinary course of business);

 

  (c) enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

  (d) enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

29.1.3   Clauses 29.1.1 and 29.1.2 above do not apply to any Security Interest or (as the case may be) Quasi-Security, listed below:

 

  (a) those granted or expressed to be granted by any of the Security Documents; and

 

  (b) in relation to a Mortgaged Ship, Permitted Liens.

 

29.2 Financial Indebtedness

No Owner shall incur or permit to exist, any Financial Indebtedness owed by it to anyone else except:

 

  (a) Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents and Hedging Contracts;

 

  (b) Financial Indebtedness owed to another Group Member which is fully subordinated to all amounts payable by the Borrowers under the Finance Documents;

 

  (c) Financial Indebtedness permitted under clause 29.3 ( Guarantees ); and

 

  (d) Financial Indebtedness permitted under clause 29.4 ( Loans and credit ),

and no Borrower shall incur or permit to exist any Financial Indebtedness or Indebtedness (as defined in clause 20.1 ( Financial definitions ), that would cause the Borrowers to be in default of clause 20 ( Financial covenants ).

 

29.3 Guarantees

No Owner shall give or permit to exist, any guarantee by it in respect of indebtedness of any person or allow any of its indebtedness to be guaranteed by anyone else except:

 

  (a) guarantees of obligations of another Borrower that are not Financial Indebtedness or obligations prohibited by any Finance Document;

 

  (b) guarantees in favour of trade creditors of the Group given in the ordinary course of its business; and

 

  (c) guarantees which are Financial Indebtedness permitted under clause 29.2 ( Financial Indebtedness ).

 

29.4 Loans and credit

No Owner shall make, grant or permit to exist any loans or any credit by it to anyone else other than:

 

74


  (a) loans or credit to another Borrower permitted under clause 29.2 ( Financial Indebtedness ); and

 

  (b) trade credit granted by it to its customers on normal commercial terms in the ordinary course of its trading activities.

 

29.5 Bank accounts and other financial transactions

No Owner shall:

 

  (a) maintain any current or deposit account with a bank or financial institution except for the deposit of money, operation of current accounts and the conduct of electronic banking operations with Lenders;

 

  (b) hold cash in any account (other than with a Lender) over or in respect of which any set-off, combination of accounts, netting or Security Interest exists except as permitted by clause 29.1 ( General negative pledge ); or

 

  (c) be party to any banking or financial transaction, whether on or off balance sheet, that is not expressly permitted under this clause 29 ( Business restrictions ).

 

29.6 Disposals

No Owner shall enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions, whether related or not and whether voluntarily or involuntarily, to dispose of any asset except for any of the following disposals so long as they are not prohibited by any other provision of the Finance Documents:

 

  (a) disposals of assets made in (and on terms reflecting) the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity;

 

  (b) disposals of assets made by one Group Member to another Group Member;

 

  (c) disposals of obsolete assets, or assets which are no longer required for the purpose of the business of the relevant Group Member, in each case for cash on normal commercial terms and on an arm’s length basis;

 

  (d) any disposal of receivables on a non-recourse basis on arm’s length terms (including at fair market value) for non-deferred cash consideration in the ordinary course of its business;

 

  (e) disposals permitted by clauses 29.1 ( General negative pledge ) or 29.2 ( Financial Indebtedness );

 

  (f) dealings with trade creditors with respect to book debts in the ordinary course of trading; and

 

  (g) the application of cash or cash equivalents in the acquisition of assets or services in the ordinary course of its business.

 

29.7 Contracts and arrangements with Affiliates

No Owner shall be party to any arrangement or contract with any of its Affiliates unless such arrangement or contract is on an arm’s length basis.

 

29.8 Subsidiaries

No Owner shall establish or acquire a company or other entity which would be or become a Group Member or reactivate any dormant Group Member.

 

75


29.9 Acquisitions and investments

No Owner shall acquire any person, business, assets or liabilities or make any investment in any person or business or enter into any joint-venture arrangement except:

 

  (a) capital expenditures or investments related to maintenance of a Ship in the ordinary course of its business;

 

  (b) acquisitions of assets in the ordinary course of business (not being new businesses or vessels);

 

  (c) the incurrence of liabilities in the ordinary course of its business;

 

  (d) any loan or credit not otherwise prohibited under this Agreement;

 

  (e) pursuant to any Finance Documents or any Charter Documents to which it is party;

 

  (f) any acquisition pursuant to a disposal permitted under clause 29.6 ( Disposals ).

 

29.10 Reduction of capital

No Borrower shall redeem or purchase or otherwise reduce any of its equity or any other share capital or any warrants or any uncalled or unpaid liability in respect of any of them or reduce the amount (if any) for the time being standing to the credit of its share premium account or capital redemption or other undistributable reserve in any manner.

 

29.11 Increase in capital

No Borrower shall issue membership interests or other equity interests to anyone except for, in the case of the Owners, Navigator Gas and, in the case of Navigator Gas, the Guarantor.

 

29.12 Distributions and other payments

 

29.12.1 The Guarantor may not declare or pay any dividend, redemption of shares or other payment (each a Restricted Payment ) to its shareholders, however a dividend of up to fifty percent (50%) of the Guarantor’s consolidated net income may be declared or paid on a quarterly basis provided that:

 

  (a) the Group is on a consolidated basis in pro forma compliance with clause 20 ( Financial covenants ) after giving effect to such dividend paid or declared; and

 

  (b) no Event of Default has occurred or will occur following such dividend paid or declared.

 

29.12.2 The Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) may approve (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) any additional distributions or other payments exceeding the limit permitted pursuant to clause 29.12.1, if the Guarantor makes a written request to the Agent and the Agent is of the opinion (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) that the Guarantor’s financial position supports such additional distributions or other payments requested.

 

30 Hedging Contracts

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 30 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.

 

30.1 Hedging

 

30.1.1 If, at any time during the Facility Period, Navigator Gas wishes to enter into any Treasury Transaction with a Hedging Provider so as to hedge all or any part of its exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations, currency risk and bunker exposure, it shall advise the Agent in writing and the Agent and Navigator Gas shall agree on a hedging strategy.

 

76


30.1.2 Any such Treasury Transaction which is concluded with a Hedging Provider shall be on the terms of the Hedging Master Agreement with that Hedging Provider but (except with the approval of the Majority Lenders) no such Treasury Transaction with that Hedging Provider shall be concluded unless it is in accordance with the hedging strategy agreed pursuant to clause 30.1.1 and, unless otherwise approved by the relevant Hedging Provider, no Hedging Transaction or Hedging Exposure shall be outstanding at the end of the Facility Period. Navigator Gas may also enter into Treasury Transactions with providers other than the Hedging Providers so long as the provisions of clauses 21.8 ( Charged Property ) and 29.1 ( General negative pledge ) are complied with.

 

30.1.3 If and when any such Treasury Transaction has been concluded, it shall constitute a Hedging Contract for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

30.2 Assignment of Hedging Contracts by Navigator Gas

Except with approval, Navigator Gas shall not assign or otherwise dispose of its rights under any Hedging Contract.

 

30.3 Performance of Hedging Contracts by Navigator Gas

Navigator Gas shall perform its obligations under the Hedging Contracts.

 

30.4 Information concerning Hedging Contracts

Navigator Gas shall provide the Agent with any information it may request concerning any Hedging Contract, including all reasonable information, accounts and records that may be necessary or of assistance to enable the Agent to verify the amounts of all payments and any other amounts payable under the Hedging Contracts.

 

31 Events of Default

Each of the events or circumstances set out in clauses 31.1 to 31.22 is an Event of Default.

 

31.1 Non-payment

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

  (a) its failure to pay is caused by administrative or technical error or by a Payment Disruption Event; and

 

  (b) payment is made within two Business Days of its due date.

 

31.2 Hedging Contracts

 

31.2.1 An Event of Default (as defined in any Hedging Master Agreement) has occurred and is continuing under any Hedging Contract.

 

31.2.2 An Early Termination Date (as defined in any Hedging Master Agreement) has occurred or been or become capable of being effectively designated under any Hedging Contract.

 

31.2.3 A person entitled to do so gives notice of such an Early Termination Date under any Hedging Contract except with approval.

 

31.2.4 Any Hedging Contract is terminated, cancelled, suspended, rescinded or revoked or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason except with approval.

 

77


31.3 Financial covenants

The Borrowers do not comply with clause 20 ( Financial covenants ).

 

31.4 Value of security

The Borrowers do not comply with clause 26 ( Minimum security value ).

 

31.5 Insurance

 

31.5.1 The Insurances of a Mortgaged Ship are not placed and kept in force in the manner required by clause 25 ( Insurance ).

 

31.5.2 Any insurer either:

 

  (a) cancels any such Insurances; or

 

  (b) disclaims liability under them by reason of any mis-statement or failure or default by any person.

 

31.6 Other obligations

 

31.6.1 An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in clauses 31.1 ( Non-payment ), 31.2 ( Hedging Contracts ), 31.3 ( Financial covenants ), 31.4 ( Value of security ) and 31.5 ( Insurance )).

 

31.6.2 No Event of Default under clause 31.6.1 above will occur if the Agent considers that the failure to comply is capable of remedy and the failure is remedied within thirty (30) days of the Agent giving notice to the Borrowers.

 

31.7 Misrepresentation

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made.

 

31.8 Cross default

 

31.8.1 Any Financial Indebtedness of any Group Member exceeding $500,000 is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

31.8.2 Any Financial Indebtedness of any Group Member exceeding $500,000 is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

31.8.3 Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any Group Member exceeding $500,000 is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of that Group Member exceeding $500,000 as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

31.8.4 The counterparty to a Treasury Transaction exceeding $500,000 entered into by any Group Member becomes entitled to terminate that Treasury Transaction early by reason of an event of default (however described).

 

31.8.5 Any creditor of any Group Member becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of that Group Member exceeding $500,000 due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

78


31.8.6 No Event of Default will occur under this clause 31.8 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within clauses 31.8.1 to 31.8.5 above is less than $5,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).

 

31.9 Insolvency

 

31.9.1 A Group Member is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

31.9.2 The value of the assets of any Group Member is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

31.9.3 A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Group Member. If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

 

31.10 Insolvency proceedings

 

31.10.1 Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

  (a) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Group Member other than a solvent liquidation or reorganisation of any Group Member which is not an Obligor;

 

  (b) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Group Member;

 

  (c) the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of a Group Member which is not an Obligor), receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Group Member or any of its assets (including the directors of any Group Member requesting a person to appoint any such officer in relation to it or any of its assets); or

 

  (d) enforcement of any Security Interest over any assets of any Group Member,

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

31.10.2 Clause 31.10.1 shall not apply to any winding-up petition (or analogous procedure or step) which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within seven days of commencement or, if earlier, the date on which it is advertised.

 

31.11 Creditors’ process

 

31.11.1 Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress, execution or analogous process affects any asset or assets of any Group Member, which would in aggregate exceed $500,000 or, when aggregated with the value of any assets of the other Group Members affected by any process mentioned in this clause 31.11.1, would exceed $5,000,000, and is not discharged within seven days.

 

31.11.2 Any judgment or order for an amount in excess of $500,000 is made against any Group Member and is not stayed or complied with within seven days.

 

31.12 Unlawfulness and invalidity

 

31.12.1 It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any Security Interest created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents ceases to be effective.

 

79


31.12.2 Any obligation or obligations of any Obligor under any Finance Documents are not (subject to the Legal Reservations) or cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders under the Finance Documents.

 

31.12.3 Any Finance Document or any Security Interest created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents ceases to be in full force and effect or is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective for any reason.

 

31.12.4 Any Security Document does not create legal, valid, binding and enforceable security over the assets charged under that Security Document or the ranking or priority of such security is adversely affected.

 

31.13 Cessation of business

Any Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business.

 

31.14 Ownership and Change of Control

An Obligor (other than the Guarantor) is not or ceases to be a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor or a Change of Control occurs.

 

31.15 Expropriation

The authority or ability of any Obligor to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any Obligor or any of its assets.

 

31.16 Repudiation and rescission of Finance Documents

An Obligor (or any other relevant party) repudiates or purports to repudiate a Finance Document or evidences an intention to rescind or purports to rescind a Finance Document.

 

31.17 Litigation

Any litigation, alternative dispute resolution, arbitration or administrative proceeding is taking place, or threatened against any Group Member or any of its assets, rights or revenues exceeding $5,000,000 which, if adversely determined, might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

31.18 Material Adverse Effect

Any Environmental Incident or other event or circumstance or series of events (including any change of law) occurs which the Majority Lenders reasonably believe has, or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

31.19 Security enforceable

Any Security Interest (other than a Permitted Lien) in respect of Charged Property becomes enforceable.

 

31.20 Arrest of Ship

Any Mortgaged Ship is arrested, confiscated, seized, taken in execution, impounded, forfeited, detained in exercise or purported exercise of any possessory lien or other claim and the relevant Owner fails to procure the release of such Ship within a period of 15 days thereafter (or such longer period as may be approved) or, in the case of any seizure or detention of such Ship as a result of piracy, within a period of 365 days thereafter.

 

80


31.21 Ship registration

Except with approval, the registration of any Mortgaged Ship under the laws and flag of its Flag State is cancelled or terminated or, where applicable, not renewed or, if such Ship is only provisionally registered on the date of its Mortgage, such Ship is not permanently registered under such laws within 90 days of such date.

 

31.22 Political risk

The Flag State of any Mortgaged Ship or any Relevant Jurisdiction of an Obligor becomes involved in hostilities or civil war or there is a seizure of power in the Flag State or any such Relevant Jurisdiction by unconstitutional means if, in any such case, such event or circumstance, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, has or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect and, within 14 days of notice from the Agent to do so, such action as the Agent may require to ensure that such event or circumstance will not have such an effect has not been taken by the Borrowers.

 

31.23 Acceleration

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers:

 

  (a) cancel the Total Commitments at which time they shall immediately be cancelled; and/or

 

  (b) declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

  (c) declare that all or part of the Loan be payable on demand, at which time it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or

 

  (d) declare that no withdrawals be made from the Earnings Account; and/or

 

  (e) exercise or direct the Agent and/or any other beneficiary of the Security Documents to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents.

 

32 Position of Hedging Provider

 

32.1 Rights of Hedging Provider

Each Hedging Provider is a Finance Party and as such, will be entitled to share in the security constituted by the Security Documents in respect of any liabilities of the Borrowers under the Hedging Contracts with such Hedging Provider in the manner and to the extent contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

32.2 No voting rights

No Hedging Provider shall be entitled to vote on any matter where a decision of the Lenders alone is required under this Agreement, whether before or after the termination or close out of the Hedging Contracts with such Hedging Provider, provided that each Hedging Provider shall be entitled to vote on any matter where a decision of all the Finance Parties is expressly required.

 

81


32.3 Acceleration and enforcement of security

Neither the Agent or any other beneficiary of the Security Documents shall be obliged, in connection with any action taken or proposed to be taken under or pursuant to clause 31 ( Events of Default ) or pursuant to the other Finance Documents, to have any regard to the requirements of the Hedging Provider except to the extent that the relevant Hedging Provider is also a Lender.

 

82


SECTION 9 - CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

33 Changes to the Lenders

 

33.1 Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

Subject to this clause 33, a Lender (the Existing Lender ) may assign any of its rights to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the New Lender ).

 

33.2 Conditions of assignment

 

33.2.1 The consent of the Borrowers is required for an assignment by a Lender, unless the assignment is to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Event of Default is continuing. The Agent will immediately advise the Borrowers of the assignment.

 

33.2.2 The Borrowers’ consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and will be deemed to have been given fifteen Business Days after the Lender has requested consent unless consent is expressly refused within that time. The Borrowers shall not be entitled to refuse or withhold consent solely because an assignment may result in an increase to the Mandatory Cost.

 

33.2.3 An assignment will only be effective:

 

  (a) on receipt by the Agent of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the Borrowers and the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it was an Original Lender;

 

  (b) on the New Lender entering into any documentation required for it to accede as a party to any Security Document to which the Original Lender is a party in its capacity as a Lender and, in relation to such Security Documents, completing any filing, registration or notice requirements;

 

  (c) if an assignment takes effect after there has been a Utilisation, the assignment of an Existing Lender’s participation in the Utilisations (if any) under the Facility shall take effect in respect of the same fraction of each such Utilisation;

 

  (d) on the performance by the Agent of all “know your customer” or other checks relating to any person that it is required to carry out in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Lender and the New Lender; and

 

  (e) if that Existing Lender assigns equal fractions of its Commitment and participation in the Loan and each Utilisation (if any) under the Facility.

 

33.2.4 Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with the Finance Documents on or prior to the date on which the assignment becomes effective in accordance with the Finance Documents and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

 

33.3 Fee

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of $3,500.

 

83


33.4 Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

33.4.1 Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

  (a) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

  (b) the financial condition of any Obligor;

 

  (c) the performance and observance by any Obligor or any other person of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

  (d) the application of any Capital Adequacy Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents; or

 

  (e) the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

33.4.2 Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

 

  (a) has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of:

 

  (i) the financial condition and affairs of the Obligors and their related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement; and

 

  (ii) the application of any Capital Adequacy Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Finance Document;

 

  (c) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the application of any Capital Adequacy Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents; and

 

  (d) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

33.4.3 Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

  (a) accept a re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights assigned under this clause 33 ( Changes to the Lenders ); or

 

  (b) support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of the application of any Capital Adequacy Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

33.5 Procedure for transfer

 

33.5.1

Subject to the conditions set out in clause 33.2 ( Conditions of assignment ) an assignment may be effected in accordance with clause 33.5.3 below when (a) the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate and (b) the Agent executes any document required under clause 33.2.3 which it may be necessary for it to execute in each case delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender duly executed by them and, in the case of any such other document, any other relevant person. The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after

 

84


  receipt by it of a Transfer Certificate and any such other document each duly completed, appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate and such other document.

 

33.5.2 The Obligors and the other Finance Parties irrevocably authorise the Agent to execute any Transfer Certificate on their behalf without any consultations with them.

 

33.5.3 On the Transfer Date:

 

  (a) to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to be released from its obligations under the Finance Documents, the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards the Obligors and the other Finance Parties under the Finance Documents and the rights of the Obligors and the other Finance Parties against the Existing Lender under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the Discharged Rights and Obligations ) (but the obligations owed by the Obligors under the Finance Documents shall not be released);

 

  (b) the New Lender shall assume obligations towards each of the Obligors who are a Party and/or the Obligors and the other Finance Parties shall acquire rights against the New Lender which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as the New Lender has assumed and/or the Obligors and the other Finance Parties have acquired the same in place of the Existing Lender;

 

  (c) the other Finance Parties and the New Lender shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (d) the New Lender shall become a Party to the Finance Documents as a “Lender” for the purposes of all the Finance Documents.

 

33.6 Copy of Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation to Borrowers

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation and any other document required under clause 33.2.3, send a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation and such documents to the Borrowers.

 

34 Changes to the Obligors

No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

85


SECTION 10 - THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

35 Roles of Agent and Arranger

 

35.1 Appointment of the Agent

 

35.1.1 Each other Finance Party appoints the Agent to act as its agent and as its trustee under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

35.1.2 Each such other Finance Party authorises the Agent:

 

  (a) to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions; and

 

  (b) to execute each of the Security Documents, and all other documents that may be approved by the Majority Lenders for execution by it.

 

35.1.3 The Agent accepts its appointment under clause 35.1.1 as trustee of the Trust Property with effect from the date of this Agreement and declares that it holds the Trust Property on trust for itself and the other Finance Parties (for so long as they are Finance Parties) on and subject to the terms of this clause 35 and the Security Documents to which it is a party.

 

35.2 Duties of the Agent

 

35.2.1 The Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

35.2.2 Without prejudice to clause 33.6 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation to Borrower ), clause 35.2.1 shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation.

 

35.2.3 Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

35.2.4 If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

35.2.5 If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent or an Arranger for their own account) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

35.2.6 Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Agent has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents. The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

35.3 Role of the Arrangers

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arrangers have no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

35.4 No fiduciary duties

 

35.4.1 Nothing in this Agreement constitutes an Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person except to the extent that the Agent holds the benefit of the Security Documents in trust for the other Finance Parties pursuant to clause 35.

 

86


35.4.2 Neither the Agent nor any Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender or any Hedging Provider for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account or have any obligations to the other Finance Parties beyond those expressly stated in the Finance Documents.

 

35.5 Business with the Group

The Agent and any Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any Obligor or other Group Member or their Affiliates.

 

35.6 Rights and discretions of the Agent

 

35.6.1 The Agent may rely on:

 

  (a) any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

 

  (b) any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his or her knowledge or within his or her power to verify.

 

35.6.2 The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the other Finance Parties) that:

 

  (a) no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under clause 31.1 ( Non-payment ));

 

  (b) any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised; and

 

  (c) any notice or request made by a Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request or Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

 

35.6.3 The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts in the conduct of its obligations and responsibilities under the Finance Documents.

 

35.6.4 The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.

 

35.6.5 The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

 

35.6.6 Without prejudice to the generality of clause 35.6.5 above, the Agent may disclose the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the other Finance Parties and a Borrower and shall disclose the same upon the written request of a Borrower or the Majority Lenders.

 

35.6.7 Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor any Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality. The Agent and any Arranger may do anything which in its opinion, is necessary or desirable to comply with any law or regulation of any jurisdiction.

 

35.7 Majority Lenders’ instructions

 

35.7.1 Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall:

 

  (a) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent); and

 

  (b) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders.

 

87


35.7.2 Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders to the Agent (in relation to any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) shall be binding on all the Finance Parties.

 

35.7.3 The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

35.7.4 In the absence of, or while awaiting, instructions from the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders), the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Finance Parties.

 

35.7.5 The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) or any Hedging Provider in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This clause 35.7.5 shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Security Documents.

 

35.7.6 Neither the Agent nor any Arranger shall be obliged to request any certificate, opinion or other information under clause 19 ( Information undertakings ) unless so required in writing by a Lender or any Hedging Provider, in which case the Agent shall promptly make the appropriate request of the Borrowers if such request would be in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

35.8 Responsibility for documentation and other matters

Neither the Agent nor any Arranger:

 

  (a) is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, any Arranger, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents or of any representations in any Finance Document or of any copy of any document delivered under any Finance Document;

 

  (b) is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document, any Charter Document or any Building Contract Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document, any Charter Document or any Building Contract Document;

 

  (c) is responsible for the application of any Capital Adequacy Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

  (d) is responsible for any loss to the Trust Property arising in consequence of the failure, depreciation or loss of any Charged Property or any investments made or retained in good faith or by reason of any other matter or thing;

 

  (e) is obliged to account to any person for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account;

 

  (f) is responsible for the failure of any Obligor or any other party to perform its obligations under any Finance Document, any Charter Document or any Building Contract Document or the financial condition of any such person;

 

  (g) is responsible for ascertaining whether all deeds and documents which should have been deposited with it under or pursuant to any of the Security Documents have been so deposited;

 

88


  (h) is responsible for investigating or making any enquiry into the title of any Obligor to any of the Charged Property or any of its other property or assets;

 

  (i) is responsible for the failure to register any of the Security Documents with the Registrar of Companies or any other public office;

 

  (j) is responsible for the failure to register any of the Security Documents in accordance with the provisions of the documents of title of any Obligor to any of the Charged Property;

 

  (k) is responsible for the failure to take or require any Obligor to take any steps to render any of the Security Documents effective as regards property or assets outside England or Wales or to secure the creation of any ancillary charge under the laws of the jurisdiction concerned; or

 

  (l) is responsible (save as otherwise provided in this clause 35) for taking or omitting to take any other action under or in relation to the Security Documents;

 

  (m) is responsible on account of the failure of any other beneficiary of a Security Document to perform or discharge any of its duties or obligations under the Security Documents; or

 

  (n) is (unless it is the same entity as the Agent) responsible on account of the failure of the Agent and/or any other beneficiary of a Security Document to perform or discharge any of its duties or obligations under the Security Documents; or

 

  (o) for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by any applicable law relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

35.9 Exclusion of liability

 

35.9.1 Without limiting clause 35.9.2 (and without prejudice to the provisions of clause 38.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc .), the Agent will not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

35.9.2 No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this clause subject to clause 1.3 and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

35.9.3 The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

 

35.9.4 Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or any Arranger to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender or any Hedging Provider and each lender and each Hedging Provider confirms to the Agent and the Arrangers that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or any Arranger.

 

35.10 Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against:

 

89


  (a) any Losses for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever incurred by such Lenders’ Representative in the circumstances contemplated pursuant to clause 38.11 ( Disruption to payment systems etc ) notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence, or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent); and

 

  (b) any other Losses (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) including the costs of any person engaged in accordance with clause 35.6.3 ( Rights and discretions of the Agent ) and any Receiver in acting as its agent under the Finance Documents

in each case incurred by the Agent in acting as such under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document or out of the Trust Property).

 

35.11 Resignation of the Agent

 

35.11.1 The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the Lenders, the Hedging Providers and the Borrowers.

 

35.11.2 Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Borrowers) may appoint a successor Agent acting through an office in the United Kingdom.

 

35.11.3 If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with clause 35.11.1 above within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the Agent (after consultation with the Borrowers) may appoint a successor Agent acting through an office in the United Kingdom.

 

35.11.4 The retiring Agent shall, either at the Lenders’ expense if it has been required to resign pursuant to clause 35.11.7 or otherwise at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

35.11.5 The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

35.11.6 Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this clause 35. Its successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

35.11.7 After consultation with the Borrowers, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance with clause 35.11.1. In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with clause 35.11.1.

 

35.11.8 At any time after the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall execute all acts, deeds and documents reasonably required by its successor to transfer to it (or its nominee, as it may direct) any property, assets and rights previously vested in the retiring Agent pursuant to the Security Documents and which shall not have vested in its successor by operation of law. All such acts, deeds and documents shall be done or, as the case may be, executed at the cost of the retiring Agent (except where the Agent is retiring pursuant to clause 35.11.7 in which case such costs shall be borne by the Lenders (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero).

 

35.12 Confidentiality

 

35.12.1 In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its department, division or team directly responsible for the management of the Finance Documents which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions, departments or teams.

 

90


35.12.2 If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

 

35.12.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent, nor any Arranger is obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

 

35.13 Relationship with the Lenders and Hedging Provider

 

35.13.1 The Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender or each Hedging Provider at the opening of business (in the place of its principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender or (as the case may be) a Hedging Provider acting through its Facility Office:

 

  (a) entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

  (b) entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

unless it has received not less than five Business Days prior notice from that Lender (or as the case may be a Hedging Provider) to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

35.13.2 Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information required by the Agent in order to calculate the Mandatory Cost in accordance with Schedule 6 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ).

 

35.13.3 Each Lender and each Hedging Provider shall supply the Agent with any information that the Agent may reasonably specify as being necessary or desirable to enable the Agent to perform its functions as Agent.

 

35.14 Credit appraisal by the Lenders and Hedging Providers

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender and each Hedging Provider confirms to each other Finance Party that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

  (a) the financial condition, status and nature of each Obligor and other Group Member;

 

  (b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document, any Charter Document or any Building Contract Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document, any Charter Document or any Building Contract Document;

 

  (c) the application of any Capital Adequacy Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

  (d) whether any Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

  (e)

the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, any Charter Document or any Building Contract Document, the transactions

 

91


  contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document, any Charter Document or any Building Contract Document; and

 

  (f) the right of title of any person to, or the value or sufficiency of, any part of the Charged Property, the priority of the Security Documents or the existence of any Security Interest affecting the Charged Property.

 

35.15 Reference Banks

If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Borrowers) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank.

 

35.16 Agent’s management time

Any amount payable to the Agent under clause 14.3 ( Indemnity to the Agent ), clause 16 ( Costs and expenses ) and clause 35.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Borrowers and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under clause 11 ( Fees ).

 

35.17 Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

35.18 Order of application

 

35.18.1 The Agent agrees to apply the Trust Property and each other beneficiary of the Security Documents agrees to apply all moneys received by it in the exercise of its rights under the Security Documents in accordance with the following respective claims:

 

  (a) first , as to a sum equivalent to the amounts payable to the Agent under the Finance Documents (excluding any amounts received by the Agent pursuant to clause 35.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ), for the Agent absolutely;

 

  (b ) secondly , as to a sum equivalent to the aggregate amount then due and owing to the other Finance Parties (except the Hedging Providers) under the Finance Documents (except any Hedging Contracts), for those Finance Parties (except the Hedging Providers) absolutely, and pro-rata to the amounts owing to them under the Finance Documents (except any Hedging Contracts);

 

  (c) thirdly , until such time as the Agent is satisfied that all obligations owed to the Finance Parties (except the Hedging Providers) have been irrevocably and unconditionally discharged in full, held by the Agent on a suspense account for payment of any further amounts owing to the Finance Parties (except the Hedging Providers) under the Finance Documents (except any Hedging Contracts) and further application in accordance with this clause 35.18.1 as and when any such amounts later fall due;

 

  (d) fourthly , as to a sum equivalent to the aggregate net amount then due to the Hedging Providers but unpaid under any Hedging Contracts, for the Hedging Providers absolutely, and pro rata to the net amounts owing to them under those Hedging Contracts;

 

92


  (e) fifthly , to such other persons (if any) as are legally entitled thereto in priority to the Obligors; and

 

  (f) sixthly , as to the balance (if any), for the Obligors by or from whom or from whose assets the relevant amounts were paid, received or recovered or other person entitled to them.

 

35.18.2 The Agent and each other beneficiary of the Security Documents shall make each application as soon as is practicable after the relevant moneys are received by, or otherwise become available to, it save that (without prejudice to any other provision contained in any of the Security Documents) the Agent, any other beneficiary of the Security Documents or any receiver or administrator may credit any moneys received by it to a suspense account for so long and in such manner as the Agent, such other beneficiary of the Security Documents or such receiver or administrator may from time to time determine with a view to preserving the rights of the Finance Parties or any of them to prove for the whole of their respective claims against the Borrowers or any other person liable.

 

35.18.3 The Agent and/or any other beneficiary of the Security Documents shall obtain a good discharge in respect of the amounts expressed to be due to the other Finance Parties as referred to in this clause 35.18 by distributing the same in accordance with clause 38 ( Payment mechanics ).

 

35.19 Powers and duties of the Agent as trustee of the security

In its capacity as trustee in relation to the Trust Property, the Agent:

 

  (a) shall, without prejudice to any of the powers, discretions and immunities conferred upon trustees by law (and to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or any of the Security Documents), have all the same powers and discretions as a natural person acting as the beneficial owner of such property and/or as are conferred upon the Agent by this Agreement and/or any Security Document but so that the Agent may only exercise such powers and discretions to the extent that it is authorised to do so by the provisions of this Agreement;

 

  (b) shall (subject to clause 35.18 ( Order of application )) be entitled (in its own name or in the names of nominees) to invest moneys from time to time forming part of the Trust Property or otherwise held by it as a consequence of any enforcement of the security constituted by any Finance Document which, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, it would not be practicable to distribute immediately, by placing the same on deposit in the name or under the control of the Agent as the Agent may think fit without being under any duty to diversify the same and the Agent shall not be responsible for any loss due to interest rate or exchange rate fluctuations except for any loss arising from the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

  (c) may, in the conduct of its obligations under and in respect of the Security Documents (otherwise than in relation to its right to make any declaration, determination or decision), instead of acting personally, employ and pay any agent (whether being a lawyer or any other person) to transact or concur in transacting any business and to do or concur in doing any acts required to be done by the Agent (including the receipt and payment of money) and on the basis that (i) any such agent engaged in any profession or business shall be entitled to be paid all usual professional and other charges for business transacted and acts done by him or any partner or employee of his or her in connection with such employment and (ii) the Agent shall not be bound to supervise, or be responsible for any loss incurred by reason of any act or omission of, any such agent if the Agent shall have exercised reasonable care in the selection of such agent; and

 

  (d)

may place all deeds and other documents relating to the Trust Property which are from time to time deposited with it pursuant to the Security Documents in any safe deposit, safe or receptacle selected by the Agent exercising reasonable care or with any firm of solicitors or company whose business includes undertaking the safe custody of documents selected by the Agent exercising reasonable care and may make any such

 

93


  arrangements as it thinks fit for allowing Obligors access to, or its solicitors or auditors possession of, such documents when necessary or convenient and the Agent shall not be responsible for any loss incurred in connection with any such deposit, access or possession if it has exercised reasonable care in the selection of a safe deposit, safe, receptacle or firm of solicitors or company (save that it shall take reasonable steps to pursue any person who may be liable to it in connection with such loss).

 

35.20 All enforcement action through the Agent

 

35.20.1 None of the other Finance Parties shall have any independent power to enforce any of those Security Documents which are executed in favour of the Agent only or to exercise any rights, discretions or powers or to grant any consents or releases under or pursuant to such Security Documents or otherwise have direct recourse to the security and/or guarantees constituted by such Security Documents except through the Agent.

 

35.20.2 None of the other Finance Parties shall have any independent power to enforce any of those Security Documents which are executed in their favour or to exercise any rights, discretions or powers or to grant any consents or releases under or pursuant to such Security Documents or otherwise have direct recourse to the security and/or guarantees constituted by such Security Documents except through the Agent. If any Finance Party (other than the Agent) is a party to any Security Document it shall promptly upon being requested by the Agent to do so grant a power of attorney or other sufficient authority to the Agent to enable the Agent to exercise any rights, discretions or powers or to grant any consents or releases under such Security Document.

 

35.21 Co-operation to achieve agreed priorities of application

The other Finance Parties shall co-operate with each other and with the Agent and any receiver or administrator under the Security Documents in realising the property and assets subject to the Security Documents and in ensuring that the net proceeds realised under the Security Documents after deduction of the expenses of realisation are applied in accordance with clause 35.18 ( Order of application ).

 

35.22 Indemnity from Trust Property

 

35.22.1 In respect of all liabilities, costs or expenses for which the Obligors are liable under this Agreement, the Agent and each Affiliate of the Agent and each officer or employee of the Agent or its Affiliate (each a Relevant Person ) shall be entitled to be indemnified out of the Trust Property in respect of all liabilities, damages, costs, claims, charges or expenses whatsoever properly incurred or suffered by such Relevant Person:

 

  (a) in the execution or exercise or bona fide purported execution or exercise of the trusts, rights, powers, authorities, discretions and duties created or conferred by or pursuant to the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) as a result of any breach by an Obligor of any of its obligations under any Finance Document;

 

  (c) in respect of any Environmental Claim made or asserted against a Relevant Person which would not have arisen if the Finance Documents had not been executed; and

 

  (d) in respect of any matter or thing done or omitted in any way in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents relating to the Trust Property or the provisions of any of the Finance Documents.

 

35.22.2 The rights conferred by this clause 35.22 are without prejudice to any right to indemnity by law given to trustees generally and to any provision of the Finance Documents entitling the Agent or any other person to an indemnity in respect of, and/or reimbursement of, any liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or suffered by it in connection with any of the Finance Documents or the performance of any duties under any of the Finance Documents. Nothing contained in this clause 35.22 shall entitle the Agent or any other person to be indemnified in respect of any liabilities, damages, costs, claims, charges or expenses to the extent that the same arise from such person’s own gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

94


35.23 Finance Parties to provide information

The other Finance Parties shall provide the Agent with such written information as it may reasonably require for the purposes of carrying out its duties and obligations under the Security Documents and, in particular, with such necessary directions in writing so as to enable the Agent to make the calculations and applications contemplated by clause 35.18 ( Order of application ) above and to apply amounts received under, and the proceeds of realisation of, the Security Documents as contemplated by the Security Documents, clause 38.5 ( Partial payments ) and clause 35.18 ( Order of application ).

 

35.24 Release to facilitate enforcement and realisation

Each Finance Party acknowledges that pursuant to any enforcement action by the Agent (or a Receiver) carried out on the instructions of the Agent it may be desirable for the purpose of such enforcement and/or maximising the realisation of the Charged Property being enforced against, that any rights or claims of or by the Agent (for the benefit of the Finance Parties) and/or any Finance Parties against any Obligor and/or any Security Interest over any assets of any Obligor (in each case) as contained in or created by any Finance Document, other than such rights or claims or security being enforced, be released in order to facilitate such enforcement action and/or realisation and, notwithstanding any other provision of the Finance Documents, each Finance Party hereby irrevocably authorises the Agent to grant any such releases to the extent necessary to fully effect such enforcement action and realisation including, without limitation, to the extent necessary for such purposes to execute release documents in the name of and on behalf of the Finance Parties. Where the relevant enforcement is by way of disposal of membership interests in an Owner, the requisite release shall include releases of all claims (including under guarantees) of the Finance Parties and/or the Agent against such Owner and of all Security Interests over the assets of such Owner.

 

35.25 Undertaking to pay

Each Obligor which is a Party undertakes with the Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties that it will, on demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent all money from time to time owing, and discharge all other obligations from time to time incurred, by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

35.26 Additional trustees

The Agent shall have power by notice in writing to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers to appoint any person approved by the Borrowers (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) either to act as separate trustee or as co-trustee jointly with the Agent:

 

  (a) if the Agent reasonably considers such appointment to be in the best interests of the Finance Parties;

 

  (b) for the purpose of conforming with any legal requirement, restriction or condition in any jurisdiction in which any particular act is to be performed; or

 

  (c) for the purpose of obtaining a judgment in any jurisdiction or the enforcement in any jurisdiction against any person of a judgment already obtained,

and any person so appointed shall (subject to the provisions of this Agreement) have such rights (including as to reasonable remuneration), powers, duties and obligations as shall be conferred or imposed by the instrument of appointment. The Agent shall have power to remove any person so appointed. At the request of the Agent, the other parties to this Agreement shall forthwith execute all such documents and do all such things as may be required to perfect such appointment or removal and each such party irrevocably authorises the Agent in its name and on its behalf to do the same. Such a person shall accede to this Agreement as an Agent to the

 

95


extent necessary to carry out their role on terms satisfactory to the Agent and (subject always to the provisions of this Agreement) have such trusts, powers, authorities, liabilities and discretions (not exceeding those conferred on the Agent by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents) and such duties and obligations as shall be conferred or imposed by the instrument of appointment (being no less onerous than would have applied to the Agent but for the appointment). The Agent shall not be bound to supervise, or be responsible for any loss incurred by reason of any act or omission of, any such person if the Agent shall have exercised reasonable care in the selection of such person.

 

35.27 Non-recognition of trust

It is agreed by all the parties to this Agreement that:

 

  (a) in relation to any jurisdiction the courts of which would not recognise or give effect to the trusts expressed to be constituted by this clause 35, the relationship of the Agent and the other Finance Parties shall be construed as one of principal and agent, but to the extent permissible under the laws of such jurisdiction, all the other provisions of this Agreement shall have full force and effect between the parties to this Agreement; and

 

  (b) the provisions of this clause 35 insofar as they relate to the Agent in its capacity as trustee for the Finance Parties and the relationship between themselves and the Agent as their trustee may be amended by agreement between the other Finance Parties and the Agent. The Agent may amend all documents necessary to effect the alteration of the relationship between the Agent and the other Finance Parties and each such other party irrevocably authorises the Agent in its name and on its behalf to execute all documents necessary to effect such amendments.

 

36 Conduct of business by the Finance Parties

 

36.1 Finance Parties tax affairs

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

  (a) interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

  (b) oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

  (c) oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

36.2 Finance Parties acting together

Notwithstanding clause 2.3 ( Finance Parties’ rights and obligations ), if the Agent makes a declaration under clause 31.23 ( Acceleration ) the Agent shall, in the names of all the Finance Parties, take such action on behalf of the Finance Parties and conduct such negotiations with the Borrowers and any Group Members and generally administer the Facility in accordance with the wishes of the Majority Lenders. All the Finance Parties shall be bound by the provisions of this clause and no Finance Party shall be entitled to take action independently against any Obligor or any of its assets without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.

 

36.3 Majority Lenders

 

36.3.1

Where any Finance Document provides for any matter to be determined by reference to the opinion of, or to be subject to the consent, approval or request of, the Majority Lenders or for any action to be taken on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (a majority decision ), such majority decision shall (as between the Lenders) only be regarded as having been validly given or issued by the Majority Lenders if all the Lenders shall have received prior notice of the matter on which such majority decision is required and the relevant majority of Lenders shall have given

 

96


  or issued such majority decision. However (as between any Obligor and the Finance Parties) the relevant Obligor shall be entitled (and bound) to assume that such notice shall have been duly received by each Lender and that the relevant majority shall have been obtained to constitute Majority Lenders when notified to this effect by the Agent whether or not this is the case.

 

36.3.2 If, within ten Business Days of the Agent despatching to each Lender a notice requesting instructions (or confirmation of instructions) from the Lenders or the agreement of the Lenders to any amendment, modification, waiver, variation or excuse of performance for the purposes of, or in relation to, any of the Finance Documents, the Agent has not received a reply specifically giving or confirming or refusing to give or confirm the relevant instructions or, as the case may be, approving or refusing to approve the proposed amendment, modification, waiver, variation or excuse of performance, then (irrespective of whether such Lender responds at a later date) the Agent shall treat any Lender which has not so responded as having indicated a desire to be bound by the wishes of 66 2 / 3  per cent. of those Lenders (measured in terms of the total Commitments of those Lenders) which have so responded.

 

36.3.3 For the purposes of clause 36.3.2, any Lender which notifies the Agent of a wish or intention to abstain on any particular issue shall be treated as if it had not responded.

 

36.3.4 Clauses 36.3.2 and 36.3.3 shall not apply in relation to those matters referred to in, or the subject of, clause 44.2 ( Exceptions ).

 

36.4 Conflicts

 

36.4.1 Each Borrower acknowledges that any Arranger and its parent undertaking, subsidiary undertakings and fellow subsidiary undertakings (together an Arranger Group ) may be providing debt finance, equity capital or other services (including financial advisory services) to other persons with which the Borrowers may have conflicting interests in respect of the Facility or otherwise.

 

36.4.2 No member of an Arranger Group shall use confidential information gained from any Obligor by virtue of the Facility or its relationships with any Obligor in connection with their performance of services for other persons. This shall not, however, affect any obligations that any member of an Arranger Group has as Agent in respect of the Finance Documents. The Borrowers also acknowledge that no member of an Arranger Group has any obligation to use or furnish to any Obligor information obtained from other persons for their benefit.

 

36.4.3 The terms parent undertaking , subsidiary undertaking and fellow subsidiary undertaking when used in this clause have the meaning given to them in sections 1161 and 1162 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

37 Sharing among the Finance Parties

 

37.1 Payments to Finance Parties

If a Finance Party (a Recovering Finance Party ) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with clause 38 ( Payment mechanics ) (a Recovered Amount ) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

 

  (a) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Agent;

 

  (b) the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with clause 38 ( Payment mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

97


  (c) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the Sharing Payment ) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with clause 38.5 ( Partial payments ).

 

37.2 Redistribution of payments

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the Sharing Finance Parties ) in accordance with clause 38.5 ( Partial payments ) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

 

37.3 Recovering Finance Party’s rights

On a distribution by the Agent under clause 37.2 ( Redistribution of payments ) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

37.4 Reversal of redistribution

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

  (a) each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the Redistributed Amount ); and

 

  (b) as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

37.5 Exceptions

 

37.5.1 This clause 37 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

 

37.5.2 A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, if:

 

  (a) it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

  (b) that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

98


SECTION 11 - ADMINISTRATION

 

38 Payment mechanics

 

38.1 Payments to the Agent

 

38.1.1 On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document (other than a Hedging Contract), that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

38.1.2 Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency with such bank as the Agent specifies.

 

38.2 Distributions by the Agent

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to clause 38.3 ( Distributions to an Obligor ) and clause 38.4 ( Clawback ) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency.

 

38.3 Distributions to an Obligor

The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with clause 39 ( Set-off )) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

38.4 Clawback

 

38.4.1 Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

38.4.2 If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

38.5 Partial payments

 

38.5.1 If the Agent receives a payment for application against amounts due under the Finance Documents that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under those Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under those Finance Documents in the following order:

 

  (a) first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses (ignoring any fees payable under clause 11 ( Fees )) of the Agent or the Arrangers under those Finance Documents;

 

  (b) secondly , pro rata in or towards payment to the Lenders pro rata of any amount owing to the Lenders under clause 35.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent );

 

99


  (c) thirdly , pro-rata in or towards payment to the Lenders pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission or other amounts due to them but unpaid under the Finance Documents;

 

  (d) fourthly , in or towards payment to the Lenders pro rata of any principal which is due but unpaid under the Finance Documents;

 

  (e) fifthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents (except any Hedging Contracts); and

 

  (f) sixthly , pro-rata in or towards payment to the Hedging Providers of any net amounts due to them but unpaid under any Hedging Contracts;

 

38.5.2 The Agent shall, if so directed by all the Lenders and the Hedging Providers, vary the order set out in paragraphs (b) to (e) of clause 38.5.1.

 

38.5.3 Clauses 38.5.1 and 38.5.2 above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

38.6 No set-off by Obligors

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

38.7 Business Days

 

38.7.1 Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

38.7.2 During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

38.8 Payments on demand

For the purposes of clause 31.1 and subject to the Agent’s right to demand interest under clause 8.3, payments on demand shall be treated as paid when due if paid within three Business Days of demand.

 

38.9 Currency of account

 

38.9.1 Subject to clauses 38.9.2 to 38.9.3, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

38.9.2 A repayment of all or part of the Loan or an Unpaid Sum and each payment of interest shall be made in dollars on its due date.

 

38.9.3 Each payment in respect of the amount of any costs, expenses or Taxes or other losses shall be made in dollars and, if they were incurred in a currency other than dollars, the amount payable under the Finance Documents shall be the equivalent in dollars of the relevant amount in such other currency on the date on which it was incurred.

 

38.9.4 All moneys received or held by the Agent or by a Receiver under a Security Document in a currency other than dollars may be sold for dollars and the Obligor which executed that Security Document shall indemnify the Agent against the full cost in relation to the sale. Neither the Agent nor such Receiver will have any liability to that Obligor in respect of any loss resulting from any fluctuation in exchange rates after the sale.

 

100


38.10 Change of currency

 

38.10.1 Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

  (a) any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Borrowers); and

 

  (b) any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

38.10.2 If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrowers) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the London interbank market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

38.11 Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Payment Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Borrowers that a Payment Disruption Event has occurred:

 

  (a) the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrowers, consult with the Borrowers with a view to agreeing with the Borrowers such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

  (b) the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrowers in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

  (c) the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

  (d) any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Borrowers shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Payment Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of clause 44 ( Amendments and grant of waivers );

 

  (e) the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this clause 38.11; and

 

  (f) the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

39 Set-off

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

101


40 Notices

 

40.1 Communications in writing

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

40.2 Addresses

The address, and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Obligor or Finance Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

  (a) in the case of any Obligor which is a Party, that identified with its name in Schedule 1 ( The original parties );

 

  (b) in the case of any Obligor which is not a Party, that identified in any Finance Document to which it is a party;

 

  (c) in the case of the Agent and any other original Finance Party that identified with its name in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ); and

 

  (d) in the case of each Lender or other Finance Party, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party in the relevant capacity,

or, in each case, any substitute address, fax number, or department or officer as an Obligor or Finance Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

40.3 Delivery

 

40.3.1 Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

  (a) if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

  (b) if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address;

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under clause 40.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

40.3.2 Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ) (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose).

 

40.3.3 All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent.

 

40.3.4 Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrowers in accordance with this clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

 

102


40.4 Notification of address and fax number

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to clause 40.2 ( Addresses ) or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

40.5 Electronic communication

 

40.5.1 Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender or a Hedging Provider or an Obligor under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender or such Hedging Provider or such Obligor:

 

  (a) agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

 

  (b) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

  (c) notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

 

40.5.2 Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender or the Hedging Provider or an Obligor will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender or Hedging Provider or an Obligor to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

40.6 English language

 

40.6.1 Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be in English.

 

40.6.2 All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be:

 

  (a) in English; or

 

  (b) if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

41 Calculations and certificates

 

41.1 Accounts

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

41.2 Certificates and determinations

Any certification or determination by the Agent of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

41.3 Day count convention

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

103


42 Partial invalidity

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

43 Remedies and waivers

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in the Finance Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

44 Amendments and grant of waivers

 

44.1 Required consents

 

44.1.1 Subject to clause 44.2 ( Exceptions ), any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived with the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders and, if it affects the rights and obligations of the Agent, the consent of the Agent) and any such amendment or waiver agreed or given by the Agent will be binding on the other Finance Parties.

 

44.1.2 The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this clause.

 

44.2 Exceptions

 

44.2.1 An amendment, waiver or discharge or release that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

  (a) the definition of “Majority Lenders” in clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

 

  (b) the definition of “Final Availability Date” in clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

 

  (c) an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

  (d) a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable or the rate at which they are calculated;

 

  (e) an increase in, or an extension of, any Commitment;

 

  (f) a change to the Borrowers or any other Obligor;

 

  (g) any provision which expressly requires the consent or approval of all the Lenders;

 

  (h) clause 2.3 ( Finance Parties’ rights and obligations ), clause 33 ( Changes to the Lenders ), clause 37.1 ( Payments to Finance Parties ) or this clause 44;

 

  (i) the order of distribution under clause 38.5 ( Partial payments );

 

  (j) the order of distribution under clause 35.18 ( Order of application );

 

  (k) the currency in which any amount is payable under any Finance Document;

 

  (l) the nature or scope of the Charged Property or the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Security Documents are distributed;

 

104


  (m) the nature or scope of the guarantee and indemnity granted under clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ); or

 

  (n) the circumstances in which the security constituted by the Security Documents are permitted or required to be released under any of the Finance Documents,

shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

44.2.2 Amendments to or waivers in respect of the Hedging Contracts may only be agreed by the relevant Hedging Provider.

 

44.2.3 An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent or the Arrangers in their respective capacities as such (and not just as a Lender) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent or the Arrangers (as the case may be).

 

44.2.4 Notwithstanding clauses 44.1 and 44.2.1 to 44.2.3 (inclusive), the Agent may make technical amendments to the Finance Documents arising out of manifest errors on the face of the Finance Documents, where such amendments would not prejudice or otherwise be adverse to the interests of any Finance Party without any reference or consent of the Finance Parties.

 

44.3 Releases

Except with the approval of the Lenders or as is expressly permitted or required by the Finance Documents, the Agent shall not have authority to release:

 

  (a) any Charged Property from the security constituted by any Security Document; or

 

  (b) any Obligor from any of its guarantee or other obligations under any Finance Document.

 

44.4 Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders

 

44.4.1 For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any undrawn Commitments, in ascertaining the Majority Lenders or whether any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender’s Commitments will be reduced by the amount of its undrawn Commitments.

 

44.4.2 For the purposes of this clause 44.4, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

 

  (a) any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender; and

 

  (b) any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of Defaulting Lender has occurred,

unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

 

44.5 Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

44.5.1

The Borrowers may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving 20 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law such Lender shall) assign pursuant to clause 33 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Borrowers, and which is acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably) and which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring

 

105


  Lender’s participations or unfunded participations (as the case may be) on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loan and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

44.5.2 Any assignment by a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (a) the Borrowers shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (b) neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrowers to find a Replacement Lender;

 

  (c) the transfer must take place no later than 14 days after the notice referred to in clause 44.5.1 above; and

 

  (d) in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

45 Counterparts

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

46 Confidentiality

 

46.1 Confidential Information

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by clause 46.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ), and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

46.2 Disclosure of Confidential Information

Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

46.2.1 to any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this clause 46.2.1 is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

46.2.2 to any person:

 

  (a) to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

  (b) with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

106


  (c) appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom clause 46.2.2 (a) or 46.2.2 (b) applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under clause 35.13 ( Relationship with the Lenders ));

 

  (d) who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in clause 46.2.2 (a) or (b);

 

  (e) to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

  (f) to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

  (g) who is a Party; or

 

  (h) with the consent of the Borrowers,

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate; and

 

46.2.3 to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom clauses 46.2.2(a) or 46.2.2(b) applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this clause 46.2.3 if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrowers and the relevant Finance Party;

 

46.3 Entire agreement

This clause 46 ( Confidentiality ) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

46.4 Inside information

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

46.5 Notification of disclosure

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by applicable law) to inform the Borrowers:

 

  (a) of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to clause 46.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that clause during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

  (b) upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this clause 46 ( Confidentiality ).

 

107


46.6 Continuing obligations

The obligations in this clause 46 ( Confidentiality ) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of twelve months from the earlier of:

 

  (a) the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

 

  (b) the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

 

108


SECTION 12 - GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

47 Governing law

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations connected with it are governed by English law.

 

48 Enforcement

 

48.1 Jurisdiction of English courts

 

48.1.1 The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any non-contractual obligations connected with it (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) (a Dispute ).

 

48.1.2 The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

48.1.3 This clause 48.1 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

48.2 Service of process

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor which is a Party:

 

  (a) irrevocably appoints the person named in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ) as that Obligor’s English process agent as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document;

 

  (b) agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned; and

 

  (c) if any person appointed as process agent for an Obligor is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, that Obligor must immediately (and in any event within ten days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Agent. Failing this, the Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

109


Schedule 1

The original parties

Borrowers

 

Name:    Navigator Gas L.L.C.
Jurisdiction of formation    Republic of the Marshall Islands
Registration number (or equivalent, if any)    961263
English process agent    WFW Legal Services Limited
Registered office   

Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro,

Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices   

C/O NGT Services Limited

 

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

 

Attention: Niall Nolan

Name:    Navigator Saturn L.L.C.
Jurisdiction of formation    Republic of the Marshall Islands
Registration number (or equivalent, if any)    961268
English process agent    WFW Legal Services Limited
Registered office   

Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro,

Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices   

C/O NGT Services Limited

 

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

 

Attention: Niall Nolan

Name:    Navigator Leo L.L.C.
Jurisdiction of formation    Republic of the Marshall Islands
Registration number (or equivalent, if any)    961910
English process agent    WFW Legal Services Limited
Registered office   

Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro,

Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices   

C/O NGT Services Limited

 

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

 

Attention: Niall Nolan

 

110


Name:    Navigator Libra L.L.C.
Jurisdiction of formation    Republic of the Marshall Islands
Registration number (or equivalent, if any)    961911
English process agent    WFW Legal Services Limited
Registered office   

Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro,

Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices   

C/O NGT Services Limited

 

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

 

Attention: Niall Nolan

The Guarantor
Name of Guarantor    Navigator Holdings Ltd
Jurisdiction of incorporation    Republic of the Marshall Islands
Registration number (or equivalent, if any)    29140
English process agent    WFW Legal Services Limited
Registered office   

Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro,

Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices   

C/O NGT Services Limited

 

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

 

Attention: Niall Nolan

 

111


The Original Lenders and their Commitments

 

Name

  

Address and fax number

   Tranche A
Commitment
($)
     Tranche B
Commitment
($)
     Tranche C
Commitment
($)
 

Nordea Bank

Finland plc

  

8th Floor

City Place House

Basinghall Street

London EC2V 5NB

 

Fax +44 (0)20 7726 9188

Attention: Mr Tom Zachariassen

E-mail:

tom.zachariassen@nordea.com

     8,000,000         16,000,000         16,000,000   

Skandinaviska

Enskilda

Banken AB

(publ)

  

Scandinavian House

2 Cannon Street

London EC4M 6XX

 

Fax: +44 (0)20 7236 5144

Attention: Mr Scott Lewallen

E-mail: Scott.Lewallen@seb.co.uk

     8,000,000         16,000,000         16,000,000   
        16,000,000         32,000,000         32,000,000   

The Hedging Providers

 

Name    Nordea Bank Finland plc
Facility Office, address, fax number and attention details for notices   

Facility    Office: Aleksanterinkatu 36

FIN-00020 NORDEA

00100 Helsinki

Finland

 

Address for notices:         c/o Nordea Bank Finland Plc, London Branch

8th Floor, City Place House

55 Basinghall Street

London EC2V 5NB

 

Fax:   +44 (0)20 7726 0011

Attention:    Nordea Markets

Name    Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)
Facility Office, address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments   

Oslo Branch

PO Box 1843

Vika

NO-0123 OSLO

Norway

 

Fax:   +47 22 82 70 70

Attention:    Capital Markets Team

 

112


The Agent

 

Name    Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)
Facility Office, address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments   

London Branch

Scandinavian House

2 Cannon Street

London EC4M 6XX

 

Fax: +44 (0)20 7236 4178

Attention: Shipping Finance

Email: agency@seb.co.uk

Account details for payments:

  

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

BIC: ESSESESS

Correspondent:         Bank of New York (BIC: IRVTUS3N)

Account name:         SEB Stockholm

Account number:     8033330031

Reference:                  SCO/NAVIGATORMUSD80

 

113


Schedule 2

Ship information

Part A—Collateral Ship

 

Owner:    Navigator Saturn L.L.C.
Builder:    Jiangnan
Classification:   

100 A5 E with freeboard 5.663m IW ERS BWM NLS T5D22

Liquefied Gas Tanker Type-2G

Classification Society:    Germanischer Lloyd
Major Casualty Amount:    $1,000,000

Part B—New Ship 1

 

Owner:    Navigator Leo L.L.C.
Builder:    Hyundai Mipo Dockyard Co., Ltd.
Builder’s registered office:    1381, Bangeo-Dong, Dong-ku, Ulsan 682-712, Korea
Hull number:    8068
Scheduled Delivery Date:    31 October 2011
Date and description of Building Contract:    Shipbuilding contract dated 2 November 2007 as amended by an Amendment Number 1 dated 4 December 2009 between the Builder and the Original Buyer for the construction of one 52,000 DWT Gas Product/Chemical Tanker having Builder’s hull number 2221 which was substituted by one 20,600 CBM class LPG/NH3/VCM Carrier having builder’s hull number 8068 pursuant to the Amendment Number 1 above and as further amended and novated to Navigator Gas L.L.C. pursuant to the relevant Novation Agreement.
Date and description of Novation Agreement:    Novation agreement dated 1 April 2011 between the Builder, the Original Buyer and Navigator Gas L.L.C. in respect of hull number 8068.
Contract Price:    $56,250,000
Date and number of Refund Guarantee:    1 April 2011, number M16FB0711XD00032
Name and address of Refund Guarantor:    Shinhan Bank of Korea of 120, 2-Ga, Taepyung-Ro, Jung-Gu, Seoul 100-724, Korea
Classification:    +100A1, Liquefied Gas Carrier, Ship type 2G, Propane, Butane, Butylene, Propylene, Anhydrous Ammonia, Butadiene and VCM in Independent Tank Type C, Suitable for S.G 0.972, Max. Vapour Pressure 5.3 bar G. Min. Cargo Temperature -48°C, +LMC, UMS, +Lloyd’s RMC(LG), *IWS, SPM with descriptive notes “Green Passport”, Ship Right (SERS), Ship Right (BWMP).
Classification Society:    Lloyds Register of Shipping
Major Casualty Amount:    $1,000,000

 

114


Part C—New Ship 2

 

Owner:    Navigator Libra L.L.C.
Builder:    Hyundai Mipo Dockyard Co., Ltd.
Builder’s registered office:    1381, Bangeo-Dong, Dong-ku, Ulsan 682-712, Korea
Hull number:    8069
Scheduled Delivery Date:    29 February 2012
Date and description of Building Contract:    Shipbuilding contract dated 2 November 2007 as amended by an Amendment Number 1 dated 4 December 2009 between the Builder and the Original Buyer for the construction of one 52,000 DWT Gas Product/Chemical Tanker having Builder’s hull number 2222 which was substituted by one 20,600 CBM class LPG/NH3/VCM Carrier having builder’s hull number 8069 pursuant to the Amendment Number 1 above and as further amended and novated to Navigator Gas L.L.C. pursuant to the relevant Novation Agreement.
Date and description of Novation Agreement:    Novation agreement dated 1 April 2011 between the Builder, the Original Buyer and Navigator Gas L.L.C. in respect of hull number 8069.
Contract Price:    $56,250,000
Date and number of Refund Guarantee:    1 April 2011, number M16FB0711XD00040
Name and address of Refund Guarantor:    Shinhan Bank of Korea of 120, 2-Ga, Taepyung-Ro, Jung-Gu, Seoul 100-724, Korea
Classification:    +100A1, Liquefied Gas Carrier, Ship type 2G, Propane, Butane, Butylene, Propylene, Anhydrous Ammonia, Butadiene and VCM in Independent Tank Type C, Suitable for S.G 0.972, Max. Vapour Pressure 5.3 bar G. Min. Cargo Temperature -48°C, +LMC, UMS, +Lloyd’s RMC(LG), *IWS, SPM with descriptive notes “Green Passport”, Ship Right(SERS), Ship Right(BWMP).
Classification Society:    Lloyds Register of Shipping
Major Casualty Amount:    $1,000,000

 

115


Schedule 3

Conditions precedent

Part 1

Conditions precedent to any Utilisation

 

1 Obligors’ corporate documents

 

  (a) A copy of the Constitutional Documents of each Obligor.

 

  (b) A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Obligor (or any committee of such board empowered to approve and authorise the following matters):

 

  (i) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents, any Building Contract Documents or any Charter ( Relevant Documents ) to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Relevant Documents;

 

  (ii) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Relevant Documents on its behalf; and

 

  (iii) authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Relevant Documents to which it is a party.

 

  (c) If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the relevant company, establishing any committee referred to in paragraph (b) above and conferring authority on that committee.

 

  (d) A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above.

 

  (e) A certificate of the Guarantor (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on any Obligor to be exceeded.

 

  (f) A copy of any power of attorney under which any person is to execute any of the Relevant Documents on behalf of any Obligor.

 

  (g) A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part of this Schedule is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement and that any such resolutions or power of attorney have not been revoked.

 

2 Legal opinions

 

  (a) A legal opinion of Norton Rose LLP, London addressed to the Arrangers, and the Agent on matters of English law, substantially in the form approved by the Agent prior to signing this Agreement.

 

  (b) A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arrangers and the Agent in each jurisdiction in which an Obligor is incorporated and/or which is or is to be the Flag State of a Mortgaged Ship, each substantially in the form approved by the Agent prior to signing this Agreement.

 

116


3 Other documents and evidence

 

  (a) Evidence that any process agent referred to in clause 48.2 ( Service of process ) or any equivalent provision of any other Finance Document entered into on or before the first Utilisation Date has accepted its appointment.

 

  (b) A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrowers accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

  (c) The Original Financial Statements.

 

  (d) Evidence that the fees, commissions, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to clause 11 ( Fees ) and clause 16 ( Costs and expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date.

 

4 Earnings Account

Evidence that the Earnings Account has been opened and established, that the Account Security in respect of the Earnings Account has been executed and delivered by the relevant Account Holder(s) in favour of the Agent and that any notice required to be given to an Account Bank under that Account Security has been given to it and acknowledged by it in the manner required by that Account Security and that an amount has been credited to it.

 

5 Construction matters

 

  (a) A copy, certified by an approved person to be a true and complete copy, of the Building Contract and the Novation Agreement for each New Ship.

 

  (b) A copy of the Refund Guarantee for each New Ship.

 

  (c) A Pre-Delivery Security Assignment in relation to each New Ship duly executed by the relevant Owner.

 

  (d) Duly executed notices of assignment as required by the Pre-Delivery Security Assignment for each New Ship.

 

  (e) A legal opinion of legal advisers to the Arrangers and the Agent in Korea substantially in the form agreed with the Agent prior to signing this Agreement.

 

6 Value of security

Valuations obtained (not more than 30 days before the relevant Utilisation Date) in accordance with clause 26 ( Minimum Security Value ) showing that the Advance requested in the relevant Utilisation Request shall not exceed, when aggregated (where applicable) with the Advances previously made, the Total Commitments as determined at the relevant Utilisation Date for the relevant Advance.

 

7 “Know your customer” information

Such documentation and information as any Finance Party may reasonably request through the Agent to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures under all laws and regulations applicable to that Finance Party.

 

8 Share Security

The Share Security in respect of each of the Owners duly executed by Navigator Gas together with all letters, transfers, certificates and other documents required to be delivered under the Share Security.

 

9 Structure of the Borrowers

Evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent of the Borrowers’ ownership and financial structure.

 

117


Part 2

Collateral Ship and related security conditions precedent and conditions precedent on Delivery

of New Ship

 

1 Corporate documents

 

  (a) A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Owner certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in Part 1 of this Schedule remains correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than a date approved for this purpose and that any resolutions or power of attorney referred to in Part 1 of this Schedule in relation to it have not been revoked or amended.

 

  (b) A certificate of an authorised signatory of each other Obligor which is party to any of the Security Documents required to be executed in respect of the Collateral Ship or, in relation to a New Ship, at or before Delivery of the New Ship certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in Part 1 of this Schedule remains correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than a date approved for this purpose and that any resolutions or power of attorney referred to in Part 1 of this Schedule in relation to it have not been revoked or amended.

 

2 Security

 

  (a) The Mortgage and the General Assignment in respect of the relevant Ship.

 

  (b) Any Charter Assignment then required in respect of the relevant Ship pursuant to the Finance Documents duly executed by the relevant Owner.

 

  (c) Duly executed notices of assignment and acknowledgements of those notices as required by any of the above Security Documents.

 

3 Delivery and registration of Ship

 

  (a) Evidence that the relevant Ship:

 

  (i) If a New Ship, evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent as to the transfer or assignment and assumption of the relevant Building Contract from or by Navigator Gas to the relevant Owner and that the New Ship has been delivered by the Builder to the Owner in accordance with the terms of the relevant Building Contract and such transfer or assignment and assumption and the Agent has received certified copies of all the documents required to be delivered by the Builder to the relevant Owner under Article VII of the relevant Building Contract;

 

  (ii) is legally and beneficially owned by the relevant Owner and registered or, in the case of a New Ship and to the extent applicable, provisionally registered in the name of the relevant Owner through the relevant Registry as a ship under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;

 

  (iii) is operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service;

 

  (iv) is classed with the relevant Classification free of all requirements and recommendations of the relevant Classification Society;

 

  (v) is insured in the manner required by the Finance Documents;

 

  (vi) has been delivered, and accepted for service, under its Charter (if any); and

 

  (vii) is free of any other charter commitment which would require approval under the Finance Documents.

 

118


4 Mortgage registration

Evidence that the Mortgage in respect of the relevant Ship has been registered or, in the case of a New Ship, provisionally registered against the relevant Ship through the relevant Registry under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State.

 

5 Insurance

In relation to the relevant Ship’s Insurances:

 

  (a) an opinion from insurance consultants appointed by the Agent on such Insurances;

 

  (b) evidence that such Insurances have been placed in accordance with clause 25 ( Insurance ); and

 

  (c) evidence that approved brokers, insurers and/or associations have issued or will issue letters of undertaking in favour of the Agent in an approved form in relation to the Insurances.

 

6 ISM and ISPS Code

Copies of:

 

  (a) the document of compliance issued in accordance with the ISM Code to the person who is the operator of the relevant Ship for the purposes of that code;

 

  (b) the safety management certificate in respect of such Ship issued in accordance with the ISM Code;

 

  (c) the international ship security certificate in respect of such Ship issued under the ISPS Code; and

 

  (d) if so requested by the Agent, any other certificates issued under any applicable code required to be observed by such Ship or in relation to its operation under any applicable law.

 

7 Construction matters

 

  (a) Evidence that any authorisations required from any government entity for the export of the relevant New Ship by the relevant Builder have been obtained or that no such authorisations are required.

 

  (b) Evidence that the full contract price of the relevant New Ship (as adjusted in accordance with its Building Contract) will have been paid upon the relevant Utilisation being made and that the Builder will not have any lien or other right to detain the New Ship on its Delivery.

 

  (c) The original or a copy, certified by an approved person to be a true and complete copy, of the builder’s certificate and any bill of sale conveying title to the relevant New Ship to the relevant Owner and the protocol of delivery and acceptance, commercial invoice and any other delivery documentation required under the relevant Building Contract.

 

8 Charter

If a Charter Assignment is then required in relation to the relevant Ship pursuant to the Finance Documents such evidence as the Agent may require as to the due incorporation of the relevant Charterer and any other party to the Charter Documents (other than an Obligor).

 

119


9 Fees and expenses

Evidence that the fees, commissions, costs and expenses that are due from the Borrowers pursuant to clause 11 ( Fees ) and clause 16 ( Costs and expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the relevant Utilisation Date.

 

10 Environmental matters

If and when the Ship is to trade to the United States after its Delivery, copies of the relevant Ship’s certificate of financial responsibility and vessel response plan required under United States law and evidence of their approval by the appropriate United States government entity and (if requested by the Agent) an environmental report in respect of the relevant Ship from an approved person.

 

11 Management Agreement

Where any Managers have been approved in accordance with clause 23.3 ( Manager ), a copy, certified by an approved person to be a true and complete copy, of the agreement between the relevant Owner and the relevant Manager relating to the appointment of the Manager.

 

120


Schedule 4

Utilisation Request

 

From:    Navigator Gas L.L.C., Navigator Saturn L.L.C., Navigator Leo L.L.C. and Navigator Libra L.L.C.
To:    [name of Agent]
Dated:    [ ]

Dear Sirs

$80,000,000

Facility Agreement dated [ ] (the “Agreement”)

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

2 We wish to borrow an Advance on the following terms:

 

Proposed Utilisation Date:    [ ] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
Amount:    $ [ ]
Tranche:    Tranche [A/B/C] Loan

 

3 We confirm that each condition specified in clause 4.4 ( Further conditions precedent ) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

4 The purpose of this Advance is [ specify purpose complying with clause 3 of the Agreement ] and its proceeds should be credited to [ ] [ specify account ].

 

5 [ first Utilisation of a Tranche : We request that the first Interest Period for the Tranche [A/B/C] Loan be [•] months.]

 

6 This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

Yours faithfully

 

 

authorised signatory for

Navigator Gas L.L.C., Navigator Saturn L.L.C., Navigator Leo L.L.C. and Navigator Libra L.L.C.

 

121


Schedule 5

Selection Notice

 

From:    Navigator Gas L.L.C., Navigator Saturn L.L.C., Navigator Leo L.L.C. and Navigator Libra L.L.C.
To:    [ name of Agent ]
Dated:    [ ]

Dear Sirs

$80,000,000

Facility Agreement dated [ ] ( the “Agreement” )

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

 

2 We request that the next Interest Period for the Tranche [A/B/C] Loan be [ ] months.

 

3 This Selection Notice is irrevocable.

Yours faithfully

 

 

authorised signatory for

Navigator Gas L.L.C., Navigator Saturn L.L.C., Navigator Leo L.L.C. and Navigator Libra L.L.C.

 

122


Schedule 6

Mandatory Cost formulae

 

1 The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.

 

2 On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the Additional Cost Rate ) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.

 

3 The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in all Loans made from that Facility Office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that Facility Office.

 

4 The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Agent as follows:

 

  (a) in relation to a sterling Loan:

 

                 AB + C ( B D ) + E × 0.01   per cent. per annum
                100 – ( A + C )  

 

  (b) in relation to a Loan in any currency other than sterling:

 

                 E × 0.01   per cent. per annum.
                300  

Where:

 

  A is the percentage of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in excess of any stated minimum) which that Lender is from time to time required to maintain as an interest free cash ratio deposit with the Bank of England to comply with cash ratio requirements.

 

  B is the percentage rate of interest (excluding the Margin and the Mandatory Cost and, if the Loan is an Unpaid Sum, the additional rate of interest specified in clause 8.3.1 ( Default interest )) payable for the relevant Interest Period on the Loan.

 

  C is the percentage (if any) of Eligible Liabilities which that Lender is required from time to time to maintain as interest bearing Special Deposits with the Bank of England.

 

  D is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to the Agent on interest bearing Special Deposits.

 

  E is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Reference Banks to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.

 

5 For the purposes of this Schedule:

 

123


  (a) Eligible Liabilities and Special Deposits have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;

 

  (b) Fees Rules means the rules on periodic fees contained in the Financial Services Authority Fees Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;

 

  (c) Fee Tariffs means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under Column 1 of the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate); and

 

  (d) Tariff Base has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules.

 

6 In application of the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the formulae as percentages (i.e. 5 per cent. will be included in the formula as 5 and not as 0.05). A negative result obtained by subtracting D from B shall be taken as zero. The resulting figures shall be rounded to four decimal places.

 

7 If requested by the Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Agent, the rate of charge payable by that Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by that Reference Bank as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of that Reference Bank.

 

8 Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:

 

  (a) the jurisdiction of its Facility Office; and

 

  (b) any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.

Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.

 

9 The percentages of each Lender for the purpose of A and C above and the rates of charge of each Reference Bank for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 7 and 8 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and Special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a Facility Office in the same jurisdiction as its Facility Office.

 

10 The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender or Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above is true and correct in all respects.

 

11 The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender and each Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above.

 

12 Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

 

124


13 The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrowers and the Lenders, determine and notify to all Parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

 

125


Schedule 7

Form of Transfer Certificate

 

To: [ · ] as Agent

 

From: [ The Existing Lender ] (the Existing Lender ) and [ The New Lender ] (the New Lender )

Dated:

$80,000,000 Facility Agreement dated [ · ] ( the “Agreement” )

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

 

2 We refer to clause 33.5 ( Procedure for transfer ):

 

  (a) The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender assigning to the New Lender all or part of the Existing Lender’s Commitment rights and assuming the Existing Lender’s obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with clause 33.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) and the Existing Lender assigns and agrees to assign such rights to the New Lender with effect from the Transfer Date]

 

  (b) The proposed Transfer Date is [ · ].

 

  (c) The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of clause 40.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

3 The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in clause 33.4.3.

 

4 This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations connected with it are governed by English law.

 

126


The Schedule

Commitment/rights to be assigned and obligations to be assumed

[ insert relevant details ]

Facility Office address, fax number

and attention details for notices and account details for payments

[ insert relevant details ]

 

[ Existing Lender ]                [ New Lender ]
By:    By:

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed to be as stated above.

[ Agent ]

By:

 

127


Schedule 8

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

To: [ · ] as Agent

 

From: Navigator Holdings Ltd

Dated: [ · ]

Dear Sirs

$80,000,000

Facility Agreement dated [ · ] ( the “Agreement” )

 

1 I/We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2 I/We confirm that with respect to the latest financial quarter of the Group:

 

  (a) the ratio of Net Debt to Total Capitalisation of the Group did [not] exceed 0.60:1.00 as at [ · ];

 

  (b) the ratio of EBITDA to Interest Expense of the Group was [not] less than 3.00:1.00 as at [ · ]; and

 

  (c) the minimum liquidity of the Group was an amount which was [not] equal to [the greater of (i) $10,000,000 and (ii) five per cent (5.0%) of Net Debt].

 

3 [I/We confirm that no Default is continuing.] [ If this statement cannot be made, the certificate should identify any Default that is continuing and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it .]

Signed by:

 

 

[ Finance Director ] [ Chief Financial Officer ] of Navigator Holdings Ltd

 

128


Schedule 9

Form of Increase Confirmation

 

To:    [ name of Agent ] as Agent
   and
   Navigator Gas L.L.C., Navigator Saturn L.L.C., Navigator Leo L.L.C. and Navigator Libra L.L.C.
From:        [ the Increase Lender ] (the Increase Lender )
Dated:    [ · ]

$80,000,000

Facility Agreement dated [ · ] ( the Agreement )

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is an Increase Confirmation. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Increase Confirmation unless given a different meaning in this Increase Confirmation.

 

2 We refer to clause 2.2 ( Increase ).

 

3 The Increase Lender agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations corresponding to the Commitment specified in the Schedule (the Relevant Commitment ) as if it was an Original Lender under the Agreement.

 

4 The proposed date on which the increase in relation to the Increase Lender and the Relevant Commitment is to take effect (the Increase Date ) is [ · ].

 

5 On the Increase Date, the Increase Lender becomes party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

6 The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to the Increase Lender for the purposes of clause 40.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

7 The Increase Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Lenders’ obligations referred to in clause 2.2.7.

 

8 This Increase Confirmation may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Increase Confirmation.

 

9 This Increase Confirmation and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

10 This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

129


The Schedule

Relevant Commitment/rights and obligations to be assumed by the Increase Lender

[ insert relevant details ]

[ Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments ]

[Increase Lender]

By:

This Increase Confirmation is accepted as an Increase Confirmation for the purposes of the Agreement by the Agent and the Increase Date is confirmed as [ · ].

Agent (on behalf of itself and the other Finance Parties)

By:

Navigator Gas L.L.C.

By:

Navigator Saturn L.L.C.

By:

Navigator Leo L.L.C.

By:

Navigator Libra L.L.C.

By:

Navigator Holdings Ltd

By:

 

130


Schedule 10

Repayment Schedules

Part A - Tranche A Loan

 

(1)

Repayment Date No.

   (2)
Amount
 

1

     521,739   

2

     521,739   

3

     521,739   

4

     521,739   

5

     521,739   

6

     521,739   

7

     521,739   

8

     521,739   

9

     521,739   

10

     521,739   

11

     521,739   

12

     521,739   

13

     521,739   

14

     521,739   

15

     521,739   

16

     521,739   

17

     521,739   

18

     521,739   

19

     521,739   

20

     521,739   

21

     521,739   

22

     521,739   

23

     4,521,742   

 

131


Part B - Tranche B Loan

 

(1)

Repayment Date No.

   (2)
Amount
 

1

     444,444   

2

     444,444   

3

     444,444   

4

     444,444   

5

     444,444   

6

     444,444   

7

     444,444   

8

     444,444   

9

     444,444   

10

     444,444   

11

     444,444   

12

     444,444   

13

     444,444   

14

     444,444   

15

     444,444   

16

     444,444   

17

     444,444   

18

     444,444   

19

     444,444   

20

     444,444   

21

     444,444   

22

     22,666,676   

 

132


Part C - Tranche C Loan

 

(1)

Repayment Date No.

   (2)
Amount
 

1

     444,444   

2

     444,444   

3

     444,444   

4

     444,444   

5

     444,444   

6

     444,444   

7

     444,444   

8

     444,444   

9

     444,444   

10

     444,444   

11

     444,444   

12

     444,444   

13

     444,444   

14

     444,444   

15

     444,444   

16

     444,444   

17

     444,444   

18

     444,444   

19

     444,444   

20

     444,444   

21

     23,111,120   

 

133


SIGNATURES

THE BORROWERS

 

SIGNED by Niall Nolan    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   
NAVIGATOR GAS L.L.C.    )   
pursuant to a power of attorney    )   
dated    )   
     

/s/ Niall Nolan

              Authorised signatory        

 

SIGNED by Niall Nolan    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   
NAVIGATOR SATURN L.L.C.    )   
pursuant to a power of attorney    )   
dated    )   
     

/s/ Niall Nolan

              Authorised signatory        

 

SIGNED by Niall Nolan    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   
NAVIGATOR LEO L.L.C.    )   
pursuant to a power of attorney    )   
dated    )   
     

/s/ Niall Nolan

              Authorised signatory        

 

SIGNED by Niall Nolan    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   
NAVIGATOR LIBRA L.L.C.    )   
pursuant to a power of attorney    )   
dated    )   
     

/s/ Niall Nolan

              Authorised signatory        

THE GUARANTOR

 

SIGNED by Niall Nolan    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   
NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD    )   
pursuant to a power of attorney    )   
dated    )   
     

/s/ Niall Nolan

              Authorised signatory        

THE ARRANGERS

 

SIGNED by Simon Hartley    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   
NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, LONDON BRANCH    )   
     

/s/ Simon Hartley

              Attorney-in-Fact        

 

134


SIGNED by Simon Hartley    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   
SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)    )   
     

/s/ Simon Hartley

      Attorney-in-Fact

THE AGENT

 

SIGNED by Simon Hartley    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   
SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)    )   
     

/s/ Simon Hartley

     

Attorney-in-Fact

THE LENDERS

 

SIGNED by Simon Hartley    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   
NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, LONDON BRANCH    )   
     

/s/ Simon Hartley

     

Attorney-in-Fact

 

SIGNED by Simon Hartley    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   
SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)    )   
     

/s/ Simon Hartley

     

Attorney-in-Fact

THE HEDGING PROVIDERS

 

SIGNED by Simon Hartley    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   
NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, HELSINKI BRANCH    )   
     

/s/ Simon Hartley

     

Attorney-in-Fact

 

SIGNED by Simon Hartley    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   
SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)    )   
     

/s/ Simon Hartley

     

Attorney-in-Fact

 

135

Exhibit 10.4

Private & Confidential

Dated 18 APRIL 2012

NAVIGATOR GAS L.L.C.

as Borrower

arranged by

NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, LONDON BRANCH, SKANDINAVISKA

ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL) and DVB BANK SE NORDIC BRANCH

with

NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, LONDON BRANCH

as Agent

guaranteed by

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD

FACILITY AGREEMENT

for

$180,000,000

Loan Facility

 

LOGO


Contents

 

Clause    Page  

SECTION 1—INTERPRETATION

     1   

1

  Definitions and interpretation      1   
SECTION 2—THE FACILITY      19   

2

  The Facility      19   

3

  Purpose      20   

4

  Conditions of Utilisation      21   
SECTION 3—UTILISATION      23   

5

  Utilisation      23   
SECTION 4—REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION      25   

6

  Repayment      25   

7

  Illegality, prepayment and cancellation      25   
SECTION 5—COSTS OF UTILISATION      30   

8

  Interest      30   

9

  Interest Periods      31   

10

  Changes to the calculation of interest      31   

11

  Fees      32   
ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS      33   

12

  Tax gross-up and indemnities      33   

13

  Increased Costs      35   

14

  Other indemnities      36   

15

  Mitigation by the Lenders      38   

16

  Costs and expenses      39   
SECTION 6—GUARANTEE      40   

17

  Guarantee and indemnity      40   
SECTION 7—REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT      43   

18

  Representations      43   

19

  Information undertakings      48   

20

  Financial covenants      52   


21

  General undertakings      54   

22

  Dealings with Ship      56   

23

  Condition and operation of Ship      58   

24

  Insurance      61   

25

  Minimum security value      65   

26

  Chartering undertakings      67   

27

  Bank accounts      68   

28

  Business restrictions      69   

29

  Hedging Contracts      73   

30

  Events of Default      73   

31

  Position of Hedging Provider      77   

SECTION 8—CHANGES TO PARTIES

     79   

32

  Changes to the Lenders      79   

33

  Changes to the Obligors      81   

SECTION 9—THE FINANCE PARTIES

     82   

34

  Roles of Agent and Arranger      82   

35

  Conduct of business by the Finance Parties      92   

36

  Sharing among the Finance Parties      93   

SECTION 10—ADMINISTRATION

     95   

37

  Payment mechanics      95   

38

  Set-off      97   

39

  Notices      98   

40

  Calculations and certificates      99   

41

  Partial invalidity      99   

42

  Remedies and waivers      100   

43

  Amendments and grant of waivers      100   

44

  Counterparts      102   

45

  Confidentiality      102   

SECTION 11—GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

     105   

46

  Governing law      105   


47

  Enforcement      105   

Schedule 1 The original parties

     106   

Schedule 2 Ship information

     112   

Schedule 3 Conditions precedent

     115   

Schedule 4 Utilisation Request

     121   

Schedule 5 Selection Notice

     122   

Schedule 6 Mandatory Cost formulae

     123   

Schedule 7 Form of Transfer Certificate

     126   

Schedule 8 Form of Compliance Certificate

     128   

Schedule 9 Form of Increase Confirmation

     129   


THIS AGREEMENT is dated 18 April 2012 and made between:

 

(1) NAVIGATOR GAS L.L.C. as borrower (the Borrower );

 

(2) NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD (the Parent );

 

(3) NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, LONDON BRANCH , SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL) and DVB BANK SE NORDIC BRANCH ) as mandated lead arrangers (whether acting individually or together the Arrangers );

 

(4) NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, LONDON BRANCH as bookrunner (the Bookrunner )

 

(5) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1 as lenders (the Original Lenders );

 

(6) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1 as hedging providers (the Original Hedging Providers ); and

 

(7) NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, LONDON BRANCH as agent for the other Finance Parties (the Agent ).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

SECTION 1—INTERPRETATION

 

1 Definitions and interpretation

 

1.1 Definitions

In this Agreement and (unless otherwise defined in the relevant Finance Document) the other Finance Documents:

Account Bank means, in relation to the Earnings Account, either Nordea Bank Finland plc, London Branch or another bank or financial institution approved by the Majority Lenders at the request of the Borrower.

Account Security means the deed or other instrument executed by the Borrower in favour of the Agent in the agreed form conferring a Security Interest over the Earnings Account.

Accounting Reference Date means 31 December or such other date as may be approved by the Lenders.

Acquired Ships means the ships m.v.s “Desert Orchid” and “Dancing Brave” (tbr “Navigator Pegasus” and “Navigator Phoenix” respectively) described in part B of Schedule 2 ( Ship Information ) and Acquired Ship means either of them.

Additional Cost Rate has the meaning given to it in Schedule 6 (Mandatory Cost formulae).

Advance means each borrowing of a proportion of the Commitments by the Borrower pursuant to a Utilisation Request or (as the context may require) the outstanding principal amount of such borrowing.

Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

Agent means Nordea Bank Finland plc, London Branch and any person who may be appointed as such under clause 34.11 ( Resignation of the Agent ).

Approved Valuer means any of Lorentzen & Stemoco AS, Joachim Grieg & Co AS, Inge Steensland AS, Braemar Seascope Ltd, Fearnleys, EA Gibsons Ltd, Clarksons Ltd and Poten and Partners or such other independent reputable ship broker nominated by the Borrower and approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) from time to time.

 

1


Auditors means one of PricewaterhouseCoopers, Ernst & Young, KPMG, Deloitte & Touche, Moore Stephens or MSPC Certified Public Accountants and Advisors or another firm approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) from time to time.

Available Facility means, at any relevant time, such part of the Total Commitments (drawn and undrawn) which is available for borrowing under this Agreement at such time in accordance with clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ).

Availability Period means the period starting on the date of this Agreement and ending on:

 

  (a) in respect of the Tranche A Loan, 31 December 2012; and

 

  (b) in respect of the Tranche B Loan, 30 June 2012.

Break Costs means the amount (if any) by which:

 

  (a) the interest (excluding the Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in the Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of the Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

exceeds:

 

  (b) the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, Oslo and New York.

Capital Adequacy Regulation means any applicable law, regulation or regulatory requirement which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity controls or which affects the manner in which any Finance Party allocates capital resources under this Agreement.

Change of Control occurs when:

 

  (a) without the prior approval of the Lenders, two or more persons acting in concert or any individual person acquires legally and/or beneficially, and either directly or indirectly, in excess of 50% of the issued share capital of the Parent; or

 

  (b) without the prior approval of the Lenders, two or more persons acting in concert or any individual person has the right or the ability to control, either directly or indirectly, the affairs or composition of the majority of the board or directors (or equivalent) of the Parent.

Charged Property means all of the assets of the Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed or intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents.

Charter means, in relation to a Ship, any time charter with a charter term (excluding any options to extend) exceeding 24 calendar months in respect of that Ship entered into between the relevant Owner and the relevant Charterer.

Charter Assignment means, in relation to a Ship and its Charter Documents, any assignment by the relevant Owner of its interest in such Charter Documents in favour of the Agent in the agreed form pursuant to clause 22.9 ( Chartering ).

 

2


Charter Documents means, in relation to a Ship, any Charter of that Ship, any documents supplementing it and any guarantee or security given by any person for the relevant Charterer’s obligations under it.

Charterer means, in relation to a Ship, a charterer of that Ship pursuant to a Charter.

Classification means, in relation to a Ship, the classification specified in respect of such Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) with the relevant Classification Society or another classification approved by the Majority Lenders as its classification, at the request of the relevant Owner.

Classification Society means, in relation to a Ship, the classification society specified in respect of such Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) or another classification society (being a member of the International Association of Classification Societies (IACS) or, if such association no longer exists, any similar association nominated by the Agent) approved by the Majority Lenders as its Classification Society, at the request of the relevant Owner.

Commitment means a Tranche A Commitment or a Tranche B Commitment and Commitments means all of them.

Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 8 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ) or otherwise approved.

Confidential Information means all information relating to an Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either:

 

  (a) any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

  (b) another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers,

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

 

  (i) is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of clause 45 ( Confidentiality ); or

 

  (ii) is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

  (iii) is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (i) or (ii) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

Constitutional Documents means, in respect of an Obligor, such Obligor’s memorandum and articles of association, bye-laws or other constitutional documents including as referred to in any certificate relating to an Obligor delivered pursuant to Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent ).

Default means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of them) be an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender means any Lender:

 

3


  (a) which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available or has notified the Agent that it will not make its participation in a Loan available by the Utilisation Date of that Loan in accordance with clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation );

 

  (b) which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or

 

  (c) with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

  (i) its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (A) administrative or technical error; or

 

  (B) a Payment Disruption Event; and,

payment is made within five Business Days of its due date; or

 

  (d) the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

Delivery means, in relation to an Acquired Ship, the delivery and acceptance of that Acquired Ship by the relevant Owner under the Purchase Contract for that Acquired Ship.

Delivery Date means, in relation to an Acquired Ship, the date on which Delivery of that Acquired Ship occurs.

Disposal Repayment Date means in relation to:

 

  (a) a Total Loss of a Mortgaged Ship, the applicable Total Loss Repayment Date; or

 

  (b) a sale of a Mortgaged Ship by the relevant Owner, the date upon which such sale is completed by the transfer of title to the purchaser in exchange for payment of all or part of the relevant purchase price.

Earnings means, in relation to a Ship and a person, all money at any time payable to that person for or in relation to the use or operation of such Ship including freight, hire and passage moneys, money payable to that person for the provision of services by or from such Ship or under any charter or pool commitment, requisition for hire compensation, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys and damages for breach and payments for termination or variation of any charter commitment.

Earnings Account means the bank account of the Borrower held with the Agent with account number 0045430025, IBAN GB75NDEA40487845430025 and any bank account, deposit or certificate of deposit opened, made or established in accordance with, and designated as an “ Earnings Account ”, under clause 27 ( Bank accounts ).

Enforcement Costs means any costs, expenses, liabilities or other amounts in respect of which any amount is payable under clauses 14.4 ( Indemnity concerning security ) or 16.3 ( Enforcement and preservation costs ) or under any other Finance Document to which those provisions apply and any remuneration payable to a Receiver in connection with any Security Documents.

Environmental Claims means:

 

  (a) enforcement, clean-up, removal or other governmental or regulatory action or orders or claims instituted or made pursuant to any Environmental Laws or resulting from a Spill; or

 

  (b) any claim made by any other person relating to a Spill.

 

4


Environmental Incident means any Spill from any vessel in circumstances where:

 

  (a) any Ship or its Owner may be liable for Environmental Claims arising from the Spill (other than Environmental Claims arising and fully satisfied before the date of this Agreement); and/or

 

  (b) any Ship may be arrested or attached in connection with any such Environmental Claim.

Environmental Laws means all laws, regulations and conventions concerning pollution or protection of human health or the environment.

Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in clause 30 ( Events of Default ).

Existing Ships means the ships m.v.s “Navigator Mars”, “Navigator Neptune”, “Navigator Venus”, “Navigator Gemini” and “Navigator Taurus” described in part A of Schedule 2 ( Ship Information ).

Facility means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in clause 2 ( The Facility ).

Facility Office means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

Facility Period means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date on which the Total Commitments have reduced to zero and all indebtedness of the Obligors under the Finance Documents has been fully paid and discharged.

Fair Market Value means, as at any relevant date, the value of each Mortgaged Ship which has not become a Total Loss as at such date as most recently determined in accordance with Clause 25 ( Minimum Security Value ).

Fee Letter means any letter dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Agent and the Borrower setting out certain fees payable by the Borrower in respect of the Facility.

Final Availability Date means, in respect of each Tranche and, where applicable, each Ship to be funded by that Tranche, the last day of the Availability Period for that Tranche.

Final Repayment Date for each Tranche means, subject to clause 37.7 ( Business Days ), the date which falls on the fifth (5th) anniversary of date of this Agreement.

Finance Documents means this Agreement, any Fee Letter, the Security Documents, any Hedging Contract, any Hedging Master Agreement, any Transfer Certificate and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Borrower.

Finance Party means the Agent, any Arranger, the Bookrunner, any Hedging Provider or a Lender.

Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

  (a) monies borrowed;

 

  (b) any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

  (c) any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

5


  (d) the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP or, as the case may be, IFRS, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

 

  (e) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

  (f) any Treasury Transaction (and, when calculating the value of that Treasury Transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account);

 

  (g) any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution;

 

  (h) any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement if (a) one of the primary reasons behind entering into the agreement is to raise finance or (b) the agreement is in respect of the supply of assets or services and payment is due more than 180 days after the date of supply;

 

  (i) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing; and

 

  (j) the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (i) above.

First Repayment Date means, subject to clause 37.7 ( Business Days ):

 

  (a) in respect of the Tranche A Loan, the date falling three (3) months after the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (b) in respect of each Advance of the Tranche B Loan, the date falling three (3) months after the relevant Utilisation Date for such Advance.

Flag State means Liberia, or such other state or territory as may be approved by the Lenders, at the request of the relevant Owner, as being the “ Flag State ” of a Ship for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

General Assignment means, in relation to a Ship, a first assignment of its interest in the Ship’s Insurances and Earnings and Requisition Compensation by the relevant Owner in favour of the Agent in the agreed form.

Group means the Parent and its Subsidiaries for the time being and, for the purposes of clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ) and clause 20 ( Financial covenants ), any other entity required to be treated as a subsidiary in its consolidated accounts in accordance with GAAP or, as the case may be, IFRS, and/or any applicable law.

Group Member means any Obligor and any other entity which is part of the Group.

Hedging Contract means any Hedging Transaction between the Borrower and any Hedging Provider pursuant to any Hedging Master Agreement and includes any Hedging Master Agreement and any Confirmations from time to time exchanged under it and governed by its terms relating to that Hedging Transaction and any contract in relation to such a Hedging Transaction constituted and/or evidenced by them and Hedging Contracts means all of them.

Hedging Exposure means, as at any relevant date, the aggregate of the amount certified by each of the Hedging Providers to the Agent to be the net amount in dollars (i) in relation to all Hedging Contracts that have been closed out on or prior to the relevant date, that is due and owing by the Borrower to the Hedging Providers in respect of such Hedging Contracts on the

 

6


relevant date and (ii) in relation to all Hedging Contracts that are continuing on the relevant date, that would be payable by the Borrower to the Hedging Providers under (and calculated in accordance with) the early termination provisions of the Hedging Contracts as if an Early Termination Date (as defined in the relevant Hedging Master Agreement) had occurred on the relevant date in relation to all such continuing Hedging Contracts.

Hedging Master Agreements means the agreements made or (as the context may require) to be made between the Borrower and the Hedging Providers in relation to the purposes set out in clause 29.1, each comprising an ISDA Master Agreement and Schedule thereto in the agreed form and Hedging Master Agreement means any of them.

Hedging Providers means:

 

  (a) any Original Hedging Provider; and

 

  (b) any bank or financial institution which is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender who may at any time enter into or provide a Hedging Transaction and who accedes to the terms of this Agreement pursuant to clause 31.1,

and includes their respective successors in title and Hedging Provider means any of them.

Hedging Transaction has, in relation to any Hedging Master Agreement, the meaning given to the term “Transaction” in that Hedging Master Agreement.

Holding Company means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

IFRS means international accounting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation 1606/2002

Increase Confirmation means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 9 ( Increase Confirmation ).

Increase Lender has the meaning given to that term in clause 2.2 ( Increase ).

Indemnified Person means:

 

  (a) each Finance Party and each Receiver and any attorney, agent or other person appointed by them under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (b) any officers, employees or agents of any of the above persons.

Insolvency Event in relation to a Finance Party means that the Finance Party:

 

  (a) is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (b) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

  (c) makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

  (d) institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

 

7


  (e) has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:

 

  (f) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding up or liquidation; or

 

  (g) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;

 

  (h) has a resolution passed for its winding up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (i) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets;

 

  (j) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

  (k) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (i) above; or

 

  (l) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

Insurance Notice means, in relation to a Ship, a notice of assignment in the form scheduled to the General Assignment for that Ship or in another approved form.

Insurances means, in relation to a Ship:

 

  (a) all policies and contracts of insurance; and

 

  (b) all entries in a protection and indemnity or war risks or other mutual insurance association

in the name of such Ship’s owner or the joint names of its owner and any other person in respect of or in connection with such Ship and includes all benefits thereof (including the right to receive claims and to return of premiums).

Interbank Market means the London interbank market.

Interest Period means, in relation to the Tranche A Loan and each Advance under the Tranche B Loan, each period determined in accordance with clause 9 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with clause 8.3 ( Default interest ).

Legal Reservations means:

 

  (a) the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

 

8


  (b) the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for, or indemnify a person against, non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or counterclaim; and

 

  (c) similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction.

Lender means:

 

  (a) any Original Lender; and

 

  (b) any bank or financial institution which has become a Party in accordance with clause 2.2 ( Increase) and clause 32 ( Changes to the Lenders ),

 

  (c) which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

LIBOR means, in relation to the Loan or any part of it or any Unpaid Sum:

 

  (a) the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  (b) (if no Screen Rate is available for the relevant Interest Period) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the Interbank Market,

 

  (c) as of 11:00 a.m. on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in dollars for a period comparable to the Interest Period for the Loan or relevant part of it or Unpaid Sum.

Loan means the aggregate principal amount of the Tranche A Loan and the Tranche B Loan owing to the Lenders under this Agreement at any relevant time.

Losses means any costs, expenses, payments, charges, losses, demands, liabilities, claims, actions, proceedings, penalties, fines, damages, judgments, orders or other sanctions.

Loss Payable Clauses means, in relation to a Ship, the provisions concerning payment of claims under the Ship’s Insurances in the form scheduled to the General Assignment in respect of that Ship or in another approved form.

Major Casualty means any casualty to a vessel for which the total insurance claim, inclusive of any deductible, exceeds or may exceed the Major Casualty Amount.

Major Casualty Amount means, in relation to a Ship, the amount specified as such against the name of that Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) or the equivalent in any other currency.

Majority Lenders means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66 2 / 3 % of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 66 2 / 3 % of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction).

Manager means, in relation to a Ship, a technical or commercial or crewing manager of that Ship acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) pursuant to the provisions of clause 22.5 ( Manager ) and/or clause 26.13 ( Charterer’s manager ).

Mandatory Cost means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance with Schedule 6 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ).

Margin means three point three seven five per cent (3.375%) per annum.

Material Adverse Effect means, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, a material adverse effect on:

 

9


  (a) the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Group taken as a whole; or

 

  (b) the ability of an Obligor to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (c) the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security Interest granted or purporting to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents.

Minimum Value means, at any time, the amount in dollars which is at that time 135% of the Loan and, in relation to any Mortgaged Ship which has become a Total Loss but whose Disposal Repayment Date has not then occurred, minus such proportion of the Loan as the Fair Market Value of such Mortgaged Ship bore to the aggregate Fair Market Value of all the Mortgaged Ships (including the relevant Ship) immediately before its Total Loss.

Mortgage means, in relation to a Ship, a first mortgage of that Ship in the agreed form by the relevant Owner in favour of the Agent.

Mortgage Period means, in relation to a Mortgaged Ship, the period from the date the Mortgage over that Ship is executed and registered until the date such Mortgage is released and discharged or, if earlier, its Total Loss Date.

Mortgaged Ship means, at any relevant time, any Ship which is subject to a Mortgage and whose Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation are subject to a Security Interest under the Finance Documents.

Obligors means the parties to the Finance Documents (other than Finance Parties) and Obligor means any one of them.

Original Financial Statements means the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for its financial year ended 31 December 2011.

Owner means, in relation to a Ship, the company specified against the name of that Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ).

Parent means the company described as such in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ).

Parent Guarantee means the obligations of the Parent under clause 17 ( Guarantee and indemnity ).

Party means a party to this Agreement.

Payment Disruption Event means either or both of:

 

  (a) a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

  (b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

  (i) from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii) from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

(and which (in either such case)) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

 

10


Permitted Liens means, in relation to a Ship:

 

  (a) unless a Default is continuing, any ship repairer’s or outfitter’s possessory lien in respect of such Ship for an amount not exceeding the Major Casualty Amount for such Ship;

 

  (b) any lien on such Ship for master’s, officer’s or crew’s wages outstanding in the ordinary course of its trading;

 

  (c) any lien on such Ship for salvage;

 

  (d) any lien arising by operation of law for not more than two months’ prepaid hire under any charter in relation to a Ship not prohibited by this Agreement;

 

  (e) liens for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of a Ship, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested by the Owners in good faith by appropriate steps) and subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to clause 23.15 ( Repairer’s liens );

 

  (f) any Security Interest created in favour of a plaintiff or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses while the Owners are actively prosecuting or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith so long as any such proceedings or the continued existence of such Security Interest shall not and may reasonably be considered unlikely to lead to the arrest, sale, forfeiture or loss of, the Ship or any interest in the Ship; and

 

  (g) any Security Interest arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made so long as any such proceedings or the continued existence of such Security Interest shall not and may reasonably be considered unlikely to lead to the arrest, sale, forfeiture or loss of, the Ship or any interest in the Ship.

Permitted Security Interests means, in relation to any Mortgaged Ship, any Security Interest over it which is:

 

  (a) granted by the Finance Documents; or

 

  (b) a Permitted Lien; or

 

  (c) is approved by the Majority Lenders.

Pollutant means and includes crude oil and its products, any other polluting, toxic or hazardous substance and any other substance whose release into the environment is regulated or penalised by Environmental Laws.

Purchase Contract means, in relation to a Ship, the agreement specified in Schedule 2 ( Ship Information ) between the relevant Seller and the relevant Owner relating to the purchase of such Ship by the relevant Owner from the relevant Seller.

Quotation Day means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Day for that currency shall be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

 

11


Receiver means a receiver or a receiver and manager or an administrative receiver appointed in relation to the whole or any part of any Charged Property under any relevant Security Document.

Reference Banks means in relation to LIBOR and Mandatory Cost the principal London offices of Nordea Bank Finland plc, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) and DVB Bank SE or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Borrower.

Registry means , in relation to each Ship, such registrar, commissioner or representative of the relevant Flag State who is duly authorised and empowered to register the relevant Ship, the relevant Owner’s title to such Ship and the relevant Mortgage under the laws of its Flag State.

Relevant Jurisdiction means, in relation to an Obligor:

 

  (a) its jurisdiction of incorporation or, as the case may be, formation;

 

  (b) any jurisdiction where any Charged Property owned by it is situated;

 

  (c) any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and

 

  (d) any jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents entered into by it.

Relevant Period has the meaning given to that term in clause 20.1 ( Financial definitions ).

Repayment Date means, in respect of the Tranche A Loan and each Advance of the Tranche B Loan:

 

  (a) the First Repayment Date for that Tranche or Advance;

 

  (b) each of the dates falling at three monthly intervals thereafter up to but not including the Final Repayment Date for that Tranche or Advance; and

 

  (c) the Final Repayment Date.

Repeating Representations means each of the representations and warranties set out in clauses 18.1 ( Status ) to 18.10 ( Ranking and effectiveness of Security Documents ) (except for clauses 18.7 ( Information ) and 18.8 ( Original Financial Statements )).

Representative means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

Requisition Compensation means, in relation to a Ship, any compensation paid or payable by a government entity for the requisition for title, confiscation or compulsory acquisition of such Ship.

Screen Rate means the British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for dollars and the relevant period displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders.

Security Documents means:

 

  (a) the Mortgages over the Ships;

 

  (b) the General Assignments in relation to the Ships;

 

  (c) the Shipowner Guarantees from each of the Owners;

 

12


  (d) the Share Security;

 

  (e) any Charter Assignment;

 

  (f) the Account Security; and

 

  (g) any other document as may be executed to guarantee and/or secure any amounts owing to the Finance Parties under this Agreement or any other Finance Document.

Security Interest means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, assignment, trust, hypothecation or other security interest of any kind securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

Security Value means, at any time, the amount in dollars which, at that time, is the aggregate of (a) the aggregate Fair Market Value of all of the Mortgaged Ships which have not then become a Total Loss and (b) the value of any additional security then held by the Agent provided under clause 25 ( Minimum security value ), in each case as most recently determined in accordance with this Agreement.

Selection Notice means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Selection Notice ) given in accordance with clause 9 ( Interest Periods ).

Seller means, in relation to each Acquired Ship, the Seller specified next to such Acquired Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ).

Share Security means the document constituting a first Security Interest by the Borrower in favour of the Agent in the agreed form in respect of all of the shares or membership interests in the Owners.

Shipowner Guarantee means, in relation to an Owner, a guarantee by that Owner in favour of the Agent in the agreed form.

Ship Representations means each of the representations and warranties set out in clauses 18.17 ( Environmental matters ), 18.27 ( Ship status ) and 18.28 ( Ship’s employment ).

Ships means the Acquired Ships and the Existing Ships and Ship means any of them.

Spill means any actual or threatened spill, release or discharge of a Pollutant into the environment.

Subsidiary of a person means any other person:

 

  (a) directly or indirectly controlled by such person; or

 

  (b) of whose dividends or distributions on ordinary voting share capital such person is entitled to receive more than 50 per cent.

Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

Total Commitments means the aggregate of the Commitments, being $180,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

Total Loss means, in relation to a Ship, its:

 

  (a) actual, constructive, compromised or arranged total loss; or

 

  (b) requisition for title, confiscation or other compulsory acquisition by a government entity; or

 

13


  (c) hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest or detention for more than 30 days or, where there has been a hijacking, theft, capture, seizure or detention of the Ship as a result of an act of piracy, 365 days.

Total Loss Date means, in relation to the Total Loss of a Ship:

 

  (a) in the case of an actual total loss, the date it happened or, if such date is not known, the date on which that Ship was last reported;

 

  (b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss, the earliest of:

 

  (i) the date notice of abandonment of that Ship is given to its insurers; or

 

  (ii) if the insurers do not admit such a claim, the date later determined by a competent court of law to have been the date on which the total loss happened; or

 

  (iii) the date upon which a binding agreement as to such compromised or arranged total loss has been entered into by the vessel’s insurers;

 

  (c) in the case of a requisition for title, confiscation or compulsory acquisition, the date it happened; and

 

  (d) in the case of hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest or detention, the date 30 days or, in respect of any hijacking, theft, capture, seizure or detention of the Ship as a result of an act of piracy, 365 days after the date upon which it happened.

Total Loss Repayment Date means where a Mortgaged Ship has become a Total Loss after its Delivery the earlier of:

 

  (a) the date 120 days after its Total Loss Date; and

 

  (b) the date upon which insurance proceeds or Requisition Compensation for such Total Loss are paid by insurers or the relevant government entity.

Tranche means the Tranche A Loan or Tranche B Loan, as applicable.

Tranche A Commitment means subject to clause 5.3 (Currency and amount), in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Tranche A Commitment” in Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) and the amount of any other Tranche A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with clause 2.2 ( Increase) and, in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Tranche A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement in each case to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with clause 2.2 ( Increase ) and Tranche A Commitments means the Tranche A Commitment of each of the Lenders.

Tranche A Loan means the loan of up to $120,000,000 made or to be made under the Tranche A Commitments or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

Tranche B Commitment means, subject to clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount ), in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Tranche B Commitment” in Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ) and the amount of any other Tranche B Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with clause 2.2 ( Increase) and, in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Tranche B Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement, in each case to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with clause 2.2 ( Increase) and Tranche B Commitments means the Tranche B Commitment of each of the Lenders.

Tranche B Loan means the loan of up to $60,000,000 made or to be made under the Tranche B Commitments or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

 

14


Transfer Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 ( Form of Transfer Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Borrower.

Transfer Date means, in relation to a transfer, the later of:

 

  (a) the proposed Transfer Date specified in the Transfer Certificate; and

 

  (b) the date on which the Agent executes the Transfer Certificate.

Treasury Transaction means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price.

Trust Property means, collectively:

 

  (a) all moneys duly received by the Agent under or in respect of the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) any portion of the balance on the Earnings Account held by or charged to the Agent at any time;

 

  (c) the Security Interests, guarantees, security, powers and rights given to the Agent under and pursuant to the Finance Documents including, without limitation, the covenants given to the Agent in respect of all obligations of any Obligor;

 

  (d) all assets paid or transferred to or vested in the Agent or its agent or received or recovered by the Agent or its agent in connection with any of the Finance Documents whether from any Obligor or any other person; and

 

  (e) all or any part of any rights, benefits, interests and other assets at any time representing or deriving from any of the above, including all income and other sums at any time received or receivable by the Agent or its agent in respect of the same (or any part thereof).

Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

Utilisation means the making of an Advance.

Utilisation Date means the date on which a Utilisation is made.

Utilisation Request means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 ( Utilisation Request ).

VAT means value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and any other tax of a similar nature wherever imposed.

 

1.2 Construction

 

1.2.1 Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in any of the Finance Documents to:

 

  (a) Sections, clauses and Schedules are to be construed as references to the Sections and clauses of, and the Schedules to, the relevant Finance Document and references to a Finance Document include its Schedules;

 

  (b) a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as it may from time to time be amended, restated, novated or replaced, however fundamentally;

 

  (c) words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa;

 

15


  (d) a time of day are to London time;

 

  (e) any person includes its successors in title, permitted assignees or transferees;

 

  (f) the knowledge, awareness and/or beliefs (and similar expressions) of any Obligor shall be construed so as to mean the knowledge, awareness and beliefs of the director and officers of such Obligor, having made due and careful enquiry;

 

  (g) agreed form means:

 

  (i) where a Finance Document has already been executed by all of the relevant parties, such Finance Document in its executed form;

 

  (ii) prior to the execution of a Finance Document, the form of such Finance Document separately agreed in writing between the Agent and the Borrower as the form in which that Finance Document is to be executed or another form approved at the request of the Borrower;

 

  (h) approved by the Majority Lenders or approved by the Lenders means approved in writing by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders or, as the case may be, all of the Lenders (on such conditions as they may respectively impose) and otherwise approved means approved in writing by the Agent (on such conditions as the Agent may impose) and approval and approve shall be construed accordingly;

 

  (i) assets includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

  (j) an authorisation means any authorisation, consent, concession, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration;

 

  (k) charter commitment means, in relation to a vessel, any charter or contract for the use, employment or operation of that vessel or the carriage of people and/or cargo or the provision of services by or from it and includes any agreement for pooling or sharing income derived from any such charter or contract;

 

  (l) control of an entity means:

 

  (i) the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, membership interests, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

  (A) cast, or control the casting of, more than 30% of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of that entity; or

 

  (B) appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of that entity; or

 

  (C) give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of that entity with which the directors or other equivalent officers of that entity are obliged to comply; and/or

 

  (ii) the holding beneficially of more than 30% of the issued share capital of that entity (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital) (and, for this purpose, any Security Interest over share capital shall be disregarded in determining the beneficial ownership of such share capital);

and controlled shall be construed accordingly;

 

  (m) the term disposal or dispose means a sale, transfer or other disposal (including by way of lease or loan but not including by way of loan of money) by a person of all or part of its assets, whether by one transaction or a series of transactions and whether at the same time or over a period of time, but not the creation of a Security Interest;

 

16


  (n) dollar / $ means the lawful currency of the United States of America;

 

  (o) the equivalent of an amount specified in a particular currency (the specified currency amount ) shall be construed as a reference to the amount of the other relevant currency which can be purchased with the specified currency amount in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11 a.m. on the date the calculation falls to be made for spot delivery, as conclusively determined by the Agent (with the relevant exchange rate of any such purchase being the Agent’s spot rate of exchange );

 

  (p) a government entity means any government, state or agency of a state;

 

  (q) a guarantee means any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness;

 

  (r) indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

  (s) month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month or the calendar month in which it is to end, except that:

 

  (i) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that month (if there is one) or on the immediately preceding Business Day (if there is not); and

 

  (ii) if there is no numerically corresponding day in that month, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that month

and the above rules in paragraphs (i) to (ii) will only apply to the last month of any period;

 

  (t) an obligation means any duty, obligation or liability of any kind;

 

  (u) something being in the ordinary course of business of a person means something that is in the ordinary course of that person’s current day-to-day operational business (and not merely anything which that person is entitled to do under its Constitutional Documents);

 

  (v) in clause 28 ( Business restrictions ) includes by way of set-off, combination of accounts or otherwise;

 

  (w) a person includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government entity or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

  (x) a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation and includes (without limitation) any Capital Adequacy Regulation;

 

  (y) right means any right, privilege, power or remedy, any proprietary interest in any asset and any other interest or remedy of any kind, whether actual or contingent, present or future, arising under contract or law, or in equity;

 

17


  (z) trustee , fiduciary and fiduciary duty has in each case the meaning given to such term under applicable law;

 

  (aa) (i) the winding up , dissolution , or administration of person or (ii) a receiver or administrative receiver or administrator in the context of insolvency proceedings or security enforcement actions in respect of a person shall be construed so as to include any equivalent or analogous proceedings or any equivalent and analogous person or appointee (respectively) under the law of the jurisdiction in which such person is established or incorporated or any jurisdiction in which such person carries on business including (in respect of proceedings) the seeking or occurrences of liquidation, winding-up, reorganisation, dissolution, administration, arrangement, adjustment, protection or relief of debtors; and

 

  (bb) a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted.

 

1.2.2 Where in this Agreement a provision includes a monetary reference level in one currency, unless a contrary indication appears, such reference level is intended to apply equally to its equivalent in other currencies as of the relevant time for the purposes of applying such reference level to any other currencies.

 

1.2.3 Section, clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

1.2.4 Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

1.2.5 A Default (other than an Event of Default) is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is continuing if it has not been waived.

 

1.2.6 Unless a contrary indication appears, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any other Finance Document when dealing with the same or similar subject matter, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

1.3 Third party rights

 

1.3.1 Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document for the benefit of a Finance Party or another Indemnified Person, a person who is not a party to a Finance Document has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the Third Parties Act ) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of the relevant Finance Document.

 

1.3.2 Any Finance Document may be rescinded or varied by the parties to it without the consent of any person who is not a party to it (unless otherwise provided by this Agreement).

 

1.3.3 An Indemnified Person who is not a party to a Finance Document may only enforce its rights under that Finance Document through a Finance Party and if and to the extent and in such manner as the Finance Party may determine.

 

1.4 Finance Documents

Where any other Finance Document provides that this clause 1.4 shall apply to that Finance Document, any other provision of this Agreement which, by its terms, purports to apply to all or any of the Finance Documents and/or any Obligor shall apply to that Finance Document as if set out in it but with all necessary changes.

 

1.5 Conflict of documents

The terms of the Finance Documents other than as relates to the creation and/or perfection of security) are subject to the terms of this Agreement and, in the event of any conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any provision of any Finance Document (other than in relation to the creation and/or perfection of security) the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

18


SECTION 2—THE FACILITY

 

2 The Facility

 

2.1 The Facility

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrower a term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Commitments, to be advanced to the Borrower in accordance with clause 5 ( Utilisation ).

 

2.2 Increase

 

2.2.1 The Borrower may by giving prior notice to the Agent by no later than the date falling five Business Days after the effective date of a cancellation of:

 

  (a) the undrawn Commitments of a Defaulting Lender in accordance with clause 7.5.6; or

 

  (b) the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with clause 7.1 ( Illegality ),

request that the Total Commitments be increased (and the Total Commitments under the Facility shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount of up to the amount of the Commitment so cancelled as follows:

 

  (i) the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Lenders or other banks or financial institutions (each an Increase Lender ) selected by the Borrower (each of which shall not be a member of the Group and which is further acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably)) and each of which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender;

 

  (ii) each of the Obligors and any Increase Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and the Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

  (iii) each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

  (iv) the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and

 

  (v) any increase in the Total Commitments shall take effect on the date specified by the Borrower in the notice referred to above or any later date on which the conditions set out in clause 2.2.2 are satisfied.

 

2.2.2 An increase in the Total Commitments will only be effective on:

 

  (a) the execution by the Agent of an Increase Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender;

 

  (b) in relation to an Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase the performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Increase Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Borrower and the Increase Lender.

 

19


2.2.3 Each of the other Finance Parties hereby appoint the Agent as its agent to execute on its behalf any Increase Confirmation delivered to the Agent in accordance with this clause 2.2.

 

2.2.4 Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective.

 

2.2.5 Unless the Agent otherwise agrees or the increased Commitments are assumed by an existing Lender, the Borrower shall, on the date upon which the increase takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of $3,500 and the Borrower shall promptly on demand pay the Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by it in connection with any increase in Commitments under this clause 2.2.

 

2.2.6 The Borrower may pay to the Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Borrower and the Increase Lender in a letter between the Borrower and the Increase Lender setting out that fee. A reference in this Agreement to a Fee Letter shall include any letter referred to in this clause 2.2.6.

 

2.2.7 Clause 32.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this clause 2.2.7 in relation to an Increase Lender as if references in that clause to:

 

  (a) an Existing Lender were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase;

 

  (b) the New Lender were references to that Increase Lender ; and

 

  (c) a re-assignment were references to an assignment.

 

2.3 Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

2.3.1 The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

2.3.2 The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt.

 

2.3.3 A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents (including clauses 34.20 ( All enforcement action through the Agent )) and 35.2 ( Finance Parties acting together ), separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

3 Purpose

 

3.1 Purpose

The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed under the Facility in accordance with this clause 3. The amount of the Facility to be made available pursuant to clauses 3.2 and 3.3 shall be subject to any reduction in accordance with the requirements of clause 5.3.2.

 

3.2 Use of Tranche A Commitments

The Tranche A Commitments shall be made available solely for the purposes of (a) refinancing the existing indebtedness under a facility agreement dated 31 July 2008 in respect of a loan facility for $150,000,000 (the Existing Facility Agreement ) and (b) the Borrower’s general corporate and working capital purposes.

 

20


3.3 Use of Tranche B Commitments

The Tranche B Commitments shall be made available solely for the purposes of (a) assisting the Borrower in paying part of the purchase price of the relevant Acquired Ship to the relevant Seller or the Seller’s order under the relevant Purchase Contract and (b) the Borrower’s general corporate and working capital purposes.

 

3.4 Monitoring

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4 Conditions of Utilisation

 

4.1 Initial conditions precedent

The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received, or is satisfied that it will receive on the date that the relevant Commitments are made available, all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 1 of Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent to any Utilisation ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

4.2 Existing Ships and related security conditions precedent and conditions precedent on Delivery of an Acquired Ship

The Tranche A Commitments shall only become available for borrowing under this Agreement if the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received all of the documents and evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 3 ( Existing Ships and related security conditions precedent and conditions precedent on Delivery of an Acquired Ship ) in relation to the Existing Ships and the documents and evidence listed in paragraphs 1(a) and 8 of Part 2 of such Schedule in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent; and

The Advance to be made from the Tranche B Commitments in respect of an Acquired Ship at the time of Delivery of that Acquired Ship shall only be made under this Agreement if: (i) the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received all of the documents and evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 3 ( Existing Ships and related security conditions precedent and conditions precedent on Delivery of an Acquired Ship ) in relation to such Acquired Ship and the documents and evidence listed in paragraphs 1(a) and 8 of Part 2 of such Schedule in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and (ii) an Advance under the Tranche A Commitments has been utilised or, as the case may be, will be utilised on the same Utilisation Date as the first Advance under the Tranche B Commitments and that such Advance under the Tranche A Commitments is used in whole or in part to repay all amounts outstanding under the Existing Facility Agreement (as defined in clause 3.2 ( Use of Tranche A Commitments) ) .

 

4.3 Notice to Lenders

The Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders promptly upon receiving and being satisfied with all of the documents and evidence delivered to it under this clause 4.

 

4.4 Further conditions precedent

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation ) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

  (a) no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Utilisation;

 

  (b) the Repeating Representations and, in relation to the first Utilisation, all of the other representations set out in clause 18 ( Representations ) (except the Ship Representations), are true;

 

21


  (c) in relation to the Utilisation of the Tranche A Commitments, the Ship Representations are true so far as they relate to the Existing Ships; and

 

  (d) in relation to the Utilisation of Tranche B for an Acquired Ship at the time of its Delivery, the Ship Representations are true so far as they relate to that Acquired Ship.

 

4.5 Waiver of conditions precedent

The conditions in this clause 4 are inserted solely for the benefit of the Finance Parties and may be waived on their behalf in whole or in part and with or without conditions by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

 

22


SECTION 3—UTILISATION

 

5 Utilisation

 

5.1 Delivery of a Utilisation Request

 

5.1.1 The Borrower may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than 11:00 a.m. three Business Days before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

5.1.2 The Borrower may only deliver a Utilisation Request twice in respect of each of the Tranche A Loan and the Tranche B Loan and each Utilisation Request for the Tranche B Loan shall relate to one of the Acquired Ships.

 

5.1.3 The Borrower may only deliver a Utilisation Request under the Tranche B Loan if the proposed Utilisation Date is the same date as, or a later date than, the proposed Utilisation Date for the first Advance of the Tranche A Loan.

 

5.2 Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

5.2.1 A Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

  (a) the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day and, in respect of the relevant Advance for each Tranche, falls within the Availability Period for that Tranche;

 

  (b) the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount );

 

  (c) the proposed Interest Period complies with clause 9 ( Interest Periods ); and

 

  (d) it identifies the purpose for the Utilisation and that purpose complies with clause 3 ( Purpose ) .

 

5.2.2 Only one Advance may be requested in each Utilisation Request.

 

5.2.3 In relation to the first Advance of the Tranche A Loan, the proposed Utilisation Date must be a date which is (i) no later than the 15 May 2012 and (ii) either the same date as or prior to the Utilisation Date of the first Advance of the Tranche B Loan

 

5.3 Currency and amount

 

5.3.1 The currency specified in an Utilisation Request must be dollars.

 

5.3.2 The amount of the proposed Advance must not exceed, when aggregated (where applicable) with the Advances previously made, the Total Commitments and in addition:

 

  (a) the principal amount of an Advance of the Tranche A Commitment must not exceed, when aggregated, where applicable, with the first Advance of the Tranche A Commitment, the Tranche A Commitments; and

 

  (b) the principal amount of an Advance of the Tranche B Commitment must not exceed, when aggregated, where applicable, with the first Advance of the Tranche B Commitment, the Tranche B Commitments.

 

5.3.3 On each Utilisation Date for the Tranche A Loan the amount of the proposed Advance, when aggregated, where applicable, with the first Advance in respect of the Tranche A Loan must not exceed 65% of the Security Value of the Existing Ships.

 

23


5.3.4 On each Utilisation Date for the Tranche B Loan the amount of the proposed Advance must not exceed 65% of the Security Value of the relevant Acquired Ship to which the Advance relates and, in relation to the second Advance, the aggregate of the first Advance and the proposed second Advance, must not exceed 65% of the aggregate Security Value of the Acquired Ships.

 

5.3.5 If the amount requested in a Utilisation Request is greater than the amount capable of being advanced as a result of compliance with the requirements of clauses 5.3.3 and 5.3.4, then the difference between the amount requested and the amount advanced (the Shortfall Amount ) shall be automatically cancelled on the Utilisation Date in accordance with clause 7.7 ( Automatic Cancellation )

 

5.4 Lenders’ participation

 

5.4.1 If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Advance available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

5.4.2 The amount of each Lender’s participation in the Advance will be equal to the proportion borne by its Commitments to the Total Commitments immediately prior to making the Advance.

 

5.4.3 The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of the Advance and the amount of its participation in the Advance, in each case by 11:00 a.m. on the Quotation Day.

 

5.4.4 The Agent shall pay all amounts received by it in respect of each Advance (and its own participation in it, if any) to the Borrower or the account of any of them in accordance with the instructions contained in the Utilisation Request.

 

24


SECTION 4—REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

6 Repayment

 

6.1 Repayment

The Borrower shall on each Repayment Date repay such part of the Loan as is required to be repaid by clause 6.2 ( Scheduled repayment of Facility ).

 

6.2 Scheduled repayment of Facility

 

6.2.1 To the extent not previously reduced and/or rescheduled in accordance with clause 6.3 ( Adjustment of scheduled repayments ), and notwithstanding that the Tranche A Loan may not have been fully utilised by the First Repayment Date, the Tranche A Loan shall be repaid by instalments on each Repayment Date (other than the Final Repayment Date) for such Tranche and each instalment shall be for an amount of $4,150,000 (as revised by clause 6.3).

 

6.2.2 To the extent not previously reduced, each Advance of the Tranche B Loan shall be repaid by instalments on each Repayment Date (other than the Final Repayment Date) for such Advance and each instalment shall be for an amount of $575,000 (as revised by clause 6.3).

 

6.2.3 On the Final Repayment Date (without prejudice to any other provision of this Agreement), all outstanding amounts under this Agreement and the Security Documents (including, but not limited to the outstanding amounts of Tranche A and each Advance of the Tranche B Loan) shall be repaid in full.

 

6.3 Adjustment of scheduled repayments

If the Tranche A Commitments or the Tranche B Commitments have been partially reduced (or cancelled pursuant to clause 7.3 ( Voluntary cancellation ) and 7.4 ( Voluntary prepayment )) under this Agreement and/or any Tranche is partially prepaid, the amount of the repayment instalments for the relevant Tranche (as reduced by any earlier operation of this clause 6.3) shall be reduced on a pro rata basis and the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the revised payment schedule.

 

7 Illegality, prepayment and cancellation

 

7.1 Illegality

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in the Loan:

 

  (a) that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

  (b) upon the Agent notifying the Borrower, the Commitments of that Lender will be immediately cancelled and the remaining Commitments shall each be reduced rateably; and

 

  (c) the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in each Tranche on the last day of the Interest Period for each Tranche occurring after the Agent has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

 

7.2 Change of control

 

7.2.1 The Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent upon any Obligor becoming aware of a Change of Control.

 

25


7.2.2 If a Change of Control occurs and unless the Agent has previously approved the Change of Control (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, whose consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) the Total Commitments shall be cancelled with effect from the date such Change of Control occurs and the Loan and all other outstanding obligations under this Agreement and any of the Security Documents shall be payable on the date falling 60 days after the date on which such Change of Control occurs.

 

7.3 Voluntary cancellation

The Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than 3 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and a multiple of $1,000,000) of any part of:

 

  (a) the Tranche A Commitments which is undrawn at the proposed date of cancellation and upon such cancellation, the Total Commitments shall also be reduced by the same amount; and

 

  (b) an Advance of the Tranche B Loan which is undrawn at the proposed date of cancellation and upon any such cancellation, such amount of the cancellation shall reduce the Tranche B Commitment and the Total Commitments by the same amount.

 

7.4 Voluntary prepayment

The Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than 3 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior written notice, prepay the whole or any part of the Loan or the whole of any Tranche (but a partial prepayment of the Loan must be in an amount that reduces the Loan by a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and which is a multiple of $1,000,000 or such other amount as is acceptable to the Agent).

 

7.5 Right of replacement or cancellation and prepayment in relation to a single Lender

 

7.5.1 If:

 

  (a) any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up );

 

  (b) any Lender claims indemnification from the Borrower under clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) or clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ); or

 

  (c) any Lender refuses to consent to any amendments or waivers requested by the Borrower pursuant to any provision of this Agreement where such provision is expressed to require the consent of such Lender,

the Borrower may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitments of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loan or give the Agent notice of their intention to replace that Lender in accordance with clause 7.5.4.

 

7.5.2 On receipt of a notice referred to in clause 7.5.1 above, the Commitments of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

7.5.3 On the last day of each Interest Period of the Tranche A Loan and each Advance of the Tranche B Loan which ends after the Borrower has given notice under clause 7.5.1 above (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrower in that notice), the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Tranche A Loan and each Advance of the Tranche B Loan.

 

7.5.4

The Borrower may, in the circumstances set out in clause 7.5.1, on 10 Business Days’ prior notice to the Agent and that Lender, replace that Lender by requiring that Lender to transfer (and, to the extent permitted by law, that Lender shall transfer) pursuant to clause 32 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or

 

26


  other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity selected by the Borrower which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with clause 32 ( Changes to the Lenders ) for a purchase price in cash or other cash payment payable at the time of the transfer equal to the aggregate of:

 

  (a) the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the Loan;

 

  (b) all accrued interest owing to such Lender;

 

  (c) the Break Costs which would have been payable to such Lender pursuant to clause 10.4 ( Break Costs ) had the Borrower prepaid in full that Lender’s participation in the Loan (and each Tranche) on the date of the transfer; and

 

  (d) all other amounts payable to that Lender under the Finance Documents on the date of the transfer.

 

7.5.5 The replacement of a Lender pursuant to clause 7.5.4 shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (a) the Borrower shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (b) neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to find a replacement Lender; and

 

  (c) in no event shall the Lender replaced under clause 7.5.4 be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

7.5.6 If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Borrower may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Agent 5 Business Days’ notice of cancellation of the undrawn Commitments of that Lender.

 

7.5.7 On such notice becoming effective, the undrawn Commitments of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero and the Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of such notice, notify all the Lenders.

 

7.6 Sale or Total Loss

 

7.6.1 On a Disposal Repayment Date for any Mortgaged Ship, the Borrower shall prepay the Loan in an amount equal to:

 

L x

 

  x  
 

 

 
  y  

where:

 

  L = the amount of the Loan

 

  X  = the Fair Market Value of the relevant Mortgaged Ship

 

  y  = the aggregate Fair Market Value of all the Mortgaged Ships,

in each case at that time, and the relevant amount of the prepayment shall (i), in relation to an Existing Ship, first be applied to reduce the Tranche A Loan and then shall be applied to reduce the remaining Advances under Tranche B rateably and (ii) in relation to an Acquired Ship, first be applied to reduce the Advance relating to that Acquired Ship and then shall be applied to reduce the other Advance of the Tranche B Loan and the Tranche A Loan rateably.

 

7.6.2 Once the Agent has confirmed that it has received to its satisfaction all amounts owing pursuant to clause 7.6.1, it will then as soon as practicably possible, at the Borrower’s cost, release any Security Documents executed in respect of such Mortgaged Ship and/or the Owner of such Mortgaged Ship.

 

27


7.7 Automatic cancellation

 

7.7.1 Any part of a Commitment which has not become available or been utilised by the Final Availability Date for the relevant Tranche shall be automatically cancelled at close of business in London on that Final Availability Date.

 

7.7.2 Any Shortfall Amount, calculated in accordance with 5.3.5 ( Currency and Amount ) shall be automatically cancelled at the time of Utilisation of the relevant Advance but prior to the Utilisation of such Advance.

 

7.8 Mandatory cancellation

 

7.8.1 If, prior to an Acquired Ship’s Delivery:

 

  (f) the Purchase Contract for that Acquired Ship is for any reason and by any method cancelled, terminated or rescinded; or

 

  (g) a competent court or arbitration panel decides that the Purchase Contract for that Acquired Ship has been validly cancelled, terminated or rescinded,

then the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower with effect from the date 10 Business Days after the giving of such notice (or such later date as may be approved in advance by the Majority Lenders) cancel the Advance of the Tranche B Loan for such Ship and the undrawn Total Commitments shall then be reduced by a corresponding amount.

 

7.9 Restrictions

 

7.9.1 Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this clause 7 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

7.9.2 Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty. Any cancellation of any part of the Total Commitments pursuant to clause 7.3 ( Voluntary Cancellation) under this Agreement shall be without premium or penalty.

 

7.9.3 The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is repaid or prepaid.

 

7.9.4 The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or any Tranche or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

7.9.5 Subject to clause 2.2 (Increase) no amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

7.9.6 If the Agent receives a notice under this clause 7 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrower or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

7.9.7 If the Total Commitments are partially reduced under this Agreement (other than under clause 7.1 ( Illegality ) and clause 7.5 ( Right of cancellation and prepayment in relation to a single Lender )):

 

  (a) the Commitments of the Lenders shall be reduced rateably; and

 

28


  (b) save where the partial cancellation arises as a result of a cancellation of an Advance of the Tranche B Loan, the remaining Tranche A Commitments and the Tranche B Commitments shall be reduced rateably.

 

7.9.8 If the Loan and not an individual Tranche is partially reduced in accordance with this Agreement, the relevant amount of the prepayment shall reduce each Tranche rateably, except in the circumstances contemplated in clause 7.6 ( Sale or Total Loss ) in which case the provisions of that clause shall apply.

 

29


SECTION 5—COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

8 Interest

 

8.1 Calculation of interest

The rate of interest on the Tranche A Loan and each Advance under the Tranche B Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

  (a) Margin;

 

  (b) LIBOR; and

 

  (c) Mandatory Cost, if any.

 

8.2 Payment of interest

The Borrower shall pay accrued interest on the Tranche A Loan and each Advance under the Tranche B Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than three months, on the dates falling at three monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).

 

8.3 Default interest

 

8.3.1 If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document (other than a Hedging Contract) on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to clause 8.3.2 below, is two point zero per cent (2.0%) higher than the rate of interest most recently calculated (prior to the due date of the overdue amount) pursuant to clause 8.1 ( Calculation of interest ), for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing in accordance with this clause 8.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

 

8.3.2 If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Tranche or, as the case may be, an Advance which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Tranche or Advance or the relevant part of it:

 

  (a) the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to the Tranche or Advance; and

 

  (b) the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be two point zero per cent (2.0%) higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

 

8.3.3 Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

8.4 Notification of rates of interest

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

30


9 Interest Periods

 

9.1 Selection of Interest Periods

 

9.1.1 A Borrower may select an Interest Period for the first Advance of a Tranche and thereafter the balance of that Tranche in the Utilisation Request for that first Advance or (if the Tranche has already been borrowed) in a Selection Notice.

 

9.1.2 Each Selection Notice is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Agent by the Borrower not later than 11:00 a.m. three Business Days before the last day of the then current Interest Period.

 

9.1.3 If the Borrower fails to deliver a Selection Notice to the Agent in accordance with clause 9.1.2, the relevant Interest Period will, subject to clause 9.1.7 and clause 9.2 ( Interest Periods overrunning Repayment Dates )), be three months.

 

9.1.4 Subject to this clause 9, the Borrower may select an Interest Period of three months or any other period agreed between the Borrower and the Agent on the instructions of all the Lenders.

 

9.1.5 No Interest Period shall extend beyond the Final Repayment Date.

 

9.1.6 The first Interest Period for an Advance under a Tranche shall start on the first Utilisation Date and, in the case of the Tranche A Loan, the first Interest Period for the second Advance of that Tranche shall start on the relevant Utilisation Date and end on the last day of the then current Interest Period for the balance of that Tranche. Thereafter, each subsequent Interest Period for each Tranche shall start on the last day of its preceding Interest Period.

 

9.1.7 The first Interest Period for the first Advance under each Tranche shall be one month.

 

9.2 Interest Periods overrunning Repayment Dates

If the Borrower selects an Interest Period for the Tranche A Loan or an Advance under the Tranche B Loan which would overrun any later Repayment Date for that Tranche or Advance, the Tranche or Advance shall be divided into parts corresponding to the amounts by which the relevant Tranche or Advance is scheduled to be reduced under clause 6.2 ( Scheduled repayment of Facility ) on each of the Repayment Dates for that Tranche or Advance falling during such Interest Period (each of which shall have a separate Interest Period ending on the relevant Repayment Date) and to the balance of the Tranche or Advance (which shall have the Interest Period selected by the Borrower).

 

9.3 Non-Business Days

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

10 Changes to the calculation of interest

 

10.1 Absence of quotations

Subject to clause 10.2 ( Market Disruption Event ), if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by 11:00 a.m. on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

10.2 Market Disruption Event

 

10.2.1 If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Tranche for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of that Tranche for the Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

31


  (a) the Margin;

 

  (b) the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the Tranche from whatever source it may reasonably select; and

 

  (c) the Mandatory Cost, if any, applicable to that Lender’s participation in the Tranche.

 

10.2.2 In this Agreement Market Disruption Event means that:

 

  (a) at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine LIBOR for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

  (b) before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan exceed 50% of the relevant Tranche) that the cost to it of obtaining matching deposits in the Interbank Market would be in excess of LIBOR.

 

10.3 Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

10.3.1 If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

10.3.2 Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to clause 10.3.1 above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders be binding on all Parties.

 

10.4 Break Costs

 

10.4.1 The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan, Tranche or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan, Tranche or Unpaid Sum or relevant part of it.

 

10.4.2 Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

11 Fees

 

11.1 Commitment commission

 

11.1.1 The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in dollars computed at the rate of 1.35% per annum on the undrawn and uncancelled portion of that Lender’s Commitment calculated from the date of this Agreement (the start date ).

 

11.1.2 The Borrower shall pay the accrued commitment commission on the last day of the period of three months commencing on the start date, on the last day of each successive period of three months up to and including the Final Repayment Date and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitments at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

11.1.3 No commitment fee is payable to the Agent (for the account of a Lender) on any undrawn Commitment of that Lender for any day on which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

 

11.2 Additional Fees

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent the fees in the amount and at the times agreed in the Fee Letter.

 

32


ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

12 Tax gross-up and indemnities

 

12.1 Definitions

 

12.1.1 In this Agreement:

Protected Party means a Finance Party or, in relation to clause 14.4 (Indemnity concerning security) and clause 14.7 (Interest) insofar as it relates to interest on any amount demanded by that Indemnified Person under clause 14.4 (Indemnity concerning security) , any Indemnified Person, which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

Tax Deduction means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document.

Tax Payment means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment under clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ).

 

12.1.2 Unless a contrary indication appears, in this clause 12 a reference to determines or determined means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

12.2 Tax gross-up

 

12.2.1 Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it under any Finance Document without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

12.2.2 The Borrower shall, promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction), notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Borrower and that Obligor.

 

12.2.3 If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor under the relevant Finance Document shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

12.2.4 If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

12.2.5 Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

12.2.6 This clause 12.2 shall not apply in respect of any payments under any Hedging Contract, where the gross-up provisions of the relevant Hedging Master Agreement itself shall apply.

 

12.3 Tax indemnity

 

12.3.1 The Borrower shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

33


12.3.2 Clause 12.3.1 above shall not apply:

 

  (a) with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

  (i) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

  (ii) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

(b) to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up).

 

12.3.3 A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under clause 12.3.1 above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Borrower.

 

12.3.4 A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this clause 12.3, notify the Agent.

 

12.4 Tax Credit

 

  (a) If an Obligator makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

  (i) a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment; and

 

  (ii) that Finance Party has obtained, utilized and retained that Tax Credit,

 

     the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

12.5 Indemnities on after Tax basis

 

12.5.1 If and to the extent that any sum payable to any Protected Party by the Borrower under any Finance Document by way of indemnity or reimbursement proves to be insufficient, by reason of any Tax suffered thereon, for that Protected Party to discharge the corresponding liability to a third party, or to reimburse that Protected Party for the cost incurred by it in discharging the corresponding liability to a third party, the Borrower shall pay that Protected Party such additional sum as (after taking into account any Tax suffered by that Protected Party on such additional sum) shall be required to make up the relevant deficit.

 

12.5.2 If and to the extent that any sum (the Indemnity Sum ) constituting (directly or indirectly) an indemnity to any Protected Party but paid by the Borrower to any person other than that Protected Party, shall be treated as taxable in the hands of the Protected Party, the Borrower shall pay to that Protected Party such sum (the Compensating Sum ) as (after taking into account any Tax suffered by that Protected Party on the compensating sum) shall reimburse that Protected Party for any Tax suffered by it in respect of the indemnity sum.

 

12.5.3 For the purposes of this clause 12.5 a sum shall be deemed to be taxable in the hands of a Protected Party if it falls to be taken into account in computing the profits or gains of that Protected Party for the purposes of Tax and, if so, that Protected Party shall be deemed to have suffered Tax on the relevant sum at the rate of Tax applicable to that Protected Party’s profits or gains for the period in which the payment of the relevant sum falls to be taken into account for the purposes of such Tax.

 

34


12.6 Stamp taxes

The Borrower shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

12.7 Value added tax

 

12.7.1 All amounts set out, or expressed in a Finance Document to be payable by any party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly, subject to clause 12.7.3 below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any party under a Finance Document, that party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT (and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such party).

 

12.7.2 If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the Supplier ) to any other Finance Party (the Recipient ) under a Finance Document, and any party to a Finance Document other than the Recipient (the Subject Party ) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse the Recipient in respect of that consideration), the Subject Party shall also pay to the Supplier (in addition to and at the same time as paying such amount) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT. The Recipient will promptly pay to the Subject Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment obtained by the Recipient from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines is in respect of such VAT.

 

12.7.3 Where a Finance Document requires any party to it to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment of in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

12.7.4 Any reference in this clause 12.7 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term “representative member” to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).

 

13 Increased Costs

 

13.1 Increased Costs

 

13.1.1 Subject to clause 13.3 ( Exceptions ), the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (a) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or (b) compliance with any law or regulation in either case made after the date of this Agreement.

 

13.1.2 In this Agreement Increased Costs means:

 

  (a) a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

  (b) an additional or increased cost; or

 

  (c) a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

 

35


which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

13.2 Increased Cost claims

 

13.2.1 A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower.

 

13.2.2 Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

13.3 Exceptions

 

13.3.1 Clause 13.1 ( Increased Costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

  (a) attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

  (b) compensated for by clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in clause 12.3.2 applied);

 

  (c) compensated for by the payment of the Mandatory Cost; or

 

  (d) attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.

 

13.3.2 In this clause 13.3, a reference to a Tax Deduction has the same meaning given to the term in clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

14 Other indemnities

 

14.1 Currency indemnity

 

14.1.1 If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a Sum ), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the First Currency ) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the Second Currency ) for the purpose of:

 

  (a) making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; and/or

 

  (b) obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

that Obligor shall, as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any Losses arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (i) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (ii) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

14.1.2 Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

36


14.2 Other indemnities

The Borrower shall (or shall procure that another Obligor will), within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, indemnify each Finance Party against any and all Losses incurred by that Finance Party as a result of:

 

  (a) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

  (b) a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any and all Losses arising as a result of clause 36 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties );

 

  (c) funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in the Loan requested by the Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or

 

  (d) the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower.

 

14.3 Indemnity to the Agent

The Borrower shall promptly indemnify the Agent against any and all Losses incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

  (a) investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default;

 

  (b) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or

 

  (c) any action taken by the Agent or any of their representatives, agents or contractors in connection with any powers conferred by any Security Document to remedy any breach of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

14.4 Indemnity concerning security

 

14.4.1 The Borrower shall (or shall procure that another Obligor will) promptly indemnify each Indemnified Person against any and all Losses incurred by it in connection with:

 

  (a) the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Security Documents;

 

  (b) the exercise or purported exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions and remedies vested in the Agent and each Receiver by the Finance Documents or by law unless and to the extent that it was caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

  (c) any claim (whether relating to the environment or otherwise) made or asserted against the Indemnified Person which would not have arisen but for the execution or enforcement of one or more Finance Documents (unless and to the extent it is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person); or

 

  (d) any breach by any Obligor of the Finance Documents.

 

14.4.2 The Agent may, in priority to any payment to the other Finance Parties, indemnify itself out of the Trust Property in respect of, and pay and retain, all sums necessary to give effect to the indemnity in this clause 14.4 and shall have a lien on the Security Documents and the proceeds of the enforcement of those Security Documents for all monies payable to it.

 

37


14.5 Continuation of indemnities

The indemnities by the Borrower in favour of the Indemnified Persons contained in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any breach by any Finance Party or the Borrower of the terms of this Agreement, the repayment or prepayment of the Loan, the cancellation of the Total Commitments or the repudiation by the Agent or the Borrower of this Agreement.

 

14.6 Third Parties Act

Each Indemnified Person may rely on the terms of clause 14.4 (Indemnity concerning security) and clauses 12 (Tax gross-up and indemnities) and 14.7 (Interest) insofar as it relates to interest on any amount demanded by that Indemnified Person under clause 14.4 (Indemnity concerning security) , subject to clause 1.3 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

14.7 Interest

Moneys becoming due by the Borrower to any Indemnified Person under the indemnities contained in this clause 14 (Other indemnities) or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be paid on demand made by such Indemnified Person and shall be paid together with interest on the sum demanded from the date of demand therefor to the date of reimbursement by the Borrower to such Indemnified Person (both before and after judgment) at the rate referred to in clause 8.3 (Default interest) .

 

14.8 Exclusion of liability

No Indemnified Person will be in any way liable or responsible to any Obligor (whether as mortgagee in possession or otherwise) who is a Party or is a party to a Finance Document to which this clause applies for any loss or liability arising from any act, default, omission or misconduct of that Indemnified Person, except to the extent caused by its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct. Any Indemnified Person may rely on this clause 14.8 subject to clause 1.3 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

15 Mitigation by the Lenders

 

15.1 Mitigation

 

15.1.1 Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of clause 7.1 ( Illegality ), clause 12 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ) or clause 13 ( Increased costs ) or paragraph 3 of Schedule 6 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

15.1.2 Clause 15.1.1 does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

15.2 Limitation of liability

 

15.2.1 The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ).

 

15.2.2 A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

38


16 Costs and expenses

 

16.1 Transaction expenses

The Borrower shall promptly within five Business Days of demand pay the Agent, the Bookrunner and the Arrangers the amount of all costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of legal advisers and insurance and other consultants and advisers) reasonably incurred by any of them (and by any Receiver) in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication, registration and perfection and any release, discharge or reassignment of:

 

  (a) this Agreement, the Hedging Master Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement and the Security Documents;

 

  (b) any other Finance Documents executed or proposed to be executed after the date of this Agreement including any executed to provide additional security under clause 25 ( Minimum security value );or

 

  (c) any Security Interest expressed or intended to be granted by a Finance Document.

 

16.2 Amendment costs

If an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent, the Borrower shall, within five Business Days of demand by the Agent, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of legal advisers and insurance and other consultants and advisers) reasonably incurred by the Agent (and by any Receiver) in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

16.3 Enforcement, preservation and other costs

The Borrower shall on demand by a Finance Party, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of legal advisers and insurance and other consultants, brokers, surveyors and advisers) incurred by that Finance Party in connection with:

 

  (a) the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document and any proceedings initiated by or against any Indemnified Person and as a consequence of holding the Charged Property or enforcing those rights;

 

  (b) any valuation carried out under clause 25 ( Minimum security value ); or

 

  (c) any inspection carried out under clause 23.8 ( Inspection and notice of drydocking ) or any survey carried out under clause 23.16 ( Survey report ).

 

39


SECTION 6—GUARANTEE

 

17 Guarantee and indemnity

 

17.1 Guarantee and indemnity

The Parent irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

  (a) guarantees to the Agent (as trustee for the Finance Parties) and the other Finance Parties punctual performance by each other Obligor of all such Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) undertakes with the Agent (as trustee for the Finance Parties) and the other Finance Parties that whenever another Obligor does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, it shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

 

  (c) agrees with the Agent (as trustee for the Finance Parties) and the other Finance Parties that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of the Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by the Borrower under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by the Parent under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this clause 17.1 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

17.2 Continuing guarantee

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

17.3 Reinstatement

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of an Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Parent under this clause 17 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

17.4 Waiver of defences

The obligations of the Parent under this clause 17 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing (whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) which, but for this clause, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this clause 17 including (without limitation):

 

  (a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

  (b) the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any other Obligor;

 

  (c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

40


  (d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

  (e) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security;

 

  (f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  (g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

17.5 Immediate recourse

The Parent waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from the Parent under this clause 17. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

17.6 Appropriations

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

  (a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Parent shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

  (b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Parent or on account of the Parent’s liability under this clause 17.

 

17.7 Deferral of Parent’s rights

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, the Parent will not exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this clause 17:

 

  (a) to be indemnified by another Obligor;

 

  (b) to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  (c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party;

 

  (d) to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which the Parent has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity );

 

  (e) to exercise any right of set-off against any other Obligor; and/or

 

41


  (f) to claim or prove as a creditor of any other Obligor in competition with any Finance Party.

If the Parent receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it will promptly pay an equal amount to the Agent for application in accordance with clause 37 ( Payment mechanics ). This only applies until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full.

 

17.8 Additional security

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

 

42


SECTION 7—REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

18 Representations

The Borrower makes and repeats the representations and warranties set out in this clause 18 to each Finance Party at the times specified in clause 18.33 ( Times when representations are made ).

 

18.1 Status

 

18.1.1 The Parent is domesticated and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation as a corporation, and the Borrower and each Owner is duly formed or, as applicable, domesticated and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation as a limited liability company, and each Obligor has no registered place of business outside the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or, as the case may be, formed.

 

18.1.2 Each Obligor has power and authority to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to own its property and other assets.

 

18.2 Binding obligations

Subject to the Legal Reservations, the obligations expressed to be assumed by each Obligor in each Finance Document, any Purchase Contract and any Charter Document to which it is, or is to be, a party are or, when entered into by it, will be legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations and each Security Document to which an Obligor is, or will be, a party, creates or will create the Security Interests which that Security Document purports to create and those Security Interests are or will be valid and effective.

 

18.3 Power and authority

 

18.3.1 Each Obligor has power to enter into, perform and deliver and comply with its obligations under, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, each Finance Document, any Purchase Contract and any Charter Document to which it is or is to be a party.

 

18.3.2 No limitation on any Obligor’s powers to borrow, create security or give guarantees will be exceeded as a result of any transaction under, or the entry into of, any Finance Document, any Purchase Contract or any Charter Document to which such Obligor is, or is to be, a party.

 

18.4 Non-conflict

The entry into and performance by each Obligor of, and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, the Purchase Contracts and the Charter Documents to which it is a party and the granting of the Security Interests purported to be created by the Security Documents do not and will not conflict with:

 

  (a) any law or regulation applicable to that Obligor;

 

  (b) the Constitutional Documents of that Obligor; or

 

  (c) any agreement or other instrument binding upon that Obligor or its assets,

or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument or result in the creation of any Security Interest (save for a Permitted Lien or under a Security Document) on that Obligor’s assets, rights or revenues.

 

18.5 Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

18.5.1 All authorisations required or desirable:

 

43


  (a) to enable each Obligor lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations under each Finance Document, any Purchase Contract and any Charter Document to which it is a party;

 

  (b) to make each Finance Document, any Purchase Contract and any Charter Document to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdiction; and

 

  (c) to ensure that each of the Security Interests created under the Security Documents has the priority and ranking contemplated by them,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect except any authorisation or filing referred to in clause 18.12 ( No filing or stamp taxes ), which authorisation or filing will be promptly obtained or effected within any applicable period.

 

18.5.2 All authorisations necessary for the conduct of the business, trade and ordinary activities of each Obligor have been obtained or effected (subject to the Legal Reservations) and are in full force and effect if failure to obtain or effect those authorisations might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.6 Governing law and enforcement

Save as otherwise identified in any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) and subject to any Legal Reservations:

 

18.6.1 the choice of English law or any other applicable law as the governing law of any Finance Document, any Purchase Contract and any Charter Document will be recognised and enforced in each Obligor’s Relevant Jurisdiction; and

 

18.6.2 any judgment obtained in England in relation to an Obligor will be recognised and enforced in each Obligor’s Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

18.7 Information

 

18.7.1 Any Information is true and accurate in all material respects at the time it was given or made.

 

18.7.2 There are no facts or circumstances or any other information which could make the Information incomplete, untrue, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect.

 

18.7.3 The Information does not omit anything which could make the Information incomplete, untrue, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect.

 

18.7.4 All opinions, projections, forecasts or expressions of intention contained in the Information and the assumptions on which they are based have been arrived at after due and careful enquiry and consideration and were believed to be reasonable by the person who provided that Information as at the date it was given or made.

 

18.7.5 For the purposes of this clause 18.7, Information means: any information provided by any Obligor to any of the Finance Parties in connection with the Finance Documents, the Purchase Contracts, the Charter Documents or the transactions referred to in them.

 

18.8 Original Financial Statements

 

18.8.1 The Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP or, as the case may be, IFRS consistently applied.

 

18.8.2 The audited Original Financial Statements give a true and fair view of the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Group during the relevant financial year.

 

18.8.3 There has been no material adverse change in its assets, business or financial conditions (or the assets, business or consolidated financial condition of the Group) since the date of the Original Financial Statements.

 

44


18.9 Pari passu ranking

Each Obligor’s payment obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is, or is to be, a party rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated payment obligations, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

18.10 Ranking and effectiveness of security

Subject to the Legal Reservations and any filing, registration or notice requirements which is referred to in any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ), the security created by the Security Documents has (or will have when the Security Documents have been executed) the priority which it is expressed to have in the Security Documents, the Charged Property is not subject to any Security Interest other than Permitted Security Interests and such security will constitute perfected security on the assets described in the Security Documents.

 

18.11 No insolvency

No corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in clause 30.10 ( Insolvency proceedings ) or creditors’ process described in clause 30.11 ( Creditors’ process ) has been taken or, to the knowledge of any Obligor, threatened in relation to a Group Member and none of the circumstances described in clause 30.9 ( Insolvency ) applies to any Group Member.

 

18.12 No filing or stamp taxes

Under the laws of each Obligor’s Relevant Jurisdictions it is not necessary that any Finance Document, any Purchase Contract or any Charter Document to which it is, or is to be, party be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to any such Finance Document, any Purchase Contract or any Charter Document or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents except any filing, recording or enrolling or any tax or fee payable in relation to any Finance Document which is referred to in any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) and which will be made or paid promptly after the date of the relevant Finance Document.

 

18.13 Tax

No Obligor is required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to which it is a party, to the best of the Obligor’s knowledge and belief, and no other party is required to make any such deduction from any payment it may make under any Charter Document.

 

18.14 No Default

 

18.14.1 No Default is continuing or is reasonably likely to result from the making of any Utilisation or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Finance Document, any Purchase Contract or any Charter Document.

 

18.14.2 No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes (or, with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination or any combination of any of the foregoing, would constitute) a default or termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on any Obligor or to which any Obligor’s assets are subject which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.15 No proceedings pending or threatened

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of, or before, any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of any Obligor’s knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against any Obligor or any other Group Member.

 

45


18.16 No breach of laws

No Obligor has breached any law or regulation which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.17 Environmental matters

 

18.17.1 No Environmental Law applicable to any Ship and/or any Obligor has been violated in a manner or circumstances which might have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.17.2 All consents, licences and approvals required under such Environmental Laws have been obtained and are currently in force.

 

18.17.3 No Environmental Claim has been made or threatened or is pending against any Obligor or any Ship where that claim might have a Material Adverse Effect and there has been no Environmental Incident which has given, or might give, rise to such a claim.

 

18.18 Tax Compliance

 

18.18.1 No Obligor is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns or overdue in the payment of any material amount in respect of Tax.

 

18.18.2 No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against any Obligor with respect to Taxes such that a liability of, or claim against, any Obligor is reasonably likely to arise for an amount for which adequate reserves have not been provided in the Original Financial Statements and which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.18.3 Each Obligor is resident for Tax purposes only in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or, as the case may be, formation except for any Taxes which may arise in the usual course of its business of operating and trading the Ships.

 

18.19 Security and Financial Indebtedness

 

18.19.1 No Security Interest exists over all or any of the present or future assets of any Obligor in breach of this Agreement.

 

18.19.2 No Obligor has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding in breach of this Agreement.

 

18.20 Legal and beneficial ownership

Each Obligor is or, on the date the Security Documents to which it is a party are entered into, will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of the respective assets over which it purports to grant a Security Interest under the Security Documents to which it is a party.

 

18.21 Membership interests

The membership interests of each Owner are fully paid and not subject to any option to purchase or similar rights. The Constitutional Documents of each Owner do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of those membership interests on creation or enforcement of the Security Documents. There are no agreements in force which provide for the issue or allotment of, or grant any person the right to call for the issue or allotment of, any membership interest or loan capital of each Owner (including any option or right of pre-emption or conversion).

 

18.22 Accounting Reference Date

The financial year-end of each Obligor is the Accounting Reference Date.

 

46


18.23 No adverse consequences

Save as otherwise identified in any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ):

 

18.23.1 it is not necessary under the laws of the Relevant Jurisdictions of any Obligor:

 

  (a) in order to enable any Finance Party to enforce its rights under any Finance Document; or

 

  (b) by reason of the execution of any Finance Document or the performance by any Obligor of its obligations under any Finance Document to which it is, or is to be, a party,

that any Finance Party should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in any of such Relevant Jurisdictions; and

 

18.23.2 no Finance Party is or will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in any Relevant Jurisdiction by reason only of the execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Finance Document.

 

18.24 Copies of documents

The copies of any Charter Documents, the Purchase Contracts and the Constitutional Documents of the Obligors delivered to the Agent under clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ) will be true, complete and accurate copies of such documents and include all amendments and supplements to them as at the time of such delivery and no other agreements or arrangements exist between any of the parties to any Charter Document or any Purchase Contract which would materially affect the transactions or arrangements contemplated by any Charter Document or any Purchase Contract or modify or release the obligations of any party under that Charter Document or Purchase Contract.

 

18.25 No breach of Purchase Contract

No Obligor nor (so far as the Obligors are aware) any other person is in breach of any Purchase Contract to which it is a party nor has anything occurred which entitles or may entitle any party to any Purchase Contract to rescind or terminate it or decline to perform their obligations under it.

 

18.26 No immunity

No Obligor or any of its assets is immune to any legal action or proceeding.

 

18.27 Ship status

Each Ship will on the first day of the relevant Mortgage Period be:

 

  (a) registered or, in the case of an Acquired Ship and to the extent applicable, registered provisionally in the name of the relevant Owner through the relevant Registry as a ship under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;

 

  (b) operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service;

 

  (c) classed with the relevant Classification free of all requirements and recommendations of the relevant Classification Society; and

 

  (d) insured in the manner required by the Finance Documents.

 

47


18.28 Ship’s employment

Each Ship shall on the first day of the relevant Mortgage Period be free of any charter commitment (other than any Charter if any Charter has been entered into by an Owner) which, if entered into after that date, would require approval under the Finance Documents.

 

18.29 Ownership of the Obligors

Each of the Owners and the Borrower is a wholly, legally and beneficially owned direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Parent.

 

18.30 Address commission

There are no rebates, commissions or other payments in connection with any Purchase Contract or any Charter other than those referred to in it.

 

18.31 No money laundering

None of the Obligors are in contravention of any anti-money laundering law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat “money laundering”.

 

18.32 No corrupt practices

None of the Obligors are engaged in any practice which would be deemed corrupt in any Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

18.33 Times when representations are made

 

18.33.1 All of the representations and warranties set out in this clause 18 (other than Ship Representations relating to Ships which are not Mortgaged Ships at such time) are deemed to be made on the dates of:

 

  (a) this Agreement;

 

  (b) the first Utilisation Request in respect of each Tranche;

 

  (c) any Utilisation of either Tranche; and

 

  (d) the issuing of any Compliance Certificate.

 

18.33.2 The Repeating Representations and the Ship Representations relating to Ships which are Mortgaged Ships at such times are deemed to be made on the dates of each subsequent Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period.

 

18.33.3 All of the Ship Representations are deemed to be made on the first day of the Mortgage Period for the relevant Ship.

 

18.33.4 Each representation or warranty deemed to be made after the date of this Agreement shall be deemed to be made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing at the date the representation or warranty is deemed to be made.

 

19 Information undertakings

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 19 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.

In this clause 19:

 

48


Annual Financial Statements means the financial statements for a financial year of the Group delivered pursuant to clause 19.1.1.

Quarterly Financial Statements means the financial statements for a financial quarter of the Group delivered pursuant to clause 19.1.2.

 

19.1 Financial statements

 

19.1.1 The Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each financial year, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for that financial year.

 

19.1.2 The Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each financial quarter of each of its financial years the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Group for that financial quarter.

 

19.1.3 The Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same becomes available, but in any event within 90 days of the end of each financial year, financial projections for the Group on an annual basis.

 

19.2 Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate

 

19.2.1 The Borrower shall supply a Compliance Certificate to the Agent, with each set of Quarterly Financial Statements for the Group.

 

19.2.2 Each Compliance Certificate shall, amongst other things, including supporting schedules setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with clause 20 ( Financial covenants ).

 

19.2.3 Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by a director or the chief financial officer of the Parent.

 

19.3 Requirements as to financial statements

 

19.3.1 The Borrower shall procure that each set of Annual Financial Statements includes a profit and loss account, a balance sheet and a cashflow statement and each set of Quarterly Financial Statements includes an income statement, a cashflow statement and a balance sheet and that, in addition, each set of Annual Financial Statements shall be audited by the Auditors.

 

19.3.2 Each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ) shall:

 

  (a) be prepared in accordance with GAAP, or as the case may be, IFRS;

 

  (b) give a true and fair view of (in the case of Annual Financial Statements for any financial year), or fairly represent (in other cases), the financial condition and operations of the Group as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up; and

 

  (c) in the case of annual audited financial statements, not be the subject of any qualification in the Auditors’ opinion.

 

19.3.3 The Borrower shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ) shall be prepared using GAAP or IFRS, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements, unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, the Borrower notifies the Agent that there has been a change in GAAP or, as the case may be, IFRS or the accounting practices and the Auditors deliver to the Agent:

 

  (a) a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the GAAP or, as the case may be, IFRS or accounting practices and reference periods upon which corresponding Original Financial Statements were prepared; and

 

49


  (b) sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether clause 20 ( Financial covenants ) has been complied with and to make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and the Original Financial Statements.

Any reference in this Agreement to any financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.

 

19.4 Year-end

The Borrower shall procure that each financial year-end of each Obligor falls on the Accounting Reference Date.

 

19.5 Information: miscellaneous

The Borrower shall supply to the Agent:

 

  (a) at the same time as they are dispatched, copies of all financial statements, financial forecasts, reports, proxy statements and other material communications provided to the shareholders of the Borrower and copies of all material documents dispatched by the Parent or any Obligors to its creditors generally (or any class of them);

 

  (b) promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any Obligor, and which, if adversely determined, might have a Material Adverse Effect or which would involve a liability, or a potential or alleged liability, exceeding $5,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies);

 

  (c) promptly, such information as the Agent may reasonably require about the Charged Property and compliance of the Obligors with the terms of any Security Documents; and

 

  (d) promptly on request, such further information regarding the financial condition, assets and operations of the Group and/or any Group Member as any Finance Party through the Agent may reasonably request.

 

19.6 Notification of Default

The Borrower shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon any Obligor becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

 

19.7 Sufficient copies

The Borrower, if so requested by the Agent, shall deliver sufficient copies of each document to be supplied under the Finance Documents to the Agent to distribute to each of the Lenders and the Hedging Providers.

 

19.8 Use of websites

 

19.8.1 The Borrower may satisfy their obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the Website Lenders ) who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Borrower and the Agent (the Designated Website ) if:

 

  (a) the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

 

  (b) both the Borrower and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

50


  (c) the information is in a format previously agreed between the Borrower and the Agent.

If any Lender (a Paper Form Lender ) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall notify the Borrower accordingly and the Borrower shall supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event the Borrower shall supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

 

19.8.2 The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Borrower and the Agent.

 

19.8.3 The Borrower shall promptly upon any of them becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if:

 

  (a) the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

  (b) the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

  (c) any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

  (d) any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

  (e) the Borrower becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

If the Borrower notifies the Agent under paragraphs (a) or (e) above, all information to be provided by the Borrower under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

 

19.8.4 Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Borrower shall comply with any such request within ten Business Days.

 

19.9 “Know your customer” checks

 

19.9.1 If:

 

  (a) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

  (b) any change in the status of an Obligor or the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (c) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender or any Hedging Provider of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement or any Hedging Contract to a party that is not a Lender or a Hedging Provider prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges the Agent, the relevant Hedging Provider or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender or any Hedging Provider supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender or any Hedging Provider) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender)

 

51


in order for the Agent, such Lender or the relevant Hedging Provider or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

19.9.2 Each Finance Party shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for it to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

20 Financial covenants

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 20 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period as tested on a quarterly basis in accordance with clause 20.3 ( Financial testing ).

 

20.1 Financial definitions

In this clause 20:

Cash equivalents shall mean the following (all of which shall be valued at market value and freely disposable and for the avoidance of doubt none of the following shall be deemed disqualified from being freely disposable by reason of being included in minimum liquidity calculations under this Agreement or other agreements respecting Indebtedness, or being subject to a lien):

 

  (a) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency thereof;

 

  (b) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition and overnight bank deposits of any Lender and certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition and overnight bank deposits of any other commercial bank whose principal place of business is organized under the laws of any country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development or has concluded special lending arrangements with the International Monetary Fund associated with its General Arrangements to Borrow, or a political subdivision of any such country, and having capital and surplus in excess of $200,000,000;

 

  (c) commercial paper of any issuer rated at least A-2 by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or P-2 by Moody’s investors Service, Inc. with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition; and

 

  (d) additional money market investments with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition rated at least A-1 or AA by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or P-1 or Aa by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Consolidated Working Capital means the consolidated current assets of the Group less consolidated current liabilities (excluding the current portion of long-term Indebtedness maturing in more than 6 months) of the Group.

EBITDA means, with respect to the Group Members for any period, Operating Income, plus depreciation, amortisation and other non-cash charges, to the extent deducted in calculating Operating Income.

Indebtedness means, with respect to any Group Member, at any date of determination (without duplication) (a) all indebtedness of such Group Member for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Group Member evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Group Member in respect of letters of credit or other similar instruments

 

52


(including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto), (d) all obligations of such Group Member to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services, which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery thereof or the completion of such services, except trade payables, (e) all obligations on account of principal of such Group Member as lessee under capitalised leases, (f) all indebtedness of other persons secured by a lien on any asset of such Group Member, whether or not such indebtedness is assumed by such Group Member; provided that the amount of such indebtedness shall be the lesser of (i) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (ii) the amount of such indebtedness, and (g) all indebtedness of other persons guaranteed by such Group Member to the extent guaranteed and the amount of Indebtedness of any Group Member at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, provided that the amount outstanding at any time of any indebtedness issued with an original issue discount is the face amount of such indebtedness less the remaining unamortised portion of the original issue discount of such indebtedness at such time as determined in accordance with GAAP or, as the case may require, IFRS; and provided further that Indebtedness shall not include any liability for current or deferred Taxes, or any trade payable.

Interest Expense means with respect to the Group Members for any period, all interest charges, including the interest component of capitalised leases and any Hedging Contracts.

Operating Income means the excess of the revenues of the Group Members (on a consolidated basis) over the expenses pertaining thereto, excluding income derived from sources other than its regular activities and any gains or losses on vessel sales, and before income deductions such as writedown amounts or any impairment reserves.

Total Assets means, at any time, the total assets of the Group (as shown in the most recent Quarterly Financial Statements, and calculated in accordance with, the then most recent Annual Financial Statements).

Total Indebtedness means, at any time, the aggregate sum of all Indebtedness of the Group (as shown in the most recent Quarterly Financial Statements, and calculated in accordance with the then most recent Annual Financial Statements) in relation to the Group at any time, the aggregate sum of all indebtedness as reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of the Group.

Total Stockholders’ Equity means, at any time, the shareholders’ equity for the Group (as shown in the most recent Quarterly Financial Statements and calculated in accordance with the then most recent Annual Financial Statements).

 

20.2 Financial condition

At all times during the Facility Period, the Borrower shall procure that the Group:

 

  (a) maintains at all times, cash and Cash Equivalents in an amount equal to or greater than (i) $12,500,000 and (ii) five per cent (5%) of the Total Indebtedness;

 

  (b) maintains a ratio of EBITDA to Interest Expense of not less than 3.00:1.00, as measured on the last day of each financial quarter of the Group;

 

  (c) maintains Consolidated Working Capital of not less than $0; and

 

  (d) maintains a ratio of Total Stockholders’ Equity to Total Assets of not less than 30%.

 

20.3 Financial testing

The financial covenants set out in clause 20.2 ( Financial condition ) shall be calculated in accordance with GAAP or, as the case may require, IFRS and tested by reference to each of the financial statements and/or each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to clause 19.2 ( Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate ).

 

53


21 General undertakings

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 21 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.

 

21.1 Use of proceeds

The proceeds of Utilisations will be used exclusively for the purposes specified in clause 3 ( Purpose ).

 

21.2 Authorisations

Each Obligor will promptly:

 

  (a) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

  (b) supply certified copies to the Agent of,

any authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to:

 

  (i) enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents, the Purchase Contracts and any Charter Documents in each case to which it is a party;

 

  (ii) ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document, any Purchase Contract or Charter Document in each case to which it is a party; and

 

  (iii) carry on its business where failure to do so has, or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.3 Compliance with laws

Each Obligor will comply in all respects with all laws and regulations (including Environmental Laws) to which it may be subject if failure to comply has or reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.4 Tax Compliance

 

21.4.1 Each Obligor shall pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within such time period as may be allowed by law without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

 

  (a) such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

  (b) adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them which have been disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Agent under clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ); and

 

  (c) such payment can be lawfully withheld.

 

21.4.2 Except as approved by the Majority Lenders, each Obligor shall maintain its residence for Tax purposes in the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or, as the case may be, formed and ensure that it is not resident for Tax purposes in any other jurisdiction save for any Taxes which may arise in the usual course of its business of operating and trading the Ships.

 

21.5 Change of business

Except as approved by the Majority Lenders, no substantial change will be made to the general nature of the business of the Parent or the other Obligors from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

54


21.6 Merger

Except as approved by the Majority Lenders, no Obligor will enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction.

 

21.7 Further assurance

 

21.7.1 Each Obligor shall promptly do all such acts or execute all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices and instructions) as the Agent may reasonably specify (and in such form as the Agent may reasonably require):

 

  (a) to perfect the Security Interests created or intended to be created by that Obligor under or evidenced by the Security Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of the Agent provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

 

  (b) to confer on the Agent Security Interests over any property and assets of that Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security Interest intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Security Documents;

 

  (c) to facilitate the realisation of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents; and/or

 

  (d) to facilitate either the accession by a New Lender to any Security Document following an assignment in accordance with clause 32.1 (A ssignments and Transfers by the Lenders ) or the accession by a Hedging Provider to this Agreement in accordance with clause 31.1 ( Hedging Providers ) and the conferring on such Hedging Provider of the rights contemplated in clause 31.2 ( Rights of Hedging Provider ).

 

21.7.2 Each Obligor shall take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security Interest conferred or intended to be conferred on the Agent by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

21.8 Negative pledge in respect of Charged Property

Except as approved by the Majority Lenders and for Permitted Liens, no Obligor will grant or allow to exist any Security Interest over any Charged Property.

 

21.9 Environmental matters

 

21.9.1 The Agent will be notified as soon as reasonably practicable of any Environmental Claim being made against any Obligor or any Ship which, if successful to any extent, might have a Material Adverse Effect and of any Environmental Incident which may give rise to such an Environmental Claim and will be kept regularly and promptly informed in reasonable detail of the nature of, and response to, any such Environmental Incident and the defence to any such claim.

 

21.9.2 Environmental Laws (and any consents, licences or approvals obtained under them) applicable to any Ship will not be violated in a way which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.10 Inspection of records

Upon reasonable notice from the Agent, allow any representative of the Agent, subject to applicable laws and regulations, to visit and inspect the Borrower’s properties and, on request, to examine the Borrower’s books of account, records, reports, agreements and other papers and to discuss the Borrower’s affairs, finances and accounts with its offices, in each case at such times and as often as the Agent reasonably requests.

 

55


21.11 Ownership of Obligors

At all times (unless the Lenders have provided their written consent):

 

  (a) the Parent shall own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the shares in the Borrower and each Owner;

 

  (b) the managing member of an Owner shall be the Borrower; and

 

  (c) the managing member of the Borrower shall be the Parent.

 

21.12 Not change of name etc

During the Facility Period, no Obligor will change:

 

  (a) its name;

 

  (b) the type of legal entity which it exists as; or

 

  (c) its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

22 Dealings with Ship

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 22 will be complied with in relation to each Mortgaged Ship throughout the relevant Ship’s Mortgage Period.

 

22.1 Ship’s name and registration

 

  (a) The Ship’s name shall only be changed after prior notice to the Agent.

 

  (b) The Ship shall be, in the case of an Acquired Ship, permanently registered in the name of the relevant Owner with the relevant Registry within 90 days of the date of the Mortgage of the Ship and registered in the name of the relevant Owner with the relevant Registry under the laws of its Flag State or, in the case of the Existing Ships, registered with the relevant Registry under the laws of its Flag State. Except with approval, the Ship shall not be registered under any other flag or at any other port or fly any other flag (other than that of its Flag State). If that registration is for a limited period, it shall be renewed at least 45 days before the date it is due to expire and the Agent shall be notified of that renewal at least 30 days before that date.

 

  (c) Nothing will be done and no action will be omitted if that might result in such registration being forfeited or imperilled or the Ship being required to be registered under the laws of another state of registry.

 

22.2 Performance of Purchase Contract

The relevant Owner shall duly and punctually observe and perform all material conditions and obligations imposed on it by the Purchase Contract applicable to that Owner.

 

22.3 Sale or other disposal of Ship

Save where the net sale proceeds will enable the relevant Owner to comply with its mandatory prepayment obligations under clause 7.6 ( Sale or Total Loss ) and, if no Default is then continuing, for a sale to a buyer who is not an Affiliate of the Borrower for a cash price payable on completion of the sale which is no less than the amount by which the Loan must be reduced under clause 7.6 ( Sale or Total Loss ) on completion of the sale, the relevant Owner will not sell, or agree to, transfer, abandon or otherwise dispose of the relevant Ship or any share or interest in it or its rights under a Purchase Contract.

 

56


22.4 Variation to Purchase Contract

Except with approval, neither Purchase Contract will be varied.

 

22.5 Manager

Each Ship shall be technically managed by Northern Marine Management Limited or Bernhard Schulte Ship Management Limited or another first class technical manager approved by the Agent and commercially managed by NGT Services (UK) Limited or another first class commercial manager approved by the Agent.

 

22.6 Copy of Mortgage on board

A properly certified copy of the relevant Mortgage shall be kept on board the Ship with its papers and shown to anyone having business with the Ship which might create or imply any commitment or Security Interest over or in respect of the Ship (other than a lien for crew’s wages and salvage) and to any representative of the Agent.

 

22.7 Notice of Mortgage

A framed printed notice of the Ship’s Mortgage shall be prominently displayed in the navigation room and in the Master’s cabin of the Ship. The notice must be in plain type and read as follows:

“NOTICE OF MORTGAGE

This Ship is subject to a first mortgage in favour of [ here insert name of mortgagee ] of [ here insert address of mortgagee ]. Under the said mortgage and related documents, neither the Owner nor any charterer nor the Master of this Ship has any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed upon this Ship any commitments or encumbrances whatsoever other than for crew’s wages and salvage”.

No-one will have any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed upon the Ship any lien whatsoever other than for crew’s wages and salvage.

 

22.8 Conveyance on default

Where the Ship is (or is to be) sold in exercise of any power conferred by the Security Documents, the relevant Owner shall, upon the Agent’s request, immediately execute such form of transfer of title to the Ship as the Agent may require.

 

22.9 Chartering

Except with approval, the relevant Owner shall not enter into any charter commitment for the Ship, which is:

 

  (a) a bareboat or demise charter or passes possession and operational control of the Ship to another person; or

 

  (b) a Charter, unless the relevant Owner executes a Charter Assignment in respect of such Charter prior to delivery of the relevant Ship under such Charter to the extent that such a Charter Assignment can be obtained by the Borrower using its commercial reasonable efforts to do so.

 

22.10 Lay up

Except with approval, the Ship shall not be laid up or deactivated.

 

57


22.11 Sharing of Earnings

Except with approval, the relevant Owner shall not enter into any arrangement under which its Earnings from the Ship may be shared with anyone else.

 

22.12 Payment of Earnings

The relevant Owner’s Earnings from the Ship shall be paid in accordance with clause 27.1 ( Earnings Account ) unless required to be paid to the Agent pursuant to the General Assignment for that Ship. If any Earnings are held by brokers or other agents, they shall be paid to the Agent, if it requires this after the Earnings have become payable to it under the Ship’s General Assignment for that Ship.

 

23 Condition and operation of Ship

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 23 will be complied with in relation to each Mortgaged Ship throughout the relevant Ship’s Mortgage Period.

 

23.1 Defined terms

In this clause 23 and in Schedule 3 (Conditions precedent) :

applicable code means any code or prescribed procedures required to be observed by the Ship or the persons responsible for its operation under any applicable law (including but not limited to those currently known as the ISM Code and the ISPS Code).

applicable law means all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered in the Ship’s Flag State or which for any other reason apply to the Ship or to its condition or operation at any relevant time.

applicable operating certificate means any certificates or other document relating to the Ship or its condition or operation required to be in force under any applicable law or any applicable code.

 

23.2 Repair

The Ship shall be kept in a good, safe and efficient state of repair. The quality of workmanship and materials used to repair the Ship or replace any materially damaged, worn or lost parts or equipment shall be sufficient to ensure that the Ship’s value is not materially reduced.

 

23.3 Modification

Except with approval, the structure, type or performance characteristics of the Ship shall not be modified in a way which could or might materially alter the Ship or materially reduce its value.

 

23.4 Removal of parts

Except with approval, no material part of the Ship or any equipment shall be removed from the Ship if to do so would materially reduce its value (unless at the same time it is replaced with equivalent parts or equipment owned by the relevant Owner free of any Security Interest except under the Security Documents).

 

23.5 Third party owned equipment

Except with approval, equipment owned by a third party shall not be installed on the Ship if it cannot be removed without risk of causing damage to the structure or fabric of the Ship or incurring significant expense.

 

58


23.6 Maintenance of class; compliance with laws and codes

The Ship’s class shall be the relevant Classification. The Ship and every person who owns, operates or manages the Ship shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and the requirements of all applicable codes. There shall be kept in force and on board the Ship or in such person’s custody any applicable operating certificates which are required by applicable laws or applicable codes to be carried on board the Ship or to be in such person’s custody.

 

23.7 Surveys

The Ship shall be submitted to continuous surveys and any other surveys which are required for it to maintain the Classification as its class. Copies of reports of those surveys shall be provided promptly to the Agent if it so requests which request shall not exceed more than one in each calendar year.

 

23.8 Inspection and notice of drydockings

The Agent and/or surveyors or other persons appointed by it for such purpose shall be allowed to board the Ship at all reasonable times to inspect it and given all proper facilities needed for that purpose. The Agent shall be given reasonable advance notice of any intended drydocking of the Ship (whatever the purpose of that drydocking).

 

23.9 Prevention of arrest

All debts, damages, liabilities and outgoings which have given, or may give, rise to maritime, statutory or possessory liens on, or claims enforceable against, the Ship, its Earnings or Insurances shall be promptly paid and discharged unless such payment is being contested in good faith and adequate reserves are being maintained for such payment.

 

23.10 Release from arrest

The Ship, its Earnings and Insurances shall promptly be released from any arrest, detention, attachment or levy, and any legal process against the Ship shall be promptly discharged, by whatever action is required to achieve that release or discharge.

 

23.11 Information about Ship

The Agent shall promptly be given any information which it may reasonably require about the Ship or its employment, position, use or operation, including details of towages and salvages, and copies of all its charter commitments entered into by or on behalf of any Obligor and copies of any applicable operating certificates.

 

23.12 Notification of certain events

The Agent shall promptly be notified of:

 

  (a) any damage to the Ship where the cost of the resulting repairs may exceed the Major Casualty Amount for such Ship;

 

  (b) any occurrence which may result in the Ship becoming a Total Loss;

 

  (c) any requisition of the Ship for hire;

 

  (d) any material Environmental Incident involving the Ship and Environmental Claim being made in relation to such an incident;

 

  (e) any withdrawal or threat to withdraw any applicable operating certificate required under any applicable code;

 

  (f) the receipt of notification that any application for such a certificate has been refused;

 

59


  (g) any requirement made in relation to the Ship by any insurer or the Ship’s Classification Society or by any competent authority which is not, or cannot be, complied with in the manner or time required; and

 

  (h) any arrest or detention of the Ship or any exercise or purported exercise of a lien or other claim on the Ship or its Earnings or Insurances.

 

23.13 Payment of outgoings

All tolls, dues and other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship and its Earnings and Insurances shall be paid promptly. Proper accounting records shall be kept of the Ship and its Earnings.

 

23.14 Evidence of payments

The Agent shall be allowed proper and reasonable access to those accounting records when it requests it and, when it requires it, shall be given satisfactory evidence that:

 

  (a) the wages and allotments and the insurance and pension contributions of the Ship’s crew are being promptly and regularly paid;

 

  (b) all deductions from its crew’s wages in respect of any applicable Tax liability are being properly accounted for; and

 

  (c) the Ship’s master has no claim for disbursements other than those incurred by him in the ordinary course of trading on the voyage then in progress.

 

23.15 Repairers’ liens

Except with approval, the Ship shall not be put into any other person’s possession for work to be done on the Ship if the cost of that work will exceed or is likely to exceed the Major Casualty Amount for such Ship unless that person gives the Agent a written undertaking in approved terms not to exercise any lien on the Ship or its Earnings for any of the cost of such work.

 

23.16 Survey report

As soon as reasonably practicable after the Agent requests it (which request shall not exceed one request per year) the Agent shall be given a report on the seaworthiness and/or safe operation of the Ship, from approved surveyors or inspectors. If any recommendations are made in such a report they shall be complied with in the way and by the time recommended in the report.

 

23.17 Lawful use

The Ship shall not be employed:

 

  (a) in any way or in any activity which is unlawful under international law or the domestic laws of any relevant country;

 

  (b) in carrying illicit or prohibited goods;

 

  (c) in a way which may make it liable to be condemned by a prize court or destroyed, seized or confiscated; or

 

  (d) if there are hostilities in any part of the world (whether war has been declared or not), in carrying contraband goods

and the persons responsible for the operation of the Ship shall take all necessary and proper precautions to ensure that this does not happen, including participation in industry or other voluntary schemes available to the Ship and in which leading operators of ships operating under the same flag or engaged in similar trades generally participate at the relevant time.

 

60


23.18 War zones

The Ship shall not enter or remain in any zone which has been declared a war zone by any government entity or the Ship’s war risk insurers, unless appropriate insurances have been taken out by the relevant Owner. Any requirements of the Agent and/or the Ship’s insurers necessary to ensure that the Ship remains properly insured in accordance with the Finance Documents (including any requirement for the payment of extra insurance premiums) shall be complied with.

 

24 Insurance

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 24 shall be complied with in relation to each Mortgaged Ship and its Insurances throughout the relevant Ship’s Mortgage Period.

 

24.1 Insurance terms

In this clause 24:

excess risks means the proportion (if any) of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery insurances of a vessel in consequence of the value at which the vessel is assessed for the purpose of such claims exceeding its insured value.

excess war risk P&I cover means cover for claims only in excess of amounts recoverable under the usual war risk cover including (but not limited to) hull and machinery, crew and protection and indemnity risks.

hull cover means insurance cover against the risks identified in clause 24.2(a).

minimum hull cover means, in relation to a Mortgaged Ship, an amount equal to or greater than its market value and which, when taken together with the minimum hull values of the other Mortgaged Ships, is at the relevant time 120% of the Loan at such time.

P&I risks means the usual risks (including liability for oil pollution, excess war risk P&I cover) covered by a protection and indemnity association which is a member of the International Group of protection and indemnity associations (or, if the International Group ceases to exist, any other leading protection and indemnity association or other leading provider of protection and indemnity insurance) (including, without limitation, the proportion (if any) of any collision liability not covered under the terms of the hull cover).

 

24.2 Coverage required

The Ship shall at all times be insured:

 

  (a) against (i) fire and usual marine risks (including excess risks) and (ii) war risks (including war protection and indemnity risks and terrorism, piracy and confiscation risks) on an agreed value basis, in each case for at least its minimum hull cover and in the case of sub-section (i), provided that the hull and machinery insurances for the Ship shall at all times cover 80% of its market value and the remaining minimum hull cover may be insured by way of excess risks cover;

 

  (b) against P&I risks for the highest amount then available in the insurance market for vessels of similar age, size and type as the Ship (but, in relation to liability for oil pollution, for an amount of not less than $1,000,000,000) and a freight, demurrage and defence cover;

 

61


  (c) against such other risks and matters which the Agent notifies it that it considers reasonable for a prudent shipowner or operator to insure against at the time of that notice; and

 

  (d) on terms which comply with the other provisions of this clause 24.

 

24.3 Placing of cover

The insurance coverage required by clause 24.2 ( Coverage required ) shall be:

 

  (a) in the name of the Ship’s Owner and (in the case of the Ship’s hull cover) no other person (other than the Agent if required by it) (unless such other person is approved and, if so required by the Agent, has duly executed and delivered a first priority assignment of its interest in the Ship’s Insurances to the Agent in an approved form and provided such supporting documents and opinions in relation to that assignment as the Agent requires);

 

  (b) if the Agent so requests, in the joint names of the Ship’s Owner and the Agent (and, to the extent reasonably practicable in the insurance market, without liability on the part of the Agent for premiums or calls);

 

  (c) in dollars or another approved currency;

 

  (d) arranged through approved brokers or direct with approved insurers or protection and indemnity or war risks associations; and

 

  (e) on approved terms and with approved insurers or associations.

 

24.4 Deductibles

The aggregate amount of any excess or deductible under the Ship’s hull cover shall not exceed an approved amount.

 

24.5 Mortgagee’s insurance

The Borrower shall promptly reimburse to the Agent the cost (as conclusively certified by the Agent) of taking out and keeping in force in respect of the Ship and the other Mortgaged Ships on approved terms, or in considering or making claims under:

 

  (a) a mortgagee’s interest insurance and a mortgagee’s additional perils (pollution risks cover) for the benefit of the Finance Parties for an aggregate amount up to 110% of the Loan at such time; and

 

  (b) any other insurance cover which the Agent reasonably requires in respect of any Finance Party’s interests and potential liabilities (whether as mortgagee of the Ship or beneficiary of the Security Documents).

 

24.6 Fleet liens, set off and cancellations

If the Ship’s hull cover also insures other vessels, the Agent shall either be given an undertaking in approved terms by the brokers or (if such cover is not placed through brokers or the brokers do not, under any applicable laws or insurance terms, have such rights of set off and cancellation) the relevant insurers that the brokers or (if relevant) the insurers will not:

 

  (a) set off against any claims in respect of the Ship any premiums due in respect of any of such other vessels insured (other than other Mortgaged Ships); or

 

  (b) cancel that cover because of non-payment of premiums in respect of such other vessels,

 

62


or the Borrower shall ensure that hull cover for the Ship and any other Mortgaged Ships is provided under a separate policy from any other vessels.

 

24.7 Payment of premiums

All premiums, calls, contributions or other sums payable in respect of the Insurances shall be paid punctually and the Agent shall be provided with all relevant receipts or other evidence of payment upon request.

 

24.8 Details of proposed renewal of Insurances

At least 14 days before any of the Ship’s Insurances are due to expire, the Agent shall be notified of the names of the brokers, insurers and associations proposed to be used for the renewal of such Insurances and the amounts, risks and terms in, against and on which the Insurances are proposed to be renewed.

 

24.9 Instructions for renewal

At least seven days before any of the Ship’s Insurances are due to expire, instructions shall be given to brokers, insurers and associations for them to be renewed or replaced on or before their expiry.

 

24.10 Confirmation of renewal

The Ship’s Insurances shall be renewed upon their expiry in a manner and on terms which comply with this clause 24 and confirmation of such renewal given by approved brokers or insurers to the Agent at least seven days (or such shorter period as may be approved) before such expiry.

 

24.11 P&I guarantees

Any guarantee or undertaking required by any protection and indemnity or war risks association in relation to the Ship shall be provided when required by the association.

 

24.12 Insurance documents

The Agent shall be provided with pro forma copies of all insurance policies and other documentation issued by brokers, insurers and associations in connection with the Ship’s Insurances as soon as they are available after they have been placed or renewed and all insurance policies and other documents relating to the Ship’s Insurances shall be deposited with any approved brokers or (if not deposited with approved brokers) the Agent or some other approved person.

 

24.13 Letters of undertaking

Unless otherwise approved where the Agent is satisfied that equivalent protection is afforded by the terms of the relevant Insurances and/or any applicable law and/or a letter of undertaking provided by another person, on each placing or renewal of the Insurances, the Agent shall be provided promptly with letters of undertaking in an approved form (having regard to general insurance market practice and law at the time of issue of such letter of undertaking) from the relevant brokers, insurers and associations.

 

24.14 Insurance Notices and Loss Payable Clauses

The interest of the Agent as assignee of the Insurances shall be endorsed on all insurance policies and other documents by the incorporation of a Loss Payable Clause and an Insurance Notice in respect of the Ship and its Insurances signed by its Owner and, unless otherwise approved, each other person assured under the relevant cover (other than the Agent if it is itself an assured).

 

63


24.15 Insurance correspondence

If so required by the Agent, the Agent shall promptly be provided with copies of all written communications between the assureds and brokers, insurers and associations relating to any of the Ship’s Insurances as soon as they are available.

 

24.16 Qualifications and exclusions

All requirements applicable to the Ship’s Insurances shall be complied with and the Ship’s Insurances shall only be subject to approved exclusions or qualifications.

 

24.17 Independent report

If the Agent asks the Borrower for a detailed report from an approved independent firm of marine insurance brokers giving their opinion on the adequacy of the Ship’s Insurances then the Agent shall be provided promptly with such a report at no cost to the Agent or (if the Agent obtains such a report itself) the Borrower shall reimburse the Agent for the cost of obtaining that report.

 

24.18 Collection of claims

All documents and other information and all assistance required by the Agent to assist it and/or the Agent in trying to collect or recover any claims under the Ship’s Insurances shall be provided promptly.

 

24.19 Employment of Ship

The Ship shall only be employed or operated in conformity with the terms of the Ship’s Insurances (including any express or implied warranties) and not in any other way (unless the insurers have consented and any additional requirements of the insurers have been satisfied).

 

24.20 Declarations and returns

If any of the Ship’s Insurances are on terms that require a declaration, certificate or other document to be made or filed before the Ship sails to, or operates within, an area, those terms shall be complied with within the time and in the manner required by those Insurances.

 

24.21 Application of recoveries

All sums paid under the Ship’s Insurances to anyone other than the Agent shall be applied in repairing the damage and/or in discharging the liability in respect of which they have been paid except to the extent that the repairs have already been paid for and/or the liability already discharged.

 

24.22 Settlement of claims

Any claim under the Ship’s Insurances for a Total Loss or Major Casualty shall only be settled, compromised or abandoned with prior approval.

 

24.23 Change in insurance requirements

If the Agent gives notice to the Borrower to change the terms and requirements of this clause 24 (which the Agent may only do, in such manner as it considers appropriate, as a result in changes of circumstances or practice after the date of this Agreement), this clause 24 shall be modified in the manner so notified by the Agent on the date 14 days after such notice from the Agent is received.

 

64


25 Minimum security value

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 25 will be complied with throughout any Mortgage Period.

 

25.1 Valuation of assets

For the purpose of the Finance Documents, the value at any time of any Mortgaged Ship or any other asset over which additional security is provided under this clause 25 will be its value as most recently determined in accordance with this clause 25.

 

25.2 Valuation frequency

Valuations of each Mortgaged Ship shall be carried out semi-annually, such valuations to be provided to the Agent at the same time that a Compliance Certificate is provided to the Agent at the end of the Group’s financial year and at the end of the second financial quarter of the Group’s financial year pursuant to clause 19.2.1 and each valuation shall be dated no earlier than 30 days prior to delivery of that valuation to the Agent. In addition valuations of each Mortgaged Ship (if more than 30 days old) and each such other asset in accordance with this clause 25 shall be required prior to the drawdown of each Advance in accordance with clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) and paragraph 11, Part 2 of Schedule 3, on a Disposal Repayment Date of any Mortgaged Ship and as may be further required by the Agent at any other time.

 

25.3 Expenses of valuation

The Borrower shall bear, and reimburse to the Agent where incurred by the Agent, all reasonable costs and expenses of providing such a valuation.

 

25.4 Valuations procedure

The value of any Mortgaged Ship shall be determined in accordance with, and by Approved Valuers appointed in accordance with, this clause 25. Additional security provided under this clause 25 shall be valued in such a way, on such a basis and by such persons (including the Agent itself) as may be approved by the Majority Lenders or as may be agreed in writing by the Borrower and the Agent (on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).

 

25.5 Currency of valuation

Valuations shall be provided by Approved Valuers in dollars or, if an Approved Valuer is of the view that the relevant type of vessel is generally bought and sold in another currency, in that other currency. If a valuation is provided in another currency, for the purposes of this Agreement it shall be converted into dollars at the Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of dollars with that other currency as at the date to which the valuation relates.

 

25.6 Basis of valuation

Each valuation will be addressed to the Agent in its capacity as such and made:

 

  (a) without physical inspection (unless required by the Agent);

 

  (b) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for a price payable in full in cash on delivery at arm’s length on normal commercial terms between a willing buyer and a willing seller; and

 

  (c) without taking into account the benefit (but taking into account the burden) of any charter commitment.

 

65


25.7 Information required for valuation

The Borrower shall promptly provide to the Agent and any such valuer any information which they reasonably require for the purposes of providing such a valuation.

 

25.8 Approval of valuers

All valuers must be Approved Valuers. The Agent shall respond promptly to any request by the Borrower, and the Borrower shall respond promptly to any request by the Agent, for approval of a broker nominated by the Borrower or, as the case may be, the Agent to become an Approved Valuer. The Agent may, acting reasonably, at any time by notice to the Borrower withdraw any Approved Valuer or previous approval of a valuer for the purposes of future valuations. That valuer may not then be appointed to provide valuations unless it is once more approved.

 

25.9 Appointment of valuers

When a valuation is required for the purposes of this clause 25, the Agent and the Borrower shall promptly each appoint an Approved Valuer to provide such a valuation. If the Borrower fails to do so promptly, the Agent may appoint an Approved Valuer to provide the Borrower’s valuation.

 

25.10 Number of valuers

Each valuation shall be carried out by the two Approved Valuers selected pursuant to clause 25.9 ( Appointment of valuers ).

 

25.11 Differences in valuations

If valuations provided by individual valuers differ, the value of the relevant Ship for the purposes of the Finance Documents will be the average of those valuations.

 

25.12 Security shortfall

If at any time the Security Value is less than the Minimum Value, the Agent may, and shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower require that such deficiency be remedied. The Borrower shall then within 30 days of receipt of such notice ensure that the Security Value equals or exceeds the Minimum Value. For this purpose, the Borrower may:

 

  (a) provide additional security over other assets approved by the Majority Lenders in accordance with this clause 25; and/or

 

  (b) prepay part of the Loan under clause 7.4 ( Voluntary prepayment ).

 

25.13 Creation of additional security

The value of any additional security which the Borrower offers to provide to remedy all or part of a shortfall in the amount of the Security Value will only be taken into account for the purposes of determining the Security Value if and when:

 

  (a) that additional security, its value and the method of its valuation have been approved by the Majority Lenders, it being agreed that cash collateral provided in dollars shall always be acceptable to the Lenders, and shall be valued at par;

 

  (b) a Security Interest over that security has been constituted in favour of the Agent or (if appropriate) the Finance Parties in an approved form and manner;

 

  (c) this Agreement has been unconditionally amended in such manner as the Agent requires in consequence of that additional security being provided; and

 

66


  (d) the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received such documents and evidence it may require in relation to that amendment and additional security including documents and evidence of the type referred to in Schedule 3 in relation to that amendment and additional security and its execution and (if applicable) registration,

 

26 Chartering undertakings

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 26 will be complied with in relation to each Mortgaged Ship and its Charter Documents and, if a Charterer is a Group Member, by the relevant Charterer at any time during the relevant Ship’s Mortgage Period that the Ship is subject to a Charter.

 

26.1 Variations

Except with approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Charter Documents shall not be materially varied.

 

26.2 Releases and waivers

Except with approval, there shall be no release by the relevant Owner of any obligation of any other person under the Charter Documents (including by way of novation), no waiver of any breach of any such obligation and no consent to anything which would otherwise be such a breach.

 

26.3 Termination by Owner

The relevant Owner shall not terminate or rescind any Charter Document or withdraw the Ship from service under the Charter or take any similar action, unless, prior to a Default, the relevant Owner has notified the Agent in writing prior to such action taking place or, after the occurrence of a Default, such action has been approved.

 

26.4 Charter performance

The relevant Owner shall perform its obligations under the Charter Documents and use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that each other party to them performs their obligations under the Charter Documents.

 

26.5 Notice of assignment

In respect of any Charter, the relevant Owner shall give notice of assignment of the Charter Documents to the other parties to them in the form specified by the Charter Assignment for that Ship promptly following the execution of the Charter Assignment and shall use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Agent receives a copy of that notice acknowledged by each addressee in the form specified therein.

 

26.6 Payment of Charter Earnings

All Earnings which the relevant Owner is entitled to receive under the Charter Documents shall be paid in the manner required by the Security Documents (and, if the Charterer is a Group Member, without any set-off or counter-claim and free and clear of any deductions or withholdings).

 

26.7 Enforcement of charter assignment

The Charterer shall allow the Agent to enforce the rights of the relevant Owner under the Charter as assignee of those rights under the relevant Charter Assignment.

 

67


26.8 Assignment by Charterer

Except with approval, the Charterer shall not assign or otherwise dispose of its rights under the Charter.

 

26.9 Termination by Charterer

Except with approval, the Charterer shall not terminate or rescind the Charter for any reason whatsoever.

 

26.10 Performance by Charterer

The Charterer shall perform its obligations under the Charter.

 

26.11 Sub-chartering

Except with approval, the Charterer shall not enter into any charter commitment for the Ship which, if entered into by the relevant Owner would require approval under clause 22.9 ( Chartering ) and if the Agent is at any time entitled to enforce its rights as mortgagee of the Ship under the terms of any Mortgage, the Charterer will exercise its rights under any sub-charter of the Ship in such manner as the Agent may direct.

 

26.12 Performance of other undertakings

The Charterer shall not do anything which would or might prevent the Borrower complying with clauses 22 ( Dealings with Ship ), 23 ( Condition and operation of Ship ) or 24 ( Insurance )), or fail to do anything required by the Charter where failure to do so would or might have such an effect.

 

26.13 Charterer’s manager

A manager of the Ship shall not be appointed by the Charterer unless in accordance with clause 22.5 or that manager and the terms of its employment are approved.

 

26.14 Security Interests by Charterer

Except as approved by the Majority Lenders, the Charterer shall not grant or allow to exist any Security Interest over any asset of the Charterer over which a Security Interest is granted or expressed to be granted by its Charterer’s Assignment.

 

27 Bank accounts

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 27 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.

 

27.1 Earnings Account

 

27.1.1 The Borrower shall be the holder of an account with an Account Bank which is designated as the “ Earnings Account ” for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

27.1.2 The Earnings of the Mortgaged Ships and all moneys payable to the relevant Owner under the Ship’s Insurances and any net amount payable to the Borrower under any Hedging Contract shall be paid by the persons from whom they are due or, if applicable, paid by the Owner receiving the same to the Earnings Account unless required to be paid to the Agent under the relevant Finance Documents.

 

27.1.3 The Borrower shall not withdraw amounts standing to the credit of the Earnings Account except as permitted by clause 27.1.4 and 27.1.5.

 

68


27.1.4 If a Default has occurred which has not been remedied or waived, the Borrower may not withdraw any amounts from the Earnings Account.

 

27.1.5 After a Default has occurred, the Borrower may withdraw amounts from the Earnings Account to pay reasonable operating expenses of the Ships, with the Agent’s approval.

 

27.2 Other provisions

 

27.2.1 The Earnings Account may only be designated for the purposes described in this clause 27 if:

 

  (a) such designation is made in writing by the Agent and acknowledged by the Borrower and specifies the names and addresses of the Account Bank and the Borrower and the number and any designation or other reference attributed to the Earnings Account;

 

  (b) an Account Security has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower in favour of the Agent;

 

  (c) any notice required by the Account Security to be given to an Account Bank has been given to, and acknowledged by, the Account Bank in the form required by the relevant Account Security; and

 

  (d) the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received such documents and evidence it may require in relation to the Earnings Account and the Account Security including documents and evidence of the type referred to in Schedule 3 in relation to the Earnings Account and the Account Security.

 

27.2.2 The rates of payment of interest and other terms regulating the Earnings Account will be a matter of separate agreement between the Borrower and Account Bank. If the Earnings Account is a fixed term deposit account, the Borrower may select the terms of deposits until the Account Security has become enforceable and the Agent directs otherwise.

 

27.2.3 The Borrower shall not close the Earnings Account or alter the terms of the Earnings Account from those in force at the time it is designated for the purposes of this clause 27 or waive any of its rights in relation to the Earnings Account except with approval.

 

27.2.4 The Borrower shall deposit with the Agent all certificates of deposit, receipts or other instruments or securities relating to the Earnings Account, notify the Agent of any claim or notice relating to the Earnings Account from any other party and provide the Agent with any other information it may request concerning the Earnings Account.

 

27.2.5 The Agent agrees that if it is an Account Bank in respect of the Earnings Account then there will be no restrictions on creating a Security Interest over the Earnings Account as contemplated by this Agreement and it shall not (except with the approval of the Majority Lenders) exercise any right of combination, consolidation or set-off which it may have in respect of the Earnings Account in a manner adverse to the rights of the other Finance Parties.

 

28 Business restrictions

Except as otherwise approved by the Majority Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld in the case of clause 28.12 ( Distributions and other payments )) the Borrower undertakes that this clause 28 will be complied with by and in respect of the Borrower or, as the case may be, each Owner or the Parent, throughout the Facility Period.

 

28.1 General negative pledge

In this 28.1, Quasi-Security means an arrangement or transaction described in clause 28.1.4.

 

28.1.1 No Owner shall permit any Security Interest to exist, arise or be created or extended over all or any part of its assets.

 

69


28.1.2 (Without prejudice to clauses 28.2 ( Financial Indebtedness ) and 28.6 ( Disposals )), no Owner shall:

 

  (a) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby that asset is or may be leased to, or re-acquired by, any other Group Member other than pursuant to disposals permitted under clause 28.6 ( Disposals );

 

  (b) sell, transfer, factor or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms (except for the discounting of bills or notes in the ordinary course of business);

 

  (c) enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

  (d) enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

28.1.3 The Parent shall not permit any Security Interest to be granted or created in respect of the share capital or membership interests of the Borrower.

 

28.1.4 Clauses 28.1.1, 28.1.2 and 28.1.3 above do not apply to any Security Interest or (as the case may be) Quasi-Security, listed below:

 

  (a) those granted or expressed to be granted by any of the Security Documents; and

 

  (b) in relation to a Mortgaged Ship, Permitted Liens.

 

28.2 Financial Indebtedness

No Owner shall incur or permit to exist, any Financial Indebtedness owed by it to anyone else except:

 

  (a) Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) Financial Indebtedness owed to another Group Member which is fully subordinated to all amounts payable by the Borrower under the Finance Documents on terms approved by the Agent;

 

  (c) Financial Indebtedness permitted under clause 28.3 ( Guarantees ); and

 

  (d) Financial Indebtedness permitted under clause 28.4 ( Loans and credit ),

and the Borrower shall not incur or permit to exist any Financial Indebtedness or Indebtedness (as defined in clause 20.1 ( Financial definitions ), that would cause the Borrower to be in default of clause 20 ( Financial covenants ).

 

28.3 Guarantees

No Owner shall give or permit to exist, any guarantee by it in respect of indebtedness of any person or allow any of its indebtedness to be guaranteed by anyone else except:

 

  (a) guarantees of obligations of another Owner that are not Financial Indebtedness or obligations prohibited by any Finance Document;

 

  (b) guarantees in favour of trade creditors of the Group given in the ordinary course of its business; and

 

70


  (c) guarantees which are Financial Indebtedness permitted under clause 28.2 ( Financial Indebtedness ).

 

28.4 Loans and credit

No Owner shall make, grant or permit to exist any loans or any credit by it to anyone else other than:

 

  (a) loans or credit to another Owner permitted under clause 28.2 ( Financial Indebtedness ); and

 

  (b) trade credit granted by it to its customers on normal commercial terms in the ordinary course of its trading activities.

 

28.5 Bank accounts and other financial transactions

No Owner shall:

 

  (a) maintain any current or deposit account with a bank or financial institution except for the deposit of money, operation of current accounts and the conduct of electronic banking operations with Lenders;

 

  (b) hold cash in any account (other than with a Lender) over or in respect of which any set-off, combination of accounts, netting or Security Interest exists except as permitted by clause 28.1 ( General negative pledge ); or

 

  (c) be party to any banking or financial transaction, whether on or off balance sheet, that is not expressly permitted under this clause 28 ( Business restrictions ).

 

28.6 Disposals

No Owner shall enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions, whether related or not and whether voluntarily or involuntarily, to dispose of any asset except for any of the following disposals so long as they are not prohibited by any other provision of the Finance Documents:

 

  (a) disposals of assets made in (and on terms reflecting) the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity;

 

  (b) disposals of assets made by one Group Member to another Group Member;

 

  (c) disposals of obsolete assets, or assets which are no longer required for the purpose of the business of the relevant Group Member, in each case for cash on normal commercial terms and on an arm’s length basis;

 

  (d) any disposal of receivables on a non-recourse basis on arm’s length terms (including at fair market value) for non-deferred cash consideration in the ordinary course of its business;

 

  (e) disposals permitted by clauses 28.1 (General negative pledge) or 28.2 ( Financial Indebtedness );

 

  (f) dealings with trade creditors with respect to book debts in the ordinary course of trading; and

 

  (g) the application of cash or cash equivalents in the acquisition of assets or services in the ordinary course of its business.

 

71


28.7 Contracts and arrangements with Affiliates

No Owner shall be party to any arrangement or contract with any of its Affiliates unless such arrangement or contract is on an arm’s length basis.

 

28.8 Subsidiaries

No Owner shall establish or acquire a company or other entity which would be or become a Group Member or reactivate any dormant Group Member.

 

28.9 Acquisitions and investments

No Owner shall acquire any person, business, assets or liabilities or make any investment in any person or business or enter into any joint-venture arrangement except:

 

  (a) capital expenditures or investments related to maintenance of a Ship in the ordinary course of its business;

 

  (b) acquisitions of assets in the ordinary course of business (not being new businesses or vessels);

 

  (c) the incurrence of liabilities in the ordinary course of its business;

 

  (d) any loan or credit not otherwise prohibited under this Agreement;

 

  (e) pursuant to any Finance Documents or any Charter Documents to which it is party;

 

  (f) any acquisition pursuant to a disposal permitted under clause 28.6 ( Disposals ).

 

28.10 Reduction of capital

Neither the Borrower nor any Owner shall redeem or purchase or otherwise reduce any of its equity or any other share capital or any warrants or any uncalled or unpaid liability in respect of any of them or reduce the amount (if any) for the time being standing to the credit of its share premium account or capital redemption or other undistributable reserve in any manner.

 

28.11 Increase in capital

Neither the Borrower nor any Owner shall issue membership interests or other equity interests to anyone except for, in the case of the Owners, the Borrower and, in the case of the Borrower, the Parent.

 

28.12 Distributions and other payments

 

28.12.1 The Parent may not declare or pay any dividend, redemption of shares or other payment (each a Restricted Payment ) to its shareholders, however a dividend of up to fifty percent (50%) of the Parent’s consolidated net income may be declared or paid on a quarterly basis provided that:

 

  (a) the Group is on a consolidated basis in pro forma compliance with clause 20 ( Financial covenants ) after giving effect to such dividend paid or declared; and

 

  (b) no Default has occurred or will occur following such dividend paid or declared.

 

28.12.2 If requested by the Parent, the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) may approve in writing (if so directed by the Majority Lenders, in their sole discretion) any additional distributions or other payments exceeding the limit permitted pursuant to clause 28.12.1.

 

72


29 Hedging Contracts

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 29 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.

 

29.1 Hedging

 

29.1.1 If, at any time during the Facility Period, the Borrower has entered into any Treasury Transaction with a Hedging Provider or a third party so as to hedge all or any part of its exposure to interest rate fluctuations, currency risk and bunker price risk, it shall notify the Agent in writing promptly following the occurrence of the same. Any Treasury Transaction must comply with the provisions of clauses 29.1.2 and 29.1.3.

 

29.1.2 The Borrower agrees that it shall not enter into a speculative hedging transaction (which would include hedging transactions which are: (i) not entered into to hedge a real risk or exposure which the Borrower has or (ii) which are entered into by the Borrower for the main purpose of financial losses or gains) under any Treasury Transaction with a Hedging Provider or a third party.

 

29.1.3 Any Treasury Transaction which is concluded with a Hedging Provider shall be on the terms of the Hedging Master Agreement with that Hedging Provider but, unless otherwise approved by the relevant Hedging Provider, no Hedging Transaction or Hedging Exposure shall be outstanding at the end of the Facility Period. The Borrower may also enter into Treasury Transactions with third party providers other than the Hedging Providers so long as the provisions of clauses 21.8 ( Charged Property ) and 28.1 ( General negative pledge ) are complied with.

 

29.1.4 If and when any such Treasury Transaction has been concluded with a Hedging Provider, it shall constitute a Hedging Contract for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

29.2 Assignment of Hedging Contracts by the Borrower

Except with approval, the Borrower shall not assign or otherwise dispose of its rights under any Hedging Contract.

 

29.3 Performance of Hedging Contracts by the Borrower

The Borrower shall perform its obligations under the Hedging Contracts.

 

29.4 Information concerning Hedging Contracts

The Borrower shall provide the Agent with any information it may request concerning any Hedging Contract, including all reasonable information, accounts and records that may be necessary or of assistance to enable the Agent to verify the amounts of all payments and any other amounts payable under the Hedging Contracts.

 

30 Events of Default

Each of the events or circumstances set out in clauses 30.1 to 30.21 is an Event of Default.

 

30.1 Non-payment

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

  (a) its failure to pay is caused by administrative or technical error or by a Payment Disruption Event; and

 

  (b) payment is made within two Business Days of its due date.

 

73


30.2 Hedging Contracts

 

30.2.1 An Event of Default (as defined in any Hedging Master Agreement) has occurred and is continuing under any Hedging Contract.

 

30.2.2 An Early Termination Date (as defined in any Hedging Master Agreement) has occurred or been or become capable of being effectively designated under any Hedging Contract.

 

30.2.3 A person entitled to do so gives notice of such an Early Termination Date under any Hedging Contract except with approval.

 

30.2.4 Any Hedging Contract is terminated, cancelled, suspended, rescinded or revoked or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason except with approval.

 

30.3 Financial covenants

The Parent does not comply with clause 20 ( Financial covenants ).

 

30.4 Value of security

The Borrower does not comply with clause 25.12 ( Security shortfall ).

 

30.5 Insurance

 

30.5.1 The Insurances of a Mortgaged Ship are not placed and kept in force in the manner required by clause 24 ( Insurance ).

 

30.5.2 Any insurer either:

 

  (a) cancels any such Insurances; or

 

  (b) disclaims liability under them by reason of any mis-statement or failure or default by any person.

 

30.6 Other obligations

 

30.6.1 An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in clauses 30.1 ( Non-payment ), 30.2 ( Hedging Contracts ), 30.3 ( Financial covenants ), 30.4 ( Value of security ) and 30.5 ( Insurance )).

 

30.6.2 No Event of Default under clause 30.6.1 above will occur if the Agent considers that the failure to comply is capable of remedy and the failure is remedied within thirty (30) days of the Agent giving notice to the Borrower.

 

30.7 Misrepresentation

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made.

 

30.8 Cross default

 

30.8.1 Any Financial Indebtedness of any Group Member exceeding $500,000 is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

30.8.2 Any Financial Indebtedness of any Group Member exceeding $500,000 is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

74


30.8.3 Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any Group Member exceeding $500,000 is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of that Group Member exceeding $500,000 as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

30.8.4 The counterparty to a Treasury Transaction exceeding $500,000 entered into by any Group Member becomes entitled to terminate that Treasury Transaction early by reason of an event of default (however described).

 

30.8.5 Any creditor of any Group Member becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of that Group Member exceeding $500,000 due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

30.8.6 No Event of Default will occur under this clause 30.8 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within clauses 30.8.1 to 30.8.5 above is less than $10,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).

 

30.9 Insolvency

 

30.9.1 A Group Member is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

30.9.2 The value of the assets of any Group Member is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

30.9.3 A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Group Member. If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

 

30.10 Insolvency proceedings

 

30.10.1 Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

  (a) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Group Member other than a solvent liquidation or reorganisation of any Group Member which is not an Obligor;

 

  (b) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Group Member;

 

  (c) the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of a Group Member which is not an Obligor), receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Group Member or any of its assets (including the directors of any Group Member requesting a person to appoint any such officer in relation to it or any of its assets); or

 

  (d) enforcement of any Security Interest over any assets of any Group Member,

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

30.10.2 Clause 30.10.1 shall not apply to any winding-up petition (or analogous procedure or step) which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within seven days of commencement or, if earlier, the date on which it is advertised.

 

30.11 Creditors’ process

 

30.11.1 Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress, execution or analogous process affects any asset or assets of any Group Member, which would in aggregate exceed $500,000 or, when aggregated with the value of any assets of the other Group Members affected by any process mentioned in this clause 30.11.1, would exceed $10,000,000, and is not discharged within seven days.

 

75


30.11.2 Any judgment or order for an amount in excess of $500,000 is made against any Group Member and is not stayed or complied with within seven days.

 

30.12 Unlawfulness and invalidity

 

30.12.1 It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any Security Interest created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents ceases to be effective.

 

30.12.2 Any obligation or obligations of any Obligor under any Finance Documents are not (subject to the Legal Reservations) or cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders under the Finance Documents.

 

30.12.3 Any Finance Document or any Security Interest created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents ceases to be in full force and effect or is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective for any reason.

 

30.12.4 Any Security Document does not create legal, valid, binding and enforceable security over the assets charged under that Security Document or the ranking or priority of such security is adversely affected.

 

30.13 Cessation of business

Any Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business.

 

30.14 Expropriation

The authority or ability of any Obligor to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any Obligor or any of its assets.

 

30.15 Repudiation and rescission of Finance Documents

An Obligor (or any other relevant party) repudiates or purports to repudiate a Finance Document or evidences an intention to rescind or purports to rescind a Finance Document.

 

30.16 Litigation

Any litigation, alternative dispute resolution, arbitration or administrative proceeding is taking place, or threatened against any Group Member or any of its assets, rights or revenues exceeding $10,000,000 which, if adversely determined, might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

30.17 Material Adverse Effect

Any Environmental Incident or other event or circumstance or series of events (including any change of law) occurs which the Majority Lenders reasonably believe has, or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

30.18 Security enforceable

Any Security Interest (other than a Permitted Lien) in respect of Charged Property becomes enforceable.

 

76


30.19 Arrest of Ship

Any Mortgaged Ship is arrested, confiscated, seized, taken in execution, impounded, forfeited, detained in exercise or purported exercise of any possessory lien or other claim and the relevant Owner fails to procure the release of such Ship within a period of 15 days thereafter (or such longer period as may be approved) or, in the case of any seizure or detention of such Ship as a result of piracy, within a period of 365 days thereafter.

 

30.20 Ship registration

Except with approval, the registration of any Mortgaged Ship under the laws and flag of its Flag State is cancelled or terminated or, where applicable, not renewed or, if such Ship is only provisionally registered on the date of its Mortgage, such Ship is not permanently registered under such laws within 90 days of such date.

 

30.21 Political risk

The Flag State of any Mortgaged Ship or any Relevant Jurisdiction of an Obligor becomes involved in hostilities or civil war or there is a seizure of power in the Flag State or any such Relevant Jurisdiction by unconstitutional means if, in any such case, such event or circumstance, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, has or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect and, within 14 days of notice from the Agent to do so, such action as the Agent may require to ensure that such event or circumstance will not have such an effect has not been taken by the Borrower.

 

30.22 Acceleration

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower:

 

  (a) cancel the Total Commitments at which time they shall immediately be cancelled; and/or

 

  (b) declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

  (c) declare that all or part of the Loan be payable on demand, at which time it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or

 

  (d) declare that no withdrawals be made from the Earnings Account; and/or

 

  (e) exercise or direct the Agent and/or any other beneficiary of the Security Documents to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents.

 

31 Position of Hedging Provider

 

31.1 Hedging Providers

It is acknowledged that as at the date hereof the Hedging Providers comprise only the Original Hedging Providers but that at the time any Hedging Contract is entered into after the date hereof, any Hedging Provider who is party to such Hedging Contract (and who is not an Original Hedging Provider) shall accede to, and become a party to, this Agreement by entering into a deed of adherence in a form to be agreed by the parties and upon the execution of such deed of adherence the relevant Hedging Provider shall have the rights and obligations on the part of the Hedging Providers contained in this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

 

77


31.2 Rights of Hedging Provider

Each Hedging Provider is a Finance Party and as such, will be entitled to share in the security constituted by the Security Documents in respect of any liabilities of the Borrower under the Hedging Contracts with such Hedging Provider in the manner and to the extent contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

31.3 No voting rights

No Hedging Provider shall be entitled to vote on any matter where a decision of the Lenders alone is required under this Agreement, whether before or after the termination or close out of the Hedging Contracts with such Hedging Provider, provided that each Hedging Provider shall be entitled to vote on any matter where a decision of all the Finance Parties is expressly required.

 

31.4 Acceleration and enforcement of security

Neither the Agent or any other beneficiary of the Security Documents shall be obliged, in connection with any action taken or proposed to be taken under or pursuant to clause 30 ( Events of Default ) or pursuant to the other Finance Documents, to have any regard to the requirements of the Hedging Provider except to the extent that the relevant Hedging Provider is also a Lender.

 

78


SECTION 8—CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

32 Changes to the Lenders

 

32.1 Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

Subject to this clause 32, a Lender (the Existing Lender ) may assign any of its rights to another bank or financial institution which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the New Lender ).

 

32.2 Conditions of assignment

 

32.2.1 The consent of the Borrower is required for an assignment by a Lender, unless the assignment is to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Event of Default is continuing. The Agent will immediately advise the Borrower of the assignment.

 

32.2.2 The Borrower’s consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and will be deemed to have been given fifteen Business Days after the Lender has requested consent unless consent is expressly refused within that time. The Borrower shall not be entitled to refuse or withhold consent solely because an assignment may result in an increase to the Mandatory Cost.

 

32.2.3 An assignment will only be effective:

 

  (a) on receipt by the Agent of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the Borrower and the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it was an Original Lender;

 

  (b) on the New Lender entering into any documentation required for it to accede as a party to any Security Document to which the Original Lender is a party in its capacity as a Lender and, in relation to such Security Documents, completing any filing, registration or notice requirements;

 

  (c) if an assignment takes effect after there has been a Utilisation, the assignment of an Existing Lender’s participation in the Utilisations (if any) under the Facility shall take effect in respect of the same fraction of each such Utilisation;

 

  (d) on the performance by the Agent of all “know your customer” or other checks relating to any person that it is required to carry out in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Lender and the New Lender;

 

  (e) if that Existing Lender assigns equal fractions of its Commitment and participation in the Loan and each Utilisation (if any) under the Facility;

 

  (f) if it is for a minimum amount of $20,000,000;

 

  (g) if a relevant assignment or transfer has been approved by the Agent;

 

  (h) if the Agent has received confirmation to its satisfaction that no Insolvency Event has occurred in relation to either the Existing Lender or the New Lender; and

 

  (i) no Event of Default has occurred.

 

32.2.4 Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with the Finance Documents on or prior to the date on which the assignment becomes effective in accordance with the Finance Documents and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

 

79


32.3 Fee

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of $3,500.

 

32.4 Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

32.4.1 Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

  (a) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

  (b) the financial condition of any Obligor;

 

  (c) the performance and observance by any Obligor or any other person of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

  (d) the application of any Capital Adequacy Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents; or

 

  (e) the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

32.4.2 Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

 

  (a) has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of:

 

  (i) the financial condition and affairs of the Obligors and their related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement; and

 

  (ii) the application of any Capital Adequacy Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Finance Document;

 

  (c) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the application of any Capital Adequacy Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents; and

 

  (d) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

32.4.3 Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

  (a) accept a re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights assigned under this clause 32 ( Changes to the Lenders ); or

 

  (b) support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of the application of any Capital Adequacy Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

80


32.5 Procedure for transfer

 

32.5.1 Subject to the conditions set out in clause 32.2 ( Conditions of assignment ) an assignment may be effected in accordance with clause 32.5.3 below when (a) the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate and (b) the Agent executes any document required under clause 32.2.3 which it may be necessary for it to execute in each case delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender duly executed by them and, in the case of any such other document, any other relevant person. The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a Transfer Certificate and any such other document each duly completed, appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate and such other document.

 

32.5.2 The Obligors and the other Finance Parties irrevocably authorise the Agent to execute any Transfer Certificate on their behalf without any consultations with them.

 

32.5.3 On the Transfer Date:

 

  (a) to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to be released from its obligations under the Finance Documents, the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards the Obligors and the other Finance Parties under the Finance Documents and the rights of the Obligors and the other Finance Parties against the Existing Lender under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the Discharged Rights and Obligations ) (but the obligations owed by the Obligors under the Finance Documents shall not be released);

 

  (b) the New Lender shall assume obligations towards each of the Obligors who are a Party and/or the Obligors and the other Finance Parties shall acquire rights against the New Lender which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as the New Lender has assumed and/or the Obligors and the other Finance Parties have acquired the same in place of the Existing Lender;

 

  (c) the other Finance Parties and the New Lender shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (d) the New Lender shall become a Party to the Finance Documents as a “Lender” for the purposes of all the Finance Documents.

 

32.6 Copy of Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation to Borrower

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation and any other document required under clause 32.2.3, send a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation and such documents to the Borrower.

 

33 Changes to the Obligors

 

33.1 Assignments and transfers by Obligors

No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

 

33.2 Change of Parent

 

33.2.1 Subject to the provisions of clause 7.2 ( Change of Control ) and compliance with clause 19.9 ( “Know your customer” checks ) the Borrower may request a replacement of the Parent in circumstances where the Group is involved in an initial public offering of shares. Any such request shall require the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of all Lenders), which the Agent shall have full liberty to withhold and which may be granted on such conditions as the Agent may require. If a replacement is so approved the Parent shall be released from its obligations under this Agreement and such obligations shall be assumed by such replacement on terms acceptable to the Agent.

 

81


SECTION 9—THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

34 Roles of Agent and Arranger

 

34.1 Appointment of the Agent

 

34.1.1 Each other Finance Party appoints the Agent to act as its agent and as its trustee under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

34.1.2 Each such other Finance Party authorises the Agent:

 

  (a) to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions; and

 

  (b) to execute each of the Security Documents, and all other documents that may be approved by the Majority Lenders for execution by it.

 

34.1.3 The Agent accepts its appointment under clause 34.1.1 as trustee of the Trust Property with effect from the date of this Agreement and declares that it holds the Trust Property on trust for itself and the other Finance Parties (for so long as they are Finance Parties) on and subject to the terms of this clause 34 and the Security Documents to which it is a party.

 

34.2 Duties of the Agent

 

34.2.1 The Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

34.2.2 Without prejudice to clause 32.6 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation to Borrower) , clause 34.2.1 shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation.

 

34.2.3 Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

34.2.4 If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

34.2.5 If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent or an Arranger for their own account) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

34.2.6 Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Agent has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents. The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

34.3 Role of the Arrangers

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arrangers have no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

34.4 No fiduciary duties

 

34.4.1 Nothing in this Agreement constitutes an Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person except to the extent that the Agent holds the benefit of the Security Documents in trust for the other Finance Parties pursuant to clause 34.

 

82


34.4.2 Neither the Agent nor any Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender or any Hedging Provider for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account or have any obligations to the other Finance Parties beyond those expressly stated in the Finance Documents.

 

34.5 Business with the Group

The Agent and any Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any Obligor or other Group Member or their Affiliates.

 

34.6 Rights and discretions of the Agent

 

34.6.1 The Agent may rely on:

 

  (a) any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

 

  (b) any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his or her knowledge or within his or her power to verify.

 

34.6.2 The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the other Finance Parties) that:

 

  (a) no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under clause 30.1 ( Non-payment ));

 

  (b) any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised; and

 

  (c) any notice or request made by the Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request or Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

 

34.6.3 The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts in the conduct of its obligations and responsibilities under the Finance Documents.

 

34.6.4 The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.

 

34.6.5 The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

 

34.6.6 Without prejudice to the generality of clause 34.6.5 above, the Agent may disclose the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower and shall disclose the same upon the written request of the Borrower or the Majority Lenders.

 

34.6.7 Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor any Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality. The Agent and any Arranger may do anything which in its opinion, is necessary or desirable to comply with any law or regulation of any jurisdiction.

 

34.7 Majority Lenders’ instructions

 

34.7.1 Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall:

 

  (a) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent); and

 

83


  (b) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders.

 

34.7.2 Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders to the Agent (in relation to any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) shall be binding on all the Finance Parties.

 

34.7.3 The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

34.7.4 In the absence of, or while awaiting, instructions from the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders), the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Finance Parties.

 

34.7.5 The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) or any Hedging Provider in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This clause 34.7.5 shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Security Documents.

 

34.7.6 Neither the Agent nor any Arranger shall be obliged to request any certificate, opinion or other information under clause 19 ( Information undertakings ) unless so required in writing by a Lender or any Hedging Provider, in which case the Agent shall promptly make the appropriate request of the Borrower if such request would be in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

34.8 Responsibility for documentation and other matters

Neither the Agent nor any Arranger:

 

  (a) is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, any Arranger, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents or of any representations in any Finance Document or of any copy of any document delivered under any Finance Document;

 

  (b) is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document, any Purchase Contract or any Charter Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document, any Purchase Contract or any Charter Document;

 

  (c) is responsible for the application of any Capital Adequacy Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

  (d) is responsible for any loss to the Trust Property arising in consequence of the failure, depreciation or loss of any Charged Property or any investments made or retained in good faith or by reason of any other matter or thing;

 

  (e) is obliged to account to any person for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account;

 

  (f) is responsible for the failure of any Obligor or any other party to perform its obligations under any Finance Document, any Purchase Contract or any Charter Document or the financial condition of any such person;

 

84


  (g) is responsible for ascertaining whether all deeds and documents which should have been deposited with it under or pursuant to any of the Security Documents have been so deposited;

 

  (h) is responsible for investigating or making any enquiry into the title of any Obligor to any of the Charged Property or any of its other property or assets;

 

  (i) is responsible for the failure to register any of the Security Documents with the Registrar of Companies or any other public office;

 

  (j) is responsible for the failure to register any of the Security Documents in accordance with the provisions of the documents of title of any Obligor to any of the Charged Property;

 

  (k) is responsible for the failure to take or require any Obligor to take any steps to render any of the Security Documents effective as regards property or assets outside England or Wales or to secure the creation of any ancillary charge under the laws of the jurisdiction concerned; or

 

  (l) is responsible (save as otherwise provided in this clause 34) for taking or omitting to take any other action under or in relation to the Security Documents;

 

  (m) is responsible on account of the failure of any other beneficiary of a Security Document to perform or discharge any of its duties or obligations under the Security Documents; or

 

  (n) is (unless it is the same entity as the Agent) responsible on account of the failure of the Agent and/or any other beneficiary of a Security Document to perform or discharge any of its duties or obligations under the Security Documents; or

 

  (o) for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by any applicable law relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

34.9 Exclusion of liability

 

34.9.1 Without limiting clause 34.9.2 (and without prejudice to the provisions of clause 37.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc .), the Agent will not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

34.9.2 No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this clause subject to clause 1.3 and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

34.9.3 The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

 

34.9.4 Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or any Arranger to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender or any Hedging Provider and each lender and each Hedging Provider confirms to the Agent and the Arrangers that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or any Arranger.

 

85


34.10 Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against:

 

  (a) any Losses for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever incurred by such Lenders’ Representative in the circumstances contemplated pursuant to clause 37.11 ( Disruption to payment systems etc ) notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence, or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent); and

 

  (b) any other Losses (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) including the costs of any person engaged in accordance with clause 34.6.3 ( Rights and discretions of the Agent ) and any Receiver in acting as its agent under the Finance Documents

in each case incurred by the Agent in acting as such under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document or out of the Trust Property).

 

34.11 Resignation of the Agent

 

34.11.1 The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the Lenders, the Hedging Providers and the Borrower.

 

34.11.2 Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Agent acting through an office in the United Kingdom.

 

34.11.3 If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with clause 34.11.2 above within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the Agent (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Agent acting through an office in the United Kingdom.

 

34.11.4 The retiring Agent shall, either at the Lenders’ expense if it has been required to resign pursuant to clause 34.11.7 or otherwise at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

34.11.5 The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

34.11.6 Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this clause 34. Its successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

34.11.7 After consultation with the Borrower, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance with clause 34.11.1. In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with clause 34.11.1.

 

34.11.8 At any time after the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall execute all acts, deeds and documents reasonably required by its successor to transfer to it (or its nominee, as it may direct) any property, assets and rights previously vested in the retiring Agent pursuant to the Security Documents and which shall not have vested in its successor by operation of law. All such acts, deeds and documents shall be done or, as the case may be, executed at the cost of the retiring Agent (except where the Agent is retiring pursuant to clause 34.11.7 in which case such costs shall be borne by the Lenders (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero).

 

86


34.12 Confidentiality

 

34.12.1 In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its department, division or team directly responsible for the management of the Finance Documents which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions, departments or teams.

 

34.12.2 If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

 

34.12.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent, nor any Arranger is obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

 

34.13 Relationship with the Lenders and Hedging Provider

 

34.13.1 The Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender or each Hedging Provider at the opening of business (in the place of its principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender or (as the case may be) a Hedging Provider acting through its Facility Office:

 

  (a) entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

  (b) entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

 

       unless it has received not less than five Business Days prior notice from that Lender (or as the case may be a Hedging Provider) to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

34.13.2 Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information required by the Agent in order to calculate the Mandatory Cost in accordance with Schedule 6 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ).

 

34.13.3 Each Lender and each Hedging Provider shall supply the Agent with any information that the Agent may reasonably specify as being necessary or desirable to enable the Agent to perform its functions as Agent, including, but not limited to, any information which the Agent may require to comply with “know your customer checks” or similar identification procedures.

 

34.14 Credit appraisal by the Lenders and Hedging Providers

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender and each Hedging Provider confirms to each other Finance Party that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

  (a) the financial condition, status and nature of each Obligor and other Group Member;

 

  (b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any Purchase Contract or any Charter Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document, any Purchase Contract or any Charter Document;

 

  (c) the application of any Capital Adequacy Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

87


  (d) whether any Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

  (e) the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document or, any Purchase Contract, any Charter Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document, any Purchase Contract or any Charter Document; and

 

  (f) the right of title of any person to, or the value or sufficiency of, any part of the Charged Property, the priority of the Security Documents or the existence of any Security Interest affecting the Charged Property.

 

34.15 Reference Banks

If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Borrower) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank.

 

34.16 Agent’s management time

Any amount payable to the Agent under clause 14.3 ( Indemnity to the Agent ), clause 16 ( Costs and expenses ) and clause 34.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Borrower and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under clause 11 ( Fees ).

 

34.17 Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

34.18 Order of application

 

34.18.1 The Agent agrees to apply the Trust Property and each other beneficiary of the Security Documents agrees to apply all moneys received by it in the exercise of its rights under the Security Documents in accordance with the following respective claims:

 

  (a) first , as to a sum equivalent to the amounts payable to the Agent under the Finance Documents (excluding any amounts received by the Agent pursuant to clause 34.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ), for the Agent absolutely;

 

  (b) secondly , as to a sum equivalent to the aggregate amount then due and owing to the other Finance Parties (except the Hedging Providers) under the Finance Documents (except any Hedging Contracts), for those Finance Parties (except the Hedging Providers) absolutely, and pro-rata to the amounts owing to them under the Finance Documents (except any Hedging Contracts);

 

  (c) thirdly , until such time as the Agent is satisfied that all obligations owed to the Finance Parties (except the Hedging Providers) have been irrevocably and unconditionally discharged in full, held by the Agent on a suspense account for payment of any further amounts owing to the Finance Parties (except the Hedging Providers) under the Finance Documents (except any Hedging Contracts) and further application in accordance with this clause 34.18.1 as and when any such amounts later fall due;

 

88


  (d) fourthly , as to a sum equivalent to the aggregate net amount then due to the Hedging Providers but unpaid under any Hedging Contracts, for the Hedging Providers absolutely, and pro rata to the net amounts owing to them under those Hedging Contracts;

 

  (e) fifthly , to such other persons (if any) as are legally entitled thereto in priority to the Obligors; and

 

  (f) sixthly , as to the balance (if any), for the Obligors by or from whom or from whose assets the relevant amounts were paid, received or recovered or other person entitled to them.

 

34.18.2 The Agent and each other beneficiary of the Security Documents shall make each application as soon as is practicable after the relevant moneys are received by, or otherwise become available to, it save that (without prejudice to any other provision contained in any of the Security Documents) the Agent, any other beneficiary of the Security Documents or any receiver or administrator may credit any moneys received by it to a suspense account for so long and in such manner as the Agent, such other beneficiary of the Security Documents or such receiver or administrator may from time to time determine with a view to preserving the rights of the Finance Parties or any of them to prove for the whole of their respective claims against the Borrower or any other person liable.

 

34.18.3 The Agent and/or any other beneficiary of the Security Documents shall obtain a good discharge in respect of the amounts expressed to be due to the other Finance Parties as referred to in this clause 34.18 by distributing the same in accordance with clause 37 ( Payment mechanics ).

 

34.19 Powers and duties of the Agent as trustee of the security

In its capacity as trustee in relation to the Trust Property, the Agent:

 

  (a) shall, without prejudice to any of the powers, discretions and immunities conferred upon trustees by law (and to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or any of the Security Documents), have all the same powers and discretions as a natural person acting as the beneficial owner of such property and/or as are conferred upon the Agent by this Agreement and/or any Security Document but so that the Agent may only exercise such powers and discretions to the extent that it is authorised to do so by the provisions of this Agreement;

 

  (b) shall (subject to clause 34.18 ( Order of application )) be entitled (in its own name or in the names of nominees) to invest moneys from time to time forming part of the Trust Property or otherwise held by it as a consequence of any enforcement of the security constituted by any Finance Document which, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, it would not be practicable to distribute immediately, by placing the same on deposit in the name or under the control of the Agent as the Agent may think fit without being under any duty to diversify the same and the Agent shall not be responsible for any loss due to interest rate or exchange rate fluctuations except for any loss arising from the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

  (c) may, in the conduct of its obligations under and in respect of the Security Documents (otherwise than in relation to its right to make any declaration, determination or decision), instead of acting personally, employ and pay any agent (whether being a lawyer or any other person) to transact or concur in transacting any business and to do or concur in doing any acts required to be done by the Agent (including the receipt and payment of money) and on the basis that (i) any such agent engaged in any profession or business shall be entitled to be paid all usual professional and other charges for business transacted and acts done by him or any partner or employee of his or her in connection with such employment and (ii) the Agent shall not be bound to supervise, or be responsible for any loss incurred by reason of any act or omission of, any such agent if the Agent shall have exercised reasonable care in the selection of such agent; and

 

89


  (d) may place all deeds and other documents relating to the Trust Property which are from time to time deposited with it pursuant to the Security Documents in any safe deposit, safe or receptacle selected by the Agent exercising reasonable care or with any firm of solicitors or company whose business includes undertaking the safe custody of documents selected by the Agent exercising reasonable care and may make any such arrangements as it thinks fit for allowing Obligors access to, or its solicitors or auditors possession of, such documents when necessary or convenient and the Agent shall not be responsible for any loss incurred in connection with any such deposit, access or possession if it has exercised reasonable care in the selection of a safe deposit, safe, receptacle or firm of solicitors or company (save that it shall take reasonable steps to pursue any person who may be liable to it in connection with such loss).

 

34.20 All enforcement action through the Agent

 

34.20.1 None of the other Finance Parties shall have any independent power to enforce any of those Security Documents which are executed in favour of the Agent only or to exercise any rights, discretions or powers or to grant any consents or releases under or pursuant to such Security Documents or otherwise have direct recourse to the security and/or guarantees constituted by such Security Documents except through the Agent.

 

34.20.2 None of the other Finance Parties shall have any independent power to enforce any of those Security Documents which are executed in their favour or to exercise any rights, discretions or powers or to grant any consents or releases under or pursuant to such Security Documents or otherwise have direct recourse to the security and/or guarantees constituted by such Security Documents except through the Agent. If any Finance Party (other than the Agent) is a party to any Security Document it shall promptly upon being requested by the Agent to do so grant a power of attorney or other sufficient authority to the Agent to enable the Agent to exercise any rights, discretions or powers or to grant any consents or releases under such Security Document.

 

34.21 Co-operation to achieve agreed priorities of application

The other Finance Parties shall co-operate with each other and with the Agent and any receiver or administrator under the Security Documents in realising the property and assets subject to the Security Documents and in ensuring that the net proceeds realised under the Security Documents after deduction of the expenses of realisation are applied in accordance with clause 34.18 ( Order of application ).

 

34.22 Indemnity from Trust Property

 

34.22.1 In respect of all liabilities, costs or expenses for which the Obligors are liable under this Agreement, the Agent and each Affiliate of the Agent and each officer or employee of the Agent or its Affiliate (each a Relevant Person ) shall be entitled to be indemnified out of the Trust Property in respect of all liabilities, damages, costs, claims, charges or expenses whatsoever properly incurred or suffered by such Relevant Person:

 

  (a) in the execution or exercise or bona fide purported execution or exercise of the trusts, rights, powers, authorities, discretions and duties created or conferred by or pursuant to the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) as a result of any breach by an Obligor of any of its obligations under any Finance Document;

 

  (c) in respect of any Environmental Claim made or asserted against a Relevant Person which would not have arisen if the Finance Documents had not been executed; and

 

  (d) in respect of any matter or thing done or omitted in any way in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents relating to the Trust Property or the provisions of any of the Finance Documents.

 

90


34.22.2 The rights conferred by this clause 34.22 are without prejudice to any right to indemnity by law given to trustees generally and to any provision of the Finance Documents entitling the Agent or any other person to an indemnity in respect of, and/or reimbursement of, any liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or suffered by it in connection with any of the Finance Documents or the performance of any duties under any of the Finance Documents. Nothing contained in this clause 34.22 shall entitle the Agent or any other person to be indemnified in respect of any liabilities, damages, costs, claims, charges or expenses to the extent that the same arise from such person’s own gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

34.23 Finance Parties to provide information

The other Finance Parties shall provide the Agent with such written information as it may reasonably require for the purposes of carrying out its duties and obligations under the Security Documents and, in particular, with such necessary directions in writing so as to enable the Agent to make the calculations and applications contemplated by clause 34.18 ( Order of application ) above and to apply amounts received under, and the proceeds of realisation of, the Security Documents as contemplated by the Security Documents, clause 37.5 ( Partial payments ) and clause 34.18 ( Order of application ).

 

34.24 Release to facilitate enforcement and realisation

Each Finance Party acknowledges that pursuant to any enforcement action by the Agent (or a Receiver) carried out on the instructions of the Agent it may be desirable for the purpose of such enforcement and/or maximising the realisation of the Charged Property being enforced against, that any rights or claims of or by the Agent (for the benefit of the Finance Parties) and/or any Finance Parties against any Obligor and/or any Security Interest over any assets of any Obligor (in each case) as contained in or created by any Finance Document, other than such rights or claims or security being enforced, be released in order to facilitate such enforcement action and/or realisation and, notwithstanding any other provision of the Finance Documents, each Finance Party hereby irrevocably authorises the Agent to grant any such releases to the extent necessary to fully effect such enforcement action and realisation including, without limitation, to the extent necessary for such purposes to execute release documents in the name of and on behalf of the Finance Parties. Where the relevant enforcement is by way of disposal of membership interests in an Owner, the requisite release shall include releases of all claims (including under guarantees) of the Finance Parties and/or the Agent against such Owner and of all Security Interests over the assets of such Owner.

 

34.25 Undertaking to pay

Each Obligor which is a Party undertakes with the Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties that it will, on demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent all money from time to time owing, and discharge all other obligations from time to time incurred, by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

34.26 Additional trustees

The Agent shall have power by notice in writing to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower to appoint any person approved by the Borrower (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) either to act as separate trustee or as co-trustee jointly with the Agent:

 

  (a) if the Agent reasonably considers such appointment to be in the best interests of the Finance Parties;

 

  (b) for the purpose of conforming with any legal requirement, restriction or condition in any jurisdiction in which any particular act is to be performed; or

 

  (c) for the purpose of obtaining a judgment in any jurisdiction or the enforcement in any jurisdiction against any person of a judgment already obtained,

 

91


and any person so appointed shall (subject to the provisions of this Agreement) have such rights (including as to reasonable remuneration), powers, duties and obligations as shall be conferred or imposed by the instrument of appointment. The Agent shall have power to remove any person so appointed. At the request of the Agent, the other parties to this Agreement shall forthwith execute all such documents and do all such things as may be required to perfect such appointment or removal and each such party irrevocably authorises the Agent in its name and on its behalf to do the same. Such a person shall accede to this Agreement as an Agent to the extent necessary to carry out their role on terms satisfactory to the Agent and (subject always to the provisions of this Agreement) have such trusts, powers, authorities, liabilities and discretions (not exceeding those conferred on the Agent by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents) and such duties and obligations as shall be conferred or imposed by the instrument of appointment (being no less onerous than would have applied to the Agent but for the appointment). The Agent shall not be bound to supervise, or be responsible for any loss incurred by reason of any act or omission of, any such person if the Agent shall have exercised reasonable care in the selection of such person.

 

34.27 Non-recognition of trust

It is agreed by all the parties to this Agreement that:

 

  (a) in relation to any jurisdiction the courts of which would not recognise or give effect to the trusts expressed to be constituted by this clause 34, the relationship of the Agent and the other Finance Parties shall be construed as one of principal and agent, but to the extent permissible under the laws of such jurisdiction, all the other provisions of this Agreement shall have full force and effect between the parties to this Agreement; and

 

  (b) the provisions of this clause 34 insofar as they relate to the Agent in its capacity as trustee for the Finance Parties and the relationship between themselves and the Agent as their trustee may be amended by agreement between the other Finance Parties and the Agent. The Agent may amend all documents necessary to effect the alteration of the relationship between the Agent and the other Finance Parties and each such other party irrevocably authorises the Agent in its name and on its behalf to execute all documents necessary to effect such amendments.

 

35 Conduct of business by the Finance Parties

 

35.1 Finance Parties tax affairs

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

  (a) interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

  (b) oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

  (c) oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

35.2 Finance Parties acting together

Notwithstanding clause 2.3 ( Finance Parties’ rights and obligations ), if the Agent makes a declaration under clause 30.22 ( Acceleration ) the Agent shall, in the names of all the Finance Parties, take such action on behalf of the Finance Parties and conduct such negotiations with the Borrower and any Group Members and generally administer the Facility in accordance with the wishes of the Majority Lenders. All the Finance Parties shall be bound by the provisions of this clause and no Finance Party shall be entitled to take action independently against any Obligor or any of its assets without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.

 

92


35.3 Majority Lenders

 

35.3.1 Where any Finance Document provides for any matter to be determined by reference to the opinion of, or to be subject to the consent, approval or request of, the Majority Lenders or for any action to be taken on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (a majority decision ), such majority decision shall (as between the Lenders) only be regarded as having been validly given or issued by the Majority Lenders if all the Lenders shall have received prior notice of the matter on which such majority decision is required and the relevant majority of Lenders shall have given or issued such majority decision. However (as between any Obligor and the Finance Parties) the relevant Obligor shall be entitled (and bound) to assume that such notice shall have been duly received by each Lender and that the relevant majority shall have been obtained to constitute Majority Lenders when notified to this effect by the Agent whether or not this is the case.

 

35.3.2 If, within ten Business Days of the Agent despatching to each Lender a notice requesting instructions (or confirmation of instructions) from the Lenders or the agreement of the Lenders to any amendment, modification, waiver, variation or excuse of performance for the purposes of, or in relation to, any of the Finance Documents, the Agent has not received a reply specifically giving or confirming or refusing to give or confirm the relevant instructions or, as the case may be, approving or refusing to approve the proposed amendment, modification, waiver, variation or excuse of performance, then (irrespective of whether such Lender responds at a later date) the Agent shall treat any Lender which has not so responded as having indicated a desire to be bound by the wishes of 66 2 / 3  per cent. of those Lenders (measured in terms of the total Commitments of those Lenders) which have so responded.

 

35.3.3 For the purposes of clause 35.3.2, any Lender which notifies the Agent of a wish or intention to abstain on any particular issue shall be treated as if it had not responded.

 

35.3.4 Clauses 35.3.2 and 35.3.3 shall not apply in relation to those matters referred to in, or the subject of, clause 43.2 ( Exceptions ).

 

35.4 Conflicts

 

35.4.1 The Borrower acknowledges that any Arranger and its parent undertaking, subsidiary undertakings and fellow subsidiary undertakings (together an Arranger Group ) may be providing debt finance, equity capital or other services (including financial advisory services) to other persons with which the Borrower may have conflicting interests in respect of the Facility or otherwise.

 

35.4.2 No member of an Arranger Group shall use confidential information gained from any Obligor by virtue of the Facility or its relationships with any Obligor in connection with their performance of services for other persons. This shall not, however, affect any obligations that any member of an Arranger Group has as Agent in respect of the Finance Documents. The Borrower also acknowledges that no member of an Arranger Group has any obligation to use or furnish to any Obligor information obtained from other persons for their benefit.

 

35.4.3 The terms parent undertaking , subsidiary undertaking and fellow subsidiary undertaking when used in this clause have the meaning given to them in sections 1161 and 1162 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

36 Sharing among the Finance Parties

 

36.1 Payments to Finance Parties

If a Finance Party (a Recovering Finance Party ) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with clause 37 ( Payment mechanics ) (a Recovered Amount ) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

 

  (a) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Agent;

 

93


  (b) the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with clause 37 ( Payment mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

  (c) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the Sharing Payment ) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with clause 37.5 ( Partial payments ).

 

36.2 Redistribution of payments

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the Sharing Finance Parties ) in accordance with clause 37.5 ( Partial payments ) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

 

36.3 Recovering Finance Party’s rights

On a distribution by the Agent under clause 36.2 ( Redistribution of payments ) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

36.4 Reversal of redistribution

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

  (a) each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the Redistributed Amount ); and

 

  (b) as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

36.5 Exceptions

 

36.5.1 This clause 36 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

 

36.5.2 A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, if:

 

  (a) it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

  (b) that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

94


SECTION 10—ADMINISTRATION

 

37 Payment mechanics

 

37.1 Payments to the Agent

 

37.1.1 On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document (other than a Hedging Contract), that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

37.1.2 Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency with such bank as the Agent specifies.

 

37.2 Distributions by the Agent

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to clause 37.3 ( Distributions to an Obligor ) and clause 37.4 ( Clawback ) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency.

 

37.3 Distributions to an Obligor

The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with clause 38 ( Set-off )) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

37.4 Clawback

 

37.4.1 Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

37.4.2 If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

37.5 Partial payments

 

37.5.1 If the Agent receives a payment for application against amounts due under the Finance Documents that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under those Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under those Finance Documents in the following order:

 

  (a) first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses (ignoring any fees payable under clause 11 ( Fees )) of the Agent or the Arrangers under those Finance Documents;

 

  (b) secondly , pro rata in or towards payment to the Lenders pro rata of any amount owing to the Lenders under clause 34.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent );

 

95


  (c) thirdly , pro-rata in or towards payment to the Lenders pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission or other amounts due to them but unpaid under the Finance Documents;

 

  (d) fourthly , in or towards payment to the Lenders pro rata of any principal which is due but unpaid under the Finance Documents;

 

  (e) fifthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents (except any Hedging Contracts); and

 

  (f) sixthly , pro-rata in or towards payment to the Hedging Providers of any net amounts due to them but unpaid under any Hedging Contracts;

 

37.5.2 The Agent shall, if so directed by all the Lenders and the Hedging Providers, vary the order set out in paragraphs (b) to (e) of clause 37.5.1.

 

37.5.3 Clauses 37.5.1 and 37.5.2 above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

37.6 No set-off by Obligors

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

37.7 Business Days

 

37.7.1 Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

37.7.2 During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

37.8 Payments on demand

For the purposes of clause 30.1and subject to the Agent’s right to demand interest under clause 8.3, payments on demand shall be treated as paid when due if paid within three Business Days of demand.

 

37.9 Currency of account

 

37.9.1 Subject to clauses 37.9.2 to 37.9.3, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

37.9.2 A repayment of all or part of the Loan or an Unpaid Sum and each payment of interest shall be made in dollars on its due date.

 

37.9.3 Each payment in respect of the amount of any costs, expenses or Taxes or other losses shall be made in dollars and, if they were incurred in a currency other than dollars, the amount payable under the Finance Documents shall be the equivalent in dollars of the relevant amount in such other currency on the date on which it was incurred.

 

37.9.4 All moneys received or held by the Agent or by a Receiver under a Security Document in a currency other than dollars may be sold for dollars and the Obligor which executed that Security Document shall indemnify the Agent against the full cost in relation to the sale. Neither the Agent nor such Receiver will have any liability to that Obligor in respect of any loss resulting from any fluctuation in exchange rates after the sale.

 

96


37.10 Change of currency

 

37.10.1 Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

  (a) any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Borrower); and

 

  (b) any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

37.10.2 If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrower) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the London interbank market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

37.11 Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Payment Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Borrower that a Payment Disruption Event has occurred:

 

  (a) the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrower, consult with the Borrower with a view to agreeing with the Borrower such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

  (b) the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrower in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

  (c) the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

  (d) any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Borrower shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Payment Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of clause 43 ( Amendments and grant of waivers );

 

  (e) the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this clause 37.11; and

 

  (f) the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

38 Set-off

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

97


39 Notices

 

39.1 Communications in writing

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

39.2 Addresses

The address, and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Obligor or Finance Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

  (a) in the case of any Obligor which is a Party, that identified with its name in Schedule 1 ( The original parties );

 

  (b) in the case of any Obligor which is not a Party, that identified in any Finance Document to which it is a party;

 

  (c) in the case of the Agent and any other original Finance Party that identified with its name in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ); and

 

  (d) in the case of each Lender or other Finance Party, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party in the relevant capacity,

or, in each case, any substitute address, fax number, or department or officer as an Obligor or Finance Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

39.3 Delivery

 

39.3.1 Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

  (a) if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

  (b) if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address;

 

       and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under clause 39.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

39.3.2 Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ) (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose).

 

39.3.3 All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent.

 

39.3.4 Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrower in accordance with this clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

 

39.4 Notification of address and fax number

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to clause 39.2 ( Addresses ) or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

98


39.5 Electronic communication

 

39.5.1 Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender or a Hedging Provider or an Obligor under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including by way of the Agent’s Intralinks system), if the Agent and the relevant Lender or such Hedging Provider or such Obligor:

 

  (a) agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

 

  (b) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

  (c) notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

 

39.5.2 Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender or the Hedging Provider or an Obligor will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender or Hedging Provider or an Obligor to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

39.6 English language

 

39.6.1 Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be in English.

 

39.6.2 All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be:

 

  (a) in English; or

 

  (b) if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

40 Calculations and certificates

 

40.1 Accounts

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

40.2 Certificates and determinations

Any certification or determination by the Agent of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

40.3 Day count convention

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

41 Partial invalidity

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

99


42 Remedies and waivers

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in the Finance Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

43 Amendments and grant of waivers

 

43.1 Required consents

 

43.1.1 Subject to clause 43.2 ( Exceptions ), any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived with the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders and, if it affects the rights and obligations of the Agent, the consent of the Agent) and any such amendment or waiver agreed or given by the Agent will be binding on the other Finance Parties.

 

43.1.2 The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this clause.

 

43.2 Exceptions

 

43.2.1 An amendment, waiver or discharge or release that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

  (a) the definition of “Majority Lenders” in clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

 

  (b) the definition of “Final Availability Date” in clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

 

  (c) an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

  (d) a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable or the rate at which they are calculated;

 

  (e) an increase in, or an extension of, any Commitment;

 

  (f) a change to the Borrower or any other Obligor;

 

  (g) any provision which expressly requires the consent or approval of all the Lenders;

 

  (h) clause 2.3 ( Finance Parties’ rights and obligations ), clause 32 ( Changes to the Lenders ), clause 36.1 ( Payments to Finance Parties ) or this clause 43;

 

  (i) the order of distribution under clause 37.5 ( Partial payments );

 

  (j) the order of distribution under clause 34.18 ( Order of application );

 

  (k) this clause 43.2.1;

 

  (l) the currency in which any amount is payable under any Finance Document;

 

  (m) the nature or scope of the Charged Property or the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Security Documents are distributed;

 

  (n) the nature or scope of the guarantee and indemnity granted under clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ); or

 

100


  (o) the circumstances in which the security constituted by the Security Documents are permitted or required to be released under any of the Finance Documents,

shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

43.2.2 Amendments to or waivers in respect of the Hedging Contracts may only be agreed by the relevant Hedging Provider.

 

43.2.3 An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent or the Arrangers in their respective capacities as such (and not just as a Lender) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent or the Arrangers (as the case may be).

 

43.2.4 Notwithstanding clauses 43.1 and 43.2.1 to 43.2.3 (inclusive), the Agent may make technical amendments to the Finance Documents arising out of manifest errors on the face of the Finance Documents, where such amendments would not prejudice or otherwise be adverse to the interests of any Finance Party without any reference or consent of the Finance Parties.

 

43.3 Releases

Except with the approval of all of the Lenders or as is expressly permitted or required by the Finance Documents, the Agent shall not have authority to release:

 

  (a) any Charged Property from the security constituted by any Security Document; or

 

  (b) any Obligor from any of its guarantee or other obligations under any Finance Document.

 

43.4 Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders

 

43.4.1 For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any undrawn Commitments, in ascertaining the Majority Lenders or whether any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender’s Commitments will be reduced by the amount of its undrawn Commitments.

 

43.4.2 For the purposes of this clause 43.4, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

 

  (a) any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender; and

 

  (b) any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of Defaulting Lender has occurred,

unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

 

43.5 Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

43.5.1 The Borrower may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving 20 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law such Lender shall) assign pursuant to clause 32 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Borrower, and which is acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably) and which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender’s participations or unfunded participations (as the case may be) on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loan and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

101


43.5.2 Any assignment by a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (a) the Borrower shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (b) neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a Replacement Lender;

 

  (c) the transfer must take place no later than 14 days after the notice referred to in clause 43.5.1 above; and

 

  (d) in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

44 Counterparts

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

45 Confidentiality

 

45.1 Confidential Information

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by clause 45.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ), and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

45.2 Disclosure of Confidential Information

Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

45.2.1 to any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this clause 45.2.1 is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

45.2.2 to any person:

 

  (a) to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

  (b) with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

102


  (c) appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom clause 45.2.2 (a) or 45.2.2 (b) applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under clause 34.13 ( Relationship with the Lenders ));

 

  (d) who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in clause 45.2.2 (a) or (b);

 

  (e) to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

  (f) to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

  (g) who is a Party; or

 

  (h) with the consent of the Borrower,

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate; and

 

45.2.3 to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom clauses 45.2.2(a) or 45.2.2(b) applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this clause 45.2.3 if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrower and the relevant Finance Party;

 

45.3 Entire agreement

This clause 45 ( Confidentiality ) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

45.4 Inside information

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

45.5 Notification of disclosure

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by applicable law) to inform the Borrower:

 

  (a) of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to clause 45.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that clause during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

103


  (b) upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this clause 45 ( Confidentiality ).

 

45.6 Continuing obligations

The obligations in this clause 45 ( Confidentiality ) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of twelve months from the earlier of:

 

  (a) the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

 

  (b) the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

 

104


SECTION 11—GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

46 Governing law

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations connected with it are governed by English law.

 

47 Enforcement

 

47.1 Jurisdiction of English courts

 

47.1.1 The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any non-contractual obligations connected with it (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) (a Dispute ).

 

47.1.2 The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

47.1.3 This clause 47.1 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

47.2 Service of process

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor which is a Party:

 

  (a) irrevocably appoints the person named in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ) as that Obligor’s English process agent as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document;

 

  (b) agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned; and

 

  (c) if any person appointed as process agent for an Obligor is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, that Obligor must immediately (and in any event within ten days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Agent. Failing this, the Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

105


Schedule 1

The original parties

Borrower

 

Name:    Navigator Gas L.L.C.

Jurisdiction of formation

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

   961263

English process agent

   WFW Legal Services Limited

Registered office

   Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices

  

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

The Parent

 

Name of Parent    Navigator Holdings Ltd

Jurisdiction of incorporation

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

   29140

English process agent

   WFW Legal Services Limited

Registered office

   Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices

  

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

The Owners

 

Name of Owner

   Navigator Mars L.L.C.

Jurisdiction of incorporation

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

   961266

Ship

   Navigator Mars

English process agent

   WFW Legal Services Limited

Registered office

   Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands

 

106


Address for service of notices

  

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

 

Name of Owner

   Navigator Neptune L.L.C.

Jurisdiction of incorporation

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

   961270

Ship

   Navigator Neptune

English process agent

   WFW Legal Services Limited

Registered office

   Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices

  

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

 

Name of Owner

   Navigator Venus L.L.C.

Jurisdiction of incorporation

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

   961267

Ship

   Navigator Venus

English process agent

   WFW Legal Services Limited

Registered office

   Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices

  

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

 

Name of Owner

   Navigator Gemini L.L.C.

Jurisdiction of incorporation

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

   961384

 

107


Ship    Navigator Gemini
English process agent    WFW Legal Services Limited
Registered office    Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands
Address for service of notices   

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

 

Name of Owner    Navigator Taurus L.L.C.
Jurisdiction of incorporation    Republic of the Marshall Islands
Registration number (or equivalent, if any)    961385
Ship    Navigator Taurus
English process agent    WFW Legal Services Limited
Registered office    Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands
Address for service of notices   

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

 

Name of Owner    Navigator Pegasus L.L.C.
Jurisdiction of incorporation    Republic of the Marshall Islands
Registration number (or equivalent, if any)    962097
Ship    Navigator Pegasus
English process agent    WFW Legal Services Limited
Registered office    Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands
Address for service of notices   

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

 

108


Name of Owner    Navigator Phoenix L.L.C.
Jurisdiction of incorporation    Republic of the Marshall Islands
Registration number (or equivalent, if any)    962098
Ship    Dancing Brave (tbr Navigator Phoenix)
English process agent    WFW Legal Services Limited
Registered office    Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands
Address for service of notices   

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

 

109


The Original Lenders and their Commitments

 

Name

  

Address and fax number

   Tranche A
Commitment ($)
     Tranche B
Commitment ($)
 
Nordea Bank Finland plc, London Branch   

8th Floor

City Place House

55 Basinghall Street

London EC2V 5NB

 

Fax +44 (0)20 7726 9188

Attention: Mr Tom Zachariassen

E-mail: tom.zachariassen@nordea.com

     40,000,000         20,000,000   
DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch   

Strandgaten 18, PO Box 701

Sentrum

N-5807 Bergen

 

For credit matters:

 

Fax +47 55 30 94 50

Attention: Mr Thomas S. Falck

E-mail: thomas.falck@dvbbank.com

 

For operations/administration:

 

Fax +47 55 30 94 50

Attention: Kristin Olstad

E-mail: kristin.olstad@dvbbank.com

     40,000,000         20,000,000   
Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)   

Kungsträdgårdsgatan 8

106 40 Stockholm

Sweden

 

For credit matters:

 

Scott Lewallen/Malcolm

Stonehouse

SEB

2 Cannon Street

London EC4M 6XX

 

Fax: +44 20 7236 5144

Attention: Scott Lewallen/Malcolm

Stonehouse

E-mail: scott.lewallen@seb.co.uk / malcolm.stonehouse@seb.co.uk

 

For operations/administration:

 

SEB Structured Credit Operations

Rissneleden 110

106 40 Stockholm

Sweden

 

Fax +46 8 611 0384

Attention: Structured Credit

Operations

E-mail: sco@seb.se

     40,000,000         20,000,000   
     120,000,000         60,000,000   

 

110


The Original Hedging Providers

 

Name      Nordea Bank Finland plc

Facility Office, address, fax

number and attention

details for notices

   Facility Office:  

Aleksanterinkatu 36

FIN-00020 NORDEA

00100 Helsinki

Finland

   Address for notices:  

c/o Nordea Bank Finland plc, London Branch

8th Floor, City Place House

55 Basinghall Street

London EC2V 5NB

  

Fax: +44 (0)20 7726 0011

Attention: Nordea Markets

Name      Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

Facility Office, address, fax

number and attention

details for notices

   Facility Office:  

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ),

Oslo Branch

P.O. Box 1843

Vika

NO-0123 Oslo

Norway

   Address for notices:  

SEB Riga Operations Center

LV-1019

Riga, Latvia

  

Fax: +46 8 763 8790

Attention: Derivative Operations

The Agent

 

Name    Nordea Bank Finland plc, London Branch

Facility Office, address, fax

number and attention

details for notices and

account details for payments

  

8th Floor

City Place House

Basinghall Street

London EC2V 5NB

 

Fax: +44 (0)20 7726 9102

Attention: Shipping Finance

Email: mike.sheppard@nordea.com / andrew.searle@nordea.com

 

Account details for payments:

Pay to: JP Morgan Chase Bank, New York

Swift No: CHASUS33

For Account of: Nordea Bank Finland Plc, London Branch

Swift No: NDEAGB2L

Account: 400807041

 

111


Schedule 2

Ship information

Part A—Existing Ships

 

Name of Ship:   Navigator Mars
Owner:   Navigator Mars L.L.C.
Flag State:   Liberia
Port of Registry:   Monrovia
Official Number:   11282
Classification:   LOGO 100 A5 E with freeboard 5.663 m IW ERS BWM NLS T5D22 Liquefied Gas Tanker Type-2G LOGO MC E AUT INERT RI
Classification Society:   Germanischer Lloyd
Major Casualty Amount:   $1,000,000

 

Name of Ship:   Navigator Neptune
Owner:   Navigator Neptune L.L.C.
Flag State:   Liberia
Port of Registry:   Monrovia
Official Number:   11290
Classification:   LOGO 100 A5 E with freeboard 5.663 m IW ERS BWM NLS T5D22 Liquefied Gas Tanker Type-2G LOGO MC E AUT INERT RI
Classification Society:   Germanischer Lloyd
Major Casualty Amount:   $1,000,000

 

Name of Ship:   Navigator Venus
Owner:   Navigator Venus L.L.C.
Flag State:   Liberia
Port of Registry:   Monrovia
Official Number:   11288
Classification:   LOGO 100 A5 E with freeboard 5.663 m IW ERS BWM NLS T5D22 Liquefied Gas Tanker Type-2G LOGO MC E AUT INERT RI
Classification Society:   Germanischer Lloyd
Major Casualty Amount:   $1,000,000

 

112


Name of Ship:    Navigator Gemini
Owner:    Navigator Gemini L.L.C.
Flag State:    Liberia
Port of Registry:    Monrovia
Official Number:    14077
Classification:    LOGO 100A1, Liquefied Gas Carrier, Ship Type 2G, Propane, Butane, Butylenes, Propylene, Anhydrous Ammonia, Butadiene and VCM in Independent Tank type C, Max. Specific gravity 0.972, Max. Vapour Pressure 5.3 bar, Min. Temperature minus 48 degree C, *IWS, LI LOGO LMC, UMS, Lloyd’s RMC (LG)
Classification Society:    Lloyds Register of Shipping
Major Casualty Amount:    $1,000,000

 

Name of Ship:    Navigator Taurus
Owner:    Navigator Taurus L.L.C.
Flag State:    Liberia
Port of Registry:    Monrovia
Official Number:    14078
Classification:    LOGO 100A1, Liquefied Gas Carrier, Ship Type 2G, Anhydrous Ammonia, Butadiene, Butane, Butane- propane mixture, Butylenes, Diethyle ether, Dimethylamine, Isoprene, Isopropylamine, Monoethylamine, Propane, Propylene, VCM and Vinyle ethyle ether in Independent Tank type C, Max. Specific gravity 0.972, Max. Vapour Pressure 5.3 bar, Min. Temperature minus 48 degree C, *IWS, LI LOGO LMC, UMS, LOGO Lloyd’s RMC (LG)
Classification Society:    Lloyds Register of Shipping
Major Casualty Amount:    $1,000,000

Part B—Acquired Ships

 

Name of Ship:    Navigator Pegasus
Owner:    Navigator Pegasus L.L.C.
Date and description of Purchase Contract:    Memorandum of agreement dated 1 March, 2012 as amended by an Addendum No. 1 dated 2 March, 2012 between Desert Orchid Shipping Pte. Ltd and Navigator Pegasus L.L.C.
Purchase Price:    $50,167,000

 

113


Flag State:    Liberia
Port of Registry:    Monrovia
Official Number:    15596
Classification:    LOGO 100 A5 E IW ERS C1D11 T5D22 Liquefied Gas Tanker Type-2G LOGO MC E AUT INERT
Classification Society:    Germanischer Lloyd
Seller:    Desert Orchid Shipping Pte. Ltd
Major Casualty Amount:    $1,000,000

 

Name of Ship:    Dancing Brave (tbr Navigator Phoenix)
Owner:    Navigator Phoenix L.L.C.
Date and description of Purchase Contract:    Memorandum of agreement dated 1 March, 2012 as amended by an Addendum No. 1 dated 2 March, 2012 between Dancing Brave Shipping Pte. Ltd and Navigator Phoenix L.L.C.
Purchase Price:    $50,167,000
Flag State:    Liberia
Port of Registry:    Monrovia
Official Number:    15597
Classification:    LOGO 100 A5 E IW ERS C1D11 T5D22 Liquefied Gas Tanker Type-2G LOGO MC E AUT INERT
Classification Society:    Germanischer Lloyd
Seller:    Dancing Brave Shipping Pte. Ltd
Major Casualty Amount:    $1,000,000

 

114


Schedule 3

Conditions precedent

Part 1

Conditions precedent to any Utilisation

 

1 Obligors’ corporate documents

 

  (a) A copy of the Constitutional Documents of each Obligor.

 

  (b) A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Obligor (or any committee of such board empowered to approve and authorise the following matters):

 

  (i) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents, any Purchase Contracts or any Charter ( Relevant Documents ) to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Relevant Documents;

 

  (ii) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Relevant Documents on its behalf; and

 

  (iii) authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Relevant Documents to which it is a party.

 

  (c) If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the relevant company, establishing any committee referred to in paragraph (b) above and conferring authority on that committee.

 

  (d) A copy of the passport of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above.

 

  (e) A certificate of the Parent (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on any Obligor to be exceeded.

 

  (f) A copy of any power of attorney under which any person is to execute any of the Relevant Documents on behalf of any Obligor.

 

  (g) A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Parent certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part of this Schedule is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement and that any such resolutions or power of attorney have not been revoked.

 

2 Legal opinions

 

  (a) A legal opinion of Norton Rose LLP, London addressed to the Arrangers, and the Agent on matters of English law, substantially in the form approved by the Agent prior to signing this Agreement.

 

  (b) A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arrangers and the Agent in each jurisdiction in which an Obligor is incorporated and/or which is or is to be the Flag State of a Mortgaged Ship, each substantially in the form approved by the Agent prior to signing this Agreement.

 

115


3 Other documents and evidence

 

  (a) Evidence that any process agent referred to in clause 47.2 ( Service of process ) or any equivalent provision of any other Finance Document entered into on or before the first Utilisation Date has accepted its appointment.

 

  (b) A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

  (c) The Original Financial Statements.

 

  (d) Evidence that the fees, commissions, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to clause 11 ( Fees ) and clause 16 ( Costs and expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date.

 

4 Earnings Account

Evidence that the Earnings Account has been opened and established, that the Account Security in respect of the Earnings Account has been executed and delivered by the Borrower in favour of the Agent and that any notice required to be given to an Account Bank under that Account Security has been given to it and acknowledged by it in the manner required by that Account Security and that an amount has been credited to it.

 

5 Purchase Contract

A copy, certified by an approved person to be a true and complete copy, of each Purchase Contract.

 

6 “Know your customer” information

Such documentation and information as any Finance Party may reasonably request through the Agent to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures under all laws and regulations applicable to that Finance Party.

 

7 Share Security

The Share Security in respect of each of the Owners duly executed by the Borrower together with all letters, transfers, certificates and other documents required to be delivered under the Share Security.

 

8 Structure of the Borrower and Owner

Evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent of the Borrower’s and the Owners’ ownership and financial structure.

 

9 Material Adverse Effect

Confirmation in a form and substance satisfactory to the Agent that:

 

  (i) since 31 December 2011 nothing has occurred in relation to any Obligor which had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

  (ii) there is no litigation pending or threatened against any Obligor which has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

116


10 No Conflict

Confirmation, in a form and substance satisfactory to the Agent that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated in connection with it do not and will not cause any conflict with, or any default under, any material agreement to which the Obligors are party to.

 

11 Consents and Approvals

 

  (a) A certificate from an officer of the Borrower that no consents, authorisations, licences or approvals are necessary for the Borrower to authorise or are required by the Borrower in connection with the borrowing by the Borrower of the Loan pursuant to this Agreement or the execution, delivery and performance of the Borrower’s Security Documents; and

 

  (b) a certificate from an officer of each Obligor (other than the Borrower) that no consents, authorisations, licences or approvals are necessary for such Finance Party to guarantee and/or grant security for the borrowing by the Borrower of the Commitment pursuant to this Agreement and execute, deliver and perform the Security Documents insofar as such Finance Party is a party thereto.

 

12 Guarantees

The Shipowner Guarantees duly executed by each Owner.

 

117


Part 2

Existing Ships and related security conditions precedent and conditions precedent on Delivery of Acquired Ships

 

1 Corporate documents

 

  (a) A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Borrower and the relevant Owner certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in Part 1 of this Schedule remains correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than a date approved for this purpose and that any resolutions or power of attorney referred to in Part 1 of this Schedule in relation to it have not been revoked or amended.

 

  (b) A certificate of an authorised signatory of each other Obligor which is party to any of the Security Documents required to be executed in respect of the Existing Ships or, in relation to an Acquired Ship, at or before Delivery of the Acquired Ship certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in Part 1 of this Schedule remains correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than a date approved for this purpose and that any resolutions or power of attorney referred to in Part 1 of this Schedule in relation to it have not been revoked or amended.

 

2 Security

 

  (a) The Mortgage and the General Assignment in respect of the relevant Ship.

 

  (b) Any Charter Assignment then required in respect of the relevant Ship pursuant to the Finance Documents duly executed by the relevant Owner.

 

  (c) Duly executed notices of assignment and acknowledgements of those notices as required by any of the above Security Documents.

 

3 Delivery and registration of Ship

 

  (a) Evidence that the relevant Ship:

 

  (i) is legally and beneficially owned by the relevant Owner and registered or, in the case of an Acquired Ship and to the extent applicable, provisionally registered in the name of the relevant Owner through the relevant Registry as a ship under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;

 

  (ii) is operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service;

 

  (iii) is classed with the relevant Classification free of all requirements and recommendations of the relevant Classification Society;

 

  (iv) is insured in the manner required by the Finance Documents;

 

  (v) has been delivered, and accepted for service, under its Charter (if any); and

 

  (vi) is free of any other charter commitment which would require approval under the Finance Documents.

 

4 Mortgage registration

Evidence that the Mortgage in respect of the relevant Ship has been registered or, in the case of an Acquired Ship, provisionally registered with first preferred status against the relevant Ship through the relevant Registry under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State.

 

5 Insurance

In relation to the relevant Ship’s Insurances:

 

118


  (a) an opinion from insurance consultants appointed by the Agent on such Insurances;

 

  (b) evidence that such Insurances have been placed in accordance with clause 24 ( Insurance ); and

 

  (c) evidence that approved brokers, insurers and/or associations have issued or will issue letters of undertaking in favour of the Agent in an approved form in relation to the Insurances.

 

6 ISM and ISPS Code

Copies of:

 

  (a) the document of compliance issued in accordance with the ISM Code to the person who is the operator of the relevant Ship for the purposes of that code;

 

  (b) the safety management certificate in respect of such Ship issued in accordance with the ISM Code;

 

  (c) the international ship security certificate in respect of such Ship issued under the ISPS Code; and

 

  (d) if so requested by the Agent, any other certificates issued under any applicable code required to be observed by such Ship or in relation to its operation under any applicable law.

 

7 Charter

If a Charter Assignment is then required in relation to the relevant Ship pursuant to the Finance Documents such evidence as the Agent may require as to the due incorporation of the relevant Charterer and any other party to the Charter Documents (other than an Obligor).

 

8 Fees and expenses

Evidence that the fees, commissions, costs and expenses that are due from the Borrower pursuant to clause 11 ( Fees ) and clause 16 ( Costs and expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the relevant Utilisation Date.

 

9 Environmental matters

If and when the Ship is to trade to the United States after its Delivery, copies of the relevant Ship’s certificate of financial responsibility and vessel response plan required under United States law and evidence of their approval by the appropriate United States government entity and (if requested by the Agent) an environmental report in respect of the relevant Ship from an approved person.

 

10 Management Agreement

Where any Managers have been approved in accordance with clause 22.5 ( Manager ), a copy, certified by an approved person to be a true and complete copy, of the agreement between the relevant Owner and the relevant Manager relating to the appointment of the Manager.

 

11 Value of Security

Valuations obtained (not more than 30 days before the relevant Utilisation Date) in accordance with 25 ( Minimum security value ) showing the Borrower is in compliance with clauses 5.3.3 (in respect of the Existing Ships) and clause 5.3.4 (in respect of an Acquired Ship).

 

119


12 Legal Opinions

 

  (a) A legal opinion of Norton Rose LLP, London addressed to the Arrangers, and the Agent on matters of English law, substantially in the form approved by the Agent prior to signing this Agreement.

 

  (b) A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arrangers and the Agent in each jurisdiction in which an Obligor is incorporated and/or which is or is to be the Flag State of a Mortgaged Ship, each substantially in the form approved by the Agent prior to signing this Agreement.

 

13 Purchase Price

Evidence that the full purchase price of the relevant Acquired Ship has been or will have been paid upon the relevant Utilisation being made and that the Seller will not have any lien or other right to detain the Ship on its delivery.

 

14 Existing Financing

Evidence satisfactory, to the Agent, that in relation to the relevant Ship, or Ships to which an Advance relates:

 

  (i) any existing financing in respect of which a Security Interest has been granted over such Ship or Ships, has been, or will, upon utilisation of the relevant Advance, be repaid in full; and

 

  (ii) all Security Interests over such Ship or Ships which are not Permitted Security Interests, have been or will, upon Utilisation of the relevant Advance, be released and/or discharged.

 

120


Schedule 4

Utilisation Request

 

From:    Navigator Gas L.L.C.
To:    [name of Agent]
Dated:    [ ]

Dear Sirs

$180,000,000

Facility Agreement dated [ ] (the Agreement)

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

2 We wish to borrow an Advance on the following terms:

 

Proposed Utilisation Date:    [ ] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
Amount:    $ [ ]
Tranche:    Tranche [A/B] Loan

 

3 We confirm that each condition specified in clause 4.4 ( Further conditions precedent ) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

4 The purpose of this Advance is [ specify purpose complying with clause 3 of the Agreement ] and its proceeds should be credited to [ ] [ specify account ].

 

5 [ first Utilisation of a Tranche : We request that the first Interest Period for the Tranche [A/B] Loan be [ ] months.]

 

6 This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

 

7 The Repeating Representations, (being each of the representations and warranties set out in the Agreement at clauses 18.1 ( Status ) to 18.10 ( Ranking and effectiveness of Security Documents ) (except for clauses 18.7 ( Information ) and 18.8 ( Original Financial Statements )) are correct at the date of this Utilisation Request.

Yours faithfully

 

 

authorised signatory for

Navigator Gas L.L.C.

 

121


Schedule 5

Selection Notice

 

From:    Navigator Gas L.L.C.

To:

   [name of Agent]

Dated:

   [ ]

Dear Sirs

$180,000,000

Facility Agreement dated [ ] ( the Agreement )

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

 

2 We request that the next Interest Period for the Tranche [A/B] Loan be [ ] months.

 

3 This Selection Notice is irrevocable.

Yours faithfully

 

 

authorised signatory for

Navigator Gas L.L.C.

 

122


Schedule 6

Mandatory Cost formulae

 

1 The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.

 

2 On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the Additional Cost Rate ) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.

 

3 The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in all Loans made from that Facility Office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that Facility Office.

 

4 The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Agent as follows:

 

  (a) in relation to a sterling Loan:

 

LOGO    per cent. per annum

 

  (b) in relation to a Loan in any currency other than sterling:

 

LOGO    per cent. per annum.

Where:

 

  A is the percentage of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in excess of any stated minimum) which that Lender is from time to time required to maintain as an interest free cash ratio deposit with the Bank of England to comply with cash ratio requirements.

 

  B is the percentage rate of interest (excluding the Margin and the Mandatory Cost and, if the Loan is an Unpaid Sum, the additional rate of interest specified in clause 8.3.1 ( Default interest )) payable for the relevant Interest Period on the Loan.

 

  C is the percentage (if any) of Eligible Liabilities which that Lender is required from time to time to maintain as interest bearing Special Deposits with the Bank of England.

 

  D is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to the Agent on interest bearing Special Deposits.

 

  E is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Reference Banks to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.

 

5 For the purposes of this Schedule:

 

123


  (a) Eligible Liabilities and Special Deposits have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;

 

  (b) Fees Rules means the rules on periodic fees contained in the Financial Services Authority Fees Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;

 

  (c) Fee Tariffs means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under Column 1 of the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate); and

 

  (d) Tariff Base has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules.

 

6 In application of the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the formulae as percentages (i.e. 5 per cent. will be included in the formula as 5 and not as 0.05). A negative result obtained by subtracting D from B shall be taken as zero. The resulting figures shall be rounded to four decimal places.

 

7 If requested by the Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Agent, the rate of charge payable by that Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by that Reference Bank as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of that Reference Bank.

 

8 Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:

 

  (a) the jurisdiction of its Facility Office; and

 

  (b) any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.

Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.

 

9 The percentages of each Lender for the purpose of A and C above and the rates of charge of each Reference Bank for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 7 and 8 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and Special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a Facility Office in the same jurisdiction as its Facility Office.

 

10 The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender or Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above is true and correct in all respects.

 

11 The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender and each Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above.

 

12 Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

 

124


13 The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders, determine and notify to all Parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

 

125


Schedule 7

Form of Transfer Certificate

To:     [ ] as Agent

From: [single Existing Lender: [ The Existing Lender ] (the Existing Lender ) ] [multiple Existing Lenders: [ Existing Lender ] [and/,] [ Existing Lender ] [and [ Existing Lender ]] (together, the Existing Lenders ) ] and [ The New Lender ] (the New Lender )

Dated:

$180,000,000 Facility Agreement dated [ ] ( the Agreement )

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

 

2 We refer to clause 32.5 ( Procedure for transfer ):

 

  (a) [multiple Existing Lenders: Each of the ] [single Existing Lender: The ] Existing Lender [multiple Existing Lenders: s ] and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender [multiple Existing Lenders: s ] assigning to the New Lender all or part of the Existing [single Existing Lender: Lender’s ] [multiple Existing Lenders: Lenders’ respective ] Commitment rights and assuming the Existing [single Existing Lender: Lender’s ] [multiple Existing Lenders: Lenders’ respective ] obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with clause 32.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) and [multiple Existing Lenders: each of the ] [single Existing Lender: the ] Existing Lender [multiple Existing Lenders: s ] assigns and agrees to assign such rights to the New Lender with effect from the Transfer Date.

 

  (b) The proposed Transfer Date is [ ].

 

  (c) The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of clause 39.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

3 The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on [multiple Existing Lenders: each of ] the Existing [single Existing Lender: Lender’s ] [multiple Existing Lenders: Lenders’ respective ] obligations set out in clause 32.4.3.

 

4 This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations connected with it are governed by English law.

 

126


The Schedule

Commitment/rights to be assigned and obligations to be assumed

[ insert relevant details for each Existing Lender ]

Facility Office address, fax number

and attention details for notices and account details for payments

[ insert relevant details ]

 

[Existing Lender]

   [[Existing Lender]    [[Existing Lender]    [New Lender]
By:    By:]    By:]    By:

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed to be as stated above.

[Agent]

By:

 

127


Schedule 8

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

To:    [ ] as Agent

From:

   Navigator Holdings Ltd

Dated:

   [ ]

Dear Sirs

$180,000,000

Facility Agreement dated [ ] ( the Agreement )

 

1 [I/We] refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2 [I/We] confirm that with respect to the latest financial quarter of the Group:

 

  (a) Cash and cash equivalents was at all times equal to or greater than (i) $12,500,000 and (ii) 5% of the Total Indebtedness;

 

  (b) Consolidated Working Capital was not less than $0;

 

  (c) the ratio of EBITDA to Interest Expense of the Group was [not] less than 3.00:1.00 as at [•]; and

 

  (d) the ratio of Total Stockholders Equity to Total Assets was not less than 30% as at [•].

 

3 [I/We] confirm that Security Value is [•] and the Minimum Value is [•] and the relevant calculations are attached to this Compliance Certificate.

 

4 [I/We confirm that no Default is continuing.] [ If this statement cannot be made, the certificate should identify any Default that is continuing and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it. ]

 

5 The Repeating Representations (being each of the representations and warranties set out in the Agreement at clauses 18.1 ( Status ) to 18.10 ( Ranking and effectiveness of Security Documents ) (except for clauses 18.7 ( Information ) and 18.8 ( Original Financial Statements )) are correct at the date of this Certificate.

Signed by:

 

 

[ Finance Director ] [ Chief Financial Officer ] of Navigator Holdings Ltd

 

128


Schedule 9

Form of Increase Confirmation

 

To:    [name of Agent] as Agent
   and
   Navigator Gas L.L.C.

From:

   [the Increase Lender] ( the Increase Lender)

Dated:

   [ ]

$180,000,000

Facility Agreement dated [ ] ( the Agreement )

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is an Increase Confirmation. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Increase Confirmation unless given a different meaning in this Increase Confirmation.

 

2 We refer to clause 2.2 ( Increase ).

 

3 The Increase Lender agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations corresponding to the Commitment specified in the Schedule (the Relevant Commitment ) as if it was an Original Lender under the Agreement.

 

4 The proposed date on which the increase in relation to the Increase Lender and the Relevant Commitment is to take effect (the Increase Date ) is [ ].

 

5 On the Increase Date, the Increase Lender becomes party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

6 The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to the Increase Lender for the purposes of clause 39.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

7 The Increase Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Lenders’ obligations referred to in clause 2.2.7.

 

8 This Increase Confirmation may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Increase Confirmation.

 

9 This Increase Confirmation and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

129


The Schedule

Relevant Commitment/rights and obligations to be assumed by the Increase Lender

[ insert relevant details ]

[ Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments ]

[Increase Lender]

By:

This Increase Confirmation is accepted as an Increase Confirmation for the purposes of the Agreement by the Agent and the Increase Date is confirmed as [•].

Agent (on behalf of itself and the other Finance Parties)

By:

Navigator Gas L.L.C.

By:

Navigator Holdings Ltd

By:

 

130


SIGNATURES

THE BORROWER

 

SIGNED by Benjamin Dancy   )   

 

for and on behalf of   )   
NAVIGATOR GAS L.L.C.   )   
pursuant to a power of attorney   )   
dated 17 April 2012   )   

 

    

/s/ Benjamin Dancy

    

Attorney-in-Fact

 

THE PARENT     
SIGNED by Benjamin Dancy     )      

 

for and on behalf of     )      
NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD     )      
pursuant to a power of attorney     )      
dated 17 April 2012     )      

 

    

/s/ Benjamin Dancy

    

Attorney-in-Fact

 

THE ARRANGERS     
SIGNED by Simon Richard Hartley     )      

 

for and on behalf of

    )      
NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, LONDON BRANCH     )      
    

/s/ Simon Richard Hartley

    

Attorney-in-Fact

 

SIGNED by Simon Richard Hartley     )      

 

for and on behalf of     )      
DVB BANK SE NORDIC BRANCH     )      
    

/s/ Simon Richard Hartley

    

Attorney-in-Fact

SIGNED by Simon Richard Hartley     )      

 

for and on behalf of     )      
SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)     )      
    

/s/ Simon Richard Hartley

    

Attorney-in-Fact

THE AGENT     
SIGNED by Simon Richard Hartley     )      

 

for and on behalf of     )      
NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, LONDON BRANCH     )      
    

/s/ Simon Richard Hartley

    

Attorney-in-Fact

 

131


THE LENDERS     
SIGNED by Simon Richard Hartley     )      

 

for and on behalf of     )      
NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, LONDON BRANCH     )      
    

/s/ Simon Richard Hartley

     Attorney-in-Fact
SIGNED by Simon Richard Hartley     )      

 

for and on behalf of     )      
DVB BANK SE NORDIC BRANCH     )      
    

/s/ Simon Richard Hartley

     Attorney-in-Fact
SIGNED by Simon Richard Hartley     )      

 

for and on behalf of     )      
SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)     )      
    

/s/ Simon Richard Hartley

     Attorney-in-Fact
THE ORIGINAL HEDGING PROVIDERS     
SIGNED by Simon Richard Hartley     )      

 

for and on behalf of     )      
NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, LONDON BRANCH     )      
    

/s/ Simon Richard Hartley

     Attorney-in-Fact
SIGNED by Simon Richard Hartley     )      

 

for and on behalf of     )      
SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)     )      
    

/s/ Simon Richard Hartley

     Attorney-in-Fact
THE BOOKRUNNER     
SIGNED by Simon Richard Hartley     )      

 

for and on behalf of     )      
NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, LONDON BRANCH     )      
    

/s/ Simon Richard Hartley

     Attorney-in-Fact

 

132

Exhibit 10.5

Private & Confidential

Dated 12 February 2013

NAVIGATOR GAS L.L.C.

as Borrower

arranged by

NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, LONDON BRANCH, SKANDINAVISKA

ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL), DVB BANK SE NORDIC BRANCH, ABN AMRO

BANK N.V. and HSH NORDBANK AG

with

NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, LONDON BRANCH

as Agent

and

SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)

as Documentation Agent

guaranteed by

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD

FACILITY AGREEMENT

for

$270,000,000

Loan Facility

 

LOGO


Contents

 

Clause    Page  

SECTION 1—INTERPRETATION

     1   

1

  Definitions and interpretation      1   

SECTION 2—THE FACILITY

     22   

2

  The Facility      22   

3

  Purpose      23   

4

  Conditions of Utilisation      24   

SECTION 3—UTILISATION

     25   

5

  Utilisation      25   

SECTION 4—REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

     27   

6

  Repayment      27   

7

  Illegality, prepayment and cancellation      27   

SECTION 5—COSTS OF UTILISATION

     32   

8

  Interest      32   

9

  Interest Periods      32   

10

  Changes to the calculation of interest      33   

11

  Fees      34   

SECTION 6—ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

     35   

12

  Tax gross-up and indemnities      35   

13

  Increased Costs      41   

14

  Other indemnities      42   

15

  Mitigation by the Lenders      44   

16

  Costs and expenses      45   

SECTION 7—GUARANTEE

     46   

17

  Guarantee and indemnity      46   

SECTION 8—REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     49   

18

  Representations      49   

19

  Information undertakings      55   

20

  Financial covenants      58   


21    

  General undertakings      60   

22

  Dealings with Ship      63   

23

  Condition and operation of Ship      65   

24

  Insurance      68   

25

  Minimum security value      72   

26

  Chartering undertakings      74   

27

  Bank accounts      76   

28

  Business restrictions      77   

29

  Hedging Contracts      80   

30

  Events of Default      81   

31

  Position of Hedging Provider      85   

SECTION 9—CHANGES TO PARTIES

     87   

32

  Changes to the Lenders      87   

33

  Changes to the Obligors      90   

SECTION 10—THE FINANCE PARTIES

     91   

34

  Roles of Agent, Security Agent and Arranger      91   

35

  Conduct of business by the Finance Parties      102   

36

  Sharing among the Finance Parties      103   

SECTION 11—ADMINISTRATION

     105   

37

  Payment mechanics      105   

38

  Set-off      107   

39

  Notices      108   

40

  Calculations and certificates      109   

41

  Partial invalidity      110   

42

  Remedies and waivers      110   

43

  Amendments and grant of waivers      110   

44

  Counterparts      112   

45

  Confidentiality      112   

SECTION 12—GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

     115   

46

  Governing law      115   
47   Enforcement      115   


Schedule 1 The original parties

     116   

Schedule 2 Ship information

     126   

Schedule 3 Conditions precedent

     132   

Schedule 4 Utilisation Request

     138   

Schedule 5 Selection Notice

     139   

Schedule 6 Mandatory Cost formulae

     140   

Schedule 7 Form of Transfer Certificate

     143   

Schedule 8 Form of Compliance Certificate

     145   

Schedule 9 Form of Increase Confirmation

     146   

Schedule 10 Indicative repayment schedule

     148   


THIS AGREEMENT is dated 12 February 2013 and made between:

 

(1) NAVIGATOR GAS L.L.C. as borrower (the Borrower );

 

(2) NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD (the Parent );

 

(3) NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, LONDON BRANCH , SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL) , DVB BANK SE NORDIC BRANCH , ABN AMRO BANK N.V. and HSH NORDBANK AG as mandated lead arrangers (whether acting individually or together the Arrangers );

 

(4) NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, LONDON BRANCH and SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL) as bookrunners (the Bookrunners )

 

(5) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1 as lenders (the Original Lenders );

 

(6) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1 as hedging providers (the Original Hedging Providers );

 

(7) NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, LONDON BRANCH as agent for the other Finance Parties (the Agent ); and

 

(8) SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL) as documentation agent (the Documentation Agent ).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

SECTION 1—INTERPRETATION

 

1 Definitions and interpretation

 

1.1 Definitions

In this Agreement and (unless otherwise defined in the relevant Finance Document) the other Finance Documents:

Account Bank means, in relation to the Earnings Account, either Nordea Bank Finland Plc, London Branch or another bank or financial institution approved by the Majority Lenders at the request of the Borrower.

Account Security means the deed, pledge or other instrument executed by the Borrower in favour of the Agent in the agreed form conferring a Security Interest over the Earnings Account.

Accounting Reference Date means 31 December or such other date as may be approved by the Lenders.

Additional Cost Rate has the meaning given to it in Schedule 6 (Mandatory Cost formulae).

Advance means each borrowing of a proportion of the Total Commitments by the Borrower pursuant to a Utilisation Request or (as the context may require) the outstanding principal amount of such borrowing.

Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

Agent means Nordea Bank Finland Plc, London Branch and any person who may be appointed as such under clause 34.11 ( Resignation of the Agent ).

 

1


Approved Valuer means any of Lorentzen & Stemoco AS, Joachim Grieg & Co AS, Inge Steensland AS, Braemar Seascope Ltd, Fearnleys, EA Gibsons Ltd, Clarksons Ltd and Poten and Partners or such other independent reputable ship broker nominated by the Borrower and approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) from time to time.

Auditors means one of PricewaterhouseCoopers, Ernst & Young, KPMG, Deloitte & Touche, Moore Stephens or MSPC Certified Public Accountants and Advisors or another firm approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) from time to time.

Available Facility means, at any relevant time, such part of the Total Commitments (drawn and undrawn) which is available for borrowing under this Agreement at such time in accordance with clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ) to the extent that such part of the Total Commitments is not cancelled or reduced under this Agreement.

Availability Period means, in respect of an Advance for a Ship, the period starting on the date that such Ship is delivered to the relevant Owner and ending on 31 December 2013.

Basel II Accord means the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 as updated prior to, and in the form existing on, the date of this Agreement, excluding any amendment thereto arising out of the Basel III Accord.

Basel II Approach means, in relation to any Finance Party, either the Standardised Approach or the relevant Internal Ratings Based Approach (each as defined in the Basel II Accord) adopted by that Finance Party (or any of its Affiliates) for the purposes of implementing or complying with the Basel II Accord.

Basel II Regulation means:

 

  (a) any law or regulation implementing the Basel II Accord; or

 

  (b) any Basel II Approach adopted by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates.

Basel III Accord means, together:

 

  (a) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

  (b) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement—Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

  (c) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

Basel III Increased Cost means an Increased Cost which is attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with any Basel III Regulation (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates).

Basel III Regulation means any law or regulation implementing the Basel III Accord save and to the extent that it re-enacts a Basel II Regulation.

Bond Financing means the $125,000,000 five year bond offering issued by the Parent in connection with the acquisition of the Ships and settled on 18 December 2012.

 

2


Bond Financing Maturity Date means the scheduled maturity date of the Bond Financing, being 18 December 2017.

Break Costs means the amount (if any) by which:

 

  (a) the interest (excluding the Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in an Advance of the Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of an Advance of the Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

exceeds:

 

  (b) the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, Oslo, Stockholm, Amsterdam, Hamburg and New York.

Change of Control occurs when:

 

  (a) the Parent ceases to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the membership interests in the Borrower and the Owners;

 

  (b) without the prior approval of the Lenders, two or more persons acting in concert or any individual person (other than the Permitted Holder) acquires legally and/or beneficially, and either directly or indirectly, in excess of 50% of the issued share capital of the Parent; or

 

  (c) without the prior approval of the Lenders, two or more persons acting in concert or any individual person (other than the Permitted Holder) has the right or the ability to control, either directly or indirectly, the affairs or composition of the majority of the board or directors (or equivalent) of the Parent.

Charged Property means all of the assets of the Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed or intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents.

Charter means, in relation to a Ship, any time charter with a charter term (excluding any options to extend) exceeding 24 calendar months in respect of that Ship entered into between the relevant Owner and the relevant Charterer.

Charter Assignment means, in relation to a Ship and its Charter Documents, any assignment by the relevant Owner of its interest in such Charter Documents in favour of the Agent in the agreed form pursuant to clause 22.11 ( Chartering ).

Charter Documents means, in relation to a Ship, any Charter of that Ship, any documents supplementing it and any guarantee or security given by any person for the relevant Charterer’s obligations under it.

Charterer means, in relation to a Ship, a charterer of that Ship pursuant to a Charter.

Classification means, in relation to a Ship, the classification specified in respect of such Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) with the relevant Classification Society or another classification approved by the Majority Lenders as its classification, at the request of the relevant Owner.

Classification Society means, in relation to a Ship, the classification society specified in respect of such Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) or another classification society (being a member of the International Association of Classification Societies (IACS) or, if such association no longer exists, any similar association nominated by the Agent) approved by the Majority Lenders as its Classification Society, at the request of the relevant Owner.

 

3


Code means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Commitment means:

 

  (a) in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Commitment” in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ) and the amount of any other Commitment assigned to it under this Agreement; and

 

  (b) in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Commitment assigned to it under this Agreement,

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or assigned by it under this Agreement.

Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 8 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ) or otherwise approved.

Confirmation shall have, in relation to any Hedging Transaction, the meaning given to it in the relevant Hedging Master Agreement.

Confidential Information means all information relating to an Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either:

 

  (a) any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

  (b) another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers,

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

 

  (i) is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of clause 45 (Confidentiality); or

 

  (ii) is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

  (iii) is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (i) or (ii) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

Constitutional Documents means, in respect of an Obligor, such Obligor’s memorandum and articles of association, bye-laws or other constitutional documents including as referred to in any certificate relating to an Obligor delivered pursuant to Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent ).

Default means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in clause 30 ( Events of Default ) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

 

4


Defaulting Lender means any Lender:

 

  (a) which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available or has notified the Agent that it will not make its participation in a Loan available by the Utilisation Date of that Loan in accordance with clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation );

 

  (b) which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or

 

  (c) with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

  (i) its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (A) administrative or technical error; or

 

  (B) a Payment Disruption Event; and,

 payment is made within five Business Days of its due date; or

 

  (d) the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

Delivery means, in relation to a Ship, the delivery and acceptance of that Ship by the relevant Owner under the Purchase Contract for that Ship.

Delivery Date means, in relation to a Ship, the date on which its Delivery occurs.

Disposal Repayment Date means in relation to:

 

  (a) a Total Loss of a Mortgaged Ship, the applicable Total Loss Repayment Date; or

 

  (b) a sale of a Mortgaged Ship by the relevant Owner, the date upon which such sale is completed by the transfer of title to the purchaser in exchange for payment of all or part of the relevant purchase price.

Earnings means, in relation to a Ship and a person, all money at any time payable to that person for or in relation to the use or operation of such Ship including freight, hire and passage moneys, money payable to that person for the provision of services by or from such Ship or under any charter or pool commitment, requisition for hire compensation, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys and damages for breach and payments for termination or variation of any charter commitment.

Earnings Account means the bank account of the Borrower held with the Account Bank with account number 0045430034, IBAN GB26NDEA40487845430034 and any bank account, deposit or certificate of deposit opened, made or established in accordance with, and designated as an Earnings Account , under clause 27 ( Bank accounts ).

Enforcement Costs means any costs, expenses, liabilities or other amounts in respect of which any amount is payable under clauses 14.4 ( Indemnity concerning security ) or 16.3 ( Enforcement and preservation costs ) or under any other Finance Document to which those provisions apply and any remuneration payable to a Receiver in connection with any Security Documents.

Environmental Claims means:

 

  (a) enforcement, clean-up, removal or other governmental or regulatory action or orders or claims instituted or made pursuant to any Environmental Laws or resulting from a Spill; or

 

  (b) any claim made by any other person relating to a Spill.

 

5


Environmental Incident means any Spill from any vessel in circumstances where:

 

  (a) any Ship or its Owner may be liable for Environmental Claims arising from the Spill (other than Environmental Claims arising and fully satisfied before the date of this Agreement); and/or

 

  (b) any Ship may be arrested or attached in connection with any such Environmental Claim.

Environmental Laws means all laws, regulations and conventions concerning pollution or protection of human health or the environment.

Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in clause 30 ( Events of Default ).

Facility means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in clause 2 ( The Facility ).

Facility Office means the office or offices notified by a Lender or any other Finance Party to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender or, as the case may be, Finance Party (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

Facility Period means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date on which the Total Commitments have reduced to zero and all indebtedness of the Obligors under the Finance Documents has been fully paid and discharged.

Fair Market Value means, as at any relevant date, the value of each Mortgaged Ship which has not become a Total Loss as at such date as most recently determined in accordance with Clause 25 ( Minimum Security Value ).

FATCA means:

 

  (a) section 1471 to 1474 (inclusive) of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement and any current or future regulations or official interpretations of it;

 

  (b) any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or

 

  (c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

FATCA Application Date means:

 

  (a) in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 January 2014;

 

  (b) in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to “gross proceeds” from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2017; or

 

  (c) in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2017,

or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

FATCA Deduction means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by or under FATCA.

 

6


FATCA Exempt Party means a party to a Finance Document that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

FATCA FFI means a foreign financial institution as defined in section 1471(d)(4) of the Code which could be required to make a FATCA Deduction.

FATCA Non-Exempt Lender means any Lender who is not a FATCA Exempt Party.

Fee Letter means any letter dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Agent, the Arrangers and/or the Documentation Agent and the Borrower setting out certain fees payable by the Borrower in respect of the Facility.

Final Availability Date means, in respect of each Advance and, where applicable, the Ship to be funded by that Advance, the last day of the Availability Period for that Advance (or such later date as may be approved by the Lenders).

Final Repayment Date means, subject to clause 37.7 ( Business Days ):

 

  (a) in respect of any Advance for either Ship 1 or Ship 2, the date which is the earliest to occur of (i) the Maturity Date; and (ii) the date when such Ship reaches 16 years of age; and

 

  (b) in respect of any Advance for any Ship other than Ship 1 and Ship 2, the Maturity Date.

Finance Documents means this Agreement, any Fee Letter, the Security Documents, any Hedging Contract, any Hedging Master Agreement, any Transfer Certificate and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Borrower.

Finance Party means the Agent, any Arranger, the Documentation Agent, the Bookrunner, any Hedging Provider or a Lender.

Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

  (a) moneys borrowed and debit balances at banks or other financial institutions;

 

  (b) any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit or bill discounting facility (or dematerialised equivalent);

 

  (c) any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

  (d) the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP or, as the case may be, IFRS, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

 

  (e) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

  (f) any Treasury Transaction (and, when calculating the value of that Treasury Transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that Treasury Transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account);

 

  (g) any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution;

 

  (h) any amount raised by the issue of redeemable shares which are redeemable (other than at the option of the issuer) before the last occurring Final Repayment Date or are otherwise classified as borrowings under GAAP or, as the case may be, IFRS;

 

7


  (i) any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement if (a) one of the primary reasons behind entering into the agreement is to raise finance or to finance the acquisition or construction of the asset or service in question (b) the agreement is in respect of the supply of assets or services and payment is due more than 180 days after the date of supply;

 

  (j) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase, sale and sale back, sale and leaseback agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing or otherwise classified as borrowings under GAAP or, as the case may be, IFRS; and

 

  (k) the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (i) above, without double counting.

First Repayment Date means, in respect of an Advance and subject to clause 37.7 ( Business Days ) the first Quarterly Payment Date falling after the relevant Utilisation Date for such Advance, unless such first Quarterly Payment Date falls within one month of the Utilisation Date for that Advance, in which case it shall be the second Quarterly Payment Date falling after the relevant Utilisation Date.

Flag State means Liberia, the Republic of the Marshall Islands, Bahamas or Bermuda, or such other state or territory as may be approved by the Lenders, at the request of the relevant Owner, as being the Flag State of a Ship for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

Framework Agreement means the framework agreement dated 14 November 2012 between Maersk Handy Gas Pte Ltd, A.P. Moller Singapore Pte Ltd and Live Oak Company Limited as sellers and the Borrower and the Parent as buyers governing the overall terms for the sale of the Ships to the Owners.

GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

General Assignment means, in relation to a Ship, a first assignment of its interest in the Ship’s Insurances and Earnings and Requisition Compensation by the relevant Owner in favour of the Agent in the agreed form.

Group means the Parent and its Subsidiaries for the time being and, for the purposes of clause 19.1 (Financial statements ) and clause 20 ( Financial covenants ), any other entity required to be treated as a subsidiary in its consolidated accounts in accordance with GAAP or, as the case may be, IFRS, and/or any applicable law.

Group Member means any Obligor and any other entity which is part of the Group.

Hedging Contract means any Hedging Transaction between the Borrower and any Hedging Provider pursuant to any Hedging Master Agreement and includes any Hedging Master Agreement and any Confirmations from time to time exchanged under it and governed by its terms relating to that Hedging Transaction and any contract in relation to such a Hedging Transaction constituted and/or evidenced by them and Hedging Contracts means all of them.

Hedging Exposure means, as at any relevant date, the aggregate of the amount certified by each of the Hedging Providers to the Agent to be the net amount in dollars (i) in relation to all Hedging Contracts that have been closed out on or prior to the relevant date, that is due and owing by the Borrower to the Hedging Providers in respect of such Hedging Contracts on the relevant date and (ii) in relation to all Hedging Contracts that are continuing on the relevant date, that would be payable by the Borrower to the Hedging Providers under (and calculated in accordance with) the early termination provisions of the Hedging Contracts as if an Early Termination Date (as defined in the relevant Hedging Master Agreement) had occurred on the relevant date in relation to all such continuing Hedging Contracts.

Hedging Master Agreements means the agreements made or (as the context may require) to be made between the Borrower and the Hedging Providers in relation to the purposes set out in clause 29.1, each comprising an ISDA Master Agreement and Schedule thereto in the agreed form and Hedging Master Agreement means any of them.

 

8


Hedging Providers means:

 

  (a) any Original Hedging Provider; and

 

  (b) any bank or financial institution which is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender who may at any time enter into or provide a Hedging Transaction and who accedes to the terms of this Agreement pursuant to clause 31.1,

and includes their respective successors in title and Hedging Provider means any of them.

Hedging Transaction has, in relation to any Hedging Master Agreement, the meaning given to the term “Transaction” in that Hedging Master Agreement.

Holding Company means, in relation to a person, any other person in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

IFRS means international accounting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation 1606/2002.

Increase Confirmation means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 9 ( Increase Confirmation ).

Increase Lender has the meaning given to it in clause 2.2 ( Increase ).

Increased Costs has the meaning given to it in clause 13.1.2 ( Increase Costs ).

Indemnified Person means:

 

  (a) each Finance Party and each Receiver and any attorney, agent or other person appointed by them under the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) each Affiliate of each Finance Party and each Receiver; and

 

  (c) any officers, employees or agents of each Finance Party, each Receiver and any of the Affiliates of each Finance Party and each Receiver.

Insolvency Event in relation to a Finance Party means that the Finance Party:

 

  (a) is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (b) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

  (c) makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

  (d) institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official, other than, in each case, any Undisclosed Administration;

 

  (e) has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:

 

9


  (f) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding up or liquidation; or

 

  (g) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;

 

  (h) has a resolution passed for its winding up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (i) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets, other than, in each case, any Undisclosed Administration;

 

  (j) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

  (k) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (i) above; or

 

  (l) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

Insurance Notice means, in relation to a Ship, a notice of assignment in the form scheduled to the General Assignment for that Ship or in another approved form.

Insurances means, in relation to a Ship:

 

  (a) all policies and contracts of insurance; and

 

  (b) all entries in a protection and indemnity or war risks or other mutual insurance association

in the name of such Ship’s owner or the joint names of its owner and any other person in respect of or in connection with such Ship and includes all benefits thereof (including the right to receive claims and to return of premiums).

Interbank Market means the London interbank market.

Interest Period means, in relation to an Advance and/or the Loan, each period determined in accordance with clause 9 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with clause 8.3 ( Default interest ).

Legal Reservations means:

 

  (a) the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

 

  (b) the time barring of claims under the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for, or indemnify a person against, non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or counterclaim; and

 

10


  (c) similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction.

Lender means:

 

  (a) any Original Lender; and

 

  (b) any bank or financial institution which has become a Party in accordance with clause 2.2 ( Increase ) and clause 32 ( Changes to the Lenders ),

 

  (c) which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

LIBOR means, in relation to the Loan or any part of it or any Unpaid Sum:

 

  (a) the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  (b) (if no Screen Rate is available for the relevant Interest Period) the Reference Bank Rate,

as of 11:00 a.m. on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in dollars for a period comparable to the Interest Period for the Loan or relevant part of it or Unpaid Sum and if that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.

Loan means the loan made or to be made under the Facility by way of the Advances or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

Losses means any costs, expenses, payments, charges, losses, demands, liabilities, claims, actions, proceedings, penalties, fines, damages, judgments, orders or other sanctions.

Loss Payable Clauses means, in relation to a Ship, the provisions concerning payment of claims under the Ship’s Insurances in the form scheduled to the General Assignment in respect of that Ship or in another approved form.

Major Casualty means any casualty to a vessel for which the total insurance claim, inclusive of any deductible, exceeds or may exceed the Major Casualty Amount.

Major Casualty Amount means, in relation to a Ship, the amount specified as such against the name of that Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) or the equivalent in any other currency.

Majority Lenders means (if no part of the Loan is then outstanding), a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 60% of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 60% of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction) or (at any other time), a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loan aggregate more than 60% of the Loan.

Manager means, in relation to a Ship, a technical or commercial or crewing manager of that Ship acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) pursuant to the provisions of clause 22.7 ( Manager ) and/or clause 26.13 ( Charterer’s manager ).

Mandatory Cost means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance with Schedule 6 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ).

Margin means three point five zero per cent (3.50%) per annum.

Material Adverse Effect means, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, a material adverse effect on:

 

  (a) the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Group taken as a whole; or

 

  (b) the ability of an Obligor to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

11


  (c) the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security Interest granted or purporting to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents.

Maturity Date means either:

 

  (a) if, and to the extent approved by all the Lenders under clause 28.13 ( Bond Financing ), the Bond Financing has been fully redeemed prior to the Bond Financing Maturity Date, the fifth anniversary of the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (b) if the Bond Financing has not been fully redeemed prior to 18 September 2017 (being the date falling three months prior to the Bond Financing Maturity Date), 18 September 2017.

Minimum Value means, at any time, the amount in dollars which is at that time 135% of the Loan and, in relation to any Mortgaged Ship which has become a Total Loss but whose Disposal Repayment Date has not then occurred, minus such proportion of the Loan as the Fair Market Value of such Mortgaged Ship bore to the aggregate Fair Market Value of all the Mortgaged Ships (including the relevant Ship) immediately before its Total Loss.

Mortgage means, in relation to a Ship, a first mortgage of that Ship in the agreed form by the relevant Owner in favour of the Agent.

Mortgage Period means, in relation to a Mortgaged Ship, the period from the date the Mortgage over that Ship is executed and registered until the date such Mortgage is released and discharged or, if earlier, its Total Loss Date.

Mortgaged Ship means, at any relevant time, any Ship which is subject to a Mortgage and/or whose Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation are subject to a Security Interest under the Finance Documents.

Newbuilding Date means, in relation to the 21,000 CBM semi-refrigerated, ethylene capable LPG tanker with hull number 2531 which is being built by Jiangan Shipyard for the Parent or one of its Subsidiaries, either the date on which that vessel is delivered to and accepted by the Parent or the relevant Subsidiary of the Parent or the date on which the shipbuilding contract for such vessel is cancelled or terminated.

Newbuilding Vessels means four 21,000 CBM semi-refrigerated, ethylene capable LPG tankers with hull numbers 2530, 2531, 2532 and 2533 to be built by Jiangan Shipyard for the Parent or one or more of its Subsidiaries.

Obligors means the parties to the Finance Documents (other than Finance Parties) and Obligor means any one of them.

Original Financial Statements means the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for its financial year ended 31 December 2011.

Original Jurisdiction means, in relation to an original Obligor, the jurisdiction under whose laws that Obligor is incorporated or formed as at the date of this Agreement or, in the case of any other Obligor, as at the date on which that Obligor becomes an Obligor.

Owner means, in relation to a Ship, the person specified against the name of that Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) and Owners means all of them.

Parent means the company described as such in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ).

Participating Member State means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

Party means a party to this Agreement.

 

12


Payment Disruption Event means either or both of:

 

  (a) a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

  (b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

  (i) from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii) from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

(and which (in either such case)) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

Permitted Holder means W.L. Ross & Co. L.L.C., any investment funds or other entities wholly owned and/or operated by W.L. Ross & Co L.L.C., and their respective Affiliates.

Permitted IPO means an initial public offering of some or all of the shares of the Parent on an international stock exchange on the basis that the same does not give rise to a Change of Control.

Permitted Liens means, in relation to a Ship:

 

  (a) unless a Default is continuing, any ship repairer’s or outfitter’s possessory lien in respect of such Ship for an amount not exceeding $2,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies);

 

  (b) any lien on such Ship for master’s, officer’s or crew’s wages outstanding in the ordinary course of its trading;

 

  (c) any lien on such Ship for salvage;

 

  (d) any lien arising by operation of law for not more than two months’ prepaid hire under any charter in relation to a Ship not prohibited by this Agreement;

 

  (e) liens for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of a Ship, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested by the Owners in good faith by appropriate steps) and subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to clause 23.15 ( Repairer’s liens );

 

  (f) any Security Interest created in favour of a plaintiff or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses while the Owners are actively prosecuting or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith so long as any such proceedings or the continued existence of such Security Interest shall not and may reasonably be considered unlikely to lead to the arrest, sale, forfeiture or loss of, the Ship or any interest in the Ship; and

 

  (g) any Security Interest arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made so long as any such proceedings or the continued existence of such Security Interest shall not and may reasonably be considered unlikely to lead to the arrest, sale, forfeiture or loss of, the Ship or any interest in the Ship.

 

13


Permitted Security Interests means, in relation to any Mortgaged Ship, any Security Interest over it which is:

 

  (a) granted by the Finance Documents; or

 

  (b) a Permitted Lien; or

 

  (c) is approved by the Majority Lenders.

Pollutant means and includes crude oil and its products, any other polluting, toxic or hazardous substance and any other substance whose release into the environment is regulated or penalised by Environmental Laws.

Purchase Contract means, in relation to a Ship, the agreement specified in Schedule 2 ( Ship Information ) between the relevant Seller and the relevant Owner relating to the purchase of such Ship by the relevant Owner from the relevant Seller and the Framework Agreement.

Quarterly Payment Date means each 5 January, 5 April, 5 July, and 5 October falling during the period between the first Utilisation Date and the Maturity Date.

Quotation Day means, in relation to any period for which LIBOR is to be determined under this Agreement, the date on which quotations would customarily be provided by leading banks in the Interbank Market for deposits in the relevant currency for delivery on the first day of that period.

Receiver means a receiver or a receiver and manager or an administrative receiver appointed in relation to the whole or any part of any Charged Property under any relevant Security Document.

Reference Banks means in relation to LIBOR and Mandatory Cost the principal London offices of Nordea Bank Finland Plc, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) and DVB Bank SE or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Borrower.

Reference Bank Rate means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference Banks as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could borrow funds in the Interbank Market, in the relevant currency and for the relevant period, were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period.

Registry means , in relation to each Ship, such registrar, commissioner or representative of the relevant Flag State who is duly authorised and empowered to register the relevant Ship, the relevant Owner’s title to such Ship and the relevant Mortgage under the laws of its Flag State.

Relevant Jurisdiction means, in relation to an Obligor:

 

  (a) its Original Jurisdiction;

 

  (b) any jurisdiction where any Charged Property owned by it is situated;

 

  (c) any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and

 

  (d) any jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents entered into by it.

Relevant Period has the meaning given to that term in clause 20.1 ( Financial definitions ).

Repayment Amount means, in relation to each Advance, the amount set out opposite each Repayment Date in the relevant column for that Advance in the indicative repayment schedule appearing in Schedule 10 ( Indicative repayment schedule ) or any replacement repayment schedule issued by the Agent on the Utilisation Date for that Advance pursuant to clause 6.2.1.

 

14


Repayment Date means, in respect of an Advance :

 

  (a) the First Repayment Date for that Advance;

 

  (b) each of the Quarterly Payment Dates falling at three monthly intervals thereafter up to but not including the Final Repayment Date for that Advance; and

 

  (c) the Final Repayment Date for that Advance.

Repeating Representations means each of the representations and warranties set out in clauses 18.1 ( Status ) to 18.10 ( Ranking and effectiveness of security ) (except for clauses 18.7 ( Information ) and 18.8 ( Original Financial Statements )).

Representative means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

Requisition Compensation means, in relation to a Ship, any compensation paid or payable by a government entity for the requisition for title, confiscation or compulsory acquisition of such Ship.

Screen Rate means the British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for dollars and the relevant period displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders.

Security Documents means:

 

  (a) the Mortgages over the Ships;

 

  (b) the General Assignments in relation to the Ships;

 

  (c) the Shipowner Guarantees from each of the Owners;

 

  (d) the Share Security;

 

  (e) any Charter Assignment;

 

  (f) the Account Security; and

 

  (g) any other document as may be executed to guarantee and/or secure any amounts owing to the Finance Parties under this Agreement or any other Finance Document.

Security Interest means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, assignment, trust, hypothecation or other security interest of any kind securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

Security Value means, at any time, the amount in dollars which, at that time, is the aggregate of (a) the aggregate Fair Market Value of all of the Mortgaged Ships which have not then become a Total Loss and (b) the value of any additional security then held by the Agent provided under clause 25 ( Minimum security value ), in each case as most recently determined in accordance with this Agreement.

Selection Notice means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Selection Notice ) given in accordance with clause 9 ( Interest Periods ).

Seller means, in relation to a Ship, the Seller specified next to such Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ).

 

15


Share Security means the document constituting a first Security Interest by the Borrower in favour of the Agent in the agreed form in respect of all of the shares or membership interests in the Owners.

Ship 1 means the first Ship described in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ), named m.v. “Maersk Humber” at the date of this Agreement.

Ship 2 means the second Ship described in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ), named m.v. “Caribe” at the date of this Agreement.

Ship Commitment means, in relation to a Ship, the amount specified against the name of such Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ), as cancelled or reduced pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

Ship Representations means each of the representations and warranties set out in clauses 18.17 ( Environmental matters ), 18.28 (Ship status ) and 18.29 ( Ship’s employment ).

Shipowner Guarantee means, in relation to an Owner, a guarantee by that Owner in favour of the Agent in the agreed form.

Ships means each of the ships to be purchased from the relevant Seller under the relevant Purchase Contract described in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) and Ship means any of them.

Spill means any actual or threatened spill, release or discharge of a Pollutant into the environment.

Subsidiary of a person means any other person:

 

  (a) directly or indirectly controlled by such person; or

 

  (b) of whose dividends or distributions on ordinary voting share capital such person is entitled to receive more than 50 per cent.

Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

Tax Credit means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

Total Commitments means the aggregate of the Commitments, being $270,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

Total Loss means, in relation to a Ship, its:

 

  (a) actual, constructive, compromised or arranged total loss; or

 

  (b) requisition for title, confiscation or other compulsory acquisition by a government entity; or

 

  (c) hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest or detention for more than 30 days or, where there has been a hijacking, theft, capture, seizure or detention of the Ship as a result of an act of piracy, 365 days.

Total Loss Date means, in relation to the Total Loss of a Ship:

 

  (a) in the case of an actual total loss, the date it happened or, if such date is not known, the date on which that Ship was last reported;

 

16


  (b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss, the earliest of:

 

  (i) the date notice of abandonment of that Ship is given to its insurers; or

 

  (ii) if the insurers do not admit such a claim, the date later determined by a competent court of law to have been the date on which the total loss happened; or

 

  (iii) the date upon which a binding agreement as to such compromised or arranged total loss has been entered into by the vessel’s insurers;

 

  (c) in the case of a requisition for title, confiscation or compulsory acquisition, the date it happened; and

 

  (d) in the case of hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest or detention, the date 30 days or, in respect of any hijacking, theft, capture, seizure or detention of the Ship as a result of an act of piracy, 365 days after the date upon which it happened.

Total Loss Repayment Date means where a Mortgaged Ship has become a Total Loss after its Delivery the earlier of:

 

  (a) the date 120 days after its Total Loss Date; and

 

  (b) the date upon which insurance proceeds or Requisition Compensation for such Total Loss are paid by insurers or the relevant government entity.

Transfer Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 ( Form of Transfer Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Borrower.

Transfer Date means, in relation to a transfer, the later of:

 

  (a) the proposed Transfer Date specified in the Transfer Certificate; and

 

  (b) the date on which the Agent executes the Transfer Certificate.

Treasury Transaction means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price.

Trust Property means, collectively:

 

  (a) all moneys duly received by the Agent under or in respect of the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) any portion of the balance on the Earnings Account held by or charged to the Agent at any time;

 

  (c) the Security Interests, guarantees, security, powers and rights given to the Agent under and pursuant to the Finance Documents including, without limitation, the covenants given to the Agent in respect of all obligations of any Obligor;

 

  (d) all assets paid or transferred to or vested in the Agent or its agent or received or recovered by the Agent or its agent in connection with any of the Finance Documents whether from any Obligor or any other person; and

 

  (e) all or any part of any rights, benefits, interests and other assets at any time representing or deriving from any of the above, including all income and other sums at any time received or receivable by the Agent or its agent in respect of the same (or any part thereof).

Undisclosed Administration means, in relation to a Lender, the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official by a supervisory authority or regulator under or based on the laws of the country where that Lender is subject to home jurisdiction supervision and/or regulation, if applicable law requires that such appointment is not to be publicly disclosed.

 

17


Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

Utilisation means the making of an Advance.

Utilisation Date means the date on which a Utilisation is made.

Utilisation Request means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 ( Utilisation Request ).

VAT means:

 

  (a) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

 

  (b) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.

 

1.2 Construction

 

1.2.1 Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in any of the Finance Documents to:

 

  (a) Sections, clauses and Schedules are to be construed as references to the Sections and clauses of, and the Schedules to, the relevant Finance Document and references to a Finance Document include its Schedules;

 

  (b) a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as it may from time to time be amended, restated, novated or replaced, however fundamentally;

 

  (c) words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa;

 

  (d) a time of day are to London time;

 

  (e) any person includes its successors in title, permitted assignees or transferees;

 

  (f) the knowledge, awareness and/or beliefs (and similar expressions) of any Obligor shall be construed so as to mean the knowledge, awareness and beliefs of the director and officers of such Obligor, having made due and careful enquiry;

 

  (g) agreed form means:

 

  (i) where a Finance Document has already been executed by all of the relevant parties, such Finance Document in its executed form;

 

  (ii) prior to the execution of a Finance Document, the form of such Finance Document separately agreed in writing between the Agent and the Borrower as the form in which that Finance Document is to be executed or another form approved at the request of the Borrower or, if not so agreed or approved, is in the form specified by the Agent;

 

  (h) approved by the Majority Lenders or approved by the Lenders means approved in writing by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders or, as the case may be, all of the Lenders (on such conditions as they may respectively impose) and otherwise approved means approved in writing by the Agent (on such conditions as the Agent may impose) and approval and approve shall be construed accordingly;

 

18


  (i) assets includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

  (j) an authorisation means any authorisation, consent, concession, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration;

 

  (k) charter commitment means, in relation to a vessel, any charter or contract for the use, employment or operation of that vessel or the carriage of people and/or cargo or the provision of services by or from it and includes any agreement for pooling or sharing income derived from any such charter or contract;

 

  (l) control of an entity means:

 

  (i) the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, membership interests, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

  (A) cast, or control the casting of, more than 30% of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of that entity; or

 

  (B) appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of that entity; or

 

  (C) give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of that entity with which the directors or other equivalent officers of that entity are obliged to comply; and/or

 

  (ii) the holding beneficially of more than 30% of the issued share capital of that entity (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital) (and, for this purpose, any Security Interest over share capital shall be disregarded in determining the beneficial ownership of such share capital);

and controlled shall be construed accordingly;

 

  (m) the term disposal or dispose means a sale, transfer or other disposal (including by way of lease or loan but not including by way of loan of money) by a person of all or part of its assets, whether by one transaction or a series of transactions and whether at the same time or over a period of time, but not the creation of a Security Interest;

 

  (n) dollars / $ means the lawful currency of the United States of America;

 

  (o) the equivalent of an amount specified in a particular currency (the specified currency amount ) shall be construed as a reference to the amount of the other relevant currency which can be purchased with the specified currency amount in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11 a.m. on the date the calculation falls to be made for spot delivery, as conclusively determined by the Agent (with the relevant exchange rate of any such purchase being the Agent’s spot rate of exchange );

 

  (p) a government entity means any government, state or agency of a state;

 

  (q) a guarantee means any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness;

 

  (r) indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

19


  (s) month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month or the calendar month in which it is to end, except that:

 

  (i) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that month (if there is one) or on the immediately preceding Business Day (if there is not); and

 

  (ii) if there is no numerically corresponding day in that month, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that month

and the above rules in paragraphs (i) to (ii) will only apply to the last month of any period;

 

  (t) an obligation means any duty, obligation or liability of any kind;

 

  (u) something being in the ordinary course of business of a person means something that is in the ordinary course of that person’s current day-to-day operational business (and not merely anything which that person is entitled to do under its Constitutional Documents);

 

  (v) in clause 28 ( Business restrictions ) includes by way of set-off, combination of accounts or otherwise;

 

  (w) a person includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government entity or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

  (x) a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation and includes (without limitation) any Basel II Regulation or Basel III Regulation;

 

  (y) right means any right, privilege, power or remedy, any proprietary interest in any asset and any other interest or remedy of any kind, whether actual or contingent, present or future, arising under contract or law, or in equity;

 

  (z) trustee , fiduciary and fiduciary duty has in each case the meaning given to such term under applicable law;

 

  (aa) (i) the winding up , dissolution , or administration of person or (ii) a receiver or administrative receiver or administrator in the context of insolvency proceedings or security enforcement actions in respect of a person shall be construed so as to include any equivalent or analogous proceedings or any equivalent and analogous person or appointee (respectively) under the law of the jurisdiction in which such person is established or incorporated or any jurisdiction in which such person carries on business including (in respect of proceedings) the seeking or occurrences of liquidation, winding-up, reorganisation, dissolution, administration, arrangement, adjustment, protection or relief of debtors;

 

  (bb) a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and

 

  (cc) a reference to costs in the context of enforcement in a Finance Document shall include fees, costs and expenses of legal advisers, financial advisers and insurance and other consultants, brokers, surveyors and advisers.

 

1.2.2 Where in this Agreement a provision includes a monetary reference level in one currency, unless a contrary indication appears, such reference level is intended to apply equally to its equivalent in other currencies as of the relevant time for the purposes of applying such reference level to any other currencies.

 

20


1.2.3 Section, clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

1.2.4 Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

1.2.5 A Default (other than an Event of Default) is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is continuing if it has not been waived.

 

1.2.6 Unless a contrary indication appears, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any other Finance Document when dealing with the same or similar subject matter, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

1.3 Third party rights

 

1.3.1 Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document for the benefit of a Finance Party or another Indemnified Person, a person who is not a party to a Finance Document has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the Third Parties Act ) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of the relevant Finance Document.

 

1.3.2 Any Finance Document may be rescinded or varied by the parties to it without the consent of any person who is not a party to it (unless otherwise provided by this Agreement).

 

1.3.3 An Indemnified Person who is not a party to a Finance Document may only enforce its rights under that Finance Document through a Finance Party and if and to the extent and in such manner as the Finance Party may determine.

 

1.4 Finance Documents

Where any other Finance Document provides that this clause 1.4 shall apply to that Finance Document, any other provision of this Agreement which, by its terms, purports to apply to all or any of the Finance Documents and/or any Obligor shall apply to that Finance Document as if set out in it but with all necessary changes.

 

1.5 Conflict of documents

The terms of the Finance Documents other than as relates to the creation and/or perfection of security) are subject to the terms of this Agreement and, in the event of any conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any provision of any Finance Document (other than in relation to the creation and/or perfection of security) the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

21


SECTION 2—THE FACILITY

 

2 The Facility

 

2.1 The Facility

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrower a term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Commitments, to be advanced to the Borrower in accordance with clause 5 ( Utilisation ).

 

2.2 Increase

 

2.2.1 The Borrower may by giving prior notice to the Agent by no later than the date falling five Business Days after the effective date of a cancellation of:

 

  (a) the undrawn Commitments of a Defaulting Lender in accordance with clause 7.5.7; or

 

  (b) the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with clause 7.1 ( Illegality ),

request that the Total Commitments be increased (and the Total Commitments under the Facility shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount of up to the amount of the Commitment so cancelled as follows:

 

  (i) the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Lenders or other banks or financial institutions (each an Increase Lender ) selected by the Borrower (each of which shall not be a member of the Group and which is further acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably)) and each of which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender;

 

  (ii) each of the Obligors and any Increase Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and the Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

  (iii) each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

  (iv) the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and

 

  (v) any increase in the Total Commitments shall take effect on the date specified by the Borrower in the notice referred to above or any later date on which the conditions set out in clause 2.2.2 are satisfied.

 

2.2.2 An increase in the Total Commitments will only be effective on:

 

  (a) the execution by the Agent of an Increase Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender;

 

  (b) in relation to an Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase the performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Increase Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Borrower and the Increase Lender.

 

22


2.2.3 Each of the other Finance Parties hereby appoint the Agent as its agent to execute on its behalf any Increase Confirmation delivered to the Agent in accordance with this clause 2.2.

 

2.2.4 Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective.

 

2.2.5 Unless the Agent otherwise agrees or the increased Commitments are assumed by an existing Lender, the Borrower shall, on the date upon which the increase takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of $3,500 and the Borrower shall promptly on demand pay the Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by it in connection with any increase in Commitments under this clause 2.2.

 

2.2.6 The Borrower may pay to the Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Borrower and the Increase Lender in a letter between the Borrower and the Increase Lender setting out that fee. A reference in this Agreement to a Fee Letter shall include any letter referred to in this clause 2.2.6.

 

2.2.7 Clause 32.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this clause 2.2.7 in relation to an Increase Lender as if references in that clause to:

 

  (a) an Existing Lender were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase;

 

  (b) the New Lender were references to that Increase Lender ; and

 

  (c) a re-assignment were references to an assignment.

 

2.3 Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

2.3.1 The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

2.3.2 The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt.

 

2.3.3 A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents (including clauses 34.20 ( All enforcement action through the Agent )) and 35.2 ( Finance Parties acting together ), separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

3 Purpose

 

3.1 Purpose

The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed under the Facility in accordance with this clause 3. The amount of the Facility to be made available pursuant to clause 3.2 shall be subject to any reduction in accordance with the requirements of clause 5.3.2.

 

3.2 Use of each Ship Commitment

The Ship Commitment for each Ship shall be made available solely for the purpose of (a) assisting the relevant Owner in paying part of the purchase price of the relevant Ship to the relevant Seller or the Seller’s order under the relevant Purchase Contract and (b) the Borrower’s general corporate and working capital purposes.

 

23


3.3 Monitoring

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4 Conditions of Utilisation

 

4.1 Initial conditions precedent

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation ) in relation to any Utilisation if on or before the Utilisation Date for that Utilisation, the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received, or is satisfied that it will receive no later than two days prior to the date that the Borrower delivers the relevant Utilisation Request, all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 1 of Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent to any Utilisation ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

4.2 Conditions precedent on Delivery

The Ship Commitment in respect of a Ship shall only become available for borrowing under this Agreement if the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received all of the documents and evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent on Delivery of Ships ) in relation to such Ship in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

4.3 Notice to Lenders

The Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders promptly upon receiving and being satisfied with all of the documents and evidence referred to in this clause 4 in form and substance satisfactory to it. Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives any such notification, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

4.4 Further conditions precedent

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation ) if:

 

  (a) on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Utilisation;

 

  (b) on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date the Repeating Representations are true and, in relation to the first Utilisation, all of the other representations set out in clause 18 ( Representations ), are true; and

 

  (c) where the proposed Utilisation Date is to be the first day of the Mortgage Period for a Ship, the Ship Representations for such Ship are true on the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

4.5 Waiver of conditions precedent

The conditions in this clause 4 are inserted solely for the benefit of the Finance Parties and may be waived on their behalf in whole or in part and with or without conditions by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

 

24


SECTION 3—UTILISATION

 

5 Utilisation

 

5.1 Delivery of a Utilisation Request

 

5.1.1 The Borrower may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than 11:00 a.m. three Business Days before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

5.1.2 Each Utilisation Request shall relate to one of the Ships and only one Utilisation Request may be submitted in respect of a Ship Commitment.

 

5.2 Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

5.2.1 A Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

  (a) the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day and, in respect of the relevant Advance for each Ship, falls within the Availability Period for that Ship;

 

  (b) the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount );

 

  (c) the proposed Interest Period complies with clause 9 ( Interest Periods ); and

 

  (d) it identifies the purpose for the Utilisation and that purpose complies with clause 3 ( Purpose ).

 

5.2.2 Only one Advance in respect of a Ship may be requested in each Utilisation Request.

 

5.2.3 In relation to the first Advance, the proposed Utilisation Date must be a date which is no later than 30 April 2013.

 

5.3 Currency and amount

 

5.3.1 The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be dollars.

 

5.3.2 The amount of the proposed Advance must not exceed, when aggregated (where applicable) with the Advances previously made, the Total Commitments.

 

5.3.3 On each Utilisation Date the amount of the proposed Advance must not exceed the lesser of:

 

  (a) 60% of the Fair Market Value of the Ship; and

 

  (b) the Ship Commitment for the Ship to which the proposed Advance relates.

 

5.3.4 If the amount requested in a Utilisation Request is greater than the amount capable of being advanced as a result of compliance with the requirements of clause 5.3.3, then the difference between the amount requested and the amount advanced (the Shortfall Amount ) shall be automatically cancelled on the Utilisation Date in accordance with clause 7.7 ( Automatic Cancellation ).

 

5.4 Lenders’ participation

 

5.4.1 If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Advance available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

25


5.4.2 The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Advance will be equal to the proportion borne by its undrawn Commitment to the undrawn Total Commitments immediately prior to making the Advance.

 

5.4.3 The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of the Advance and the amount of its participation in the Advance, in each case by 11:00 a.m. on the Quotation Day.

 

5.4.4 The Agent shall pay all amounts received by it in respect of each Advance (and its own participation in it, if any) to the Borrower or for its account in accordance with the instructions contained in the Utilisation Request.

 

26


SECTION 4—REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

6 Repayment

 

6.1 Repayment

The Borrower shall on each Repayment Date repay such part of the Loan as is required to be repaid by clause 6.2 ( Scheduled repayment of Facility ).

 

6.2 Scheduled repayment of Facility

 

6.2.1 On each Utilisation Date, the Agent shall issue a repayment schedule specifying the Repayment Amount for the relevant Advance which is being made on such Utilisation Date. An indicative repayment schedule appears in Schedule 10 ( Indicative repayment schedule ) and shall be replaced by any further repayment schedule issued by the Agent in accordance with this clause. Each repayment schedule:

 

  (a) in respect of an Advance relating to Ship 1 or Ship 2 will be prepared on the basis that the Advance shall be repaid in equal repayment instalments on a straight line amortisation basis and having regard to the number of Repayment Dates falling between such Utilisation Date and the Final Repayment Date for that Advance; and

 

  (b) in respect of an Advance relating to any other Ship will be prepared on the basis that the Advance shall be repaid in equal repayment instalments on a straight line amortisation basis, having regard to the number of Repayment Dates falling between such Utilisation Date and the Maturity Date, and with a balloon repayment instalment determined on the basis of the percentage relevant to that Advance referred to in Schedule 10 ( Indicative repayment schedule ) payable on the Maturity Date.

Each repayment schedule produced pursuant to this clause shall be binding on the parties in the absence of manifest error.

 

6.2.2 To the extent not previously reduced and/or rescheduled in accordance with clause 6.3 ( Adjustment of scheduled repayments ), each Advance shall be repaid by instalments on each Repayment Date for that Advance (other than the Final Repayment Date) and each instalment shall be in the relevant Repayment Amount (as revised by clause 6.3).

 

6.2.3 On the Final Repayment Date (without prejudice to any other provision of this Agreement), all outstanding amounts under this Agreement and the Security Documents (including, but not limited to the outstanding amount of the Loan) shall be repaid in full.

 

6.3 Adjustment of scheduled repayments

If the Total Commitments have been partially reduced under this Agreement (except in the circumstances contemplated in clause 7.6 ( Sale or Total Loss ) in which case the provisions of that clause shall apply), the amount of the instalments by which an Advance shall be repaid under clause 6.2 on any Repayment Date (as reduced by any earlier operation of this clause 6.3) shall be reduced pro rata to such reduction in the Total Commitments (except in the case of a reduction of the Total Commitments due a prepayment under clause 7.4.2 ( Voluntary prepayment ) where the reduction shall be treated as reducing the relevant Advance being prepaid in full).

 

7 Illegality, prepayment and cancellation

 

7.1 Illegality

If, in any applicable jurisdiction, it becomes unlawful or otherwise impossible for any Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents, or for any Lender to fund or maintain its participation in the Loan:

 

27


  (a) that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

  (b) upon the Agent notifying the Borrower (which notice shall be given as soon as reasonably practicable following receipt by the Agent of the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above), the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled and the remaining Ship Commitments shall each be reduced rateably; and

 

  (c) the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loan on the last day of the Interest Period occurring after the Agent has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

 

7.2 Change of control

 

7.2.1 The Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent upon any Obligor becoming aware of a Change of Control.

 

7.2.2 If a Change of Control occurs and unless the Agent has previously approved the Change of Control (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, whose consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) the Total Commitments shall be cancelled with effect from the date such Change of Control occurs and the Loan shall be prepaid in full on or before the date falling 60 days after the date on which such Change of Control occurs (together with all other outstanding amounts under this Agreement and any of the Security Documents then due and payable at such time).

 

7.3 Voluntary cancellation

The Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than 3 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and a multiple of $1,000,000) of the Available Facility or any part of any Ship Commitment which is undrawn at the proposed date of cancellation. Upon any such cancellation, the Total Commitments shall be reduced by the same amount.

 

7.4 Voluntary prepayment

The Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than 5 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior written notice, prepay either:

 

7.4.1 the whole or any part of the Loan (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the Loan by a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and which is a multiple of $1,000,000 or such other amount as is acceptable to the Agent); or

 

7.4.2 the whole of any outstanding Advance.

 

7.5 Right of replacement or cancellation and prepayment in relation to a single Lender

 

7.5.1 If:

 

  (a) any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up );

 

  (b) any Lender claims indemnification from the Borrower under clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) or clause 13.1 ( Increased Costs ); or

 

  (c) any Lender refuses to consent to any amendments or waivers requested by the Borrower pursuant to any provision of this Agreement where such provision is expressed to require the consent of such Lender,

the Borrower may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loan or give the Agent notice of its intention to replace that Lender in accordance with clause 7.5.4.

 

28


7.5.2 On receipt of a notice referred to in clause 7.5.1 above, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero and (unless the Commitment of the relevant Lender is replaced in accordance with clause 7.5.4) the remaining Ship Commitments shall each be reduced rateably.

 

7.5.3 On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Borrower has given notice under clause 7.5.1 above in relation to a Lender (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrower in that notice), the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loan.

 

7.5.4 The Borrower may, in the circumstances set out in clause 7.5.1, with 10 Business Days’ prior notice to the Agent and that Lender, replace that Lender by requiring that Lender to transfer (and, to the extent permitted by law, that Lender shall transfer) pursuant to clause 32 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity selected by the Borrower which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with clause 32 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash or other cash payment payable at the time of the transfer equal to the aggregate of:

 

  (a) the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the Loan;

 

  (b) all accrued interest owing to such Lender;

 

  (c) the Break Costs which would have been payable to such Lender pursuant to clause 10.4 ( Break Costs ) had the Borrower prepaid in full that Lender’s participation in the Loan on the date of the transfer; and

 

  (d) all other amounts payable to that Lender under the Finance Documents on the date of the transfer.

 

7.5.5 The replacement of a Lender pursuant to clause 7.5.4 shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (a) the Borrower shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (b) neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to find a replacement Lender;

 

  (c) in no event shall the Lender replaced under clause 7.5.4 be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

  (d) the Lender shall only be obliged to assign its rights pursuant to clause 7.5.4 above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that assignment and the Agent has approved such “know your customer” or other similar checks.

 

7.5.6 A Lender shall perform the checks described in clause 7.5.5(d) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in clause 7.5.4 above and shall notify the Agent and the Borrower when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

7.5.7 If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Borrower may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Agent 5 Business Days’ notice of cancellation of the undrawn Commitments of that Lender.

 

7.5.8 On such notice becoming effective, the undrawn Commitments of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero and the Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of such notice, notify all the Lenders.

 

29


7.6 Sale or Total Loss

 

7.6.1 If a Ship becomes a Total Loss before its Ship Commitment has become available for borrowing under this Agreement, the Total Commitments shall immediately be reduced by the Ship Commitment for such Ship and such Ship Commitment shall be reduced to zero.

 

7.6.2 On a Mortgaged Ship’s Disposal Repayment Date, the Borrower shall prepay the amount of the outstanding Advance related to such Mortgaged Ship at that time.

 

7.6.3 Once the Agent has confirmed that it has received to its satisfaction all amounts owing pursuant to clause 7.6.1, it will then as soon as practicably possible, at the Borrower’s cost, release any Security Documents executed in respect of such Mortgaged Ship and/or the Owner of such Mortgaged Ship.

 

7.7 Automatic cancellation

 

7.7.1 Any part of a Commitment which has not become available or been utilised by the Final Availability Date for the relevant Advance shall be automatically cancelled at close of business in London on that Final Availability Date.

 

7.7.2 Any Shortfall Amount, calculated in accordance with 5.3.4 ( Currency and Amount ) shall be automatically cancelled at the time of Utilisation of the relevant Advance but prior to the Utilisation of such Advance.

 

7.8 Mandatory cancellation

 

7.8.1 If, prior to a Ship’s Delivery:

 

  (a) the Purchase Contract for that Ship is for any reason and by any method cancelled, terminated or rescinded; or

 

  (b) a competent court or arbitration panel decides that the Purchase Contract for that Ship has been validly cancelled, terminated or rescinded,

then the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower with effect from the date 10 Business Days after the giving of such notice (or such later date as may be approved in advance by the Majority Lenders) cancel the Ship Commitment for such Ship and the undrawn Total Commitments shall then be reduced by a corresponding amount.

 

7.9 Restrictions

 

7.9.1 Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this clause 7 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

7.9.2 Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty. Any cancellation of any part of the Total Commitments pursuant to clause 7.3 ( Voluntary Cancellation ) under this Agreement shall be without premium or penalty.

 

7.9.3 The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is repaid or prepaid.

 

7.9.4 The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

7.9.5 Subject to clause 2.2 ( Increase ) no amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

30


7.9.6 If the Agent receives a notice under this clause 7 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrower or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

7.9.7 If the Total Commitments are partially reduced and/or the Loan partially prepaid under this Agreement (other than under clause 7.1 ( Illegality ) and clause 7.5 ( Right of cancellation and prepayment in relation to a single Lender )), the Commitments of the Lenders and (other than in relation to a cancellation of all of the Ship Commitment for a Ship) the remaining Ship Commitments shall be reduced rateably.

 

7.9.8 Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with payment to any Hedging Provider of any amount falling due to the relevant Hedging Provider under a Hedging Contract as a result of the termination or close out of that Hedging Contract or any Hedging Transaction under it in accordance with clause 29.2 ( Unwinding of Hedging Contracts ) in relation to that prepayment.

 

31


SECTION 5—COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

8 Interest

 

8.1 Calculation of interest

The rate of interest on each Advance or, as the case may be, the Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

  (a) Margin;

 

  (b) LIBOR; and

 

  (c) Mandatory Cost, if any.

 

8.2 Payment of interest

The Borrower shall pay accrued interest on each Advance or, as the case may be, the Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than three months, on the dates falling at three monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).

 

8.3 Default interest

 

8.3.1 If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document (other than a Hedging Contract) on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to clause 8.3.2 below, is two point zero per cent (2.0%) higher than the rate of interest most recently calculated (prior to the due date of the overdue amount) pursuant to clause 8.1 ( Calculation of interest ), for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing in accordance with this clause 8.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

 

8.3.2 If any overdue amount consists of all or part of the Loan or, as the case may be, an Advance which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Advance or the relevant part of it:

 

  (a) the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to the Loan or Advance; and

 

  (b) the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be two point zero per cent (2.0%) per annum higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

 

8.3.3 Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

8.4 Notification of rates of interest

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

9 Interest Periods

 

9.1 Selection of Interest Periods

 

9.1.1 A Borrower may select an Interest Period for each Advance in the Utilisation Request for that Advance or (if the Advance has already been borrowed) in a Selection Notice.

 

32


9.1.2 Each Selection Notice is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Agent by the Borrower not later than 11:00 a.m. three Business Days before the last day of the then current Interest Period.

 

9.1.3 If the Borrower fails to deliver a Selection Notice to the Agent in accordance with clause 9.1.2, the relevant Interest Period will, subject to clause 9.1.6 and clause 9.2 ( Interest Periods overrunning Repayment Dates )), be three months.

 

9.1.4 Subject to this clause 9, the Borrower may select an Interest Period of three months or any other period agreed between the Borrower and the Agent on the instructions of all the Lenders, so long as any such period so selected for an Advance ends on a Repayment Date for that Advance.

 

9.1.5 No Interest Period shall extend beyond the Final Repayment Date.

 

9.1.6 The first Interest Period for each Advance shall start on the relevant Utilisation Date and shall end on the First Repayment Date for the relevant Advance. Each subsequent Interest Period for each Advance shall start on the last day of its preceding Interest Period. The Interest Periods for all Advances shall be consolidated with each other to the extent that they are of the same period and start and end on the same Repayment Dates and where so consolidated, a single Selection Notice can be issued in respect of such Advances.

 

9.2 Interest Periods overrunning Repayment Dates

If the Borrower selects an Interest Period which would overrun any later Repayment Date for an Advance, the relevant Advance shall be divided into parts corresponding to the amounts by which the relevant Advance is scheduled to be reduced under clause 6.2 ( Scheduled repayment of Facility ) on each of the Repayment Dates for that Advance falling during such Interest Period (each of which shall have a separate Interest Period ending on the relevant Repayment Date) and to the balance of the Loan (which shall have the Interest Period selected by the Borrower).

 

9.3 Non-Business Days

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

10 Changes to the calculation of interest

 

10.1 Absence of quotations

Subject to clause 10.2 ( Market Disruption Event ), if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by 11:00 a.m. on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

10.2 Market Disruption Event

 

10.2.1 If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to an Advance for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of that Advance for the Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

  (a) the Margin;

 

  (b) the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the Advance from whatever source it may reasonably select; and

 

  (c) the Mandatory Cost, if any, applicable to that Lender’s participation in the Advance.

 

33


10.2.2 If a Market Disruption Event occurs, the Agent shall, as soon as practicable, notify the Borrower.

 

10.2.3 In this Agreement Market Disruption Event means that:

 

  (a) at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine LIBOR for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

  (b) before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan exceed 50% of the Advance) that the cost to it of funding its participation in the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR.

 

10.3 Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

10.3.1 If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

10.3.2 Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to clause 10.3.1 above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders be binding on all Parties.

 

10.4 Break Costs

 

10.4.1 The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan, Advance or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan, Advance or Unpaid Sum or relevant part of it.

 

10.4.2 Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

11 Fees

 

11.1 Commitment commission

 

11.1.1 The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in dollars computed at the rate of 1.40% per annum on the undrawn and uncancelled portion of that Lender’s Commitment calculated on a daily basis from the date of this Agreement (the start date ).

 

11.1.2 The Borrower shall pay the accrued commitment commission on the last day of the period of three months commencing on the start date, on the last day of each successive period of three months up to and including the last day of the Availability Period and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitments at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

11.1.3 No commitment fee is payable to the Agent (for the account of a Lender) on any undrawn Commitment of that Lender for any day on which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

 

11.2 Additional Fees

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent and the Documentation Agent the fees in the amount and at the times agreed in any Fee Letter.

 

34


SECTION 6—ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

12 Tax gross-up and indemnities

 

12.1 Definitions

 

12.1.1 In this Agreement:

FATCA Payment means either:

 

  (a) the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under clause 12.9.2 ( FATCA Deduction and gross-up by Obligor ) or paragraph (b) of clause 12.10.2 ( FATCA Deduction by Finance Party ); or

 

  (b) a payment under paragraph (d) of clause 12.10.4 ( FATCA Deduction by Finance Party ).

Protected Party means a Finance Party or, in relation to clause 14.4 ( Indemnity concerning security ) and clause 14.7 ( Interest ) insofar as it relates to interest on any amount demanded by that Indemnified Person under clause 14.4 ( Indemnity concerning security ), any Indemnified Person, which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

Tax Deduction means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document (other than a Hedging Contract or a FATCA Deduction).

Tax Payment means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment under clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ).

 

12.1.2 Unless a contrary indication appears, in this clause 12 a reference to determines or determined means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

12.2 Tax gross-up

 

12.2.1 Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it under any Finance Document without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

12.2.2 The Borrower shall, promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction), notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Borrower and that Obligor.

 

12.2.3 If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor under the relevant Finance Document shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

12.2.4 If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

12.2.5 Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

35


12.2.6 This clause 12.2 shall not apply in respect of any payments under any Hedging Contract, where the gross-up provisions of the relevant Hedging Master Agreement itself shall apply.

 

12.3 Tax indemnity

 

12.3.1 The Borrower shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

12.3.2 Clause 12.3.1 above shall not apply:

 

  (a) with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

  (i) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

  (ii) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party;

 

  (b) to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ), clause 12.9 ( FATCA Deduction and gross-up by Obligor ) or clause 12.10.2 ( FATCA Deduction by Finance Party );

 

  (c) is compensated for by a payment under clause 12.10.4 ( FATCA Deduction by Finance Party ); or

 

  (d) to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by a payment under clause 12.5 ( Indemnities on an after Tax basis ).

 

12.3.3 A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under clause 12.3.1 above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Borrower.

 

12.3.4 A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this clause 12.3, notify the Agent.

 

12.4 Tax Credit

 

  (a) If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

  (i) a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment; and

 

  (ii) that Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

12.5 Indemnities on after Tax basis

 

12.5.1 If and to the extent that any sum payable to any Protected Party by the Borrower under any Finance Document by way of indemnity or reimbursement proves to be insufficient, by reason of any Tax suffered thereon, for that Protected Party to discharge the corresponding liability to a third party, or to reimburse that Protected Party for the cost incurred by it in discharging the corresponding liability to a third party, the Borrower shall pay that Protected Party such additional sum as (after taking into account any Tax suffered by that Protected Party on such additional sum) shall be required to make up the relevant deficit.

 

36


12.5.2 If and to the extent that any sum (the Indemnity Sum ) constituting (directly or indirectly) an indemnity to any Protected Party but paid by the Borrower to any person other than that Protected Party, shall be treated as taxable in the hands of the Protected Party, the Borrower shall pay to that Protected Party such sum (the Compensating Sum) as (after taking into account any Tax suffered by that Protected Party on the Compensating Sum ) shall reimburse that Protected Party for any Tax suffered by it in respect of the Indemnity Sum.

 

12.5.3 For the purposes of this clause 12.5 a sum shall be deemed to be taxable in the hands of a Protected Party if it falls to be taken into account in computing the profits or gains of that Protected Party for the purposes of Tax and, if so, that Protected Party shall be deemed to have suffered Tax on the relevant sum at the rate of Tax applicable to that Protected Party’s profits or gains for the period in which the payment of the relevant sum falls to be taken into account for the purposes of such Tax.

 

12.5.4 There shall be taken into account, in determining whether any amount referred to in clause 12.5.1 is insufficient, the amount of any deduction or other relief, allowance or credit available to the Protected Party in respect of the Protected Party’s corresponding liability to a third party or the cost incurred by the Protected Party in discharging the corresponding liability to a third party.

 

12.6 Stamp taxes

The Borrower shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

12.7 Value added tax

 

12.7.1 All amounts expressed in a Finance Document to be payable by any party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to clause 12.7.3 below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any party under a Finance Document, and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that party).

 

12.7.2 If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the Supplier ) to any other Finance Party (the Recipient ) under a Finance Document, and any party to a Finance Document other than the Recipient (the Subject Party ) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

  (a) (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Subject Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this paragraph (a) applies) promptly pay to the Subject Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

 

  (b) (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Subject Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

 

37


12.7.3 Where a Finance Document requires any party to it to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment of in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

12.7.4 Any reference in this clause 12.7 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term “representative member” to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).

 

12.7.5 In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that party’s VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

 

12.8 FATCA Information

 

12.8.1 Subject to paragraph 12.8.3 below, each party to a Finance Document shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another party to the Finance Documents:

 

  (a) confirm to that other party whether it is a FATCA Exempt Party or is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

  (b) supply to the requesting party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable “passthru percentage” or other information required under the U.S. Treasury regulations or other official guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as the requesting party reasonably requests for the purposes of such requesting party’s compliance with FATCA.

 

12.8.2 Each Finance Party shall also give a confirmation to the Borrower under clause 12.8.1(a) above on or before 5 December 2013.

 

12.8.3 If a party to any Finance Document confirms to another party pursuant to clause 12.8.1(a) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that party shall notify that other party and the Agent reasonably promptly.

 

12.8.4 Clause 12.8.1 above shall not oblige any Finance Party to:

 

  (a) do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation, any fiduciary duty or any duty of confidentiality; or

 

  (b) disclose any confidential information (including, without limitation, its tax returns and calculations), provided that information required (or equivalent to the information so required) by United States Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8 or W-9 (or any successor forms) shall not be treated as confidential information of such Finance Party for purposes of this clause 12.8.4.

 

12.8.5 If a party to any Finance Document fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with clause 12.8.1 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where 12.8.4 applies), or fails to confirm its status in accordance with 12.8.2, then:

 

  (a) if that party failed to confirm whether it is (and/or remains) a FATCA Exempt Party then such party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

38


  (b) if that party failed to confirm its applicable passthru percentage then such party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable passthru percentage is 100%,

until (in each case) such time as the party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

12.9 FATCA Deduction and gross-up by Obligor

 

12.9.1 If any Obligor making a payment under a Finance Document is required to make a FATCA Deduction, the Borrower shall, and shall procure that the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, shall make that FATCA Deduction and shall make a payment to the United States government within the time allowed and in the amount required by FATCA.

 

12.9.2 Subject to clause 12.13, if a FATCA Deduction is required to be made by any Obligor, the amount of the payment due from the Borrower or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, shall be increased to an amount which (after making any FATCA Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no FATCA Deduction had been required.

 

12.9.3 The Borrower shall, and shall procure that the relevant Obligor shall, promptly upon becoming aware that a FATCA Deduction is required (or that there is any change in the rate or basis of a FATCA Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Finance Party shall notify the Agent on becoming aware that a FATCA Deduction (or that a change in the rate or basis of a FATCA Deduction) may be required on a payment to such Finance Party.

 

12.9.4 As soon as possible and no later than within 15 days of making either a FATCA Deduction or any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, the Borrower shall or, where another Obligor is making the FATCA Deduction, shall procure that the relevant Obligor shall, deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the FATCA Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

12.10 FATCA Deduction by a Finance Party

 

12.10.1 Each Finance Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make under FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Finance Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction. A Finance Party which becomes aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction in respect of a payment to another party to any Finance Document (or that there is any change in the rate or basis of such FATCA Deduction) shall notify that party and the Agent.

 

12.10.2 Subject to clause 12.13 if the Agent is required to make a FATCA Deduction in respect of a payment to a Finance Party under clause 37.2 ( Distributions by the Agent ) which relates to a payment by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor, shall be increased to an amount which (after the Agent has made such FATCA Deduction), leaves the Agent with an amount equal to the payment which would have been made by the Agent if no FATCA Deduction had been required.

 

12.10.3 The Agent shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction in respect of a payment to a Finance Party under clause 37.2 (Distributions by the Agent) which relates to a payment by an Obligor (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such a FATCA Deduction) notify the Borrower, the relevant Obligor and the relevant Finance Party.

 

12.10.4 The Borrower shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Finance Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Finance Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered by that Finance Party as a result of another Finance Party making a FATCA Deduction in respect of a payment due to it under a Finance Document. This clause 12.10.4 shall not apply to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under clause 12.10.2 above.

 

39


12.10.5 A Finance Party making, or intending to make, a claim under clause 12.10.4 shall promptly notify the Agent of the FATCA Deduction which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Borrower.

 

12.11 FATCA Mitigation

 

12.11.1 If a Lender gives a confirmation that it is not a FATCA Exempt Party under clause 12.8.1(a) or 12.8.3 or it is treated as not being a FATCA Exempt Party under clause 12.8.5(a), the Borrower may (but shall not be required to), in addition to making any FATCA Deductions already required and any associated gross-up and indemnity payments under this clause 12, give notice (a Borrower’s FATCA Notice) to the Agent in writing that the remainder of this clause 12.11 shall apply (and the Agent shall pass on any Borrower’s FATCA Notice to the Lenders as soon as practicable following receipt).

 

12.11.2 Following the issue by the Borrower of a Borrower’s FATCA Notice under clause 12.11.1, a Lender which has given a confirmation that it is not a FATCA Exempt Party under clause 12.8.1(a) or 12.8.3 or which is treated as not being a FATCA Exempt Party under clause 12.8.5(a) may, if it is a FATCA Exempt Party or becomes a FATCA Exempt Party at least six weeks before the date of any proposed transfer pursuant to clause 12.11.4 or, as the case may be, at least six weeks before any proposed prepayment pursuant to clause 12.11.5, notify the Agent of that fact in writing prior to the proposed date of prepayment or, as the case may be, transfer (and the Agent shall pass on any such notice to the Borrower as soon as practicable following receipt), in which case the provisions of clause 12.11.4 or, as the case may be, clause 12.11.5 shall not apply.

 

12.11.3 The Borrower may, within two months of the date of a Borrower’s FATCA Notice, or such longer period as the Agent may agree, notify the Agent in writing that it either:

 

  (a) intends to prepay in full the participation of each Lender that is a FATCA Non Exempt Lender, specifying the amount to be prepaid and the date on which the prepayment is to be made (which date shall be the last day of the current Interest Period); or

 

  (b) if no Default has occurred, nominates one or more New Lenders who would meet the requirements of clause 32.1 ( Assignments and transfers by the Lenders ) and who upon becoming a Lender would be a FATCA Exempt Party, and shall accompany the notification with a draft Transfer Certificate containing as much information as it can reasonably obtain in relation to the proposed transfer.

 

12.11.4 If the Borrower gives a notice under clause 12.11.3(b), the Borrower shall cause such New Lender(s) to assume all of the relevant FATCA Non-Exempt Lender’s participation in the Loan and the relevant FATCA Non-Exempt Lender shall transfer its participation in the Loan to such New Lender(s), subject to and in accordance with the provisions of clause 32 ( Changes to the Lenders ).

 

12.11.5 If the Borrower gives a notice under clause 12.11.3(a) the Borrower shall prepay that Lender’s participation in the Loan on the date specified in the notice given under clause 12.11.3(a).

 

12.11.6 This clause 12.11 shall be without prejudice to the obligations of the Borrower under clauses 12.9 and 12.10.

 

12.12 Tax Credit and FATCA

If an Obligor makes a FATCA Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

  (a) a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that FATCA Payment forms part, to that FATCA Payment or to a FATCA Deduction in consequence of which that FATCA Payment was required; and

 

  (b) that Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,

 

40


the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the FATCA Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

12.13 Exceptions

No Obligor shall be required to increase any payment under clause 12.9.2 or clause 12.10.2 or to make a payment under clause 12.10.4 to the extent that:

 

  (a) such payment is to be made in respect of the participation of a Finance Party whose most recent confirmation under clause 12.8.1 or clause 12.8.2 was a confirmation that it was a FATCA Exempt Party, such Finance Party has not subsequently notified any change of its status under clause 12.8.3 and at the time of the payment such Finance Party is a FATCA Non-Exempt Lender; or

 

  (b) such payment is to be made in respect of the participation of a Finance Party whose most recent confirmation under clause 12.8.1 or clause 12.8.2 was a confirmation that it was a FATCA Non-Exempt Lender (including, in either case, as a result of the application of clause 12.8.5), such Finance Party has not subsequently notified the Borrower that it is not a FATCA Non-Exempt Lender and at the time of the payment such Finance Party is a FATCA Exempt Party.

 

13 Increased Costs

 

13.1 Increased Costs

 

13.1.1 Subject to clause 13.3 ( Exceptions ), the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates which:

 

  (a) arises as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement; and/or

 

  (b) is a Basel III Increased Cost.

 

13.1.2 In this Agreement Increased Costs means:

 

  (a) a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

  (b) an additional or increased cost ; or

 

  (c) a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

13.2 Increased Cost claims

 

13.2.1 A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to clause 13.1 (Increased Costs) shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower.

 

13.2.2 Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

41


13.3 Exceptions

 

13.3.1 Clause 13.1 (Increased Costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

  (a) attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

  (b) attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by an Obligor or a Finance Party;

 

  (c) compensated for by 12.10.4 ( FATCA Deduction by a Finance Party );

 

  (d) compensated for by clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in clause 12.3.2 applied);

 

  (e) compensated for by the payment of the Mandatory Cost; or

 

  (f) attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.

 

13.3.2 In this clause 13.3, a reference to a Tax Deduction has the same meaning given to the term in clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

14 Other indemnities

 

14.1 Currency indemnity

 

14.1.1 If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a Sum ), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the First Currency ) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the Second Currency ) for the purpose of:

 

  (a) making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; and/or

 

  (b) obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

that Obligor shall, as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any Losses arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (i) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (ii) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

14.1.2 Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

14.2 Other indemnities

The Borrower shall (or shall procure that another Obligor will), within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, indemnify each Finance Party against any and all Losses incurred by that Finance Party as a result of:

 

  (a) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

  (b) a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any and all Losses arising as a result of clause 36 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties );

 

42


  (c) funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in the Loan requested by the Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or

 

  (d) the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower.

 

14.3 Indemnity to the Agent

The Borrower shall promptly indemnify the Agent against:

 

  (a) any and all Losses incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

  (i) investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default;

 

  (ii) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

  (iii) instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under this Agreement; or

 

  (iv) any action taken by the Agent or any of their representatives, agents or contractors in connection with any powers conferred by any Security Document to remedy any breach of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (b) any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent in the course of acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to clause 37.11 ( Disruption to payment systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

14.4 Indemnity concerning security

 

14.4.1 The Borrower shall (or shall procure that another Obligor will) promptly indemnify each Indemnified Person against any and all Losses incurred by it in connection with:

 

  (a) any failure by the Borrower to comply with clause 16 (Costs and expenses);

 

  (b) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction received in respect of the Finance Documents which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

  (c) the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Security Documents;

 

  (d) the exercise or purported exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions, authorities and remedies vested in the Agent and/or any other Finance Party and each Receiver by the Finance Documents or by law unless and to the extent that it was caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

  (e) any claim (whether relating to the environment or otherwise) made or asserted against the Indemnified Person which would not have arisen but for the execution or enforcement of one or more Finance Documents (unless and to the extent it is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person); or

 

  (f) any breach by any Obligor of the Finance Documents.

 

43


14.4.2 The Agent may, in priority to any payment to the other Finance Parties, indemnify itself out of the Trust Property in respect of, and pay and retain, all sums necessary to give effect to the indemnity in this clause 14.4 and shall have a lien on the Security Documents and the proceeds of the enforcement of those Security Documents for all moneys payable to it.

 

14.5 Continuation of indemnities

The indemnities by the Borrower in favour of the Indemnified Persons contained in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any breach by any Finance Party or the Borrower of the terms of this Agreement, the repayment or prepayment of the Loan, the cancellation of the Total Commitments or the repudiation by the Agent or the Borrower of this Agreement.

 

14.6 Third Parties Act

Each Indemnified Person may rely on the terms of clause 14.4 ( Indemnity concerning security ) and clauses 12 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ) and 14.7 ( Interest ) insofar as it relates to interest on any amount demanded by that Indemnified Person under clause 14.4 ( Indemnity concerning security ), subject to clause 1.3 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

14.7 Interest

Moneys becoming due by the Borrower to any Indemnified Person under the indemnities contained in this clause 14 (Other indemnities) or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be paid on demand made by such Indemnified Person and shall be paid together with interest on the sum demanded from the date of demand therefor to the date of reimbursement by the Borrower to such Indemnified Person (both before and after judgment) at the rate referred to in clause 8.3 (Default interest) .

 

14.8 Exclusion of liability

No Indemnified Person will be in any way liable or responsible to any Obligor (whether as mortgagee in possession or otherwise) who is a Party or is a party to a Finance Document to which this clause applies for any loss or liability arising from any act, default, omission or misconduct of that Indemnified Person, except to the extent caused by its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct. Any Indemnified Person may rely on this clause 14.8 subject to clause 1.3 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

15 Mitigation by the Lenders

 

15.1 Mitigation

 

15.1.1 Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of clause 7.1 ( Illegality ), clause 12 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ) or clause 13 ( Increased Costs ) or paragraph 3 of Schedule 6 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

15.1.2 Clause 15.1.1 does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

15.2 Limitation of liability

 

15.2.1 The Borrower shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ).

 

44


15.2.2 A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

16 Costs and expenses

 

16.1 Transaction expenses

The Borrower shall promptly within five Business Days of demand pay the Agent, the Bookrunner, the Documentation Agent and the Arrangers the amount of all costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of legal advisers and insurance and other consultants and advisers) reasonably incurred by any of them (and by any Receiver) in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication, registration and perfection and any release, discharge or reassignment of:

 

  (a) this Agreement, any Hedging Master Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement and the Security Documents;

 

  (b) any other Finance Documents executed or proposed to be executed after the date of this Agreement including any executed to provide additional security under clause 25 ( Minimum security value ); or

 

  (c) any Security Interest expressed or intended to be granted by a Finance Document.

 

16.2 Amendment costs

If an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent, the Borrower shall, within five Business Days of demand by the Agent, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of legal advisers and insurance and other consultants and advisers) reasonably incurred by the Agent (and by any Receiver) in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

16.3 Enforcement, preservation and other costs

The Borrower shall on demand by a Finance Party, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of legal advisers and insurance and other consultants, brokers, surveyors and advisers) incurred by that Finance Party in connection with:

 

  (a) the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document and any proceedings initiated by or against any Indemnified Person and as a consequence of holding the Charged Property or enforcing those rights and any proceedings instituted by or against any Indemnified Person as a consequence of taking or holding the Security Documents or enforcing those rights;

 

  (b) any valuation carried out under clause 25 ( Minimum security value ); or

 

  (c) any inspection carried out under clause 23.8 ( Inspection and notice of dry-dockings ) or any survey carried out under clause 23.16 ( Survey report ).

 

45


SECTION 7—GUARANTEE

 

17 Guarantee and indemnity

 

17.1 Guarantee and indemnity

The Parent irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

  (a) guarantees to the Agent (as trustee for the Finance Parties) and the other Finance Parties punctual performance by each other Obligor of all such Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) undertakes with the Agent (as trustee for the Finance Parties) and the other Finance Parties that whenever another Obligor does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, it shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

 

  (c) agrees with the Agent (as trustee for the Finance Parties) and the other Finance Parties that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of the Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by the Borrower under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by the Parent under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this clause 17.1 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

17.2 Continuing guarantee

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

17.3 Reinstatement

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Parent under this clause 17 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

17.4 Waiver of defences

The obligations of the Parent under this clause 17 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing (whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) which, but for this clause, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this clause 17 including (without limitation):

 

  (a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

  (b) the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any other Obligor;

 

  (c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

46


  (d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

  (e) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including without limitation any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

  (f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  (g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

17.5 Immediate recourse

The Parent waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from the Parent under this clause 17. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

17.6 Appropriations

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

  (a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Parent shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

  (b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Parent or on account of the Parent’s liability under this clause 17.

 

17.7 Deferral of Parent’s rights

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, the Parent will not exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this clause 17:

 

  (a) to be indemnified by another Obligor;

 

  (b) to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  (c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party;

 

  (d) to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which the Parent has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity );

 

  (e) to exercise any right of set-off against any other Obligor; and/or

 

47


  (f) to claim or prove as a creditor of any other Obligor in competition with any Finance Party.

If the Parent receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it will promptly pay an equal amount to the Agent for application in accordance with clause 37 ( Payment mechanics ). This only applies until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full.

 

17.8 Additional security

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

 

48


SECTION 8— REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

18 Representations

The Borrower makes and repeats the representations and warranties set out in this clause 18 to each Finance Party at the times specified in clause 18.35 ( Times when representations are made ).

 

18.1 Status

 

18.1.1 The Parent is domesticated and validly existing in good standing under the laws of its Original Jurisdiction as a corporation, and the Borrower and each Owner is duly formed or, as applicable, domesticated and validly existing in good standing under the laws of its Original Jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation as a limited liability company, and each Obligor has no registered place of business outside its Original Jurisdiction.

 

18.1.2 Each Obligor has power and authority to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to own its property and other assets.

 

18.1.3 No Obligor is a FATCA FFI.

 

18.2 Binding obligations

Subject to the Legal Reservations, the obligations expressed to be assumed by each Obligor in each Finance Document, any Purchase Contract and any Charter Document to which it is, or is to be, a party are or, when entered into by it, will be legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations and each Security Document to which an Obligor is, or will be, a party, creates or will create the Security Interests which that Security Document purports to create and those Security Interests are or will be valid and effective.

 

18.3 Power and authority

 

18.3.1 Each Obligor has power to enter into, perform and deliver and comply with its obligations under, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, each Finance Document, any Purchase Contract and any Charter Document to which it is or is to be a party.

 

18.3.2 No limitation on any Obligor’s powers to borrow, create security or give guarantees will be exceeded as a result of any transaction under, or the entry into of, any Finance Document, any Purchase Contract or any Charter Document to which such Obligor is, or is to be, a party.

 

18.4 Non-conflict

The entry into and performance by each Obligor of, and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, the Purchase Contracts and the Charter Documents to which it is a party and the granting of the Security Interests purported to be created by the Security Documents do not and will not conflict with:

 

  (a) any law or regulation applicable to that Obligor;

 

  (b) the Constitutional Documents of that Obligor; or

 

  (c) any agreement or other instrument binding upon that Obligor or its assets,

or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument or result in the creation of any Security Interest (save for a Permitted Lien or under a Security Document) on that Obligor’s assets, rights or revenues.

 

49


18.5 Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

18.5.1 All authorisations required or desirable:

 

  (a) to enable each Obligor lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations under each Finance Document, any Purchase Contract and any Charter Document to which it is a party;

 

  (b) to make each Finance Document, any Purchase Contract and any Charter Document to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdiction; and

 

  (c) to ensure that each of the Security Interests created under the Security Documents has the priority and ranking contemplated by them,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect except any authorisation or filing referred to in clause 18.12 ( No filing or stamp taxes ), which authorisation or filing will be promptly obtained or effected within any applicable period.

 

18.5.2 All authorisations necessary for the conduct of the business, trade and ordinary activities of each Obligor have been obtained or effected (subject to the Legal Reservations) and are in full force and effect if failure to obtain or effect those authorisations might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.6 Governing law and enforcement

Save as otherwise identified in any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) and subject to any Legal Reservations:

 

18.6.1 the choice of English law or any other applicable law as the governing law of any Finance Document, any Purchase Contract and any Charter Document will be recognised and enforced in each Obligor’s Relevant Jurisdiction; and

 

18.6.2 any judgment obtained in England in relation to an Obligor will be recognised and enforced in each Obligor’s Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

18.7 Information

 

18.7.1 Any Information is true and accurate in all material respects at the time it was given or made.

 

18.7.2 There are no facts or circumstances or any other information which could make the Information incomplete, untrue, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect.

 

18.7.3 The Information does not omit anything which could make the Information incomplete, untrue, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect.

 

18.7.4 All opinions, projections, forecasts or expressions of intention contained in the Information and the assumptions on which they are based have been arrived at after due and careful enquiry and consideration and were believed to be reasonable by the person who provided that Information as at the date it was given or made.

 

18.7.5 For the purposes of this clause 18.7, Information means: any information provided by any Obligor to any of the Finance Parties in connection with the Finance Documents, the Purchase Contracts, the Charter Documents or the transactions referred to in them.

 

18.8 Original Financial Statements

 

18.8.1 The Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP or, as the case may be, IFRS consistently applied.

 

50


18.8.2 The audited Original Financial Statements give a true and fair view of the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Group during the relevant financial year.

 

18.8.3 There has been no material adverse change in its assets, business or financial conditions (or the assets, business or consolidated financial condition of the Group) since the date of the Original Financial Statements.

 

18.9 Pari passu ranking

Each Obligor’s payment obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is, or is to be, a party rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated payment obligations, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

18.10 Ranking and effectiveness of security

Subject to the Legal Reservations and any filing, registration or notice requirements which is referred to in any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent ), the security created by the Security Documents has (or will have when the Security Documents have been executed) the priority which it is expressed to have in the Security Documents, the Charged Property is not subject to any Security Interest other than Permitted Security Interests and such security will constitute perfected security on the assets described in the Security Documents.

 

18.11 No insolvency

No corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in clause 30.9 ( Insolvency proceedings ) or creditors’ process described in clause 30.10 ( Creditors’ process ) has been taken or, to the knowledge of any Obligor, threatened in relation to a Group Member and none of the circumstances described in clause 30.8 ( Insolvency ) applies to any Group Member.

 

18.12 No filing or stamp taxes

Under the laws of each Obligor’s Relevant Jurisdictions it is not necessary that any Finance Document, any Purchase Contract or any Charter Document to which it is, or is to be, party be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to any such Finance Document, any Purchase Contract or any Charter Document or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents except any filing, recording or enrolling or any tax or fee payable in relation to any Finance Document which is referred to in any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) and which will be made or paid promptly after the date of the relevant Finance Document.

 

18.13 Tax

 

18.13.1 No Obligor is required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to which it is, or is to be, a party and no other party is required to make any such deduction from any payment it may make under any Charter Document.

 

18.13.2 The execution or delivery or performance by any Party of the Finance Documents will not result in any Finance Party:

 

  (a) having any liability in respect of Tax in any Flag State;

 

  (b) having or being deemed to have a place of business in any Flag State or any Relevant Jurisdiction of any Obligor.

 

51


18.14 No Default

 

18.14.1 No Default is continuing or is reasonably likely to result from the making of any Utilisation or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Finance Document, any Purchase Contract or any Charter Document.

 

18.14.2 No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes (or, with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination or any combination of any of the foregoing, would constitute) a default or termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on any Obligor or to which any Obligor’s assets are subject which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.15 No proceedings pending or threatened

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of, or before, any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, have (to the best of any Obligor’s knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against any Obligor or any other Group Member.

 

18.16 No breach of laws

 

18.16.1 No Obligor has breached any law or regulation which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.16.2 No labour dispute is current or, to the best of any Obligor’s knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry), threatened against any Obligor which may have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.17 Environmental matters

 

18.17.1 No Environmental Law applicable to any Ship and/or any Obligor has been violated in a manner or circumstances which might have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.17.2 All consents, licences and approvals required under such Environmental Laws have been obtained and are currently in force.

 

18.17.3 No Environmental Claim has been made or threatened or is pending against any Obligor or any Ship where that claim might have a Material Adverse Effect and there has been no Environmental Incident which has given, or might give, rise to such a claim.

 

18.18 Tax Compliance

 

18.18.1 No Obligor is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns or overdue in the payment of any material amount in respect of Tax.

 

18.18.2 No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against any Obligor with respect to Taxes such that a liability of, or claim against, any Obligor is reasonably likely to arise for an amount for which adequate reserves have not been provided in the Original Financial Statements and which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.18.3 Each Obligor is resident for Tax purposes only in its Original Jurisdiction except for any Taxes which may arise in the usual course of its business of operating and trading the Ships.

 

18.19 Anti- corruption law

Each Obligor has conducted its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and has instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

 

52


18.20 Security and Financial Indebtedness

 

18.20.1 No Security Interest exists over all or any of the present or future assets of any Obligor in breach of this Agreement.

 

18.20.2 No Obligor has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding in breach of this Agreement.

 

18.21 Legal and beneficial ownership

Each Obligor is or, on the date the Security Documents to which it is a party are entered into, will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of the respective assets over which it purports to grant a Security Interest under the Security Documents to which it is a party.

 

18.22 Membership interests

The membership interests of each Owner are fully paid and not subject to any option to purchase or similar rights. The Constitutional Documents of each Owner do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of those membership interests on creation or enforcement of the Security Documents. There are no agreements in force which provide for the issue or allotment of, or grant any person the right to call for the issue or allotment of, any membership interest or loan capital of each Owner (including any option or right of pre-emption or conversion).

 

18.23 Accounting Reference Date

The financial year-end of each Obligor is the Accounting Reference Date.

 

18.24 No adverse consequences

Save as otherwise identified in any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ):

 

18.24.1 it is not necessary under the laws of the Relevant Jurisdictions of any Obligor:

 

  (a) in order to enable any Finance Party to enforce its rights under any Finance Document to which it is, or is to be, a party; or

 

  (b) by reason of the execution of any Finance Document or the performance by any Obligor of its obligations under any Finance Document to which it is, or is to be, a party,

that any Finance Party should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in any of such Relevant Jurisdictions; and

 

18.24.2 no Finance Party is or will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in any Relevant Jurisdiction by reason only of the execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Finance Document.

 

18.25 Copies of documents

The copies of any Charter Documents, the Purchase Contracts and the Constitutional Documents of the Obligors delivered to the Agent under clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ) will be true, complete and accurate copies of such documents and include all amendments and supplements to them as at the time of such delivery and no other agreements or arrangements exist between any of the parties to any Charter Document or any Purchase Contract which would materially affect the transactions or arrangements contemplated by any Charter Document or any Purchase Contract or modify or release the obligations of any party under that Charter Document or Purchase Contract.

 

53


18.26 No breach of Purchase Contract

No Obligor nor (so far as the Obligors are aware) any other person is in breach of any Purchase Contract to which it is a party nor has anything occurred which entitles or may entitle any party to any Purchase Contract to rescind or terminate it or decline to perform their obligations under it.

 

18.27 No immunity

No Obligor or any of its assets is immune to any legal action or proceeding.

 

18.28 Ship status

Each Ship will on the first day of the relevant Mortgage Period be:

 

  (a) registered provisionally in the name of the relevant Owner through the relevant Registry as a ship under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;

 

  (b) operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service;

 

  (c) classed with the relevant Classification free of all requirements and recommendations of the relevant Classification Society; and

 

  (d) insured in the manner required by the Finance Documents.

 

18.29 Ship’s employment

Each Ship shall on the first day of the relevant Mortgage Period be free of any charter commitment (other than any Charter if any Charter has been entered into by an Owner) which, if entered into after that date, would require approval under the Finance Documents.

 

18.30 Ownership of the Obligors

Each of the Owners and the Borrower is a wholly, legally and beneficially owned direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Parent.

 

18.31 Address commission

There are no rebates, commissions or other payments in connection with any Purchase Contract or any Charter other than those referred to in it.

 

18.32 No money laundering

None of the Obligors are in contravention of any anti-money laundering law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat “money laundering”.

 

18.33 No corrupt practices

None of the Obligors are engaged in any practice which would be deemed corrupt in any Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

18.34 Newbuilding Vessels

The Parent or one or more of its Subsidiaries has entered into a commitment letter in respect of a facility of up to $120,000,000 with a tenor of six years to be extended to partially fund the purchase of the Newbuilding Vessels.

 

54


18.35 Times when representations are made

 

18.35.1 All of the representations and warranties set out in this clause 18 (other than Ship Representations relating to Ships which are not Mortgaged Ships at such time) are deemed to be made on the dates of:

 

  (a) this Agreement;

 

  (b) the first Utilisation Request;

 

  (c) any Utilisation; and

 

  (d) the issuing of any Compliance Certificate.

 

18.35.2 The Repeating Representations and the Ship Representations relating to Ships which are Mortgaged Ships at such times are deemed to be made on the dates of each subsequent Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period.

 

18.35.3 All of the Ship Representations are deemed to be made on the first day of the Mortgage Period for the relevant Ship.

 

18.35.4 Each representation or warranty deemed to be made after the date of this Agreement shall be deemed to be made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing at the date the representation or warranty is deemed to be made.

 

19 Information undertakings

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 19 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.

In this clause 19:

Annual Financial Statements means the financial statements for a financial year of the Group delivered pursuant to clause 19.1.1.

Quarterly Financial Statements means the financial statements for a financial quarter of the Group delivered pursuant to clause 19.1.2.

 

19.1 Financial statements

 

19.1.1 The Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each financial year, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for that financial year.

 

19.1.2 The Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each financial quarter of each of its financial years the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Group for that financial quarter.

 

19.1.3 The Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same becomes available, but in any event within 90 days of the end of each financial year, financial projections for the Group on an annual basis in a form acceptable to the Agent.

 

19.2 Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate

 

19.2.1 The Borrower shall supply a Compliance Certificate to the Agent, with each set of Quarterly Financial Statements for the Group.

 

19.2.2 Each Compliance Certificate shall, amongst other things, including supporting schedules setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with clause 20 ( Financial covenants ).

 

55


19.2.3 Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by a director or the chief financial officer of the Parent.

 

19.3 Requirements as to financial statements

 

19.3.1 The Borrower shall procure that each set of Annual Financial Statements includes a profit and loss account, a balance sheet and a cashflow statement and each set of Quarterly Financial Statements includes an income statement, a cashflow statement and a balance sheet and that, in addition, each set of Annual Financial Statements shall be audited by the Auditors.

 

19.3.2 Each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ) shall:

 

  (a) be prepared in accordance with GAAP, or as the case may be, IFRS;

 

  (b) give a true and fair view of (in the case of Annual Financial Statements for any financial year), or fairly represent (in other cases), the financial condition and operations of the Group as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up; and

 

  (c) in the case of annual audited financial statements, not be the subject of any qualification in the Auditors’ opinion.

 

19.3.3 The Borrower shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ) shall be prepared using GAAP or IFRS, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements, unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, the Borrower notifies the Agent that there has been a change in GAAP or, as the case may be, IFRS or the accounting practices and the Auditors deliver to the Agent:

 

  (a) a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the GAAP or, as the case may be, IFRS or accounting practices and reference periods upon which corresponding Original Financial Statements were prepared; and

 

  (b) sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether clause 20 ( Financial covenants ) has been complied with and to make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and the Original Financial Statements.

Any reference in this Agreement to any financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.

 

19.4 Year-end

The Borrower shall procure that each financial year-end of each Obligor falls on the Accounting Reference Date.

 

19.5 Information: miscellaneous

The Borrower shall supply to the Agent:

 

  (a) at the same time as they are dispatched, copies of all financial statements, financial forecasts, reports, proxy statements and other material communications provided to the shareholders of the Borrower and copies of all material documents dispatched by the Parent or any Obligors to its creditors generally (or any class of them);

 

  (b) promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any Obligor, and which, if adversely determined, might have a Material Adverse Effect or which would involve a liability, or a potential or alleged liability, exceeding $5,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies);

 

56


  (c) promptly, such information as the Agent may reasonably require about the Charged Property and compliance of the Obligors with the terms of any Security Documents; and

 

  (d) promptly on request, such further information regarding the financial condition, assets and operations of the Group and/or any Group Member as any Finance Party through the Agent may reasonably request.

 

19.6 Notification of Default

The Borrower shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon any Obligor becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

 

19.7 Sufficient copies

The Borrower, if so requested by the Agent, shall deliver sufficient copies of each document to be supplied under the Finance Documents to the Agent to distribute to each of the Lenders and the Hedging Providers.

 

19.8 Use of websites

 

19.8.1 The Borrower may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the Website Lenders ) who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Borrower and the Agent (the Designated Website ) if:

 

  (a) the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

 

  (b) both the Borrower and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

  (c) the information is in a format previously agreed between the Borrower and the Agent.

If any Lender (a Paper Form Lender ) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall notify the Borrower accordingly and the Borrower shall supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event the Borrower shall supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

 

19.8.2 The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Borrower and the Agent.

 

19.8.3 The Borrower shall promptly upon any of them becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if:

 

  (a) the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

  (b) the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

  (c) any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

  (d) any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

  (e) the Borrower becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

 

57


If the Borrower notifies the Agent under paragraphs (a) or (e) above, all information to be provided by the Borrower under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

 

19.8.4 Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Borrower shall comply with any such request within ten Business Days.

 

19.9 “Know your customer” checks

 

19.9.1 If:

 

  (a) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

  (b) any change in the status of an Obligor or the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (c) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender or any Hedging Provider of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement or any Hedging Contract to a party that is not a Lender or a Hedging Provider prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges the Agent, the relevant Hedging Provider or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender or any Hedging Provider supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender or any Hedging Provider) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or the relevant Hedging Provider or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

19.9.2 Each Finance Party shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for it to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

20 Financial covenants

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 20 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period as tested on a quarterly basis in accordance with clause 20.3 ( Financial testing ).

 

20.1 Financial definitions

In this clause 20:

Cash Equivalents shall mean the following (all of which shall be valued at market value and freely disposable and for the avoidance of doubt none of the following shall be deemed disqualified from being freely disposable by reason of being included in minimum liquidity calculations under this Agreement or other agreements respecting Indebtedness, or being subject to a lien):

 

  (a) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency thereof;

 

58


  (b) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition and overnight bank deposits of any Lender and certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition and overnight bank deposits of any other commercial bank whose principal place of business is organized under the laws of any country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development or has concluded special lending arrangements with the International Monetary Fund associated with its General Arrangements to Borrow, or a political subdivision of any such country, and having capital and surplus in excess of $200,000,000;

 

  (c) commercial paper of any issuer rated at least A-2 by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or P-2 by Moody’s investors Service, Inc. with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition; and

 

  (d) additional money market investments with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition rated at least A-1 or AA by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or P-1 or Aa by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Consolidated Working Capital means, at any time, the consolidated current assets of the Group less consolidated current liabilities of the Group but excluding from those current liabilities (a) the current portion of long term Indebtedness maturing in more than 6 months after such time, (b) liabilities at such time in respect of the Bond Financing and (c) any balloon repayment instalments under this Agreement or any other senior secured financing agreement.

EBITDA means, with respect to the Group Members for any period, Operating Income, plus depreciation, amortisation and other non-cash charges, to the extent deducted in calculating Operating Income.

Indebtedness means, with respect to any Group Member, at any date of determination (without duplication) (a) all indebtedness of such Group Member for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Group Member evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Group Member in respect of letters of credit or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto), (d) all obligations of such Group Member to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services, which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery thereof or the completion of such services, except trade payables, (e) all obligations on account of principal of such Group Member as lessee under capitalised leases, (f) all indebtedness of other persons secured by a lien on any asset of such Group Member, whether or not such indebtedness is assumed by such Group Member; provided that the amount of such indebtedness shall be the lesser of (i) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (ii) the amount of such indebtedness, and (g) all indebtedness of other persons guaranteed by such Group Member to the extent guaranteed and the amount of Indebtedness of any Group Member at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, provided that the amount outstanding at any time of any indebtedness issued with an original issue discount is the face amount of such indebtedness less the remaining unamortised portion of the original issue discount of such indebtedness at such time as determined in accordance with GAAP or, as the case may require, IFRS; and provided further that Indebtedness shall not include any liability for current or deferred Taxes, or any trade payable.

Interest Expense means with respect to the Group Members for any period, all interest charges, including the interest component of capitalised leases and any Hedging Contracts.

Operating Income means the excess of the revenues of the Group Members (on a consolidated basis) over the expenses pertaining thereto, excluding income derived from sources other than its regular activities and any gains or losses on vessel sales, and before income deductions such as writedown amounts or any impairment reserves.

 

59


Total Assets means, at any time, the total assets of the Group (as shown in the most recent Quarterly Financial Statements, and calculated in accordance with, the then most recent Annual Financial Statements).

Total Indebtedness means, at any time, the aggregate sum of all Indebtedness of the Group as reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of the Group (as shown in the most recent Quarterly Financial Statements, and calculated in accordance with the then most recent Annual Financial Statements).

Total Stockholders’ Equity means, at any time, the shareholders’ equity for the Group (as shown in the most recent Quarterly Financial Statements and calculated in accordance with the then most recent Annual Financial Statements).

 

20.2 Financial condition

At all times during the Facility Period, the Borrower shall procure that the Group:

 

  (a) maintains at all times, cash and Cash Equivalents in an amount equal to or greater than (i) $25,000,000 and (ii) five per cent (5%) of the Total Indebtedness;

 

  (b) maintains a ratio of EBITDA to Interest Expense of not less than 3.00:1.00, as measured on the last day of each financial quarter of the Group;

 

  (c) maintains Consolidated Working Capital of not less than $0; and

 

  (d) maintains a ratio of Total Stockholders’ Equity to Total Assets of not less than 30%.

 

20.3 Financial testing

The financial covenants set out in clause 20.2 ( Financial condition ) shall be calculated in accordance with GAAP or, as the case may require, IFRS and tested by reference to each of the financial statements and/or each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to clause 19.2 ( Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate ).

 

21 General undertakings

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 21 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.

 

21.1 Use of proceeds

The proceeds of Utilisations will be used exclusively for the purposes specified in clause 3 ( Purpose ).

 

21.2 Authorisations

Each Obligor will promptly:

 

  (a) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

  (b) supply certified copies to the Agent of,

any authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to:

 

  (i) enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents, the Purchase Contracts and any Charter Documents in each case to which it is a party;

 

  (ii) ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document, any Purchase Contract or Charter Document in each case to which it is a party; and

 

60


  (iii) carry on its business where failure to do so has, or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.3 Compliance with laws

 

21.3.1 Each Obligor will comply in all respects with all laws and regulations (including Environmental Laws) to which it may be subject if failure to comply has or reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.3.2 No Obligor will directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Facility for any purpose which would breach the Bribery Act 2010, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or other similar legislation in other jurisdictions.

 

21.3.3 Each Obligor shall:

 

  (a) conduct its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws; and

 

  (b) maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

 

21.4 Tax compliance

 

21.4.1 Each Obligor shall pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within such time period as may be allowed by law without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

 

  (a) such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

  (b) adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them which have been disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Agent under clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ); and

 

  (c) such payment can be lawfully withheld.

 

21.4.2 Except as approved by the Majority Lenders, each Obligor shall maintain its residence for Tax purposes in the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or, as the case may be, formed and ensure that it is not resident for Tax purposes in any other jurisdiction save for any Taxes which may arise in the usual course of its business of operating and trading the Ships.

 

21.4.3 The Borrower shall not, and shall procure that no Obligor shall, become a FATCA FFI.

 

21.5 Change of business

Except as approved by the Majority Lenders, no substantial change will be made to the general nature of the business of the Parent or the other Obligors or the Group taken as a whole from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

21.6 Merger

Except as approved by the Majority Lenders, no Obligor will enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation, redomiciliation, legal migration or corporate reconstruction.

 

21.7 Further assurance

 

21.7.1 Each Obligor shall promptly do all such acts or execute all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices and instructions) as the Agent may reasonably specify (and in such form as the Agent may reasonably require):

 

  (a) to perfect the Security Interests created or intended to be created by that Obligor under or evidenced by the Security Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of the Agent provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

 

61


  (b) to confer on the Agent Security Interests over any property and assets of that Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security Interest intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Security Documents;

 

  (c) to facilitate the realisation of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents; and/or

 

  (d) to facilitate either the accession by a New Lender to any Security Document following an assignment in accordance with clause 32.1 (A ssignments and Transfers by the Lenders ) or the accession by a Hedging Provider to this Agreement in accordance with clause 31.1 ( Hedging Providers ) and the conferring on such Hedging Provider of the rights contemplated in clause 31.2 ( Rights of Hedging Provider ).

 

21.7.2 Each Obligor shall take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security Interest conferred or intended to be conferred on the Agent by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

21.8 Negative pledge in respect of Charged Property

Except as approved by the Majority Lenders and for Permitted Liens, no Obligor will grant or allow to exist any Security Interest over any Charged Property.

 

21.9 Environmental matters

 

21.9.1 The Agent will be notified as soon as reasonably practicable of any Environmental Claim being made against any Obligor or any Ship which, if successful to any extent, might have a Material Adverse Effect and of any Environmental Incident which may give rise to such an Environmental Claim and will be kept regularly and promptly informed in reasonable detail of the nature of, and response to, any such Environmental Incident and the defence to any such claim.

 

21.9.2 Environmental Laws (and any consents, licences or approvals obtained under them) applicable to any Ship will not be violated in a way which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.10 Inspection of records

Upon reasonable notice from the Agent, allow any representative of the Agent, subject to applicable laws and regulations, to visit and inspect the Borrower’s properties and, on request, to examine the Borrower’s books of account, records, reports, agreements and other papers and to discuss the Borrower’s affairs, finances and accounts with its offices, in each case at such times and as often as the Agent reasonably requests.

 

21.11 Ownership of Obligors

At all times (unless the Lenders have provided their written consent):

 

  (a) the Parent shall own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the membership interests in the Borrower and each Owner;

 

  (b) at all times prior to any Permitted IPO, the Permitted Holder shall own, directly or indirectly, at least 40% of the share capital in the Parent;

 

  (c) the managing member of an Owner shall be the Borrower; and

 

  (d) the managing member of the Borrower shall be the Parent.

 

62


21.12 No change of name etc

During the Facility Period, no Obligor will change:

 

  (a) its name;

 

  (b) the type of legal entity which it exists as; or

 

  (c) its Original Jurisdiction.

 

21.13 Facility for Newbuilding Vessels

Within four months of the date of this Agreement, the Parent or one or more of its Subsidiaries shall enter into a facility agreement of up to $120,000,000 with a tenor of six years to partially fund the purchase of the Newbuilding Vessels.

 

22 Dealings with Ship

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 22 will be complied with in relation to each Mortgaged Ship throughout the relevant Ship’s Mortgage Period.

 

22.1 Ship’s name and registration

 

  (a) The Ship’s name shall only be changed after prior notice to the Agent.

 

  (b) The Ship shall be permanently registered in the name of the relevant Owner with the relevant Registry within 90 days of the date of the Mortgage of the Ship and registered in the name of the relevant Owner with the relevant Registry under the laws of its Flag State. Except with approval, the Ship shall not be registered under any other flag or at any other port or fly any other flag (other than that of its Flag State). If that registration is for a limited period, it shall be renewed at least 45 days before the date it is due to expire and the Agent shall be notified of that renewal at least 30 days before that date.

 

  (c) Nothing will be done and no action will be omitted if that might result in such registration being forfeited or imperilled or the Ship being required to be registered under the laws of another state of registry.

 

22.2 Performance of Purchase Contract

The relevant Owner shall duly and punctually observe and perform all material conditions and obligations imposed on it by the Purchase Contract applicable to that Owner.

 

22.3 Arbitration under Purchase Contract

The Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent:

 

  (a) if any party begins an arbitration under the Purchase Contract in relation to the Ship;

 

  (b) of the identity of the arbitrators; and

 

  (c) of the conclusion of the arbitration and the terms of any arbitration award.

 

22.4 Notification of certain events

The Borrower shall notify the Agent immediately if any party cancels, rescinds, repudiates or otherwise terminates the Framework Agreement or Purchase Contract in relation to the Ship (or purports to do so) or rejects the Ship (or purports to do so) or if the Ship becomes a Total Loss or partial loss or is materially damaged or if a dispute arises under the Framework Agreement or such Purchase Contract.

 

63


22.5 Sale or other disposal of Ship

Save where the net sale proceeds will enable the relevant Owner to comply with its mandatory prepayment obligations under clause 7.6 ( Sale or Total Loss ) and, if no Default is then continuing, for a sale to a buyer who is not an Affiliate of the Borrower for a cash price payable on completion of the sale which is no less than the amount by which the Loan must be reduced under clause 7.6 ( Sale or Total Loss ) on completion of the sale, the relevant Owner will not sell, or agree to, transfer, abandon or otherwise dispose of the relevant Ship or any share or interest in it or its rights under a Purchase Contract.

 

22.6 Variation to Purchase Contract

Except with approval, neither Purchase Contract will be varied.

 

22.7 Manager

Each Ship shall be technically managed by Northern Marine Management Limited, Bernhard Schulte Ship Management Limited or Maersk Tankers A/S or another first class technical manager approved by the Agent and commercially managed by NGT Services (UK) Limited or another first class commercial manager approved by the Agent.

 

22.8 Copy of Mortgage on board

A properly certified copy of the relevant Mortgage shall be kept on board the Ship with its papers and shown to anyone having business with the Ship which might create or imply any commitment or Security Interest over or in respect of the Ship (other than a lien for crew’s wages and salvage) and to any representative of the Agent.

 

22.9 Notice of Mortgage

A framed printed notice of the Ship’s Mortgage shall be prominently displayed in the navigation room and in the Master’s cabin of the Ship. The notice must be in plain type and read as follows:

“NOTICE OF MORTGAGE

This Ship is subject to a first mortgage in favour of [here insert name of mortgagee ] of [here insert address of mortgagee ] . Under the said mortgage and related documents, neither the Owner nor any charterer nor the Master of this Ship has any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed upon this Ship any commitments or encumbrances whatsoever other than for crew’s wages and salvage”.

No-one will have any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed upon the Ship any lien whatsoever other than for crew’s wages and salvage.

 

22.10 Conveyance on default

Where the Ship is (or is to be) sold in exercise of any power conferred by the Security Documents, the relevant Owner shall, upon the Agent’s request, immediately execute such form of transfer of title to the Ship as the Agent may require.

 

64


22.11 Chartering

Except with approval, the relevant Owner shall not enter into any charter commitment for the Ship, which is:

 

  (a) a bareboat or demise charter or passes possession and operational control of the Ship to another person; or

 

  (b) a Charter, unless the relevant Owner executes a Charter Assignment in respect of such Charter prior to delivery of the relevant Ship under such Charter to the extent that such a Charter Assignment can be obtained by the Borrower using its commercially reasonable efforts to do so.

 

22.12 Lay up

Except with approval, the Ship shall not be laid up or deactivated.

 

22.13 Sharing of Earnings

Except with approval, the relevant Owner shall not enter into any arrangement under which its Earnings from the Ship may be shared with anyone else.

 

22.14 Payment of Earnings

The relevant Owner’s Earnings from the Ship shall be paid in accordance with clause 27.1 ( Earnings Account ) unless required to be paid to the Agent pursuant to the General Assignment for that Ship. If any Earnings are held by brokers or other agents, they shall be paid to the Agent, if it requires this after the Earnings have become payable to it under the Ship’s General Assignment for that Ship.

 

23 Condition and operation of Ship

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 23 will be complied with in relation to each Mortgaged Ship throughout the relevant Ship’s Mortgage Period.

 

23.1 Defined terms

In this clause 23 and in Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent ):

applicable code means any code or prescribed procedures required to be observed by the Ship or the persons responsible for its operation under any applicable law (including but not limited to those currently known as the ISM Code and the ISPS Code).

applicable law means all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered in the Ship’s Flag State or which for any other reason apply to the Ship or to its condition or operation at any relevant time.

applicable operating certificate means any certificates or other document relating to the Ship or its condition or operation required to be in force under any applicable law or any applicable code.

 

23.2 Repair

The Ship shall be kept in a good, safe and efficient state of repair. The quality of workmanship and materials used to repair the Ship or replace any materially damaged, worn or lost parts or equipment shall be sufficient to ensure that the Ship’s value is not materially reduced.

 

23.3 Modification

Except with approval, the structure, type or performance characteristics of the Ship shall not be modified in a way which could or might materially alter the Ship or materially reduce its value.

 

65


23.4 Removal of parts

Except with approval, no material part of the Ship or any equipment shall be removed from the Ship if to do so would materially reduce its value (unless at the same time it is replaced with equivalent parts or equipment owned by the relevant Owner free of any Security Interest except under the Security Documents).

 

23.5 Third party owned equipment

Except with approval, equipment owned by a third party shall not be installed on the Ship if it cannot be removed without risk of causing damage to the structure or fabric of the Ship or incurring significant expense.

 

23.6 Maintenance of class; compliance with laws and codes

The Ship’s class shall be the relevant Classification. The Ship and every person who owns, operates or manages the Ship shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and the requirements of all applicable codes. There shall be kept in force and on board the Ship or in such person’s custody any applicable operating certificates which are required by applicable laws or applicable codes to be carried on board the Ship or to be in such person’s custody.

 

23.7 Surveys

The Ship shall be submitted to continuous surveys and any other surveys which are required for it to maintain the Classification as its class. Copies of reports of those surveys shall be provided promptly to the Agent if it so requests which request shall not exceed more than one in each calendar year.

 

23.8 Inspection and notice of dry-dockings

The Agent and/or surveyors or other persons appointed by it for such purpose shall be allowed to board the Ship at all reasonable times to inspect it and given all proper facilities needed for that purpose. The Agent shall be given reasonable advance notice of any intended dry-docking of the Ship (whatever the purpose of that dry-docking).

 

23.9 Prevention of arrest

All debts, damages, liabilities and outgoings which have given, or may give, rise to maritime, statutory or possessory liens on, or claims enforceable against, the Ship, its Earnings or Insurances shall be promptly paid and discharged unless such payment is being contested in good faith and adequate reserves are being maintained for such payment.

 

23.10 Release from arrest

The Ship, its Earnings and Insurances shall promptly be released from any arrest, detention, attachment or levy, and any legal process against the Ship shall be promptly discharged, by whatever action is required to achieve that release or discharge.

 

23.11 Information about Ship

The Agent shall promptly be given any information which it may reasonably require about the Ship or its employment, position, use or operation, including details of towages and salvages, and copies of all its charter commitments entered into by or on behalf of any Obligor and copies of any applicable operating certificates.

 

66


23.12 Notification of certain events

The Agent shall promptly be notified of:

 

  (a) any damage to the Ship where the cost of the resulting repairs may exceed the Major Casualty Amount for such Ship;

 

  (b) any occurrence which may result in the Ship becoming a Total Loss;

 

  (c) any requisition of the Ship for hire;

 

  (d) any material Environmental Incident involving the Ship and Environmental Claim being made in relation to such an incident;

 

  (e) any withdrawal or threat to withdraw any applicable operating certificate;

 

  (f) the issue of any operating certificate required under any applicable code;

 

  (g) the receipt of notification that any application for such a certificate has been refused;

 

  (h) any requirement made in relation to the Ship by any insurer or the Ship’s Classification Society or by any competent authority which is not, or cannot be, complied with in the manner or time required; and

 

  (i) any arrest or detention of the Ship or any exercise or purported exercise of a lien or other claim on the Ship or its Earnings or Insurances.

 

23.13 Payment of outgoings

All tolls, dues and other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship and its Earnings and Insurances shall be paid promptly. Proper accounting records shall be kept of the Ship and its Earnings.

 

23.14 Evidence of payments

The Agent shall be allowed proper and reasonable access to those accounting records when it requests it and, when it requires it, shall be given satisfactory evidence that:

 

  (a) the wages and allotments and the insurance and pension contributions of the Ship’s crew are being promptly and regularly paid;

 

  (b) all deductions from its crew’s wages in respect of any applicable Tax liability are being properly accounted for; and

 

  (c) the Ship’s master has no claim for disbursements other than those incurred by him in the ordinary course of trading on the voyage then in progress.

 

23.15 Repairers’ liens

Except with approval, the Ship shall not be put into any other person’s possession for work to be done on the Ship if the cost of that work will exceed or is likely to exceed $2,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) unless that person gives the Agent a written undertaking in approved terms not to exercise any lien on the Ship or its Earnings for any of the cost of such work.

 

23.16 Survey report

As soon as reasonably practicable after the Agent requests it (which request shall not exceed one request per year) the Agent shall be given a report on the seaworthiness and/or safe operation of the Ship, from approved surveyors or inspectors. If any recommendations are made in such a report they shall be complied with in the way and by the time recommended in the report.

 

67


23.17 Lawful use

The Ship shall not be employed:

 

  (a) in any way or in any activity which is unlawful under international law or the domestic laws of any relevant country;

 

  (b) in carrying illicit or prohibited goods;

 

  (c) in a way which may make it liable to be condemned by a prize court or destroyed, seized or confiscated; or

 

  (d) if there are hostilities in any part of the world (whether war has been declared or not), in carrying contraband goods

and the persons responsible for the operation of the Ship shall take all necessary and proper precautions to ensure that this does not happen, including participation in industry or other voluntary schemes available to the Ship and in which leading operators of ships operating under the same flag or engaged in similar trades generally participate at the relevant time.

 

24 Insurance

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 24 shall be complied with in relation to each Mortgaged Ship and its Insurances throughout the relevant Ship’s Mortgage Period.

 

24.1 Insurance terms

In this clause 24:

excess risks means the proportion (if any) of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery insurances of a vessel in consequence of the value at which the vessel is assessed for the purpose of such claims exceeding its insured value.

excess war risk P&I cover means cover for claims only in excess of amounts recoverable under the usual war risk cover including (but not limited to) hull and machinery, crew and protection and indemnity risks.

hull cover means insurance cover against the risks identified in clause 24.2.1(a).

minimum hull cover means, in relation to a Mortgaged Ship, an amount equal to or greater than its market value and which, when taken together with the minimum hull values of the other Mortgaged Ships, is at the relevant time 120% of the Loan at such time.

P&I risks means the usual risks (including liability for oil pollution, excess war risk P&I cover) covered by a protection and indemnity association which is a member of the International Group of protection and indemnity associations (or, if the International Group ceases to exist, any other leading protection and indemnity association or other leading provider of protection and indemnity insurance) (including, without limitation, the proportion (if any) of any collision liability not covered under the terms of the hull cover).

 

24.2 Coverage required

 

24.2.1 The Ship shall at all times be insured:

 

  (a) against (i) fire and usual marine risks (including excess risks) and (ii) war risks (including war protection and indemnity risks and terrorism, piracy and confiscation risks) on an agreed value basis, in each case for at least its minimum hull cover and in the case of sub-section (i), provided that the hull and machinery insurances for the Ship shall at all times cover 80% of its market value and the remaining minimum hull cover may be insured by way of excess risks cover;

 

68


  (b) against P&I risks for the highest amount then available in the insurance market for vessels of similar age, size and type as the Ship (but, in relation to liability for oil pollution, for an amount of not less than $1,000,000,000);

 

  (c) against such other risks and matters which the Agent notifies it that it considers reasonable for a prudent shipowner or operator to insure against at the time of that notice; and

 

  (d) on terms which comply with the other provisions of this clause 24.

 

24.2.2 The Ship shall not enter or remain in any zone which has been declared a war, conditional or excluded zone by any government entity or the Ship’s insurers for war risks and/or allied perils (including piracy) unless:

 

  (a) appropriate insurances have been taken out by the relevant Owner; and

 

  (b) any requirements of the Agent and/or the Ship’s insurers necessary to ensure that the Ship remains properly insured in accordance with the Finance Documents (including any requirement for the payment of extra insurance premiums) have been complied with.

 

24.3 Placing of cover

The insurance coverage required by clause 24.2 ( Coverage required ) shall be:

 

  (a) in the name of the Ship’s Owner and (in the case of the Ship’s hull cover) no other person (other than the Agent if required by it) (unless such other person, if so required by the Agent, has duly executed and delivered a first priority assignment of its interest in the Ship’s Insurances to the Agent in an approved form and provided such supporting documents and opinions in relation to that assignment as the Agent requires);

 

  (b) if the Agent so requests, in the joint names of the Ship’s Owner and the Agent (and, to the extent reasonably practicable in the insurance market, without liability on the part of the Agent for premiums or calls);

 

  (c) in dollars or another approved currency;

 

  (d) arranged through approved brokers or direct with approved insurers or protection and indemnity or war risks associations; and

 

  (e) on approved terms and with approved insurers or associations.

 

24.4 Deductibles

The aggregate amount of any excess or deductible under the Ship’s hull cover shall not exceed an approved amount.

 

24.5 Mortgagee’s insurance

The Borrower shall promptly reimburse to the Agent the cost (as conclusively certified by the Agent) of taking out and keeping in force in respect of the Ship and the other Mortgaged Ships on approved terms, or in considering or making claims under:

 

  (a) a mortgagee’s interest insurance and a mortgagee’s additional perils (pollution risks cover) for the benefit of the Finance Parties for an aggregate amount up to 120% of the Loan at such time in respect of mortgagee’s interest insurance and 110% of the Loan at such time in respect of mortgagee’s interest additional perils insurance; and

 

69


  (b) any other insurance cover which the Agent reasonably requires in respect of any Finance Party’s interests and potential liabilities (whether as mortgagee of the Ship or beneficiary of the Security Documents).

 

24.6 Fleet liens, set off and cancellations

If the Ship’s hull cover also insures other vessels, the Agent shall either be given an undertaking in approved terms by the brokers or (if such cover is not placed through brokers or the brokers do not, under any applicable laws or insurance terms, have such rights of set off and cancellation) the relevant insurers that the brokers or (if relevant) the insurers will not:

 

  (a) set off against any claims in respect of the Ship any premiums due in respect of any of such other vessels insured (other than other Mortgaged Ships); or

 

  (b) cancel that cover because of non-payment of premiums in respect of such other vessels,

or the Borrower shall ensure that hull cover for the Ship and any other Mortgaged Ships is provided under a separate policy from any other vessels.

 

24.7 Payment of premiums

All premiums, calls, contributions or other sums payable in respect of the Insurances shall be paid punctually and the Agent shall be provided with all relevant receipts or other evidence of payment upon request.

 

24.8 Details of proposed renewal of Insurances

At least 14 days before any of the Ship’s Insurances are due to expire, the Agent shall be notified of the names of the brokers, insurers and associations proposed to be used for the renewal of such Insurances and the amounts, risks and terms in, against and on which the Insurances are proposed to be renewed.

 

24.9 Instructions for renewal

At least seven days before any of the Ship’s Insurances are due to expire, instructions shall be given to brokers, insurers and associations for them to be renewed or replaced on or before their expiry.

 

24.10 Confirmation of renewal

The Ship’s Insurances shall be renewed upon their expiry in a manner and on terms which comply with this clause 24 and confirmation of such renewal given by approved brokers or insurers to the Agent at least seven days (or such shorter period as may be approved) before such expiry.

 

24.11 P&I guarantees

Any guarantee or undertaking required by any protection and indemnity or war risks association in relation to the Ship shall be provided when required by the association.

 

24.12 Insurance documents

The Agent shall be provided with pro forma copies of all insurance policies and other documentation issued by brokers, insurers and associations in connection with the Ship’s Insurances as soon as they are available after they have been placed or renewed and all insurance policies and other documents relating to the Ship’s Insurances shall be deposited with any approved brokers or (if not deposited with approved brokers) the Agent or some other approved person.

 

70


24.13 Letters of undertaking

Unless otherwise approved where the Agent is satisfied that equivalent protection is afforded by the terms of the relevant Insurances and/or any applicable law and/or a letter of undertaking provided by another person, on each placing or renewal of the Insurances, the Agent shall be provided promptly with letters of undertaking in an approved form (having regard to general insurance market practice and law at the time of issue of such letter of undertaking) from the relevant brokers, insurers and associations.

 

24.14 Insurance Notices and Loss Payable Clauses

The interest of the Agent as assignee of the Insurances shall be endorsed on all insurance policies and other documents by the incorporation of a Loss Payable Clause and an Insurance Notice in respect of the Ship and its Insurances signed by its Owner and, unless otherwise approved, each other person assured under the relevant cover (other than the Agent if it is itself an assured).

 

24.15 Insurance correspondence

If so required by the Agent, the Agent shall promptly be provided with copies of all written communications between the assureds and brokers, insurers and associations relating to any of the Ship’s Insurances as soon as they are available.

 

24.16 Qualifications and exclusions

All requirements applicable to the Ship’s Insurances shall be complied with and the Ship’s Insurances shall only be subject to approved exclusions or qualifications.

 

24.17 Independent report

If the Agent asks the Borrower for a detailed report from an approved independent firm of marine insurance brokers giving their opinion on the adequacy of the Ship’s Insurances then the Agent shall be provided promptly with such a report at no cost to the Agent or (if the Agent obtains such a report itself) the Borrower shall reimburse the Agent for the cost of obtaining that report.

 

24.18 Collection of claims

All documents and other information and all assistance required by the Agent to assist it and/or the Agent in trying to collect or recover any claims under the Ship’s Insurances shall be provided promptly.

 

24.19 Employment of Ship

The Ship shall only be employed or operated in conformity with the terms of the Ship’s Insurances (including any express or implied warranties) and not in any other way (unless the insurers have consented and any additional requirements of the insurers have been satisfied).

 

24.20 Declarations and returns

If any of the Ship’s Insurances are on terms that require a declaration, certificate or other document to be made or filed before the Ship sails to, or operates within, an area, those terms shall be complied with within the time and in the manner required by those Insurances.

 

24.21 Application of recoveries

All sums paid under the Ship’s Insurances to anyone other than the Agent shall be applied in repairing the damage and/or in discharging the liability in respect of which they have been paid except to the extent that the repairs have already been paid for and/or the liability already discharged.

 

71


24.22 Settlement of claims

Any claim under the Ship’s Insurances for a Total Loss or Major Casualty shall only be settled, compromised or abandoned with prior approval.

 

24.23 Change in insurance requirements

If the Agent gives notice to the Borrower to change the terms and requirements of this clause 24 (which the Agent may only do, in such manner as it considers appropriate, as a result in changes of circumstances or practice after the date of this Agreement), this clause 24 shall be modified in the manner so notified by the Agent on the date 14 days after such notice from the Agent is received.

 

25 Minimum security value

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 25 will be complied with throughout any Mortgage Period.

 

25.1 Valuation of assets

For the purpose of the Finance Documents, the value at any time of any Mortgaged Ship or any other asset over which additional security is provided under this clause 25 will be its value as most recently determined in accordance with this clause 25.

 

25.2 Valuation frequency

Valuations of each Mortgaged Ship shall be carried out semi-annually, such valuations to be provided to the Agent at the same time that a Compliance Certificate is provided to the Agent at the end of the Group’s financial year and at the end of the second financial quarter of the Group’s financial year pursuant to clause 19.2.1 and each valuation shall be dated no earlier than 30 days prior to delivery of that valuation to the Agent. In addition valuations of the relevant Mortgaged Ship (if (in the case of (b) below), at the relevant time a valuation is required, the most recently provided valuation for the Mortgaged Ship is more than 30 days old) and each such other asset in accordance with this clause 25 shall be required (a) prior to the drawdown of each Advance in accordance with clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) and paragraph 11, Part 2 of Schedule 3and (b) as may be further required by the Agent at any other time if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

25.3 Expenses of valuation

The Borrower shall bear, and reimburse to the Agent where incurred by the Agent, all reasonable costs and expenses of providing such a valuation.

 

25.4 Valuations procedure

The value of any Mortgaged Ship shall be determined in accordance with, and by two Approved Valuers appointed in accordance with, this clause 25. Additional security provided under this clause 25 shall be valued in such a way, on such a basis and by such persons (including the Agent itself) as may be approved by the Majority Lenders or as may be agreed in writing by the Borrower and the Agent (on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).

 

25.5 Currency of valuation

Valuations shall be provided by Approved Valuers in dollars or, if an Approved Valuer is of the view that the relevant type of vessel is generally bought and sold in another currency, in that other currency. If a valuation is provided in another currency, for the purposes of this Agreement it shall be converted into dollars at the Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of dollars with that other currency as at the date to which the valuation relates.

 

72


25.6 Basis of valuation

Each valuation will be addressed to the Agent in its capacity as such and made:

 

  (a) without physical inspection (unless required by the Agent);

 

  (b) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for a price payable in full in cash on delivery at arm’s length on normal commercial terms between a willing buyer and a willing seller; and

 

  (c) without taking into account the benefit (but taking into account the burden) of any charter commitment.

 

25.7 Information required for valuation

The Borrower shall promptly provide to the Agent and any such valuer any information which they reasonably require for the purposes of providing such a valuation.

 

25.8 Approval of valuers

All valuers must be Approved Valuers. The Agent shall respond promptly to any request by the Borrower, and the Borrower shall respond promptly to any request by the Agent, for approval of a broker nominated by the Borrower or, as the case may be, the Agent to become an Approved Valuer. The Agent may, acting reasonably, at any time by notice to the Borrower withdraw any Approved Valuer or previous approval of a valuer for the purposes of future valuations. That valuer may not then be appointed to provide valuations unless it is once more approved.

 

25.9 Appointment of valuers

When valuations of a Mortgaged Ship are required for the purposes of this clause 25, the Agent and the Borrower shall promptly each nominate an Approved Valuer to provide such valuations and the Borrower shall be responsible for appointing such nominated Approved Valuers and obtaining the required valuations of the Mortgaged Ship. If the Borrower fails to do so promptly, the Agent may appoint both Approved Valuers to provide the required valuations.

 

25.10 Number of valuers

Each valuation shall be carried out by the two Approved Valuers selected pursuant to clause 25.9 ( Appointment of valuers ).

 

25.11 Differences in valuations

If valuations provided by individual valuers differ, the value of the relevant Ship for the purposes of the Finance Documents will be the average of those valuations.

 

25.12 Security shortfall

If at any time the Security Value is less than the Minimum Value, the Agent may, and shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower require that such deficiency be remedied. The Borrower shall then within 30 days of receipt of such notice ensure that the Security Value equals or exceeds the Minimum Value. For this purpose, the Borrower may:

 

  (a) provide additional security over other assets approved by the Majority Lenders in accordance with this clause 25; and/or

 

  (b) cancel part of the Available Facility under clause 7.3 ( Voluntary cancellation ) and/or prepay under clause 7.4 ( Voluntary prepayment ) a corresponding amount of the Loan.

Any cancellation of part of the Available Facility pursuant to this clause 25.12 shall reduce the Total Commitments by the same amount.

 

73


25.13 Creation of additional security

The value of any additional security which the Borrower offers to provide to remedy all or part of a shortfall in the amount of the Security Value will only be taken into account for the purposes of determining the Security Value if and when:

 

  (a) that additional security, its value and the method of its valuation have been approved by the Majority Lenders, it being agreed that cash collateral provided in dollars or in the form of letters of credit denominated in dollars shall always be acceptable to the Lenders, and shall be valued at par;

 

  (b) a Security Interest over that security has been constituted in favour of the Agent or (if appropriate) the Finance Parties in an approved form and manner;

 

  (c) this Agreement has been unconditionally amended in such manner as the Agent requires in consequence of that additional security being provided; and

 

  (d) the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received such documents and evidence it may require in relation to that amendment and additional security including documents and evidence of the type referred to in Schedule 3 in relation to that amendment and additional security and its execution and (if applicable) registration,

 

26 Chartering undertakings

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 26 will be complied with in relation to each Mortgaged Ship and its Charter Documents and, if a Charterer is a Group Member, by the relevant Charterer at any time during the relevant Ship’s Mortgage Period that the Ship is subject to a Charter.

 

26.1 Variations

Except with approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Charter Documents shall not be materially varied.

 

26.2 Releases and waivers

Except with approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), there shall be no release by the relevant Owner of any obligation of any other person under the Charter Documents (including by way of novation), no waiver of any breach of any such obligation and no consent to anything which would otherwise be such a breach.

 

26.3 Termination by Owner

The relevant Owner shall not terminate or rescind any Charter Document or withdraw the Ship from service under the Charter or take any similar action, unless, prior to a Default, the relevant Owner has notified the Agent in writing prior to such action taking place or, after the occurrence of a Default, such action has been approved (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

26.4 Charter performance

The relevant Owner shall perform its obligations under the Charter Documents and use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that each other party to them performs their obligations under the Charter Documents.

 

26.5 Notice of assignment

In respect of any Charter, the relevant Owner shall give notice of assignment of the Charter Documents to the other parties to them in the form specified by the Charter Assignment for that Ship promptly following the execution of the Charter Assignment and shall use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Agent receives a copy of that notice acknowledged by each addressee in the form specified therein.

 

74


26.6 Payment of Charter Earnings

All Earnings which the relevant Owner is entitled to receive under the Charter Documents shall be paid in the manner required by the Security Documents (and, if the Charterer is a Group Member, without any set-off or counter-claim and free and clear of any deductions or withholdings).

 

26.7 Enforcement of charter assignment

The Charterer shall allow the Agent to enforce the rights of the relevant Owner under the Charter as assignee of those rights under the relevant Charter Assignment.

 

26.8 Assignment by Charterer

Except with approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Charterer shall not assign or otherwise dispose of its rights under the Charter.

 

26.9 Termination by Charterer

Except with approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Charterer shall not terminate or rescind the Charter for any reason whatsoever.

 

26.10 Performance by Charterer

The Charterer shall perform its obligations under the Charter.

 

26.11 Sub-chartering

Except with approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Charterer shall not enter into any charter commitment for the Ship which, if entered into by the relevant Owner would require approval under clause 22.11 ( Chartering ) and if the Agent is at any time entitled to enforce its rights as mortgagee of the Ship under the terms of any Mortgage, the Charterer will exercise its rights under any sub-charter of the Ship in such manner as the Agent may direct.

 

26.12 Performance of other undertakings

The Charterer shall not do anything which would or might prevent the Borrower complying with clauses 22 ( Dealings with Ship ), 23 ( Condition and operation of Ship ) or 24 ( Insurance )), or fail to do anything required by the Charter where failure to do so would or might have such an effect.

 

26.13 Charterer’s manager

A manager of the Ship shall not be appointed by the Charterer unless in accordance with clause 22.7 or that manager and the terms of its employment are approved.

 

26.14 Security Interests by Charterer

Except as approved by the Majority Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Charterer shall not grant or allow to exist any Security Interest over any asset of the Charterer over which a Security Interest is granted or expressed to be granted by its Charterer’s Assignment.

 

75


27 Bank accounts

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 27 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.

 

27.1 Earnings Account

 

27.1.1 The Borrower shall be the holder of an account with an Account Bank which is designated as the “ Earnings Account ” for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

27.1.2 The Earnings of the Mortgaged Ships and all moneys payable to the relevant Owner under the Ship’s Insurances and any net amount payable to the Borrower under any Hedging Contract shall be paid by the persons from whom they are due or, if applicable, paid by the Owner receiving the same to the Earnings Account unless required to be paid to the Agent under the relevant Finance Documents.

 

27.1.3 The Borrower shall not withdraw amounts standing to the credit of the Earnings Account except as permitted by clause 27.1.4 and 27.1.5.

 

27.1.4 If there is no Default continuing, the Borrower may withdraw amounts from the Earnings Account.

 

27.1.5 If a Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may only withdraw the following amounts from the Earnings Account, in each case with the Agent’s prior approval:

 

  (a) payments then due to Finance Parties under the Finance Documents (other than payments due in respect of a prepayment);

 

  (b) payments then due under Hedging Contracts or other Treasury Transactions entered into to protect against the fluctuation in the rate of interest payable under the Finance Documents or the price of goods or services purchased by the relevant Owner for the purpose of operating a Ship;

 

  (c) payments of the proper costs and expenses of insuring, repairing, operating and maintaining any Mortgaged Ship; and

 

  (d) payments to purchase other currencies in amounts and at times required to make payments referred to above in the currency in which they are due.

 

27.2 Other provisions

 

27.2.1 The Earnings Account may only be designated for the purposes described in this clause 27 if:

 

  (a) such designation is made in writing by the Agent and acknowledged by the Borrower and specifies the names and addresses of the Account Bank and the Borrower and the number and any designation or other reference attributed to the Earnings Account;

 

  (b) an Account Security has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower in favour of the Agent;

 

  (c) any notice required by the Account Security to be given to an Account Bank has been given to, and acknowledged by, the Account Bank in the form required by the relevant Account Security; and

 

  (d) the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received such documents and evidence it may require in relation to the Earnings Account and the Account Security including documents and evidence of the type referred to in Schedule 3 in relation to the Earnings Account and the Account Security.

 

76


27.2.2 The rates of payment of interest and other terms regulating the Earnings Account will be a matter of separate agreement between the Borrower and Account Bank. If the Earnings Account is a fixed term deposit account, the Borrower may select the terms of deposits until the Account Security has become enforceable and the Agent directs otherwise.

 

27.2.3 The Borrower shall not close the Earnings Account or alter the terms of the Earnings Account from those in force at the time it is designated for the purposes of this clause 27 or waive any of its rights in relation to the Earnings Account except with approval.

 

27.2.4 The Borrower shall deposit with the Agent all certificates of deposit, receipts or other instruments or securities relating to the Earnings Account, notify the Agent of any claim or notice relating to the Earnings Account from any other party and provide the Agent with any other information it may request concerning the Earnings Account.

 

27.2.5 The Agent agrees that if it is an Account Bank in respect of the Earnings Account then there will be no restrictions on creating a Security Interest over the Earnings Account as contemplated by this Agreement and it shall not (except with the approval of the Majority Lenders) exercise any right of combination, consolidation or set-off which it may have in respect of the Earnings Account in a manner adverse to the rights of the other Finance Parties.

 

28 Business restrictions

Except as otherwise approved by the Majority Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld in the case of clause 28.12 ( Distributions and other payments )) the Borrower undertakes that this clause 28 will be complied with by and in respect of the Borrower or, as the case may be, each Owner or the Parent, throughout the Facility Period.

 

28.1 General negative pledge

In this 28.1, Quasi-Security means an arrangement or transaction described in clause 28.1.4.

 

28.1.1 No Owner shall permit any Security Interest to exist, arise or be created or extended over all or any part of its assets.

 

28.1.2 (Without prejudice to clauses 28.2 ( Financial Indebtedness ) and 28.6 ( Disposals )), no Owner shall:

 

  (a) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby that asset is or may be leased to, or re-acquired by, any other Group Member other than pursuant to disposals permitted under clause 28.6 ( Disposals );

 

  (b) sell, transfer, factor or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms (except for the discounting of bills or notes in the ordinary course of business);

 

  (c) enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

  (d) enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

28.1.3 The Parent shall not permit any Security Interest to be granted or created in respect of the share capital or membership interests of the Borrower.

 

28.1.4 Clauses 28.1.1, 28.1.2 and 28.1.3 above do not apply to any Security Interest or (as the case may be) Quasi-Security, listed below:

 

  (a) those granted or expressed to be granted by any of the Security Documents; and

 

  (b) in relation to a Mortgaged Ship, Permitted Liens.

 

77


28.2 Financial Indebtedness

No Owner shall incur or permit to exist, any Financial Indebtedness owed by it to anyone else except:

 

  (a) Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) Financial Indebtedness owed to another Group Member which is fully subordinated to all amounts payable by the Borrower under the Finance Documents on terms approved by the Agent;

 

  (c) Financial Indebtedness permitted under clause 28.3 ( Guarantees ); and

 

  (d) Financial Indebtedness permitted under clause 28.4 ( Loans and credit ),

and the Borrower shall not incur or permit to exist any Financial Indebtedness or Indebtedness (as defined in clause 20.1 ( Financial definitions )), that would cause the Borrower to be in default of clause 20 ( Financial covenants ).

 

28.3 Guarantees

No Owner shall give or permit to exist, any guarantee by it in respect of indebtedness of any person or allow any of its indebtedness to be guaranteed by anyone else except:

 

  (a) guarantees of obligations of another Owner that are not Financial Indebtedness or obligations prohibited by any Finance Document;

 

  (b) guarantees in favour of trade creditors of the Group given in the ordinary course of its business; and

 

  (c) guarantees which are Financial Indebtedness permitted under clause 28.2 ( Financial Indebtedness ).

 

28.4 Loans and credit

No Owner shall make, grant or permit to exist any loans or any credit by it to anyone else other than:

 

  (a) loans or credit to another Owner permitted under clause 28.2 ( Financial Indebtedness ); and

 

  (b) trade credit granted by it to its customers on normal commercial terms in the ordinary course of its trading activities.

 

28.5 Bank accounts and other financial transactions

No Owner shall:

 

  (a) maintain any current or deposit account with a bank or financial institution except for the deposit of money, operation of current accounts and the conduct of electronic banking operations with Lenders;

 

  (b) hold cash in any account (other than with a Lender) over or in respect of which any set-off, combination of accounts, netting or Security Interest exists except as permitted by clause 28.1 ( General negative pledge ); or

 

78


  (c) be party to any banking or financial transaction, whether on or off balance sheet, that is not expressly permitted under this clause 28 ( Business restrictions ).

 

28.6 Disposals

No Owner shall enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions, whether related or not and whether voluntarily or involuntarily, to dispose of any asset except for any of the following disposals so long as they are not prohibited by any other provision of the Finance Documents:

 

  (a) disposals of assets made in (and on terms reflecting) the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity;

 

  (b) disposals of assets made by one Group Member to another Group Member;

 

  (c) disposals of obsolete assets, or assets which are no longer required for the purpose of the business of the relevant Group Member, in each case for cash on normal commercial terms and on an arm’s length basis;

 

  (d) any disposal of receivables on a non-recourse basis on arm’s length terms (including at fair market value) for non-deferred cash consideration in the ordinary course of its business;

 

  (e) disposals permitted by clauses 28.1 ( General negative pledge ) or 28.2 ( Financial Indebtedness );

 

  (f) dealings with trade creditors with respect to book debts in the ordinary course of trading; and

 

  (g) the application of cash or cash equivalents in the acquisition of assets or services in the ordinary course of its business.

 

28.7 Contracts and arrangements with Affiliates

No Owner shall be party to any arrangement or contract with any of its Affiliates unless such arrangement or contract is on an arm’s length basis.

 

28.8 Subsidiaries

No Owner shall establish or acquire a company or other entity which would be or become a Group Member or reactivate any dormant Group Member.

 

28.9 Acquisitions and investments

No Owner shall acquire any person, business, assets or liabilities or make any investment in any person or business or enter into any joint-venture arrangement except:

 

  (a) capital expenditures or investments related to maintenance of a Ship in the ordinary course of its business;

 

  (b) acquisitions of assets in the ordinary course of business (not being new businesses or vessels);

 

  (c) the incurrence of liabilities in the ordinary course of its business;

 

  (d) any loan or credit not otherwise prohibited under this Agreement;

 

  (e) pursuant to any Finance Documents or any Charter Documents to which it is party;

 

  (f) any acquisition pursuant to a disposal permitted under clause 28.6 ( Disposals ).

 

79


28.10 Reduction of capital

Neither the Borrower nor any Owner shall redeem or purchase or otherwise reduce any of its equity or any other share capital or any warrants or any uncalled or unpaid liability in respect of any of them or reduce the amount (if any) for the time being standing to the credit of its share premium account or capital redemption or other undistributable reserve in any manner.

 

28.11 Increase in capital

Neither the Borrower nor any Owner shall issue membership interests or other equity interests to anyone except for, in the case of the Owners, the Borrower and, in the case of the Borrower, the Parent.

 

28.12 Distributions and other payments

 

28.12.1 The Parent shall not declare or pay (including by way of set-off, combination of accounts or otherwise) any dividend, redemption of shares or other payment to its shareholders until the latest to occur of (i) 30 June 2014 and (ii) the Newbuilding Date. Thereafter, a dividend of up to fifty percent (50%) of the Parent’s consolidated net income may be declared or paid on a quarterly basis provided that:

 

  (a) the Group is on a consolidated basis in pro forma compliance with clause 20 ( Financial covenants ) after giving effect to such dividend paid or declared; and

 

  (b) no Default has occurred or will occur following such dividend paid or declared.

 

28.12.2 If requested by the Parent, the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) may approve in writing (if so directed by the Majority Lenders, in their sole discretion) any additional distributions or other payments exceeding the limit permitted pursuant to clause 28.12.1.

 

28.13 Bond Financing

None of the Parent and its Subsidiaries may redeem any of the Bond Financing prior to the Bond Financing Maturity Date without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders and such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

29 Hedging Contracts

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 29 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.

 

29.1 Hedging

 

29.1.1 If, at any time during the Facility Period, the Borrower has entered into any Treasury Transaction with a Hedging Provider or a third party so as to hedge all or any part of its exposure to interest rate fluctuations, currency risk and bunker price risk, it shall notify the Agent in writing promptly following the occurrence of the same. Any Treasury Transaction must comply with the provisions of clauses 29.1.2 and 29.1.3.

 

29.1.2 The Borrower agrees that it shall not enter into a speculative hedging transaction (which would include hedging transactions which are: (i) not entered into to hedge a real risk or exposure which the Borrower has or (ii) which are entered into by the Borrower for the main purpose of financial losses or gains, except for any forward foreign exchange, synthetic deposit or similar transaction entered into the Borrower in the ordinary course of its interest investment arrangements) under any Treasury Transaction with a Hedging Provider or a third party.

 

29.1.3 Any Treasury Transaction which is concluded with a Hedging Provider shall be on the terms of the Hedging Master Agreement with that Hedging Provider but, unless otherwise approved by the relevant Hedging Provider, no Hedging Transaction or Hedging Exposure shall be outstanding at the end of the Facility Period. The Borrower may also enter into Treasury Transactions with third party providers other than the Hedging Providers so long as the provisions of clauses 21.8 ( Charged Property ) and 28.1 ( General negative pledge ) are complied with.

 

80


29.1.4 If and when any such Treasury Transaction has been concluded with a Hedging Provider, it shall constitute a Hedging Contract for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

29.2 Unwinding of Hedging Contracts

If, at any time, and whether as a result of any prepayment (in whole or in part) of the Loan or any cancellation (in whole or in part) of any Commitment or otherwise, the aggregate notional principal amount under all Hedging Transactions in respect of the Loan entered into by the Borrower exceeds or will exceed the amount of Loan outstanding at that time after such prepayment or cancellation, then (unless otherwise approved by the Majority Lenders) the Borrower shall immediately close out and terminate sufficient Hedging Transactions as are necessary to ensure that the aggregate notional principal amount under the remaining continuing Hedging Transactions in respect of the Loan equals, and will in the future be equal to, the amount of the Loan at that time and as scheduled to be repaid from time to time thereafter pursuant to clause 6.2.

 

29.3 Releases and waivers

Except with approval, there shall be no release by the Borrower of any obligation of any other person under the Hedging Contracts (including by way of novation), no waiver of any breach of any such obligation and no consent to anything which would otherwise be such a breach.

 

29.4 Assignment of Hedging Contracts by the Borrower

Except with approval, the Borrower shall not assign or otherwise dispose of its rights under any Hedging Contract.

 

29.5 Performance of Hedging Contracts by the Borrower

The Borrower shall perform its obligations under the Hedging Contracts.

 

29.6 Information concerning Hedging Contracts

The Borrower shall provide the Agent with any information it may request concerning any Hedging Contract, including all reasonable information, accounts and records that may be necessary or of assistance to enable the Agent to verify the amounts of all payments and any other amounts payable under the Hedging Contracts.

 

30 Events of Default

Each of the events or circumstances set out in clauses 30.1 to 30.20 is an Event of Default.

 

30.1 Non-payment

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

  (a) its failure to pay is caused by administrative or technical error or by a Payment Disruption Event; and

 

  (b) payment is made within two Business Days of its due date.

 

81


30.2 Hedging Contracts

 

30.2.1 An Event of Default (as defined in any Hedging Master Agreement) has occurred and is continuing under any Hedging Contract.

 

30.2.2 An Early Termination Date (as defined in any Hedging Master Agreement) has occurred or been or become capable of being effectively designated under any Hedging Contract.

 

30.2.3 A person entitled to do so gives notice of such an Early Termination Date under any Hedging Contract except with approval or as may be required by clause 29.2 ( Unwinding of Hedging Contracts ).

 

30.2.4 Any Hedging Contract is terminated, cancelled, suspended, rescinded or revoked or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason except with approval or as may be required by clause 29.2 ( Unwinding of Hedging Contracts ).

 

30.3 Value of security

The Borrower does not comply with clause 25.12 ( Security shortfall ).

 

30.4 Insurance

 

30.4.1 The Insurances of a Mortgaged Ship are not placed and kept in force in the manner required by clause 24 ( Insurance ).

 

30.4.2 Any insurer either:

 

  (a) cancels any such Insurances; or

 

  (b) disclaims liability under them by reason of any mis-statement or failure or default by any person.

 

30.5 Other obligations

 

30.5.1 An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in clauses 30.1 ( Non-payment ), 30.2 ( Hedging Contracts ), 30.3 ( Value of security ) and 30.4 ( Insurance )).

 

30.5.2 No Event of Default under clause 30.5.1 above will occur if the Agent considers that the failure to comply is capable of remedy and the failure is remedied within seven (7) days of the Agent giving notice to the Borrower.

 

30.6 Misrepresentation

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made.

 

30.7 Cross default

 

30.7.1 Any Financial Indebtedness of any Group Member exceeding $500,000 is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

30.7.2 Any Financial Indebtedness of any Group Member exceeding $500,000 is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

82


30.7.3 Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any Group Member exceeding $500,000 is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of that Group Member exceeding $500,000 as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

30.7.4 The counterparty to a Treasury Transaction exceeding $500,000 entered into by any Group Member becomes entitled to terminate that Treasury Transaction early by reason of an event of default (however described).

 

30.7.5 Any creditor of any Group Member becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of that Group Member exceeding $500,000 due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

30.7.6 No Event of Default will occur under this clause 30.7 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within clauses 30.7.1 to 30.7.5 above is less than $10,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).

 

30.8 Insolvency

 

30.8.1 A Group Member is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

30.8.2 The value of the assets of any Group Member is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

30.8.3 A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Group Member. If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

 

30.9 Insolvency proceedings

 

30.9.1 Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

  (a) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Group Member other than a solvent liquidation or reorganisation of any Group Member which is not an Obligor;

 

  (b) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Group Member;

 

  (c) the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of a Group Member which is not an Obligor), receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Group Member or any of its assets (including the directors of any Group Member requesting a person to appoint any such officer in relation to it or any of its assets); or

 

  (d) enforcement of any Security Interest over any assets of any Group Member,

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

30.9.2 Clause 30.9.1 shall not apply to any winding-up petition (or analogous procedure or step) which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within seven days of commencement or, if earlier, the date on which it is advertised.

 

30.10 Creditors’ process

 

30.10.1 Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress, execution or analogous process affects any asset or assets of any Group Member, which would in aggregate exceed $500,000 or, when aggregated with the value of any assets of the other Group Members affected by any process mentioned in this clause 30.10.1, would exceed $10,000,000, and is not discharged within seven days.

 

83


30.10.2 Any judgment or order for an amount in excess of $500,000 is made against any Group Member and is not stayed or complied with within seven days.

 

30.11 Unlawfulness and invalidity

 

30.11.1 It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any Security Interest created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents ceases to be effective.

 

30.11.2 Any obligation or obligations of any Obligor under any Finance Documents are not (subject to the Legal Reservations) or cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders under the Finance Documents.

 

30.11.3 Any Finance Document or any Security Interest created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents ceases to be in full force and effect or is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective for any reason.

 

30.11.4 Any Security Document does not create legal, valid, binding and enforceable security over the assets charged under that Security Document or the ranking or priority of such security is adversely affected.

 

30.12 Cessation of business

Any Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business.

 

30.13 Expropriation

The authority or ability of any Obligor to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any Obligor or any of its assets.

 

30.14 Repudiation and rescission of Finance Documents

An Obligor (or any other relevant party) repudiates or purports to repudiate a Finance Document or evidences an intention to rescind or purports to rescind a Finance Document.

 

30.15 Litigation

Any litigation, alternative dispute resolution, arbitration or administrative proceeding is taking place, or threatened against any Group Member or any of its assets, rights or revenues exceeding $10,000,000 which, if adversely determined, might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

30.16 Material Adverse Effect

Any Environmental Incident or other event or circumstance or series of events (including any change of law) occurs which the Majority Lenders reasonably believe has, or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

30.17 Security enforceable

Any Security Interest (other than a Permitted Lien) in respect of Charged Property becomes enforceable.

 

84


30.18 Arrest of Ship

Any Mortgaged Ship is arrested, confiscated, seized, taken in execution, impounded, forfeited, detained in exercise or purported exercise of any possessory lien or other claim and the relevant Owner fails to procure the release of such Ship within a period of 15 days thereafter (or such longer period as may be approved) or, in the case of any seizure or detention of such Ship as a result of piracy, within a period of 365 days thereafter.

 

30.19 Ship registration

Except with approval, the registration of any Mortgaged Ship under the laws and flag of its Flag State is cancelled or terminated or, where applicable, not renewed or, if such Ship is only provisionally registered on the date of its Mortgage, such Ship is not permanently registered under such laws within 90 days of such date.

 

30.20 Political risk

The Flag State of any Mortgaged Ship or any Relevant Jurisdiction of an Obligor becomes involved in hostilities or civil war or there is a seizure of power in the Flag State or any such Relevant Jurisdiction by unconstitutional means if, in any such case, such event or circumstance, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, has or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect and, within 14 days of notice from the Agent to do so, such action as the Agent may require to ensure that such event or circumstance will not have such an effect has not been taken by the Borrower.

 

30.21 Acceleration

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower:

 

  (a) cancel the Total Commitments at which time they shall immediately be cancelled; and/or

 

  (b) declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

  (c) declare that all or part of the Loan be payable on demand, at which time it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or

 

  (d) declare that no withdrawals be made from the Earnings Account; and/or

 

  (e) exercise or direct the Agent and/or any other beneficiary of the Security Documents to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents.

 

31 Position of Hedging Provider

 

31.1 Hedging Providers

It is acknowledged that as at the date hereof the Hedging Providers comprise only the Original Hedging Providers but that at the time any Hedging Contract is entered into after the date hereof, any Hedging Provider who is party to such Hedging Contract (and who is not an Original Hedging Provider) shall accede to, and become a party to, this Agreement by entering into a deed of adherence in a form to be agreed by the parties and upon the execution of such deed of adherence the relevant Hedging Provider shall have the rights and obligations on the part of the Hedging Providers contained in this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

 

85


31.2 Rights of Hedging Provider

Each Hedging Provider is a Finance Party and as such, will be entitled to share in the security constituted by the Security Documents in respect of any liabilities of the Borrower under the Hedging Contracts with such Hedging Provider in the manner and to the extent contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

31.3 No voting rights

No Hedging Provider shall be entitled to vote on any matter where a decision of the Lenders alone is required under this Agreement, whether before or after the termination or close out of the Hedging Contracts with such Hedging Provider, provided that each Hedging Provider shall be entitled to vote on any matter where a decision of all the Finance Parties is expressly required.

 

31.4 Acceleration and enforcement of security

Neither the Agent or any other beneficiary of the Security Documents shall be obliged, in connection with any action taken or proposed to be taken under or pursuant to clause 30 ( Events of Default ) or pursuant to the other Finance Documents, to have any regard to the requirements of the Hedging Provider except to the extent that the relevant Hedging Provider is also a Lender.

 

86


SECTION 9—CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

32 Changes to the Lenders

 

32.1 Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

Subject to this clause 32, a Lender (the Existing Lender ) may assign any of its rights to another bank, financial institution or fund which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the New Lender ).

 

32.2 Conditions of assignment

 

32.2.1 The consent of the Borrower is required for an assignment by a Lender, unless the assignment is to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Event of Default is continuing. The Agent will immediately advise the Borrower of the assignment.

 

32.2.2 The Borrower’s consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and will be deemed to have been given fifteen Business Days after the Lender has requested consent unless consent is expressly refused within that time. The Borrower shall not be entitled to refuse or withhold consent solely because an assignment may result in an increase to the Mandatory Cost.

 

32.2.3 An assignment will only be effective:

 

  (a) on receipt by the Agent of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the Borrower and the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it was an Original Lender;

 

  (b) on the New Lender entering into any documentation required for it to accede as a party to any Security Document to which the Original Lender is a party in its capacity as a Lender and, in relation to such Security Documents, completing any filing, registration or notice requirements;

 

  (c) if an assignment takes effect after there has been a Utilisation, the assignment of an Existing Lender’s participation in the Utilisations (if any) under the Facility shall take effect in respect of the same fraction of each such Utilisation;

 

  (d) on the performance by the Agent of all “know your customer” or other checks relating to any person that it is required to carry out in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Lender and the New Lender;

 

  (e) if that Existing Lender assigns equal fractions of its Commitment and participation in the Loan and each Utilisation (if any) under the Facility;

 

  (f) if it is for a minimum amount of $10,000,000 (unless the assignment is of all an Existing Lender’s Commitment and all of its participation in the Loan);

 

  (g) if a relevant assignment or transfer has been approved by the Agent;

 

  (h) if the Agent has received confirmation to its satisfaction that no Insolvency Event has occurred in relation to either the Existing Lender or the New Lender; and

 

  (i) no Event of Default has occurred.

 

32.2.4

Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with the

 

87


  Finance Documents on or prior to the date on which the assignment becomes effective in accordance with the Finance Documents and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

 

32.3 Fee

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of $3,500.

 

32.4 Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

32.4.1 Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

  (a) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

  (b) the financial condition of any Obligor;

 

  (c) the performance and observance by any Obligor or any other person of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

  (d) the application of any Basel II Regulation or Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents; or

 

  (e) the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

32.4.2 Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

 

  (a) has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of:

 

  (i) the financial condition and affairs of the Obligors and their related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement; and

 

  (ii) the application of any Basel II Regulation or Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Finance Document;

 

  (c) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the application of any Basel II Regulation or Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents; and

 

  (d) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

32.4.3 Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

  (a) accept a re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights assigned under this clause 32 ( Changes to the Lenders ); or

 

  (b) support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of the application of any Basel II Regulation or Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

88


32.5 Procedure for transfer

 

32.5.1 Subject to the conditions set out in clause 32.2 ( Conditions of assignment ) an assignment may be effected in accordance with clause 32.5.3 below when (a) the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate and (b) the Agent executes any document required under clause 32.2.3 which it may be necessary for it to execute in each case delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender duly executed by them and, in the case of any such other document, any other relevant person. The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a Transfer Certificate and any such other document each duly completed, appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate and such other document.

 

32.5.2 The Obligors and the other Finance Parties irrevocably authorise the Agent to execute any Transfer Certificate on their behalf without any consultations with them.

 

32.5.3 On the Transfer Date:

 

  (a) to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to be released from its obligations under the Finance Documents, the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards the Obligors and the other Finance Parties under the Finance Documents and the rights of the Obligors and the other Finance Parties against the Existing Lender under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the Discharged Rights and Obligations ) (but the obligations owed by the Obligors under the Finance Documents shall not be released);

 

  (b) the New Lender shall assume obligations towards each of the Obligors who are a Party and/or the Obligors and the other Finance Parties shall acquire rights against the New Lender which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as the New Lender has assumed and/or the Obligors and the other Finance Parties have acquired the same in place of the Existing Lender;

 

  (c) the other Finance Parties and the New Lender shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (d) the New Lender shall become a Party to the Finance Documents as a “Lender” for the purposes of all the Finance Documents.

 

32.6 Copy of Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation to Borrower

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation and any other document required under clause 32.2.3, send a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation and such documents to the Borrower.

 

32.7 Security over Lenders’ Rights

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this clause 32, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from an Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create a Security Interest in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation any charge, assignment or other Security Interest to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank except that no such charge, assignment or Security Interest shall:

 

89


  (a) release a Lender from any obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security Interest for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

  (b) require any payments to be made by an Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

33 Changes to the Obligors

 

33.1 Assignments and transfers by Obligors

No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

 

33.2 Change of Parent

Subject to the provisions of clause 7.2 ( Change of Control ) and compliance with clause 19.9 ( “Know your customer” checks ) the Borrower may request a replacement of the Parent in circumstances where the Group is involved in any Permitted IPO. Any such request shall require the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of all Lenders), which the Agent shall have full liberty to withhold and which may be granted on such conditions as the Agent may require. If a replacement is so approved the Parent shall be released from its obligations under this Agreement and such obligations shall be assumed by such replacement on terms acceptable to the Agent.

 

90


SECTION 10—THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

34 Roles of Agent, Security Agent and Arranger

 

34.1 Appointment of the Agent

 

34.1.1 Each other Finance Party appoints the Agent to act as its agent and as its trustee under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

34.1.2 Each such other Finance Party authorises the Agent:

 

  (a) to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions; and

 

  (b) to execute each of the Security Documents, and all other documents that may be approved by the Majority Lenders for execution by it.

 

34.1.3 The Agent accepts its appointment under clause 34.1.1 as trustee of the Trust Property with effect from the date of this Agreement and declares that it holds the Trust Property on trust for itself and the other Finance Parties (for so long as they are Finance Parties) on and subject to the terms of this clause 34 and the Security Documents to which it is a party.

 

34.2 Duties of the Agent

 

34.2.1 The Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

34.2.2 Without prejudice to clause 32.6 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation to Borrower), clause 34.2.1 shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation.

 

34.2.3 Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

34.2.4 If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

34.2.5 If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent or an Arranger for their own account) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

34.2.6 Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Agent has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents. The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

34.3 Role of the Documentation Agent, the Arrangers and the Bookrunners

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Documentation Agent, the Arrangers and the Bookrunners have no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

34.4 No fiduciary duties

 

34.4.1 Nothing in this Agreement constitutes an Arranger or the Documentation Agent as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person except to the extent that the Agent holds the benefit of the Security Documents in trust for the other Finance Parties pursuant to clause 34.

 

91


34.4.2 None of the Agent, the Documentation Agent or any of the Arrangers shall be bound to account to any Lender or any Hedging Provider for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account or have any obligations to the other Finance Parties beyond those expressly stated in the Finance Documents.

 

34.5 Business with the Group

The Agent, the Documentation Agent and any Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any Obligor or other Group Member or their Affiliates.

 

34.6 Rights and discretions of the Agent

 

34.6.1 The Agent may rely on:

 

  (a) any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

 

  (b) any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his or her knowledge or within his or her power to verify.

 

34.6.2 The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the other Finance Parties) that:

 

  (a) no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under clause 30.1 ( Non-payment ));

 

  (b) any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised; and

 

  (c) any notice or request made by the Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request or Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

 

34.6.3 The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts in the conduct of its obligations and responsibilities under the Finance Documents.

 

34.6.4 The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.

 

34.6.5 The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

 

34.6.6 Without prejudice to the generality of clause 34.6.5 above, the Agent may disclose the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower and shall disclose the same upon the written request of the Borrower or the Majority Lenders.

 

34.6.7 Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor any Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality. The Agent and any Arranger may do anything which in its opinion, is necessary or desirable to comply with any law or regulation of any jurisdiction.

 

34.7 Majority Lenders’ instructions

 

34.7.1 Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall:

 

  (a) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent); and

 

92


  (b) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders.

 

34.7.2 Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders to the Agent (in relation to any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) shall be binding on all the Finance Parties.

 

34.7.3 The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

34.7.4 In the absence of, or while awaiting, instructions from the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders), the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Finance Parties.

 

34.7.5 The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) or any Hedging Provider in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This clause 34.7.5 shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Security Documents.

 

34.7.6 Neither the Agent nor any Arranger shall be obliged to request any certificate, opinion or other information under clause 19 ( Information undertakings ) unless so required in writing by a Lender or any Hedging Provider, in which case the Agent shall promptly make the appropriate request of the Borrower if such request would be in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

34.8 Responsibility for documentation and other matters

None of the Agent, the Documentation Agent or any of the Arrangers:

 

  (a) is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, the Documentation Agent, any Arranger, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents or of any representations in any Finance Document or of any copy of any document delivered under any Finance Document;

 

  (b) is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document, any Purchase Contract or any Charter Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document, any Purchase Contract or any Charter Document;

 

  (c) is responsible for the application of any Basel II Regulation or Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

  (d) is responsible for any loss to the Trust Property arising in consequence of the failure, depreciation or loss of any Charged Property or any investments made or retained in good faith or by reason of any other matter or thing;

 

  (e) is obliged to account to any person for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account;

 

93


  (f) is responsible for the failure of any Obligor or any other party to perform its obligations under any Finance Document, any Purchase Contract or any Charter Document or the financial condition of any such person;

 

  (g) is responsible for ascertaining whether all deeds and documents which should have been deposited with it under or pursuant to any of the Security Documents have been so deposited;

 

  (h) is responsible for investigating or making any enquiry into the title of any Obligor to any of the Charged Property or any of its other property or assets;

 

  (i) is responsible for the failure to register any of the Security Documents with the Registrar of Companies or any other public office;

 

  (j) is responsible for the failure to register any of the Security Documents in accordance with the provisions of the documents of title of any Obligor to any of the Charged Property;

 

  (k) is responsible for the failure to take or require any Obligor to take any steps to render any of the Security Documents effective as regards property or assets outside England or Wales or to secure the creation of any ancillary charge under the laws of the jurisdiction concerned; or

 

  (l) is responsible (save as otherwise provided in this clause 34) for taking or omitting to take any other action under or in relation to the Security Documents;

 

  (m) is responsible on account of the failure of any other beneficiary of a Security Document to perform or discharge any of its duties or obligations under the Security Documents; or

 

  (n) is (unless it is the same entity as the Agent) responsible on account of the failure of the Agent and/or any other beneficiary of a Security Document to perform or discharge any of its duties or obligations under the Security Documents; or

 

  (o) for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by any applicable law relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

34.9 Exclusion of liability

 

34.9.1 Without limiting clause 34.9.2 (and without prejudice to the provisions of clause 37.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.) , the Agent will not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

34.9.2 No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this clause subject to clause 1.3 and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

34.9.3 The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

 

34.9.4 Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent, the Documentation Agent or any Arranger to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender or any Hedging Provider and each Lender and each Hedging Provider confirms to the Agent, the Documentation Agent and the Arrangers that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or any Arranger.

 

94


34.10 Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against:

 

  (a) any Losses for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever incurred by such Lenders’ Representative in the circumstances contemplated pursuant to clause 37.11 ( Disruption to payment systems etc ) notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence, or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent); and

 

  (b) any other Losses (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) including the costs of any person engaged in accordance with clause 34.6.3 ( Rights and discretions of the Agent ) and any Receiver in acting as its agent under the Finance Documents

in each case incurred by the Agent in acting as such under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document or out of the Trust Property).

 

34.11 Resignation of the Agent

 

34.11.1 The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the Lenders, the Hedging Providers and the Borrower.

 

34.11.2 Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Agent.

 

34.11.3 If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with clause 34.11.2 above within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the Agent (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Agent.

 

34.11.4 The retiring Agent shall, either at the Lenders’ expense if it has been required to resign pursuant to clause 34.11.7 or otherwise at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

34.11.5 The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

34.11.6 Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this clause 34. Its successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

34.11.7 After consultation with the Borrower, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance with clause 34.11.1. In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with clause 34.11.1.

 

34.11.8 At any time after the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall execute all acts, deeds and documents reasonably required by its successor to transfer to it (or its nominee, as it may direct) any property, assets and rights previously vested in the retiring Agent pursuant to the Security Documents and which shall not have vested in its successor by operation of law. All such acts, deeds and documents shall be done or, as the case may be, executed at the cost of the retiring Agent (except where the Agent is retiring pursuant to clause 34.11.7 in which case such costs shall be borne by the Lenders (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero).

 

95


34.11.9 The Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph 34.11.2 above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Agent pursuant to paragraph 34.11.3 above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents:

 

  (a) the Agent fails to respond to a request under clause 12.8 ( FATCA Information ) and the Borrower or a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

  (b) the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to clause 12.8 ( FATCA Information ) indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

  (c) the Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

and (in each case) the Borrower or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Borrower or, as the case may be, that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.

 

34.12 Confidentiality

 

34.12.1 In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its department, division or team directly responsible for the management of the Finance Documents which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions, departments or teams.

 

34.12.2 If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

 

34.12.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent, nor any Arranger is obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

 

34.13 Relationship with the Lenders and Hedging Provider

 

34.13.1 The Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender or each Hedging Provider at the opening of business (in the place of its principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender or (as the case may be) a Hedging Provider acting through its Facility Office:

 

  (a) entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

  (b) entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

unless it has received not less than five Business Days prior notice from that Lender (or as the case may be a Hedging Provider) to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

34.13.2 Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information required by the Agent in order to calculate the Mandatory Cost in accordance with Schedule 6 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ).

 

96


34.13.3 Each Lender and each Hedging Provider shall supply the Agent with any information that the Agent may reasonably specify as being necessary or desirable to enable the Agent to perform its functions as Agent, including, but not limited to, any information which the Agent may require to comply with “know your customer checks” or similar identification procedures.

 

34.14 Credit appraisal by the Lenders and Hedging Providers

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender and each Hedging Provider confirms to each other Finance Party that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

  (a) the financial condition, status and nature of each Obligor and other Group Member;

 

  (b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any Purchase Contract or any Charter Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document, any Purchase Contract or any Charter Document;

 

  (c) the application of any Basel II Regulation or Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

  (d) whether any Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

  (e) the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document or, any Purchase Contract, any Charter Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document, any Purchase Contract or any Charter Document; and

 

  (f) the right of title of any person to, or the value or sufficiency of, any part of the Charged Property, the priority of the Security Documents or the existence of any Security Interest affecting the Charged Property.

 

34.15 Reference Banks

If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Borrower) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank.

 

34.16 Agent’s management time

Any amount payable to the Agent under clause 14.3 ( Indemnity to the Agent ), clause 16 ( Costs and expenses ) and clause 34.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Borrower and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under clause 11 ( Fees ).

 

34.17 Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

97


34.18 Order of application

 

34.18.1 The Agent agrees to apply the Trust Property and each other beneficiary of the Security Documents agrees to apply all moneys received by it in the exercise of its rights under the Security Documents in accordance with the following respective claims:

 

  (a) first , as to a sum equivalent to the amounts payable to the Agent and the Documentation Agent under the Finance Documents (excluding any amounts received by the Agent pursuant to clause 34.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ), for the Agent and the Documentation Agent absolutely;

 

  (b) secondly , as to a sum equivalent to the aggregate amount then due and owing to the other Finance Parties (except the Hedging Providers) under the Finance Documents (except any Hedging Contracts), for those Finance Parties (except the Hedging Providers) absolutely, and pro-rata to the amounts owing to them under the Finance Documents (except any Hedging Contracts);

 

  (c) thirdly , until such time as the Agent is satisfied that all obligations owed to the Finance Parties (except the Hedging Providers) have been irrevocably and unconditionally discharged in full, held by the Agent on a suspense account for payment of any further amounts owing to the Finance Parties (except the Hedging Providers) under the Finance Documents (except any Hedging Contracts) and further application in accordance with this clause 34.18.1 as and when any such amounts later fall due;

 

  (d) fourthly , as to a sum equivalent to the aggregate net amount then due to the Hedging Providers but unpaid under any Hedging Contracts, for the Hedging Providers absolutely, and pro rata to the net amounts owing to them under those Hedging Contracts;

 

  (e) fifthly , to such other persons (if any) as are legally entitled thereto in priority to the Obligors; and

 

  (f) sixthly , as to the balance (if any), for the Obligors by or from whom or from whose assets the relevant amounts were paid, received or recovered or other person entitled to them.

 

34.18.2 The Agent and each other beneficiary of the Security Documents shall make each application as soon as is practicable after the relevant moneys are received by, or otherwise become available to, it save that (without prejudice to any other provision contained in any of the Security Documents) the Agent, any other beneficiary of the Security Documents or any receiver or administrator may credit any moneys received by it to a suspense account for so long and in such manner as the Agent, such other beneficiary of the Security Documents or such receiver or administrator may from time to time determine with a view to preserving the rights of the Finance Parties or any of them to prove for the whole of their respective claims against the Borrower or any other person liable.

 

34.18.3 The Agent and/or any other beneficiary of the Security Documents shall obtain a good discharge in respect of the amounts expressed to be due to the other Finance Parties as referred to in this clause 34.18 by distributing the same in accordance with clause 37 ( Payment mechanics ).

 

98


34.19 Powers and duties of the Agent as trustee of the security

In its capacity as trustee in relation to the Trust Property, the Agent:

 

  (a) shall, without prejudice to any of the powers, discretions and immunities conferred upon trustees by law (and to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or any of the Security Documents), have all the same powers and discretions as a natural person acting as the beneficial owner of such property and/or as are conferred upon the Agent by this Agreement and/or any Security Document but so that the Agent may only exercise such powers and discretions to the extent that it is authorised to do so by the provisions of this Agreement;

 

  (b) shall (subject to clause 34.18 ( Order of application )) be entitled (in its own name or in the names of nominees) to invest moneys from time to time forming part of the Trust Property or otherwise held by it as a consequence of any enforcement of the security constituted by any Finance Document which, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, it would not be practicable to distribute immediately, by placing the same on deposit in the name or under the control of the Agent as the Agent may think fit without being under any duty to diversify the same and the Agent shall not be responsible for any loss due to interest rate or exchange rate fluctuations except for any loss arising from the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

  (c) may, in the conduct of its obligations under and in respect of the Security Documents (otherwise than in relation to its right to make any declaration, determination or decision), instead of acting personally, employ and pay any agent (whether being a lawyer or any other person) to transact or concur in transacting any business and to do or concur in doing any acts required to be done by the Agent (including the receipt and payment of money) and on the basis that (i) any such agent engaged in any profession or business shall be entitled to be paid all usual professional and other charges for business transacted and acts done by him or any partner or employee of his or her in connection with such employment and (ii) the Agent shall not be bound to supervise, or be responsible for any loss incurred by reason of any act or omission of, any such agent if the Agent shall have exercised reasonable care in the selection of such agent; and

 

  (d) may place all deeds and other documents relating to the Trust Property which are from time to time deposited with it pursuant to the Security Documents in any safe deposit, safe or receptacle selected by the Agent exercising reasonable care or with any firm of solicitors or company whose business includes undertaking the safe custody of documents selected by the Agent exercising reasonable care and may make any such arrangements as it thinks fit for allowing Obligors access to, or its solicitors or auditors possession of, such documents when necessary or convenient and the Agent shall not be responsible for any loss incurred in connection with any such deposit, access or possession if it has exercised reasonable care in the selection of a safe deposit, safe, receptacle or firm of solicitors or company (save that it shall take reasonable steps to pursue any person who may be liable to it in connection with such loss).

 

34.20 All enforcement action through the Agent

 

34.20.1 None of the other Finance Parties shall have any independent power to enforce any of those Security Documents which are executed in favour of the Agent only or to exercise any rights, discretions or powers or to grant any consents or releases under or pursuant to such Security Documents or otherwise have direct recourse to the security and/or guarantees constituted by such Security Documents except through the Agent.

 

34.20.2 None of the other Finance Parties shall have any independent power to enforce any of those Security Documents which are executed in their favour or to exercise any rights, discretions or powers or to grant any consents or releases under or pursuant to such Security Documents or otherwise have direct recourse to the security and/or guarantees constituted by such Security Documents except through the Agent. If any Finance Party (other than the Agent) is a party to any Security Document it shall promptly upon being requested by the Agent to do so grant a power of attorney or other sufficient authority to the Agent to enable the Agent to exercise any rights, discretions or powers or to grant any consents or releases under such Security Document.

 

99


34.21 Co-operation to achieve agreed priorities of application

The other Finance Parties shall co-operate with each other and with the Agent and any receiver or administrator under the Security Documents in realising the property and assets subject to the Security Documents and in ensuring that the net proceeds realised under the Security Documents after deduction of the expenses of realisation are applied in accordance with clause 34.18 ( Order of application ).

 

34.22 Indemnity from Trust Property

 

34.22.1 In respect of all liabilities, costs or expenses for which the Obligors are liable under this Agreement, the Agent and each Affiliate of the Agent and each officer or employee of the Agent or its Affiliate (each a Relevant Person ) shall be entitled to be indemnified out of the Trust Property in respect of all liabilities, damages, costs, claims, charges or expenses whatsoever properly incurred or suffered by such Relevant Person:

 

  (a) in the execution or exercise or bona fide purported execution or exercise of the trusts, rights, powers, authorities, discretions and duties created or conferred by or pursuant to the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) as a result of any breach by an Obligor of any of its obligations under any Finance Document;

 

  (c) in respect of any Environmental Claim made or asserted against a Relevant Person which would not have arisen if the Finance Documents had not been executed; and

 

  (d) in respect of any matter or thing done or omitted in any way in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents relating to the Trust Property or the provisions of any of the Finance Documents.

 

34.22.2 The rights conferred by this clause 34.22 are without prejudice to any right to indemnity by law given to trustees generally and to any provision of the Finance Documents entitling the Agent or any other person to an indemnity in respect of, and/or reimbursement of, any liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or suffered by it in connection with any of the Finance Documents or the performance of any duties under any of the Finance Documents. Nothing contained in this clause 34.22 shall entitle the Agent or any other person to be indemnified in respect of any liabilities, damages, costs, claims, charges or expenses to the extent that the same arise from such person’s own gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

34.23 Finance Parties to provide information

The other Finance Parties shall provide the Agent with such written information as it may reasonably require for the purposes of carrying out its duties and obligations under the Security Documents and, in particular, with such necessary directions in writing so as to enable the Agent to make the calculations and applications contemplated by clause 34.18 ( Order of application ) above and to apply amounts received under, and the proceeds of realisation of, the Security Documents as contemplated by the Security Documents, clause 37.5 ( Partial payments ) and clause 34.18 ( Order of application ).

 

34.24 Release to facilitate enforcement and realisation

Each Finance Party acknowledges that pursuant to any enforcement action by the Agent (or a Receiver) carried out on the instructions of the Agent it may be desirable for the purpose of such enforcement and/or maximising the realisation of the Charged Property being enforced against, that any rights or claims of or by the Agent (for the benefit of the Finance Parties) and/or any Finance Parties against any Obligor and/or any Security Interest over any assets of any Obligor (in each case) as contained in or created by any Finance Document, other than such rights or claims or security being enforced, be released in order to facilitate such enforcement action and/or realisation and, notwithstanding any other provision of the Finance Documents, each Finance Party hereby irrevocably authorises the Agent to grant any such

 

100


releases to the extent necessary to fully effect such enforcement action and realisation including, without limitation, to the extent necessary for such purposes to execute release documents in the name of and on behalf of the Finance Parties. Where the relevant enforcement is by way of disposal of membership interests in an Owner, the requisite release shall include releases of all claims (including under guarantees) of the Finance Parties and/or the Agent against such Owner and of all Security Interests over the assets of such Owner.

 

34.25 Undertaking to pay

Each Obligor which is a Party undertakes with the Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties that it will, on demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent all money from time to time owing, and discharge all other obligations from time to time incurred, by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

34.26 Additional trustees

The Agent shall have power by notice in writing to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower to appoint any person approved by the Borrower (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) either to act as separate trustee or as co-trustee jointly with the Agent:

 

  (a) if the Agent reasonably considers such appointment to be in the best interests of the Finance Parties;

 

  (b) for the purpose of conforming with any legal requirement, restriction or condition in any jurisdiction in which any particular act is to be performed; or

 

  (c) for the purpose of obtaining a judgment in any jurisdiction or the enforcement in any jurisdiction against any person of a judgment already obtained,

and any person so appointed shall (subject to the provisions of this Agreement) have such rights (including as to reasonable remuneration), powers, duties and obligations as shall be conferred or imposed by the instrument of appointment. The Agent shall have power to remove any person so appointed. At the request of the Agent, the other parties to this Agreement shall forthwith execute all such documents and do all such things as may be required to perfect such appointment or removal and each such party irrevocably authorises the Agent in its name and on its behalf to do the same. Such a person shall accede to this Agreement as an Agent to the extent necessary to carry out their role on terms satisfactory to the Agent and (subject always to the provisions of this Agreement) have such trusts, powers, authorities, liabilities and discretions (not exceeding those conferred on the Agent by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents) and such duties and obligations as shall be conferred or imposed by the instrument of appointment (being no less onerous than would have applied to the Agent but for the appointment). The Agent shall not be bound to supervise, or be responsible for any loss incurred by reason of any act or omission of, any such person if the Agent shall have exercised reasonable care in the selection of such person.

 

34.27 Non-recognition of trust

It is agreed by all the parties to this Agreement that:

 

  (a) in relation to any jurisdiction the courts of which would not recognise or give effect to the trusts expressed to be constituted by this clause 34, the relationship of the Agent and the other Finance Parties shall be construed as one of principal and agent, but to the extent permissible under the laws of such jurisdiction, all the other provisions of this Agreement shall have full force and effect between the parties to this Agreement; and

 

  (b) the provisions of this clause 34 insofar as they relate to the Agent in its capacity as trustee for the Finance Parties and the relationship between themselves and the Agent as their trustee may be amended by agreement between the other Finance Parties and the Agent. The Agent may amend all documents necessary to effect the alteration of the relationship between the Agent and the other Finance Parties and each such other party irrevocably authorises the Agent in its name and on its behalf to execute all documents necessary to effect such amendments.

 

101


35 Conduct of business by the Finance Parties

 

35.1 Finance Parties tax affairs

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

  (a) interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

  (b) oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

  (c) oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

35.2 Finance Parties acting together

Notwithstanding clause 2.3 ( Finance Parties’ rights and obligations ), if the Agent makes a declaration under clause 30.21 ( Acceleration ) the Agent shall, in the names of all the Finance Parties, take such action on behalf of the Finance Parties and conduct such negotiations with the Borrower and any Group Members and generally administer the Facility in accordance with the wishes of the Majority Lenders. All the Finance Parties shall be bound by the provisions of this clause and no Finance Party shall be entitled to take action independently against any Obligor or any of its assets without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.

 

35.3 Majority Lenders

 

35.3.1 Where any Finance Document provides for any matter to be determined by reference to the opinion of, or to be subject to the consent, approval or request of, the Majority Lenders or for any action to be taken on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (a majority decision ), such majority decision shall (as between the Lenders) only be regarded as having been validly given or issued by the Majority Lenders if all the Lenders shall have received prior notice of the matter on which such majority decision is required and the relevant majority of Lenders shall have given or issued such majority decision. However (as between any Obligor and the Finance Parties) the relevant Obligor shall be entitled (and bound) to assume that such notice shall have been duly received by each Lender and that the relevant majority shall have been obtained to constitute Majority Lenders when notified to this effect by the Agent whether or not this is the case.

 

35.3.2 If, within ten Business Days of the Agent despatching to each Lender a notice requesting instructions (or confirmation of instructions) from the Lenders or the agreement of the Lenders to any amendment, modification, waiver, variation or excuse of performance for the purposes of, or in relation to, any of the Finance Documents, the Agent has not received a reply specifically giving or confirming or refusing to give or confirm the relevant instructions or, as the case may be, approving or refusing to approve the proposed amendment, modification, waiver, variation or excuse of performance, then (irrespective of whether such Lender responds at a later date) the Agent shall treat any Lender which has not so responded as having indicated a desire to be bound by the wishes of 60 per cent. of those Lenders (measured in terms of the total Commitments of those Lenders) which have so responded.

 

35.3.3 For the purposes of clause 35.3.2, any Lender which notifies the Agent of a wish or intention to abstain on any particular issue shall be treated as if it had not responded.

 

35.3.4 Clauses 35.3.2 and 35.3.3 shall not apply in relation to those matters referred to in, or the subject of, clause 43.2 ( Exceptions ).

 

102


35.4 Conflicts

 

35.4.1 The Borrower acknowledges that any Arranger and its parent undertaking, subsidiary undertakings and fellow subsidiary undertakings (together an Arranger Group ) may be providing debt finance, equity capital or other services (including financial advisory services) to other persons with which the Borrower may have conflicting interests in respect of the Facility or otherwise.

 

35.4.2 No member of an Arranger Group shall use confidential information gained from any Obligor by virtue of the Facility or its relationships with any Obligor in connection with their performance of services for other persons. This shall not, however, affect any obligations that any member of an Arranger Group has as Agent in respect of the Finance Documents. The Borrower also acknowledges that no member of an Arranger Group has any obligation to use or furnish to any Obligor information obtained from other persons for their benefit.

 

35.4.3 The terms parent undertaking , subsidiary undertaking and fellow subsidiary undertaking when used in this clause have the meaning given to them in sections 1161 and 1162 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

36 Sharing among the Finance Parties

 

36.1 Payments to Finance Parties

If a Finance Party (a Recovering Finance Party ) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with clause 37 ( Payment mechanics ) (a Recovered Amount ) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

 

  (a) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Agent;

 

  (b) the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with clause 37 ( Payment mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

  (c) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the Sharing Payment ) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with clause 37.5 ( Partial payments ).

 

36.2 Redistribution of payments

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the Sharing Finance Parties ) in accordance with clause 37.5 ( Partial payments ) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

 

36.3 Recovering Finance Party’s rights

On a distribution by the Agent under clause 36.2 ( Redistribution of payments ) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

36.4 Reversal of redistribution

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

103


  (a) each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the Redistributed Amount ); and

 

  (b) as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

36.5 Exceptions

 

36.5.1 This clause 36 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

 

36.5.2 A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, if:

 

  (a) it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

  (b) that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

104


SECTION 11—ADMINISTRATION

 

37 Payment mechanics

 

37.1 Payments to the Agent

 

37.1.1 On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document (other than a Hedging Contract), that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

37.1.2 Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency with such bank as the Agent specifies.

 

37.2 Distributions by the Agent

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to clause 37.3 ( Distributions to an Obligor ) and clause 37.4 ( Clawback ) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency.

 

37.3 Distributions to an Obligor

The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with clause 38 ( Set-off )) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

37.4 Clawback

 

37.4.1 Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

37.4.2 If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

37.5 Partial payments

 

37.5.1 If the Agent receives a payment for application against amounts due under the Finance Documents that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under those Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under those Finance Documents in the following order:

 

  (a) first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses (ignoring any fees payable under clause 11 ( Fees )) of the Agent, the Documentation Agent or the Arrangers under those Finance Documents;

 

  (b) secondly , pro rata in or towards payment to the Lenders pro rata of any amount owing to the Lenders under clause 34.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent );

 

105


  (c) thirdly , pro-rata in or towards payment to the Lenders pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission or other amounts due to them but unpaid under the Finance Documents;

 

  (d) fourthly , in or towards payment to the Lenders pro rata of any principal which is due but unpaid under the Finance Documents;

 

  (e) fifthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents (except any Hedging Contracts); and

 

  (f) sixthly , pro-rata in or towards payment to the Hedging Providers of any net amounts due to them but unpaid under any Hedging Contracts;

 

37.5.2 The Agent shall, if so directed by all the Lenders and the Hedging Providers, vary the order set out in paragraphs (b) to (e) of clause 37.5.1.

 

37.5.3 Clauses 37.5.1 and 37.5.2 above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

37.6 No set-off by Obligors

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

37.7 Business Days

 

37.7.1 Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

37.7.2 During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

37.8 Payments on demand

For the purposes of clause 30.1and subject to the Agent’s right to demand interest under clause 8.3, payments on demand shall be treated as paid when due if paid within three Business Days of demand.

 

37.9 Currency of account

 

37.9.1 Subject to clauses 37.9.2 to 37.9.3, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

37.9.2 A repayment of all or part of the Loan or an Unpaid Sum and each payment of interest shall be made in dollars on its due date.

 

37.9.3 Each payment in respect of the amount of any costs, expenses or Taxes or other losses shall be made in dollars and, if they were incurred in a currency other than dollars, the amount payable under the Finance Documents shall be the equivalent in dollars of the relevant amount in such other currency on the date on which it was incurred.

 

37.9.4 All moneys received or held by the Agent or by a Receiver under a Security Document in a currency other than dollars may be sold for dollars and the Obligor which executed that Security Document shall indemnify the Agent against the full cost in relation to the sale. Neither the Agent nor such Receiver will have any liability to that Obligor in respect of any loss resulting from any fluctuation in exchange rates after the sale.

 

106


37.10 Change of currency

 

37.10.1 Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

  (a) any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Borrower); and

 

  (b) any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

37.10.2 If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrower) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the London interbank market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

37.11 Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Payment Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Borrower that a Payment Disruption Event has occurred:

 

  (a) the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrower, consult with the Borrower with a view to agreeing with the Borrower such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

  (b) the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrower in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

  (c) the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

  (d) any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Borrower shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Payment Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of clause 43 ( Amendments and grant of waivers );

 

  (e) the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this clause 37.11; and

 

  (f) the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

38 Set-off

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

107


39 Notices

 

39.1 Communications in writing

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

39.2 Addresses

The address, and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Obligor or Finance Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

  (a) in the case of any Obligor which is a Party, that identified with its name in Schedule 1 ( The original parties );

 

  (b) in the case of any Obligor which is not a Party, that identified in any Finance Document to which it is a party;

 

  (c) in the case of the Agent and any other original Finance Party that identified with its name in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ); and

 

  (d) in the case of each Lender or other Finance Party, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party in the relevant capacity,

or, in each case, any substitute address, fax number, or department or officer as an Obligor or Finance Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

39.3 Delivery

 

39.3.1 Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

  (a) if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

  (b) if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address;

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under clause 39.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

39.3.2 Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ) (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose).

 

39.3.3 All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent.

 

39.3.4 Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrower in accordance with this clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

 

39.4 Notification of address and fax number

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to clause 39.2 ( Addresses ) or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

108


39.5 Electronic communication

 

39.5.1 Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender or a Hedging Provider or an Obligor under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including by way of the Agent’s Intralinks system), if the Agent and the relevant Lender or such Hedging Provider or such Obligor:

 

  (a) agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

 

  (b) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

  (c) notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

 

39.5.2 Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender or the Hedging Provider or an Obligor will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender or Hedging Provider or an Obligor to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

39.5.3 Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with clause 39.5.2 above, after 5:00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

39.6 English language

 

39.6.1 Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be in English.

 

39.6.2 All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be:

 

  (a) in English; or

 

  (b) if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

40 Calculations and certificates

 

40.1 Accounts

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

40.2 Certificates and determinations

Any certification or determination by the Agent of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

40.3 Day count convention

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

109


41 Partial invalidity

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

42 Remedies and waivers

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any of the Finance Documents. No election to affirm any of the Finance Documents on the part of any Finance Party shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in the Finance Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

43 Amendments and grant of waivers

 

43.1 Required consents

 

43.1.1 Subject to clause 43.2 ( Exceptions ), any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived with the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders and, if it affects the rights and obligations of the Agent, the consent of the Agent) and any such amendment or waiver agreed or given by the Agent will be binding on the other Finance Parties.

 

43.1.2 The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this clause.

 

43.2 Exceptions

 

43.2.1 An amendment, waiver or discharge or release that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

  (a) the definition of “Majority Lenders” in clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

 

  (b) the definition of “Final Availability Date” in clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

 

  (c) the definition of “Flag State” in clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

 

  (d) an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

  (e) a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable or the rate at which they are calculated;

 

  (f) an increase in, or an extension of, any Commitment;

 

  (g) a change to the Borrower or any other Obligor;

 

  (h) any provision which expressly requires the consent or approval of all the Lenders;

 

  (i) clause 2.3 ( Finance Parties’ rights and obligations ), clause 32 ( Changes to the Lenders ), clause 36.1 ( Payments to Finance Parties ) or this clause 43;

 

  (j) the order of distribution under clause 37.5 ( Partial payments );

 

  (k) the order of distribution under clause 34.18 ( Order of application );

 

  (l) this clause 43.2.1;

 

110


  (m) the currency in which any amount is payable under any Finance Document;

 

  (n) the nature or scope of the Charged Property or the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Security Documents are distributed;

 

  (o) the nature or scope of the guarantee and indemnity granted under clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ); or

 

  (p) the circumstances in which the security constituted by the Security Documents are permitted or required to be released under any of the Finance Documents,

shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

43.2.2 Amendments to or waivers in respect of the Hedging Contracts may only be agreed by the relevant Hedging Provider.

 

43.2.3 An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent or the Arrangers in their respective capacities as such (and not just as a Lender) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent or the Arrangers (as the case may be).

 

43.2.4 Notwithstanding clauses 43.1 and 43.2.1 to 43.2.3 (inclusive), the Agent may make technical amendments to the Finance Documents arising out of manifest errors on the face of the Finance Documents, where such amendments would not prejudice or otherwise be adverse to the interests of any Finance Party without any reference or consent of the Finance Parties.

 

43.3 Releases

Except with the approval of all of the Lenders or as is expressly permitted or required by the Finance Documents, the Agent shall not have authority to release:

 

  (a) any Charged Property from the security constituted by any Security Document; or

 

  (b) any Obligor from any of its guarantee or other obligations under any Finance Document.

 

43.4 Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders

 

43.4.1 For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any undrawn Commitments, in ascertaining the Majority Lenders or whether any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender’s Commitments will be reduced by the amount of its undrawn Commitments.

 

43.4.2 For the purposes of this clause 43.4, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

 

  (a) any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender; and

 

  (b) any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of Defaulting Lender has occurred,

unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

 

43.5 Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

43.5.1

The Borrower may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving 20 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law such Lender shall)

 

111


  assign pursuant to clause 32 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Borrower, and which is acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably) and which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender’s participations or unfunded participations (as the case may be) on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loan and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

43.5.2 Any assignment by a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (a) the Borrower shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (b) neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a Replacement Lender;

 

  (c) the transfer must take place no later than 14 days after the notice referred to in clause 43.5.1 above; and

 

  (d) in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

44 Counterparts

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

45 Confidentiality

 

45.1 Confidential Information

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by clause 45.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ), and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

45.2 Disclosure of Confidential Information

Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

45.2.1 to any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this clause 45.2.1 is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

45.2.2 to any person:

 

  (a) to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as Agent and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

112


  (b) with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

  (c) appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom clause 45.2.2 (a) or 45.2.2 (b) applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under clause 34.13 ( Relationship with the Lenders and Hedging Providers ));

 

  (d) who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in clause 45.2.2 (a) or (b);

 

  (e) to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

  (f) to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

  (g) to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates security (or may do so) pursuant to clause 32.7 ( Security over Lenders’ rights );

 

  (h) who is a Party; or

 

  (i) with the consent of the Borrower,

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate; and

 

45.2.3 to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom clauses 45.2.2(a) or 45.2.2(b) applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this clause 45.2.3 if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrower and the relevant Finance Party;

 

45.3 Entire agreement

This clause 45 ( Confidentiality ) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

45.4 Inside information

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

113


45.5 Notification of disclosure

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by applicable law) to inform the Borrower:

 

  (a) of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to clause 45.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that clause during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

  (b) upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this clause 45 ( Confidentiality ).

 

45.6 Continuing obligations

The obligations in this clause 45 ( Confidentiality ) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of twelve months from the earlier of:

 

  (a) the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

 

  (b) the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

 

114


SECTION 12—GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

46 Governing law

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations connected with it are governed by English law.

 

47 Enforcement

 

47.1 Jurisdiction of English courts

 

47.1.1 The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any non-contractual obligations connected with it (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) (a Dispute ).

 

47.1.2 The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

47.1.3 This clause 47.1 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

47.2 Service of process

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor which is a Party:

 

  (a) irrevocably appoints the person named in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ) as that Obligor’s English process agent as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document;

 

  (b) agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned; and

 

  (c) if any person appointed as process agent for an Obligor is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, that Obligor must immediately (and in any event within ten days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Agent. Failing this, the Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

115


Schedule 1

The original parties

Borrower

 

Name:

   Navigator Gas L.L.C.

Jurisdiction of formation

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

   961263

English process agent

   WFW Legal Services Limited

Registered office

   Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices

  

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

Fax number: 020 7340 4858

The Parent

 

Name of Parent

   Navigator Holdings Ltd

Jurisdiction of incorporation

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

   29140

English process agent

   WFW Legal Services Limited

Registered office

   Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices

  

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

Fax number: 020 7340 4858

The Owners

 

Name of Owner

   Navigator Magellan L.L.C.

Jurisdiction of formation

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

   962309

Ship

   Maersk Humber (tbr Navigator Magellan)

English process agent

   WFW Legal Services Limited

 

116


Registered office

   Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices

  

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

 

Name of Owner

   Navigator Mariner L.L.C.

Jurisdiction of formation

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

   962304

Ship

   Caribe (tbr Navigator Mariner)

English process agent

   WFW Legal Services Limited

Registered office

   Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices

  

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

 

Name of Owner

   Navigator Scorpio L.L.C.

Jurisdiction of formation

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

   962303

Ship

   Maersk Heritage (tbr Navigator Scorpio)

English process agent

   WFW Legal Services Limited

Registered office

   Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices

  

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

 

117


Name of Owner

   Navigator Capricorn L.L.C.

Jurisdiction of formation

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

   962302

Ship

   Maersk Harmony (tbr Navigator Capricorn)

English process agent

   WFW Legal Services Limited

Registered office

   Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices

  

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

 

Name of Owner

   Navigator Virgo L.L.C.

Jurisdiction of formation

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

   962305

Ship

   Maersk Honour (tbr Navigator Virgo)

English process agent

   WFW Legal Services Limited

Registered office

   Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices

  

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

 

Name of Owner

   Navigator Glory L.L.C.

Jurisdiction of formation

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

   962307

Ship

   Maersk Glory (tbr Navigator Glory)

English process agent

   WFW Legal Services Limited

Registered office

   Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices

  

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

 

118


Name of Owner

   Navigator Grace L.L.C.

Jurisdiction of formation

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

   962306

Ship

   Maersk Grace (tbr Navigator Grace)

English process agent

   WFW Legal Services Limited

Registered office

   Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices

  

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

 

Name of Owner

   Navigator Gusto L.L.C.

Jurisdiction of formation

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

   962299

Ship

   Maersk Gusto (tbr Navigator Gusto)

English process agent

   WFW Legal Services Limited

Registered office

   Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices

  

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

 

Name of Owner

   Navigator Genesis L.L.C.

Jurisdiction of formation

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

   962301

Ship

   Maersk Genesis (tbr Navigator Genesis)

English process agent

   WFW Legal Services Limited

Registered office

   Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices

  

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

 

119


Name of Owner

   Navigator Galaxy L.L.C.

Jurisdiction of formation

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

   962308

Ship

   Navigator Galaxy

English process agent

   WFW Legal Services Limited

Registered office

   Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices

  

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

 

Name of Owner

   Navigator Global L.L.C.

Jurisdiction of formation

   Republic of the Marshall Islands

Registration number (or equivalent, if any)

   962300

Ship

   Maersk Global (tbr Navigator Global)

English process agent

   WFW Legal Services Limited

Registered office

   Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices

  

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

 

120


The Original Lenders and their Commitments

 

Name

  

Address and fax number

   Commitment ($)  

Nordea Bank Finland Plc, London Branch

  

8th Floor

City Place House

55 Basinghall Street

London EC2V 5NB

 

Fax: +44 (0)20 7726 9188

Attention: Mr Tom Zachariassen

E-mail: tom.zachariassen@nordea.com

 

     70,000,000   

DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch

  

Strandgaten 18, 5013

Bergen

+47 55 30 94 00

 

For credit matters:

 

Name: Thomas S. Falck

Address: PO Box 701 Sentrum, 5807 Bergen

Telephone: +47 55 30 94 00

E-mail: thomas.falck@dvbbank.com

 

For operations/administration:

 

Name: Trude Rikstad Grytten

Address: PO Box 701 Sentrum, 5807 Bergen

Telephone: +47 55 30 94 08

Telefax: +47 55 30 94 50

E-mail: TLS.Bergen@dvbbank.com

 

Payment instructions:

 

US$

Pay to (Name of Bank): HSBC Bank USA, New York

Swift Code: MRMDUS33

Account No: 000 302 937

Account Name: DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch

Reference: $270m/Navigator

 

     70,000,000   

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

  

Kungsträdgårdsgatan 8

106 40 Stockholm

Sweden

+46 87 63 80 00

 

For credit matters:

 

Name: Scott Lewallen

Address: SEB

2 Cannon Street

London EC4M 6XX

United Kingdom

Telephone: +44 20 7246 4062

Telefax: +44 20 7236 5144

E-mail: scott.lewallen@seb.co.uk

     70,000,000   

 

121


Name

  

Address and fax number

   Commitment ($)  
  

with a copy to:

 

Name: Malcolm Stonehouse

Address: SEB

2 Cannon Street

London EC4M 6XX

United Kingdom

Telephone: +44 20 7246 4310

Telefax: +44 20 7236 5144

E-mail: malcolm.stonehouse@seb.co.uk

 

Name: Andreas Theimer

Address: SEB

2 Cannon Street

London EC4M 6XX

United Kingdom

Telephone: +44 20 7246 4637

Telefax: +44 20 7236 5144

E-mail: andreas.theimer@seb.co.uk

 

For operations/administration:

 

Department: SEB Structured Credit Operations

Address: Rissneleden 110

106 40 Stockholm

Sweden

Telephone: +46 8 763 8640

Telefax: +46 0 611 0384

E-mail: sco@seb.se

 

Payment details:

 

US$

Pay to:

Bank of New York

Swift code: IRVTUS3N

ABA 021-000-018

Account no: 8033330031

Reference: SCO/NAV270

 

  
ABN AMRO Bank N.V.   

Coolsingel 93, 3012 AE, Rotterdam, The Netherlands

+31 (0) 10 401 53 23

 

For Credit Matters:

 

Name: Bob Vogelzang / Marjolein Goense

Address: PAC GL1610

Coolsingel 93

3012 AE

Rotterdam

The Netherlands

 

Telephone: +31 (0) 10 401 60 70/+31 (0) 10 401 60 83

     30,000,000   

 

122


Name

  

Address and fax number

   Commitment ($)  
  

Telefax: +31 (0) 10 401 53 23

Email: bob.vogelzang@nl.abnamro.com / marjolein.goense@nl.abnamro.com

 

For Operations/Administrations:

 

Name: Pieter van Wijk / Alper Sanliunal / Tom van Vonderen / Martijn van den Berg

Address: PAC GL0914

Coolsingel 93

3012 AE

Rotterdam

The Netherlands

 

Telephone: +31 (0) 10 401 62 54 / +31 (0) 10 401 51 68 / +31 (0) 10 401 56 53 / +31 (0) 10 401 68 76

Telefax: +31 (0) 10 401 61 18 / +31 (0) 10 401 53 23

Email: Pieter.van.wijk@nl.abnamro.com / alper.sanliunal@nl.abnamro.com / tom.van.vonderen@nl.abnamro.com / martijn.m.van.berg@nl.abnamro.com

 

Payment instructions:

 

US$

Correspondent Bank: Bank of America Int., New York

Swift Code: BOFAUS3N

Beneficiary Acc. No: 6550368324

Account Name: ABN AMRO Bank Credits NL

Swift Code: ABNANL2A

Reference: for further credit IBAN number NL60ABNA0626269504 Ref. Navigator Holdings Ltd.

  
HSH Nordbank AG   

Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50

20095 Hamburg

Germany

Telephone: +49 40 3333-0

 

For Credit matters:

 

Name: Michael Kromm

Address: Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50; 20095 Hamburg, Germany

Telephone: +49 40 3333 12413

Telefax: +49 44 3333 612413

E-mail: michael.kromm@hsh-nordbank.com

 

For Operations / Administrations:

 

Name: Claudia Buck

Address: Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50; 20095 Hamburg, Germany

Telephone: +49 40 3333 13602

Telefax: +49 44 3333 613 602

E-mail: claudia.buck@hsh-nordbank.com

     30,000,000   

 

123


Name

  

Address and fax number

   Commitment ($)  
  

Payment Instructions:

 

US$

Beneficiary’s Bank (Name of Bank): JP Morgan Chase Bank, New York

Swift Code: CHASUS33

Account No: 0011331808

Account Name: HSH Nordbank AG

Reference: Navigator Gas LLC/$270m

  
        270,000,000   

 

The Original Hedging Providers

  

 

Name    Nordea Bank Finland Plc   
Facility Office, address, fax number and attention details for notices    Facility Office:   

Aleksanterinkatu 36

FIN-00020 NORDEA

00100 Helsinki

Finland

   Address for notices:   

c/o Nordea Bank Finland Plc, London Branch

8th Floor, City Place House

55 Basinghall Street

London EC2V 5NB

  

Fax: +44 (0)20 7726 0011

Attention: Nordea Markets

Name    Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)
Facility Office, address, fax number and attention details for notices    Facility Office:   

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ),

Oslo Branch

P.O. Box 1843

Vika

NO-0123 Oslo

Norway

   Address for notices:   

SEB Riga Operations Center

LV-1019

Riga, Latvia

  

Fax: +46 8 763 8790

Attention: Derivative Operations

Name    ABN Amro Bank N.V.
Facility Office, address, fax number and attention details for notices   

Facility Office:

 

Address for notices:

  

ABN Amro Bank N.V.

 

Gustav Mahlerlaan 10

PAC HQ8045

1082PP Amsterdam

Netherlands

  

Fax: +31 20 6281791

Attention: Client Services Group

 

124


Name   HSH Nordbank AG   
Facility Office, address, fax number and attention details for notices   Facility Office:   

HSH Nordbank AG

Legal Department, Regulatory & Capital

Markets Law

  Address for notices:   

Martensdamm 6

24103 Kiel

Federal Republic of Germany

 

Fax: +49 431 900 61 40 15

Attention: Mr Heiko Ludwig, Head of Regulatory & Capital Markets Law

The Agent

 

Name      Nordea Bank Finland Plc, London Branch
Facility Office, address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments     

8th Floor

City Place House

Basinghall Street

London EC2V 5NB

 

Fax: +44 (0)20 7726 9102

Attention: Loan Administration

Email: mike.sheppard@nordea.com / andrew.searle@nordea.com

  Account details for payments:
 

Pay to:

Swift No:

For Account of:

Swift No:

Account:

  

JP Morgan Chase Bank, New York

CHASUS33

Nordea Bank Finland Plc, London Branch

NDEAGB2L

400807041

 

125


Schedule 2

Ship information

 

Name of Ship:

   Maersk Humber (tbr Navigator Magellan)

Owner:

   Navigator Magellan L.L.C.

Month/year of construction:

   October 1998

Date and description of Purchase Contract:

   Memorandum of agreement dated 16 November 2012 between Maersk Hardy Gas Pte Ltd and the Parent and the Borrower, together with the Framework Agreement

Purchase Price:

   $29,000,000

Scheduled Delivery Date:

   10 March 2013

Flag State:

   Singapore (to be reflagged to Liberia on its Delivery Date)

Port of Registry:

   Singapore (to be changed to Monrovia on its Delivery Date)

Official Number:

   To be 15937 upon flagging

Ship Commitment:

   $14,850,000

Classification:

   “Liquefied Gas Carrier” 100A1—Tank Type 2G

Classification Society:

   Det Norske Veritas

Seller:

   Maersk Handy Gas Pte Ltd

Major Casualty Amount:

   $1,000,000

 

Name of Ship:

   Caribe (tbr Navigator Mariner)

Owner:

   Navigator Mariner L.L.C.

Month/year of construction:

   October 2000

Date and description of Purchase Contract:

   Memorandum of Agreement dated 16 November 2012 between Live Oak Company Limited and the Parent and the Borrower, together with the Framework Agreement

Purchase Price:

   $32,500,000

Scheduled Delivery Date:

   15 August 2013 (+/- 15 days)

Flag State:

   Venezuela (to be reflagged to Liberia on its Delivery Date)

Port of Registry:

   Caracas (to be reflagged to Monrovia on its Delivery Date)

Official Number:

   To be 15938 upon reflagging

Ship Commitment:

   $17,550,000

 

126


Classification:

   “Liquefied Gas Carrier” 100A1—Tank Type 2G

Classification Society:

   Det Norske Veritas

Seller:

   Live Oak Company Limited

Major Casualty Amount:

   $1,000,000

 

Name of Ship:

   Maersk Heritage (tbr Navigator Scorpio)

Owner:

   Navigator Scorpio L.L.C.

Month/year of construction:

   July 2009

Date and description of Purchase Contract:

   Memorandum of Agreement dated 16 November 2012 between Live Oak Company Limited and the Parent and the Borrower, together with the Framework Agreement

Purchase Price:

   $47,500,000

Scheduled Delivery Date:

   23 June 2013 (+/- 15 days)

Flag State:

   Singapore (to be reflagged to Liberia on its Delivery Date)

Port of Registry:

   Singapore (to be changed to Monrovia on its Delivery Date)

Official Number:

   To be 15940 upon reflagging

Ship Commitment:

   $27,000,000

Classification:

   “Liquefied Gas Carrier” 100A1—Tank Type 2G

Classification Society:

   Lloyds Register

Seller:

   A.P. Moller Singapore Pte. Ltd.

Major Casualty Amount:

   $1,000,000

 

Name of Ship:

   Maersk Harmony (tbr Navigator Capricorn)

Owner:

   Navigator Capricorn L.L.C.

Month/year of construction:

   October 2008

Date and description of Purchase Contract:

   Memorandum of Agreement dated 16 November 2012 between Live Oak Company Limited and the Parent and the Borrower, together with the Framework Agreement

Purchase Price:

   $45,500,000

Scheduled Delivery Date:

   10 June 2013 (+/- 15 days)

Flag State:

   Singapore (to be reflagged to Liberia on its Delivery Date)

 

127


Port of Registry:

   Singapore (to be changed to Monrovia on its Delivery Date)

Official Number:

   To be 15939 upon reflagging

Ship Commitment:

   $27,000,000

Classification:

   “Liquefied Gas Carrier” 100A1—Tank Type 2G

Classification Society:

   Lloyds Register

Seller:

   Maersk Handy Gas Pte. Ltd.

Major Casualty Amount:

   $1,000,000

 

Name of Ship:

   Maersk Honour (tbr Navigator Virgo)

Owner:

   Navigator Virgo L.L.C.

Month/year of construction:

   November 2009

Date and description of Purchase Contract:

   Memorandum of Agreement dated 16 November 2012 between Live Oak Company Limited and the Parent and the Borrower, together with the Framework Agreement

Purchase Price:

   $47,500,000

Scheduled Delivery Date:

   5 September 2013 (plus 3 month option, +/- 15 days)

Flag State:

   Singapore (to be reflagged to Liberia on its Delivery Date)

Port of Registry:

   Singapore (to be changed to Monrovia on its Delivery Date)

Official Number:

   To be 15941 upon reflagging

Ship Commitment:

   $27,000,000

Classification:

   “Liquefied Gas Carrier” 100A1—Tank Type 2G

Classification Society:

   Lloyds Register

Seller:

   A.P. Moller Singapore Pte. Ltd.

Major Casualty Amount:

   $1,000,000

 

Name of Ship:

   Maersk Glory (tbr Navigator Glory)

Owner:

   Navigator Glory L.L.C.

Month/year of construction:

   June 2010

Date and description of Purchase Contract:

   Memorandum of Agreement dated 16 November 2012 between Live Oak Company Limited and the Parent and the Borrower, together with the Framework Agreement

 

128


Purchase Price:

   $43,000,000

Scheduled Delivery Date:

   21 September 2013 (+/- 30 days)

Flag State:

   Singapore (to be reflagged to Liberia on its Delivery Date)

Port of Registry:

   Singapore (to be changed to Monrovia on its Delivery Date)

Official Number:

   To be 15942 upon reflagging

Ship Commitment:

   $24,300,000

Classification:

   “Liquefied Gas Carrier” 100A1—Tank Type A

Classification Society:

   Det Norske Veritas

Seller:

   Maersk Handy Gas Pte. Ltd.

Major Casualty Amount:

   $1,000,000

 

Name of Ship:

   Maersk Grace (tbr Navigator Grace)

Owner:

   Navigator Grace L.L.C.

Month/year of construction:

   August 2010

Date and description of Purchase Contract:

   Memorandum of Agreement dated 16 November 2012 between Live Oak Company Limited and the Parent and the Borrower, together with the Framework Agreement

Purchase Price:

   $43,000,000

Scheduled Delivery Date:

   24 April 2013 (+/- 15 days)

Flag State:

   Singapore (to be reflagged to Liberia on its Delivery Date)

Port of Registry:

   Singapore (to be changed to Monrovia on its Delivery Date)

Official Number:

   To be 15943 upon reflagging

Ship Commitment:

   $24,300,000

Classification:

   “Liquefied Gas Carrier” 100A1—Tank Type A

Classification Society:

   Det Norske Veritas

Seller:

   Maersk Handy Gas Pte. Ltd.

Major Casualty Amount:

   $1,000,000

 

Name of Ship:

   Maersk Gusto (tbr Navigator Gusto)

Owner:

   Navigator Gusto L.L.C.

Month/year of construction:

   April 2011

 

129


Date and description of Purchase Contract:

   Memorandum of Agreement dated 16 November 2012 between Live Oak Company Limited and the Parent and the Borrower, together with the Framework Agreement

Purchase Price:

   $45,500,000

Scheduled Delivery Date:

   28 February 2013

Flag State:

   Singapore (to be reflagged to Liberia on its Delivery Date)

Port of Registry:

   Singapore (to be changed to Monrovia on its Delivery Date)

Official Number:

   To be 15944 upon reflagging

Ship Commitment:

   $27,000,000

Classification:

   “Liquefied Gas Carrier” 100A1—Tank Type A

Classification Society:

   Det Norske Veritas

Seller:

   Maersk Handy Gas Pte. Ltd.

Major Casualty Amount:

   $1,000,000

 

Name of Ship:

   Maersk Genesis (tbr Navigator Genesis)

Owner:

   Navigator Genesis L.L.C.

Month/year of construction:

   June 2011

Date and description of Purchase Contract:

   Memorandum of Agreement dated 16 November 2012 between Live Oak Company Limited and the Parent and the Borrower, together with the Framework Agreement

Purchase Price:

   $45,500,000

Scheduled Delivery Date:

   25 February 2013

Flag State:

   Singapore (to be reflagged to Liberia on its Delivery Date)

Port of Registry:

   Singapore (to be changed to Monrovia on its Delivery Date)

Official Number:

   To be 15945 upon reflagging

Ship Commitment:

   $27,000,000

Classification:

   “Liquefied Gas Carrier” 100A1—Tank Type A

Classification Society:

   Det Norske Veritas

Seller:

   Maersk Handy Gas Pte. Ltd.

Major Casualty Amount:

   $1,000,000

 

130


Name of Ship:

   Navigator Galaxy

Owner:

   Navigator Galaxy L.L.C.

Month/year of construction:

   August 2011

Date and description of Purchase Contract:

   Memorandum of Agreement dated 16 November 2012 between Live Oak Company Limited and the Parent and the Borrower, together with the Framework Agreement

Purchase Price:

   $45,500,000

Scheduled Delivery Date:

   Delivered 1 February 2013

Flag State:

   Liberia

Port of Registry:

   Monrovia

Official Number:

   15946

Ship Commitment:

   $27,000,000

Classification:

   “Liquefied Gas Carrier” 100A1—Tank Type A

Classification Society:

   Det Norske Veritas

Seller:

   Maersk Handy Gas Pte. Ltd.

Major Casualty Amount:

   $1,000,000

 

Name of Ship:

   Maersk Global (tbr Navigator Global)

Owner:

   Navigator Global L.L.C.

Month/year of construction:

   October 2011

Date and description of Purchase Contract:

   Memorandum of Agreement dated 16 November 2012 between Live Oak Company Limited and the Parent and the Borrower, together with the Framework Agreement

Purchase Price:

   $45,500,000

Scheduled Delivery Date:

   28 February 2013

Flag State:

   Singapore (to be reflagged to Liberia on its Delivery Date)

Port of Registry:

   Singapore (to be changed to Monrovia on its Delivery Date)

Official Number:

   To be 15947 upon reflagging

Ship Commitment:

   $27,000,000

Classification:

   “Liquefied Gas Carrier” 100A1—Tank Type A

Classification Society:

   Det Norske Veritas

Seller:

   Maersk Handy Gas Pte. Ltd.

Major Casualty Amount:

   $1,000,000

 

131


Schedule 3

Conditions precedent

Part 1

Conditions precedent to any Utilisation

 

1 Obligors’ corporate documents

 

  (a) A copy of the Constitutional Documents of each Obligor.

 

  (b) A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Obligor (or any committee of such board empowered to approve and authorise the following matters):

 

  (i) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents, any Purchase Contracts or any Charter ( Relevant Documents ) to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Relevant Documents;

 

  (ii) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Relevant Documents on its behalf; and

 

  (iii) authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Relevant Documents to which it is a party.

 

  (c) If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the relevant company, establishing any committee referred to in paragraph (b) above and conferring authority on that committee.

 

  (d) A copy of the passport of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above.

 

  (e) A certificate of the Parent (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on any Obligor to be exceeded.

 

  (f) A copy of any power of attorney under which any person is to execute any of the Relevant Documents on behalf of any Obligor.

 

  (g) A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Parent certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part of this Schedule is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement and that any such resolutions or power of attorney have not been revoked.

 

2 Legal opinions

 

  (a) A legal opinion of Norton Rose LLP, London addressed to the Arrangers and the Agent on matters of English law, substantially in the form approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) prior to signing this Agreement.

 

  (b) A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arrangers and the Agent in each jurisdiction in which an Obligor is incorporated or, as the case may be, formed and/or which is or is to be the Flag State of a Mortgaged Ship, each substantially in the form approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) prior to the first Advance to be made under this Agreement.

 

132


3 Other documents and evidence

 

  (a) Evidence that any process agent referred to in clause 47.2 ( Service of process ) or any equivalent provision of any other Finance Document entered into on or before the first Utilisation Date has accepted its appointment.

 

  (b) A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

  (c) The Original Financial Statements.

 

  (d) Evidence that the fees, commissions, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to clause 11 (Fees) and clause 16 ( Costs and expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date.

 

  (e) Copies of the building contracts, certified by an approved person to be true and complete copies, entered into by the Parent or one or more of its Subsidiaries with Jiangnan Shipyard for the Newbuilding Vessels.

 

  (f) In respect of the first Utilisation, evidence that the Borrower shall have received net cash proceeds of at least $75,000,000 deriving from the issuance of common stock in the Parent.

 

4 Earnings Account

Evidence that the Earnings Account has been opened and established, that the Account Security in respect of the Earnings Account has been executed and delivered by the Borrower in favour of the Agent and that any notice required to be given to an Account Bank under that Account Security has been given to it and acknowledged by it in the manner required by that Account Security and that an amount has been credited to it.

 

5 Purchase Contract and Framework Agreement

 

  (a) A copy, certified by an approved person to be a true and complete copy, of each Purchase Contract and the Framework Agreement.

 

  (b) The Agent is satisfied that no material dispute has arisen under the Framework Agreement or any Purchase Contract.

 

6 “Know your customer” information

Such documentation and information as any Finance Party may reasonably request through the Agent to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures under all laws and regulations applicable to that Finance Party.

 

7 Share Security

The Share Security in respect of each of the Owners duly executed by the Borrower together with all letters, transfers, certificates and other documents required to be delivered under the Share Security.

 

8 Structure of the Borrower and Owners

Evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent of the Borrower’s and the Owners’ ownership and financial structure.

 

133


9 Material Adverse Effect

Confirmation in a form and substance satisfactory to the Agent that:

 

  (i) since 31 December 2011 nothing has occurred in relation to any Obligor which had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

  (ii) there is no litigation pending or threatened against any Obligor which has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

10 No Conflict

Confirmation, in a form and substance satisfactory to the Agent that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated in connection with it do not and will not cause any conflict with, or any default under, any material agreement to which the Obligors are party to.

 

11 Consents and Approvals

 

  (a) A certificate from an officer of the Borrower that no consents, authorisations, licences or approvals are necessary for the Borrower to authorise or are required by the Borrower in connection with the borrowing by the Borrower of the Loan pursuant to this Agreement or the execution, delivery and performance of the Borrower’s Security Documents; and

 

  (b) a certificate from an officer of each Obligor (other than the Borrower) that no consents, authorisations, licences or approvals are necessary for such Finance Party to guarantee and/or grant security for the borrowing by the Borrower of the Commitment pursuant to this Agreement and execute, deliver and perform the Security Documents insofar as such Finance Party is a party thereto.

 

12 Guarantees

The Shipowner Guarantees duly executed by each Owner.

 

134


Part 2

Conditions precedent on Delivery of Ships

 

1 Corporate documents

 

  (a) A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Borrower and the relevant Owner certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in Part 1 of this Schedule remains correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than a date approved for this purpose and that any resolutions or power of attorney referred to in Part 1 of this Schedule in relation to it have not been revoked or amended.

 

  (b) A certificate of an authorised signatory of each other Obligor which is party to any of the Security Documents required to be executed at or before Delivery of the relevant Ship certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in Part 1 of this Schedule remains correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than a date approved for this purpose and that any resolutions or power of attorney referred to in Part 1 of this Schedule in relation to it have not been revoked or amended.

 

2 Security

 

  (a) The Mortgage and the General Assignment in respect of the relevant Ship.

 

  (b) Any Charter Assignment then required in respect of the relevant Ship pursuant to the Finance Documents duly executed by the relevant Owner.

 

  (c) Duly executed notices of assignment and acknowledgements of those notices as required by any of the above Security Documents.

 

3 Delivery and registration of Ship

 

  (a) Evidence that the relevant Ship:

 

  (i) is legally and beneficially owned by the relevant Owner and to the extent applicable, provisionally registered in the name of the relevant Owner through the relevant Registry as a ship under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;

 

  (ii) is operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service;

 

  (iii) is classed with the relevant Classification free of all requirements and recommendations of the relevant Classification Society;

 

  (iv) is insured in the manner required by the Finance Documents;

 

  (v) has been delivered, and accepted for service, under its Charter (if any);

 

  (vi) is free of any other charter commitment which would require approval under the Finance Documents;

 

  (vii) any prior registration (other than through the relevant Registry in the relevant Flag State) of the relevant Ship has been or will (within such period required by the relevant Flag State) be cancelled; and

 

  (viii) is free from registered liens and encumbrances other than the relevant Mortgage.

 

  (b) A copy of the bill of sale for the Ship.

 

135


4 Mortgage registration

Evidence that the Mortgage in respect of the relevant Ship has been provisionally registered with first preferred status against the relevant Ship through the relevant Registry under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State.

 

5 Insurance

In relation to the relevant Ship’s Insurances:

 

  (a) an opinion from insurance consultants appointed by the Agent on such Insurances;

 

  (b) evidence that such Insurances have been placed in accordance with clause 24 ( Insurance ); and

 

  (c) evidence that approved brokers, insurers and/or associations have issued or will issue letters of undertaking in favour of the Agent in an approved form in relation to the Insurances.

 

6 ISM and ISPS Code

Copies of:

 

  (a) the document of compliance issued in accordance with the ISM Code to the person who is the operator of the relevant Ship for the purposes of that code;

 

  (b) the safety management certificate in respect of such Ship issued in accordance with the ISM Code;

 

  (c) the international ship security certificate in respect of such Ship issued under the ISPS Code; and

 

  (d) if so requested by the Agent, any other certificates issued under any applicable code required to be observed by such Ship or in relation to its operation under any applicable law.

 

7 Charter

If a Charter Assignment is then required in relation to the relevant Ship pursuant to the Finance Documents such evidence as the Agent may require as to the due incorporation of the relevant Charterer and any other party to the Charter Documents (other than an Obligor).

 

8 Fees and expenses

Evidence that the fees, commissions, costs and expenses that are due from the Borrower pursuant to clause 11 ( Fees ) and clause 16 ( Costs and expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the relevant Utilisation Date.

 

9 Environmental matters

If and when the Ship is to trade to the United States after its Delivery, copies of the relevant Ship’s certificate of financial responsibility and vessel response plan required under United States law and evidence of their approval by the appropriate United States government entity and (if requested by the Agent) an environmental report in respect of the relevant Ship from an approved person.

 

136


10 Management Agreement

Where any Managers have been approved in accordance with clause 22.7 ( Manager ), a copy, certified by an approved person to be a true and complete copy, of the agreement between the relevant Owner and the relevant Manager relating to the appointment of the Manager.

 

11 Value of Security

Valuations obtained (not more than 3 months before the relevant Utilisation Date) in accordance with clause 25 ( Minimum security value ) showing the Borrower is in compliance with clauses 5.3.3.

 

12 Legal Opinions

 

  (a) A legal opinion of Norton Rose LLP, London addressed to the Arrangers and the Agent on matters of English law, substantially in the form approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) prior to signing this Agreement.

 

  (b) A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arrangers and the Agent in each jurisdiction in which an Obligor is incorporated or formed and/or which is or is to be the Flag State of a Mortgaged Ship, each substantially in the form approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) prior to the first Advance to be made under this Agreement.

 

13 Purchase Price

Evidence that the full purchase price of the relevant Ship has been or will have been paid upon the relevant Utilisation being made and that the Seller will not have any lien or other right to detain the Ship on its delivery.

 

137


Schedule 4

Utilisation Request

 

From:    Navigator Gas L.L.C.
To:    [ name of Agent ] as Agent (for and on behalf of the Finance Parties)
Dated:    [ · ]

Dear Sirs

$270,000,000

Facility Agreement dated [ · ] (the Agreement)

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

2 We wish to borrow an Advance on the following terms:

 

Proposed Utilisation Date:

   [ · ] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)

Amount:

   $ [ · ]

Ship:

   [insert name of Ship to be funded/refinanced by the Advance]

 

3 We confirm that each condition specified in clause 4.4 ( Further conditions precedent ) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

4 The purpose of this Advance is [ specify purpose complying with clause 3 of the Agreement ] and its proceeds should be credited to [ · ] [ specify account ].

 

5 This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

 

6 The Repeating Representations, (being each of the representations and warranties set out in the Agreement at clauses 18.1 ( Status ) to 18.10 ( Ranking and effectiveness of Security Documents ) (except for clauses 18.7 ( Information ) and 18.8 ( Original Financial Statements )) are correct at the date of this Utilisation Request.

Yours faithfully

 

 

authorised signatory for

Navigator Gas L.L.C.

 

138


Schedule 5

Selection Notice

 

From:    Navigator Gas L.L.C.
To:    [name of Agent] as Agent (for and on behalf of the Finance Parties)
Dated:    [ · ]

Dear Sirs

$270,000,000

Facility Agreement dated [ · ] ( the Agreement )

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

 

2 We request that the next Interest Period for the Loan be [ · ] months.

 

3 This Selection Notice is irrevocable.

Yours faithfully

 

 

authorised signatory for

Navigator Gas L.L.C.

 

139


Schedule 6

Mandatory Cost formulae

 

1 The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.

 

2 On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the Additional Cost Rate ) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.

 

3 The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in all Loans made from that Facility Office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that Facility Office.

 

4 The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Agent as follows:

 

  (a) in relation to a sterling Loan:

 

                   AB + C ( B D ) + E × 0.01   per cent. per annum
                  100 – ( A + C )  

 

  (b) in relation to a Loan in any currency other than sterling:

 

                   E × 0.01   per cent. per annum.
                  300  

Where:

 

  A is the percentage of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in excess of any stated minimum) which that Lender is from time to time required to maintain as an interest free cash ratio deposit with the Bank of England to comply with cash ratio requirements.

 

  B is the percentage rate of interest (excluding the Margin and the Mandatory Cost and, if the Loan is an Unpaid Sum, the additional rate of interest specified in clause 8.3.1 ( Default interest )) payable for the relevant Interest Period on the Loan.

 

  C is the percentage (if any) of Eligible Liabilities which that Lender is required from time to time to maintain as interest bearing Special Deposits with the Bank of England.

 

  D is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to the Agent on interest bearing Special Deposits.

 

  E is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Reference Banks to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.

 

5 For the purposes of this Schedule:

 

140


  (a) Eligible Liabilities and Special Deposits have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;

 

  (b) Fees Rules means the rules on periodic fees contained in the Financial Services Authority Fees Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;

 

  (c) Fee Tariffs means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under Column 1 of the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate); and

 

  (d) Tariff Base has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules.

 

6 In application of the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the formulae as percentages (i.e. 5 per cent. will be included in the formula as 5 and not as 0.05). A negative result obtained by subtracting D from B shall be taken as zero. The resulting figures shall be rounded to four decimal places.

 

7 If requested by the Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Agent, the rate of charge payable by that Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by that Reference Bank as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of that Reference Bank.

 

8 Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:

 

  (a) the jurisdiction of its Facility Office; and

 

  (b) any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.

Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.

 

9 The percentages of each Lender for the purpose of A and C above and the rates of charge of each Reference Bank for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 7 and 8 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and Special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a Facility Office in the same jurisdiction as its Facility Office.

 

10 The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender or Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above is true and correct in all respects.

 

11 The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender and each Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above.

 

12 Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

 

141


13 The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders, determine and notify to all Parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

 

142


Schedule 7

Form of Transfer Certificate

To:       [ ] as Agent (for and on behalf of the Finance Parties)

From: [ single Existing Lender : [ The Existing Lender ] (the Existing Lender )] [ multiple Existing Lenders : [ Existing Lender ] [and/,] [ Existing Lender ] [and [ Existing Lender ]] (together, the Existing Lenders )] and [ The New Lender ] (the New Lender )

Dated:

$270,000,000 Facility Agreement dated [ ] ( the Agreement )

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

 

2 We refer to clause 32.5 ( Procedure for transfer ):

 

  (a) [multiple Existing Lenders : Each of the ] [single Existing Lender : The ] Existing Lender [multiple Existing Lenders: s ] and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender [multiple Existing Lenders: s ] assigning to the New Lender all or part of the Existing [ single Existing Lender: Lender’s ] [multiple Existing Lenders: Lenders’ respective ] Commitment rights and assuming the Existing [single Existing Lender: Lender’s ] [multiple Existing Lenders: Lenders’ respective ] obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with clause 32.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) and [multiple Existing Lenders: each of the ] [single Existing Lender: the ] Existing Lender [multiple Existing Lenders: s] assigns and agrees to assign such rights to the New Lender with effect from the Transfer Date.

 

  (b) The proposed Transfer Date is [ ].

 

  (c) The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of clause 39.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

3 The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on [multiple Existing Lenders: each of] the Existing [single Existing Lender: Lender’s ] [multiple Existing Lenders: Lenders’ respective ] obligations set out in clause 32.4.3.

 

4 This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations connected with it are governed by English law.

 

143


The Schedule

Commitment/rights to be assigned and obligations to be assumed

[ insert relevant details for each Existing Lender ]

Facility Office address, fax number

and attention details for notices and account details for payments

[ insert relevant details ]

 

[ Existing Lender ]   [[ Existing Lender ]   [[ Existing Lender ]    [ New Lender ]
By:   By:]   By:]    By:

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed to be as stated above.

[ Agent ]

By:

 

144


Schedule 8

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

To:    [ ] as Agent (for and on behalf of the Finance Parties)
From:    Navigator Holdings Ltd
Dated:    [ ]

Dear Sirs

$270,000,000

Facility Agreement dated [ ] ( the Agreement )

 

1 [I/We] refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2 [I/We] confirm that with respect to the latest financial quarter of the Group:

 

  (a) Cash and cash equivalents was at all times equal to or greater than (i) $25,000,000 and (ii) 5% of the Total Indebtedness;

 

  (b) Consolidated Working Capital was not less than $0;

 

  (c) the ratio of EBITDA to Interest Expense of the Group was [not] less than 3.00:1.00 as at [ ]; and

 

  (d) the ratio of Total Stockholders’ Equity to Total Assets was not less than 30% as at [ ].

 

3 [I/We] confirm that Security Value is [ ] and the Minimum Value is [ ] and the relevant calculations are attached to this Compliance Certificate.

 

4 [I/We confirm that no Default is continuing.] [If this statement cannot be made, the certificate should identify any Default that is continuing and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it. ]

 

5 The Repeating Representations (being each of the representations and warranties set out in the Agreement at clauses 18.1 ( Status ) to 18.10 ( Ranking and effectiveness of Security Documents ) (except for clauses 18.7 ( Information ) and 18.8 ( Original Financial Statements )) are correct at the date of this Certificate.

Signed by:

 

 

[Finance Director] [Chief Financial Officer] of Navigator Holdings Ltd

 

145


Schedule 9

Form of Increase Confirmation

 

To:    [name of Agent] as Agent (for and on behalf of the Finance Parties)
  

and

 

Navigator Gas L.L.C.

From:    [ the Increase Lender ] (the Increase Lender )
Dated:    [ ]

$270,000,000

Facility Agreement dated [ ] ( the Agreement )

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is an Increase Confirmation. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Increase Confirmation unless given a different meaning in this Increase Confirmation.

 

2 We refer to clause 2.2 ( Increase ).

 

3 The Increase Lender agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations corresponding to the Commitment specified in the Schedule (the Relevant Commitment ) as if it was an Original Lender under the Agreement.

 

4 The proposed date on which the increase in relation to the Increase Lender and the Relevant Commitment is to take effect (the Increase Date ) is [ ].

 

5 On the Increase Date, the Increase Lender becomes party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

6 The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to the Increase Lender for the purposes of clause 39.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

7 The Increase Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Lenders’ obligations referred to in clause 2.2.7.

 

8 This Increase Confirmation may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Increase Confirmation.

 

9 This Increase Confirmation and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

146


The Schedule

Relevant Commitment/rights and obligations to be assumed by the Increase Lender

[ insert relevant details ]

[ Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments ]

[Increase Lender]

By:

This Increase Confirmation is accepted as an Increase Confirmation for the purposes of the Agreement by the Agent and the Increase Date is confirmed as [ ].

Agent (on behalf of itself and the other Finance Parties)

By:

Navigator Gas L.L.C.

By:

Navigator Holdings Ltd

By:

 

147


Schedule 10

Indicative repayment schedule

Navigator Gas L.L.C.

USD 270,000,000.Loan Facility

 

    Navigator
Magellan

(Ex
Maersk
Humber)
    Navigator
Mariner

(Ex
Caribe)
    Navigator
Capricorn

(Ex
Maersk
Harmony)
    Navigator
Scorpio

(Ex
Maersk
Heritage)
    Navigator
Virgo

(Ex
Maersk
Honour)
    Navigator
Glory (Ex
Maersk
Glory)
    Navigator
Grace

(Ex
Maersk
Grace)
    Navigator
Gusto (Ex
Maersk
Gusto)
    Navigator
Genesis

(Ex
Maersk
Genesis)
    Navigator
Galaxy

(Ex
Maersk
Galaxy)
    Navigator
Global

(Ex
Maersk
Global)
 
    Instalment     Instalment     Instalment     Instalment     Instalment     Instalment     Instalment     Instalment     Instalment     Instalment     Instalment  

05/04/2013

                $ 509,434      $ 500,000      $ 490,909      $ 490,909   

05/07/2013

  $ 2,475,000                $ 486,000      $ 509,434      $ 500,000      $ 490,909      $ 490,909   

05/10/2013

  $ 2,475,000      $ 1,350,000      $ 658,537      $ 613,636          $ 486,000      $ 509,434      $ 500,000      $ 490,909      $ 490,909   

05/01/2014

  $ 2,475,000      $ 1,350,000      $ 658,537      $ 613,636      $ 600,000      $ 517,021      $ 486,000      $ 509,434      $ 500,000      $ 490,909      $ 490,909   

05/04/2014

  $ 2,475,000      $ 1,350,000      $ 658,537      $ 613,636      $ 600,000      $ 517,021      $ 486,000      $ 509,434      $ 500,000      $ 490,909      $ 490,909   

05/07/2014

  $ 2,475,000      $ 1,350,000      $ 658,537      $ 613,636      $ 600,000      $ 517,021      $ 486,000      $ 509,434      $ 500,000      $ 490,909      $ 490,909   

05/10/2014

  $ 2,475,000      $ 1,350,000      $ 658,537      $ 613,636      $ 600,000      $ 517,021      $ 486,000      $ 509,434      $ 500,000      $ 490,909      $ 490,909   

05/01/2015

    $ 1,350,000      $ 658,537      $ 613,636      $ 600,000      $ 517,021      $ 486,000      $ 509,434      $ 500,000      $ 490,909      $ 490,909   

05/04/2015

    $ 1,350,000      $ 658,537      $ 613,636      $ 600,000      $ 517,021      $ 486,000      $ 509,434      $ 500,000      $ 490,909      $ 490,909   

05/07/2015

    $ 1,350,000      $ 658,537      $ 613,636      $ 600,000      $ 517,021      $ 486,000      $ 509,434      $ 500,000      $ 490,909      $ 490,909   

05/10/2015

    $ 1,350,000      $ 658,537      $ 613,636      $ 600,000      $ 517,021      $ 486,000      $ 509,434      $ 500,000      $ 490,909      $ 490,909   

05/01/2016

    $ 1,350,000      $ 658,537      $ 613,636      $ 600,000      $ 517,021      $ 486,000      $ 509,434      $ 500,000      $ 490,909      $ 490,909   

05/04/2016

    $ 1,350,000      $ 658,537      $ 613,636      $ 600,000      $ 517,021      $ 486,000      $ 509,434      $ 500,000      $ 490,909      $ 490,909   

05/07/2016

    $ 1,350,000      $ 658,537      $ 613,636      $ 600,000      $ 517,021      $ 486,000      $ 509,434      $ 500,000      $ 490,909      $ 490,909   

05/10/2016

    $ 1,350,000      $ 658,537      $ 613,636      $ 600,000      $ 517,021      $ 486,000      $ 509,434      $ 500,000      $ 490,909      $ 490,909   

05/01/2017

      $ 658,537      $ 613,636      $ 600,000      $ 517,021      $ 486,000      $ 509,434      $ 500,000      $ 490,909      $ 490,909   

05/04/2017

      $ 658,537      $ 613,636      $ 600,000      $ 517,021      $ 486,000      $ 509,434      $ 500,000      $ 490,909      $ 490,909   

05/07/2017

      $ 658,537      $ 613,636      $ 600,000      $ 517,021      $ 486,000      $ 509,434      $ 500,000      $ 490,909      $ 490,909   

05/10/2017

      $ 658,537      $ 613,636      $ 600,000      $ 517,021      $ 486,000      $ 509,434      $ 500,000      $ 490,909      $ 490,909   

05/01/2018

      $ 658,537      $ 613,636      $ 600,000      $ 517,021      $ 486,000      $ 509,434      $ 500,000      $ 490,909      $ 490,909   

31/01/2018

      $ 15,146,334      $ 15,954,552      $ 16,800,000      $ 15,510,643      $ 15,066,000      $ 16,811,320      $ 17,000,000      $ 17,181,820      $ 17,181,820   

Sum

  $ 14,850,000      $ 17,550,000      $ 27,000,000      $ 27,000,000      $ 27,000,000      $ 24,300,000      $ 24,300,000      $ 27,000,000      $ 27,000,000      $ 27,000,000      $ 27,000,000   

Balloon percentage

    N/A        N/A        56     59     62     64     62     62     63     64     64

 

148


SIGNATURES

 

THE BORROWER

 

     
SIGNED by Niall Nolan    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   
NAVIGATOR GAS L.L.C.    )   
pursuant to a power of attorney    )   
dated 8 th January 2013    )   

/s/ Niall Nolan

       Authorised signatory

THE PARENT

 

     
SIGNED by Niall Nolan    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   
NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD    )   
pursuant to a power of attorney    )   
dated 8 th January 2013    )   

/s/ Niall Nolan

       Authorised signatory

THE ARRANGERS

 

     
SIGNED by Natalie C. Phanekham    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   
NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, LONDON BRANCH    )   

/s/ Natalie C. Phanekham

       Attorney-in-Fact
SIGNED by Natalie C. Phanekham    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   
DVB BANK SE NORDIC BRANCH    )   

/s/ Natalie C. Phanekham

       Attorney-in-Fact
SIGNED by Natalie C. Phanekham    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )     
SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)    )   
     

/s/ Natalie C. Phanekham

 Attorney-in-Fact

 

149


SIGNED by Natalie C. Phanekham and Shonagh Ross    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   

/s/ Shonagh Ross

ABN AMRO BANK N.V.    )   

/s/ Natalie C. Phanekham

       Attorneys-in-Fact
SIGNED by Natalie C. Phanekham    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   
HSH NORDBANK AG    )   

/s/ Natalie C. Phanekham

       Attorney-in-Fact

THE AGENT

 

     
SIGNED by Natalie C. Phanekham    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   
NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, LONDON BRANCH    )   

/s/ Natalie C. Phanekham

     

 Attorney-in-Fact

THE DOCUMENTATION AGENT

 

     
SIGNED by Natalie C. Phanekham    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   
SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)    )   

/s/ Natalie C. Phanekham

       Attorney-in-Fact

THE LENDERS

 

     
SIGNED by Natalie C. Phanekham    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   
NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, LONDON BRANCH    )   

/s/ Natalie C. Phanekham

       Attorney-in-Fact
SIGNED by Natalie C. Phanekham    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )     
DVB BANK SE NORDIC BRANCH    )   

/s/ Natalie C. Phanekham

       Attorney-in-Fact

 

150


SIGNED by Natalie C. Phanekham    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   
SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)    )   

/s/ Natalie C. Phanekham

       Attorney-in-Fact
SIGNED by Natalie C. Phanekham and Shonagh Ross    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   

/s/ Shonagh Ross

ABN AMRO BANK N.V.    )   

/s/ Natalie C. Phanekham

     

 Attorneys-in-Fact

SIGNED by Natalie C. Phanekham    )   
for and on behalf of    )   
HSH NORDBANK AG    )   

/s/ Natalie C. Phanekham

       Attorney-in-Fact

THE ORIGINAL HEDGING PROVIDERS

 

     
SIGNED by Natalie C. Phanekham    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   
NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC    )   

/s/ Natalie C. Phanekham

       Attorney-in-Fact
SIGNED by Natalie C. Phanekham    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   
SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)    )   

/s/ Natalie C. Phanekham

       Attorney-in-Fact
SIGNED by Natalie C. Phanekham and Shonagh Ross    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   

/s/ Shonagh Ross

ABN AMRO BANK N.V.    )   

/s/ Natalie C. Phanekham

       Attorneys-in-Fact
SIGNED by Natalie C. Phanekham    )   

 

for and on behalf of    )   
HSH NORDBANK AG    )     

/s/ Natalie C. Phanekham

       Attorney-in-Fact

 

151


THE BOOKRUNNERS

 

     
SIGNED by Natalie C. Phanekham    )   

for and on behalf of

   )   

NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, LONDON BRANCH

   )     

/s/ Natalie C. Phanekham

       Attorney-in-Fact

 

152


SIGNED by Natalie C. Phanekham    )   

for and on behalf of

   )   

SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)

   )     

/s/ Natalie C. Phanekham

       Attorney-in-Fact

 

153

Exhibit 10.6

Private & Confidential

Dated 11 April 2013

NAVIGATOR ATLAS L.L.C., NAVIGATOR EUROPA L.L.C.,

NAVIGATOR OBERON L.L.C. and NAVIGATOR TRITON L.L.C.

as Borrowers

arranged by

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK,

THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF CHINA, HSH NORDBANK AG

and NIBC BANK N.V.

with

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK

as Agent

guaranteed by

NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD and NAVIGATOR GAS L.L.C.

FACILITY AGREEMENT

for

$120,000,000

Loan Facility

 

LOGO


Contents

 

Clause        Page  

SECTION 1 - INTERPRETATION

     1   

1

  Definitions and interpretation      1   

SECTION 2 - THE FACILITY

     22   

2

  The Facility      22   

3

  Purpose      26   

4

  Conditions of Utilisation      26   

SECTION 3 - UTILISATION

     27   

5

  Utilisation      27   

SECTION 4 - REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

     28   

6

  Repayment      28   

7

  Illegality, prepayment and cancellation      29   

SECTION 5 - COSTS OF UTILISATION

     32   

8

  Interest      32   

9

  Interest Periods      33   

10

  Changes to the calculation of interest      34   

11

  Fees      35   

SECTION 6 - ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

     35   

12

  Tax gross-up and indemnities      35   

13

  Increased Costs      41   

14

  Other indemnities      42   

15

  Mitigation by the Lenders      44   

16

  Costs and expenses      45   

SECTION 7 - GUARANTEE

     46   

17

  Guarantee and indemnity      46   

SECTION 8 - REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     48   

18

  Representations      48   

19

  Information undertakings      54   


20

   Financial covenants      58   

21

   General undertakings      60   

22

   Construction period      62   

23

   Dealings with Ship      63   

24

   Condition and operation of Ship      65   

25

   Insurance      68   

26

   Minimum security value      72   

27

   Chartering undertakings      74   

28

   Bank accounts      76   

29

   Business restrictions      78   

30

   Hedging Contracts      81   

31

   Events of Default      83   

32

   Position of Hedging Provider      87   

SECTION 9 - CHANGES TO PARTIES

     87   

33

   Changes to the Lenders      87   

34

   Changes to the Obligors      90   

SECTION 10 - THE FINANCE PARTIES

     91   

35

   Roles of Agent, Security Agent and Arranger      91   

36

   Conduct of business by the Finance Parties      103   

37

   Sharing among the Finance Parties      105   

SECTION 11 - ADMINISTRATION

     106   

38

   Payment mechanics      106   

39

   Set-off      109   

40

   Notices      109   

41

   Calculations and certificates      110   

42

   Partial invalidity      111   

43

   Remedies and waivers      111   

44

   Amendments and grant of waivers      111   

45

   Counterparts      113   

46

   Confidentiality      114   


SECTION 12 - GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

     115   

47

   Governing law      115   

48

   Enforcement      116   

Schedule 1 The original parties

     117   

Schedule 2 Ship information

     124   

Schedule 3 Conditions precedent

     127   

Schedule 4 Utilisation Request

     132   

Schedule 5 Mandatory Cost formulae

     133   

Schedule 6 Form of Transfer Certificate

     136   

Schedule 7 Form of Compliance Certificate

     138   

Schedule 8 Form of Increase Confirmation

     139   

Schedule 9 Repayment Schedule

     141   


THIS AGREEMENT is dated 11 April 2013 and made between:

 

(1) THE ENTITIES listed in Schedule 1 as Borrowers (the Borrowers );

 

(2) THE ENTITIES listed in Schedule 1 as Guarantors (the Guarantors and each a Guarantor );

 

(3) CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK , THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF CHINA , HSH NORDBANK AG and NIBC BANK N.V as mandated lead arrangers (whether acting individually or together the Arrangers);

 

(4) CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK as bookrunner (the Bookrunner )

 

(5) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1 as lenders (the Original Lenders );

 

(6) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1 as hedging providers (the Hedging Providers );

 

(7) CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK as agent for the other Finance Parties (the Agent ); and

 

(8) CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK as security agent of the Finance Parties (the Security Agent ).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

SECTION 1 - INTERPRETATION

 

1 Definitions and interpretation

 

1.1 Definitions

In this Agreement and (unless otherwise defined in the relevant Finance Document) the other Finance Documents:

Account means any bank account, deposit or certificate of deposit opened, made or established in accordance with clause 28 ( Bank accounts ).

Account Bank means, in relation to any Account, the Paris branch of the Agent.

Account Security means, in relation to an Account, a deed, pledge or other instrument executed by the Borrowers in favour of the Original Lenders, the Hedging Providers and the Security Agent and counter-signed by the Account Bank in the agreed form conferring a Security Interest over that Account.

Accounting Reference Date means 31 December or such other date as may be approved by the Lenders.

Additional Cost Rate has the meaning given to it in Schedule 5 (Mandatory Cost formulae).

Advance means each borrowing of a proportion of the Total Commitments by the Borrowers pursuant to a Utilisation Request or (as the context may require) the outstanding principal amount of such borrowing.

Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

Agent means Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and any person who may be appointed as such under clause 35.11 ( Resignation of the Agent ).

 

1


Approved Valuer means any of Inge Steensland AS, Braemar Seascope Ltd, Fearnleys, EA Gibsons Ltd, Clarksons Ltd, BRS, Lorentzen & Stemoco, Joachim Grieg and Poten and Partners or such other independent reputable ship broker nominated by the Borrowers and approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) from time to time.

Auditors means one of PricewaterhouseCoopers, Ernst & Young, KPMG, Deloitte & Touche, Moore Stephens or a member firm of Moore Stephens International or another firm approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) from time to time.

Available Facility means, at any relevant time, such part of the Total Commitments (drawn and undrawn) which is available for borrowing under this Agreement at such time in accordance with clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ) to the extent that such part of the Total Commitments is not cancelled or reduced under this Agreement.

Availability Period means, in respect of an Advance for a Ship, the period starting on the Delivery Date and ending on the Last Availability Date for the relevant Ship.

Basel II Accord means the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 as updated prior to, and in the form existing on, the date of this Agreement, excluding any amendment thereto arising out of the Basel III Accord.

Basel II Approach means, in relation to any Finance Party, either the Standardised Approach or the relevant Internal Ratings Based Approach (each as defined in the Basel II Accord) adopted by that Finance Party (or any of its Affiliates) for the purposes of implementing or complying with the Basel II Accord.

Basel II Regulation means:

 

  (a) any law or regulation implementing the Basel II Accord; or

 

  (b) any Basel II Approach adopted by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates.

Basel III Accord means, together:

 

  (a) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

  (b) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement—Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

  (c) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

Basel III Increased Cost means an Increased Cost which is attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with any Basel III Regulation (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates).

Basel III Regulation means any law or regulation implementing the Basel III Accord save and to the extent that it re-enacts a Basel II Regulation.

Break Costs means the amount (if any) by which:

 

2


  (a) the interest (excluding the Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in an Advance of the Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of an Advance of the Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

exceeds:

 

  (b) the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

Builder means, in relation to a Ship, the person specified as such in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ).

Building Contract means, in relation to a Ship, the shipbuilding contract specified in Schedule 2 (Ship information) between the Builder and the Parent (as the same shall be or, as the case may be, has been novated by the Parent in favour of the relevant Owner) relating to the construction of such Ship.

Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, Paris, Beijing and New York.

Change of Control occurs when:

 

  (a) if the Parent ceases to directly own 100% of the shares in any of the Borrowers or if the Ultimate Parent ceases to indirectly own 100% of the shares in any of the Borrowers;

 

  (b) without the prior approval of the Lenders, two or more persons acting in concert or any individual person (other than the Permitted Holder) acquires legally and/or beneficially, and either directly or indirectly, in excess of 50% of the issued share capital of the Ultimate Parent; or

 

  (c) without the prior approval of the Lenders, two or more persons acting in concert or any individual person (other than the Permitted Holder) has the right or the ability to control, either directly or indirectly, the affairs or composition of the majority of the board or directors (or equivalent) of the Ultimate Parent.

Change of Control (Borrowers) means a Change of Control of the type referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition of Change of Control.

Change of Control (Guarantor) means a Change of Control of the type referred to in paragraphs (b) or (c) of the definition of Change of Control.

Charged Property means all of the assets of the Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed or intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents.

Charter means, in relation to a Ship, any time charter with a charter term (excluding any options to extend) exceeding 24 calendar months in respect of that Ship entered into between the relevant Owner and the relevant Charterer.

Charter Assignment means, in relation to a Ship and its Charter Documents, any assignment by the relevant Owner of its interest in such Charter Documents in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form pursuant to clause 23.7 ( Chartering ).

Charter Documents means, in relation to a Ship, any Charter of that Ship, any documents supplementing it and any guarantee or security given by any person for the relevant Charterer’s obligations under it.

 

3


Charterer means, in relation to a Ship, a charterer of that Ship pursuant to a Charter.

Classification means, in relation to a Ship, the classification specified in respect of such Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) with the relevant Classification Society or another classification approved by the Majority Lenders as its classification, at the request of the relevant Owner.

Classification Society means, in relation to a Ship, the classification society specified in respect of such Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) or another classification society (being a member of the International Association of Classification Societies (IACS) or, if such association no longer exists, any similar association nominated by the Agent) approved by the Majority Lenders as its Classification Society, at the request of the relevant Owner.

Commitment means:

 

  (a) in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Commitment” in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ) and the amount of any other Commitment assigned to it under this Agreement; and

 

  (b) in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Commitment assigned to it under this Agreement,

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or assigned by it under this Agreement.

Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ) or otherwise approved.

Confirmation shall have, in relation to any Hedging Transaction, the meaning given to it in the relevant Hedging Master Agreement.

Confidential Information means all information relating to an Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either:

 

  (a) any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

  (b) another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers,

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

 

  (i) is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of clause 46 ( Confidentiality ); or

 

  (ii) is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

  (iii) is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

Constitutional Documents means, in respect of an Obligor, such Obligor’s memorandum and articles of association, bye-laws or other constitutional documents including as referred to in any certificate relating to an Obligor delivered pursuant to Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent ).

 

4


Contract Price means, in relation to a Ship, the price of the Ship payable under the Building Contract for such Ship.

Default means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in clause 31 ( Events of Default ) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender means any Lender:

 

  (a) which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available or has notified the Agent that it will not make its participation in a Loan available by the Utilisation Date of that Loan in accordance with clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation );

 

  (b) which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or

 

  (c) with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

  (i) its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (A) administrative or technical error; or

 

  (B) a Payment Disruption Event; and,

payment is made within five Business Days of its due date; or

 

  (d) the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

Delivery means, in relation to a Ship, the delivery and acceptance of that Ship by the relevant Owner under the Building Contract for that Ship.

Delivery Date means, in relation to a Ship, the date on which its Delivery occurs.

Delivery Instalment means, in relation to a Ship, the instalment of the Contract Price for such Ship falling due on its Delivery.

Designated Website has the meaning given to it in clause 19.8.1 ( Use of websites ).

Disposal Repayment Date means in relation to:

 

  (a) a Total Loss of a Mortgaged Ship, the applicable Total Loss Repayment Date; or

 

  (b) a sale of a Mortgaged Ship by the relevant Owner, the date upon which such sale is completed by the transfer of title to the purchaser in exchange for payment of all or part of the relevant purchase price.

Earnings means, in relation to a Ship and a person, all money at any time payable to that person for or in relation to the use or operation of such Ship including freight, hire and passage moneys, money payable to that person for the provision of services by or from such Ship or under any charter or pool commitment, requisition for hire compensation, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys and damages for breach and payments for termination or variation of any charter commitment.

Earnings Account means any Account designated as an Earnings Account under clause 28 ( Bank accounts ).

 

5


Enforcement Costs means any costs, expenses, liabilities or other amounts in respect of which any amount is payable under clauses 14.4 ( Indemnity concerning security ) or 16.3 ( Enforcement and preservation costs ) or under any other Finance Document to which those provisions apply and any remuneration payable to a Receiver in connection with any Security Documents.

Environmental Claims means:

 

  (a) enforcement, clean-up, removal or other governmental or regulatory action or orders or claims instituted or made pursuant to any Environmental Laws or resulting from a Spill; or

 

  (b) any claim made by any other person relating to a Spill.

Environmental Incident means any Spill from any vessel in circumstances where:

 

  (a) any Fleet Vessel or its owner may be liable for Environmental Claims arising from the Spill (other than Environmental Claims arising and fully satisfied before the date of this Agreement); and/or

 

  (b) any Fleet Vessel may be arrested or attached in connection with any such Environmental Claim.

Environmental Laws means all laws, regulations and conventions concerning pollution or protection of human health or the environment.

Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in clause 31 ( Events of Default ).

Facility means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in clause 2 ( The Facility ).

Facility Office means the office or offices notified by a Lender or any other Finance Party to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender or, as the case may be, Finance Party (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

Facility Period means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date on which the Total Commitments have reduced to zero and all indebtedness of the Obligors under the Finance Documents has been fully paid and discharged.

Fair Market Value means, as at any relevant date, the value of each Mortgaged Ship which has not become a Total Loss as at such date as most recently determined in accordance with Clause 26 ( Minimum Security Value ).

FATCA means:

 

  (a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”) or any associated regulations or other official guidance;

 

  (b) any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or

 

  (c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

 

6


FATCA Application Date means:

 

  (a) in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 January 2014;

 

  (b) in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to “gross proceeds” from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2017; or

 

  (c) in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2017,

or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

FATCA Deduction means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA

FATCA Exempt Party means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction

FATCA FFI means a foreign financial institution as defined in section 1471(d)(4) of the Code which, if any Finance Party is not entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction, could be required to make a FATCA Deduction

FATCA Payment means either:

 

  (a) the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under clause 12.8 ( FATCA Deduction and gross-up by Obligor ) or paragraph (b) of clause 12.9 ( FATCA Deduction by a Finance Party ); or

 

  (b) a payment under paragraph (d) of clause 12.9 ( FATCA Deduction by a Finance Party ).

Fee Letter means any letter dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Agent and the Borrowers or between the Agent, the Arrangers and the Borrowers setting out certain fees payable by the Borrowers in respect of the Facility.

Final Repayment Date means, subject to clause 38.7 ( Business Days ), in respect of the first Advance, the date which falls six (6) years after the Utilisation Date for that first Advance and, in respect of any subsequent Advance, the date which falls six (6) years after the First Repayment Date for such Advance.

Finance Documents means this Agreement, any Fee Letter, the Security Documents, any Hedging Contract, any Hedging Master Agreement, any Transfer Certificate and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Borrowers.

Finance Party means the Agent, the Security Agent, any Arranger, the Bookrunner, any Hedging Provider or a Lender.

Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

  (a) moneys borrowed and debit balances at banks or other financial institutions;

 

  (b) any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit or bill discounting facility (or dematerialised equivalent);

 

  (c) any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

7


  (d) the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP or, as the case may be, IFRS, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

 

  (e) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

  (f) any Treasury Transaction (and, when calculating the value of that Treasury Transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that Treasury Transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account);

 

  (g) any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution;

 

  (h) any amount raised by the issue of redeemable shares which are redeemable (other than at the option of the issuer) before the last occurring Final Repayment Date or are otherwise classified as borrowings under GAAP or, as the case may be, IFRS;

 

  (i) any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement if (a) one of the primary reasons behind entering into the agreement is to raise finance or to finance the acquisition or construction of the asset or service in question (b) the agreement is in respect of the supply of assets or services and payment is due more than 180 days after the date of supply;

 

  (j) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase, sale and sale back, sale and leaseback agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing or otherwise classified as borrowings under GAAP or, as the case may be, IFRS; and

 

  (k) the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (i) above, without double counting.

First Repayment Date means, subject to clause 38.7 ( Business Days ), either:

 

  (a) in respect of the first Advance, the date falling three months after the relevant Utilisation Date for such Advance; or

 

  (b) in respect of any subsequent Advance, the next Repayment Date for any existing Advances occurring after the Utilisation Date for that subsequent Advance, unless that Repayment Date falls less than six weeks after that Utilisation Date, in which case it shall be the second such Repayment Date falling after that Utilisation.

Flag State means Liberia, the Republic of the Marshall Islands, Bermuda, the Commonwealth of the Bahamas, or such other state or territory as may be approved by the Lenders, at the request of the relevant Owner, as being the Flag State of a Ship for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

Fleet Vessel means each Mortgaged Ship and any other vessel owned, operated, managed or crewed by any Group Member.

GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

General Assignment means, in relation to a Ship, a first assignment of its interest in the Ship’s Insurances and Earnings and Requisition Compensation by the relevant Owner in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form.

Group means the Ultimate Parent and its Subsidiaries for the time being and, for the purposes of clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ) and clause 20 ( Financial covenants ), any other entity required to be treated as a subsidiary in its consolidated accounts in accordance with GAAP or, as the case may be, IFRS, and/or any applicable law.

 

8


Group Member means any Obligor and any other entity which is part of the Group.

Guarantee means, in relation to a Guarantor, the obligations of that Guarantor under clause 17 ( Guarantee and indemnity ).

Guarantor means each company described as such in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ) and Guarantors means both of them.

Hedging Contract means any Hedging Transaction between the Borrowers and any Hedging Provider pursuant to any Hedging Master Agreement and includes any Hedging Master Agreement and any Confirmations from time to time exchanged under it and governed by its terms relating to that Hedging Transaction and any contract in relation to such a Hedging Transaction constituted and/or evidenced by them and Hedging Contracts means all of them.

Hedging Contract Security means a deed or other instrument by the Borrowers in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form conferring a Security Interest over any Hedging Contracts.

Hedging Exposure means, as at any relevant date, the aggregate of the amount certified by each of the Hedging Providers to the Agent to be the net amount in dollars:

 

  (a) in relation to all Hedging Contracts that have been closed out on or prior to the relevant date, that is due and owing by the Borrowers to the Hedging Providers in respect of such Hedging Contracts on the relevant date; and

 

  (b) in relation to all Hedging Contracts that are continuing on the relevant date, that would be payable by the Borrowers to the Hedging Providers under (and calculated in accordance with) the early termination provisions of the Hedging Contracts as if an Early Termination Date (as defined in the relevant Hedging Master Agreement) had occurred on the relevant date in relation to all such continuing Hedging Contracts.

Hedging Master Agreements means the agreements made or (as the context may require) to be made between the Borrowers and the Hedging Providers in relation to the purposes set out in clause 30.1, each comprising an ISDA Master Agreement and Schedule thereto in the agreed form and Hedging Master Agreement means any of them.

Hedging Transaction has, in relation to any Hedging Master Agreement, the meaning given to the term “Transaction” in that Hedging Master Agreement.

Holding Company means, in relation to a person, any other person in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

IFRS means international accounting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation 1606/2002.

Increase Confirmation means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 8 ( Form of Increase Confirmation ).

Increase Lender has the meaning given to it in clause 2.2 ( Increase ).

Increased Costs has the meaning given to it in clause 13.1.2 ( Increase Costs ).

Indemnified Person means:

 

  (a) each Finance Party and each Receiver and any attorney, agent or other person appointed by them under the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) each Affiliate of each Finance Party and each Receiver; and

 

9


  (c) any officers, employees or agents of each Finance Party, each Receiver and any of the Affiliates of each Finance Party and each Receiver.

Insolvency Event in relation to a Finance Party means that the Finance Party:

 

  (a) is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (b) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

  (c) makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

  (d) institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

 

  (e) has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:

 

  (i) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding up or liquidation; or

 

  (ii) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;

 

  (f) has a resolution passed for its winding up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (g) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets;

 

  (h) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

  (i) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (i) above; or

 

  (j) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

Insurance Notice means, in relation to a Ship, a notice of assignment in the form scheduled to the General Assignment and/or, as the case may be, any Reinsurance Assignment for that Ship or in another approved form.

Insurances means, in relation to a Ship:

 

  (a) all policies and contracts of insurance; and

 

10


  (b) all entries in a protection and indemnity and war risks or other mutual insurance association

in the name of such Ship’s owner or the joint names of its owner and any other person in respect of or in connection with such Ship and includes all benefits thereof (including the right to receive claims and to return of premiums).

Interbank Market means the London interbank market.

Interest Period means, in relation to an Advance and/or the Loan, each period determined in accordance with clause 9 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with clause 8.3 ( Default interest ).

IPO means an initial public offering of some or all of the shares of the Ultimate Parent on an international stock exchange on the basis that the same does not give rise to a Change of Control.

Last Availability Date means in respect of an Advance for a Ship, the date specified for such Ship in the relevant section of Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) (or such later date as may be approved by the Lenders).

Legal Reservations means:

 

  (a) the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

 

  (b) the time barring of claims under the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for, or indemnify a person against, non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or counterclaim; and

 

  (c) similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction.

Lender means:

 

  (a) any Original Lender; and

 

  (b) any bank or financial institution which has become a Party in accordance with clause 2.2 ( Increase ) and clause 33 ( Changes to the Lenders ),

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

LIBOR means, in relation to the Loan or any part of it or any Unpaid Sum:

 

  (a) the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  (b) (if no Screen Rate is available for the relevant Interest Period) the Reference Bank Rate,

as of 11:00 a.m. on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in dollars for a three month period in relation to any Interest Period for the Loan or relevant part of it or for a period comparable to the Interest Period for any Unpaid Sum and if that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.

Loan means the loan made or to be made under the Facility by way of the Advances or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

Losses means any costs, expenses, payments, charges, losses, demands, liabilities, claims, actions, proceedings, penalties, fines, damages, judgments, orders or other sanctions.

 

11


Loss Payable Clauses means, in relation to a Ship, the provisions concerning payment of claims under the Ship’s Insurances in the form scheduled to the General Assignment in respect of that Ship or in another approved form.

Major Casualty means any casualty to a vessel for which the total insurance claim, inclusive of any deductible, exceeds or may exceed $1,000,000 or the equivalent in any other currency.

Majority Lenders means (if no part of the Loan is then outstanding), a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments in aggregate are equal to or more than 66 2 / 3 % of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, in aggregate were equal to or more than 66 2 / 3 % of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction) or (at any other time), a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loan in aggregate are equal to or more than 66 2 / 3 % of the Loan.

Manager means, in relation to a Ship, a technical or commercial or crewing manager of that Ship acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) pursuant to the provisions of clause 23.3 ( Manager ) and/or clause 27.13 ( Charterer’s manager ).

Manager’s Undertaking means, in relation to a Ship, an undertaking by any Manager of that Ship to the Security Agent in the agreed form pursuant to the provisions of clause 23.3 ( Manager ).

Mandatory Cost means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance with Schedule 5 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ).

Margin means three point five zero per cent (3.50%) per annum.

Material Adverse Effect means, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, a material adverse effect on:

 

  (a) the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Group taken as a whole; or

 

  (b) the ability of an Obligor to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (c) the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security Interest granted or purporting to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents.

Minimum Value means, at any time, the amount in dollars which is at that time 135% of (a) the Loan and (b) the Hedging Exposure at that time and, in relation to any Mortgaged Ship which has become a Total Loss but whose Disposal Repayment Date has not then occurred, minus such proportion of the Loan as the Fair Market Value of such Mortgaged Ship bore to the aggregate Fair Market Value of all the Mortgaged Ships (including the relevant Ship) immediately before its Total Loss.

Mortgage means, in relation to a Ship, a first mortgage of that Ship in the agreed form by the relevant Owner in favour of the Security Agent.

Mortgage Period means, in relation to a Mortgaged Ship, the period from the date the Mortgage over that Ship is executed and registered until the date such Mortgage is released and discharged or, if earlier, its Total Loss Date.

Mortgaged Ship means, at any relevant time, any Ship which is subject to a Mortgage and/or whose Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation are subject to a Security Interest under the Finance Documents.

Obligors means the parties to the Finance Documents (other than Finance Parties) and Obligor means any one of them.

 

12


OFAC means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of Treasury.

Original Financial Statements means the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for 2012.

Original Jurisdiction means, in relation to an Obligor, the jurisdiction under whose laws that Obligor is incorporated as at the date of this Agreement or, in the case of any other Obligor, as at the date on which that Obligor becomes an Obligor.

Owner means, in relation to a Ship, the person specified against the name of that Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) and Owners means all of them.

Parent means Navigator Gas L.L.C., a limited liability company formed under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

Participating Member State means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

Party means a party to this Agreement.

Payment Disruption Event means either or both of:

 

  (a) a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

  (b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

  (i) from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii) from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

(and which (in either such case)) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

Permitted Holder means W.L. Ross & Co. L.L.C., any investment funds or other entities wholly owned and/or operated by W.L. Ross & Co. L.L.C. and their respective Affiliates.

Permitted Liens means, in relation to a Ship:

 

  (a) unless a Default is continuing, any ship repairer’s or outfitter’s possessory lien in respect of such Ship for an amount not exceeding $1,000,000 or the equivalent in any other currency;

 

  (b) any lien on such Ship for master’s, officer’s or crew’s wages outstanding in the ordinary course of its trading;

 

  (c) any lien on such Ship for salvage;

 

  (d) any lien arising by operation of law for not more than two months’ prepaid hire under any charter in relation to a Ship not prohibited by this Agreement;

 

13


  (e) liens for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of a Ship, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested by the Owners in good faith by appropriate steps) and subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to clause 24.15 ( Repairer’s liens ) so long as any such proceedings or the continued existence of such lien shall not, and may reasonably be considered unlikely to, lead to the arrest, sale, forfeiture or loss of the Ship or any interest in the Ship;

 

  (f) any Security Interest created in favour of a plaintiff or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses while the Owners are actively prosecuting or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith so long as any such proceedings or the continued existence of such Security Interest shall not and may reasonably be considered unlikely to lead to the arrest, sale, forfeiture or loss of, the Ship or any interest in the Ship; and

 

  (g) any Security Interest arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made so long as any such proceedings or the continued existence of such Security Interest shall not and may reasonably be considered unlikely to lead to the arrest, sale, forfeiture or loss of, the Ship or any interest in the Ship.

Permitted Security Interests means, in relation to any Mortgaged Ship, any Security Interest over it which is:

 

  (a) granted by the Finance Documents; or

 

  (b) a Permitted Lien; or

 

  (c) is approved by the Majority Lenders.

Pollutant means and includes crude oil and its products, any other polluting, toxic or hazardous substance and any other substance whose release into the environment is regulated or penalised by Environmental Laws.

Quotation Day means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Day for that currency shall be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

Receiver means a receiver or a receiver and manager or an administrative receiver appointed in relation to the whole or any part of any Charged Property under any relevant Security Document.

Reference Banks means in relation to LIBOR and Mandatory Cost, the principal London offices of Crédit Agricole CIB, BNP Paribas SA and Barclays Bank Plc or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Borrowers.

Reference Bank Rate means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference Banks as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could borrow funds in the Interbank Market, in the relevant currency and for the relevant period, were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period.

Registry means , in relation to each Ship, such registrar, commissioner or representative of the relevant Flag State who is duly authorised and empowered to register the relevant Ship, the relevant Owner’s title to such Ship and the relevant Mortgage under the laws of its Flag State.

 

14


Reinsurance Assignment means, in relation to a Ship and to the extent required, a first assignment of its interest in the Ship’s reinsurances by the relevant insurers of the Ship in favour of the Security Agent, in a form reasonably required by the Security Agent.

Relevant Jurisdiction means, in relation to an Obligor:

 

  (a) its Original Jurisdiction;

 

  (b) any jurisdiction where any Charged Property owned by it is situated;

 

  (c) any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and

 

  (d) any jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents entered into by it.

Relevant Period has the meaning given to that term in clause 20.1 (Financial definitions).

Repayment Amount means, in relation to each Advance, the amount set out opposite each Repayment Date in the relevant column for that Advance determined by reference to the relevant percentage repayment for that Advance in the Repayment Schedule.

Repayment Date means, in respect of an Advance:

 

  (a) the First Repayment Date for that Advance;

 

  (b) each of the dates falling at three monthly intervals thereafter up to but not including the Final Repayment Date for that Advance; and

 

  (c) the Final Repayment Date for that Advance.

Repayment Schedule means the repayment schedule set out in Schedule 9 ( Repayment Schedule ) specifying the percentage amount to be paid on each Repayment Date in respect of each Advance.

Repeating Representations means each of the representations and warranties set out in clauses 18.1 ( Status ) to 18.10 ( Ranking and effectiveness of security ) (except for clauses 18.7 ( Information ) and 18.8 ( Original Financial Statements )).

Representative means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

Requisition Compensation means, in relation to a Ship, any compensation paid or payable by a government entity for the requisition for title, confiscation or compulsory acquisition of such Ship.

Retention Account means any Account designated as a Retention Account under clause 28 ( Bank accounts ).

Sanctioned Party means a person:

 

  (a) listed on, or owned or controlled by a person listed on, or acting on behalf of a person listed on, any Sanctions List;

 

  (b) located in, incorporated under the laws of, or owned or (directly or indirectly) controlled by, or acting on behalf of, a person located in or organised under the laws of a country or territory that is the target of any Sanctions; or

 

  (c) otherwise a person with whom a United States person or other national of a Sanctions Authority would be prohibited or restricted by law from engaging in trade, business or other activities.

 

15


Sanctions Authority means OFAC, the United States Department of State or Her Majesty’s Treasury and Sanctions Authorities means all of them.

Sanctions means any economic sanctions laws, regulations, embargoes or restrictive measures which may be enacted by the United States of America, the European Union, the United Kingdom or the United Nations or administered or enforced by the governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, the Sanctions Authorities.

Sanctions List means the “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” list maintained by OFAC, the “Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets” and the “Investment Ban List” maintained by Her Majesty’s Treasury, or any similar list maintained by, or any other public announcement of Sanctions or designation of a Sanctioned Party made by any of the Sanctions Authorities.

Screen Rate means the British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for dollars and the relevant period displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrowers and the Lenders.

Security Agent includes any person as may be appointed as such under the Finance Documents.

Security Documents means:

 

  (a) each Guarantee;

 

  (b) the Mortgages over the Ships;

 

  (c) the General Assignments in relation to the Ships;

 

  (d) the Share Security;

 

  (e) any Charter Assignment in relation to a Ship;

 

  (f) any Manager’s Undertaking in relation to a Ship if required under clause 23.3 ( Manager );

 

  (g) any Reinsurance Assignment in relation to a Ship if required under clause 25.23 ( Reinsurances );

 

  (h) the Hedging Contract Security;

 

  (i) the Account Security; and

 

  (j) any other document as may be executed to guarantee and/or secure any amounts owing to the Finance Parties under this Agreement or any other Finance Document,

with each such document being cross collateralised and securing the obligations of each other Borrower in respect of each Ship under this Agreement.

Security Interest means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, assignment, trust, hypothecation or other security interest of any kind securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

Security Value means, at any time, the amount in dollars which, at that time, is the aggregate of (a) the aggregate Fair Market Value of all of the Mortgaged Ships which have not then become a Total Loss and (b) the value of any additional security then held by the Security Agent provided under clause 26 ( Minimum security value ), in each case as most recently determined in accordance with this Agreement.

 

16


Share Security means in relation to each Borrower, the document constituting a first Security Interest by the Parent in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form in respect of all of the shares or membership interests in the Owners.

Ship Commitment means, in relation to a Ship, the amount specified against the name of such Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ), as cancelled or reduced pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

Ship Representations means each of the representations and warranties set out in clauses 18.17 ( Environmental matters ), 18.28 ( Ship status ) and 18.29 ( Ship’s employment ).

Ships means each of the ships to be built by the Builder under the Building Contracts and as described in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) and Ship means any of them.

Spill means any actual or threatened spill, release or discharge of a Pollutant into the environment.

Subsidiary of a person means any other person:

 

  (a) directly or indirectly controlled by such person; or

 

  (b) of whose dividends or distributions on ordinary voting share capital such person is entitled to receive more than 50 per cent.

Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

Total Commitments means the aggregate of the Commitments, being $120,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

Total Loss means, in relation to a Ship, its:

 

  (a) actual, constructive, compromised or arranged total loss; or

 

  (b) requisition for title, confiscation or other compulsory acquisition by a government entity; or

 

  (c) hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest or detention for more than 30 days or, where there has been a hijacking, theft, capture, seizure or detention of the Ship as a result of an act of piracy, 360 days.

Total Loss Date means, in relation to the Total Loss of a Ship:

 

  (a) in the case of an actual total loss, the date it happened or, if such date is not known, the date on which that Ship was last reported;

 

  (b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss, the earliest of:

 

  (i) the date notice of abandonment of that Ship is given to its insurers; or

 

  (ii) if the insurers do not admit such a claim, the date later determined by a competent court of law to have been the date on which the total loss happened; or

 

  (iii) the date upon which a binding agreement as to such compromised or arranged total loss has been entered into by the vessel’s insurers;

 

  (c) in the case of a requisition for title, confiscation or compulsory acquisition, the date it happened; and

 

17


  (d) in the case of hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest or detention, the date 30 days or, in respect of any hijacking, theft, capture, seizure or detention of the Ship as a result of an act of piracy, 360 days after the date upon which it happened.

Total Loss Repayment Date means where a Mortgaged Ship has become a Total Loss after its Delivery the earlier of:

 

  (a) the date 120 days after its Total Loss Date; and

 

  (b) the date upon which insurance proceeds or Requisition Compensation for such Total Loss are paid by insurers or the relevant government entity.

Transfer Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 ( Form of Transfer Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Borrowers.

Transfer Date means, in relation to a transfer, the later of:

 

  (a) the proposed Transfer Date specified in the Transfer Certificate; and

 

  (b) the date on which the Agent executes the Transfer Certificate.

Treasury Transaction means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price.

Trust Property means, collectively:

 

  (a) all moneys duly received by the Security Agent under or in respect of the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) any portion of the balance on any Account held by or charged to the Security Agent at any time;

 

  (c) the Security Interests, guarantees, security, powers and rights given to the Security Agent under and pursuant to the Finance Documents including, without limitation, the covenants given to the Security Agent in respect of all obligations of any Obligor;

 

  (d) all assets paid or transferred to or vested in the Security Agent or its agent or received or recovered by the Security Agent or its agent in connection with any of the Finance Documents whether from any Obligor or any other person; and

 

  (e) all or any part of any rights, benefits, interests and other assets at any time representing or deriving from any of the above, including all income and other sums at any time received or receivable by the Security Agent or its agent in respect of the same (or any part thereof).

Ultimate Parent means Navigator Holdings Ltd, a corporation domesticated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

US Tax Obligor means:

 

  (a) a Borrower which is resident for tax purposes in the United States of America; or

 

  (b) an Obligor some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the United States for US federal income tax purposes.

Utilisation means the making of an Advance.

 

18


Utilisation Date means the date on which a Utilisation is made.

Utilisation Request means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 ( Utilisation Request ).

VAT means:

 

  (a) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

 

  (b) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.

 

1.2 Construction

 

1.2.1 Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in any of the Finance Documents to:

 

  (a) Sections, clauses and Schedules are to be construed as references to the Sections and clauses of, and the Schedules to, the relevant Finance Document and references to a Finance Document include its Schedules;

 

  (b) a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as it may from time to time be amended, restated, novated or replaced, however fundamentally;

 

  (c) words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa;

 

  (d) a time of day are to London time;

 

  (e) any person includes its successors in title, permitted assignees or transferees;

 

  (f) the knowledge, awareness and/or beliefs (and similar expressions) of any Obligor shall be construed so as to mean the knowledge, awareness and beliefs of the director and officers of such Obligor, having made due and careful enquiry;

 

  (g) agreed form means:

 

  (i) where a Finance Document has already been executed by all of the relevant parties, such Finance Document in its executed form;

 

  (ii) prior to the execution of a Finance Document, the form of such Finance Document separately agreed in writing between the Agent and the Borrowers as the form in which that Finance Document is to be executed or another form approved at the request of the Borrowers or, if not so agreed or approved, is in the form specified by the Agent;

 

  (h) approved by the Majority Lenders or approved by the Lenders means approved in writing by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders or, as the case may be, all of the Lenders (on such conditions as they may respectively impose) and otherwise approved means approved in writing by the Agent (on such conditions as the Agent may impose) and approval and approve shall be construed accordingly;

 

  (i) assets includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

  (j) an authorisation means any authorisation, consent, concession, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration;

 

  (k) charter commitment means, in relation to a vessel, any charter or contract for the use, employment or operation of that vessel or the carriage of people and/or cargo or the provision of services by or from it and includes any agreement for pooling or sharing income derived from any such charter or contract;

 

19


  (l) control of an entity means:

 

  (i) the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, membership interests, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

  (A) cast, or control the casting of, more than 30% of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of that entity; or

 

  (B) appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of that entity; or

 

  (C) give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of that entity with which the directors or other equivalent officers of that entity are obliged to comply; and/or

 

  (ii) the holding beneficially of more than 30% of the issued share capital of that entity (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital) (and, for this purpose, any Security Interest over share capital shall be disregarded in determining the beneficial ownership of such share capital);

and controlled shall be construed accordingly;

 

  (m) the term disposal or dispose means a sale, transfer or other disposal (including by way of lease or loan but not including by way of loan of money) by a person of all or part of its assets, whether by one transaction or a series of transactions and whether at the same time or over a period of time, but not the creation of a Security Interest;

 

  (n) dollars / $ means the lawful currency of the United States of America;

 

  (o) the equivalent of an amount specified in a particular currency (the specified currency amount ) shall be construed as a reference to the amount of the other relevant currency which can be purchased with the specified currency amount in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11 a.m. on the date the calculation falls to be made for spot delivery, as conclusively determined by the Agent (with the relevant exchange rate of any such purchase being the Agent’s spot rate of exchange );

 

  (p) a government entity means any government, state or agency of a state;

 

  (q) a guarantee means any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness;

 

  (r) indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

  (s) month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month or the calendar month in which it is to end, except that:

 

  (i) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that month (if there is one) or on the immediately preceding Business Day (if there is not); and

 

20


  (ii) if there is no numerically corresponding day in that month, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that month

and the above rules in paragraphs (i) to (ii) will only apply to the last month of any period;

 

  (t) an obligation means any duty, obligation or liability of any kind;

 

  (u) something being in the ordinary course of business of a person means something that is in the ordinary course of that person’s current day-to-day operational business (and not merely anything which that person is entitled to do under its Constitutional Documents);

 

  (v) pay or repay in clause 29 ( Business restrictions ) includes by way of set-off, combination of accounts or otherwise;

 

  (w) a person includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government entity or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

  (x) a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation and includes (without limitation) any Basel II Regulation or Basel III Regulation;

 

  (y) right means any right, privilege, power or remedy, any proprietary interest in any asset and any other interest or remedy of any kind, whether actual or contingent, present or future, arising under contract or law, or in equity;

 

  (z) trustee , fiduciary and fiduciary duty has in each case the meaning given to such term under applicable law;

 

  (aa) (i) the winding up , dissolution , or administration of person or (ii) a receiver or administrative receiver or administrator in the context of insolvency proceedings or security enforcement actions in respect of a person shall be construed so as to include any equivalent or analogous proceedings or any equivalent and analogous person or appointee (respectively) under the law of the jurisdiction in which such person is established or incorporated or any jurisdiction in which such person carries on business including (in respect of proceedings) the seeking or occurrences of liquidation, winding-up, reorganisation, dissolution, administration, arrangement, adjustment, protection or relief of debtors; and

 

  (bb) a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted.

 

1.2.2 Where in this Agreement a provision includes a monetary reference level in one currency, unless a contrary indication appears, such reference level is intended to apply equally to its equivalent in other currencies as of the relevant time for the purposes of applying such reference level to any other currencies.

 

1.2.3 Section, clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

1.2.4 Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

1.2.5 A Default (other than an Event of Default) is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is continuing if it has not been waived.

 

21


1.2.6 Unless a contrary indication appears, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any other Finance Document when dealing with the same or similar subject matter, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

1.3 Third party rights

 

1.3.1 Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document for the benefit of a Finance Party or another Indemnified Person, a person who is not a party to a Finance Document has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the Third Parties Act ) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of the relevant Finance Document.

 

1.3.2 Any Finance Document may be rescinded or varied by the parties to it without the consent of any person who is not a party to it (unless otherwise provided by this Agreement).

 

1.3.3 An Indemnified Person who is not a party to a Finance Document may only enforce its rights under that Finance Document through a Finance Party and if and to the extent and in such manner as the Finance Party may determine.

 

1.4 Finance Documents

Where any other Finance Document provides that this clause 1.4 shall apply to that Finance Document, any other provision of this Agreement which, by its terms, purports to apply to all or any of the Finance Documents and/or any Obligor shall apply to that Finance Document as if set out in it but with all necessary changes.

 

1.5 Conflict of documents

The terms of the Finance Documents other than as relates to the creation and/or perfection of security) are subject to the terms of this Agreement and, in the event of any conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any provision of any Finance Document (other than in relation to the creation and/or perfection of security) the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

SECTION 2 - THE FACILITY

 

2 The Facility

 

2.1 The Facility

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrowers a term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Commitments, to be advanced to the Borrowers in accordance with clause 5 ( Utilisation ).

 

2.2 Increase

 

2.2.1 The Borrowers may by giving prior notice to the Agent by no later than the date falling five Business Days after the effective date of a cancellation of:

 

  (a) the undrawn Commitments of a Defaulting Lender in accordance with clause 7.5.7; or

 

  (b) the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with clause 7.1 ( Illegality ),

request that the Total Commitments be increased (and the Total Commitments under the Facility shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount of up to the amount of the Commitment so cancelled as follows:

 

  (i)

the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Lenders or other banks or financial institutions (each an Increase Lender ) selected by the Borrowers (each of which shall not be a member of the Group and which is

 

22


  further acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably)) and each of which confirms its willingness to assume (such confirmation, if given by a Lender, to be given in its sole discretion) and does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender;

 

  (ii) each of the Obligors and any Increase Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and the Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

  (iii) each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

  (iv) the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and

 

  (v) any increase in the Total Commitments shall take effect on the date specified by the Borrowers in the notice referred to above or any later date on which the conditions set out in clause 2.2.2 are satisfied.

 

2.2.2 An increase in the Total Commitments will only be effective on:

 

  (a) the execution by the Agent of an Increase Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender;

 

  (b) in relation to an Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase the performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Increase Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Borrowers and the Increase Lender.

 

2.2.3 Each of the other Finance Parties hereby appoints the Agent as its agent to execute on its behalf any Increase Confirmation delivered to the Agent in accordance with this clause 2.2.

 

2.2.4 Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective.

 

2.2.5 Unless the Agent otherwise agrees or the increased Commitments are assumed by an existing Lender, the Borrowers shall, on the date upon which the increase takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of $3,500 and the Borrowers shall promptly on demand pay the Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by it in connection with any increase in Commitments under this clause 2.2.

 

2.2.6 The Borrowers may pay to the Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Borrowers and the Increase Lender in a letter between the Borrowers and the Increase Lender setting out that fee. A reference in this Agreement to a Fee Letter shall include any letter referred to in this clause 2.2.6.

 

2.2.7 Clause 33.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this clause 2.2.7 in relation to an Increase Lender as if references in that clause to:

 

  (a) an Existing Lender were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase;

 

  (b) the New Lender were references to that Increase Lender ; and

 

23


  (c) a re-assignment were references to an assignment.

 

2.3 Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

2.3.1 The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

2.3.2 The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt.

 

2.3.3 A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents (including clauses 35.23 ( All enforcement action through the Agent )) and 36.2 ( Finance Parties acting together ), separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

2.4 Borrowers’ rights and obligations

 

2.4.1 The obligations of each Borrower under this Agreement are joint and several. Failure by a Borrower to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall constitute a failure by all of the Borrowers.

 

2.4.2 Each Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally with each other Borrower:

 

  (a) agrees that it is responsible for the performance of the obligations of each other Borrower under this Agreement;

 

  (b) acknowledges and agrees that it is a principal and original debtor in respect of all amounts due from the Borrowers under this Agreement; and

 

  (c) agrees with each Finance Party that, if any obligation of another Borrower under this Agreement is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal for any reason it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any and all Losses it incurs as a result of another Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by that other Borrower under this Agreement. The amount payable under this indemnity shall be equal to the amount which that Finance Party would otherwise have been entitled to recover.

 

2.4.3 The obligations of each Borrower under the Finance Documents shall continue until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged in full, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

2.4.4 If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of a Borrower or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Borrowers under this Agreement will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

2.4.5 The obligations of each Borrower under the Finance Documents shall not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this clause (whether or not known to it or any Finance Party), would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under the Finance Documents including:

 

  (a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

24


  (b) the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any other Obligor;

 

  (c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

  (d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

  (e) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security;

 

  (f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  (g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

2.4.6 Each Borrower waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Borrower under any Finance Document. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

2.4.7 Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

  (a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Borrower will be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

  (b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any money received from any Borrower or on account of any Borrowers’ liability under any Finance Document.

 

2.4.8 Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs (on such terms as it may require), no Borrower shall exercise any rights (including rights of set-off) which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents:

 

  (a) to be indemnified by another Obligor;

 

  (b) to claim any contribution from any other Obligor or any guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents; and/or

 

  (c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party.

 

25


3 Purpose

 

3.1 Purpose

The Borrowers shall apply all amounts borrowed under the Facility in accordance with this clause 3. The amount of the Facility to be made available pursuant to clause 3.2 shall be subject to any reduction in accordance with the requirements of clause 5.3.

 

3.2 Use of each Ship Commitment

The Ship Commitment for each Ship shall be made available for the purpose of assisting the relevant Owner to finance the Delivery Instalment for such Ship at the Delivery Date of that Ship and any balance not used for financing such Delivery Instalment may be used for the Borrowers’ general corporate and working capital purposes.

 

3.3 Monitoring

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4 Conditions of Utilisation

 

4.1 Initial conditions precedent

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation ) in relation to any Utilisation if on or before the Utilisation Date for that Utilisation the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received or is satisfied that it will receive no later than three Business Days prior to the date that the Borrowers deliver the relevant Utilisation Request, all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 1 of Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent to any Utilisation ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

4.2 Conditions precedent on Delivery

The Ship Commitment in respect of a Ship shall only become available for borrowing under this Agreement if:

 

  (a) the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received all of the documents and evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent on Delivery ) in relation to such Ship in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent; and

 

  (b) in the case of the valuations in respect of a Ship to be provided to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 11 Part 2 of Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent on Delivery ), the Agent shall have received such valuations at least ten days prior to the relevant Utilisation Date, to enable the Agent to verify, and assist the Borrowers in calculating, the amount to be requested in the relevant Utilisation Request as required by clause 5.3.3.

 

4.3 Notice to Lenders

The Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders promptly upon receiving and being satisfied with all of the documents and evidence referred to in this clause 4 in form and substance satisfactory to it. Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives any such notification, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

26


4.4 Further conditions precedent

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation ) if:

 

  (a) on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Utilisation;

 

  (b) on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date the Repeating Representations are true and, in relation to the first Utilisation, all of the other representations set out in clause 18 ( Representations ), are true; and

 

  (c) where the proposed Utilisation Date is to be the first day of the Mortgage Period for a Ship, the Ship Representations for such Ship are true on the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

4.5 Waiver of conditions precedent

The conditions in this clause 4 are inserted solely for the benefit of the Finance Parties and may be waived on their behalf in whole or in part and with or without conditions by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

SECTION 3 - UTILISATION

 

5 Utilisation

 

5.1 Delivery of a Utilisation Request

 

5.1.1 The Borrowers may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than 11:00 a.m. five Business Days before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

5.1.2 Each Utilisation Request shall relate to one of the Ships and only one Utilisation Request may be submitted in respect of a Ship Commitment.

 

5.1.3 The Utilisation Date for each Ship Commitment shall be on the Delivery Date for the relevant Ship to which that Ship Commitment relates.

 

5.2 Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

5.2.1 A Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

  (a) the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day and, in respect of the relevant Advance for each Ship, falls within the Availability Period for that Ship;

 

  (b) the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount );

 

  (c) the proposed Interest Period complies with clause 9 ( Interest Periods ); and

 

  (d) it identifies the purpose for the Utilisation and that purpose complies with clause 3 ( Purpose ).

 

5.2.2 Only one Advance in respect of a Ship may be requested in each Utilisation Request.

 

5.3 Currency and amount

 

5.3.1 The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be dollars.

 

5.3.2 The amount of the proposed Advance must not exceed, when aggregated (where applicable) with the Advances previously made, the Total Commitments.

 

27


5.3.3 On each Utilisation Date the amount of the proposed Advance must not exceed the lesser of:

 

  (a) 60% of the Fair Market Value of the Ship; and

 

  (b) the Ship Commitment for the Ship to which the proposed Advance relates.

 

5.3.4 If the amount requested in a Utilisation Request is greater than the amount capable of being advanced as a result of compliance with the requirements of clause 5.3.3, then the difference between the amount requested and the amount advanced (the Shortfall Amount ) shall be automatically cancelled on the Utilisation Date in accordance with clause 7.8 ( Automatic Cancellation ).

 

5.4 Lenders’ participation

 

5.4.1 If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Advance available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

5.4.2 The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Advance will be equal to the proportion borne by its undrawn Commitment to the undrawn Total Commitments immediately prior to making the Advance.

 

5.4.3 The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of the Advance and the amount of its participation in the Advance, in each case by 11:00 a.m. on the Quotation Day (and, in the case of The Export-Import Bank of China only, such notification shall be sent by the Agent via SWIFT message).

 

5.4.4 The Agent shall pay all amounts received by it in respect of each Advance (and its own participation in it, if any) to the Borrowers or for its account in accordance with the instructions contained in the Utilisation Request.

SECTION 4 - REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

6 Repayment

 

6.1 Repayment

The Borrowers shall on each Repayment Date repay such part of the Loan as is required to be repaid by clause 6.2 ( Scheduled repayment of Facility ).

 

6.2 Scheduled repayment of Facility

 

6.2.1 Each Advance shall be repaid by 24 equal quarterly repayment instalments on a straight line amortisation basis in amounts determined in accordance with the percentages set out in the Repayment Schedule and with a balloon repayment instalment payable on the Final Repayment Date for such Advance in an amount which is equal to 50% of the relevant Advance. On each Utilisation Date the Agent shall notify the Borrowers of the actual amount of each Repayment Amount based on the percentages contained in the Repayment Schedule and such amounts shall be binding on the parties in the absence of manifest error.

 

6.2.2 To the extent not previously reduced and/or rescheduled in accordance with clause 6.3 ( Adjustment of scheduled repayments ), each Advance shall be repaid by instalments on each Repayment Date for that Advance (other than the Final Repayment Date) and each instalment shall be in the relevant Repayment Amount (as revised by clause 6.3).

 

6.2.3 Each Advance shall be repaid in full on the Final Repayment Date for that Advance together with all outstanding amounts in respect of interest thereon and on the Final Repayment Date for the final Advance to be repaid (without prejudice to any other provision of this Agreement), all outstanding amounts under this Agreement and the Security Documents (including, but not limited to the outstanding amount of the Loan) shall be repaid in full.

 

28


6.3 Adjustment of scheduled repayments

If the Total Commitments have been partially reduced under this Agreement (except in the circumstances contemplated in clause 7.6 (Sale or Total Loss) in which case the provisions of that clause shall apply), the amount of the instalments by which an Advance shall be repaid under clause 6.2 on any such Repayment Date (as reduced by any earlier operation of this clause 6.3) shall be reduced pro rata to such reduction in the Total Commitments (except in the case of (a) a reduction of the Total Commitments due to cancellation under clause 7.3 (Voluntary cancellation) or prepayment under clause 7.4 (Voluntary prepayment) where the reduction shall be treated as reducing the instalments in inverse chronological order) or (b) a reduction of the Total Commitments due to a prepayment under clause 7.4 (Voluntary Prepayment) where the reduction shall be treated as reducing the relevant Advance being prepaid in full).

 

7 Illegality, prepayment and cancellation

 

7.1 Illegality

If, in any applicable jurisdiction, it becomes unlawful for any Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in the Loan:

 

  (a) that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

  (b) upon the Agent notifying the Borrowers, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled and the remaining Ship Commitments shall each be reduced rateably; and

 

  (c) the Borrowers shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loan on the last day of the Interest Period occurring after the Agent has notified the Borrowers or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

 

7.2 Change of control

 

7.2.1 The Borrowers shall promptly notify the Agent upon any Obligor becoming aware of a Change of Control.

 

7.2.2 If a Change of Control (Guarantor) occurs and unless the Agent has previously approved the Change of Control (Guarantor) (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, whose consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) the Total Commitments shall be cancelled with effect from the date such Change of Control occurs and the Loan shall be prepaid in full on or before the date falling 30 days after the date on which such Change of Control occurs (together with all other outstanding amounts under this Agreement and any of the Security Documents then due and payable at such time).

 

7.3 Voluntary cancellation

The Borrowers may, if they give the Agent not less than ten Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and a multiple of $1,000,000) of the Available Facility or any part of any Ship Commitment which is undrawn at the proposed date of cancellation. Upon any such cancellation, the Total Commitments shall be reduced by the same amount.

 

7.4 Voluntary prepayment

The Borrowers may, if they give the Agent not less than ten Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior written notice, prepay either:

 

29


7.4.1 the whole or any part of the Loan (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the Loan by a minimum amount of $500,000 and which is a multiple of $500,000 or such other amount as is acceptable to the Agent); or

 

7.4.2 the whole of any outstanding Advance.

 

7.5 Right of replacement or cancellation and prepayment in relation to a single Lender

 

7.5.1 If:

 

  (a) any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up );

 

  (b) any Lender claims indemnification from the Borrowers under clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) or clause 13.1 ( Increased Costs );

 

  (c) any Lender refuses to consent to any amendments or waivers requested by the Borrowers pursuant to any provision of this Agreement where such provision is expressed to require the consent of such Lender and such amendment or waiver has been approved by the Majority Lenders; or

 

  (d) at any time on or after the date which is six months before the earliest FATCA Application Date for any payment by a Party to a Lender (or to the Agent for the account of that Lender), that Lender is not, or has ceased to be, a FATCA Exempt Party and, as a consequence, a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction from a payment to that Lender (or to the Agent for the account of that Lender) on or after that FATCA Application Date,

the Agent shall notify the Borrowers as soon as reasonably practicable following receipt of such a notification from any Lender and the Borrowers may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and their intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loan or give the Agent notice of their intention to replace that Lender in accordance with clause 7.5.4.

 

7.5.2 On receipt of a notice from the Borrowers referred to in clause 7.5.1 above, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero and (unless the Commitment of the relevant Lender is replaced in accordance with clause 7.5.4) the remaining Ship Commitments shall each be reduced rateably.

 

7.5.3 On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Borrowers have given notice under clause 7.5.1 above in relation to a Lender (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrowers in that notice), the Borrowers shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loan.

 

7.5.4 The Borrowers may, in the circumstances set out in clause 7.5.1, with 10 Business Days’ prior notice to the Agent and that Lender, replace that Lender by requiring that Lender to transfer (and, to the extent permitted by law, that Lender shall transfer) pursuant to clause 33 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity selected by the Borrowers which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with clause 33 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash or other cash payment payable at the time of the transfer equal to the aggregate of:

 

  (a) the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the Loan;

 

  (b) all accrued interest owing to such Lender;

 

  (c) the Break Costs which would have been payable to such Lender pursuant to clause 10.4 ( Break Costs ) had the Borrowers prepaid in full that Lender’s participation in the Loan on the date of the transfer; and

 

30


  (d) all other amounts payable to that Lender under the Finance Documents on the date of the transfer.

 

7.5.5 The replacement of a Lender pursuant to clause 7.5.4 shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (a) the Borrowers shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (b) neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to find a replacement Lender;

 

  (c) in no event shall the Lender replaced under clause 7.5.4 be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

  (d) the Lender shall only be obliged to assign its rights pursuant to clause 7.5.4 above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that assignment and the Agent has approved such “know your customer” or other similar checks.

 

7.5.6 A Lender shall perform the checks described in clause 7.5.5(d) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in clause 7.5.4 above and shall notify the Agent and the Borrowers when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

7.5.7 If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Borrowers may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Agent 5 Business Days’ notice of cancellation of the undrawn Commitments of that Lender.

 

7.5.8 On such notice becoming effective, the undrawn Commitments of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero and the Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of such notice, notify all the Lenders.

 

7.6 Sale or Total Loss

 

7.6.1 If a Ship becomes a Total Loss before its Ship Commitment has become available for borrowing under this Agreement, the Total Commitments shall immediately be reduced by the Ship Commitment for such Ship and such Ship Commitment shall be reduced to zero.

 

7.6.2 On a Mortgaged Ship’s Disposal Repayment Date, the Borrowers shall prepay the amount of the outstanding Advance related to such Mortgaged Ship at that time.

 

7.6.3 Once the Agent has confirmed that it has received to its satisfaction all amounts owing pursuant to clause 7.6.1, it will then as soon as practicably possible, at the Borrowers’ cost, release any Security Documents executed in respect of such Mortgaged Ship and/or the Owner of such Mortgaged Ship.

 

7.7 Mandatory pre-delivery cancellation

If, prior to a Ship’s Delivery:

 

  (a) the Ship’s Building Contract is for any reason and by any method cancelled, terminated or rescinded; or

 

  (b) a competent court or arbitration panel decides that the Ship’s Building Contract has been validly cancelled, terminated or rescinded; or

 

  (c) the Ship’s Building Contract is varied in a way prohibited by clause 22.3 ( Variations ); or

 

  (d) Delivery of the Ship has not occurred by the Last Availability Date,

then the Ship Commitment for such Ship shall be cancelled (whereupon the Total Commitments shall be reduced by such Ship Commitment).

 

31


7.8 Automatic cancellation

 

7.8.1 Any part of a Commitment which has not become available or been utilised by the Last Availability Date for the relevant Advance shall be automatically cancelled at close of business in London on that Last Availability Date.

 

7.8.2 Any Shortfall Amount, calculated in accordance with 5.3.4 ( Currency and Amount ) shall be automatically cancelled at the time of Utilisation of the relevant Advance but prior to the Utilisation of such Advance.

 

7.9 Restrictions

 

7.9.1 Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this clause 7 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

7.9.2 Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty. Any cancellation of any part of the Total Commitments pursuant to clause 7.3 ( Voluntary cancellation ) under this Agreement shall be without premium or penalty.

 

7.9.3 The Borrowers may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is repaid or prepaid.

 

7.9.4 The Borrowers shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

7.9.5 Subject to clause 2.2 ( Increase ) no amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

7.9.6 If the Agent receives a notice under this clause 7 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrowers or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

7.9.7 If the Total Commitments are partially reduced and/or the Loan partially prepaid under this Agreement (other than under clause 7.1 ( Illegality ) and clause 7.5 ( Right of cancellation and prepayment in relation to a single Lender )), the Commitments of the Lenders and (other than in relation to a cancellation of all of the Ship Commitment for a Ship) the remaining Ship Commitments shall be reduced rateably.

 

7.9.8 Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with payment to any Hedging Provider, of any amount falling due to the relevant Hedging Provider under a Hedging Contract as a result of the termination or close out of that Hedging Contract or any Hedging Transaction under it in accordance with clause 31.2 ( Unwinding of Hedging Contracts ) in relation to that prepayment.

SECTION 5 - COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

8 Interest

 

8.1 Calculation of interest

The rate of interest on each Advance or, as the case may be, the Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

  (a) Margin;

 

  (b) LIBOR; and

 

32


  (c) Mandatory Cost, if any.

 

8.2 Payment of interest

The Borrowers shall pay accrued interest on each Advance or, as the case may be, the Loan on the last day of each Interest Period.

 

8.3 Default interest

 

8.3.1 If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document (other than a Hedging Contract) on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to clause 8.3.2 below, is two point zero per cent (2.0%) higher than the rate of interest most recently calculated (prior to the due date of the overdue amount) pursuant to clause 8.1 ( Calculation of interest ), for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing in accordance with this clause 8.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

 

8.3.2 If any overdue amount consists of all or part of the Loan or, as the case may be, an Advance which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Advance or the relevant part of it:

 

  (a) the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to the Loan or Advance; and

 

  (b) the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be two point zero per cent (2.0%) per annum higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

 

8.3.3 Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

8.4 Notification of rates of interest

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrowers of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

9 Interest Periods

 

9.1 Duration of Interest Periods

Subject to clause 9.2:

 

9.1.1 the first Interest Period in respect of an Advance shall start on the relevant Utilisation Date for that Advance and expire on the First Repayment Date for that Advance unless that First Repayment Date falls more than three months after the Utilisation Date for that Advance in which case the Interest Period shall expire on the immediately succeeding Repayment Date for the other Advances then drawn down; and

 

9.1.2 each Interest Period after the first Interest Period shall start on the last day of its preceding Interest Period and expire on the immediately succeeding Repayment Date for that Advance.

 

9.2 Non-Business Days

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

33


10 Changes to the calculation of interest

 

10.1 Absence of quotations

Subject to clause 10.2 ( Market Disruption Event ), if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by 11:00 a.m. on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

10.2 Market Disruption Event

 

10.2.1 If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to an Advance for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of that Advance for the Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

  (a) the Margin;

 

  (b) the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the Advance from whatever source it may reasonably select; and

 

  (c) the Mandatory Cost, if any, applicable to that Lender’s participation in the Advance.

 

10.2.2 If a Market Disruption Event occurs, the Agent shall, as soon as practicable, notify the Borrowers.

 

10.2.3 In this Agreement Market Disruption Event means that:

 

  (a) at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine LIBOR for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

  (b) before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Advance exceed 50% of the Advance) that the cost to it of funding its participation in the Advance from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR.

 

10.3 Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

10.3.1 If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Borrowers so require, the Agent and Borrowers shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

10.3.2 Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to clause 10.3.1 above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders be binding on all Parties.

 

10.4 Break Costs

 

10.4.1 The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of an Advance of Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrowers on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Advance of the Loan or Unpaid Sum or relevant part of it.

 

10.4.2 Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

34


11 Fees

 

11.1 Commitment commission

 

11.1.1 The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in dollars computed at the rate of 1.40% per annum on the undrawn and uncancelled portion of that Lender’s Commitment calculated from the date of this Agreement (the start date ).

 

11.1.2 The Borrowers shall pay the accrued commitment commission on the last day of the period of three months commencing on the start date, on the last day of each successive period of three months up to and including the Last Availability Date in respect of the last Advance made hereunder and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitments at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

11.1.3 No commitment fee is payable to the Agent (for the account of a Lender) on any undrawn Commitment of that Lender for any day on which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

 

11.2 Additional Fees

The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent (for its own account and for the account of the Arrangers) the fees in the amount and at the times agreed in any Fee Letter.

SECTION 6 - ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

12 Tax gross-up and indemnities

 

12.1 Definitions

 

12.1.1 In this Agreement:

Protected Party means a Finance Party or, in relation to clause 14.4 ( Indemnity concerning security ) and clause 14.7 ( Interest ) insofar as it relates to interest on any amount demanded by that Indemnified Person under clause 14.4 ( Indemnity concerning security ), any Indemnified Person, which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

Tax Deduction means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document (other than a Hedging Contract) but shall not include a FATCA Deduction.

Tax Payment means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment under clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ).

 

12.1.2 Unless a contrary indication appears, in this clause 12 a reference to determines or determined means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

12.2 Tax gross-up

 

12.2.1 Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it under any Finance Document without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

12.2.2 The Borrowers shall, promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction), notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Borrowers and that Obligor.

 

35


12.2.3 If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor under the relevant Finance Document shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

12.2.4 If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

12.2.5 Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

12.2.6 This clause 12.2 shall not apply in respect of any payments under any Hedging Contract, where the gross-up provisions of the relevant Hedging Master Agreement itself shall apply.

 

12.3 Tax indemnity

 

12.3.1 The Borrowers shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

12.3.2 Clause 12.3.1 above shall not apply:

 

  (a) with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

  (i) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

  (ii) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

  (b) to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or clause 12.8 ( FATCA Deduction and gross-up by Obligor ) or paragraph (b) of clause 12.9 ( FATCA Deduction by a Finance Party ); or

 

  (c) is compensated for by a payment under paragraph (d) of clause 12.9 ( FATCA Deduction by a Finance Party );

 

  (d) to the extent a loss, liability or cost is attributable to a FATCA Deduction; or

 

  (e) to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by a payment under clause 12.5.

 

12.3.3 A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under clause 12.3.1 above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Borrowers.

 

12.3.4 A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this clause 12.3, notify the Agent.

 

36


12.4 Tax Credit

 

12.4.1 If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

  (a) a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment; and

 

  (b) that Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

12.5 Indemnities on after Tax basis

 

12.5.1 If and to the extent that any sum payable to any Protected Party by the Borrowers under any Finance Document by way of indemnity or reimbursement proves to be insufficient, by reason of any Tax suffered thereon, for that Protected Party to discharge the corresponding liability to a third party, or to reimburse that Protected Party for the cost incurred by it in discharging the corresponding liability to a third party, the Borrowers shall pay that Protected Party such additional sum as (after taking into account any Tax suffered by that Protected Party on such additional sum) shall be required to make up the relevant deficit.

 

12.5.2 If and to the extent that any sum (the Indemnity Sum ) constituting (directly or indirectly) an indemnity to any Protected Party but paid by the Borrowers to any person other than that Protected Party, shall be treated as taxable in the hands of the Protected Party, the Borrowers shall pay to that Protected Party such sum (the Compensating Sum ) as (after taking into account any Tax suffered by that Protected Party on the Compensating Sum) shall reimburse that Protected Party for any Tax suffered by it in respect of the Indemnity Sum.

 

12.5.3 For the purposes of this clause 12.5 a sum shall be deemed to be taxable in the hands of a Protected Party if it falls to be taken into account in computing the profits or gains of that Protected Party for the purposes of Tax and, if so, that Protected Party shall be deemed to have suffered Tax on the relevant sum at the rate of Tax applicable to that Protected Party’s profits or gains for the period in which the payment of the relevant sum falls to be taken into account for the purposes of such Tax.

 

12.5.4 There shall be taken into account, in determining whether any amount referred to in clause 12.5.1 is insufficient, the amount of any deduction or other relief, allowance or credit available to the Protected Party in respect of the Protected Party’s corresponding liability to a third party or the cost incurred by the Protected Party in discharging the corresponding liability to a third party.

 

12.6 Stamp taxes

The Borrowers shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

12.7 Value added tax

 

12.7.1 All amounts expressed in a Finance Document to be payable by any party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to clause 12.7.3 below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any party under a Finance Document, and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that party).

 

37


12.7.2 If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the Supplier ) to any other Finance Party (the Recipient ) under a Finance Document, and any party to a Finance Document other than the Recipient (the Subject Party ) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

  (a) (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Subject Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Subject Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

 

  (b) (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Subject Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

 

12.7.3 Where a Finance Document requires any party to it to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment of in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

12.7.4 Any reference in this clause 12.7 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term “representative member” to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).

 

12.7.5 In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that party’s VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

 

12.8 FATCA Deduction and gross-up by Obligor

 

12.8.1 If an Obligor is required to make a FATCA Deduction, that Obligor shall make that FATCA Deduction and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by FATCA.

 

12.8.2 Subject to clause 12.8.2 below, if a FATCA Deduction is required to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any FATCA Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no FATCA Deduction had been required.

 

12.8.3 A payment shall not be increased under clause 12.8.1 above by reason of a FATCA Deduction if the requirement for the relevant FATCA Deduction to be made has arisen in a situation in which:

 

  (a) the Obligor is not a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor; or

 

  (b) the Obligor is a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor but the Obligor is able to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the relevant Finance Party that the relevant FATCA Deduction would have been required had the Obligor been neither a FATCA FFI nor a US Tax Obligor,

 

38


unless the requirement for the relevant FATCA Deduction to be made has arisen as a result of any change after the date of this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) FATCA.

 

12.8.4 The Borrowers shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a FATCA Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Finance Party shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Finance Party. If the Agent receives such notification from a Finance Party it shall notify the Borrowers and that Obligor.

 

12.8.5 Within thirty days of making either a FATCA Deduction or any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, the Obligor making that FATCA Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the FATCA Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant governmental or taxation authority.

 

12.9 FATCA Deduction by a Finance Party

 

12.9.1 Each Finance Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required by FATCA to make, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Finance Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction. A Finance Party which becomes aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction in respect of a payment to another Party (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) shall notify that Party and the Agent.

 

12.9.2 Subject to clause 12.9.4 below, if the Agent is required to make a FATCA Deduction in respect of a payment to a Finance Party under clause 38.2 ( Distributions by the Agent ) which relates to a payment by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after the Agent has made such FATCA Deduction), leaves the Agent with an amount equal to the payment which would have been made by the Agent if no FATCA Deduction had been required.

 

12.9.3 The Agent shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction in respect of a payment to a Finance Party under clause 38.2 ( Distributions by the Agent ) which relates to a payment by an Obligor (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such a FATCA Deduction) notify the Borrowers, the relevant Obligor and the relevant Finance Party.

 

12.9.4 Subject to clause 12.9.4 below, the Borrowers shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Finance Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Finance Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered by that Finance Party as a result of another Finance Party making a FATCA Deduction in respect of a payment due to it under a Finance Document. This paragraph shall not apply to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under clause 12.9.1 above.

 

12.9.5 A payment shall not be increased under clause 12.9.1 above and the Company shall not be required to make a payment to a Finance Party under clause 12.9.3 above if the requirement for the relevant FATCA Deduction to be made has arisen in a situation in which:

 

  (a) the Obligor is not a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor; or

 

  (b) the Obligor is a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor but the Obligor is able to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the relevant Finance Party that the relevant FATCA Deduction would have been required had the Obligor been neither a FATCA FFI nor a US Tax Obligor,

unless the requirement for the relevant FATCA Deduction to be made has arisen as a result of any change after the date of this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) FATCA.

 

39


12.9.6 A Finance Party making, or intending to make, a claim under clause 12.9.3 above shall promptly notify the Agent of the FATCA Deduction which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Borrowers.

 

12.10 Tax Credit and FATCA

If an Obligor makes a FATCA Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

12.10.1 a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that FATCA Payment forms part, to that FATCA Payment or to a FATCA Deduction in consequence of which that FATCA Payment was required; and

 

12.10.2 that Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the FATCA Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

12.11 FATCA Information

 

12.11.1 Subject to clause 12.11.3 below, each Party shall, within 20 Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

  (a) confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

  (i) a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

  (ii) not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

  (b) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable passthru payment percentage or other information required under United States Department of Treasury regulations or other official guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA.

 

12.11.2 If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to clause 12.11.1(a) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

12.11.3 If a Lender confirms to the Agent pursuant to clause 12.11.1(a) that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and either:

 

  (a) it is not at the time of such confirmation a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

  (b) it subsequently ceases to be a FATCA Exempt Party without notifying the Agent of such change pursuant to clause 12.11.2 above, and

the Agent makes a payment to such Lender without making a FATCA Deduction in circumstances where a FATCA Deduction should have been made from that payment and would have been made had the Agent been aware of the circumstance in (i) or (ii) above, that Lender shall pay to the Agent an amount equal to any loss, liability or cost which the Agent (acting reasonably) believes will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered by the Agent as a result of such Agent not making such FATCA Deduction.

 

12.11.4 Clause 12.11.1 above shall not oblige any Finance Party to:

 

  (a) do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation, any fiduciary duty, or any duty of confidentiality; or

 

40


  (b) disclose any confidential information (including, without limitation, its tax returns and calculations), provided that information required (or equivalent to the information so required) by United States Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8 or W-9 (or any successor forms) shall not be treated as confidential information of such Finance Party for purposes of this clause 12.11.4.

 

12.11.5 If a Party fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with clause 12.11.1 above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where clause 12.11.4 above applies), then:

 

  (a) if that Party failed to confirm whether it is (and/or remains) a FATCA Exempt Party then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

  (b) if that Party failed to confirm its applicable passthru percentage then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable passthru percentage is 100%,

until (in each case) such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

12.12 Exceptions

No Obligor shall be required to increase any payment under clause 12.8(b) or clause 12.9(b) or to make a payment under clause 12.9(d) to the extent that:

 

  (a) such payment is to be made in respect of the participation of a Finance Party whose most recent confirmation under clause 12.11(a) was a confirmation that it was a FATCA Exempt Party, such Finance Party has not subsequently notified any change of its status under clause 12.11(b) and at the time of the payment such Obligor is able to demonstrate that such Finance Party is not a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

  (b) such payment is to be made in respect of the participation of a Finance Party whose most recent confirmation under clause 12.11(a) was a confirmation that it was not a FATCA Exempt Party (including as a result of the application of clause 12.11(e)), such Finance Party has not subsequently notified the Borrower that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and at the time of the payment such Obligor is able to demonstrate that such Finance Party is a FATCA Exempt Party.

 

13 Increased Costs

 

13.1 Increased Costs

 

13.1.1 Subject to clause 13.3 ( Exceptions ), the Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Cost incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates which:

 

  (a) arises as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement; and/or

 

  (b) is a Basel III Increased Cost.

 

13.1.2 In this Agreement Increased Costs means:

 

  (a) a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

  (b) an additional or increased cost; or

 

41


  (c) a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

13.2 Increased Cost claims

 

13.2.1 A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to clause 13.1 ( Increased Costs ) shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers.

 

13.2.2 Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

13.3 Exceptions

 

13.3.1 Clause 13.1 ( Increased Costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

  (a) attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

  (b) compensated for by clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in clause 12.3.2 applied);

 

  (c) compensated for by the payment of the Mandatory Cost;

 

  (d) attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation; or

 

  (e) attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by an Obligor or a Finance Party.

 

13.3.2 In this clause 13.3, a reference to a Tax Deduction has the same meaning given to the term in clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

14 Other indemnities

 

14.1 Currency indemnity

 

14.1.1 If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a Sum ), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the First Currency ) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the Second Currency ) for the purpose of:

 

  (a) making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; and/or

 

  (b) obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

that Obligor shall, as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any Losses arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (i) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (ii) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

14.1.2 Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

42


14.2 Other indemnities

The Borrowers shall (or shall procure that another Obligor will), within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, indemnify each Finance Party against any and all Losses incurred by that Finance Party as a result of:

 

  (a) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

  (b) a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any and all Losses arising as a result of clause 37 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties ) ;

 

  (c) funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in the Loan requested by the Borrowers in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or

 

  (d) the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrowers.

 

14.3 Indemnity to the Agent

The Borrowers shall promptly indemnify the Agent and the Security Agent against:

 

  (a) any and all Losses incurred by the Agent or the Security Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

  (i) investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default;

 

  (ii) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

  (iii) instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under this Agreement; or

 

  (iv) any action taken by the Agent or the Security Agent or any of its or their representatives, agents or contractors in connection with any powers conferred by any Security Document to remedy any breach of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (b) any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent or the Security Agent in the course of acting as Agent or, as the case may be, Security Agent under the Finance Documents (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s or the Security Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to clause 38.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Agent’s or the Security Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent in acting as Agent or the Security Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

14.4 Indemnity concerning security

 

14.4.1 The Borrowers shall (or shall procure that another Obligor will) promptly indemnify each Indemnified Person against any and all Losses incurred by it in connection with:

 

  (a) any failure by the Borrowers to comply with clause 16 (Costs and expenses);

 

  (b) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction received in respect of the Finance Documents which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

43


  (c) the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Security Documents;

 

  (d) the exercise or purported exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions, authorities and remedies vested in the Security Agent and/or any other Finance Party and each Receiver by the Finance Documents or by law unless and to the extent that it was caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

  (e) any claim (whether relating to the environment or otherwise) made or asserted against the Indemnified Person which would not have arisen but for the execution or enforcement of one or more Finance Documents (unless and to the extent it is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person); or

 

  (f) any breach by any Obligor of the Finance Documents.

 

14.4.2 The Security Agent may, in priority to any payment to the other Finance Parties, indemnify itself out of the Trust Property in respect of, and pay and retain, all sums necessary to give effect to the indemnity in this clause 14.4 and shall have a lien on the Security Documents and the proceeds of the enforcement of those Security Documents for all moneys payable to it.

 

14.5 Continuation of indemnities

The indemnities by the Borrowers in favour of the Indemnified Persons contained in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any breach by any Finance Party or the Borrowers of the terms of this Agreement, the repayment or prepayment of the Loan, the cancellation of the Total Commitments or the repudiation by the Agent or the Borrowers of this Agreement.

 

14.6 Third Parties Act

Each Indemnified Person may rely on the terms of clause 14.4 (Indemnity concerning security) and clauses 12 (Tax gross-up and indemnities) and 14.7 (Interest) insofar as it relates to interest on any amount demanded by that Indemnified Person under clause 14.4 (Indemnity concerning security) , subject to clause 1.3 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

14.7 Interest

Moneys becoming due by the Borrowers to any Indemnified Person under the indemnities contained in this clause 14 (Other indemnities) or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be paid on demand made by such Indemnified Person and shall be paid together with interest on the sum demanded from the date of demand therefor to the date of reimbursement by the Borrowers to such Indemnified Person (both before and after judgment) at the rate referred to in clause 8.3 (Default interest) .

 

14.8 Exclusion of liability

No Indemnified Person will be in any way liable or responsible to any Obligor (whether as mortgagee in possession or otherwise) who is a Party or is a party to a Finance Document to which this clause applies for any loss or liability arising from any act, default, omission or misconduct of that Indemnified Person, except to the extent caused by its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct. Any Indemnified Person may rely on this clause 14.8 subject to clause 1.3 (Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

15 Mitigation by the Lenders

 

15.1 Mitigation

15.1.1 Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrowers, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of clause 7.1 ( Illegality ), clause 12

 

44


( Tax gross-up and indemnities ) or clause 13 ( Increased Costs ) or paragraph 3 of Schedule 5 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

15.1.2 Clause 15.1.1 does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

15.2 Limitation of liability

 

15.2.1 The Borrowers shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ).

 

15.2.2 A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

16 Costs and expenses

 

16.1 Transaction expenses

The Borrowers shall promptly within five Business Days of demand pay the Agent, the Bookrunner, the Arrangers and the Security Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of legal advisers and insurance and other consultants and advisers) reasonably incurred by any of them (and by any Receiver) in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication, registration and perfection and any release, discharge or reassignment of:

 

  (a) this Agreement, the Hedging Master Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement and the Security Documents;

 

  (b) any other Finance Documents executed or proposed to be executed after the date of this Agreement including any executed to provide additional security under clause 26 ( Minimum security value ); or

 

  (c) any Security Interest expressed or intended to be granted by a Finance Document.

 

16.2 Amendment costs

If an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent, the Borrowers shall, within five Business Days of demand by the Agent, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of legal advisers and insurance and other consultants and advisers) reasonably incurred by the Agent and the Security Agent (and by any Receiver) in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

16.3 Enforcement, preservation and other costs

The Borrowers shall on demand by a Finance Party, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of legal advisers and insurance and other consultants, brokers, surveyors and advisers) incurred by that Finance Party in connection with:

 

  (a) the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document and any proceedings initiated by or against any Indemnified Person and as a consequence of holding the Charged Property or enforcing those rights and any proceedings instituted by or against any Indemnified Person as a consequence of taking or holding the Security Documents or enforcing those rights;

 

  (b) any valuation carried out under clause 26 ( Minimum security value ); or

 

45


  (c) any inspection carried out under clause 24.8 ( Inspection and notice of dry-dockings ) or any survey carried out under clause 24.16 ( Survey report ).

SECTION 7 - GUARANTEE

 

17 Guarantee and indemnity

 

17.1 Guarantee and indemnity

Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

  (a) guarantees to the Security Agent (as trustee for the Finance Parties) and the other Finance Parties punctual performance by each other Obligor of all such Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) undertakes with the Security Agent (as trustee for the Finance Parties) and the other Finance Parties that whenever another Obligor does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, it shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

 

  (c) agrees with the Security Agent (as trustee for the Finance Parties) and the other Finance Parties that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of the Borrowers not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by the Borrowers under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this clause 17.1 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

17.2 Continuing guarantee

Each Guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

17.3 Reinstatement

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Guarantor under this clause 17 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

17.4 Waiver of defences

The obligations of each Guarantor under this clause 17 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing (whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) which, but for this clause, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this clause 17 including (without limitation):

 

  (a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

  (b) the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any other Obligor;

 

46


  (c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

  (d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

  (e) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including without limitation any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

  (f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  (g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

17.5 Immediate recourse

Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this clause 17. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

17.6 Appropriations

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

  (a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

  (b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from a Guarantor or on account of any Guarantor’s liability under this clause 17.

 

17.7 Deferral of Guarantor’s rights

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this clause 17:

 

  (a) to be indemnified by another Obligor;

 

  (b) to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  (c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party;

 

47


  (d) to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which a Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity );

 

  (e) to exercise any right of set-off against any other Obligor; and/or

 

  (f) to claim or prove as a creditor of any other Obligor in competition with any Finance Party.

If a Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it will promptly pay an equal amount to the Agent for application in accordance with clause 38 ( Payment mechanics ). This only applies until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full.

 

17.8 Additional security

Each Guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

SECTION 8 - REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

18 Representations

Each Borrower makes and repeats the representations and warranties set out in this clause 18 to each Finance Party at the times specified in clause 18.34 ( Times when representations are made ).

 

18.1 Status

 

18.1.1 The Ultimate Parent is domesticated and validly existing in good standing under the laws of its Original Jurisdiction as a corporation, and each Borrower and the Parent is duly formed and validly existing in good standing under the laws of its Original Jurisdiction of its incorporation as a limited liability company, and each Obligor has no registered place of business outside its Original Jurisdiction.

 

18.1.2 Each Obligor and each Group Member has power and authority to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to own its property and other assets.

 

18.1.3 No Obligor is a FATCA FFI.

 

18.2 Binding obligations

Subject to the Legal Reservations, the obligations expressed to be assumed by each Obligor in each Finance Document, any Charter Document or any Building Contract to which it is, or is to be, a party are or, when entered into by it, will be legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations and each Security Document to which an Obligor is, or will be, a party, creates or will create the Security Interests which that Security Document purports to create and those Security Interests are or will be valid and effective.

 

18.3 Power and authority

 

18.3.1 Each Obligor has power to enter into, perform and deliver and comply with its obligations under, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, each Finance Document, any Charter Document and any Building Contract to which it is or is to be a party.

 

48


18.3.2 No limitation on any Obligor’s powers to borrow, create security or give guarantees will be exceeded as a result of any transaction under, or the entry into of, any Finance Document, any Charter Document or any Building Contract to which such Obligor is, or is to be, a party.

 

18.4 Non-conflict

The entry into and performance by each Obligor of, and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, the Charter Documents and the Building Contract to which it is a party and the granting of the Security Interests purported to be created by the Security Documents do not and will not conflict with:

 

  (a) any law or regulation applicable to any Obligor;

 

  (b) the Constitutional Documents of any Obligor; or

 

  (c) any agreement or other instrument binding upon any Obligor or any other Group Member or its or any other Group Member’s assets,

or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument or result in the creation of any Security Interest (save for a Permitted Lien or under a Security Document) on any Group Member’s assets, rights or revenues.

 

18.5 Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

18.5.1 All authorisations required or desirable:

 

  (a) to enable each Obligor lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations under each Finance Document, and any Charter Document or any Building Contract to which it is a party;

 

  (b) to make each Finance Document, any Charter Document or any Building Contract to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdiction; and

 

  (c) to ensure that each of the Security Interests created under the Security Documents has the priority and ranking contemplated by them,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect except any authorisation or filing referred to in clause 18.12 ( No filing or stamp taxes ), which authorisation or filing will be promptly obtained or effected within any applicable period.

 

18.5.2 All authorisations necessary for the conduct of the business, trade and ordinary activities of each Obligor and each other Group Member have been obtained or effected (subject to the Legal Reservations) and are in full force and effect if failure to obtain or effect those authorisations might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.6 Governing law and enforcement

Save as otherwise identified in any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) and subject to any Legal Reservations:

 

18.6.1 the choice of English law or any other applicable law as the governing law of any Finance Document, and any Charter Document or Building Contract will be recognised and enforced in each Obligor’s Relevant Jurisdiction; and

 

18.6.2 any judgment obtained in England in relation to an Obligor will be recognised and enforced in each Obligor’s Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

49


18.7 Information

 

18.7.1 Any Information is true and accurate in all material respects at the time it was given or made.

 

18.7.2 There are no facts or circumstances or any other information which could make the Information incomplete, untrue, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect.

 

18.7.3 The Information does not omit anything which could make the Information incomplete, untrue, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect.

 

18.7.4 All opinions, projections, forecasts or expressions of intention contained in the Information and the assumptions on which they are based have been arrived at after due and careful enquiry and consideration and were believed to be reasonable by the person who provided that Information as at the date it was given or made.

 

18.7.5 For the purposes of this clause 18.7, Information means: any information provided by any Obligor or any other Group Member to any of the Finance Parties in connection with the Finance Documents, the Charter Documents or the Building Contracts or the transactions referred to in them.

 

18.8 Original Financial Statements

 

18.8.1 The Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP or, as the case may be, IFRS consistently applied.

 

18.8.2 The audited Original Financial Statements give a true and fair view of the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Group during the relevant financial year.

 

18.8.3 There has been no material adverse change in its assets, business or financial condition (or the assets, business or consolidated financial condition of the Group) since the date of the Original Financial Statements.

 

18.9 Pari passu ranking

Each Obligor’s payment obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is, or is to be, a party rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated payment obligations, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

18.10 Ranking and effectiveness of security

Subject to the Legal Reservations and any filing, registration or notice requirements which is referred to in any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ), the security created by the Security Documents has (or will have when the Security Documents have been executed) the priority which it is expressed to have in the Security Documents, the Charged Property is not subject to any Security Interest other than Permitted Security Interests and such security will constitute perfected security on the assets described in the Security Documents.

 

18.11 No insolvency

No corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in clause 31.10 ( Insolvency proceedings ) or creditors’ process described in clause 31.11 ( Creditors’ process ) has been taken or, to the knowledge of any Obligor, threatened in relation to a Group Member and none of the circumstances described in clause 31.9 ( Insolvency ) applies to any Group Member.

 

18.12 No filing or stamp taxes

Under the laws of each Obligor’s Relevant Jurisdictions it is not necessary that any Finance Document, any Charter Document or any Building Contract to which it is, or is to be, party be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to any such Finance Document, and any Charter Document or any Building Contract or the transactions

 

50


contemplated by the Finance Documents except any filing, recording or enrolling or any tax or fee payable in relation to any Finance Document which is referred to in any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) and which will be made or paid promptly after the date of the relevant Finance Document.

 

18.13 Tax

 

18.13.1 No Obligor is required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to which it is, or is to be, a party and no other party is required to make any such deduction from any payment it may make under any Charter Document or Building Contract.

 

18.13.2 The execution or delivery or performance by any Party of the Finance Documents will not result in any Finance Party:

 

  (a) having any liability in respect of Tax in any Flag State;

 

  (b) having or being deemed to have a place of business in any Flag State or any Relevant Jurisdiction of any Obligor.

 

18.14 No Default

 

18.14.1 No Default is continuing or is reasonably likely to result from the making of any Utilisation or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Finance Document, any Charter Document or Building Contract.

 

18.14.2 No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes (or, with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination or any combination of any of the foregoing, would constitute) a default or termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on any Obligor or any other Group Member or to which any Obligor’s (or any other Group Member’s) assets are subject which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.15 No proceedings pending or threatened

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of, or before, any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, have (to the best of any Obligor’s knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against any Obligor or any other Group Member.

 

18.16 No breach of laws

 

18.16.1 No Obligor or other Group Member has breached any law or regulation which breach might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.16.2 No labour dispute is current or, to the best of any Obligor’s knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry), threatened against any Obligor or other Group Member which may have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.17 Environmental matters

 

18.17.1 No Environmental Law applicable to any Fleet Vessel and/or any Obligor or other Group Member has been violated in a manner or circumstances which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.17.2 All consents, licences and approvals required under such Environmental Laws have been obtained and are currently in force.

 

18.17.3 No Environmental Claim has been made or threatened or is pending against any Obligor or other Group Member or any Fleet Vessel where that claim might have a Material Adverse Effect and there has been no Environmental Incident which has given, or might give, rise to such a claim.

 

51


18.18 Tax Compliance

 

18.18.1 No Obligor or other Group Member is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns or overdue in the payment of any material amount in respect of Tax.

 

18.18.2 No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against any Obligor or other Group Member with respect to Taxes such that a liability of, or claim against, any Obligor or other Group Member is reasonably likely to arise for an amount for which adequate reserves have not been provided in the Original Financial Statements and which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.18.3 Each Obligor is resident for Tax purposes only in its Original Jurisdiction except for any Taxes which may arise in the usual course of its business of operating and trading the Ships.

 

18.19 Anti- corruption law

Each Group Member has conducted its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and has instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

 

18.20 Security and Financial Indebtedness

 

18.20.1 No Security Interest exists over all or any of the present or future assets of any Obligor or other Group Member in breach of this Agreement.

 

18.20.2 No Obligor or other Group Member has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding in breach of this Agreement.

 

18.21 Legal and beneficial ownership

Each Obligor is or, on the date the Security Documents to which it is a party are entered into, will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of the respective assets over which it purports to grant a Security Interest under the Security Documents to which it is a party.

 

18.22 Membership interests

The membership interests of each Owner are fully paid and not subject to any option to purchase or similar rights. The Constitutional Documents of each Owner do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of those membership interests on creation or enforcement of the Security Documents. There are no agreements in force which provide for the issue or allotment of, or grant any person the right to call for the issue or allotment of, any membership interest or loan capital of each Owner (including any option or right of pre-emption or conversion).

 

18.23 Accounting Reference Date

The financial year-end of each Obligor and other Group Member is the Accounting Reference Date.

 

18.24 No adverse consequences

Save as otherwise identified in any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ):

 

18.24.1 it is not necessary under the laws of the Relevant Jurisdictions of any Obligor:

 

  (a) in order to enable any Finance Party to enforce its rights under any Finance Document to which it is, or is to be, a party; or

 

52


  (b) by reason of the execution of any Finance Document or the performance by any Obligor of its obligations under any Finance Document to which it is, or is to be, a party,

that any Finance Party should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in any of such Relevant Jurisdictions; and

 

18.24.2 no Finance Party is or will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in any Relevant Jurisdiction by reason only of the execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Finance Document.

 

18.25 Copies of documents

The copies of the Charter Documents, the Building Contracts and the Constitutional Documents of the Obligors delivered to the Agent under clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ) will be true, complete and accurate copies of such documents and include all amendments and supplements to them as at the time of such delivery and no other agreements or arrangements exist between any of the parties to those documents which would materially affect the transactions or arrangements contemplated by them or modify or release the obligations of any party under them.

 

18.26 No breach of any Building Contract

No Obligor nor (so far as the Obligors are aware) any other person is in breach of any Building Contract to which it is a party nor has anything occurred which entitles or may entitle any party to rescind or terminate it or decline to perform their obligations under it.

 

18.27 No immunity

No Obligor or any of its assets is immune to any legal action or proceeding.

 

18.28 Ship status

Each Ship will on the first day of the relevant Mortgage Period be:

 

  (a) registered provisionally in the name of the relevant Owner through the relevant Registry as a ship under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;

 

  (b) operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service;

 

  (c) classed with the relevant Classification free of all requirements and recommendations of the relevant Classification Society; and

 

  (d) insured in the manner required by the Finance Documents.

 

18.29 Ship’s employment

Each Ship shall on the first day of the relevant Mortgage Period be free of any charter commitment (other than any Charter if any Charter has been entered into by an Owner) which, if entered into after that date, would require approval under the Finance Documents.

 

18.30 Ownership of the Obligors

Each of the Borrowers is:

 

  (a) a wholly, legally and beneficially owned indirect Subsidiary of the Ultimate Parent; and

 

  (b) a wholly, legally and beneficially owned direct Subsidiary of the Parent.

 

53


18.31 Address commission

There are no rebates, commissions or other payments in connection with any Building Contract or any Charter other than those referred to in it.

 

18.32 No money laundering

None of the Obligors are in contravention of any anti-money laundering law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat “money laundering”.

 

18.33 No corrupt practices

None of the Obligors are engaged in any practice which would be deemed corrupt in any Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

18.34 Times when representations are made

 

18.34.1 All of the representations and warranties set out in this clause 18 (other than Ship Representations relating to Ships which are not Mortgaged Ships at such time) are deemed to be made on the dates of:

 

  (a) this Agreement;

 

  (b) the first Utilisation Request;

 

  (c) any Utilisation; and

 

  (d) the issuing of any Compliance Certificate.

 

18.34.2 The Repeating Representations and the Ship Representations relating to Ships which are Mortgaged Ships at such times are deemed to be made on the dates of each subsequent Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period.

 

18.34.3 All of the Ship Representations are deemed to be made on the first day of the Mortgage Period for the relevant Ship.

 

18.34.4 Each representation or warranty deemed to be made after the date of this Agreement shall be deemed to be made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing at the date the representation or warranty is deemed to be made.

 

19 Information undertakings

The Borrowers undertake that this clause 19 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.

In this clause 19:

Annual Financial Statements means the financial statements for a financial year of the Group delivered pursuant to clause 19.1.1.

Quarterly Financial Statements means the financial statements for a financial quarter of the Group delivered pursuant to clause 19.1.2.

 

19.1 Financial statements

 

19.1.1 The Borrowers shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each financial year, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group and the audited unconsolidated financial statements of the Parent for that financial year.

 

54


19.1.2 Following the first Utilisation Date, each Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each financial quarter, its unaudited financial statements and the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Group for that financial quarter duly signed by a director or the chief financial officer of the Borrower.

 

19.1.3 The Borrowers shall supply to the Agent not later than 30 June and 31 December each year, (i) financial projections for the Group for the succeeding three years in form and substance similar to the financial projections provided with the information memorandum provided to the Lenders in connection with the Facility, such financial projections to be for such period as reflects the current reporting practice of the Group from time to time and in any event being for a period of not less than three years and (ii) details of contracted employment of the Group’s fleet for the following 12 month period.

 

19.2 Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate

 

19.2.1 The Borrowers shall supply a Compliance Certificate to the Agent with each set of Quarterly Financial Statements for the Group.

 

19.2.2 Each Compliance Certificate shall, amongst other things, including supporting schedules setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with clause 20 ( Financial covenants ).

 

19.2.3 Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by a director or the chief financial officer of the Ultimate Parent.

 

19.3 Requirements as to financial statements

 

19.3.1 The Borrowers shall procure that each set of Annual Financial Statements includes a profit and loss account, a balance sheet and a cashflow statement and each set of Quarterly Financial Statements includes an income statement, a cashflow statement and a balance sheet and that, in addition, each set of Annual Financial Statements shall be audited by the Auditors.

 

19.3.2 Each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ) shall:

 

  (a) be prepared in accordance with GAAP, or as the case may be, IFRS;

 

  (b) give a true and fair view of (in the case of Annual Financial Statements for any financial year), or fairly represent (in other cases), the financial condition and operations of the Group or (as the case may be) the relevant Obligor as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up; and

 

  (c) in the case of annual audited financial statements, not be the subject of any qualification in the Auditors’ opinion.

 

19.3.3 The Borrowers shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ) shall be prepared using GAAP or IFRS, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements, unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, the Borrowers notify the Agent that there has been a change in GAAP or, as the case may be, IFRS or the accounting practices and the Auditors deliver to the Agent:

 

  (a) a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the GAAP or, as the case may be, IFRS or accounting practices and reference periods upon which corresponding Original Financial Statements were prepared; and

 

  (b) sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether clause 20 ( Financial covenants ) has been complied with and to make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and the Original Financial Statements.

 

55


Any reference in this Agreement to any financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.

 

19.4 Year-end

The Borrowers shall procure that each financial year-end of each Obligor and each Group Member falls on the Accounting Reference Date.

 

19.5 Information: miscellaneous

The Borrowers shall supply to the Agent:

 

  (a) at the same time as they are dispatched, copies of all financial statements, financial forecasts, reports, proxy statements and other material communications provided to the shareholders of the Borrowers and copies of all material documents dispatched by any Guarantor or any Obligors to its creditors generally (or any class of them);

 

  (b) promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any Obligor or other Group Member, and which, if adversely determined, might have a Material Adverse Effect or which would involve a liability, or a potential or alleged liability, exceeding $5,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies);

 

  (c) promptly, such information as the Agent may reasonably require about the Charged Property and compliance of the Obligors with the terms of any Security Documents; and

 

  (d) promptly on request, such further information regarding the financial condition, assets and operations of the Group and/or any Group Member as any Finance Party through the Agent may reasonably request.

 

19.6 Notification of Default

The Borrowers shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon any Obligor becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

 

19.7 Sufficient copies

The Borrowers, if so requested by the Agent, shall deliver sufficient copies of each document to be supplied under the Finance Documents to the Agent to distribute to each of the Lenders and the Hedging Providers.

 

19.8 Use of websites

 

19.8.1 The Borrowers may satisfy their obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the Website Lenders ) who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Borrowers and the Agent (the Designated Website ) if:

 

  (a) the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

 

  (b) both the Borrowers and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

  (c) the information is in a format previously agreed between the Borrowers and the Agent.

 

56


If any Lender (a Paper Form Lender ) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall notify the Borrowers accordingly and the Borrowers shall supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event the Borrowers shall supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

 

19.8.2 The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Borrowers and the Agent.

 

19.8.3 The Borrowers shall promptly upon any of them becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if:

 

  (a) the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

  (b) the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

  (c) any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

  (d) any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

  (e) any Borrower becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

If the Borrowers notify the Agent under paragraphs (a) or (e) above, all information to be provided by the Borrowers under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

 

19.8.4 Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Borrowers shall comply with any such request within ten Business Days.

 

19.9 “Know your customer” checks

 

19.9.1 If:

 

  (a) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

  (b) any change in the status of an Obligor or the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (c) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender or any Hedging Provider of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement or any Hedging Contract to a party that is not a Lender or a Hedging Provider prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges the Agent, the relevant Hedging Provider or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender or any Hedging Provider supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender or any Hedging Provider) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or the relevant Hedging Provider or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

57


19.9.2 Each Finance Party shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or the Security Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent or the Security Agent (for itself) in order for it to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

20 Financial covenants

The Borrowers undertake that this clause 20 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period as tested on a quarterly basis in accordance with clause 20.3 ( Financial testing ).

 

20.1 Financial definitions

In this clause 20:

Cash Equivalents shall mean the following (all of which shall be valued at market value and freely disposable and for the avoidance of doubt none of the following shall be deemed disqualified from being freely disposable by reason of being included in minimum liquidity calculations under this Agreement or other agreements respecting Indebtedness, or being subject to a lien):

 

  (a) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency thereof;

 

  (b) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition and overnight bank deposits of any Lender and certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition and overnight bank deposits of any other commercial bank whose principal place of business is organized under the laws of any country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development or has concluded special lending arrangements with the International Monetary Fund associated with its General Arrangements to Borrow, or a political subdivision of any such country, and having capital and surplus in excess of $200,000,000;

 

  (c) commercial paper of any issuer rated at least A-2 by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or P-2 by Moody’s investors Service, Inc. with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition; and

 

  (d) additional money market investments with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition rated at least A-1 or AA by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or P-1 or Aa by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Consolidated Working Capital means, at any time, the consolidated current assets of the Group less consolidated current liabilities of the Group excluding:

 

  (a) the current portion of long-term Indebtedness maturing in more than 3 months after such time of the Group; and

 

  (b) the $125,000,000 five year bond offering issued by the Ultimate Parent in connection with the acquisition of eleven vessels, settled on 18 December 2012 and with the scheduled maturity date of 18 December 2017.

EBITDA means, with respect to the Group Members for any period, Operating Income, plus depreciation, amortisation and other non-cash charges, to the extent deducted in calculating Operating Income.

Indebtedness means, with respect to any Group Member, at any date of determination (without duplication) (a) all indebtedness of such Group Member for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Group Member evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Group Member in respect of letters of credit or other similar instruments

 

58


(including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto), (d) all obligations of such Group Member to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services, which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery thereof or the completion of such services, except trade payables, (e) all obligations on account of principal of such Group Member as lessee under capitalised leases, (f) all indebtedness of other persons secured by a lien on any asset of such Group Member, whether or not such indebtedness is assumed by such Group Member; provided that the amount of such indebtedness shall be the lesser of (i) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (ii) the amount of such indebtedness, and (g) all indebtedness of other persons guaranteed by such Group Member to the extent guaranteed and the amount of Indebtedness of any Group Member at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, provided that the amount outstanding at any time of any indebtedness issued with an original issue discount is the face amount of such indebtedness less the remaining unamortised portion of the original issue discount of such indebtedness at such time as determined in accordance with GAAP or, as the case may require, IFRS; and provided further that Indebtedness shall not include any liability for current or deferred Taxes, or any trade payable.

Interest Expense means with respect to the Group Members for any period, all interest charges, including the interest component of capitalised leases and any Hedging Contracts.

Operating Income means the excess of the revenues of the Group Members (on a consolidated basis) over the expenses pertaining thereto, excluding income derived from sources other than its regular activities and any gains or losses on vessel sales, and before income deductions such as writedown amounts or any impairment reserves.

Total Assets means, at any time, the total assets of the Group determined in accordance with GAAP (as shown in the most recent Quarterly Financial Statements).

Total Indebtedness means, at any time, the aggregate sum of all Indebtedness of the Group as reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of the Group determined in accordance with GAAP (as shown in the most recent Quarterly Finance Statements).

Total Stockholders’ Equity means, at any time, the shareholders’ equity for the Group determined in accordance with GAAP (as shown in the most recent Quarterly Finance Statements).

 

20.2 Financial condition

At all times during the Facility Period, the Borrowers shall procure that the Group:

 

  (a) maintains at all times, cash and Cash Equivalents in an amount equal to or greater than (i) $12,500,000 and (ii) five per cent (5%) of the Total Indebtedness;

 

  (b) maintains a ratio of EBITDA to Interest Expense of not less than 3.00:1.00, as measured on the last day of each financial quarter of the Group;

 

  (c) maintains Consolidated Working Capital of not less than $0; and

 

  (d) maintains a ratio of Total Stockholders’ Equity to Total Assets of not less than 30%.

 

20.3 Financial testing

The financial covenants set out in clause 20.2 ( Financial condition ) shall be calculated in accordance with GAAP or, as the case may require, IFRS and tested by reference to each of the financial statements and/or each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to clause 19.2 ( Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate ).

 

59


21 General undertakings

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 21 will be complied with by and in respect of each Obligor and each other Group Member throughout the Facility Period.

 

21.1 Use of proceeds

The proceeds of Utilisations will be used exclusively for the purposes specified in clause 3 ( Purpose ).

 

21.2 Authorisations

Each Obligor will promptly:

 

  (a) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

  (b) supply certified copies to the Agent of,

any authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to:

 

  (i) enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents, and the Charter Documents or Building Contract in each case to which it is a party;

 

  (ii) ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document, or Charter Document or Building Contract in each case to which it is a party; and

 

  (iii) carry on its business where failure to do so has, or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.3 Compliance with laws

 

21.3.1 Each Obligor and each other Group Member will comply in all respects with all laws and regulations (including Environmental Laws) to which it may be subject if failure to comply has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.4 Anti-corruption law

 

21.4.1 No Obligor or other Group Member will directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Facility for any purpose which would breach the Bribery Act 2010, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or other similar legislation in other jurisdictions.

 

21.4.2 Each Obligor shall (and the Borrowers shall ensure that each other Group Member shall):

 

  (a) conduct its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws; and

 

  (b) maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

 

21.5 Tax compliance

 

21.5.1 Each Obligor and each other Group Member shall pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within such time period as may be allowed by law without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

 

  (a) such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

60


  (b) adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them which have been disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Agent under clause 19.1 ( Financial statements ); and

 

  (c) such payment can be lawfully withheld.

 

21.5.2 Except as approved by the Majority Lenders, each Obligor shall maintain its residence for Tax purposes in the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or, as the case may be, formed and ensure that it is not resident for Tax purposes in any other jurisdiction save for any Taxes which may arise in the usual course of its business of operating and trading the Ships.

 

21.5.3 Each Borrower shall not, and shall procure that no Obligor shall, become a FATCA FFI.

 

21.6 Change of business

Except as approved by the Majority Lenders, no substantial change will be made to the general nature of the business of the Guarantors or the other Obligors or the Group taken as a whole from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

21.7 Merger

Except as approved by the Majority Lenders, no Obligor will enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation, redomiciliation, legal migration or corporate reconstruction.

 

21.8 Further assurance

 

21.8.1 Each Obligor shall promptly do all such acts or execute all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices and instructions) as the Agent may reasonably specify (and in such form as the Agent may reasonably require):

 

  (a) to perfect the Security Interests created or intended to be created by that Obligor under or evidenced by the Security Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of the Security Agent provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

 

  (b) to confer on the Security Agent Security Interests over any property and assets of that Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security Interest intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Security Documents;

 

  (c) to facilitate the realisation of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents; and/or

 

  (d) to facilitate either the accession by a New Lender to any Security Document following an assignment in accordance with clause 33.1 (A ssignments and Transfers by the Lenders ).

 

21.8.2 Each Obligor shall take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security Interest conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

21.9 Negative pledge in respect of Charged Property

Except as approved by the Majority Lenders and for Permitted Liens, no Obligor will grant or allow to exist any Security Interest over any Charged Property.

 

61


21.10 Environmental matters

 

21.10.1 The Agent will be notified as soon as reasonably practicable of any Environmental Claim being made against any Obligor or other Group Member or any Fleet Vessel which, if successful to any extent, might have a Material Adverse Effect and of any Environmental Incident which may give rise to such an Environmental Claim and will be kept regularly and promptly informed in reasonable detail of the nature of, and response to, any such Environmental Incident and the defence to any such claim.

 

21.10.2 Environmental Laws (and any consents, licences or approvals obtained under them) applicable to Fleet Vessels will not be violated in a way which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.11 Inspection of records

Upon reasonable notice from the Agent, allow any representative of the Agent, subject to applicable laws and regulations, to visit and inspect the Borrowers’ properties and, on request, to examine the Borrowers’ books of account, records, reports, agreements and other papers and to discuss the Borrowers’ affairs, finances and accounts with its offices, in each case at such times and as often as the Agent reasonably requests.

 

21.12 Ownership of Obligors

At all times (unless the Lenders have provided their written consent):

 

  (a) the Ultimate Parent shall directly own 100% of the shares in the Parent;

 

  (b) the Parent shall directly own 100% of the shares in each Borrower;

 

  (c) at all times prior to any IPO, the Permitted Holder shall own, directly or indirectly, at least 40% of the share capital in the Ultimate Parent;

 

  (d) there shall be no Change of Control (Borrowers); and

 

  (e) the managing member of each Borrower shall be the Ultimate Parent.

 

21.13 No change of name etc

During the Facility Period, no Obligor will change:

 

  (a) its name;

 

  (b) the type of legal entity which it exists as; or

 

  (c) its Original Jurisdiction.

 

22 Construction period

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 22 will be complied with in relation to each Ship and its Building Contract throughout the period from the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Delivery of that Ship and the cancellation of the Ship Commitment for that Ship and payment of all amounts required by this Agreement to be paid to the Finance Parties upon such cancellation.

 

22.1 Arbitration under Building Contract

The relevant Owner shall promptly notify the Agent:

 

  (a) if either party begins an arbitration under the Building Contract;

 

62


  (b) of the identity of the arbitrators; and

 

  (c) of the conclusion of the arbitration and the terms of any arbitration award.

 

22.2 Notification of certain events

The relevant Owner shall notify the Agent if either party cancels, rescinds, repudiates or otherwise terminates the Building Contract (or purports to do so) or rejects the Ship (or purports to do so) or if the Ship becomes a Total Loss or partial loss or is materially damaged or if a dispute arises under the Building Contract (in each case, immediately upon becoming aware of such event).

 

22.3 Variations

Except with approval of the Majority Lenders, the Building Contract shall not be materially varied.

 

23 Dealings with Ship

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 23 will be complied with in relation to each Mortgaged Ship throughout the relevant Ship’s Mortgage Period.

 

23.1 Ship’s name and registration

 

  (a) The Ship’s name shall only be changed after prior notice to the Agent.

 

  (b) The Ship shall be permanently registered in the name of the relevant Owner with the relevant Registry within 90 days of the date of the Mortgage of the Ship and registered in the name of the relevant Owner with the relevant Registry under the laws of its Flag State. Except with approval, the Ship shall not be registered under any other flag or at any other port or fly any other flag (other than that of its Flag State). If that registration is for a limited period, it shall be renewed at least 45 days before the date it is due to expire and the Agent shall be notified of that renewal at least 30 days before that date.

 

  (c) Nothing will be done and no action will be omitted if that might result in such registration being forfeited or imperilled or the Ship being required to be registered under the laws of another state of registry.

 

23.2 Sale or other disposal of Ship

Save where the net sale proceeds will enable the relevant Owner to comply with its mandatory prepayment obligations under clause 7.6 ( Sale or Total Loss ) and, if no Default is then continuing, for a sale to a buyer who is not an Affiliate of a Borrower for a cash price payable on completion of the sale which is no less than the amount by which the Loan must be reduced under clause 7.6 ( Sale or Total Loss ) on completion of the sale, the relevant Owner will not sell, or agree to, transfer, abandon or otherwise dispose of the relevant Ship.

 

23.3 Manager

 

  (a) Each Ship shall be technically managed by Northern Marine Management Limited or Bernhard Schulte Ship Management Limited or another first class technical manager approved by the Agent and commercially managed by NGT Services (UK) Limited or another first class commercial manager approved by the Agent.

 

  (b) A Manager of the Ship shall not be appointed unless the terms of its appointment are approved and it has delivered a duly executed Manager’s Undertaking to the Security Agent.

 

  (c) There shall be no material change to the terms of the appointment of a Manager whose appointment has been approved unless such change is also approved by the Agent.

 

63


23.4 Copy of Mortgage on board

A properly certified copy of the relevant Mortgage shall be kept on board the Ship with its papers and shown to anyone having business with the Ship which might create or imply any commitment or Security Interest over or in respect of the Ship (other than a lien for crew’s wages and salvage) and to any representative of the Security Agent.

 

23.5 Notice of Mortgage

A framed printed notice of the Ship’s Mortgage shall be prominently displayed in the navigation room and in the Master’s cabin of the Ship. The notice must be in plain type and read as follows:

“NOTICE OF MORTGAGE

This Ship is subject to a first mortgage in favour of [ here insert name of mortgagee ] of [ here insert address of mortgagee ]. Under the said mortgage and related documents, neither the Owner nor any charterer nor the Master of this Ship has any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed upon this Ship any commitments or encumbrances whatsoever other than for crew’s wages and salvage”.

No-one will have any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed upon the Ship any lien whatsoever other than for crew’s wages and salvage.

 

23.6 Conveyance on default

Where the Ship is (or is to be) sold in exercise of any power conferred by the Security Documents, the relevant Owner shall, upon the Agent’s request, immediately execute such form of transfer of title to the Ship as the Agent may require.

 

23.7 Chartering

Except with approval, the relevant Owner shall not enter into any charter commitment for the Ship, which is:

 

  (a) a bareboat or demise charter or passes possession and operational control of the Ship to another person; or

 

  (b) a Charter, unless the relevant Owner executes a Charter Assignment in respect of such Charter prior to delivery of the relevant Ship under such Charter to the extent that such a Charter Assignment can be obtained by that Owner using its commercially reasonable efforts to do so.

 

23.8 Lay up

Except with approval, the Ship shall not be laid up or deactivated.

 

23.9 Sharing of Earnings

Except with approval, the relevant Owner shall not enter into any arrangement under which its Earnings from the Ship may be shared with anyone else.

 

23.10 Payment of Earnings

The relevant Owner’s Earnings from the Ship shall be paid in accordance with clause 28.1 ( Earnings Account ) unless required to be paid to the Security Agent pursuant to the General Assignment for that Ship. If any Earnings are held by brokers or other agents, they shall be paid to the Agent, if it requires this after the Earnings have become payable to it under the Ship’s General Assignment for that Ship.

 

64


23.11 Pools

Except with approval, the Ship shall not be entered into any pool commitment or arrangement.

 

24 Condition and operation of Ship

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 24 will be complied with in relation to each Mortgaged Ship throughout the relevant Ship’s Mortgage Period.

 

24.1 Defined terms

In this clause 24 and in Schedule 3 (Conditions precedent) :

applicable code means any code or prescribed procedures required to be observed by the Ship or the persons responsible for its operation under any applicable law (including but not limited to those currently known as the ISM Code and the ISPS Code).

applicable law means all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered in the Ship’s Flag State or which for any other reason apply to the Ship or to its condition or operation at any relevant time.

applicable operating certificate means any certificates or other document relating to the Ship or its condition or operation required to be in force under any applicable law or any applicable code.

 

24.2 Repair

The Ship shall be kept in a good, safe and efficient state of repair. The quality of workmanship and materials used to repair the Ship or replace any materially damaged, worn or lost parts or equipment shall be sufficient to ensure that the Ship’s value is not materially reduced.

 

24.3 Modification

Except with approval, the structure, type or performance characteristics of the Ship shall not be modified in a way which could or might materially alter the Ship or materially reduce its value.

 

24.4 Removal of parts

Except with approval, no material part of the Ship or any equipment shall be removed from the Ship if to do so would materially reduce its value (unless at the same time it is replaced with equivalent parts or equipment owned by the relevant Owner free of any Security Interest except under the Security Documents).

 

24.5 Third party owned equipment

Except with approval, equipment owned by a third party shall not be installed on the Ship if it cannot be removed without risk of causing damage to the structure or fabric of the Ship or incurring significant expense.

 

24.6 Maintenance of class; compliance with laws and codes

The Ship’s class shall be the relevant Classification. The Ship and every person who owns, operates or manages the Ship shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and the requirements of all applicable codes. There shall be kept in force and on board the Ship or in such person’s custody any applicable operating certificates which are required by applicable laws or applicable codes to be carried on board the Ship or to be in such person’s custody.

 

65


24.7 Surveys

The Ship shall be submitted to continuous surveys and any other surveys which are required for it to maintain the Classification as its class. Copies of reports of those surveys shall be provided promptly to the Agent if it so requests which request shall not exceed more than one in each calendar year.

 

24.8 Inspection and notice of dry-dockings

The Agent and/or surveyors or other persons appointed by it for such purpose shall be allowed to board the Ship at all reasonable times to inspect it and given all proper facilities needed for that purpose. The Agent shall be given reasonable advance notice of any intended dry-docking of the Ship (whatever the purpose of that dry-docking).

 

24.9 Prevention of arrest

All debts, damages, liabilities and outgoings which have given, or may give, rise to maritime, statutory or possessory liens on, or claims enforceable against, the Ship, its Earnings or Insurances shall be promptly paid and discharged unless such payment is being contested in good faith and adequate reserves are being maintained for such payment.

 

24.10 Release from arrest

The Ship, its Earnings and Insurances shall promptly be released from any arrest, detention, attachment or levy, and any legal process against the Ship shall be promptly discharged, by whatever action is required to achieve that release or discharge.

 

24.11 Information about Ship

The Agent shall promptly be given any information which it may reasonably require about the Ship or its employment, position, use or operation, including details of towages and salvages, and copies of all its charter commitments entered into by or on behalf of any Obligor and copies of any applicable operating certificates.

 

24.12 Notification of certain events

The Agent shall promptly be notified of:

 

  (a) any damage to the Ship where the cost of the resulting repairs may exceed $1,000,000 or the equivalent in any other currency;

 

  (b) any occurrence which may result in the Ship becoming a Total Loss;

 

  (c) any requisition of the Ship for hire;

 

  (d) any material Environmental Incident involving the Ship and Environmental Claim being made in relation to such an incident;

 

  (e) any withdrawal or threat to withdraw any applicable operating certificate;

 

  (f) the issue of any operating certificate required under any applicable code;

 

  (g) the receipt of notification that any application for such a certificate has been refused;

 

  (h) any requirement made in relation to the Ship by any insurer or the Ship’s Classification Society or by any competent authority which is not, or cannot be, complied with in the manner or time required; and

 

  (i) any arrest or detention of the Ship or any exercise or purported exercise of a lien or other claim on the Ship or its Earnings or Insurances.

 

66


24.13 Payment of outgoings

All tolls, dues and other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship and its Earnings and Insurances shall be paid promptly. Proper accounting records shall be kept of the Ship and its Earnings.

 

24.14 Evidence of payments

The Agent shall be allowed proper and reasonable access to those accounting records when it requests it and, when it requires it, shall be given satisfactory evidence that:

 

  (a) the wages and allotments and the insurance and pension contributions of the Ship’s crew are being promptly and regularly paid;

 

  (b) all deductions from its crew’s wages in respect of any applicable Tax liability are being properly accounted for; and

 

  (c) the Ship’s master has no claim for disbursements other than those incurred by him in the ordinary course of trading on the voyage then in progress.

 

24.15 Repairers’ liens

Except with approval, the Ship shall not be put into any other person’s possession for work to be done on the Ship if the cost of that work will exceed or is likely to exceed the $1,000,000 or the equivalent in any other currency unless that person gives the Security Agent a written undertaking in approved terms not to exercise any lien on the Ship or its Earnings for any of the cost of such work.

 

24.16 Survey report

As soon as reasonably practicable after the Agent requests it (which request shall not exceed one request per year) the Agent shall be given a report on the seaworthiness and/or safe operation of the Ship, from approved surveyors or inspectors. If any recommendations are made in such a report they shall be complied with in the way and by the time recommended in the report.

 

24.17 Lawful use

The Ship shall not be employed:

 

  (a) in any way or in any activity which is unlawful under international law or the domestic laws of any relevant country;

 

  (b) in carrying illicit or prohibited goods;

 

  (c) in a way which may make it liable to be condemned by a prize court or destroyed, seized or confiscated;

 

  (d) if there are hostilities in any part of the world (whether war has been declared or not), in carrying contraband goods;

 

  (e) (i) by or for the benefit of any Sanctioned Party, (ii) in any manner that would reasonably be expected to result in any Obligor or any Finance Party being in breach of any Sanctions (if and to the extent applicable to any of them) or becoming a Sanctioned Party or (iii) in any trade which could expose the Ship, a Finance Party or its Manager, crew or insurers to enforcement proceedings or any other consequences whatsoever arising from any Sanctions; or

 

  (f) in any trade to ports in Iran or in carrying petroleum products or petrochemical products if such products originate in Iran or are being exported from Iran to any other country,

 

67


and the persons responsible for the operation of the Ship shall take all necessary and proper precautions to ensure that this does not happen, including participation in industry or other voluntary schemes available to the Ship and in which leading operators of ships operating under the same flag or engaged in similar trades generally participate at the relevant time.

 

24.18 War zones

The Ship shall not enter or remain in any zone which has been declared a war zone by any government entity or the Ship’s war risk insurers, unless appropriate insurances have been taken out by the relevant Owner. Any requirements of the Agent and/or the Ship’s insurers necessary to ensure that the Ship remains properly insured in accordance with the Finance Documents (including any requirement for the payment of extra insurance premiums) shall be complied with.

 

25 Insurance

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause shall be complied with in relation to each Mortgaged Ship and its Insurances throughout the relevant Ship’s Mortgage Period.

 

25.1 Insurance terms

In this clause 25:

approved insurers mean insurers or underwriters with a minimum rating of “BBB” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group (or an equivalent rating by another international ratings agency).

excess risks means the proportion (if any) of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery insurances of a vessel in consequence of the value at which the vessel is assessed for the purpose of such claims exceeding its insured value.

excess war risk P&I cover means cover for claims only in excess of amounts recoverable under the usual war risk cover including (but not limited to) hull and machinery, crew and protection and indemnity risks.

hull cover means insurance cover against the risks identified in clause 25.2(a).

minimum hull cover means, in relation to a Mortgaged Ship, an amount equal to or greater than its market value and which, when taken together with the minimum hull values of the other Mortgaged Ships, is at the relevant time 120% of the Loan at such time.

P&I risks means the usual risks (including liability for oil pollution, excess war risk P&I cover) covered by a protection and indemnity association which is a member of the International Group of protection and indemnity associations (or, if the International Group ceases to exist, any other leading protection and indemnity association or other leading provider of protection and indemnity insurance) (including, without limitation, the proportion (if any) of any collision liability not covered under the terms of the hull cover).

 

25.2 Coverage required

The Ship shall at all times be insured:

 

  (a) against (i) fire and usual marine risks (including excess risks) and (ii) war risks (including war protection and indemnity risks and terrorism, piracy, sabotage, vandalism and confiscation risks) on an agreed value basis, in each case for at least its minimum hull cover and in the case of sub-section (i), provided that the hull and machinery insurances for the Ship shall at all times cover 80% of its market value and the remaining minimum hull cover may be insured by way of excess risks cover;

 

68


  (b) against P&I risks for the highest amount then available in the insurance market for vessels of similar age, size and type as the Ship (but, in relation to liability for oil pollution, for an amount of not less than $1,000,000,000);

 

  (c) against such other risks and matters which the Agent notifies it that it considers reasonable for a prudent shipowner or operator to insure against at the time of that notice; and

 

  (d) on terms which comply with the other provisions of this clause 25.

 

25.3 Placing of cover

The insurance coverage required by clause 25.2 (Coverage required) shall be:

 

  (a) in the name of the Ship’s Owner and (in the case of the Ship’s hull cover) no other person (other than the Security Agent if required by it) (unless such other person is approved and, if so required by the Agent, has duly executed and delivered a first priority assignment of its interest in the Ship’s Insurances to the Security Agent in an approved form and provided such supporting documents and opinions in relation to that assignment as the Agent requires);

 

  (b) if the Agent so requests, in the joint names of the Ship’s Owner and the Security Agent (and, to the extent reasonably practicable in the insurance market, without liability on the part of the Security Agent for premiums or calls);

 

  (c) in dollars or another approved currency;

 

  (d) arranged through approved brokers or direct with approved insurers or approved protection and indemnity or war risks associations; and

 

  (e) on approved terms and with approved insurers or approved associations.

 

25.4 Deductibles

The aggregate amount of any excess or deductible under the Ship’s hull cover shall not exceed $1,000,000 or such higher amount as the Lenders may agree (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

25.5 Mortgagee’s insurance

The Borrowers shall promptly reimburse to the Agent the cost (as conclusively certified by the Agent) of taking out and keeping in force in respect of the Ship and the other Mortgaged Ships on approved terms, or in considering or making claims under:

 

  (a) a mortgagee’s interest insurance and a mortgagee’s additional perils (pollution risks cover) for the benefit of the Finance Parties for an aggregate amount up to 120% of the Loan at such time; and

 

  (b) any other insurance cover which the Agent reasonably requires in respect of any Finance Party’s interests and potential liabilities (whether as mortgagee of the Ship or beneficiary of the Security Documents).

 

25.6 Fleet liens, set off and cancellations

If the Ship’s hull cover also insures other vessels, the Security Agent shall either be given an undertaking in approved terms by the brokers or (if such cover is not placed through brokers or the brokers do not, under any applicable laws or insurance terms, have such rights of set off and cancellation) the relevant insurers that the brokers or (if relevant) the insurers will not:

 

69


  (a) set off against any claims in respect of the Ship any premiums due in respect of any of such other vessels insured (other than other Mortgaged Ships); or

 

  (b) cancel that cover because of non-payment of premiums in respect of such other vessels,

or the Borrowers shall ensure that hull cover for the Ship and any other Mortgaged Ships is provided under a separate policy from any other vessels.

 

25.7 Payment of premiums

All premiums, calls, contributions or other sums payable in respect of the Insurances shall be paid punctually and the Agent shall be provided with all relevant receipts or other evidence of payment upon request.

 

25.8 Details of proposed renewal of Insurances

At least 14 days before any of the Ship’s Insurances are due to expire, the Agent shall be notified of the names of the brokers, insurers and associations proposed to be used for the renewal of such Insurances and the amounts, risks and terms in, against and on which the Insurances are proposed to be renewed.

 

25.9 Instructions for renewal

At least seven days before any of the Ship’s Insurances are due to expire, instructions shall be given to brokers, insurers and associations for them to be renewed or replaced on or before their expiry.

 

25.10 Confirmation of renewal

The Ship’s Insurances shall be renewed upon their expiry in a manner and on terms which comply with this clause 25 and confirmation of such renewal given by approved brokers or insurers to the Agent at least seven days (or such shorter period as may be approved) before such expiry.

 

25.11 P&I guarantees

Any guarantee or undertaking required by any protection and indemnity or war risks association in relation to the Ship shall be provided when required by the association.

 

25.12 Insurance documents

The Agent shall be provided with pro forma copies of all insurance policies and other documentation issued by brokers, insurers and associations in connection with the Ship’s Insurances as soon as they are available after they have been placed or renewed and all insurance policies and other documents relating to the Ship’s Insurances shall be deposited with any approved brokers or (if not deposited with approved brokers) the Agent or some other approved person.

 

25.13 Letters of undertaking

Unless otherwise approved where the Agent is satisfied that equivalent protection is afforded by the terms of the relevant Insurances and/or any applicable law and/or a letter of undertaking provided by another person, on each placing or renewal of the Insurances, the Agent shall be provided promptly with letters of undertaking in an approved form (having regard to general insurance market practice and law at the time of issue of such letter of undertaking) from the relevant brokers, insurers and associations.

 

70


25.14 Insurance Notices and Loss Payable Clauses

The interest of the Security Agent as assignee of the Insurances and/or any reinsurances shall be endorsed on all insurance policies and other documents by the incorporation of a Loss Payable Clause and an Insurance Notice in respect of the Ship and its Insurances signed by its Owner and, unless otherwise approved, each other person assured under the relevant cover (other than the Security Agent if it is itself an assured).

 

25.15 Insurance correspondence

If so required by the Agent, the Agent shall promptly be provided with copies of all written communications between the assureds and brokers, insurers and associations relating to any of the Ship’s Insurances as soon as they are available.

 

25.16 Qualifications and exclusions

All requirements applicable to the Ship’s Insurances shall be complied with and the Ship’s Insurances shall only be subject to approved exclusions or qualifications.

 

25.17 Independent report

If the Agent asks the Borrowers for a detailed report from an approved independent firm of marine insurance brokers giving their opinion on the adequacy of the Ship’s Insurances then the Agent shall be provided promptly with such a report at no cost to the Agent or (if the Agent obtains such a report itself) the Borrowers shall reimburse the Agent for the cost of obtaining that report.

 

25.18 Collection of claims

All documents and other information and all assistance required by the Agent to assist it and/or the Security Agent in trying to collect or recover any claims under the Ship’s Insurances shall be provided promptly.

 

25.19 Employment of Ship

The Ship shall only be employed or operated in conformity with the terms of the Ship’s Insurances (including any express or implied warranties) and not in any other way (unless the insurers have consented and any additional requirements of the insurers have been satisfied).

 

25.20 Declarations and returns

If any of the Ship’s Insurances are on terms that require a declaration, certificate or other document to be made or filed before the Ship sails to, or operates within, an area, those terms shall be complied with within the time and in the manner required by those Insurances.

 

25.21 Application of recoveries

All sums paid under the Ship’s Insurances to anyone other than the Security Agent shall be applied in repairing the damage and/or in discharging the liability in respect of which they have been paid except to the extent that the repairs have already been paid for and/or the liability already discharged.

 

25.22 Settlement of claims

Any claim under the Ship’s Insurances for a Total Loss or Major Casualty shall only be settled, compromised or abandoned with prior approval.

 

71


25.23 Reinsurances

 

  (a) If one or more of the Insurances are not effected and maintained with approved insurers, then the Borrowers shall, with the approval of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) procure, at their own expense, that the relevant insurers maintain in full force and effect facultative reinsurances with reinsurers and through brokers, in each case, of recognised standing, that:

 

  (b) are on the same, terms, conditions, duration, law and jurisdiction and date of renewal as the primary Insurances;

 

  (c) are fully reinsured with reinsurers with the minimum rating referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition of approved insurers and approved by the Majority Lenders with the primary or ceding insurer’s retention not exceeding 5% of the insured risks,

and such reinsurances are assigned by the primary or ceding insurer in favour of the Security Agent pursuant to a Reinsurance Assignment.

 

25.23.2 Any reinsurance policy shall include a cut-through clause in a form acceptable to the Security Agent.

 

25.24 Change in insurance requirements

If the Agent gives notice to the Borrowers to change the terms and requirements of this clause 25 (which the Agent may only do, in such manner as it considers appropriate, as a result in changes of circumstances or practice after the date of this Agreement), this clause 25 shall be modified in the manner so notified by the Agent on the date 14 days after such notice from the Agent is received.

 

26 Minimum security value

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 26 will be complied with throughout any Mortgage Period.

 

26.1 Valuation of assets

For the purpose of the Finance Documents, the value at any time of any Mortgaged Ship or any other asset over which additional security is provided under this clause 26 will be its value as most recently determined in accordance with this clause 26.

 

26.2 Valuation frequency

Valuations of each Mortgaged Ship shall be carried out semi-annually, such valuations to be provided to the Agent at the same time that a Compliance Certificate is provided to the Agent at the end of the financial half-year pursuant to clause 19.2.1. In addition, valuations of the relevant Mortgaged Ship and each such other asset in accordance with this clause 26 shall be required:

 

  (a) prior to the drawdown of each Advance in accordance with clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) and paragraph 11, Part 2 of Schedule 3; and

 

  (b) as may be further required by the Agent at any other time (in which case the provisions of clause 26.3 ( Expenses of valuation ) shall only apply if such valuation evidences a breach of clause 26.12 ( Security shortfall ).

 

26.3 Expenses of valuation

The Borrowers shall bear, and reimburse to the Agent where incurred by the Agent, all reasonable costs and expenses of providing such a valuation.

 

72


26.4 Valuations procedure

The value of any Mortgaged Ship shall be determined in accordance with, and by two Approved Valuers appointed in accordance with, this clause 26. Additional security provided under this clause 26 shall be valued in such a way, on such a basis and by such persons (including the Agent itself) as may be approved by the Majority Lenders or as may be agreed in writing by the Borrowers and the Agent (on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).

 

26.5 Currency of valuation

Valuations shall be provided by Approved Valuers in dollars or, if an Approved Valuer is of the view that the relevant type of vessel is generally bought and sold in another currency, in that other currency. If a valuation is provided in another currency, for the purposes of this Agreement it shall be converted into dollars at the Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of dollars with that other currency as at the date to which the valuation relates.

 

26.6 Basis of valuation

Each valuation will be addressed to the Agent in its capacity as such and made:

 

  (a) without physical inspection (unless required by the Agent);

 

  (b) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for a price payable in full in cash on delivery at arm’s length on normal commercial terms between a willing buyer and a willing seller; and

 

  (c) without taking into account the benefit (but taking into account the burden) of any charter commitment.

 

26.7 Information required for valuation

The Borrowers shall promptly provide to the Agent and any such valuer any information which they reasonably require for the purposes of providing such a valuation.

 

26.8 Approval of valuers

All valuers must be Approved Valuers. The Agent shall respond promptly to any request by the Borrowers, and the Borrowers shall respond promptly to any request by the Agent, for approval of a broker nominated by the Borrowers or, as the case may be, the Agent to become an Approved Valuer. The Agent may, acting reasonably, at any time by notice to the Borrowers withdraw any Approved Valuer or previous approval of a valuer for the purposes of future valuations. That valuer may not then be appointed to provide valuations unless it is once more approved.

 

26.9 Appointment of valuers

When valuations of a Mortgaged Ship are required for the purposes of this clause 26, the Agent and the Borrowers shall promptly each nominate an Approved Valuer to provide such valuations and the Borrowers shall be responsible for appointing such nominated Approved Valuers and obtaining the required valuations of the Mortgaged Ship. If the Borrowers fail to do so promptly, the Agent may appoint both Approved Valuers to provide the required valuations.

 

26.10 Number of valuers

Each valuation shall be carried out by the two Approved Valuers selected pursuant to clause 26.9 ( Appointment of valuers ). Upon request by the Agent, and if agreed by the Borrowers, a valuation may be carried out by one Approved Valuer, in which case the provisions of clause 26.9 ( Appointment of valuers ) shall not apply and the Approved Valuer shall be appointed by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders.

 

73


26.11 Differences in valuations

If valuations provided by individual valuers differ, the value of the relevant Ship for the purposes of the Finance Documents will be the average of those valuations.

 

26.12 Security shortfall

If at any time the Security Value is less than the Minimum Value, the Agent may, and shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers require that such deficiency be remedied. The Borrowers shall then within 30 days of receipt of such notice ensure that the Security Value equals or exceeds the Minimum Value. For this purpose, the Borrowers may:

 

  (a) provide additional security over other assets approved by the Majority Lenders in accordance with this clause 26; and/or

 

  (b) cancel part of the Available Facility under clause 7.3 ( Voluntary cancellation ) and prepay under clause 7.4 ( Voluntary prepayment ) a corresponding amount of the Loan.

Any cancellation of part of the Available Facility pursuant to this clause 26.12 shall reduce the Total Commitments by the same amount.

 

26.13 Creation of additional security

The value of any additional security which the Borrowers offer to provide to remedy all or part of a shortfall in the amount of the Security Value will only be taken into account for the purposes of determining the Security Value if and when:

 

  (a) that additional security, its value and the method of its valuation have been approved by the Majority Lenders, it being agreed that cash collateral provided in dollars or in the form of letters of credit denominated in dollars shall always be acceptable to the Lenders, and shall be valued at par;

 

  (b) a Security Interest over that security has been constituted in favour of the Security Agent or (if appropriate) the Finance Parties in an approved form and manner;

 

  (c) this Agreement has been unconditionally amended in such manner as the Agent requires in consequence of that additional security being provided; and

 

  (d) the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received such documents and evidence it may require in relation to that amendment and additional security including documents and evidence of the type referred to in Schedule 3 in relation to that amendment and additional security and its execution and (if applicable) registration,

 

27 Chartering undertakings

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 27 will be complied with in relation to each Mortgaged Ship and its Charter Documents and, if a Charterer is a Group Member, by the relevant Charterer at any time during the relevant Ship’s Mortgage Period that the Ship is subject to a Charter.

 

27.1 Variations

Except with approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Charter Documents shall not be materially varied.

 

27.2 Releases and waivers

Except with approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), there shall be no release by the relevant Owner of any obligation of any other person under the Charter Documents (including by way of novation), no waiver of any breach of any such obligation and no consent to anything which would otherwise be such a breach.

 

74


27.3 Termination by Owner

The relevant Owner shall not terminate or rescind any Charter Document or withdraw the Ship from service under the Charter or take any similar action, unless, prior to a Default, the relevant Owner has notified the Agent in writing prior to such action taking place or, after the occurrence of a Default, such action has been approved (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

27.4 Charter performance

The relevant Owner shall perform its obligations under the Charter Documents and use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that each other party to them performs their obligations under the Charter Documents.

 

27.5 Notice of assignment

In respect of any Charter, the relevant Owner shall give notice of assignment of the Charter Documents to the other parties to them in the form specified by the Charter Assignment for that Ship promptly following the execution of the Charter Assignment and shall use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Agent receives a copy of that notice acknowledged by each addressee in the form specified therein.

 

27.6 Payment of Charter Earnings

All Earnings which the relevant Owner is entitled to receive under the Charter Documents shall be paid in the manner required by the Security Documents (and, if the Charterer is a Group Member, without any set-off or counter-claim and free and clear of any deductions or withholdings).

 

27.7 Enforcement of charter assignment

The Charterer shall allow the Security Agent to enforce the rights of the relevant Owner under the Charter as assignee of those rights under the relevant Charter Assignment.

 

27.8 Assignment by Charterer

Except with approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Charterer shall not assign or otherwise dispose of its rights under the Charter.

 

27.9 Termination by Charterer

Except with approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Charterer shall not terminate or rescind the Charter for any reason whatsoever.

 

27.10 Performance by Charterer

The Charterer shall perform its obligations under the Charter.

 

27.11 Sub-chartering

Except with approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Charterer shall not enter into any charter commitment for the Ship which, if entered into by the relevant Owner would require approval under clause 23.7 ( Chartering ) and if the Security Agent is at any time entitled to enforce its rights as mortgagee of the Ship under the terms of any Mortgage, the Charterer will exercise its rights under any sub-charter of the Ship in such manner as the Agent may direct.

 

75


27.12 Performance of other undertakings

The Charterer shall not do anything which would or might prevent the Borrowers complying with clauses 23 ( Dealings with Ship ), 24 ( Condition and operation of Ship ) or 25 ( Insurance )), or fail to do anything required by the Charter where failure to do so would or might have such an effect.

 

27.13 Charterer’s manager

A manager of the Ship shall not be appointed by the Charterer unless in accordance with clause 23.3 or that manager and the terms of its employment are approved.

 

27.14 Security Interests by Charterer

Except as approved by the Majority Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Charterer shall not grant or allow to exist any Security Interest over any asset of the Charterer over which a Security Interest is granted or expressed to be granted by its Charterer’s Assignment.

 

28 Bank accounts

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 28 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.

 

28.1 Earnings Account

 

28.1.1 All of the Borrowers jointly shall be the holders of one Account with an Account Bank which shall be designated as the “Earnings Account” for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

28.1.2 The Earnings of the Mortgaged Ships and all moneys payable to the relevant Owner under the Ship’s Insurances and any net amount payable to the Borrowers under any Hedging Contract shall be paid by the persons from whom they are due or, if applicable, paid by the Owner receiving the same to the Earnings Account unless required to be paid to the Security Agent under the relevant Finance Documents.

 

28.1.3 The Borrowers shall not withdraw amounts standing to the credit of the Earnings Account except as permitted by clause 28.1.4 and clause 28.1.5.

 

28.1.4 If there is no Default continuing, the Borrowers may withdraw amounts from the Earnings Account.

 

28.1.5 If a Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrowers may only withdraw the following amounts from the Earnings Account, in each case, with the Agent’s prior approval:

 

  (a) payments then due to Finance Parties under the Finance Documents (other than payments due in respect of a prepayment or payments under Hedging Contracts attributable to the partial unwind of any Hedging Contract pursuant to clause 30.2 ( Unwinding of Hedging Contracts ));

 

  (b) payments then due under Hedging Contracts or other Treasury Transactions entered into to protect against the fluctuation in the rate of interest payable under the Finance Documents or the price of goods or services purchased by the relevant Owner for the purpose of operating a Ship;

 

  (c) payments of the proper costs and expenses of insuring, repairing, operating and maintaining any Mortgaged Ship;

 

  (d) payments to the Retention Account required to comply with clause 28.2 ( Retention Account ); and

 

76


  (e) payments to purchase other currencies in amounts and at times required to make payments referred to above in the currency in which they are due.

 

28.2 Retention Account

 

28.2.1 The Borrowers jointly shall be the holders of an Account denominated in dollars with an Account Bank which shall be designated as the “Retention Account” for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

28.2.2 There shall be paid into the Retention Account such amounts as will ensure that, on each date (a retention date ) falling at the end of each calendar month following the first Utilisation Date, the amount credited to the Retention Account is at least:

 

  (a) one third of the net amount of interest payable under clause 8 ( Interest ) during or at the end of the Interest Period for each Advance then current on that retention date; plus

 

  (b) one third of the instalment of each Advance due to be repaid under clause 6.1 ( Repayment ) on the next Repayment Date after that retention date.

 

28.2.3 The Borrowers shall not withdraw amounts standing to the credit of the Retention Account except as permitted by clause 28.2.4.

 

28.2.4 Prior to a Default occurring and if (unless the payment is to a new Retention Account), after the withdrawal, the balance on the Retention Account will be at least the minimum amount required by clause 28.2.2 at that time, the Borrowers may withdraw the following amounts from the Retention Account:

 

  (a) payments of interest due under clause 8 ( Interest ) and repayments of the Loan due under clause 6.1 ( Repayment ); and

 

  (b) payment to the Earnings Account of any amount by which the balance on the Retention Account exceeds that minimum amount.

 

28.3 Other provisions

 

28.3.1 An Account may only be designated for the purposes described in this clause 28 if:

 

  (a) such designation is made in writing by the Agent and acknowledged by the Borrowers and specifies the names and addresses of the Account Bank and the Borrowers and the number and any designation or other reference attributed to the Account;

 

  (b) an Account Security has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrowers in favour of the Security Agent;

 

  (c) the Account Security has been acknowledged and countersigned by the Account Bank; and

 

  (d) the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received such documents and evidence it may require in relation to the Account and the Account Security including documents and evidence of the type referred to in Schedule 3 in relation to the Account and the relevant Account Security.

 

28.3.2 The rates of payment of interest and other terms regulating any Account will be a matter of separate agreement between the Borrowers and the Account Bank. If an Account is a fixed term deposit account, the Borrowers may select the terms of deposits until the relevant Account Security has become enforceable and the Security Agent directs otherwise.

 

28.3.3 The Borrowers shall not close any Account or alter the terms of any Account from those in force at the time it is designated for the purposes of this clause 28 or waive any of its rights in relation to an Account except with approval.

 

77


28.3.4 The Borrowers shall deposit with the Security Agent all certificates of deposit, receipts or other instruments or securities relating to any Account, notify the Security Agent of any claim or notice relating to an Account from any other party and provide the Agent with any other information it may request concerning any Account.

 

28.3.5 Each of the Agent and the Security Agent agrees that if it is an Account Bank in respect of an Account then there will be no restrictions on creating a Security Interest over that Account as contemplated by this Agreement and it shall not (except with the approval of the Majority Lenders) exercise any right of combination, consolidation or set-off which it may have in respect of that Account in a manner adverse to the rights of the other Finance Parties.

 

29 Business restrictions

Except as otherwise approved by the Majority Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld in the case of clause 29.12 ( Distributions and other payments )) each Borrower undertakes that this clause 29 will be complied with by and in respect of each Borrower or, as the case may be, the Guarantors throughout the Facility Period.

 

29.1 General negative pledge

In this 29.1, Quasi-Security means an arrangement or transaction described in clause 29.1.4.

 

29.1.1 No Borrower shall permit any Security Interest to exist, arise or be created or extended over all or any part of its assets.

 

29.1.2 (Without prejudice to clauses 29.2 ( Financial Indebtedness ) and 29.6 ( Disposals )), no Borrower shall:

 

  (a) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby that asset is or may be leased to, or re-acquired by, any other Group Member other than pursuant to disposals permitted under clause 29.6 ( Disposals );

 

  (b) sell, transfer, factor or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms (except for the discounting of bills or notes in the ordinary course of business);

 

  (c) enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

  (d) enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

29.1.3 The Guarantors shall not permit any Security Interest to be granted or created in respect of the share capital or membership interests of the Borrowers.

 

29.1.4 Clauses 29.1.1, 29.1.2 and 29.1.3 above do not apply to any Security Interest or (as the case may be) Quasi-Security, listed below:

 

  (a) those granted or expressed to be granted by any of the Security Documents; and

 

  (b) in relation to a Mortgaged Ship, Permitted Liens.

 

29.2 Financial Indebtedness

No Borrower shall incur or permit to exist, any Financial Indebtedness owed by it to anyone else except:

 

  (a) Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents;

 

78


  (b) Financial Indebtedness owed to another Group Member which is fully subordinated to all amounts payable by the Borrowers under the Finance Documents on terms approved by the Agent;

 

  (c) Financial Indebtedness permitted under clause 29.3 ( Guarantees ); and

 

  (d) Financial Indebtedness permitted under clause 29.4 ( Loans and credit ),

and the Borrowers shall not incur or permit to exist any Financial Indebtedness or Indebtedness (as defined in clause 20.1 ( Financial definitions ), that would cause the Borrowers to be in default of clause 20 ( Financial covenants ).

 

29.3 Guarantees

No Borrower shall give or permit to exist, any guarantee by it in respect of indebtedness of any person or allow any of its indebtedness to be guaranteed by anyone else except:

 

  (a) guarantees of obligations of another Group Member that are not Financial Indebtedness or obligations prohibited by any Finance Document;

 

  (b) guarantees in favour of trade creditors of the Group given in the ordinary course of its business; and

 

  (c) guarantees which are Financial Indebtedness permitted under clause 29.2 ( Financial Indebtedness ).

 

29.4 Loans and credit

No Borrower shall make, grant or permit to exist any loans or any credit by it to anyone else other than:

 

  (a) loans or credit to another Group Member permitted under clause 29.2 ( Financial Indebtedness ); and

 

  (b) trade credit granted by it to its customers on normal commercial terms in the ordinary course of its trading activities.

 

29.5 Bank accounts and other financial transactions

No Borrower shall:

 

  (a) maintain any current or deposit account with a bank or financial institution except for the deposit of money, operation of current accounts and the conduct of electronic banking operations with Lenders;

 

  (b) hold cash in any account (other than with a Lender) over or in respect of which any set-off, combination of accounts, netting or Security Interest exists except as permitted by clause 29.1 ( General negative pledge ); or

 

  (c) be party to any banking or financial transaction, whether on or off balance sheet, that is not expressly permitted under this clause 29 ( Business restrictions ).

 

29.6 Disposals

No Borrower shall enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions, whether related or not and whether voluntarily or involuntarily, to dispose of any asset except for any of the following disposals so long as they are not prohibited by any other provision of the Finance Documents:

 

79


  (a) disposals of assets made in (and on terms reflecting) the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity;

 

  (b) disposals of assets made by one Group Member to another Group Member;

 

  (c) disposals of obsolete assets, or assets which are no longer required for the purpose of the business of the relevant Group Member, in each case for cash on normal commercial terms and on an arm’s length basis;

 

  (d) any disposal of receivables on a non-recourse basis on arm’s length terms (including at fair market value) for non-deferred cash consideration in the ordinary course of its business;

 

  (e) disposals permitted by clauses 29.1 ( General negative pledge ) or 29.2 ( Financial Indebtedness );

 

  (f) dealings with trade creditors with respect to book debts in the ordinary course of trading; and

 

  (g) the application of cash or cash equivalents in the acquisition of assets or services in the ordinary course of its business.

 

29.7 Contracts and arrangements with Affiliates

No Borrower shall be party to any arrangement or contract with any of its Affiliates unless such arrangement or contract is on an arm’s length basis.

 

29.8 Subsidiaries

No Borrower shall establish or acquire a company or other entity which would be or become a Group Member or reactivate any dormant Group Member.

 

29.9 Acquisitions and investments

No Borrower shall acquire any person, business, assets or liabilities or make any investment in any person or business or enter into any joint-venture arrangement except:

 

  (a) capital expenditures or investments related to maintenance of a Ship in the ordinary course of its business;

 

  (b) acquisitions of assets in the ordinary course of business (not being new businesses or vessels);

 

  (c) the incurrence of liabilities in the ordinary course of its business;

 

  (d) any loan or credit not otherwise prohibited under this Agreement;

 

  (e) pursuant to any Finance Documents or any Charter Documents to which it is party;

 

  (f) any acquisition pursuant to a disposal permitted under clause 29.6 (Disposals).

 

29.10 Reduction of capital

No Borrower shall redeem or purchase or otherwise reduce any of its equity or any other share capital or any warrants or any uncalled or unpaid liability in respect of any of them or reduce the amount (if any) for the time being standing to the credit of its share premium account or capital redemption or other undistributable reserve in any manner.

 

80


29.11 Increase in capital

No Borrower shall issue membership interests or other equity interests to anyone who is not a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Ultimate Parent.

 

29.12 Distributions and other payments

The Borrowers and the Guarantors may declare or pay dividends to their respective shareholders provided that no Event of Default has occurred or will occur following such dividend paid or declared.

 

30 Hedging Contracts

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 30 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.

 

30.1 Hedging

 

30.1.1 If at any time after the Delivery Date for a Ship, the Agent notifies the Borrower which is the Owner of that Ship that the market rate for a spot start, three year US dollar interest rate swap with bullet maturity has exceeded 2.50% for a period of 10 consecutive Business Days, then the Borrowers shall, subject to clause 30.10 ( Ranking of Hedging Contracts ), enter into Hedging Transactions which provide for protection against adverse movements in interest rates for an aggregate notional principal amount that is equal to 75% of the outstanding Advance relating to that Ship. Any such Hedging Transactions shall be entered into by the Borrowers with the Hedging Providers or, where applicable, such of the Hedging Providers who are willing to provide a relevant hedging facility at such time on a pro rata basis.

 

  30.1.2 The Hedging Transactions contemplated by clause 30.1.1 shall collectively:

 

  (a) provide for the Borrowers to pay a fixed rate of interest in respect of the relevant notional principal amount, on the basis that each Hedging Provider shall offer the Borrowers a fixed rate of interest which is no greater than the lowest fixed rate of interest provided by any of the other Hedging Providers; and

 

  (b) match the repayment profile of the relevant Advance.

 

30.1.3 The Borrowers shall ensure that each due date for value in respect of each Hedging Transaction shall coincide with each Interest Payment Date.

 

30.1.4 The Borrowers shall, promptly upon entry into of any Confirmation under a Hedging Contract, deliver to the Agent an original or certified copy of such Confirmation.

 

30.1.5 Other than Hedging Transactions which meet the requirements of this clause 30.1, the Borrowers shall not enter into Treasury Transactions, except with approval.

 

30.2 Unwinding of Hedging Contracts

If, at any time, and whether as a result of any prepayment (in whole or in part) of the Loan or any cancellation (in whole or in part) of any Commitment or otherwise, the aggregate notional principal amount under all Hedging Transactions in respect of the Loan entered into by the Borrowers exceeds or will exceed the amount of Loan outstanding at that time after such prepayment or cancellation, then (unless otherwise approved by the Majority Lenders) the Borrowers shall immediately close out and terminate sufficient Hedging Transactions as are necessary to ensure that the aggregate notional principal amount under the remaining continuing Hedging Transactions equals, and will in the future be equal to, the amount of the Loan at that time and as scheduled to be repaid from time to time thereafter pursuant to clause 6.2.

 

81


30.3 Variations

Except with approval, or as required by clause 30.2 ( Unwinding of Hedging Contracts ), any Hedging Master Agreement and the Hedging Contracts shall not be varied.

 

30.4 Releases and waivers

Except with approval, there shall be no release by the Borrowers of any obligation of any other person under the Hedging Contracts (including by way of novation), no waiver of any breach of any such obligation and no consent to anything which would otherwise be such a breach.

 

30.5 Assignment of Hedging Contracts by the Borrowers

Except with approval or by the Hedging Contract Security, no Borrower shall assign or otherwise dispose of its rights under any Hedging Contract.

 

30.6 Termination of Hedging Contracts by Borrowers

Except with approval, no Borrower shall terminate or rescind any Hedging Contract or close out or unwind any Hedging Transaction except in accordance with clause 30.2 ( Unwinding of Hedging Contracts ) for any reason whatsoever.

 

30.7 Performance of Hedging Contracts by the Borrowers

Each Borrower shall perform its obligations under the Hedging Contracts.

 

30.8 Information concerning Hedging Contracts

The Borrowers shall provide the Agent with any information it may request concerning any Hedging Contract, including all reasonable information, accounts and records that may be necessary or of assistance to enable the Agent to verify the amounts of all payments and any other amounts payable under the Hedging Contracts.

 

30.9 Hedging Master Agreements and Hedging Contract Security

At the time the Borrowers enter into Hedging Transactions following the Delivery Date for a Ship as required pursuant to clause 30.1.1, they shall provide the Agent with evidence that:

 

  (a) the Hedging Master Agreement in respect of the relevant Advance has been executed by the Borrowers and the relevant Hedging Provider and the Borrowers have entered into Hedging Transactions in respect of such Advance as required pursuant to the provisions of clause 30.1.1;

 

  (b) the Borrowers have executed the Hedging Contract Security in favour of the Security Agent; and

 

  (c) any notice required to be given to each Hedging Provider under the Hedging Contract Security has been given to it and acknowledged by it as soon as practicable and in any event by no later than 14 days after such notice has been given.

 

30.10 Ranking of Hedging Contracts

It is acknowledged and agreed that where any Hedging Contracts are required to be entered into for the purpose of this Agreement the pari passu ranking of any amounts due to the Hedging Providers under any Hedging Contracts for the purposes of the application provisions of clauses 35.21 ( Order of application ) and 38.5 ( Partial payments ) shall be subject to the approval of the Majority Lenders. If the approval of the Majority Lenders to such pari passu ranking is not obtained then the Hedging Providers will be requested to enter into Hedging Contracts on the basis that the respective claims of the Hedging Providers under such Hedging Contracts will be subordinate to the claims of the Lenders in respect of the Loan. If any of the Hedging Providers are unable or unwilling to enter into the Hedging Contracts on such a subordinate basis then no such Hedging Contracts shall be entered into and the Borrowers shall in such circumstances be relieved of their obligations under clause 30.1.1.

 

82


31 Events of Default

Each of the events or circumstances set out in clauses 31.1 to 31.22 is an Event of Default.

 

31.1 Non-payment

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

  (a) its failure to pay is caused by administrative or technical error or by a Payment Disruption Event; and

 

  (b) payment is made within two Business Days of its due date.

 

31.2 Hedging Contracts

 

31.2.1 An Event of Default (as defined in any Hedging Master Agreement) has occurred and is continuing under any Hedging Contract.

 

31.2.2 An Early Termination Date (as defined in any Hedging Master Agreement) has occurred or been or become capable of being effectively designated under any Hedging Contract.

 

31.2.3 A person entitled to do so gives notice of such an Early Termination Date under any Hedging Contract except with approval or as may be required by clause 30.2 ( Unwinding of Hedging Contracts ).

 

31.2.4 Any Hedging Contract is terminated, cancelled, suspended, rescinded or revoked or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason except with approval or as may be required by clause 30.2 ( Unwinding of Hedging Contracts ).

 

31.3 Financial covenants

The Borrowers do not comply with clause 20 ( Financial covenants ).

 

31.4 Value of security

The Borrowers do not comply with clause 26.12 ( Security shortfall ).

 

31.5 Insurance

 

31.5.1  The Insurances of a Mortgaged Ship are not placed and kept in force in the manner required by clause 25 ( Insurance ).

 

31.5.2  Any insurer either:

 

  (a) cancels any such Insurances; or

 

  (b) disclaims liability under them by reason of any mis-statement or failure or default by any person.

 

31.6 Other obligations

31.6.1 An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in clauses 31.1 ( Non-payment ), 31.2 ( Hedging Contracts ), 31.3 ( Financial covenants ), 31.4 ( Value of security ) and 31.5 ( Insurance )).

 

83


31.6.2 No Event of Default under clause 31.6.1 above will occur if the Agent considers that the failure to comply is capable of remedy and the failure is remedied within ten Business Days of the Agent giving notice to the Borrowers.

 

31.7 Misrepresentation

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made.

 

31.8 Cross default

 

31.8.1 Any Financial Indebtedness of any Group Member exceeding $500,000 is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

31.8.2 Any Financial Indebtedness of any Group Member exceeding $500,000 is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

31.8.3 Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any Group Member exceeding $500,000 is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of that Group Member exceeding $500,000 as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

31.8.4 The counterparty to a Treasury Transaction exceeding $500,000 entered into by any Group Member becomes entitled to terminate that Treasury Transaction early by reason of an event of default (however described).

 

31.8.5 Any creditor of any Group Member becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of that Group Member exceeding $500,000 due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

31.8.6 No Event of Default will occur under this clause 31.8 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within clauses 31.8.1 to 31.8.5 above is less than $10,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).

 

31.8.7 No Event of Default under this clause 31.8 above will occur if the Agent considers that the failure to comply is capable of remedy and the failure is remedied within five Business Days of the Agent giving notice to the Borrowers.

 

31.9 Insolvency

 

31.9.1 A Group Member is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, is deemed to, or is declared to, be unable to pay its debts under applicable law, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (excluding any Finance Party in its capacity as such) with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

31.9.2 The value of the assets of any Group Member is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

31.9.3 A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Group Member. If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

 

31.10 Insolvency proceedings

 

31.10.1 Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

84


  (a) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Group Member other than a solvent liquidation or reorganisation of any Group Member which is not an Obligor;

 

  (b) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Group Member;

 

  (c) the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of a Group Member which is not an Obligor), receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Group Member or any of its assets (including the directors of any Group Member requesting a person to appoint any such officer in relation to it or any of its assets); or

 

  (d) enforcement of any Security Interest over any assets of any Group Member,

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

31.10.2 Clause 31.10.1 shall not apply to any winding-up petition (or analogous procedure or step) which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within seven days of commencement or, if earlier, the date on which it is advertised.

 

31.11 Creditors’ process

 

31.11.1 Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress, execution or analogous process affects any asset or assets of any Group Member, which would in aggregate exceed $500,000 or, when aggregated with the value of any assets of the other Group Members affected by any process mentioned in this clause 31.11.1, would exceed $10,000,000, and is not discharged within seven days.

 

31.11.2 Any judgment or order for an amount in excess of $500,000 is made against any Group Member and is not stayed or complied with within seven days.

 

31.12 Unlawfulness and invalidity

 

31.12.1 It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any Security Interest created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents ceases to be effective.

 

31.12.2 Any obligation or obligations of any Obligor under any Finance Documents are not (subject to the Legal Reservations) or cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders under the Finance Documents.

 

31.12.3 Any Finance Document or any Security Interest created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents ceases to be in full force and effect or is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective for any reason.

 

31.12.4 Any Security Document does not create legal, valid, binding and enforceable security over the assets charged under that Security Document or the ranking or priority of such security is adversely affected.

 

31.13 Cessation of business

Any Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business.

 

85


31.14 Ownership of the Obligors

Any Obligor (other than the Ultimate Parent) is not, or ceases to be a, wholly owned Subsidiary of the Ultimate Parent.

 

31.15 Expropriation

The authority or ability of any Group Member to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any Group Member or any of its assets and, in the case of a Group Member which is not an Obligor, such event might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

31.16 Repudiation and rescission of Finance Documents

An Obligor (or any other relevant party) repudiates or purports to repudiate a Finance Document or evidences an intention to rescind or purports to rescind a Finance Document.

 

31.17 Litigation

Any litigation, alternative dispute resolution, arbitration or administrative proceeding is taking place, or threatened against any Group Member or any of its assets, rights or revenues exceeding $10,000,000 which, if adversely determined, might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

31.18 Material Adverse Effect

Any Environmental Incident or other event or circumstance or series of events (including any change of law) occurs which the Majority Lenders reasonably believe has, or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

31.19 Security enforceable

Any Security Interest (other than a Permitted Lien) in respect of Charged Property becomes enforceable.

 

31.20 Arrest of Ship

Any Mortgaged Ship is arrested, confiscated, seized, taken in execution, impounded, forfeited, detained in exercise or purported exercise of any possessory lien or other claim and the relevant Owner fails to procure the release of such Ship within a period of 15 days thereafter (or such longer period as may be approved) or, in the case of any seizure or detention of such Ship as a result of piracy, within a period of 90 days thereafter.

 

31.21 Ship registration

Except with approval, the registration of any Mortgaged Ship under the laws and flag of its Flag State is cancelled or terminated or, where applicable, not renewed or, if such Ship is only provisionally registered on the date of its Mortgage, such Ship is not permanently registered under such laws within 90 days of such date.

 

31.22 Political risk

The Flag State of any Mortgaged Ship or any Relevant Jurisdiction of an Obligor becomes involved in hostilities or civil war or there is a seizure of power in the Flag State or any such Relevant Jurisdiction by unconstitutional means if, in any such case, such event or circumstance, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, has or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect and, within 14 days of notice from the Agent to do so, such action as the Agent may require to ensure that such event or circumstance will not have such an effect has not been taken by the Borrowers.

 

86


31.23 Acceleration

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers:

 

  (a) cancel the Total Commitments at which time they shall immediately be cancelled; and/or

 

  (b) declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

  (c) declare that all or part of the Loan be payable on demand, at which time it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or

 

  (d) declare that no withdrawals be made from any Account; and/or

 

  (e) exercise or direct the Security Agent and/or any other beneficiary of the Security Documents to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents.

 

32 Position of Hedging Provider

 

32.1 Rights of Hedging Provider

Each Hedging Provider is a Finance Party and as such, will be entitled to share in the security constituted by the Security Documents in respect of any liabilities of the Borrowers under the Hedging Contracts with such Hedging Provider in the manner and to the extent contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

32.2 No voting rights

No Hedging Provider shall be entitled to vote on any matter where a decision of the Lenders alone is required under this Agreement, whether before or after the termination or close out of the Hedging Contracts with such Hedging Provider, provided that each Hedging Provider shall be entitled to vote on any matter where a decision of all the Finance Parties is expressly required.

 

32.3 Acceleration and enforcement of security

Neither the Agent nor the Security Agent or any other beneficiary of the Security Documents shall be obliged, in connection with any action taken or proposed to be taken under or pursuant to clause 31 ( Events of Default ) or pursuant to the other Finance Documents, to have any regard to the requirements of the Hedging Provider except to the extent that the relevant Hedging Provider is also a Lender.

SECTION 9 - CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

33 Changes to the Lenders

 

33.1 Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

Subject to this clause 33, a Lender (the Existing Lender ) may assign any of its rights to another bank or financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the New Lender ).

 

87


33.2 Conditions of assignment

 

33.2.1 The consent of the Borrowers is required for an assignment by a Lender, unless the assignment is to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or is to a fund set up for the sole purpose of acting as an owning vehicle for a securitisation by the relevant Existing Lender (and where the Existing Lender will continue to assume responsibility for the management of the Commitment which is the subject of such assignment) or an Event of Default is continuing. The Agent will immediately advise the Borrowers of the assignment.

 

33.2.2 The Borrowers’ consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and will be deemed to have been given fifteen Business Days after the Lender has requested consent unless consent is expressly refused within that time. The Borrowers shall not be entitled to refuse or withhold consent solely because an assignment may result in an increase to the Mandatory Cost.

 

33.2.3 An assignment will only be effective:

 

  (a) on receipt by the Agent of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the Borrowers and the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it was an Original Lender;

 

  (b) on the New Lender entering into any documentation required for it to accede as a party to any Security Document to which the Original Lender is a party in its capacity as a Lender and, in relation to such Security Documents, completing any filing, registration or notice requirements;

 

  (c) if an assignment takes effect after there has been a Utilisation, the assignment of an Existing Lender’s participation in the Utilisations (if any) under the Facility shall take effect in respect of the same fraction of each such Utilisation;

 

  (d) on the performance by the Agent of all “know your customer” or other checks relating to any person that it is required to carry out in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Lender and the New Lender;

 

  (e) if that Existing Lender assigns equal fractions of its Commitment and participation in the Loan and each Utilisation (if any) under the Facility;

 

  (f) if it is for a minimum amount of $7,500,000 or, if less, the total outstanding Commitment and participation of that Existing Lender in the Loan;

 

  (g) if a relevant assignment or transfer has been approved by the Agent;

 

  (h) if the Agent has received confirmation to its satisfaction that no Insolvency Event has occurred in relation to either the Existing Lender or the New Lender; and

 

  (i) no Event of Default has occurred.

 

33.2.4 Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with the Finance Documents on or prior to the date on which the assignment becomes effective in accordance with the Finance Documents and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

 

33.3 Fee

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of $3,500.

 

88


33.4 Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

33.4.1 Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

  (a) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

  (b) the financial condition of any Obligor;

 

  (c) the performance and observance by any Obligor or any other person of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

  (d) the application of any Basel II Regulation or Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents; or

 

  (e) the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

33.4.2 Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

 

  (a) has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of:

 

  (i) the financial condition and affairs of the Obligors and their related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement; and

 

  (ii) the application of any Basel II Regulation or Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Finance Document;

 

  (c) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the application of any Basel II Regulation or Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents; and

 

  (d) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

33.4.3 Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

  (a) accept a re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights assigned under this clause 33 ( Changes to the Lenders ); or

 

  (b) support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of the application of any Basel II Regulation or Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

33.5 Procedure for transfer

 

33.5.1

Subject to the conditions set out in clause 33.2 ( Conditions of assignment ) an assignment may be effected in accordance with clause 33.5.3 below when (a) the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate and (b) the Agent executes any document required under clause 33.2.3 which it may be necessary for it to execute in each case delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender duly executed by them and, in the case of any such other

 

89


  document, any other relevant person. The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a Transfer Certificate and any such other document each duly completed, appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate and such other document.

 

33.5.2 The Obligors and the other Finance Parties irrevocably authorise the Agent to execute any Transfer Certificate on their behalf without any consultations with them.

 

33.5.3 On the Transfer Date:

 

  (a) to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to be released from its obligations under the Finance Documents, the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards the Obligors and the other Finance Parties under the Finance Documents and the rights of the Obligors and the other Finance Parties against the Existing Lender under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the Discharged Rights and Obligations ) (but the obligations owed by the Obligors under the Finance Documents shall not be released);

 

  (b) the New Lender shall assume obligations towards each of the Obligors who are a Party and/or the Obligors and the other Finance Parties shall acquire rights against the New Lender which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as the New Lender has assumed and/or the Obligors and the other Finance Parties have acquired the same in place of the Existing Lender;

 

  (c) the other Finance Parties and the New Lender shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (d) the New Lender shall become a Party to the Finance Documents as a “Lender” for the purposes of all the Finance Documents.

 

33.6 Copy of Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation to Borrowers

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation and any other document required under clause 33.2.3, send a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation and such documents to the Borrowers.

 

34 Changes to the Obligors

 

34.1 Assignments and transfers by Obligors

No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

 

34.2 Change of Parent

Subject to the provisions of clause 7.2 ( Change of Control ) and compliance with clause 19.9 ( “Know your customer” checks ) the Borrowers may request a replacement of the Parent in circumstances where the Group is involved in any IPO. Any such request shall require the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of all Lenders), which the Agent shall have full liberty to withhold and which may be granted on such conditions as the Agent may require. If a replacement is so approved the Parent shall be released from its obligations under this Agreement and such obligations shall be assumed by such replacement on terms acceptable to the Agent.

 

90


SECTION 10 - THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

35 Roles of Agent, Security Agent and Arranger

 

35.1 Appointment of the Agent

 

35.1.1 Each other Finance Party (other than the Security Agent) appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

35.1.2 Each such other Finance Party authorises the Agent:

 

  (a) to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions; and

 

  (b) to execute each of the Security Documents, and all other documents that may be approved by the Majority Lenders for execution by it.

 

35.1.3 The Agent accepts its appointment under clause 35.1.1 as trustee of the Trust Property with effect from the date of this Agreement and declares that it holds the Trust Property on trust for itself and the other Finance Parties (for so long as they are Finance Parties) on and subject to the terms of this clause 35 and the Security Documents to which it is a party.

 

35.2 Duties of the Agent

 

35.2.1 The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

35.2.2 The Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

35.2.3 Without prejudice to clause 33.6 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation to Borrowers ), clause 35.2.2 shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation.

 

35.2.4 Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

35.2.5 If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

35.2.6 If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent or an Arranger for their own account) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

35.2.7 Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Agent has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents. The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

35.3 Role of the Arrangers and the Bookrunners

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arrangers and the Bookrunners have no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

91


35.4 No fiduciary duties

 

35.4.1 Nothing in this Agreement constitutes an Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person except to the extent that the Agent holds the benefit of the Security Documents in trust for the other Finance Parties pursuant to clause 35.

 

35.4.2 Neither the Agent nor any Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender or any Hedging Provider for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account or have any obligations to the other Finance Parties beyond those expressly stated in the Finance Documents.

 

35.5 Business with the Group

The Agent and any Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any Obligor or other Group Member or their Affiliates.

 

35.6 Rights and discretions of the Agent

 

35.6.1 The Agent may rely on:

 

  (a) any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

 

  (b) any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his or her knowledge or within his or her power to verify.

 

35.6.2 The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the other Finance Parties) that:

 

  (a) no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under clause 31.1 ( Non-payment ));

 

  (b) any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised; and

 

  (c) any notice or request made by the Borrowers (other than a Utilisation Request or Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

 

35.6.3 The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts in the conduct of its obligations and responsibilities under the Finance Documents.

 

35.6.4 The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.

 

35.6.5 The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

 

35.6.6 Without prejudice to the generality of clause 35.6.5 above, the Agent may disclose the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers and shall disclose the same upon the written request of the Borrowers or the Majority Lenders.

 

35.6.7 Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor any Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality. The Agent and any Arranger may do anything which in its opinion, is necessary or desirable to comply with any law or regulation of any jurisdiction.

 

92


35.7 Majority Lenders’ instructions

 

35.7.1 Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall:

 

  (a) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent); and

 

  (b) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders.

 

35.7.2 Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders to the Agent (in relation to any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) shall be binding on all the Finance Parties.

 

35.7.3 The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

35.7.4 In the absence of, or while awaiting, instructions from the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders), the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Finance Parties.

 

35.7.5 The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) or any Hedging Provider in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This clause 35.7.5 shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Security Documents.

 

35.7.6 Neither the Agent nor any Arranger shall be obliged to request any certificate, opinion or other information under clause 19 ( Information undertakings ) unless so required in writing by a Lender or any Hedging Provider, in which case the Agent shall promptly make the appropriate request of the Borrowers if such request would be in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

35.8 Responsibility for documentation and other matters

Neither the Agent nor any Arranger:

 

  (a) is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, any Arranger, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents or of any representations in any Finance Document or of any copy of any document delivered under any Finance Document;

 

  (b) is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document, any Charter Document or any Building Contract or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document, any Charter Document or any Building Contract;

 

  (c) is responsible for the application of any Basel II Regulation or Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

  (d) is responsible for any loss to the Trust Property arising in consequence of the failure, depreciation or loss of any Charged Property or any investments made or retained in good faith or by reason of any other matter or thing;

 

93


  (e) is obliged to account to any person for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account;

 

  (f) is responsible for the failure of any Obligor or any other party to perform its obligations under any Finance Document, any Charter Document or any Building Contract or the financial condition of any such person;

 

  (g) is responsible for ascertaining whether all deeds and documents which should have been deposited with it under or pursuant to any of the Security Documents have been so deposited;

 

  (h) is responsible for investigating or making any enquiry into the title of any Obligor to any of the Charged Property or any of its other property or assets;

 

  (i) is responsible for the failure to register any of the Security Documents with the Registrar of Companies or any other public office;

 

  (j) is responsible for the failure to register any of the Security Documents in accordance with the provisions of the documents of title of any Obligor to any of the Charged Property;

 

  (k) is responsible for the failure to take or require any Obligor to take any steps to render any of the Security Documents effective as regards property or assets outside England or Wales or to secure the creation of any ancillary charge under the laws of the jurisdiction concerned; or

 

  (l) is responsible (save as otherwise provided in this clause 35) for taking or omitting to take any other action under or in relation to the Security Documents;

 

  (m) is responsible on account of the failure of any other beneficiary of a Security Document to perform or discharge any of its duties or obligations under the Security Documents; or

 

  (n) is (unless it is the same entity as the Agent) responsible on account of the failure of the Agent and/or any other beneficiary of a Security Document to perform or discharge any of its duties or obligations under the Security Documents; or

 

  (o) for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by any applicable law relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

35.9 Exclusion of liability

 

35.9.1 Without limiting clause 35.9.2 (and without prejudice to the provisions of clause 38.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc .), the Agent will not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

35.9.2 No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this clause subject to clause 1.3 and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

35.9.3 The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

 

94


35.9.4 Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or any Arranger to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender or any Hedging Provider and each Lender and each Hedging Provider confirms to the Agent and the Arrangers that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or any Arranger.

 

35.10 Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against:

 

  (a) any Losses for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever incurred by such Lenders’ Representative in the circumstances contemplated pursuant to clause 38.11 ( Disruption to payment systems etc ) notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence, or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent); and

 

  (b) any other Losses (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) including the costs of any person engaged in accordance with clause 35.6.3 ( Rights and discretions of the Agent ) and any Receiver in acting as its agent under the Finance Documents

in each case incurred by the Agent in acting as such under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document or out of the Trust Property).

 

35.11 Resignation of the Agent

 

35.11.1 The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the Lenders, the Hedging Providers and the Borrowers.

 

35.11.2 Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Borrowers) may appoint a successor Agent.

 

35.11.3 If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with clause 35.11.2 above within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the Agent (after consultation with the Borrowers) may appoint a successor Agent.

 

35.11.4 The retiring Agent shall, either at the Lenders’ expense if it has been required to resign pursuant to clause 35.11.7 or otherwise at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

35.11.5 The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

35.11.6 Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this clause 35. Its successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

35.11.7 After consultation with the Borrowers, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance with clause 35.11.1. In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with clause 35.11.1.

 

95


35.11.8 At any time after the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall execute all acts, deeds and documents reasonably required by its successor to transfer to it (or its nominee, as it may direct) any property, assets and rights previously vested in the retiring Agent pursuant to the Security Documents and which shall not have vested in its successor by operation of law. All such acts, deeds and documents shall be done or, as the case may be, executed at the cost of the retiring Agent (except where the Agent is retiring pursuant to clause 35.11.7 in which case such costs shall be borne by the Lenders (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero).

 

35.11.9 The Agent shall resign in accordance with clause 35.11.2 above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Agent pursuant to clause 35.11.3 above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

  (a) the Agent fails to respond to a request under clause 12.11 ( FATCA Information ) and a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

  (b) the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to clause 12.11 ( FATCA Information ) indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

  (c) the Agent notifies the Borrowers and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date,

and (in each case) the Borrowers or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Borrowers or that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.

 

35.12 Confidentiality

 

35.12.1 In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its department, division or team directly responsible for the management of the Finance Documents which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions, departments or teams.

 

35.12.2 If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

 

35.12.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent, nor any Arranger is obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

 

35.13 Relationship with the Lenders and Hedging Provider

 

35.13.1 The Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender or each Hedging Provider at the opening of business (in the place of its principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender or (as the case may be) a Hedging Provider acting through its Facility Office:

 

  (a) entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

  (b) entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

unless it has received not less than five Business Days prior notice from that Lender (or as the case may be a Hedging Provider) to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

96


35.13.2 Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information required by the Agent in order to calculate the Mandatory Cost in accordance with Schedule 5 (Mandatory Cost formulae).

 

35.13.3 Each Lender and each Hedging Provider shall supply the Agent with any information that the Agent may reasonably specify as being necessary or desirable to enable the Agent to perform its functions as Agent, including, but not limited to, any information which the Agent may require to comply with “know your customer checks” or similar identification procedures.

 

35.14 Credit appraisal by the Lenders and Hedging Providers

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender and each Hedging Provider confirms to each other Finance Party that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

  (a) the financial condition, status and nature of each Obligor and other Group Member;

 

  (b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any Charter Document or any Building Contract and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document, any Charter Document or any Building Contract;

 

  (c) the application of any Basel II Regulation or Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

  (d) whether any Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

  (e) the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document or any Charter Document or any Building Contract, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document, any Charter Document or any Building Contract; and

 

  (f) the right of title of any person to, or the value or sufficiency of, any part of the Charged Property, the priority of the Security Documents or the existence of any Security Interest affecting the Charged Property.

 

35.15 Reference Banks

If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Borrowers) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank.

 

35.16 Agent’s management time

Any amount payable to the Agent under clause 14.3 (Indemnity to the Agent), clause 16 (Costs and expenses) and clause 35.10 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent) shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Borrowers and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under clause 11 (Fees).

 

97


35.17 Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

35.18 Security Agent

 

35.18.1 Each other Finance Party appoints the Security Agent to act as its agent and (to the extent permitted under any applicable law) trustee under and in connection with the Security Documents and confirms that the Security Agent shall have a lien on the Security Documents and the proceeds of the enforcement of those Security Documents for all moneys payable to the beneficiaries of those Security Documents.

 

35.18.2 Each other Finance Party authorises the Security Agent:

 

  (a) to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions; and

 

  (b) to execute each of the Security Documents and all other documents that may be approved by the Agent and/or the Majority Lenders for execution by it.

 

35.18.3 The Security Agent accepts its appointment under clause 35.18 ( Security Agent ) as trustee of the Trust Property with effect from the date of this Agreement and declares that it holds the Trust Property on trust for itself, the other Finance Parties   (for so long as they are Finance Parties) on and subject to the terms set out in clauses 35.18—35.25 (inclusive) and the Security Documents to which it is a party.

 

35.19 Application of certain clauses to Security Agent

 

35.19.1 Clauses 35.6 (Rights and discretions of the Agent), 35.8 (Responsibility for documentation and other matters), 35.9 (Exclusion of liability), 35.10 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent), 35.11 (Resignation of the Agent), 46 (Confidentiality), 35.13 (Relationship with the Lenders and Hedging Providers), 35.14 (Credit appraisal by the Lenders and Hedging Providers), 35.16 (Agent’s management time and additional remuneration) and 35.16 (Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent) shall each extend so as to apply to the Security Agent in its capacity as such and for that purpose each reference to the “Agent” in these clauses shall extend to include in addition a reference to the “Security Agent” in its capacity as such and, in clause 35.6 (Rights and discretions of the Agent), references to the Lenders and a group of Lenders shall refer to the Agent.

 

35.19.2 In addition, clause 35.11 ( Resignation of the Agent ) shall, for the purposes of its application to the Security Agent pursuant to clause 35.19.1, have the following additional sub-clause:

At any time after the appointment of a successor, the retiring Security Agent shall do and execute all acts, deeds and documents reasonably required by its successor to transfer to it (or its nominee, as it may direct) any property, assets and rights previously vested in the retiring Security Agent pursuant to the Security Documents and which shall not have vested in its successor by operation of law. All such acts, deeds and documents shall be done or, as the case may be, executed at the cost of the retiring Security Agent (except where the Security Agent is retiring under clause 35.11 ( Resignation of the Agent ) as extended to it by clause 35.19.1, in which case such costs shall be borne by the Lenders (in proportion (if no part of the Loan is then outstanding) to their shares of the Total Commitments or (at any other time) to their participations in the Loan).

 

98


35.20 Instructions to Security Agent

 

35.20.1 The Security Agent shall:

 

  (a) unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Security Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Agent; and

 

  (b) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with paragraph (a) above.

 

35.20.2 The Security Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Agent as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Security Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives those instructions or that clarification.

 

35.20.3 Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Security Agent by the Agent shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

 

35.20.4 The Security Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of the Agent until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

 

35.20.5 In the absence of instructions, the Security Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

35.20.6 The Security Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender or any Hedging Provider (without first obtaining that Lender’s or the relevant Hedging Provider’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This clause 35.20.6 shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Security Documents.

 

35.21 Order of application

 

35.21.1 The Security Agent agrees to apply the Trust Property and each other beneficiary of the Security Documents agrees, subject to clause 30.10 ( Ranking of Hedging Contracts ), to apply all moneys received by it in the exercise of its rights under the Security Documents in accordance with the following respective claims:

 

  (a) first , as to a sum equivalent to the amounts payable to the Security Agent under the Finance Documents (excluding any amounts received by the Security Agent pursuant to clause 35.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ) as extended to the Security Agent pursuant to clause 35.19 ( Application of certain clauses to Security Agent ), for the Security Agent absolutely;

 

  (b) secondly , as to a sum equivalent to the aggregate amount then due and owing to the other Finance Parties under the Finance Documents, for those Finance Parties absolutely for application between them in accordance with clause 38.5 ( Partial payments ), and pro-rata to the amounts owing to them under the Finance Documents;

 

  (c) thirdly , until such time as the Security Agent is satisfied that all obligations owed to the Finance Parties have been irrevocably and unconditionally discharged in full, held by the Security Agent on a suspense account for payment of any further amounts owing to the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents and further application in accordance with this clause 35.21.1 as and when any such amounts later fall due;

 

99


  (d) fourthly , to such other persons (if any) as are legally entitled thereto in priority to the Obligors; and

 

  (e) fifthly , as to the balance (if any), for the Obligors by or from whom or from whose assets the relevant amounts were paid, received or recovered or other person entitled to them.

 

35.21.2 The Security Agent and each other beneficiary of the Security Documents shall make each application as soon as is practicable after the relevant moneys are received by, or otherwise become available to, it save that (without prejudice to any other provision contained in any of the Security Documents) the Security Agent (acting on the instructions of the Agent), any other beneficiary of the Security Documents or any receiver or administrator may credit any moneys received by it to a suspense account for so long and in such manner as the Security Agent, any other beneficiary of the Security Documents or such receiver or administrator may from time to time determine with a view to preserving the rights of the Finance Parties or any of them to prove for the whole of their respective claims against the Borrowers or any other person liable.

 

35.21.3 The Security Agent and/or any other beneficiary of the Security Documents shall obtain a good discharge in respect of the amounts expressed to be due to the other Finance Parties as referred to in this clause 35.21 by paying such amounts to the Agent for distribution in accordance with clause 38 ( Payment mechanics ).

 

35.22 Powers and duties of the Security Agent as trustee of the security

In its capacity as trustee in relation to the Trust Property, the Security Agent:

 

  (a) shall, without prejudice to any of the powers, discretions and immunities conferred upon trustees by law (and to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or any of the Security Documents), have all the same powers and discretions as a natural person acting as the beneficial owner of such property and/or as are conferred upon the Security Agent by this Agreement and/or any Security Document but so that the Security Agent may only exercise such powers and discretions to the extent that it is authorised to do so by the provisions of this Agreement;

 

  (b) shall (subject to clause 35.21 ( Order of application )) be entitled (in its own name or in the names of nominees) to invest moneys from time to time forming part of the Trust Property or otherwise held by it as a consequence of any enforcement of the security constituted by any Finance Document which, in the reasonable opinion of the Security Agent, it would not be practicable to distribute immediately, by placing the same on deposit in the name or under the control of the Security Agent as the Security Agent may think fit without being under any duty to diversify the same and the Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss due to interest rate or exchange rate fluctuations except for any loss arising from the Security Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

  (c) may, in the conduct of its obligations under and in respect of the Security Documents (otherwise than in relation to its right to make any declaration, determination or decision), instead of acting personally, employ and pay any agent (whether being a lawyer or any other person) to transact or concur in transacting any business and to do or concur in doing any acts required to be done by the Security Agent (including the receipt and payment of money) and on the basis that (i) any such agent engaged in any profession or business shall be entitled to be paid all usual professional and other charges for business transacted and acts done by him or any partner or employee of his or her in connection with such employment and (ii) the Security Agent shall not be bound to supervise, or be responsible for any loss incurred by reason of any act or omission of, any such agent if the Security Agent shall have exercised reasonable care in the selection of such agent; and

 

100


  (d) may place all deeds and other documents relating to the Trust Property which are from time to time deposited with it pursuant to the Security Documents in any safe deposit, safe or receptacle selected by the Security Agent exercising reasonable care or with any firm of solicitors or company whose business includes undertaking the safe custody of documents selected by the Security Agent exercising reasonable care and may make any such arrangements as it thinks fit for allowing Obligors access to, or its solicitors or auditors possession of, such documents when necessary or convenient and the Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss incurred in connection with any such deposit, access or possession if it has exercised reasonable care in the selection of a safe deposit, safe, receptacle or firm of solicitors or company (save that it shall take reasonable steps to pursue any person who may be liable to it in connection with such loss).

 

35.23 All enforcement action through the Security Agent

 

35.23.1 None of the other Finance Parties shall have any independent power to enforce any of those Security Documents which are executed in favour of the Security Agent only or to exercise any rights, discretions or powers or to grant any consents or releases under or pursuant to such Security Documents or otherwise have direct recourse to the security and/or guarantees constituted by such Security Documents except through the Security Agent.

 

35.23.2 None of the other Finance Parties shall have any independent power to enforce any of those Security Documents which are executed in their favour or to exercise any rights, discretions or powers or to grant any consents or releases under or pursuant to such Security Documents or otherwise have direct recourse to the security and/or guarantees constituted by such Security Documents except through the Security Agent. If any Finance Party (other than the Security Agent) is a party to any Security Document it shall promptly upon being requested by the Agent to do so grant a power of attorney or other sufficient authority to the Security Agent to enable the Security Agent to exercise any rights, discretions or powers or to grant any consents or releases under such Security Document.

 

35.24 Co-operation to achieve agreed priorities of application

The other Finance Parties shall co-operate with each other and with the Security Agent and any receiver or administrator under the Security Documents in realising the property and assets subject to the Security Documents and in ensuring that the net proceeds realised under the Security Documents after deduction of the expenses of realisation are applied in accordance with clause 35.21 ( Order of application ).

 

35.25 Indemnity from Trust Property

 

35.25.1 In respect of all liabilities, costs or expenses for which the Obligors are liable under this Agreement, the Security Agent and each Affiliate of the Security Agent and each officer or employee of the Security Agent or its Affiliate (each a Relevant Person ) shall be entitled to be indemnified out of the Trust Property in respect of all liabilities, damages, costs, claims, charges or expenses whatsoever properly incurred or suffered by such Relevant Person:

 

  (a) in the execution or exercise or bona fide purported execution or exercise of the trusts, rights, powers, authorities, discretions and duties created or conferred by or pursuant to the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) as a result of any breach by an Obligor of any of its obligations under any Finance Document;

 

  (c) in respect of any Environmental Claim made or asserted against a Relevant Person which would not have arisen if the Finance Documents had not been executed; and

 

  (d) in respect of any matter or thing done or omitted in any way in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents relating to the Trust Property or the provisions of any of the Finance Documents.

 

101


35.25.2 The rights conferred by this clause 35.25 are without prejudice to any right to indemnity by law given to trustees generally and to any provision of the Finance Documents entitling the Security Agent or any other person to an indemnity in respect of, and/or reimbursement of, any liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or suffered by it in connection with any of the Finance Documents or the performance of any duties under any of the Finance Documents. Nothing contained in this clause 35.25 shall entitle the Security Agent or any other person to be indemnified in respect of any liabilities, damages, costs, claims, charges or expenses to the extent that the same arise from such person’s own gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

35.26 Finance Parties to provide information

The other Finance Parties shall provide the Security Agent with such written information as it may reasonably require for the purposes of carrying out its duties and obligations under the Security Documents and, in particular, with such necessary directions in writing so as to enable the Security Agent to make the calculations and applications contemplated by clause 35.21 ( Order of application ) above and to apply amounts received under, and the proceeds of realisation of, the Security Documents as contemplated by the Security Documents, clause 38.5 ( Partial payments ) and clause 35.21 ( Order of application ).

 

35.27 Release to facilitate enforcement and realisation

Each Finance Party acknowledges that pursuant to any enforcement action by the Security Agent (or a Receiver) carried out on the instructions of the Agent it may be desirable for the purpose of such enforcement and/or maximising the realisation of the Charged Property being enforced against, that any rights or claims of or by the Security Agent (for the benefit of the Finance Parties) and/or any Finance Parties against any Obligor and/or any Security Interest over any assets of any Obligor (in each case) as contained in or created by any Finance Document, other than such rights or claims or security being enforced, be released in order to facilitate such enforcement action and/or realisation and, notwithstanding any other provision of the Finance Documents, each Finance Party hereby irrevocably authorises the Security Agent (acting on the instructions of the Agent) to grant any such releases to the extent necessary to fully effect such enforcement action and realisation including, without limitation, to the extent necessary for such purposes to execute release documents in the name of and on behalf of the Finance Parties. Where the relevant enforcement is by way of disposal of membership interests in an Owner, the requisite release shall include releases of all claims (including under guarantees) of the Finance Parties and/or the Security Agent against such Owner and of all Security Interests over the assets of such Owner.

 

35.28 Undertaking to pay

Each Obligor which is a Party undertakes with the Security Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties that it will, on demand by the Security Agent, pay to the Security Agent all money from time to time owing, and discharge all other obligations from time to time incurred, by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

35.29 Additional trustees

The Security Agent shall have power by notice in writing to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers to appoint any person approved by the Borrowers (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) either to act as separate trustee or as co-trustee jointly with the Security Agent:

 

  (a) if the Security Agent reasonably considers such appointment to be in the best interests of the Finance Parties;

 

  (b) for the purpose of conforming with any legal requirement, restriction or condition in any jurisdiction in which any particular act is to be performed; or

 

  (c) for the purpose of obtaining a judgment in any jurisdiction or the enforcement in any jurisdiction against any person of a judgment already obtained,

 

102


and any person so appointed shall (subject to the provisions of this Agreement) have such rights (including as to reasonable remuneration), powers, duties and obligations as shall be conferred or imposed by the instrument of appointment. The Security Agent shall have power to remove any person so appointed. At the request of the Security Agent, the other parties to this Agreement shall forthwith execute all such documents and do all such things as may be required to perfect such appointment or removal and each such party irrevocably authorises the Security Agent in its name and on its behalf to do the same. Such a person shall accede to this Agreement as a Security Agent to the extent necessary to carry out their role on terms satisfactory to the Security Agent and (subject always to the provisions of this Agreement) have such trusts, powers, authorities, liabilities and discretions (not exceeding those conferred on the Security Agent by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents) and such duties and obligations as shall be conferred or imposed by the instrument of appointment (being no less onerous than would have applied to the Security Agent but for the appointment). The Security Agent shall not be bound to supervise, or be responsible for any loss incurred by reason of any act or omission of, any such person if the Security Agent shall have exercised reasonable care in the selection of such person.

 

35.30 Non-recognition of trust

It is agreed by all the parties to this Agreement that:

 

  (a) in relation to any jurisdiction the courts of which would not recognise or give effect to the trusts expressed to be constituted by this clause 35, the relationship of the Security Agent and the other Finance Parties shall be construed as one of principal and agent, but to the extent permissible under the laws of such jurisdiction, all the other provisions of this Agreement shall have full force and effect between the parties to this Agreement; and

 

  (b) the provisions of this clause 35 insofar as they relate to the Security Agent in its capacity as trustee for the Finance Parties and the relationship between themselves and the Security Agent as their trustee may be amended by agreement between the other Finance Parties and the Security Agent. The Security Agent may amend all documents necessary to effect the alteration of the relationship between the Security Agent and the other Finance Parties and each such other party irrevocably authorises the Security Agent in its name and on its behalf to execute all documents necessary to effect such amendments.

 

36 Conduct of business by the Finance Parties

 

36.1 Finance Parties tax affairs

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

  (a) interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

  (b) oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

  (c) oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

36.2 Finance Parties acting together

Notwithstanding clause 2.3 ( Finance Parties’ rights and obligations ), if the Agent makes a declaration under clause 31.23 ( Acceleration ) the Agent shall, in the names of all the Finance Parties, take such action on behalf of the Finance Parties and conduct such negotiations with the Borrowers and any Group Members and generally administer the Facility in accordance with the wishes of the Majority Lenders. All the Finance Parties shall be bound by the provisions of this clause and no Finance Party shall be entitled to take action independently against any Obligor or any of its assets without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.

 

103


This clause shall not override clause 35 ( Roles of Agent, Security Agent and Arranger ) as it applies to the Security Agent.

 

36.3 Majority Lenders

 

36.3.1 Where any Finance Document provides for any matter to be determined by reference to the opinion of, or to be subject to the consent, approval or request of, the Majority Lenders or for any action to be taken on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (a majority decision ), such majority decision shall (as between the Lenders) only be regarded as having been validly given or issued by the Majority Lenders if all the Lenders shall have received prior notice of the matter on which such majority decision is required and the relevant majority of Lenders shall have given or issued such majority decision. However (as between any Obligor and the Finance Parties) the relevant Obligor shall be entitled (and bound) to assume that such notice shall have been duly received by each Lender and that the relevant majority shall have been obtained to constitute Majority Lenders when notified to this effect by the Agent whether or not this is the case.

 

36.3.2 If, within ten Business Days of the Agent despatching to each Lender a notice requesting instructions (or confirmation of instructions) from the Lenders or the agreement of the Lenders to any amendment, modification, waiver, variation or excuse of performance for the purposes of, or in relation to, any of the Finance Documents, the Agent has not received a reply specifically giving or confirming or refusing to give or confirm the relevant instructions or, as the case may be, approving or refusing to approve the proposed amendment, modification, waiver, variation or excuse of performance, then (irrespective of whether such Lender responds at a later date) the Agent shall treat any Lender which has not so responded as having indicated a desire to be bound by the wishes of 66 2 / 3  per cent. of those Lenders (measured in terms of the total Commitments of those Lenders) which have so responded.

 

36.3.3 For the purposes of clause 36.3.2, any Lender which notifies the Agent of a wish or intention to abstain on any particular issue shall be treated as if it had not responded.

 

36.3.4 Clauses 36.3.2 and 36.3.3 shall not apply in relation to those matters referred to in, or the subject of, clause 44.2 ( Exceptions ).

 

36.4 Conflicts

 

36.4.1 The Borrowers acknowledge that any Arranger and its parent undertaking, subsidiary undertakings and fellow subsidiary undertakings (together an Arranger Group ) may be providing debt finance, equity capital or other services (including financial advisory services) to other persons with which the Borrowers may have conflicting interests in respect of the Facility or otherwise.

 

36.4.2 No member of an Arranger Group shall use confidential information gained from any Obligor by virtue of the Facility or its relationships with any Obligor in connection with their performance of services for other persons. This shall not, however, affect any obligations that any member of an Arranger Group has as Agent in respect of the Finance Documents. The Borrowers also acknowledge that no member of an Arranger Group has any obligation to use or furnish to any Obligor information obtained from other persons for their benefit.

 

36.4.3 The terms parent undertaking , subsidiary undertaking and fellow subsidiary undertaking when used in this clause have the meaning given to them in sections 1161 and 1162 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

104


37 Sharing among the Finance Parties

 

37.1 Payments to Finance Parties

If a Finance Party (a Recovering Finance Party ) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with clause 38 ( Payment mechanics ) (a Recovered Amount ) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

 

  (a) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Agent;

 

  (b) the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with clause 38 ( Payment mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

  (c) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the Sharing Payment ) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with clause 38.5 ( Partial payments ).

 

37.2 Redistribution of payments

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the Sharing Finance Parties ) in accordance with clause 38.5 ( Partial payments ) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

 

37.3 Recovering Finance Party’s rights

On a distribution by the Agent under clause 37.2 ( Redistribution of payments ) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

37.4 Reversal of redistribution

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

  (a) each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the Redistributed Amount ); and

 

  (b) as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

37.5 Exceptions

 

37.5.1 This clause 37 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

 

105


37.5.2 A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, if:

 

  (a) it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

  (b) that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

SECTION 11 - ADMINISTRATION

 

38 Payment mechanics

 

38.1 Payments to the Agent

 

38.1.1 On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document (other than a Hedging Contract), that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

38.1.2 Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency with such bank as the Agent specifies.

 

38.2 Distributions by the Agent

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to clause 38.3 ( Distributions to an Obligor ) and clause 38.4 ( Clawback ) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency.

 

38.3 Distributions to an Obligor

The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with clause 39 ( Set-off )) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

38.4 Clawback

 

38.4.1 Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

38.4.2 If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

106


38.5 Partial payments

 

38.5.1 If the Agent receives a payment for application against amounts due under the Finance Documents that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under those Finance Documents, the Agent shall, subject to clause 30.10 ( Ranking of Hedging Contracts ), apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under those Finance Documents in the following order:

 

  (a) first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses (ignoring any fees payable under clause 11 ( Fees )) of the Agent, the Security Agent or the Arrangers under those Finance Documents;

 

  (b) secondly , pro rata in or towards payment to the Lenders pro rata of any amount owing to the Lenders under clause 35.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ) ) including any amount resulting from the indemnity to the Security Agent under clause 35.19 ( Application of certain clauses to Security Agent );

 

  (c) thirdly , pro-rata in or towards payment to (i) the Lenders pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission or other amounts due to them but unpaid under the Finance Documents and (ii) to the Hedging Providers pro rata of any accrued interest due to them but unpaid under the Hedging Contracts;

 

  (d) fourthly , in or towards payment to (i) the Lenders pro rata of any principal which is due but unpaid under the Finance Documents and (ii) pro rata to the Hedging Providers of any settlement amount or other principal payment which is due but unpaid under the Hedging Contracts; and

 

  (e) fifthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

38.5.2 The Agent shall, if so directed by all the Lenders and the Hedging Providers, vary the order set out in paragraphs (b) to (e) of clause 38.5.1.

 

38.5.3 Clauses 38.5.1 and 38.5.2 above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

38.6 No set-off by Obligors

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

38.7 Business Days

 

38.7.1 Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

38.7.2 During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

38.8 Payments on demand

For the purposes of clause 31.1 and subject to the Agent’s right to demand interest under clause 8.3, payments on demand shall be treated as paid when due if paid within three Business Days of demand.

 

38.9 Currency of account

 

38.9.1 Subject to clauses 38.9.2 to 38.9.3, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

38.9.2 A repayment of all or part of the Loan or an Unpaid Sum and each payment of interest shall be made in dollars on its due date.

 

107


38.9.3 Each payment in respect of the amount of any costs, expenses or Taxes or other losses shall be made in dollars and, if they were incurred in a currency other than dollars, the amount payable under the Finance Documents shall be the equivalent in dollars of the relevant amount in such other currency on the date on which it was incurred.

 

38.9.4 All moneys received or held by the Security Agent or by a Receiver under a Security Document in a currency other than dollars may be sold for dollars and the Obligor which executed that Security Document shall indemnify the Security Agent against the full cost in relation to the sale. Neither the Security Agent nor such Receiver will have any liability to that Obligor in respect of any loss resulting from any fluctuation in exchange rates after the sale.

 

38.10 Change of currency

 

38.10.1 Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

  (a) any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Borrowers); and

 

  (b) any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

38.10.2 If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrowers) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the London interbank market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

38.11 Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Payment Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Borrowers that a Payment Disruption Event has occurred:

 

  (a) the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrowers, consult with the Borrowers with a view to agreeing with the Borrowers such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

  (b) the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrowers in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

  (c) the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

  (d) any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Borrowers shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Payment Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of clause 44 ( Amendments and grant of waivers );

 

  (e) the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this clause 38.11; and

 

108


  (f) the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

39 Set-off

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

40 Notices

 

40.1 Communications in writing

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

40.2 Addresses

The address, and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Obligor or Finance Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

  (a) in the case of any Obligor which is a Party, that identified with its name in Schedule 1 ( The original parties );

 

  (b) in the case of any Obligor which is not a Party, that identified in any Finance Document to which it is a party;

 

  (c) in the case of the Security Agent, the Agent and any other original Finance Party that identified with its name in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ); and

 

  (d) in the case of each Lender or other Finance Party, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party in the relevant capacity,

or, in each case, any substitute address, fax number, or department or officer as an Obligor or Finance Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

40.3 Delivery

 

40.3.1 Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

  (a) if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

  (b) if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address;

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under clause 40.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

40.3.2 Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent or the Security Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent or the Security Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ) (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent or the Security Agent shall specify for this purpose).

 

109


40.3.3 All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent.

 

40.3.4 Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrowers in accordance with this clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

 

40.4 Notification of address and fax number

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to clause 40.2 ( Addresses ) or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

40.5 Electronic communication

 

40.5.1 Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication and if those two parties:

 

  (a) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

  (b) notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

 

40.5.2 Any electronic communication made between those two Parties will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Agent or the Security Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent or the Security Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

40.5.3 Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with clause 40.5.2 above, after 5:00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

40.6 English language

 

40.6.1 Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be in English.

 

40.6.2 All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be:

 

  (a) in English; or

 

  (b) if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

41 Calculations and certificates

 

41.1 Accounts

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

110


41.2 Certificates and determinations

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

41.3 Day count convention

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

42 Partial invalidity

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

43 Remedies and waivers

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any of the Finance Documents. No election to affirm any of the Finance Documents on the part of any Finance Party shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in the Finance Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

44 Amendments and grant of waivers

 

44.1 Required consents

 

44.1.1 Subject to clause 44.2 ( Exceptions ), any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived with the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders and, if it affects the rights and obligations of the Agent or the Security Agent, the consent of the Agent or the Security Agent) and any such amendment or waiver agreed or given by the Agent will be binding on the other Finance Parties.

 

44.1.2 The Agent may (or, in the case of the Security Documents, instruct the Security Agent to) effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this clause.

 

44.2 Exceptions

 

44.2.1 An amendment, waiver or discharge or release that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

  (a) the definition of “Flag State” in clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

 

  (b) the definition of “Majority Lenders” in clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

 

  (c) the definition of “Last Availability Date” in clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

 

  (d) an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

  (e) a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable or the rate at which they are calculated;

 

111


  (f) a change to the Borrowers or any other Obligor;

 

  (g) any provision which expressly requires the consent or approval of all the Lenders;

 

  (h) clause 2.3 (Finance Parties’ rights and obligations), clause 33 (Changes to the Lenders), clause 37.1 (Payments to Finance Parties) or this clause 44, clause 47 (Governing law) or clause 48.1 (Jurisdiction of English courts);

 

  (i) the order of distribution under clause 38.5 ( Partial payments );

 

  (j) the order of distribution under clause 35.21 ( Order of application );

 

  (k) this clause 44.2.1;

 

  (l) the currency in which any amount is payable under any Finance Document;

 

  (m) an increase in any Commitment or the Total Commitments, an extension of any period within which the Facility is available for Utilisation or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments rateably;

 

  (n) the nature or scope of the Charged Property or the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Security Documents are distributed;

 

  (o) the nature or scope of the guarantee and indemnity granted under clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ); or

 

  (p) the circumstances in which the security constituted by the Security Documents are permitted or required to be released under any of the Finance Documents,

shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

44.2.2 Amendments to or waivers in respect of the Hedging Contracts may only be agreed by the relevant Hedging Provider. Amendments to or waivers in respect of any Finance Document (other than the Hedging Contracts) may be amended or waived without the consent of the Hedging Providers if such amendment or waiver does not affect the rights and obligations of the Hedging Providers in any way and does not otherwise amend or modify any Hedging Contract.

 

44.2.3 An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Security Agent or the Arrangers in their respective capacities as such (and not just as a Lender) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent, the Security Agent or the Arrangers (as the case may be).

 

44.2.4 Notwithstanding clauses 44.1 and 44.2.1 to 44.2.3 (inclusive), the Agent may make technical amendments to the Finance Documents arising out of manifest errors on the face of the Finance Documents, where such amendments would not prejudice or otherwise be adverse to the interests of any Finance Party without any reference or consent of the Finance Parties.

 

44.3 Releases

Except with the approval of all of the Lenders or as is expressly permitted or required by the Finance Documents, the Agent shall not have authority to authorise the Security Agent to release:

 

  (a) any Charged Property from the security constituted by any Security Document; or

 

  (b) any Obligor from any of its guarantee or other obligations under any Finance Document.

 

112


44.4 Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders

 

44.4.1 For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any undrawn Commitments, in ascertaining the Majority Lenders or whether any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender’s Commitments will be reduced by the amount of its undrawn Commitments.

 

44.4.2 For the purposes of this clause 44.4, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

 

  (a) any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender; and

 

  (b) any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of Defaulting Lender has occurred,

unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

 

44.5 Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

44.5.1 The Borrowers may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving 20 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law such Lender shall) assign pursuant to clause 33 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Borrowers, and which is acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably) and which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender’s participations or unfunded participations (as the case may be) on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loan and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

44.5.2 Any assignment by a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (a) the Borrowers shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (b) neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrowers to find a Replacement Lender;

 

  (c) the transfer must take place no later than 14 days after the notice referred to in clause 44.5.1 above; and

 

  (d) in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

45 Counterparts

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

113


46 Confidentiality

 

46.1 Confidential Information

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by clause 46.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ), and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

46.2 Disclosure of Confidential Information

Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

46.2.1 to any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this clause 46.2.1 is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

46.2.2 to any person:

 

  (a) to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as Agent or Security Agent and, in each case, to any of that person’s Affiliates, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

  (b) with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

  (c) appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom clause 46.2.2(a) or 46.2.2(b) applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under clause 35.13 ( Relationship with the Lenders and Hedging Providers ));

 

  (d) who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in clause 46.2.2(a) or (b);

 

  (e) to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

  (f) to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

  (g) who is a Party; or

 

  (h) with the consent of the Borrowers,

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate; and

 

114


46.2.3 to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom clauses 46.2.2(a) or 46.2.2(b) applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this clause 46.2.3 if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrowers and the relevant Finance Party;

 

46.3 Entire agreement

This clause 46 ( Confidentiality ) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

46.4 Inside information

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

46.5 Notification of disclosure

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by applicable law) to inform the Borrowers:

 

  (a) of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to clause 46.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that clause during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

  (b) upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this clause 46 ( Confidentiality ).

 

46.6 Continuing obligations

The obligations in this clause 46 ( Confidentiality ) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of twelve months from the earlier of:

 

  (a) the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

 

  (b) the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

SECTION 12 - GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

47 Governing law

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations connected with it are governed by English law.

 

115


48 Enforcement

 

48.1 Jurisdiction of English courts

 

48.1.1 The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any non-contractual obligations connected with it (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) (a Dispute ).

 

48.1.2 The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

48.1.3 This clause 48.1 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

48.2 Service of process

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor which is a Party:

 

  (a) irrevocably appoints the person named in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ) as that Obligor’s English process agent as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document;

 

  (b) agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned; and

 

  (c) if any person appointed as process agent for an Obligor is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, that Obligor must immediately (and in any event within ten days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Agent. Failing this, the Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

116


Schedule 1

The original parties

Borrowers

 

Name:    Navigator Atlas L.L.C.
Jurisdiction of formation    Republic of the Marshall Islands
Registration number (or equivalent, if any)    962342
English process agent    WFW Legal Services Limited
Registered office   

Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro,

Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices   

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

 

Name:    Navigator Europa L.L.C.
Jurisdiction of formation    Republic of the Marshall Islands
Registration number (or equivalent, if any)    962341
English process agent    WFW Legal Services Limited
Registered office   

Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro,

Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices   

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

 

Name:    Navigator Oberon L.L.C.
Jurisdiction of formation    Republic of the Marshall Islands
Registration number (or equivalent, if any)    962339
English process agent    WFW Legal Services Limited
Registered office   

Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro,

Marshall Islands

 

117


Address for service of notices   

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

 

Name:    Navigator Triton L.L.C.
Jurisdiction of formation    Republic of the Marshall Islands
Registration number (or equivalent, if any)    962340
English process agent    WFW Legal Services Limited
Registered office   

Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro,

Marshall Islands

Address for service of

notices

  

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

The Guarantors

 

Name of Guarantor    Navigator Holdings Ltd
Jurisdiction of incorporation    Republic of the Marshall Islands
Registration number (or equivalent, if any)    29140
English process agent    WFW Legal Services Limited
Registered office   

Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro,

Marshall Islands

Address for service of

notices

  

C/O NGT Services Limited

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

 

Name of Guarantor    Navigator Gas L.L.C.
Jurisdiction of incorporation    Republic of the Marshall Islands
Registration number (or equivalent, if any)    961263

 

118


English process agent    WFW Legal Services Limited
Registered office   

Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro,

Marshall Islands

Address for service of notices   

C/O NGT Services Limited

 

21 Palmer Street

London SW1H 0AD

England

Attention: Niall Nolan

The Original Lenders and their Commitments

 

Name

  

Address and fax number

   Commitment ($)
Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank   

FOR CREDIT MATTERS:

 

Crédit Agricole Corporate CIB

5 Appold Street

London EC2A2DA

United Kingdom

 

Phone Number: +44 2072145978 / 5989

Fax Number : +44 2072146689

 

Attention: Justin LANDE (Managing Director) /

Yannick LE GOURIERES (Senior Account

Manager) / Michel-Pierre FLIPO (Associate –

Ship Finance)

 

e-mail: justin.lande@ca-cib.com

yannick.legourieres@ca-cib.com

michelpierre.flipo@ca-cib.com

 

FOR LOAN ADMINISTRATION:

 

9 quai du Président Paul Doumer

92920 Paris, La Défense

France

 

Phone Number: +33 157872939 / +33

141891249

Fax Number: +33 141891934

 

Attention: Jonathan Cessot / Sylvie Godet-

Couery (Middle Office – Shipping Finance)

 

e-mail : jonathan.cessot@ca-cib.com

sylvie.godetcouery@ca-cib.com

   20,000,000

 

119


Name

  

Address and fax number

   Commitment ($)
The Export-Import Bank of China   

FOR CREDIT MATTERS and LOAN

ADMINISTRATION:

 

The Export-Import Bank of China

No.30

Fu Xing Men Nei Street

Xicheng District

Beijing

China 100031

 

Fax no:

+86 10 8357 8428 / +86 10 8357 8429

 

Attention:

Derek Wu / Allen Chen

 

Email:

chennan@eximbank.gov.cn

wuhongliang@eximbank.gov.cn

   60,000,000
HSH Nordbank AG   

FOR CREDIT MATTERS:

 

HSH Nordbank AG

Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50

20095 Hamburg

Germany

 

Phone Number: +49 40 3333 12413

Fax Number : +49 40 3333 612413

 

Attention: Michael Kromm

 

e-mail: michael.kromm@hsh-nordbank.com

 

FOR LOAN ADMINISTRATION:

 

HSH Nordbank AG

Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50

20095 Hamburg

Germany

 

Phone Number: +49 40 3333 13602

Fax Number: +49 40 3333 613602

 

Attention: Claudia Buck (Loan Manager)

 

e-mail: claudia.buck@hsh-nordbank.com

   20,000,000

 

120


Name

  

Address and fax number

   Commitment ($)
NIBC Bank N.V.   

FOR CREDIT MATTERS:

 

NIBC Bank N.V.

Carnegieplein 4

2517 KJ The Hague

The Netherlands

 

Phone Number: +31 70 34325 456 / 404

Fax Number : +31 70 3425 577

 

Attention: Maurice Wijmans (Director) / Wijnand

Botman (Vice President)

 

e-mail: Maurice.wijmans@nibc.com

Wijnand.botman@nibc.com

 

FOR LOAN ADMINISTRATION:

 

NIBC Bank N.V.

Carnegieplein 4

2517 KJ The Hague

The Netherlands

 

Phone Number: +31 70 342 5928 / 5483

Fax Number: +31 70 7999 752

 

Attention: Monique van Verseveld (Analyst) /

Sandra de Jongh (Associate)

 

e-mail : Monique.van.verseveld@nibc.com

Sandra.de.jongh@nibc.com

   20,000,000
   120,000,000

The Hedging Providers

 

Name    Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank
Facility Office, address, fax number and attention details for notices   

Facility Office:

9 quai du Président Paul Doumer, 92920 Paris, La Défense, France

 

Address for notices:

9 quai du Président Paul Doumer, 92920 Paris, La Défense, France

 

Fax: +33141896665

Attention: Philippe BESTEL

 

Name    HSH Nordbank AG
Facility Office, address, fax number and attention details for notices   

Facility Office:

Martensdamm 6

24103 Kiel

Germany

 

Address for notices:

Martensdamm 6

24103 Kiel

Germany

 

Fax: +4943190075500

 

Attention: Sebastian Heddergott

 

121


Name    NIBC Bank N.V.
Facility Office, address, fax number and attention details for notices   

Facility office:

NIBC Bank N.V.

Derivatives and Treasury Sales

 

Address for notice:

NIBC Bank N.V.

Carnegieplein 4

2517 KJ The Hague

 

Fax: +3170 3425 205

 

Attention:

Marco Bakker

+31 70 3425 339 marco.bakker@nibc.com

 

Mirja Ciere

+31 70 342 9 833

mirja.ciere@nibc.com

The Agent

 

Name    Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank
Facility Office, address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments   

9 quai du Président Paul Doumer

92920 Paris, La Défense

France

 

Phone Number: +33 157872939 / +33 141891249

Fax Number: +33 141891934

 

Attention: Jonathan Cessot / Sylvie Godet-Couery (Middle Office –

Shipping Finance)

 

e-mail : jonathan.cessot@ca-cib.com

sylvie.godetcouery@ca-cib.com

 

ACCOUNT DETAILS FOR PAYMENTS:

Bank Name                 : Crédit Agricole CIB

Place                           : Paris

Swift Code                  : BSUIFRPP

Account no.                 : 00.117.313.255

Payment Reference     : Navigator Gas – 4 LPG NBs vessels

 

Account with institution

Bank Name                 : JP Morgan Chase Bank New York

Swift Code                  : CHASUS33

Account number         : 786419036

ABA no                       : 0210-0002-1

 

122


The Security Agent

 

Name    Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank
Facility Office, address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments   

9 quai du Président Paul Doumer

92920 Paris, La Défense

France

 

Phone Number: +33 157872939 / +33 141891249

Fax Number: +33 141891934

 

Attention: Jonathan Cessot / Sylvie Godet-Couery (Middle Office –

Shipping Finance)

 

e-mail : jonathan.cessot@ca-cib.com

sylvie.godetcouery@ca-cib.com

 

ACCOUNT DETAILS FOR PAYMENTS:

Bank Name                 : Crédit Agricole CIB

Place                            : Paris

Swift Code                   : BSUIFRPP

Account no.                 : 00.117.313.255

Payment Reference     : Navigator Gas – 4 LPG NBs vessels

 

Account with institution

Bank Name                 : JP Morgan Chase Bank New York

Swift Code                  : CHASUS33

Account number         : 786419036

ABA no                      : 0210-0002-1

 

123


Schedule 2

Ship information

 

Builder:    Jiangnan Shipyard (Group) Co., Ltd.
Builder’s registered office:   

988 Changxing Jiangnan Ave., Changxing Island, Shanghai

201913, the People’s Republic of China

Hull Number:    H2530
Owner:    Navigator Atlas L.L.C.
Scheduled Delivery Date:    25 April 2014

Date and description of Building

Contract:

   shipbuilding contract dated 25 April 2012
Contract Price:    $49,850,000
Ship Commitment:    $30,000,000
Flag State:    Liberia
Classification:   

¨ 100A1 LIQUEFIED GAS CARRIER, SHIP TYPE 2G,

INDEPENDENT TANKS TYPE “C”, MAXIMUM SPECIFIC

GRAVITY 0.7, MAXIMUM VAPOUR PRESSURE 5.3 BAR,

MINIMUM TEMPERATURE MINUS 104 DEGREES C, *IWS, LI,

SHIPRIGHT(ACS(B)), ECO(IHM,EEDI)

 

¨ LMC UMS

 

¨ LLOYD’S RMC (LG)

 

With descriptive notes “ShipRight (SCM, SERS), ETA”

Classification Society:    Lloyd’s Register
Last Availability Date:    8 December 2014

 

Builder:    Jiangnan Shipyard (Group) Co., Ltd.

Builder’s registered

office:

  

988 Changxing Jiangnan Ave., Changxing Island, Shanghai

201913, the People’s Republic of China

Hull Number:    H2531
Owner:    Navigator Europa L.L.C.
Scheduled Delivery Date:    25 June 2014

Date and description of Building

Contract:

   shipbuilding contract dated 25 April 2012
Contract Price:    $49,850,000
Ship Commitment:    $30,000,000

 

124


Flag State:    Liberia
Classification:   

¨ 100A1 LIQUEFIED GAS CARRIER, SHIP TYPE 2G,

INDEPENDENT TANKS TYPE “C”, MAXIMUM SPECIFIC

GRAVITY 0.7, MAXIMUM VAPOUR PRESSURE 5.3 BAR,

MINIMUM TEMPERATURE MINUS 104 DEGREES C, *IWS, LI,

SHIPRIGHT(ACS(B)), ECO(IHM,EEDI)

 

¨ LMC UMS

 

¨ LLOYD’S RMC (LG)

 

With descriptive notes “ShipRight (SCM, SERS), ETA”

Classification Society:    Lloyd’s Register
Last Availability Date:    5 February 2015

 

Builder:    Jiangnan Shipyard (Group) Co., Ltd.
Builder’s registered office:   

988 Changxing Jiangnan Ave., Changxing Island, Shanghai

201913, the People’s Republic of China

Hull Number:    H2532
Owner:    Navigator Oberon L.L.C.
Scheduled Delivery Date:    25 August 2014
Date and description of Building Contract:    shipbuilding contract dated 25 July 2012
Contract Price:    $49,850,000
Ship Commitment:    $30,000,000
Flag State:    Liberia
Classification:   

¨ 100 A5 IW ERS Liquefied Gas Carrier Type 2G

¨ MC AUT RI CM-PS

Classification Society:    Lloyd’s Register
Last Availability Date:    7 April 2015

 

Builder:    Jiangnan Shipyard (Group) Co., Ltd.
Builder’s registered office:   

988 Changxing Jiangnan Ave., Changxing Island, Shanghai

201913, the People’s Republic of China

Hull Number:    H2533
Owner:    Navigator Triton L.L.C.
Scheduled Delivery Date:    27 October 2014

 

125


Date and description of Building Contract:    shipbuilding contract dated 25 July 2012
Contract Price:    $49,850,000
Ship Commitment:    $30,000,000
Flag State:    Liberia
Classification:   

¨ 100 A5 IW ERS Liquefied Gas Carrier Type 2G

¨ MC AUT RI CM-PS

Classification Society:    Lloyd’s Register
Last Availability Date:    8 June 2015

 

126


Schedule 3

Conditions precedent

Part 1

Conditions precedent to any Utilisation

 

1 Obligors’ corporate documents

 

  (a) A copy of the Constitutional Documents of each Obligor.

 

  (b) A copy of a resolution of the sole member of each Obligor (or in the case of the Ultimate Parent, the board of directors or any committee of such board empowered to approve and authorise the following matters):

 

  (i) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents, any Building Contract and any Charter ( Relevant Documents ) to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Relevant Documents;

 

  (ii) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Relevant Documents on its behalf; and

 

  (iii) authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Relevant Documents to which it is a party.

 

  (c) If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the relevant company, establishing any committee referred to in paragraph (b) above and conferring authority on that committee.

 

  (d) A copy of the passport of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above.

 

  (e) A certificate of the Ultimate Parent (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on any Obligor to be exceeded.

 

  (f) A copy of any power of attorney under which any person is to execute any of the Relevant Documents on behalf of any Obligor.

 

  (g) A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Ultimate Parent certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part of this Schedule is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement and that any such resolutions or power of attorney have not been revoked.

 

2 Legal opinions

 

  (a) A legal opinion of Norton Rose LLP, London addressed to the Arrangers, and the Agent on matters of English law, substantially in the form approved by the Agent prior to signing this Agreement.

 

  (b) A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arrangers and the Agent in each jurisdiction in which an Obligor is incorporated and/or which is or is to be the Flag State of a Mortgaged Ship, or in which an Account opened at the relevant time is established, each substantially in the form approved by the Agent prior to signing this Agreement.

 

127


3 Other documents and evidence

 

  (a) Evidence that any process agent referred to in clause 48.2 ( Service of process ) or any equivalent provision of any other Finance Document entered into on or before the first Utilisation Date has accepted its appointment.

 

  (b) A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrowers accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

  (c) The Original Financial Statements.

 

  (d) Evidence that the fees, commissions, costs and expenses due to any Finance Party from the Borrowers under or in respect of this Agreement (including pursuant to clause 11 ( Fees ) and clause 16 ( Costs and expenses )) have been paid or will be paid by their respective due dates.

 

4 Bank Accounts

Evidence that any Account required to be established under clause 28 ( Bank accounts ) has been opened and established, that any Account Security in respect of each such Account has been executed and delivered by the Borrowers in favour of the Security Agent and that any notice required to be given to an Account Bank under that Account Security has been given to it and acknowledged by it in the manner required by that Account Security and that an amount has been credited to it.

 

5 Construction matters

A copy, certified by an approved person to be a true and complete copy, of the Building Contract for each Ship and the instrument of novation of each Building Contract from the Parent in favour of the relevant Borrower.

 

6 “Know your customer” information

Such documentation and information as any Finance Party may reasonably request through the Agent to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures under all laws and regulations applicable to that Finance Party.

 

7 Share Security

The Share Security in respect of each of the Borrowers duly executed by the Parent together with all letters, transfers, certificates and other documents required to be delivered under the Share Security.

 

8 Structure of the Borrowers

Evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent of the Borrowers’ ownership and financial structure.

 

9 Material Adverse Effect

Confirmation in a form and substance satisfactory to the Agent that:

 

  (i) since 31 December 2012 nothing has occurred in relation to any Obligor which had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

  (ii) there is no litigation pending or threatened against any Obligor which has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

128


10 No Conflict

Confirmation, in a form and substance satisfactory to the Agent that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated in connection with it do not and will not cause any conflict with, or any default under, any material agreement to which the Obligors are party to.

 

11 Consents and Approvals

 

  (a) A certificate from an officer of the Borrowers that no consents, authorisations, licences or approvals are necessary for the Borrowers to authorise or are required by the Borrowers in connection with the borrowing by the Borrowers of the Loan pursuant to this Agreement or the execution, delivery and performance of the Borrowers’ Security Documents; and

 

  (b) a certificate from an officer of each Obligor (other than the Borrowers) that no consents, authorisations, licences or approvals are necessary for such Finance Party to guarantee and/or grant security for the borrowing by the Borrowers of the Commitment pursuant to this Agreement and execute, deliver and perform the Security Documents insofar as such Finance Party is a party thereto.

Part 2

Conditions precedent on Delivery of Ships

 

1 Corporate documents

 

  (a) A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Owner certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in Part 1 of this Schedule remains correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than a date approved for this purpose and that any resolutions or power of attorney referred to in Part 1 of this Schedule in relation to it have not been revoked or amended.

 

  (b) A certificate of an authorised signatory of each other Obligor which is party to any of the Security Documents required to be executed at or before Delivery of the relevant Ship certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in Part 1 of this Schedule remains correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than a date approved for this purpose and that any resolutions or power of attorney referred to in Part 1 of this Schedule in relation to it have not been revoked or amended.

 

2 Security

 

  (a) The Mortgage and the General Assignment in respect of the relevant Ship duly executed by the relevant Owner.

 

  (b) Any Charter Assignment then required in respect of the relevant Ship pursuant to the Finance Documents duly executed by the relevant Owner.

 

  (c) Any Manager’s Undertaking in respect of the relevant Ship required at its Delivery pursuant to the Finance Documents duly executed by the relevant Manager.

 

  (d) If required pursuant to clause 25.23 ( Reinsurances ), any Reinsurance Assignment in respect of the relevant Ship duly executed by the relevant insurers.

 

  (e) Duly executed notices of assignment and acknowledgements of those notices as required by any of the above Security Documents.

 

129


3 Delivery and registration of Ship

 

  (a) Evidence that the relevant Ship:

 

  (i) is legally and beneficially owned by the relevant Owner and to the extent applicable, provisionally registered in the name of the relevant Owner through the relevant Registry as a ship under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;

 

  (ii) is operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service;

 

  (iii) is classed with the relevant Classification free of all requirements and recommendations of the relevant Classification Society;

 

  (iv) is insured in the manner required by the Finance Documents;

 

  (v) has been delivered, and accepted for service, under its Charter (if any); and

 

  (vi) is free of any other charter commitment which would require approval under the Finance Documents.

 

4 Mortgage registration

Evidence that the Mortgage in respect of the relevant Ship has been provisionally registered with first preferred status against the relevant Ship through the relevant Registry under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State.

 

5 Insurance

In relation to the relevant Ship’s Insurances:

 

  (a) an opinion from insurance consultants appointed by the Agent on such Insurances;

 

  (b) evidence that such Insurances have been placed in accordance with clause 25 ( Insurance ); and

 

  (c) evidence that approved brokers, insurers and/or associations have issued or will issue letters of undertaking in favour of the Security Agent in an approved form in relation to the Insurances.

 

6 ISM and ISPS Code

Copies of:

 

  (a) the document of compliance issued in accordance with the ISM Code to the person who is the operator of the relevant Ship for the purposes of that code;

 

  (b) the safety management certificate in respect of such Ship issued in accordance with the ISM Code;

 

  (c) the international ship security certificate in respect of such Ship issued under the ISPS Code; and

 

  (d) if so requested by the Agent, any other certificates issued under any applicable code required to be observed by such Ship or in relation to its operation under any applicable law.

 

130


7 Charter

If a Charter Assignment is then required in relation to the relevant Ship pursuant to the Finance Documents such evidence as the Agent may require as to the due incorporation of the relevant Charterer and any other party to the Charter Documents (other than an Obligor).

 

8 Fees and expenses

Evidence that the fees, commissions, costs and expenses that are due from the Borrowers pursuant to clause 11 ( Fees ) and clause 16 ( Costs and expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the relevant Utilisation Date.

 

9 Environmental matters

If and when the Ship is to trade to the United States after its Delivery, copies of the relevant Ship’s certificate of financial responsibility and vessel response plan required under United States law and evidence of their approval by the appropriate United States government entity and (if requested by the Agent) an environmental report in respect of the relevant Ship from an approved person.

 

10 Management Agreement

Where any Managers have been approved in accordance with clause 23.3 ( Manager ), a copy, certified by an approved person to be a true and complete copy, of the agreement between the relevant Owner and the relevant Manager relating to the appointment of the Manager.

 

11 Value of Security

Valuations obtained (not more than 30 days before the relevant Utilisation Date) in accordance with 26 ( Minimum security value ) showing the Borrowers are in compliance with clause 5.3.3.

 

12 Legal Opinions

 

  (a) A legal opinion of Norton Rose LLP, London addressed to the Arrangers, and the Agent on matters of English law, substantially in the form approved by the Agent prior to signing this Agreement.

 

  (b) A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arrangers and the Agent in each jurisdiction in which an Obligor is incorporated and/or which is or is to be the Flag State of a Mortgaged Ship, each substantially in the form approved by the Agent prior to signing this Agreement.

 

  (c) A legal opinion addressed to the Agent, of legal advisers to the Agent in The People’s Republic of China, substantially in the form approved by the Agent prior to signing this Agreement.

 

13 Contract Price

Evidence that the full Contract Price of the relevant Ship has been or will have been paid upon the relevant Utilisation being made and that the Builder will not have any lien or other right to detain the Ship on its delivery.

 

131


Schedule 4

Utilisation Request

 

From:    [names of Borrowers]
To:    [name of Agent]
Dated:    [•]

Dear Sirs

$120,000,000

Facility Agreement dated [•] ( the Agreement )

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

2 We wish to borrow an Advance on the following terms:

 

Proposed Utilisation Date:    [•] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
Amount:    $ [•]
Ship:    [insert name of Ship to be funded by the Advance]

 

3 We confirm that each condition specified in clause 4.4 ( Further conditions precedent ) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

4 The purpose of this Advance is [ specify purpose complying with clause 3 of the Agreement ] and its proceeds should be credited to [•] [ specify account ].

 

5 We request that the first Interest Period for the Advance be [•] months.

 

6 This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

 

7 The Repeating Representations, (being each of the representations and warranties set out in the Agreement at clauses 18.1 ( Status ) to 18.10 ( Ranking and effectiveness of Security Documents ) (except for clauses 18.7 ( Information ) and 18.8 ( Original Financial Statements )) are correct at the date of this Utilisation Request.

Yours faithfully

 

 

authorised signatory for

[names of Borrowers]

 

132


Schedule 5

Mandatory Cost formulae

 

1 The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.

 

2 On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the Additional Cost Rate ) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.

 

3 The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in all Loans made from that Facility Office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that Facility Office.

 

4 The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Agent as follows:

 

  (a) in relation to a sterling Loan:

 

LOGO    per cent. per annum

 

  (b) in relation to a Loan in any currency other than sterling:

 

LOGO    per cent. per annum.

Where:

 

  A is the percentage of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in excess of any stated minimum) which that Lender is from time to time required to maintain as an interest free cash ratio deposit with the Bank of England to comply with cash ratio requirements.

 

  B is the percentage rate of interest (excluding the Margin and the Mandatory Cost and, if the Loan is an Unpaid Sum, the additional rate of interest specified in clause 8.3.1 ( Default interest )) payable for the relevant Interest Period on the Loan.

 

  C is the percentage (if any) of Eligible Liabilities which that Lender is required from time to time to maintain as interest bearing Special Deposits with the Bank of England.

 

  D is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to the Agent on interest bearing Special Deposits.

 

  E is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Reference Banks to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.

 

133


5 For the purposes of this Schedule:

 

  (a) Eligible Liabilities and Special Deposits have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;

 

  (b) Fees Rules means the rules on periodic fees contained in the Financial Services Authority Fees Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;

 

  (c) Fee Tariffs means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under Column 1 of the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate); and

 

  (d) Tariff Base has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules.

 

6 In application of the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the formulae as percentages (i.e. 5 per cent. will be included in the formula as 5 and not as 0.05). A negative result obtained by subtracting D from B shall be taken as zero. The resulting figures shall be rounded to four decimal places.

 

7 If requested by the Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Agent, the rate of charge payable by that Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by that Reference Bank as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of that Reference Bank.

 

8 Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:

 

  (a) the jurisdiction of its Facility Office; and

 

  (b) any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.

Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.

 

9 The percentages of each Lender for the purpose of A and C above and the rates of charge of each Reference Bank for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 7 and 8 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and Special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a Facility Office in the same jurisdiction as its Facility Office.

 

10 The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender or Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above is true and correct in all respects.

 

11 The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender and each Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above.

 

12 Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

 

134


13 The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrowers and the Lenders, determine and notify to all Parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

 

135


Schedule 6

Form of Transfer Certificate

To: [•] as Agent

From: [single Existing Lender: [ The Existing Lender ] (the Existing Lender ) ] [multiple Existing Lenders: [ Existing Lender ] [and/,] [ Existing Lender ] [and [ Existing Lender ]] (together, the Existing Lenders ) ] and [ The New Lender ] (the New Lender )

Dated:

$120,000,000 Facility Agreement dated [•] (the Agreement)

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

 

2 We refer to clause 33.5 ( Procedure for transfer ):

 

  (a) [multiple Existing Lenders: Each of the ] [single Existing Lender: The ] Existing Lender [multiple Existing Lenders: s ] and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender [multiple Existing Lenders: s ] assigning to the New Lender all or part of the Existing [single Existing Lender: Lender’s ] [multiple Existing Lenders: Lenders’ respective ] Commitment rights and assuming the Existing [single Existing Lender: Lender’s ] [multiple Existing Lenders: Lenders’ respective ] obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with clause 33.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) and [multiple Existing Lenders: each of the ] [single Existing Lender: the ] Existing Lender [multiple Existing Lenders: s ] assigns and agrees to assign such rights to the New Lender with effect from the Transfer Date.

 

  (b) The proposed Transfer Date is [•].

 

  (c) The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of clause 40.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

3 The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on [multiple Existing Lenders: each of ] the Existing [single Existing Lender: Lender’s ] [multiple Existing Lenders: Lenders’ respective ] obligations set out in clause 33.4.3.

 

4 This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations connected with it are governed by English law.

 

136


The Schedule

Commitment/rights to be assigned and obligations to be assumed

[ insert relevant details for each Existing Lender ]

Facility Office address, fax number

and attention details for notices and account details for payments

[ insert relevant details ]

 

 

[ Existing Lender ]   [[ Existing Lender ]   [[ Existing Lender ]   [ New Lender ]
By:   By:]   By:]   By:

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed to be as stated above.

[ Agent ]

By:

 

137


Schedule 7

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

To:    [•] as Agent
From:    Navigator Holdings Ltd
Dated:    [•]

Dear Sirs

$120,000,000

Facility Agreement dated [•] (the Agreement)

 

1 [I/We] refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2 [I/We] confirm that with respect to the latest financial quarter of the Group:

 

  (a) Cash and cash equivalents was at all times equal to or greater than (i) $12,500,000 and (ii) 5% of the Total Indebtedness;

 

  (b) Consolidated Working Capital was not less than $0;

 

  (c) the ratio of EBITDA to Interest Expense of the Group was [not] less than 3.00:1.00 as at [•]; and

 

  (d) the ratio of Total Stockholders’ Equity to Total Assets was not less than 30% as at [•].

 

3 [I/We] confirm that Security Value is [•] and the Minimum Value is [•] and the relevant calculations are attached to this Compliance Certificate.

 

4 [I/We confirm that no Default is continuing.] [ If this statement cannot be made, the certificate should identify any Default that is continuing and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it. ]

 

5 The Repeating Representations (being each of the representations and warranties set out in the Agreement at clauses 18.1 ( Status ) to 18.10 ( Ranking and effectiveness of Security Documents ) (except for clauses 18.7 ( Information ) and 18.8 ( Original Financial Statements )) are correct at the date of this Certificate.

 

Signed by:
 

 

Chief Financial Officer of Navigator Holdings Ltd

 

138


Schedule 8

Form of Increase Confirmation

To: [ name of Agent ] as Agent

and

[names of Borrowers]

From: [ the Increase Lender ] (the Increase Lender )

Dated: [•]

$120,000,000

Facility Agreement dated [•] ( the Agreement )

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is an Increase Confirmation. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Increase Confirmation unless given a different meaning in this Increase Confirmation.

 

2 We refer to clause 2.2 ( Increase ).

 

3 The Increase Lender agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations corresponding to the Commitment specified in the Schedule (the Relevant Commitment ) as if it was an Original Lender under the Agreement.

 

4 The proposed date on which the increase in relation to the Increase Lender and the Relevant Commitment is to take effect (the Increase Date ) is [•].

 

5 On the Increase Date, the Increase Lender becomes party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

6 The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to the Increase Lender for the purposes of clause 40.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

7 The Increase Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Lenders’ obligations referred to in clause 2.2.7 .

 

8 This Increase Confirmation may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Increase Confirmation.

 

9 This Increase Confirmation and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

139


The Schedule

Relevant Commitment/rights and obligations to be assumed by the Increase Lender

[ insert relevant details ]

[ Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments ]

[Increase Lender]

By:

This Increase Confirmation is accepted as an Increase Confirmation for the purposes of the Agreement by the Agent and the Increase Date is confirmed as [•].

Agent (on behalf of itself and the other Finance Parties)

By:

[names of Borrowers]

By:

Navigator Holdings Ltd

By:

 

140


Schedule 9

Repayment Schedule

 

Hull 2530

       Hull 2531        Hull 2532        Hull 2533     

Months after First
Repayment
Date

   Principal
per quarter
  Months after
First Repayment
Date
   Principal
per quarter
  Months after
First Repayment
Date
   Principal
per quarter
  Months after
First Repayment
Date
   Principal
per quarter
First Repayment
Date
   2.0833%   First Repayment
Date
   2.0833%   First Repayment
Date
   2.0833%   First Repayment
Date
   2.0833%
3    2.0833%   3    2.0833%   3    2.0833%   3    2.0833%
6    2.0833%   6    2.0833%   6    2.0833%   6    2.0833%
9    2.0833%   9    2.0833%   9    2.0833%   9    2.0833%
12    2.0833%   12    2.0833%   12    2.0833%   12    2.0833%
15    2.0833%   15    2.0833%   15    2.0833%   15    2.0833%
18    2.0833%   18    2.0833%   18    2.0833%   18    2.0833%
21    2.0833%   21    2.0833%   21    2.0833%   21    2.0833%
24    2.0833%   24    2.0833%   24    2.0833%   24    2.0833%
27    2.0833%   27    2.0833%   27    2.0833%   27    2.0833%
30    2.0833%   30    2.0833%   30    2.0833%   30    2.0833%
33    2.0833%   33    2.0833%   33    2.0833%   33    2.0833%
36    2.0833%   36    2.0833%   36    2.0833%   36    2.0833%
39    2.0833%   39    2.0833%   39    2.0833%   39    2.0833%
42    2.0833%   42    2.0833%   42    2.0833%   42    2.0833%
45    2.0833%   45    2.0833%   45    2.0833%   45    2.0833%
48    2.0833%   48    2.0833%   48    2.0833%   48    2.0833%
51    2.0833%   51    2.0833%   51    2.0833%   51    2.0833%
54    2.0833%   54    2.0833%   54    2.0833%   54    2.0833%
57    2.0833%   57    2.0833%   57    2.0833%   57    2.0833%
60    2.0833%   60    2.0833%   60    2.0833%   60    2.0833%
63    2.0833%   63    2.0833%   63    2.0833%   63    2.0833%
66    2.0833%   66    2.0833%   66    2.0833%   66    2.0833%
69    52.0841%   69    52.0841%   69    52.0841%   69    52.0841%

 

141


SIGNATURES

THE BORROWERS

 

SIGNED by Niall Nolan   )   

 

for and on behalf of   )   
NAVIGATOR ATLAS L.L.C.   )   
pursuant to a power of attorney   )   
dated 8 April 2013   )   

/s/ Niall Nolan

    

Authorised signatory

SIGNED by Niall Nolan   )   

 

for and on behalf of   )   
NAVIGATOR EUROPA L.L.C.   )   
pursuant to a power of attorney   )   
dated 8 April 2013   )   

/s/ Niall Nolan

    

Authorised signatory

SIGNED by Niall Nolan   )   

 

for and on behalf of   )   
NAVIGATOR OBERON L.L.C.   )   
pursuant to a power of attorney   )   
dated 8 April 2013   )   

/s/ Niall Nolan

    

Authorised signatory

SIGNED by Niall Nolan   )   

 

for and on behalf of   )   
NAVIGATOR TRITON L.L.C.   )   
pursuant to a power of attorney   )   
dated 8 April 2013   )   

/s/ Niall Nolan

    

Authorised signatory

THE GUARANTORS     
SIGNED by Niall Nolan   )   

 

for and on behalf of   )   
NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD   )   
pursuant to a power of attorney   )   
dated 8 April 2013   )   

/s/ Niall Nolan

    

Authorised signatory

 

142


SIGNED by Niall Nolan   )   

 

for and on behalf of   )   
NAVIGATOR GAS L.L.C.   )   
pursuant to a power of attorney   )   
dated 8 April 2013   )   

/s/ Niall Nolan

    

Authorised signatory

THE ARRANGERS     
SIGNED by Yannick Le Gourieres   )   

 

for and on behalf of   )   
CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND   )   
INVESTMENT BANK   )   

/s/ Yannick Le Gourieres

    

Authorised signatory

SIGNED by Michelle Tsui   )   

 

for and on behalf of   )   
THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF CHINA)   )   

/s/ Michelle Tsui

    

Attorney-in-Fact

SIGNED by Michelle Tsui   )   

 

for and on behalf of   )   
HSH NORDBANK AG   )   
  )   

/s/ Michelle Tsui

    

Attorney-in-Fact

SIGNED by Michelle Tsui   )   

 

for and on behalf of   )   
NIBC BANK N.V.   )   

/s/ Michelle Tsui

    

Attorney-in-Fact

 

143


THE AGENT     
SIGNED by Yannick Le Gourieres   )   

 

for and on behalf of   )   
CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND   )   
INVESTMENT BANK   )   

/s/ Yannick Le Gourieres

    

Authorised signatory

THE SECURITY AGENT     
SIGNED by Yannick Le Gourieres   )   

 

for and on behalf of   )   
CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND   )   
INVESTMENT BANK   )   

/s/ Yannick Le Gourieres

    

Authorised signatory

THE LENDERS     
SIGNED by Yannick Le Gourieres   )   

 

for and on behalf of   )   
CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND   )   
INVESTMENT BANK   )   

/s/ Yannick Le Gourieres

    

Authorised signatory

SIGNED by Michelle Tsui   )   

 

for and on behalf of   )   
THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF CHINA)   )   

/s/ Michelle Tsui

    

Attorney-in-Fact

SIGNED by Michelle Tsui   )   

 

for and on behalf of   )   
HSH NORDBANK AG   )   

/s/ Michelle Tsui

    

Attorney-in-Fact

SIGNED by Michelle Tsui   )   

 

for and on behalf of   )   
NIBC BANK N.V.   )   

/s/ Michelle Tsui

    

Attorney-in-Fact

 

144


THE HEDGING PROVIDERS     
SIGNED by Yannick Le Gourieres   )   

 

for and on behalf of   )   
CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND   )   
INVESTMENT BANK   )   

/s/ Yannick Le Gourieres

    

Authorised signatory

SIGNED by Michelle Tsui   )   

 

for and on behalf of   )   
HSH NORDBANK AG   )   

/s/ Michelle Tsui

    

Attorney-in-Fact

SIGNED by Michelle Tsui   )   

 

for and on behalf of   )   
NIBC BANK N.V.   )   

/s/ Michelle Tsui

    

Attorney-in-Fact

THE BOOKRUNNER     
SIGNED by Yannick Le Gourieres   )   

 

for and on behalf of   )   
CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND   )   
INVESTMENT BANK   )   

/s/ Yannick Le Gourieres

    

Authorised signatory

 

145

Exhibit 10.7

Executuion Version

ISIN NO 001 0665508

BOND AGREEMENT

between

Navigator Holdings Ltd

(Issuer)

and

Norsk Tillitsmann ASA

(Bond Trustee)

on behalf of

the Bondholders

in the bond issue

9.0 per cent Navigator Holdings Ltd Senior Unsecured Callable Bond Issue 2012/2017

 

1


Executuion Version

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1    INTERPRETATION      3   
2    THE BONDS      9   
3    LISTING      10   
4    REGISTRATION IN THE SECURITIES DEPOSITORY      10   
5    PURCHASE AND TRANSFER OF BONDS      10   
6    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT      10   
7    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      12   
8    STATUS OF THE BONDS AND SECURITY      14   
9    INTEREST      14   
10    MATURITY OF THE BONDS AND REDEMPTION      14   
11    PAYMENTS      16   
12    ISSUER’S ACQUISITION OF BONDS      17   
13    COVENANTS      17   
14    FEES AND EXPENSES      23   
15    EVENTS OF DEFAULT      24   
16    BONDHOLDERS’ MEETING      27   
17    THE BOND TRUSTEE      30   
18    MISCELLANEOUS      32   

 

2


This agreement has been entered into on 14 December 2012 between:

 

(1) NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD , (a corporation existing under the laws of Marshall Islands with registration number 29140) as issuer (the “ Issuer ”), and

 

(2) NORSK TILLITSMANN ASA , (a company existing under the laws of Norway with registration number 963 342 624) as bond trustee (the “ Bond Trustee ”).

 

1 Interpretation

 

1.1 Definitions

In this Bond Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Account Manager ” means a Bondholder’s account manager in the Securities Depository.

Approved Shipbroker ” means any of Lorentzen & Stemoco AS, Joachim Grieg & Co AS, Inge Steensland AS, Braemar Seascope Ltd, Fearnleys, EA Gibsons Ltd, Clarksons Ltd and Poten and Partners or such other independent reputable ship broker nominated by the Issuer and approved by the Bond Trustee from time to time.

Attachment ” means the attachments to this Bond Agreement.

Bond Agreement ” means this bond agreement, including any Attachments to it, each as amended from time to time.

Bond Issue ” means the bond issue constituted by the Bonds.

Bondholder ” means a holder of Bond(s), as registered in the Securities Depository, from time to time.

Bondholders’ Meeting ” means a meeting of Bondholders, as set out in Clause 16.

Bonds ” means the debt instruments issued by the Issuer pursuant to this Bond Agreement.

Business Day ” means any day on which Norwegian banks are open for general business, and when Norwegian banks can settle foreign currency transactions.

Business Day Convention ” means that no adjustment will be made, notwithstanding the Payment Date occurs on a day that is not a Business Day, and if such date is not a Business Day, payments of interest and/or principal (as the case may be) will be made on the first following day that is a Business Day ( No Adjustments of Business Day ).

Call Option ” shall have the meaning set out in Clause 10.2.

 

3


Change of Control Event ” means if and when any person or a group of persons (other than WL Ross & Co LLC, a US IARD (Investment Adviser Registration Depository) with a registration number of 141854, or any indirectly or directly controlled subsidiary, fund or other entity of WL Ross & Co LLC) acting in concert, directly or indirectly, acquires Decisive Influence over the Issuer.

Current Assets ” means the aggregate book value of the Group’s assets (on a consolidated basis) which are treated as current assets in accordance with GAAP less the aggregate book value of any restricted cash (where restricted cash means cash which is Encumbered and/or blocked).

Current Liabilities ” means the aggregate book value of the Group’s liabilities (on a consolidated basis) which are treated as current liabilities in accordance with GAAP, excluding the current portion of long term debt.

Decisive Influence ” means a person having, as a result of an agreement or through the ownership of shares or interests in another person:

 

  (a) a majority of the voting rights in that other person (excluding proxies given in connection with any shareholder meeting); or

 

  (b) a right to elect or remove a majority of the members of the board of directors of that other person.

When determining the relevant person’s number of voting rights in the other person or the right to elect and remove members of the board of directors, rights held by the parent company of the relevant person and the parent company’s Subsidiaries shall be included.

Defeasance Pledge ” shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 18.2.

EBITDA ” means (on a consolidated basis) the Group’s aggregate earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (to be calculated on a 12-month rolling basis) determined in accordance with GAAP.

Escrow Account ” means any account opened in the name of the Issuer after the date of this Bond Agreement should this be required for compliance with the Asset Cover Ratio covenant set out in paragraph (e) of Clause 13.5, pledged and blocked on first priority as security for the Issuer’s obligations under the Finance Documents.

Escrow Account Pledge ” means a pledge over any Escrow Account opened after the date of this Bond Agreement, where the bank operating the account has waived any set-off rights and for which the Bond Trustee shall act as security agent.

Encumbrance ” means any encumbrance, mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

Equity ” means (on a consolidated basis) the aggregate book value of the Group’s total equity treated as equity in accordance with GAAP.

 

4


Equity Ratio ” means the ratio of Equity to Total Assets.

Event of Default ” means the occurrence of an event or circumstance specified in Clause 15.1.

Exchange ” means (i) a securities exchange or other reputable regulated market, or (ii) Oslo Alternative Bond Market, on which the Bonds are listed, or where the Issuer has applied for listing of the Bonds.

Face Value ” means the denomination of each of the Bonds, as set out in Clause 2.2.

Finance Documents ” means (i) this Bond Agreement, (ii) the agreement between the Bond Trustee and the Issuer referred to in Clause 14.2 and (iii) any other document (whether creating a security or not) which is executed at any time by the Issuer or any other person in relation to any amount payable under this Bond Agreement.

Financial Indebtedness ” means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

  (a) moneys borrowed;

 

  (b) any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialized equivalent;

 

  (c) any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

  (d) the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as finance or capital lease;

 

  (e) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

  (f) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

  (g) any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the mark to market value shall be taken into account); and

 

  (h) (without double counting) the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (g) above.

Financial Statements ” means the audited unconsolidated and consolidated annual financial statements of the Issuer for any financial year, drawn up according to GAAP, such accounts to include a profit and loss account, balance sheet, cash flow statement and management commentary or report from the Board of Directors.

 

5


GAAP ” means the generally accepted accounting practice and principles in the United States of America, or, if applied by the Issuer, the IFRS, in force from time to time.

Group ” means the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, and a “ Group Company ” means the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries.

IFRS ” means international accounting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation 1606/2002.

Interest Coverage Ratio means the ratio of EBITDA to Net Interest Cost.

Interest Payment Date ” means 18 June and 18 December each year and the Maturity Date. Any adjustment will be made according to the Business Day Convention.

Interim Accounts ” means the unaudited consolidated quarterly financial statements of the Issuer for any quarter ending on a Quarter Date, drawn up according to GAAP.

ISIN ” means International Securities Identification Number – the identification number of the Bond Issue.

Issue Date ” means 18 December 2012.

Issuer’s Bonds ” means any Bonds owned by the Issuer, any person or persons who has Decisive Influence over the Issuer, or any person or persons over whom the Issuer has Decisive Influence.

Liquidity ” means the aggregate book value of the Group’s freely available and unrestricted cash and cash equivalents (on a consolidated basis), free of any Encumbrance.

Manager ” means any of the managers for the Bond Issue.

Market Value ” means the aggregate fair market value of the Group’s vessels. The valuations shall be conducted without physical inspection at the Issuer’s expense by two Approved Shipbrokers, and shall be made on the basis of a voluntary sale between a willing buyer and a willing seller, free of any charter or employment contract. The valuation shall be dated no earlier than 30 days prior to the relevant Quarter Date (being 30 June and 31 December), and shall indicate the vessels’ value per same date for all vessels, and such valuation shall be made available to the Bond Trustee semi-annually on each relevant Reporting Date. The aggregate value shall be the arithmetic mean of the two valuations.

Material Adverse Effect ” means an event or circumstance which has a material adverse effect on: (a) the business, financial condition or operations of the Issuer and/or the Group taken as a whole, (b) the Issuer’s ability to perform and comply with its obligations under the Finance Documents; or (c) the validity or enforceability of any of the Finance Documents.

Maturity Date ” means 18 December 2017. Any adjustment will be made according to the Business Day Convention.

 

6


Net Interest Cost ” means on a consolidated basis the aggregate gross cash interest costs of the Group related to the Group’s interest bearing debt less the aggregate gross cash interest income of the Group according to GAAP (to be calculated on a 12-month rolling basis).

New Equity means the issuance of new shares with net proceeds of minimum USD 75,000,000 for the purpose of financing the Transaction in part.

NOK ” means Norwegian kroner, being the lawful currency in Norway.

Outstanding Bonds ” means the Bonds not redeemed or otherwise discharged.

Party ” means a party to this Bond Agreement (including its successors and permitted transferees).

Paying Agent ” means Nordea Bank Norge ASA the legal entity appointed by the Issuer to acts as its paying agent in the Securities Registry with respect to the Bonds.

Payment Date ” means a date for payment of principal or interest under this Bond Agreement.

Permitted Financial Indebtedness means the following:

 

  (i) the USD 80 million secured term loan facility dated 1 April 2011 entered into between Navigator Gas LLC, Navigator Saturn LLC, Navigator Leo LLC and Navigator Libra LLC as borrowers and Nordea Bank Finland PLC and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) as lenders;

 

  (ii) the USD 180 million secured term loan facility dated 18 April 2012 entered into between Navigator Gas LLC as borrower and DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch, Nordea Bank Finland PLC and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) as lenders;

 

  (iii) the USD 270 million secured term loan facility to be entered into based on a commitment letter dated 13 November 2012 with Navigator Gas LLC as borrower and DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch, Nordea Bank Finland Plc. and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) as lenders;

 

  (iv) the USD 120 million secured term loan facility to be entered into based on a commitment letter dated 2 November 2012 with four SPV Group Companies (to be established) and/or Navigator Gas L.L.C as borrowers and China EXIM and Credit Agricole CIB as arrangers;

 

  (v) future secured financial indebtedness provided by commercial banks or other financial institutions or funds with the purpose of financing additional vessel(s) (including the current two Indonesian vessels (“ Navigator Aries ” and “ Navigator Pluto ”); and

 

  (vi)

any refinancing, amendments or replacements of any of (i)-(iv) above provided by commercial banks or other financial institutions or funds from time to time, however, the refinanced amount shall (a) under the relevant facility in (iii) and (iv) above, not exceed the full amount outstanding,

 

7


  available and/or committed (less any commitments made in respect of vessels no longer forming part of such relevant financing) if such facility has not previously been fully drawn, and (b) otherwise not exceed the amount outstanding under the relevant facility at the time of such refinancing, and any refinancing, amendments or replacements shall be subject to the original amortization schedule of the relevant facility (except for the bullet payment).

Quarter Date ” means each 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December.

Reporting Date means each date on which the Issuer makes its Financial Statements or Interim Accounts available to the Bond Trustee and on its webpages pursuant to Clause 13.2.1 (c) and (d).

Securities Depository ” means the securities depository in which the Bond Issue is registered, being Verdipapirsentralen ASA (VPS) in Norway.

Security Agent ” means (if applicable) the Bond Trustee in its capacity as security agent and/or security trustee pursuant to Clause 17.4.

Security and Covenant Defeasance ” shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 18.2.

Stamdata ” means the web site www.stamdata.no, maintained by the Bond Trustee.

Subsidiary ” means a company over which another company has Decisive Influence.

Total Assets ” means (on a consolidated basis) the aggregate book value of the Group’s total assets treated as assets in accordance with GAAP.

Total Interest-Bearing Debt means (on a consolidated basis) the aggregate book value of the Group’s total interest-bearing debt in accordance with GAAP.

Transaction ” means the Group’s acquisition of 11 handy-size LPG-vessels pursuant to to a Framework Agreement dated 14 November 2012 entered into between Maersk Handy Gas Pte Ltd, A. P. Moller Singapore Pte Ltd, Live Oak Company Limited, Navigator Holdings LTD and Navigator Gas L.L.C.

US Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

USD ” means US Dollars, being the legal currency of the United States of America.

Voting Bonds ” means the Outstanding Bonds less the Issuer’s Bonds.

Working Capital ” means Current Assets less Current Liabilities.

 

1.2 Construction

In this Bond Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

  (a) headings are for ease of reference only;

 

  (b) words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa;

 

8


  (c) references to Clauses are references to the Clauses of this Bond Agreement;

 

  (d) references to a time is a reference to Oslo time unless otherwise stated herein;

 

  (e) references to a provision of law is a reference to that provision as it may be amended or re-enacted, and to any regulations made by the appropriate authority pursuant to such law, including any determinations, rulings, judgments and other binding decisions relating to such provision or regulation;

 

  (f) an Event of Default is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived; and

 

  (g) references to a “person” shall include any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality).

 

2 The Bonds

 

2.1 Binding nature of this Bond Agreement

 

2.1.1 By virtue of being registered as a Bondholder (directly or indirectly) with the Securities Depository, the Bondholders are bound by the terms of this Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document, without any further action required to be taken or formalities to be complied with, see also Clause 18.1.

 

2.1.2 This Bond Agreement is available to anyone and may be obtained from the Bond Trustee or the Issuer. The Issuer shall ensure that this Bond Agreement is available to the general public throughout the entire term of the Bonds. This Bond Agreement may be published on Stamdata or such other venues as decided by the Bond Trustee.

 

2.2 The Bonds

The Issuer has resolved to issue a series of Bonds in the maximum amount of USD 125,000,000 (USD onehundredandtwentyfivemillion).

The Face Value is USD 200,000. The Bonds shall rank pari passu between themselves.

The Bond Issue will be described as “9.0 per cent Navigator Holdings Ltd Senior Unsecured Callable Bond Issue 2012/2017”.

The ISIN of the Bond Issue will be NO 001 066550.8.

The tenor of the Bonds is from and including the Issue Date to the Maturity Date.

 

9


2.3 Purpose and utilization

The net proceeds of the Bonds shall be applied (i) to partly finance the Transaction, (ii) to finance the Group’s further fleet expansion, and (iii) for the Group’s general corporate purposes.

 

3 Listing

 

3.1 The Issuer shall apply for listing of the Bonds on Oslo Børs or, at the discretion of the Issuer, on Oslo Børs ASA’s Alternative Bond Market (“ ABM ”).

 

3.2 If the Bonds are listed, the Issuer shall ensure that the Bonds remain listed until they have been discharged in full.

 

4 Registration in the Securities Depository

 

4.1 The Bond Issue and the Bonds shall prior to disbursement be registered in the Securities Depository according to the Norwegian Securities Depository Act (Act 2002/64) and the terms and conditions of the Securities Depository.

 

4.2 The Issuer shall ensure that correct registration in the Securities Depository is made and shall notify the Securities Depository of any changes in the terms and conditions of this Bond Agreement. The Bond Trustee shall receive a copy of the notification. The registration may be executed by the Paying Agent.

 

4.3 The Bonds have not been registered under the US Securities Act, and the Issuer is under no obligation to arrange for registration of the Bonds under the US Securities Act.

 

5 Purchase and transfer of Bonds

 

5.1 Bondholders may be subject to purchase or transfer restrictions with regard to the Bonds, as applicable from time to time under local laws to which a Bondholder may be subject (due e.g. to its nationality, its residency, its registered address, its place(s) for doing business). Each Bondholder must ensure compliance with applicable local laws and regulations at its own cost and expense.

 

5.2 Notwithstanding the above, a Bondholder which has purchased the Bonds in breach of applicable mandatory restrictions may nevertheless utilize its rights (including, but not limited to, voting rights) under this Bond Agreement.

 

6 Conditions Precedent

 

6.1 Disbursement of the net proceeds of the Bonds to the Issuer will be subject to the Bond Trustee having received the documents listed below, in form and substance satisfactory to it, at least two Business Days prior to the Issue Date:

 

  (a) this Bond Agreement, duly executed by all parties thereto;

 

  (b)

a certificate from the Issuer (and any further documentation in relation hereto that the Bond Trustee reasonably may require) evidencing that (i) the Transaction is agreed and that the framework agreement between Navigator

 

10


  Holdings Ltd. and A.P. Moeller Maersk A/S has been signed; (ii) that the facilities described in (iii) and (iv) under Permitted Financial Indebtedness have been fully committed and that the Commitment Letters for this purpose were signed on 2 and 13 November 2012, and (iii) that the New Equity is irrevocably and fully committed and that equity commitment letter(s) were signed on 16 November 2012;

 

  (c) certified copies of all necessary corporate resolutions of the Issuer to issue the Bonds and execute the Finance Documents;

 

  (d) a power of attorney from the Issuer to relevant individuals for their execution of the relevant Finance Documents, or extracts from the relevant register or similar documentation evidencing such individuals’ authorisation to execute the Finance Documents on behalf of the Issuer;

 

  (e) certified copies of (i) the Certificate of Incorporation or other similar official document for the Issuer, evidencing that it is validly registered and existing and (ii) the articles of incorporation and by-laws;

 

  (f) the Issuer’s latest Financial Statements and Interim Accounts (if any);

 

  (g) confirmation from the Manager that the requirements set out in Chapter 7 of the Norwegian Securities Trading Act (implementing the EU prospectus directive (2003/71 EC) concerning prospectuses have been fulfilled;

 

  (h) to the extent necessary, any public authorisations required for the Bond Issue;

 

  (i) a certificate confirming that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

  (j) confirmation from the Paying Agent that the Bonds have been registered in the Securities Depository;

 

  (k) the Bond Trustee fee agreement set out in Clause 14.2, duly executed;

 

  (l) copies of any written documentation used in the marketing of the Bonds or made public by the Issuer or the Manager in connection with the Bond Issue;

 

  (m) documentation evidencing the Issuer’s appointment of a process agent in Norway as set out in Clause 18.8; and

 

  (n) any statements or legal opinions reasonably required by the Bond Trustee (including any capacity corporate opinions for the Issuer and opinions related to the validity and enforceability of the Finance Documents).

 

6.2 The Bond Trustee may, in its reasonable opinion, waive the deadline or requirements for documentation as set out in Clause 6.1.

 

11


6.3 Disbursement of the net proceeds from the Bonds is subject to the Bond Trustee’s written notice to the Issuer, the Manager and the Paying Agent that the documents have been controlled and that the required conditions precedent are fulfilled.

 

6.4 On the Issue Date, subject to i) that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and ii) receipt of confirmation from the Bond Trustee pursuant to Clause 6.3, the Manager shall make the net proceeds from the Bond Issue available to the Issuer.

 

7 Representations and Warranties

 

7.1 The Issuer represents and warrants to the Bond Trustee that:

 

  (a) Status

It is a limited liability company, duly domesticated and validly existing and registered under the laws of the Marshall Islands, and has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

  (b) Power and authority

It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, this Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.

 

  (c) Valid, binding and enforceable obligations

This Bond Agreement and each other Finance Document to which it is a party constitutes (or will constitute, when executed by the respective parties thereto) its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, and (save as provided for therein) no further registration, filing, payment of tax or fees or other formalities are necessary or desirable to render the said documents enforceable against it.

 

  (d) Non-conflict with other obligations

The entry into and performance by it of this Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby do not and will not conflict with (i) any law or regulation or judicial or official order; (ii) its constitutional documents; or (iii) any agreement or instrument which is binding upon it or any of its assets.

 

  (e) No Event of Default

 

  (i) No Event of Default exists or is likely to result from the making of any drawdown under this Bond Agreement or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Finance Document.

 

  (ii) No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes (or with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination or any combination of any of the foregoing, would constitute) a default or termination event (howsoever described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries’) assets are subject which has or is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

12


  (f) Authorizations and consents

All authorisations, consents, approvals, resolutions, licenses, exemptions, filings, notarizations or registrations required:

 

  (i) to enable it to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations under this Bond Agreement or any other Finance Document to which it is a party; and

 

  (ii) to carry on its business as presently conducted and as contemplated by this Bond Agreement,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

  (g) Litigation

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

  (h) Financial Statements

Its most recent Financial Statements and Interim Accounts fairly and accurately represent the assets and liabilities and financial condition as at their respective dates, and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied.

 

  (i) No Material Adverse Effect

Since the date of the Financial Statements, there has been no change in its business, assets or financial condition that is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (j) No misleading information

Any factual information provided by it to the subscribers or the Bond Trustee for the purposes of this Bond Issue was true and accurate in all material respects as of the date it was provided or as of the date (if any) at which it is stated.

 

  (k) No withholdings

The Issuer is not required to make any deduction or withholding from any payment which it may become obliged to make to the Bond Trustee or the Bondholders under this Bond Agreement.

 

  (l) Pari passu ranking

Its payment obligations under this Bond Agreement or any other Finance Document to which it is a party rank at least pari passu as set out in Clause 8.1.

 

  (m) Security

No Encumbrance exists over any of the present assets of any Group Company in conflict with this Bond Agreement.

 

13


7.2 The representations and warranties set out in Clause 7.1 are made on the execution date of this Bond Agreement, and shall be deemed to be repeated on the Issue Date and on each Interest Payment Date.

 

8 Status of the Bonds and security

 

8.1 The Bonds shall constitute senior debt obligations of the Issuer. The Bonds shall rank at least pari passu with all other senior unsecured debt of the Issuer (save for such claims which are preferred by bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or other similar laws of general application) and shall rank ahead of subordinated debt.

 

8.2 The Bonds are, except for the Excrow Account Pledge, unsecured.

 

9 Interest

 

9.1 The Issuer shall pay interest on the par value of the Bonds from, and including, the Issue Date at a fixed rate of nine per cent. (9 %) per annum (the “ Fixed Rate ”).

 

9.2 Interest payments shall be made semi annually in arrears on the Interest Payment Dates each year, the first Interest Payment Date being 18 June 2013.

 

9.3 The relevant interest payable amount shall be calculated based on a period from, and including, one Interest Payment Date to, but excluding, the next following applicable Interest Payment Date.

 

9.4 The day count fraction in respect of the calculation of the payable interest amount shall be “30/360” (“ Fixed Rate Day Count Fraction ”), which means that the number of days in the calculation period in respect of which payment is being made divided by 360 (the number of days to be calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days with twelve 30-days months (unless (i) the last day of the calculation period is the 31st day of a month but the first day of the calculation period is a day other than the 30th or 31st day of a month, in which case the month that includes that last day shall not be considered to be shortened to a 30-day month, or (ii) the last day of the calculation period is the last day of the month of February, in which case the month of February shall not be considered to be lengthened to a 30-day month)).

 

9.5 The payable interest amount per Bond for a relevant calculation period shall be calculated as follows:

 

Interest    =    Face    x    Fixed    x    Fixed Rate

Amount

Fraction

      Value       Rate       Day Count

 

10 Maturity of the Bonds and Redemption

 

10.1 Maturity

The Bonds shall mature in full on the Maturity Date, and shall be repaid at 100% of par value by the Issuer.

 

10.2 Call Option

 

14


10.2.1 The Issuer may redeem the Bond Issue in whole or in part as follows (Call Option):

 

  (a) at any time from and including the Interest Payment Day in December 2015 to, but not including, the Interest Payment Day in December 2016 at a price equal to 104.00% of par value (plus accrued interest on the redeemed amount),

 

  (b) at any time from and including the Interest Payment Day in December 2016 to, but not including, the Interest Payment Day in June 2017 at a price equal to 102.00% of par value (plus accrued interest on the redeemed amount); and

 

  (c) at any time from and including the Interest Payment Day in June 2017 to, but not including, the Maturity Date at a price equal to 101.00% of par value (plus accrued interest on the redeemed amount)

 

10.2.2 Exercise of the Call Option shall be notified by the Issuer in writing to the Bond Trustee and the Bondholders at least thirty (30) Business Days prior to the settlement date of the Call Option.

 

10.2.3 Partial redemption must be carried out pro rata (in accordance with the procedures of the Securities Depository).

 

10.2.4 On the settlement date of the Call Option, the Issuer shall pay to each of the Bondholders holding Bonds to be redeemed, in respect of each such Bond, the principal amount of such Bond (including any premium as stated above) and any unpaid interest accrued up to the settlement date.

 

10.2.5 Bonds redeemed by the Issuer in accordance with this Clause 10.2 shall be discharged against the Outstanding Bonds.

 

10.3 Change of control

 

10.3.1 Upon a Change of Control Event occurring, each Bondholder shall have a right of prepayment (a “ Put Option ”) of its Bonds at a price of 101.00 % of par value (plus accrued interest on the redeemed amount).

 

10.3.2 The Put Option must be exercised within 60 calendar days after the Issuer has given notification to the Bond Trustee of a Change of Control Event. Such notification shall be given as soon as possible after a Change of Control Event has taken place.

 

10.3.3 The Put Option may be exercised by each Bondholder by giving written notice of the request to its Account Manager. The Account Manager shall notify the Paying Agent of the redemption request. The settlement date of the Put Option shall be within 75 calendar days following the notice of a Change of Control Event.

 

10.3.4 On the settlement date of the Put Option, the Issuer shall pay to each of the Bondholders holding Bonds to be redeemed, the principal amount of each such Bond (including any premium pursuant to Clause 10.3.1) and any unpaid interest accrued up to the settlement date.

 

15


11 Payments

 

11.1 Covenant to pay

 

11.1.1 The Issuer will on any Payment Date (or any other due date pursuant to any Finance Document) unconditionally pay to or to the order of the Bond Trustee all amounts due under this Bond Agreement or any other Finance Document.

 

11.1.2 The covenant contained in Clause 11.1.1 shall be for the benefit of the Bond Trustee and the Bondholders.

 

11.2 Payment mechanics

 

11.2.1 If no specific order is made by the Bond Trustee under Clause 11.1.1, the Issuer shall pay all amounts due to the Bondholders under this Bond Agreement or any other Finance Document by crediting the bank account nominated by each Bondholder in connection with its securities account in the Securities Depository.

 

11.2.2 Payment shall be deemed to have been made once the amount has been credited to the bank which holds the bank account nominated by the Bondholder in question, but if the paying bank and the receiving bank are the same, payment shall be deemed to have been made once the amount has been credited to the bank account nominated by the Bondholder in question, see however Clause 11.3.

 

11.2.3 In case of irregular payments, the Bond Trustee may instruct the Issuer or Bondholders of other payment mechanisms than described in Clause 11.2.1 or 11.2.2 above. The Bond Trustee may also obtain payment information regarding Bondholders’ accounts from the Securities Depository or Account Managers.

 

11.2.4 Subject to Clause 11.3, payment by the Issuer in accordance with this Clause 11.2 shall constitute good discharge of its obligations under Clause 11.1.1.

 

11.3 Currency

 

11.3.1 If the Bonds are denominated in other currencies than NOK, each Bondholder has to provide the Paying Agent (either directly or through its Account Manager) with specific payment instructions, including foreign exchange bank account details. Depending on any currency exchange settlement agreements between each Bondholder’s bank and the Paying Agent, cash settlement may be delayed, and payment shall be deemed to have been made at the date of the cash settlement, provided however, that no default interest or other penalty shall accrue for the account of the Issuer.

 

11.3.2 Except as otherwise expressly provided, all amounts payable under this Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document shall be payable in the same currency as the Bonds are denominated in. If, however, the Bondholder has not given instruction as set out in Clause 11.3.1 within five Business Days prior to a Payment Date, the cash settlement will be exchanged into NOK and credited to the NOK bank account registered with the Bondholder’s account in the Securities Depository.

 

16


11.3.3 Amounts payable in respect of costs, expenses, taxes and other liabilities of a similar nature shall be payable in the currency in which they are incurred.

 

11.4 Set-off and counterclaims

The Issuer may not apply or perform any counterclaims or set-off against any payment obligations pursuant to this Bond Agreement or any other Finance Document.

 

11.5 Interest in the event of late payment

 

11.5.1 In the event that any amount due under this Bond Agreement or any Finance Document is not made on the relevant due date, the unpaid amount shall bear interest from the due date at an interest rate equivalent to the interest rate according to Clause 9 plus five per cent. (5.00 %) per annum.

 

11.5.2 The interest charged under this Clause 11.5 shall be added to the defaulted amount on each respective Interest Payment Date relating thereto until the defaulted amount has been repaid in full.

 

11.5.3 The unpaid amounts shall bear interest as stated above until payment is made, whether or not the Bonds are declared to be in default pursuant to Clause 15.1(a), cf. Clauses 15.2 - 15.4.

 

11.6 Partial payments

If the Bond Trustee or the Paying Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable under the Finance Documents, that payment shall be applied in the following order:

 

  (a) first, in or towards payment of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Bond Trustee under the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) secondly, in or towards payment of any accrued interest due but unpaid under the Bond Agreement, pro rata and without any preference or priority of any kind; and

 

  (c) thirdly, in or towards payment of any principal due but unpaid under the Bond Agreement, pro rata and without any preference or priority of any kind.

 

12 Issuer’s acquisition of Bonds

The Issuer has the right to acquire and own Bonds (Issuer’s Bonds). The Issuer’s holding of Bonds may at the Issuer’s discretion be retained by the Issuer, sold or discharged.

 

13 Covenants

 

13.1 General

 

17


13.1.1 The Issuer undertakes from the date of this Bond Agreement and until such time that no amounts are outstanding under this Bond Agreement or any other Finance Document, to the Bond Trustee, as further set out in this Clause 13.

 

13.2 Information Covenants

 

13.2.1 The Issuer shall:

 

  (a) without being requested to do so, promptly inform the Bond Trustee in writing of any Event of Default, any event or circumstance which the Issuer understands or ought to understand may lead to an Event of Default and any other event which may have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (b) without being requested to do so, inform the Bond Trustee in writing if the Issuer agrees to sell or dispose of all or a substantial part of its assets or operations, or change the nature of its business;

 

  (c) without being requested to do so, prepare Financial Statements and make them directly available to the Bond Trustee and on its website in the English language (alternatively by arranging for publication at Stamdata) as soon as they become available, and not later than 120 days after the end of the relevant financial year;

 

  (d) without being requested to do so, prepare Interim Accounts and make them directly available to the Bond Trustee and on its website in the English language (alternatively by arranging for publication on Stamdata) as soon as they become available, and not later than 60 days after the end of the relevant quarter;

 

  (e) at the request of the Bond Trustee, report the balance of the Issuer’s Bonds;

 

  (f) without being requested to do so, send the Bond Trustee copies of any statutory notifications of the Issuer, including but not limited to in connection with mergers, de-mergers and reduction of the Issuer’s share capital or equity;

 

  (g) if the Bonds are listed on an exchange, without being requested to do so, send a copy to the Bond Trustee of its notices to the Exchange;

 

  (h) if the Issuer and/or the Bonds are rated, without being requested to do so, inform the Bond Trustee of its and/or the rating of the Bond Issue, and any changes to such rating;

 

  (i) without being requested to do so, inform the Bond Trustee of changes in the registration of the Bonds in the Securities Depository; and

 

  (j) within a reasonable time, provide such information about the Issuer’s business, assets and financial condition as the Bond Trustee may reasonably request.

 

18


13.2.2 The Issuer shall in connection with the publication of its financial reports under Clause 13.2.1(c) and (d), confirm to the Bond Trustee in writing the Issuer’s compliance with the covenants in this Clause 13, unless the Bond Trustee explicitly waives such requirement. Such confirmation shall be undertaken in a certificate, substantially in the form set out in Attachment 1 hereto, signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer (a “ Compliance Certificate ”). In the event of non-compliance, the Compliance Certificate shall describe the non-compliance, the reasons therefore as well as the steps which the Issuer has taken and will take in order to rectify the non-compliance.

 

13.3 General Covenants

 

  (a) Pari passu ranking

The Issuer shall ensure that its obligations under this Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document shall at all time rank at least pari passu as set out in Clause 8.1.

 

  (b) Mergers

The Issuer shall not, and shall ensure that no other Group Company shall, carry out any merger or other business combination or corporate reorganization involving a consolidation of the assets and obligations of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries with any other companies or entities not being a member of the Group if such transaction would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (c) De-mergers

The Issuer shall not, and shall ensure that no other Group Company shall, carry out any de-merger or other corporate reorganization involving a split of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries into two or more separate companies or entities, if such transaction would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (d) Continuation of business

The Issuer shall not, and shall ensure that no other Group Company shall, cease to carry on its business, if such cessation would have a Material Adverse Effect. The Issuer shall procure that no material change is made to the general nature or scope of the business of the Group from that carried on at the date of this Bond Agreement, or as contemplated by this Bond Agreement.

 

  (e) Disposal of business

The Issuer shall not, and shall procure that no other Group Company shall, sell or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial part of the Group’s assets or operations, unless:

 

  (i) the transaction is carried out at fair market value, on terms and conditions customary for such transactions; and

 

  (ii) such transaction would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

19


In the event that:

(i) a Group Company sells or disposes of one or more vessels and/or shares in a Group Company owning (directly or indirectly) a vessel (or takes any other action which has the similar effect as a sale or disposal of a vessel or dilution of the ownership interest in a vessel), excluding any intra-Group transactions;

(ii) the Equity Ratio is less than 35% (but more than 30%, cf Clause 13.5(d)) on the Quarter Date immediately prior to such disposal; and

(iii) any net proceeds realized from such sale or disposal (following repayment of any relevant Permitted Financial Indebtedness pertaining to the relevant asset) has not been re-invested in one or more second-hand vessels within 180 days from receipt of such proceeds,

the Issuer undertakes to promptly apply not less than 50% of such net proceeds (i.e. gross proceeds less ordinary cost and fees in accordance with such disposal) towards prepayment of any Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

  (f) Arm’s length transactions

The Issuer shall not, and the Issuer shall ensure that no other Group Company shall, enter into directly or indirectly any transaction with any person (without limitation, the purchase, sale or exchange of assets or the rendering of any service) except in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to the reasonable requirement of the Issuer’s or such Group Company’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms and for fair market value that are no less favorable to the Issuer or such Group Company, as the case may be, than those which might be obtained in an arm’s length transaction at the time.

 

  (g) Corporate status

The Issuer shall not change its type of organization or jurisdiction of incorporation without the prior written consent of the Bond Trustee.

 

  (h) Compliance with laws

The Issuer shall, and shall ensure that all other Group Companies shall, carry on its business in accordance with acknowledged, careful and sound practices in all material aspects and comply in all material respects with all laws and regulations it or they may be subject to from time to time.

 

13.4 Special covenants

 

  (a) Dividends and other distributions

The Issuer shall not declare or make any dividend payment, repurchase of shares or make other distributions or payments to its shareholders (other than servicing of loans provided by shareholders, cf. Clause f) “Subordinated loans” below), whether in cash or in kind, including without limitation any total return swaps or instruments with similar effect (a “ Distribution ”) (other than in respect of services rendered and/or transactions done in the ordinary course and on market terms for an amount of up to USD 2 million per calendar year) until after 31 December 2013. Thereafter the Issuer shall not declare or make any Distribution exceeding 50% of Issuer’s consolidated net profit after taxes based on the audited annual accounts for the previous financial year, however always provided that the Group on a consolidated basis is in pro-forma compliance with an Equity Ratio of minimum 35% immediately after giving effect to such Distribution paid or declared.

 

20


  (b) Subsidiaries’ distributions

Save for obligations under the Permitted Financial Indebtedness, the Issuer shall not permit any Group Company to create or permit to exist any contractual obligation (or encumbrance) restricting the right of any Group Company to (i) pay dividends or make other distributions to its shareholders, (ii) service any Financial Indebtedness to the Issuer, or (iii) make any loans to the Issuer, if the creation of such contractual obligation is reasonably likely to prevent the Issuer from complying with its payment obligations under this Bond Agreement.

 

  (c) Negative pledge

The Issuer shall not, and shall ensure that no other Group Company shall, create, permit to subsist or allow to exist any Encumbrance over any of its present or future respective assets (including shares in Subsidiaries) or its revenues, other than the Encumbrances granted to secure any of the following:

 

  (i) this Bond Issue;

 

  (ii) the Permitted Financial Indebtedness;

 

  (iii) any derivative transactions related to the Issuer’s hedging policy; and

 

  (iv) any lien arising by operation of law.

 

  (d) Financial Indebtedness restrictions

The Issuer shall not, and shall ensure that no other Group Company shall, incur, create or permit to subsist any Financial Indebtedness other than:

 

  (i) this Bond Issue;

 

  (ii) any unsecured Financial Indebtedness with the Issuer as borrower provided as a subordinated loan cf. clause (f) below;

 

  (iii) the Permitted Financial Indebtedness;

 

  (iv) any unsecured intra-group loans granted by any member of the Group;

 

  (v) any derivative transactions related to the Issuer’s hedging policy; and

 

  (vi) any Financial Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business for an amount of up to USD 10 million.

 

21


  (e) Financial support restrictions

The Issuer shall not, and shall ensure that no other Group Company shall, grant any loans, guarantees or other financial assistance (including, but not limited to granting of security) (“ Financial Support ”) to or for the benefit of any third party or other Group Companies, other than:

 

  (i) unsecured intra-group loans granted by any Group Company to another Group Company;

 

  (ii) Financial Support in the ordinary course of business; and

 

  (iii) Financial Support in connection with Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

  (f) Subordinated loans

The Issuer shall ensure that any existing and future loans from a shareholder of the Issuer or any subordinated loans from a third party to the Issuer shall be subordinated to the Bonds. For the avoidance of doubt, any such loans may be serviced as long as (i) no Event of Default is in existence, or (ii) no cure period has commenced but not expired under the Bond Agreement.

 

  (g) Insurances

The Issuer shall, and the Issuer shall ensure that each Group Company will, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, funds or underwriters adequate insurance or captive arrangements with respect to its assets, equipment and business against such liabilities, casualties and contingencies and of such types and in such amounts as are consistent with prudent business practice in their relevant jurisdiction including, but not limited to, insurance for all the Group’s vessels in accordance with the requirements of the Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

13.5 Financial covenants

The Issuer undertakes to comply with the following financial covenants during the term of the Bond Issue:

 

22


  (a) Minimum Liquidity: The Issuer shall ensure that the Group maintains a Liquidity of no less than the greater of (i) USD 12.5 million and (ii) 5% of Total Interest-Bearing Debt;

 

  (b) Minimum Working Capital : The Issuer shall ensure that the Group maintains a positive Working Capital;

 

  (c) Interest Coverage Ratio : The Issuer shall ensure that the Group maintains an Interest Coverage Ratio not less than 3.0;

 

  (d) Equity Ratio : The Issuer shall ensure that the Group maintains an Equity Ratio of minimum 30.0%; and

 

  (e) Asset Coverage Ratio : From and including 30 June 2013, the Issuer shall ensure that the aggregate value of:

(1) the Market Value of the Group’s vessels; plus

(2) any balance on the Escrow Account,

is at least 120% of the Total Interest-Bearing Debt.

If the aggregate Market Value of the Group’s vessels is not sufficient to meet the Asset Coverage Ratio covenant, the Issuer and/or any Group Company shall be entitled to transfer cash to the Escrow Account in an amount sufficient to again become compliant. Any amount so transferred to the Escrow Account shall be released, in whole or in part, when the Asset Coverage Ratio is again sufficient to meet the Asset Coverage Ratio covenant.

The Issuer undertakes to comply with the above Financial Covenants at all times, such compliance to be measured on each Quarter Date and certified by the Issuer with each annual financial statement and quarterly financial statement on the respective Reporting Date. However, (e) above shall only be measured semi-annually from and including the Quarter Date 30 June 2013. All Financial Covenants shall be calculated on a consolidated basis for the Group during the lifetime of the Bonds.

 

14 Fees and expenses

 

14.1 The Issuer shall cover all costs and expenses incurred by it or the Bond Trustee (and/or the Security Agent) in connection with this Bond Agreement and the fulfilment of its obligations under this Bond Agreement or any other Finance Document, including in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and enforcement of this Bond Agreement and the other Finance Documents and any registration or notifications relating thereto (including any stamp duty), the listing of the Bonds on an Exchange (if applicable), and the registration and administration of the Bonds in the Securities Depository. The Bond Trustee may withhold funds from any escrow account (or similar arrangement) or from other funds received from the Issuer or any other person, irrespective of such funds being subject to security under a Finance Documents, to set-off and cover any such costs and expenses.

 

23


14.2 The fees, costs and expenses payable to the Bond Trustee (and/or the Security Agent) shall be paid by the Issuer and are set out in a separate agreement between the Issuer and the Bond Trustee (and/or the Security Agent).

 

14.3 Fees, costs and expenses payable to the Bond Trustee (or the Security Agent) which, due to the Issuer’s insolvency or similar circumstances, are not reimbursed in any other way may be covered by making an equivalent reduction in the proceeds to the Bondholders hereunder of any costs and expenses incurred by the Bond Trustee (or the Security Agent) in connection with the restructuring or default of the Bond Issue and the enforcement of any security.

 

14.4 Any public fees levied on the trade of Bonds in the secondary market shall be paid by the Bondholders, unless otherwise provided by law or regulation, and the Issuer is not responsible for reimbursing any such fees.

 

14.5 The Issuer is responsible for withholding any withholding tax imposed by applicable law on any payments to the Bondholders.

 

14.6 If the Issuer is required by law to withhold any withholding tax from any payment under any Finance Document:

 

  (a) the amount of the payment due from the Issuer shall be increased to such amount which is necessary to ensure that the Bondholders receive a net amount which is (after making the required withholding) equal to the payment which would have been due if no withholding had been required; and

 

  (b) the Issuer shall at the request of the Bond Trustee deliver to the Bond Trustee evidence that the required tax reduction or withholding has been made.

 

15 Events of Default

 

15.1 The Bond Trustee may declare the Bonds to be in default upon occurrence of any of the following events:

 

  (a) Non-payment

The Issuer fails to fulfil any payment obligation due under this Bond Agreement or any Finance Document when due, unless, in the opinion of the Bond Trustee, it is likely that such payment will be made in full within five (5) Business Days following the original due date.

 

  (b) Breach of other obligations

The Issuer does not comply with any provision pursuant to this Bond Agreement or any other Finance Document, unless, in the opinion of the Bond Trustee, such failure is capable of being remedied and is remedied within ten (10) Business Days after notice thereof is given to the Issuer by the Bond Trustee.

 

24


  (c) Cross default

If for any Group Company:

 

  (i) any Financial Indebtedness is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period;

 

  (ii) any Financial Indebtedness is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described);

 

  (iii) any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness is cancelled or suspended by a creditor as a result of an event of default (however described); or

 

  (iv) any creditor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described) and such default has not been waived in writing by the relevant creditor;

always provided that the amount of the relevant Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iv) above or the commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraph (iii) above must exceed USD 10 million, or the equivalent thereof in other currencies, for a cross-default to exist under this Bond Agreement.

 

  (d) Misrepresentations

Any representation, warranty or statement (including statements in compliance certificates) made under this Bond Agreement or any other Finance Document or in connection therewith is or proves to have been incorrect, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to have been made.

 

  (e) Insolvency

 

  (i) A Group Company, is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness;

 

  (ii) The value of the assets of any member of the Group is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities); or

 

  (iii) A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any member of the Group,

 

  (f) Insolvency proceedings and dissolution

If for any Group Company, any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure step is taken in relation to:

 

  (i) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) other than solvent liquidation or reorganization;

 

25


  (ii) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor, having an adverse effect on the Issuer’s ability to perform its payment obligations hereunder;

 

  (iii) the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation), receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer of any of its assets; or

 

  (iv) its dissolution,

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

  (g) Creditors’ process

Any Group Company has a substantial proportion of the assets impounded, confiscated, attached or subject to distraint, or is subject to enforcement of any security over any of its assets.

 

  (h) Litigation

Any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced or threatened in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents or against any member of the Group or its assets which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (i) Impossibility or illegality

It is or becomes impossible or unlawful for any Group Company to fulfil or perform any of the terms of any Finance Document to which it is a party.

 

  (j) Material Adverse Effect

Any other event or circumstance occurs which, in the reasonable opinion of the Bond Trustee, after consultations with the Issuer, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

15.2 In the event that one or more of the circumstances mentioned in Clause 15.1 occurs and is continuing, the Bond Trustee can, in order to protect the interests of the Bondholders, declare the Outstanding Bonds including accrued interest, costs and expenses to be in default and due for immediate payment.

The Bond Trustee may at its discretion, take every measure necessary to recover the amounts due under the Outstanding Bonds, and all other amounts outstanding under this Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document.

 

15.3 In the event that one or more of the circumstances mentioned in Clause 15.1 occurs and is continuing, the Bond Trustee shall declare the Outstanding Bonds including accrued interest, costs and expenses to be in default and due for immediate payment if:

 

  (a) the Bond Trustee receives a demand in writing that a default shall be declared from Bondholders representing at least 1/5 of the Voting Bonds, and the Bondholders’ Meeting has not decided on other solutions, or

 

26


  (b) the Bondholders’ Meeting has with simple majority decided to declare the Outstanding Bonds in default and due for payment.

In either case the Bond Trustee shall take every measure necessary to recover the amounts due under the Outstanding Bonds.

 

15.4 In the event that the Bond Trustee pursuant to the terms of Clauses 15.2 or 15.3 declares the Outstanding Bonds to be in default and due for payment, the Bond Trustee shall immediately deliver to the Issuer a notice demanding payment of interest and principal due to the Bondholders under the Outstanding Bonds including accrued interest and interest on overdue amounts and expenses. The claim derived from the Outstanding Bonds due for payment as a result of an Event of Default shall be calculated at the prices set out in Clause 10.2.

 

16 Bondholders’ Meeting

 

16.1 Authority of the Bondholders’ Meeting

 

16.1.1 The Bondholders’ Meeting represents the supreme authority of the Bondholders community in all matters relating to the Bonds, and has the power to make all decisions altering the terms and conditions of the Bonds, including, but not limited to, any reduction of principal or interest and any conversion of the Bonds into other capital classes.

 

16.1.2 The Bondholders’ Meeting cannot resolve that any overdue payment of any instalment shall be reduced unless there is a pro rata reduction of the principal that has not fallen due, but may resolve that accrued interest (whether overdue or not) shall be reduced without a corresponding reduction of principal.

 

16.1.3 If a resolution by or an approval of the Bondholders is required, such resolution shall be passed at a Bondholders’ Meeting, see however Clause 17.1. Resolutions passed at Bondholders’ Meetings shall be binding upon all Bondholders and prevail for all the Bonds.

 

16.2 Procedural rules for Bondholders’ meetings

 

16.2.1 A Bondholders’ Meeting shall be held at the written request of:

 

  (a) the Issuer;

 

  (b) Bondholders representing at least 1/10 of the Voting Bonds;

 

  (c) the Exchange, if the Bonds are listed; or

 

  (d) the Bond Trustee.

 

16.2.2 The Bondholders’ Meeting shall be summoned by the Bond Trustee. A request for a Bondholders’ Meeting shall be made in writing to the Bond Trustee, and shall clearly state the matters to be discussed.

 

27


16.2.3 If the Bond Trustee has not summoned a Bondholders’ Meeting within ten (10) Business Days after having received a valid request, then the requesting party may summon the Bondholders’ Meeting itself.

 

16.2.4 The notice of a Bondholders’ Meeting shall be dispatched no later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of the Bondholders’ Meeting. The notice and a confirmation of each Bondholder’s holdings of Bonds shall be sent to all Bondholders registered in the Securities Depository at the time of distribution. The notice shall also be sent to the Exchange for publication if the Bonds are listed.

 

16.2.5 The summons shall specify the agenda of the Bondholders’ Meeting. The Bond Trustee may in the summons also set out other matters on the agenda than those requested. If amendments to this Bond Agreement have been proposed, the main content of the proposal shall be stated in the summons.

 

16.2.6 The Bond Trustee may restrict the Issuer from making any changes in the number of Voting Bonds in the period from distribution of the summons until the Bondholders’ Meeting, by serving notice to it to such effect.

 

16.2.7 Matters that have not been reported to the Bondholders in accordance with the procedural rules for summoning of a Bondholders’ Meeting may only be adopted with the approval of all Voting Bonds.

 

16.2.8 The Bondholders’ Meeting shall be held on premises designated by the Bond Trustee. The Bondholders’ Meeting shall be opened and shall, unless otherwise decided by the Bondholders’ Meeting, be chaired by the Bond Trustee. If the Bond Trustee is not present, the Bondholders’ Meeting shall be opened by a Bondholder, and be chaired by a representative elected by the Bondholders’ Meeting.

 

16.2.9 Minutes of the Bondholders’ Meeting shall be kept. The minutes shall state the numbers of Bondholders and Bonds represented at the Bondholders’ Meeting, the resolutions passed at the meeting, and the result of the voting. The minutes shall be signed by the chairman and at least one other person elected by the Bondholders’ Meeting. The minutes shall be deposited with the Bond Trustee and shall be available to the Bondholders.

 

16.2.10 The Bondholders, the Bond Trustee and – provided the Bonds are listed – representatives of the Exchange, have the right to attend the Bondholders’ Meeting. The chairman may grant access to the meeting to other parties, unless the Bondholders’ Meeting decides otherwise. Bondholders may attend by a representative holding proxy. Bondholders have the right to be assisted by an advisor. In case of dispute the chairman shall decide who may attend the Bondholders’ Meeting and vote for the Bonds.

 

16.2.11 Representatives of the Issuer have the right to attend the Bondholders’ Meeting. The Bondholders’ Meeting may resolve that the Issuer’s representatives may not participate in particular matters. The Issuer has the right to be present under the voting.

 

16.3 Resolutions passed at Bondholders’ Meetings

 

28


16.3.1 At the Bondholders’ Meeting each Bondholder may cast one vote for each Voting Bond owned at close of business on the day prior to the date of the Bondholders’ Meeting in accordance with the records registered in the Securities Depository. The Bond Trustee may, at its sole discretion, accept other evidence of ownership. Whoever opens the Bondholders’ Meeting shall adjudicate any question concerning which Bonds shall count as the Issuer’s Bonds. The Issuer’s Bonds shall not have any voting rights.

For this purpose, a Bondholder that has a Bond that is nominee registered shall be deemed as the Bondholder of such Bond (instead of the nominee) provided that the Bondholder presents relevant evidence stating that the relevant Bondholder is the Bondholder of the Bond and the amount of Bonds held by such Bondholder.

 

16.3.2 In all matters, the Issuer, the Bond Trustee and any Bondholder have the right to demand vote by ballot. In case of parity of votes, the chairman shall have the deciding vote, regardless of the chairman being a Bondholder or not.

 

16.3.3 In order to form a quorum, at least half (1/2) of the Voting Bonds must be represented at the meeting, see however Clause 16.4. Even if less than half (1/2) of the Voting Bonds are represented, the Bondholders’ Meeting shall be held and voting completed.

 

16.3.4 Resolutions shall be passed by simple majority of the Voting Bonds represented at the Bondholders’ Meeting, unless otherwise set out in Clause 16.3.5.

 

16.3.5 A majority of at least 2/3 of the Voting Bonds represented at the Bondholders’ Meeting is required for any waiver or amendment of any terms of this Bond Agreement.

 

16.3.6 The Bondholders’ Meeting may not adopt resolutions which may give certain Bondholders or others an unreasonable advantage at the expense of other Bondholders.

 

16.3.7 The Bond Trustee shall ensure that resolutions passed at the Bondholders’ Meeting are properly implemented, however, the Bond Trustee may refuse to carry out resolutions being in conflict with this Bond Agreement (or any other Finance Document) or any applicable law.

 

16.3.8 The Issuer, the Bondholders and the Exchange shall be notified of resolutions passed at the Bondholders’ Meeting.

 

16.4 Repeated Bondholders’ Meeting

 

16.4.1 If the Bondholders’ Meeting does not form a quorum pursuant to Clause 16.3.3, a repeated Bondholders’ Meeting may be summoned to vote on the same matters. The attendance and the voting result of the first Bondholders’ Meeting shall be specified in the summons for the repeated Bondholders’ Meeting.

 

16.4.2 A valid resolution may be passed at a repeated Bondholders’ meeting even though less than half (1/2) of the Voting Bonds are represented.

 

29


17 The Bond Trustee

 

17.1 The role and authority of the Bond Trustee

 

17.1.1 The Bond Trustee shall monitor the compliance by the Issuer of its obligations under this Bond Agreement and applicable laws and regulations which are relevant to the terms of this Bond Agreement, including supervision of timely and correct payment of principal or interest, (however, this shall not restrict the Bond Trustee from discussing matters of confidentiality with the Issuer), arrange Bondholders’ Meetings, and make the decisions and implement the measures resolved pursuant to this Bond Agreement. The Bond Trustee is not obligated to assess the Issuer’s financial situation beyond what is directly set out in this Bond Agreement.

 

17.1.2 The Bond Trustee may take any step it in its sole discretion considers necessary or advisable to ensure the rights of the Bondholders in all matters pursuant to the terms of this Bond Agreement and is entitled to rely on advice from professional advisors. The Bond Trustee may in its sole discretion postpone taking action until such matter has been put forward to the Bondholders’ Meeting. The Bond Trustee is not obliged to take any steps to ascertain whether any Event of Default has occurred and until it has actual knowledge or express notice to the contrary the Bond Trustee is entitled to assume that no Event of Default has occurred.

 

17.1.3 The Bond Trustee may make decisions binding for all Bondholders concerning this Bond Agreement, including amendments to this Bond Agreement and waivers or modifications of certain provisions, which in the opinion of the Bond Trustee, do not materially and adversely affect the rights or interests of the Bondholders pursuant to this Bond Agreement.

 

17.1.4 The Bond Trustee may reach decisions binding for all Bondholders in circumstances other than those mentioned in Clause 17.1.3 provided that prior notification has been made to the Bondholders. Such notice shall contain a proposal of the amendment and the Bond Trustee’s evaluation. Further, such notification shall state that the Bond Trustee may not reach a decision binding for all Bondholders in the event that any Bondholder submits a written protest against the proposal within a deadline set by the Bond Trustee. Such deadline may not be less than five (5) Business Days following the dispatch of such notification.

 

17.1.5 The Bond Trustee may reach other decisions than set out in Clauses 17.1.3 or 17.1.4 to amend or rectify decisions which due to spelling errors, calculation mistakes, misunderstandings or other obvious errors do not have the intended meaning.

 

17.1.6 The Bond Trustee may not adopt resolutions which may give certain Bondholders or others an unreasonable advantage at the expense of other Bondholders.

 

17.1.7 The Issuer, the Bondholders and the Exchange shall be notified of decisions made by the Bond Trustee pursuant to Clause 17.1 unless such notice obviously is unnecessary.

 

17.1.8 The Bondholders’ Meeting can decide to replace the Bond Trustee without the Issuer’s approval, as provided for in Clause 16.3.5.

 

30


17.1.9 The Bond Trustee may act as bond trustee and/or security agent for several bond issues relating to the Issuer notwithstanding potential conflicts of interest. The Bond Trustee may delegate exercise of its powers to other professional parties.

 

17.1.10 The Bond Trustee may instruct the Paying Agent to split the Bonds to a lower denomination in order to facilitate partial redemptions or restructuring of the Bonds or other situations.

 

17.2 Liability and indemnity

 

17.2.1 The Bond Trustee is liable only for direct losses incurred by Bondholders or the Issuer as a result of gross negligence or wilful misconduct by the Bond Trustee in performing its functions and duties as set out in this Bond Agreement. Such liability is limited to the maximum amount set out in Clause 2.2. The Bond Trustee is not liable for the content of information provided to the Bondholders on behalf of the Issuer.

 

17.2.2 The Issuer is liable for, and shall indemnify the Bond Trustee fully in respect of, all losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by the Bond Trustee as a result of negligence by the Issuer (including its directors, management, officers, employees, agents and representatives) to fulfil its obligations under the terms of this Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document, including losses incurred by the Bond Trustee as a result of the Bond Trustee’s actions based on misrepresentations made by the Issuer in connection with the establishment and performance of this Bond Agreement and any other Finance Document.

 

17.2.3 The Bond Trustee can as a condition for carrying out an instruction from the Bondholders (including, but not limited to, instructions set out in Clause 15.3(a) or 16.2.1 (b), require satisfactory security and indemnities for any possible liability and anticipated costs and expenses, from those Bondholders who requested that instruction and/or those who voted in favour of the decision to instruct the Bond Trustee. Any instructions from the Bondholders may be put forward to the Bondholders’ Meeting by the Bond Trustee before the Bond Trustee takes any action.

 

17.3 Change of Bond Trustee

 

17.3.1 Change of Bond Trustee shall be carried out pursuant to the procedures set out in Clause 16. The Bond Trustee shall continue to carry out its duties as bond trustee until such time that a new Bond Trustee is elected.

 

17.3.2 The fees and expenses of a new bond trustee shall be covered by the Issuer pursuant to the terms set out in Clause 14, but may be recovered wholly or partially from the Bond Trustee if the change is due to a breach by the Bond Trustee of its duties pursuant to the terms of this Bond Agreement or other circumstances for which the Bond Trustee is liable.

 

17.3.3 The Bond Trustee undertakes to co-operate so that the new bond trustee receives without undue delay following the Bondholders’ Meeting the documentation and information necessary to perform the functions as set out under the terms of this Bond Agreement.

 

31


17.4 Appointment of Security Agent

 

17.4.1 The Bond Trustee is appointed to act as Security Agent for the Bond Issue.

The main functions of the Security Agent may include holding Security on behalf of the Bondholders and monitoring compliance by the Issuer and other relevant parties of their respective obligations under this Bond Agreement and/or the Security Documents with respect to the Security.

Before the appointment of a Security Agent other than the Bond Trustee, the Issuer shall be given the opportunity to state its views on the proposed Security Agent, but the final decision as to appointment shall lie exclusively with the Bond Trustee.

 

17.4.2 The functions, rights and obligations of the Security Agent may be determined by a Security Agent agreement to be entered into between the Bond Trustee and the Security Agent, which the Bond Trustee shall have the right to require the Issuer and any other parties to any Security Document to sign as a party, or, at the discretion of the Bond Trustee, to acknowledge. The Bond Trustee shall at all times retain the right to instruct the Security Agent in all matters.

Any changes to this Bond Agreement necessary or appropriate in connection with the appointment of a Security Agent shall be documented in an amendment to this Bond Agreement, signed by the Bond Trustee.

 

17.4.3 If so desired by the Bond Trustee, any or all of the Security Documents shall be amended, assigned or re-issued, so that the Security Agent is the holder of the relevant Security (on behalf of the Bondholders). The costs incurred in connection with such amendment, assignment or re-issue shall be for the account of the Issuer.

 

18 Miscellaneous

 

18.1 The community of Bondholders

By virtue of holding Bonds, which are governed by this Bond Agreement (which pursuant to Clause 2.1.1 is binding upon all Bondholders), a community exists between the Bondholders, implying, inter alia, that:

 

  (a) the Bondholders are bound by the terms of this Bond Agreement;

 

  (b) the Bond Trustee has power and authority to act on behalf of, and/or represent; the Bondholders, in all matters, included but not limited to taking any legal or other action, including enforcement of the Bond Issue and/or any security, opening of bankruptcy or other insolvency proceedings;

 

  (c) the Bond Trustee has, in order to manage the terms of this Bond Agreement, access to the Securities Depository to review ownership of Bonds registered in the Securities Depository; and

 

  (d) this Bond Agreement establishes a community between Bondholders meaning that:

 

  (i) the Bonds rank pari passu between each other;

 

32


  (ii) the Bondholders may not, based on this Bond Agreement, act directly towards the Issuer and may not themselves institute legal proceedings against the Issuer, however not restricting the Bondholders to exercise their individual rights derived from this Bond Agreement;

 

  (iii) the Issuer may not, based on this Bond Agreement, act directly towards the Bondholders;

 

  (iv) the Bondholders may not cancel the Bondholders’ community; and

 

  (v) the individual Bondholder may not resign from the Bondholders’ community.

 

18.2 Defeasance

 

18.2.1 The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have certain obligations discharged (see Clause 18.2.2) upon complying with the following conditions (“ Security and Covenant Defeasance ”):

 

  (a) the Issuer shall have irrevocably pledged to the Bond Trustee for the benefit of the Bondholders cash or government bonds accepted by the Bond Trustee (the “ Defeasance Pledge ”) in such amounts as will be sufficient for the payment of principal (including if applicable premium payable upon exercise of a Call Option) and interest on the Outstanding Bonds to Maturity Date (or redemption upon a exercise of a notified Call Option) or any other amount agreed between the Parties;

 

  (b) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of establishment of the Defeasance Pledge, or insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time during any hardening period applicable to the Defeasance Pledge (or the relevant period for non-Norwegian companies) or any other date agreed between the Parties;

 

  (c) if the Bonds are secured, the Defeasance Pledge shall be considered as a replacement of the security established prior to the Defeasance Pledge;

 

  (d) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Bond Trustee a certificate signed by its Chief Executive Officer that the Defeasance Pledge was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Bondholders over any other creditors of the Issuer or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Issuer or others; and

 

  (e)

the Issuer shall have delivered to the Bond Trustee any certificate or legal opinion reasonably required by the Bond Trustee regarding the Security and Covenant Defeasance or Defeasance Pledge, including any certificate or legal opinion on (i) the compliance of the conditions of the Security and Covenant Defeasance, (ii) that the Defeasance Pledge constitutes a valid, perfected and enforceable security in favour of the Bond Trustee for the benefit of the Bondholders which will not be subject to any rights of creditors of the Issuer or any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors rights generally under the laws of the jurisdiction where the Defeasance Pledge was established and the corporate

 

33


  domicile of the Issuer, (iii) any relevant tax issues concerning the Bondholders, (iv) any valuation of any assets or (vii) any other certificate or opinion regarding the Security and Covenant Defeasance or the Defeasance Pledge.

 

18.2.2 Upon the exercise by the Issuer of its option under Clause 18.2.1:

 

  (a) the Issuer shall be released from their obligations under all provisions in Clause 13, except Clauses 13.2.1(a), (e), (h), (i) and (j), or as otherwise agreed;

 

  (b) the Issuer shall not (and shall ensure that all Group Companies shall not) take any actions that may cause the value of the security created by this Security and Covenant Defeasance to be reduced, and shall at the request of the Bond Trustee execute, or cause to be executed, such further documentation and perform such other acts as the Bond Trustee may reasonably require in order for the security to remain valid, enforceable and perfected by the Bond Trustee for the account of the Bondholders;

 

  (c) any amount standing to the credit of the Escrow Account shall be released; and

 

  (d) all other provisions of this Bond Agreement (except (a) – (c) above) shall remain fully in force without any modifications, or as otherwise agreed.

 

18.2.3 All amounts owed by the Issuer hereunder covered by the Defeasance Pledge shall be applied by the Bond Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of this Bond Agreement, against payment to the Bondholders of all sums due to them under this Bond Agreement on the due date thereof.

Any excess funds not required for the payment of principal, premium and interest to the Bondholders (including any expenses, fees etc. due to the Bond Trustee hereunder) shall be returned to the Issuer.

 

18.3 Limitation of claims

All claims under the Bonds and this Bond Agreement for payment, including interest and principal, shall be subject to the time-bar provisions of the Norwegian Limitation Act of May 18, 1979 No. 18.

 

18.4 Access to information

 

18.4.1 This Bond Agreement is available to anyone and copies may be obtained from the Bond Trustee or the Issuer. The Bond Trustee shall not have any obligation to distribute any other information to the Bondholders or others than explicitly stated in this Bond Agreement. The Issuer shall ensure that a copy of this Bond Agreement is available to the general public until all the Bonds have been fully discharged.

 

18.4.2 The Bond Trustee shall, in order to carry out its functions and obligations under this Bond Agreement, have access to the Securities Depository for the purposes of reviewing ownership of the Bonds registered in the Securities Depository.

 

34


18.5 Amendments

All amendments of this Bond Agreement shall be made in writing, and shall unless otherwise provided for by this Bond Agreement, only be made with the approval of all parties hereto.

 

18.6 Notices, contact information

 

18.6.1 Written notices, warnings, summons etc to the Bondholders made by the Bond Trustee shall be sent via the Securities Depository with a copy to the Issuer and the Exchange. Information to the Bondholders may also be published at Stamdata only. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to be given or made as follows:

 

  (a) if by letter via the Securities Depository, when sent from the Securities Depository; and

 

  (b) if by publication on Stamdata, when publicly available.

 

18.6.2 The Issuer’s written notifications to the Bondholders shall be sent via the Bond Trustee, alternatively through the Securities Depository with a copy to the Bond Trustee and the Exchange.

 

18.6.3 Unless otherwise specifically provided, all notices or other communications under or in connection with this Bond Agreement between the Bond Trustee and the Issuer shall be given or made in writing, by letter, e-mail or fax. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to be given or made as follows:

 

  (a) if by letter, when delivered at the address of the relevant Party;

 

  (b) if by e-mail, when received; and

 

  (c) if by fax, when received.

 

18.6.4 The Issuer and the Bond Trustee shall ensure that the other party is kept informed of changes in postal address, e-mail address, telephone and fax numbers and contact persons.

 

18.6.5 When determining deadlines set out in this Bond Agreement, the following shall apply (unless otherwise stated):

 

  (a) If the deadline is set out in days, the first day when the deadline is in force shall not be inclusive, however, the meeting day or the occurrence the deadline relates to, shall be included.

 

  (b) If the deadline is set out in weeks, months or years, the deadline shall end on the day in the last week or the last month which, according to its name or number, corresponds to the first day the deadline is in force. If such day is not a part of an actual month, the deadline shall be the last day of such month.

 

35


  (c) If a deadline ends on a day which is not a Business Day, the deadline is postponed to the next Business Day.

 

18.7 Dispute resolution and legal venue

 

18.7.1 This Bond Agreement and all disputes arising out of, or in connection with this Bond Agreement between the Bond Trustee, the Bondholders and the Issuer, shall be governed by Norwegian law.

 

18.7.2 All disputes arising out of, or in connection with this Bond Agreement between the Bond Trustee, the Bondholders and the Issuer, shall, subject to paragraph 18.7.3 below, be exclusively resolved by the courts of Norway, with the District Court of Oslo as sole legal venue.

 

18.7.3 Clause 18.7.2 is for the benefit of the Bond Trustee only. As a result, the Bond Trustee shall not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Bond Trustee may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

18.8 Process Agent

The Issuer shall, prior to the Issue Date, nominate a process agent in Norway for the purpose of serving a writ of summons and/or any other act of process in respect of the courts in Norway, or any notices as set out in this Bond Agreement.

*****

This Bond Agreement has been executed in two originals, of which the Issuer and the Bond Trustee retain one each.

 

Issuer

/s/ Niall Nolan

By: Niall Nolan

Position: Attorney-in-Fact

    

Bond Trustee

 

By:

Position:

 

36


Attachment 1

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Norsk Tillitsmann ASA

P.O. Box 1470 Vika

N-0116 Oslo

Norway

Fax: + 47 22 87 94 10

E-mail: mail@trustee.no

[date]

Dear Sirs,

9.0 per cent Navigator Holdings Ltd Bond Agreement 2012/2017 - ISIN 001 0665508

We refer to the Bond Agreement for the abovementioned Bond Issue made between Norsk Tillitsmann ASA as Bond Trustee on behalf of the Bondholders, and the undersigned as Issuer under which a Compliance Certificate shall be issued. This letter constitutes the Compliance Certificate for the period [PERIOD].

Capitalised terms used herein shall have the same meaning as in this Bond Agreement.

With reference to Clause 13.2.2 we hereby certify that:

 

1. all information contained herein is true and accurate and there has been no change which would have a Material Adverse Effect on the financial condition of the Issuer since the date of the last accounts or the last Compliance Certificate submitted to you;

 

2. the covenants set out in Clause 13 are satisfied;

 

3. no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and

 

4. in accordance with Clause 13.5 and as of [date],

 

  (i) the Minimum Liquidity is USD [    ] which is [    ] % of the Total Interest-Bearing Debt.

 

  (ii) the Minimum Working Capital is USD [    ]

 

  (iii) the Interest Coverage Ratio is [    ]

 

  (iv) the Equity Ratio in respect of the Group is [    ]%; and

 

  (v) [the Asset Coverage Ratio is [from and including the Quarter Date 30 June 2013]].

Copies of our latest consolidated [Financial Statements] / [Interim Accounts] are enclosed.

 

Yours faithfully,

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

   
  Name of authorized person
  Enclosure: [ copy of any written documentation ]

 

37

Exhibit 21.1

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF NAVIGATOR HOLDINGS LTD.

 

 

 

NAME

 

JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION

Falcon Funding Pte Limited

  Republic of Singapore

Navigator Aries L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Gas L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Gas Invest Limited

  United Kingdom

Navigator Gas US L.L.C.

  State of Delaware

Navigator Gemini L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Leo L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Libra L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Mars L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Neptune L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Pegasus L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Phoenix L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Pluto L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Saturn L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Taurus L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Venus L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Capricorn L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Scorpio L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Virgo L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Galaxy L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Genesis L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Global L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Glory L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Grace L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Gusto L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Magellan L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Mariner L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

 

 


 

 

NAME

 

JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION

Navigator Atlas L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Europa L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Oberon L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

Navigator Triton L.L.C.

  Republic of the Marshall Islands

NGT Services (UK) Limited

  United Kingdom

PT Navigator Khatulistiwa

  Republic of Indonesia

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

When the stock split referred to in note 10(b) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements has been effected, we will be in a position to render the following consent.

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

 

We consent to the use of our report dated July 18, 2013, except as to Note 10(b), which is as of                         , 2013, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Navigator Holdings Ltd. as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012, included herein, and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

Our report contains an explanatory paragraph that refers to Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements and states that the Navigator Holdings Ltd. changed its method of accounting for revenue recognition of voyage charters effective April 1, 2013.

London, United Kingdom

                        , 2013

 

LOGO

Exhibit 23.5

October 17, 2013

Navigator Holdings Ltd.

21 Palmer Street

London, SW1H 0AD, United Kingdom

Ladies and Gentleman:

Reference is made to the Form F-1 registration statement (the “ Registration Statement ”) relating to the initial public offering of shares of common stock of Navigator Holdings Ltd. (the “ Company ”). We hereby consent to all references to our name in the Registration Statement and to the use of the statistical and graphical information supplied by us set forth in section of the Registration Statement entitled “The International Liquefied Gas Shipping Industry”. We advise the Company that we do not have any knowledge that the information provided by us is inaccurate in any material respect. We further advise the Company that our role has been limited to the provision of such statistical and graphical data supplied by us. With respect to such statistical and graphical data, we advise you that:

 

    certain information in our database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments; and

 

    while we have taken reasonable care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believe it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures.

We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of the Company to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to the reference to our firm in the section of the Prospectus entitled “Industry and Market Data.”

/s/ Nigel Gardiner

Nigel Gardiner

Group Managing Director

Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd.

LONDON | DELHI | SINGAPORE | S HANGHAI

Drewry Shipping Consultants, 15-17 Christopher Street, London EC2A 2BS, United Kingdom

t : +44 (0) 20 7538 0191     f : +44 (0) 20 7987 9396     e : enquiries@drewry.co.uk

Registered in England No. 3289135    Registered VAT No. 830 3017 77

www.drewry.co.uk